2011 MX5 Service Manual

2011 Mazda MX-5/Miata Service Manual
2011 MX-5 Service Highlights

2011 Service Highlights
2011 - MX-5 Wiring Diagram and Workshop Manual

Wiring Diagram
General Wiring Information

Wiring Diagrams
Workshop Manual
General Information
Engine
Suspension
Driveline/Axle
Brakes
Transmission/Transaxle
Steering
HVAC
Restraints
Body and Accessories
2006-present MX-5 Bodyshop Manual

Bodyshop Manual
Engine/Transmission Rebuild Manuals

LF/L3
M15M-D
P66M-D
SJ6A-EL
Some files (service highlights, wiring, bodyshop, overhaul) open externally. They are located on the disc if
you need to access them manually.
Get more high quality service manuals @ http://mymanualdownload.com

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Workshop Manual - General Information
2011 - MX-5
General Information
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) CODE

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
UNITS
SERVICE CAUTIONS
INSTALLATION OF RADIO SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
JACKING POSITIONS
VEHICLE LIFT (2 SUPPORTS) AND SAFETY STAND (RIGID RACK) POSITION
TOWING
TIEDOWN HOOK
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER LOCATIONS
SAE STANDARDS
ABBREVIATIONS
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Workshop Manual - Engine
2011 - MX-5
On-Board Diagnostics
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [LF]

MONITORING SYSTEM AND CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICE RELATIONSHIP CHART [LF]
OBD-II PENDING TROUBLE CODE [LF]
OBD-II FREEZE FRAME DATA [LF]
OBD-II ON-BOARD SYSTEM READINESS TEST [LF]
OBD-II READ/CLEAR DIAGNOSTIC TEST RESULTS [LF]
OBD-II PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION (PID) ACCESS [LF]
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF]
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [LF]
KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [LF]
OBD-II DRIVE MODE [LF]
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS [LF]
DTC TABLE [LF]
DTC B1342 [LF]
DTC P0011 [LF]
DTC P0012 [LF]
DTC P0016 [LF]
DTC P0030 [LF]
DTC P0031 [LF]
DTC P0032 [LF]
DTC P0037 [LF]
DTC P0038 [LF]
DTC P0053 [LF]
DTC P0054 [LF]
DTC P0069 [LF]
DTC P0101 [LF]
DTC P0102 [LF]
DTC P0103 [LF]
DTC P0107 [LF]
DTC P0108 [LF]
DTC P0111 [LF]
DTC P0112 [LF]
DTC P0113 [LF]
DTC P0116 [LF]
DTC P0117 [LF]
DTC P0118 [LF]
DTC P0122 [LF]
DTC P0123 [LF]
om
DTC P0125 [LF]

d .c
oa
DTC P0126, P0128 [LF]

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
DTC P0130 [LF]
DTC P0131 [LF]
DTC P0132 [LF]
DTC P0133 [LF]
DTC P0134 [LF]
DTC P0137 [LF]
DTC P0138 [LF]
DTC P0139 [LF]
DTC P0140 [LF]
DTC P0171 [LF]
DTC P0172 [LF]
DTC P0222 [LF]
DTC P0223 [LF]
DTC P0300 [LF]
DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 [LF]
DTC P0327 [LF]
DTC P0328 [LF]
DTC P0335 [LF]
DTC P0340 [LF]
DTC P0401 [LF]
DTC P0403 [LF]
DTC P0421 [LF]
DTC P0441 [LF]
DTC P0442, P0455, P0456 [LF]
DTC P0443 [LF]
DTC P0446 [LF]
DTC P0461 [LF]
DTC P0462 [LF]
DTC P0463 [LF]
DTC P0480 [LF]
DTC P0481 [LF]
DTC P0482 [LF]
DTC P0500 [LF]
DTC P0505 [LF]
DTC P0506 [LF]
DTC P0507 [LF]
DTC P050A [LF]
DTC P050B [LF]
DTC P0550 [LF]
DTC P0564 [LF]
DTC P0571 [LF]
DTC P0601 [LF]
DTC P0602 [LF]
DTC P0604 [LF]
DTC P0606 [LF]
DTC P0610 [LF]
DTC P0638 [LF]
DTC P0661 [LF]
DTC P0662 [LF]
DTC P0685 [LF]
DTC P06B8 [LF]
DTC P0703 [LF]
DTC P0704 [LF]
DTC P0850 [LF]
DTC P1260 [LF]
om
DTC P2004 [LF]

d .c
DTC P2006 [LF]

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
DTC P2009 [LF]
DTC P2010 [LF]
DTC P2088 [LF]
DTC P2089 [LF]
DTC P2096 [LF]
DTC P2097 [LF]
DTC P2101 [LF]
DTC P2107 [LF]
DTC P2108 [LF]
DTC P2109 [LF]
DTC P2112 [LF]
DTC P2119 [LF]
DTC P2122 [LF]
DTC P2123 [LF]
DTC P2127 [LF]
DTC P2128 [LF]
DTC P2135 [LF]
DTC P2138 [LF]
DTC P2228 [LF]
DTC P2229 [LF]
DTC P2299 [LF]
DTC P2401 [LF]
DTC P2402 [LF]
DTC P2404 [LF]
DTC P2405 [LF]
DTC P2502 [LF]
DTC P2503 [LF]
DTC P2504 [LF]
DTC P2507 [LF]
DTC P2610 [LF]
Symptom Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING WIRING DIAGRAM [LF]

FOREWORD [LF]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [LF]
QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART [LF]
NO.1 MELTING OF MAIN OR OTHER FUSES [LF]
NO.2 MIL ILLUMINATES [LF]
NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK [LF]
NO.4 HARD TO START/LONG CRANK/ERRATIC START/ERRATIC CRANK [LF]
NO.5 ENGINE STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE [LF]
NO.6 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT WILL NOT START [LF]
NO.7 SLOW RETURN TO IDLE [LF]
NO.8 ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE [LF]
NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON [LF]
NO.10 LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION [LF]
NO.11 ENGINE STALLS/QUITS, ENGINE RUNS ROUGH, MISSES, BUCK/JERK, HESITATION/STUMBLE, SURGES
[LF]
NO.12 LACK/LOSS OF POWER-ACCELERATION/CRUISE [LF]
NO.13 KNOCKING/PINGING-ACCELERATION/CRUISE [LF]
NO.14 POOR FUEL ECONOMY [LF]
NO.15 EMISSION COMPLIANCE [LF]
NO.16 HIGH OIL CONSUMPTION/LEAKAGE [LF]
NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-OVERHEATING [LF]
NO.18 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-RUNS COLD [LF]
om
NO.19 EXHAUST SMOKE [LF]

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NO.20 FUEL ODOR (IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT) [LF]
NO.21 ENGINE NOISE [LF]
NO.22 VIBRATION CONCERNS (ENGINE) [LF]
NO.23 A/C DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY [LF]
NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF]
NO.25 A/C IS NOT CUT OFF UNDER WIDE OPEN THROTTLE CONDITIONS [LF]
NO.26 EXHAUST SULPHUR SMELL [LF]
NO.27 FUEL REFILL CONCERNS [LF]
NO.28 FUEL FILLING SHUT OFF CONCERNS [LF]
NO.29 SPARK PLUG CONDITION [LF]
INTERMITTENT CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING [LF]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION [LF]
Mechanical
ENGINE LOCATION INDEX [LF]

ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF]
PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [LF]
DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT [LF]
DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER INSPECTION [LF]
VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION [LF]
VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT [LF]
COMPRESSION INSPECTION [LF]
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF]
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) INSPECTION [LF]
OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET REPLACEMENT [LF]
FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [LF]
REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [LF]
ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF]
Lubrication
LUBRICATION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [LF]
ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [LF]
OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT [LF]
OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF]
OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
Cooling System
COOLING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [LF]
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [LF]
ENGINE COOLANT PROTECTION INSPECTION [LF]
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF]
ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [LF]
COOLING SYSTEM CAP INSPECTION [LF]
COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
om
.c
THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
THERMOSTAT INSPECTION [LF]
WATER PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
COOLING FAN MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
COOLING FAN MOTOR INSPECTION [LF]
Intake-Air System
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM DIAGRAM [LF]

INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM VACUUM HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM [LF]
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]
INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM INSPECTION [LF]
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION [LF]
THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION [LF]
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF]
VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF]
VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
Fuel System
FUEL SYSTEM FLOW DIAGRAM [LF]

FUEL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]
BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF]
AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF]
FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF]
FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
FUEL TANK INSPECTION [LF]
NONRETURN VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF]
FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION [LF]
QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [LF]
Exhaust System
EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION [LF]

EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
Emission System
EMISSION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM [LF]
FUEL-FILLER CAP INSPECTION [LF]
AIR FILTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
AIR FILTER INSPECTION [LF]
CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
CHARCOAL CANISTER INSPECTION [LF]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP INSPECTION [LF]
om
PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]

d .c
PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF]

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
EGR VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
WARM-UP THREE-WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER (WU-TWC) INSPECTION [LF]
ROLLOVER VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
EVAPORATIVE CHAMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
EVAPORATIVE CHAMBER INSPECTION [LF]
Charging System
CHARGING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
BATTERY INSPECTION [LF]
BATTERY RECHARGING [LF]
GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
GENERATOR INSPECTION [LF]
GENERATOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF]
Ignition System
IGNITION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
IGNITION COIL INSPECTION [LF]
SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
SPARK PLUG INSPECTION [LF]
Starting System
STARTING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

STARTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
STARTER INSPECTION [LF]
STARTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF]
STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH INSPECTION [LF]
Cruise Control System
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION [LF]
Control System
CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM [LF]
CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [LF]
PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
PCM INSPECTION [LF]
PCM CONFIGURATION [LF]
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION (CPP) SWITCH INSPECTION [LF]
NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION [LF]
POWER STEERING PRESSURE (PSP) SWITCH INSPECTION [LF]
VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH INSPECTION [LF]
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF]
om
.c
MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF]
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF]
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF]
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (BARO) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF]
THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF]
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF]
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF]
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) INSPECTION [LF]
CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF]
CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF]
KNOCK SENSOR (KS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
KNOCK SENSOR (KS) INSPECTION [LF]
Technical Data
ENGINE TECHNICAL DATA [LF]
Maintenance/Service Tools
ENGINE SST [LF]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Workshop Manual - Suspension
2011 - MX-5
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) WIRING DIAGRAM

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL UNIT IDENTIFICATION
DTC B2143
DTC B2868, B2869, B2870, B2871
DTC U0127
DTC U2616, U2617, U2618, U2619
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) WIRING DIAGRAM

FOREWORD
PRECAUTION
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
NO.1 TPMS WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES CONTINUOUSLY
NO.2 TPMS WARNING LIGHT (LOW PRESSURE WARNING) ILLUMINATES AFTER ENGINE START AND TURNS OFF
AFTER DRIVING FOR PERIOD OF TIME
NO.3 FLAT TIRE WARNING LIGHT (FLAT TIRE WARNING) ILLUMINATES
NO.4 WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE PERFORMED (TPMS WARNING LIGHT FLASHES)
General Procedures
GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION)
Wheel Alignment
WHEEL ALIGNMENT PRE-INSPECTION

FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT
REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT
Wheel And Tires
WHEEL AND TIRE SPECIFICATION

WHEEL BALANCE ADJUSTMENT
TIRE PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT (WITH TPMS)
REPAIR AGENT REMOVAL
WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION
WHEEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Front Suspension
om
.c
FRONT SUSPENSION LOCATION INDEX

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND COIL SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND COIL SPRING DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER INSPECTION
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER DISPOSAL
FRONT UPPER ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT UPPER ARM INSPECTION
FRONT LOWER ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT LOWER ARM INSPECTION
FRONT STABILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT STABILIZER CONTROL LINK INSPECTION
FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TRANSVERSE MEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER BAR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Rear Suspension
REAR SUSPENSION LOCATION INDEX

REAR SHOCK ABSORBER AND COIL SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER AND COIL SPRING DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER INSPECTION
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER DISPOSAL
REAR TRAILING LINK (UPPER) INSPECTION
REAR TRAILING LINK (UPPER) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR TRAILING LINK (LOWER) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR LATERAL LINK (UPPER) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR LATERAL LINK (UPPER) INSPECTION
REAR LATERAL LINK (LOWER) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR LATERAL LINK (LOWER) INSPECTION
TOE CONTROL LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TOE CONTROL LINK INSPECTION
REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR STABILIZER CONTROL LINK INSPECTION
REAR CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Technical Data
SUSPENSION TECHNICAL DATA
SUSPENSION
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Workshop Manual - DriveLine/Axle
2011 - MX-5
General Procedures
GENERAL PROCEDURES (FRONT AND REAR AXLES)
Front Axle
FRONT AXLE LOCATION INDEX

WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE INSPECTION
WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT WHEEL HUB BOLT REPLACEMENT
Rear Axle
REAR AXLE LOCATION INDEX

WHEEL HUB COMPONENT INSPECTION
WHEEL HUB COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Drive Shaft
REAR DRIVE SHAFT LOCATION INDEX

REAR DRIVE SHAFT INSPECTION
REAR DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DRIVE SHAFT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Differential
REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCATION INDEX

DIFFERENTIAL OIL INSPECTION
DIFFERENTIAL OIL REPLACEMENT
OIL SEAL (SIDE GEAR) REPLACEMENT
OIL SEAL (COMPANION FLANGE) REPLACEMENT
REAR DIFFERENTIAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR DIFFERENTIAL DISASSEMBLY
REAR DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY
Propeller Shaft
PROPELLER SHAFT LOCATION INDEX

PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
PROPELLER SHAFT INSPECTION
Technical Data
om
DRIVELINE/AXLE TECHNICAL DATA

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
DRIVELINE/AXLE SST
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Workshop Manual - Brakes
2011 - MX-5
ABS SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ABS]

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS]
DTC B1317, B1318 [ABS]
DTC B1342 [ABS]
DTC B1484 [ABS]
DTC B2477 [ABS]
DTC C1095, C1096 [ABS]
DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144 [ABS]
DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175 [ABS]
DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178 [ABS]
DTC C1186, C1266 [ABS]
DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254 [ABS]
DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 [ABS]
DTC C1805 [ABS]
DTC U2023 [ABS]
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC B1317, B1318 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC B1342 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC B1484, C1954 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC B2741, C2768, U2516 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC C1093 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC C1095, C1096 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958 [DYNAMIC
STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1952, C1959 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
DTC U0073, U0100, U0101, U0155, U1900 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC U0074, U0123, U1901 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC U2023 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ABS]

FOREWORD [ABS]
PRECAUTION [ABS]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [ABS]
NO.1 NEITHER ABS WARNING LIGHT NOR BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATE WHEN IGNITION
SWITCH TURNED TO ON POSITION [ABS]
NO.2 ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WHEN IGNITION SWITCH TURNED TO ON POSITION [ABS]
NO.3 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WHEN THE IGNITION SWITCH IS TURNED TO
THE ON POSITION [ABS]
NO.4 BOTH ABS WARNING LIGHT AND BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT STAY ON 4 S OR MORE WHEN THE
IGNITION SWITCH IS TURNED TO THE ON POSITION [ABS]
NO.5 ABS WARNING LIGHT STAYS ON 4 S OR MORE WHEN IGNITION SWITCH TURNED TO ON POSITION [ABS]
NO.6 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT STAYS ON 4 S OR MORE WHEN IGNITION SWITCH TURNED TO ON
POSITION [ABS]
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]

FOREWORD [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
PRECAUTION [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
NO.1 ANY OF THE FOLLOWING LIGHTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE WHEN IGNITION SWITCH TURNED TO ON
POSITION: (ABS WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT AND/OR DSC OFF
LIGHT) [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
NO.2 ANY OF THE FOLLOWING LIGHTS REMAIN ON: (ABS WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT,
DSC INDICATOR LIGHT AND/OR DSC OFF LIGHT) [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
NO.3 THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE SYSTEM EVEN THOUGH ABS WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT AND DSC OFF LIGHT DO NOT ILLUMINATE [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)]
NO.4 ABS OR TCS*1 OPERATES FREQUENTLY/TCS DOES NOT WORK CORRECTLY *1: DSC SYSTEM FUNCTION
CONTAINS TRACTION CONTROL FUNCTION, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT GOES ON AND OFF WHILE DSC IS
OPERATING [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
NO.5 DSC*2 OPERATES FREQUENTLY/DSC DOES NOT WORK CORRECTLY *2: DSC INDICATOR LIGHT GOES ON
AND OFF WHILE DSC IS OPERATING [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
General Procedures
GENERAL PROCEDURES (BRAKE)
Conventional Brake System
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

AIR BLEEDING
VACUUM LINE INSPECTION
BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION
BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION
MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR INSPECTION
POWER BRAKE UNIT INSPECTION
POWER BRAKE UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
om
FRONT BRAKE (DISC) INSPECTION

d .c
FRONT BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
DISC PAD (FRONT) REPLACEMENT
CALIPER (FRONT) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
BRAKE HOSE (FRONT) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR BRAKE (DISC) INSPECTION
REAR BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DISC PAD (REAR) REPLACEMENT
CALIPER (REAR) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
BRAKE HOSE (REAR) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Parking Brake System
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

PARKING BRAKE LEVER INSPECTION
PARKING BRAKE LEVER ADJUSTMENT
PARKING BRAKE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION
Antilock Brake System
ABS LOCATION INDEX

ABS SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
ABS SYSTEM INSPECTION
ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ABS CONFIGURATION
ABS HU/CM INSPECTION
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION
REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION
Dynamic Stability Control
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL LOCATION INDEX

DSC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
DSC SYSTEM INSPECTION
DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DSC CONFIGURATION
STEERING ANGLE SIGNAL INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
DSC HU/CM INSPECTION
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION
REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION
COMBINED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
COMBINED SENSOR INSPECTION
COMBINED SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR INSPECTION
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
DSC OFF SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DSC OFF SWITCH INSPECTION
Technical Data
BRAKES TECHNICAL DATA
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
BRAKES SST
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
Workshop Manual - Transmission/Transaxle
2011 - MX-5
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [SJ6A-EL]

FOREWORD [SJ6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION [SJ6A-EL]
DTC TABLE [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0601 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0603 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0604 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0707 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0708 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0711 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0712 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0713 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0717 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0722 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0751 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0752 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0756 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0757 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0761 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0762 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0766 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0781 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0813 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0819 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0826 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0882 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0961 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0962 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0963 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0969 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0970 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0971 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0973 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0974 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0976 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0977 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0979 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0980 [SJ6A-EL]
om
DTC P0982 [SJ6A-EL]

d .c
oa
DTC P0983 [SJ6A-EL]

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
DTC P0985 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P0986 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P2719 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P2720 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P2721 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P2757 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P2758 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P2762 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P2763 [SJ6A-EL]
DTC P2764 [SJ6A-EL]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [SJ6A-EL]

FOREWORD [SJ6A-EL]
BASIC INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE [SJ6A-EL]
QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART [SJ6A-EL]
NO.1 VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE IN D, M RANGES, OR IN R POSITION [SJ6A-EL]
NO.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION [SJ6A-EL]
NO.3 VEHICLE MOVES IN P POSITION, OR PARKING GEAR DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN P IS DISENGAGED
[SJ6A-EL]
NO.4 EXCESSIVE CREEP [SJ6A-EL]
NO.5 NO CREEP AT ALL [SJ6A-EL]
NO.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND POOR ACCELERATION [SJ6A-EL]
NO.7 NO SHIFTING [SJ6A-EL]
NO.8 DOES NOT SHIFT TO 6GR [SJ6A-EL]
NO.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING [SJ6A-EL]
NO.10 FREQUENT SHIFTING [SJ6A-EL]
NO.11 SHIFT POINT IS HIGH OR LOW [SJ6A-EL]
NO.12 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) NON-OPERATION [SJ6A-EL]
NO.13 NO KICKDOWN [SJ6A-EL]
NO.14 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING [SJ6A-EL]
NO.15 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN ACCELERATING VEHICLE [SJ6A-EL]
NO.16 JUDDER UPON TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) OPERATION [SJ6A-EL]
NO.17 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK FROM N TO D OR N TO R POSITION/RANGE [SJ6A-EL]
NO.18 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS GIVEN WHEN UPSHIFTING AND DOWNSHIFTING [SJ6A-EL]
NO.19 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK ON TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) [SJ6A-EL]
NO.20 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGES [SJ6A-EL]
NO.21 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION [SJ6A-EL]
NO.22 NO ENGINE BRAKING [SJ6A-EL]
NO.23 TRANSMISSION OVERHEATS [SJ6A-EL]
NO.24 ENGINE STALLS WHEN SHIFTED TO D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION [SJ6A-EL]
NO.25 ENGINE STALLS WHEN DRIVING AT SLOW SPEED OR STOPPING [SJ6A-EL]
NO.26 STARTER DOES NOT WORK [SJ6A-EL]
NO.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN D OR M RANGE [SJ6A-EL]
NO.28 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATE IN P, R AND N POSITION [SJ6A-EL]
NO.29 DOES NOT UPSHIFT IN M RANGE [SJ6A-EL]
NO.30 DOES NOT DOWNSHIFT IN M RANGE [SJ6A-EL]
NO.31 M RANGE POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE AND/OR IN D RANGE WITH
DIRECT MODE/M RANGE POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE WHILE NOT IN DIRECT MODE
[SJ6A-EL]
Clutch
om
CLUTCH LOCATION INDEX

d .c
GENERAL PROCEDURES (CLUTCH)

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CLUTCH FLUID INSPECTION
CLUTCH FLUID REPLACEMENT
CLUTCH PEDAL INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT
CLUTCH PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CLUTCH COVER INSPECTION
CLUTCH DISC INSPECTION
CLUTCH RELEASE COLLAR INSPECTION
PILOT BEARING INSPECTION
FLYWHEEL INSPECTION
Manual Transmission
MANUAL TRANSMISSION LOCATION INDEX [M15M-D]

TRANSMISSION OIL INSPECTION [M15M-D]
TRANSMISSION OIL REPLACEMENT [M15M-D]
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [M15M-D]
INSPECTION AFTER TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION [M15M-D]
OIL SEAL (EXTENSION HOUSING) REPLACEMENT [M15M-D]
NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [M15M-D]
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [M15M-D]
Manual Transmission
MANUAL TRANSMISSION LOCATION INDEX [P66M-D]

TRANSMISSION OIL INSPECTION [P66M-D]
TRANSMISSION OIL REPLACEMENT [P66M-D]
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [P66M-D]
INSPECTION AFTER TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION [P66M-D]
OIL SEAL (EXTENSION HOUSING) REPLACEMENT [P66M-D]
NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [P66M-D]
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [P66M-D]
Automatic Transmission
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION LOCATION INDEX [SJ6A-EL]

MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [SJ6A-EL]
ROAD TEST [SJ6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [SJ6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (ATF) LEVEL ADJUSTMENT [SJ6A-EL]
TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) SWITCH INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL]
TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SJ6A-EL]
TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) SWITCH ADJUSTMENT [SJ6A-EL]
TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL]
TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SJ6A-EL]
TURBINE SENSOR INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL]
TURBINE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SJ6A-EL]
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL]
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SJ6A-EL]
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL]
TCM INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL]
TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SJ6A-EL]
om
.c
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SJ6A-EL]

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SJ6A-EL]
CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL [SJ6A-EL]
CONTROL VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [SJ6A-EL]
OIL SEAL (OIL PUMP) REPLACEMENT [SJ6A-EL]
OIL SEAL (EXTENSION HOUSING) REPLACEMENT [SJ6A-EL]
OIL COOLER FLUSHING [SJ6A-EL]
OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SJ6A-EL]
OIL COOLER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [SJ6A-EL]
DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SJ6A-EL]
Automatic Transmission Shift Mechanism
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION SHIFT MECHANISM LOCATION INDEX

SHIFT LOCK INSPECTION
KEY INTERLOCK INSPECTION
INTERLOCK CABLE INSPECTION
INTERLOCK CABLE ADJUSTMENT
SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION
SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT INSPECTION
SELECTOR LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
STEERING SHIFT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
STEERING SHIFT SWITCH INSPECTION
Technical Data
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE SST
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Workshop Manual - Steering
2011 - MX-5
General Procedures
GENERAL PROCEDURES (STEERING)
Power Steering
STEERING LOCATION INDEX

AIR BLEEDING
POWER STEERING FLUID INSPECTION
STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN INSPECTION
STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
STEERING SHAFT INSPECTION
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE DISASSEMBLY
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE INSPECTION
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE ASSEMBLY
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Technical Data
STEERING TECHNICAL DATA
STEERING SST
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Workshop Manual - HVAC
2011 - MX-5
HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM

DTC INSPECTION
NO.1 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR MALFUNCTION
NO.2 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR MALFUNCTION
NO.3 SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR MALFUNCTION
NO.4 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE RADIATION SENSOR MALFUNCTION
NO.5 AIR MIX ACTUATOR MALFUNCTION
NO.6 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR MALFUNCTION
NO.7 AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR MALFUNCTION
HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

FOREWORD [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.1 INSUFFICIENT AIR (OR NO AIR) BLOWN FROM VENTS [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.2 AMOUNT OF AIR BLOWN FROM VENTS DOES NOT CHANGE [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.3 AIR INTAKE MODE DOES NOT CHANGE [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.4 NO TEMPERATURE CONTROL WITH CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.5 WINDSHIELD FOGGED [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.6 AIR FROM VENTS NOT COLD ENOUGH [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.7 NO COOL AIR [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.8 NOISE WHILE OPERATING A/C SYSTEM [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]

FOREWORD [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.1 INSUFFICIENT AIR (OR NO AIR) BLOWN FROM VENTS [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.2 AMOUNT OF AIR BLOWN FROM VENTS DOES NOT CHANGE [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.3 AIR INTAKE MODE DOES NOT CHANGE [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.4 NO TEMPERATURE CONTROL WITH CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.5 WINDSHIELD FOGGED [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.6 AIR FROM VENTS NOT COLD ENOUGH [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.7 NO COOL AIR [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
NO.8 NOISE WHILE OPERATING A/C SYSTEM [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
Refrigerant System
om
.c
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM GENERAL PROCEDURES
REFRIGERANT CHARGING
REFRIGERANT RECOVERY
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TEST
Basic System
HVAC BASIC SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

A/C UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
AIR DIST UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AIR DIST UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
EVAPORATOR INSPECTION
HEATER CORE INSPECTION
AIRFLOW MODE MAIN LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CONDENSER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CONDENSER INSPECTION
REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Control System
CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
AIR MIX ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET) INSPECTION [FULL-
AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
MAGNETIC CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
Control System
CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]

AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
AIR MIX ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
om
.c
BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET) INSPECTION [MANUAL
AIR CONDITIONER]
MAGNETIC CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
Technical Data
HVAC TECHNICAL DATA
HVAC SST
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Workshop Manual - Restraints
2011 - MX-5
AIR BAG SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM (ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC)

FOREWORD
FLOWCHART
DTC INSPECTION
CLEARING DTC
DTC TABLE
DTC B1013
DTC B1047, B1992, B1993, B1994, B1995
DTC B104B, B1051, B2887, U2017
DTC B104C, B104F, B2886, U2018
DTC B104D, B2226, B2227, B2856
DTC B1055, B1996, B1997, B1998, B1999
DTC B1318
DTC B1342
DTC B1428
DTC B1869
DTC B1871
DTC B1877, B1878, B1879, B1885
DTC B1881, B1882, B1883, B1886
DTC B1884
DTC B1916, B1932, B1934, B1936
DTC B1925, B1933, B1935, B1938
DTC B2228, B2230, B2232, B2234
DTC B2229, B2231, B2233, B2235
DTC B2290
DTC B2433, B2434
DTC B2437, B2438
DTC B2477
DTC B2867
DTC C1946, C1947, C1948, C1982
PID/DATA MONITOR DISPLAY
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
AIR BAG SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM (SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING)

TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
NO.1 AIR BAG SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE
NO.2 AIR BAG SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES CONSTANTLY
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Air Bag System
LOCATION INDEX
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS
DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CRASH ZONE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SAS CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION
SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INSPECTION
SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CLOCK SPRING ADJUSTMENT
CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION
PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATION (PAD) SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATION (PAD) SWITCH INSPECTION
PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATION (PAD) INDICATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AIR BAG MODULE AND PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES
AIR BAG MODULE AND PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
INSPECTION OF SST (DEPLOYMENT TOOL)
Seat Belts
LOCATION INDEX
SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT BELT INSPECTION
BUCKLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BUCKLE SWITCH INSPECTION
RESTRAINTS SST
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Workshop Manual - Body and Accessories
2011 - MX-5
FOREWORD [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
DTC B1093 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
DTC B112A [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
DTC B1317/B1318 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
DTC U0214 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]

DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
SECURITY LIGHT 11, DTC B1681/B1681/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)]
SECURITY LIGHT -, DTC B1213/-/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
SECURITY LIGHT 11, DTC -/B1681/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
SYSTEM)]
om
.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
SYSTEM)]
SECURITY LIGHT 16, DTC -/U2510/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
SYSTEM)]
FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]

DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
DTC B1342 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
SECURITY LIGHT 11, DTC B1681/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
SECURITY LIGHT 16, DTC U2510/P1260, U1147/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]

DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (MS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
M-MDS AND VEHICLE NOT COMMUNICATING [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
DTC U0073, U1900 [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
DTC 16:Er12 [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]

CLEARING DTC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTC B1342 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTC U0028 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
om
STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE [AUDIO]

d .c
SUPPLIER IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURE [AUDIO]

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CLEARING DTC [AUDIO]
DTC TABLE [AUDIO]
DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [AUDIO]
STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
CLEARING DTC [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
DTC TABLE [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
DTC INSPECTION [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]

CLEARING DTC [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC TABLE [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B1317/B1318 [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B1342 [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B293E/B293D/B294C/B293F [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B294D/B294E [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B294F [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B296A/B294B/B293C/B293B [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B296B [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC U0030/U0031 [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B296C [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B296D [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]

FOREWORD [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING QUESTIONNAIRE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
No.1 THE AUTO OPEN FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S AND PASSENGER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS
INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
No.3 THE PASSENGER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
No.5 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING OR CLOSING [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]

KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
NO.1 DOOR CANNOT BE LOCKED/UNLOCKED BY TRANSMITTER (ADVANCED KEY) [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM]
NO.2 BLINK KEYLESS INDICATOR LIGHT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
NO.3 ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
NO.4 ADVANCED KEYLESS START FUNCTION INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
om
.c
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
NO.1 ONE OR MORE ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
NO.2 ALL ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
NO.3 TRANSMITTER ID CODE CANNOT BE REPROGRAMMED [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
NO. 1 FUEL GAUGE NEEDLE POSITION INCORRECT [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
NO. 2 ALL METERS AND GAUGES DO NOT OPERATE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
NO. 3 ABS WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
NO. 4 MIL ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
NO. 5 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
NO. 6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ILLUMINATION DOES NOT ILLUMINATE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
NO. 7 SPEEDOMETER INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
NO. 8 TACHOMETER INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
NO. 9 WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
NO. 10 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE (OIL PRESSURE GAUGE NEEDLE DOES NOT MOVE
FROM THE L POSITION OR LESS) [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
NO. 11 MALFUNCTION WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
FOREWORD [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]

CONFIRMATION STEP 1: CENTER PANEL SWITCH CONFIRMATION [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
CONFIRMATION STEP 2: AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH CONFIRMATION [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NO.1 AF NOISE OR POP NOISE AT ALL SOURCES (RADIO, CD) [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NO.2 NO POWER TO THE ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NO.3 NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NO.4 NO SOUND FROM SOME SPEAKERS [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NO.5 SOUND BREAK-UP OR POOR SOUND QUALITY [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NO.6 VOLUME INCREASES/DECREASES WHILE DRIVING THE VEHICLE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NO.7 ALC FUNCTION IS INOPERATIVE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NO.8 AudioPilot®2 FUNCTION IS INOPERATIVE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NO.9 NO AUDIO SYSTEM ILLUMINATION [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
FOREWORD [RADIO]
CONFIRMATION STEP 1: RECEPTION CONDITION SYMPTOM (EXAMPLE) [RADIO]
CONFIRMATION STEP 2: ANTENNA SYSTEM SYMPTOM (EXAMPLE) [RADIO]
CONFIRMATION STEP 3: ANTENNA SYSTEM SIMPLE INSPECTION [RADIO]
NO.1 NO RADIO RECEPTION (AM/FM)/NO OR LOW VOLUME [RADIO]
NO.2 NO RADIO RECEPTION (SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO) [RADIO]
NO.3 NOISE FROM RADIO (AM ONLY) [RADIO]
NO.4 NOISE FROM RADIO (FM ONLY) [RADIO]
NO.5 NOISE FROM RADIO (SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO ONLY) [RADIO]
NO.6 CANNOT TUNE (SEEK DOES NOT STOP) [RADIO]
NO.7 CANNOT PRESET (PRESET FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE) [RADIO]
NO.8 RECEPTION FREQUENCY OF RADIO SLIPS [RADIO]
REFERENCE [RADIO]
FOREWORD [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]

NO.1 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS THE CD IMMEDIATELY [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
om
NO.2 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT EJECT THE CD [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]

d .c
NO.3 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NO.4 SOUND JUMPS [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
NO.5 CD PLAYER/CHANGER SCRATCHES ON THE CD [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
NO.6 DISC CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
NO.7 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE MP3/WMA-FORMATTED FILE [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
NO.8 MP3/WMA-FORMATTED FILE FOLDER SELECTION IS INOPERATIVE/TRACK SEARCH IS INOPERATIVE [CD
PLAYER/CHANGER]
NO.9 CD PLAYER DOES NOT INDICATE THE MP3/WMA TITLE TEXT [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
NO.10 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE AUDIO DATA (CDDA) [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
NO.11 TRACK CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
AUDIO CD [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]

NO.1 SECURITY LIGHT DISPLAY IS NOT NORMAL [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
FOREWORD [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM]

No.1 HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE SYSTEM DOES NOT RECEIVE/TRANSMIT CALLS, DOES NOT CONNECT [HANDS-
FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
No.2 CALLER'S VOICE VOLUME TOO LOW, OR NOISE INTERRUPTS CALL [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL)
SYSTEM]
No.3 ADDRESSEE'S VOICE VOLUME TOO LOW, OR NOISE INTERRUPTS CALL [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE
(HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]

QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
No.1 DOOR GLASS DOES NOT OPERATE EVEN THOUGH VARIOUS OPERATIONS ARE PERFORMED [EXTERIOR
OPEN FUNCTION]
No.2 DOOR GLASS DOES NOT OPERATE USING THE KEYLESS TRANSMITTER [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
No.3 SOME DOOR GLASS DO NOT OPERATE [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
No.4 DOOR GLASS STOPS BEFORE FULLY OPENING [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
No.5 ALL DOOR GLASSES OPERATE ACCIDENTALLY [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]

NO. 1 POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS CONTINUOUSLY [POWER RETRACTABLE
HARDTOP]
NO. 2 POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHING [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
NO. 3 POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP DOES NOT START TO OPEN [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
NO. 4 POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP DOES NOT START TO CLOSE [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
NO. 5 POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP STOPS WHILE OPERATING [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
Body Panels
BODY PANELS LOCATION INDEX

TRUNK LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TRUNK LID ADJUSTMENT
STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL
FUEL-FILLER LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FUEL-FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT
HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HOOD ADJUSTMENT
FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
om
.c
FRONT BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
FRONT BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT BACK CROSSMEMBER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Doors And Liftgate
DOOR AND LIFTGATE LOCATION INDEX

DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR PAD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR ADJUSTMENT
Glass/Windows/Mirrors
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS LOCATION INDEX

DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR QUARTER GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR GLASS ADJUSTMENT
POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER WINDOW REGULATOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
POWER WINDOW MOTOR INSPECTION
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION
WINDSHIELD REMOVAL
WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION
REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER FILAMENT REPAIR
REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER FILAMENT INSPECTION
POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH INSPECTION
POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER OUTER MIRROR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
POWER OUTER MIRROR INSPECTION
REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR REMOVAL
AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR INSTALLATION
AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR INSPECTION
BASE REMOVAL
BASE INSTALLATION
Seats
SEAT LOCATION INDEX

SEAT WARMER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT WARMER SWITCH INSPECTION
SEAT WARMER UNIT INSPECTION
SEAT BACK COMPONENT [DRIVER-SIDE] REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT SIDE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Security And Locks

om
d .c
SECURITY AND LOCKS LOCATION INDEX

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
INNER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
OPEN HOOK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR LOCK SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR LOCK SWITCH INSPECTION
HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HOOD STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HOOD LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR KEY CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION
DOOR LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TRUNK LID STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TRUNK LID OPENER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TRUNK LID OPENER INSPECTION
TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TRUNK KEY CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH INSPECTION
TRUNK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INSPECTION
TRUNK LID OPEN CANCEL SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TRUNK LID OPEN CANCEL SWITCH INSPECTION
TOP LOCK SWITCH INSPECTION
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND START SYSTEM]
KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION
TRANSMITTER BATTERY REPLACEMENT
TRANSMITTER ID CODE REGISTRATION
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND START SYSTEM]
STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE REGISTRATION
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION
CUSTOMIZED FUNCTION SETTING PROCEDURE
KEYLESS ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
KEYLESS BEEPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REQUEST SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REQUEST SWITCH INSPECTION
CLEARING ADVANCED KEY
ADVANCED KEY ID CODE REGISTRATION
ADVANCED KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT
COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER LEVER AND CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Exterior Trim
EXTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX

COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SIDE COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL
SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION
EXTRACTOR CHAMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DRIP MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
om
WINDSHIELD GARNISH REMOVAL

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
WINDSHIELD GARNISH INSTALLATION
CONVERTIBLE TOP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CONVERTIBLE TOP DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
CONVERTIBLE TOP ADJUSTMENT
DRAIN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP ADJUSTMENT
POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP SWITCH INSPECTION
POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION
POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE BRACKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ROOF MOTOR INSPECTION
ROOF MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP LIMIT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP LIMIT SWITCH INSPECTION
DECK PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DECK PANEL DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
DECK PANEL ADJUSTMENT
DECK PANEL MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DECK PANEL MOTOR INSPECTION
DECK PANEL LIMIT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DECK PANEL LIMIT SWITCH INSPECTION
REAR DECK WEATHERSTRIP REMOVAL
REAR DECK WEATHERSTRIP INSTALLATION
ROOF HOOK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ROOF HOOK CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP LINK BRACKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT ROOF PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT ROOF PANEL DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
MIDDLE ROOF PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
MIDDLE ROOF PANEL DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
MIDDLE ROOF PANEL WEATHERSTRIP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ROOF LINK LOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BLACK-OUT FILM REMOVAL
BLACK-OUT FILM INSTALLATION
DECK PANEL MANUAL OPEN/CLOSE PROCEDURE
POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP DRAIN HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP OPEN/CLOSE WARNING BEEP ON/OFF SWITCHING
Interior Trim
INTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX

DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DASHBOARD DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
VENTILATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SIDE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
om
TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
KNEE BOLSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CONSOLE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT HEADER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
QUARTER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
AEROBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT BACK BAR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SEAT BACK BAR LOWER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR PACKAGE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SIDE SHELF REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
PARTITION BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TRUNK MAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FLOOR COVERING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Lighting Systems
DRL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM

LIGHTING SYSTEMS LOCATION INDEX
DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT SERVICE WARNINGS
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HEADLIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HEADLIGHT AIMING
DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT SYSTEM INSPECTION
PARKING/FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING
FRONT FOG LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION
COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
COMBINATION SWITCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION
FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH INSPECTION
DRL CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
FLASHER CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION
DRL CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION
FLASHER CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
om
MAP LIGHT INSPECTION

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
TRUNK COMPARTMENT LIGHT INSPECTION
TRUNK COMPARTMENT LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
IGNITION KEY ILLUMINATION BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR SWITCH INSPECTION
Wiper/Washer System
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WIPER ARM AND BLADE ADJUSTMENT
WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION
WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WIPER MOTOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WASHER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WASHER MOTOR INSPECTION
WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION
Entertainment
ENTERTAINMENT LOCATION INDEX

CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
AUDIO AMPLIFIER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION
CENTER SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CENTER SPEAKER INSPECTION
REAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REAR SPEAKER INSPECTION
TWEETER/DOOR UPPER SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TWEETER INSPECTION
DOOR UPPER SPEAKER INSPECTION
AudioPilot®2 MICROPHONE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CONDENSER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
MANUAL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
MANUAL ANTENNA INSPECTION
SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA INSPECTION
SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ANTENNA FEEDER LOCATION
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 INSPECTION
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2 INSPECTION
SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA FEEDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA FEEDER INSPECTION
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION
MICROPHONE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
om
ACCESSORY SOCKET INSPECTION

d .c
AUXILIARY JACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
AUXILIARY JACK INSPECTION
Power Systems
POWER SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

FUSE SERVICE WARNINGS
FUSE SERVICE CAUTIONS
UPPER BLOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
MAIN FUSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
IGNITION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
IGNITION SWITCH INSPECTION
KEY REMINDER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [EXCEPT ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM]
KEY REMINDER SWITCH INSPECTION [EXCEPT ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM]
STEERING LOCK UNIT INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM]
TRUNK LID OPENER RELAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
RELAY LOCATION
RELAY INSPECTION
Instrumentation/Driver Info.
INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO. LOCATION INDEX

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT INSPECTION
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION
HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE
INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO. PERSONALIZATION FEATURES SETTING PROCEDURE
Technical Data
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
BODY AND ACCESSORIES SST
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - Brakes
DTC B1317, B1318 [ABS]
B1317, Power supply system

DTC
B1318
B1317
The voltage at ABS HU/CM terminal J is 16.8 V or more.

DETECTION
CONDITION B1318
The vehicle speed exceeds 6 km/h {4 mph} and the

voltage at ABS HU/CM terminal J is less than 9.6 V
Battery deterioration
Generator malfunction
ENGINE 15 A fuse malfunction

POSSIBLE
Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the ABS
CAUSE
HU/CM terminal J and the battery
Open circuit or faulty ground in the wiring harness between the ABS
HU/CM terminal D and the body ground
Poor connection at connectors (female terminal)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
INSPECT BATTERY VOLTAGE

1 Yes Make sure that battery terminal connection is normal.
Is the battery terminal
voltage normal? Go to the next step.
No Charge or replace the battery, then go to Step 6.
(See BATTERY RECHARGING [LF] .)
(See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECT BATTERY GRAVITY

2 Yes Go to the next step.
Is battery specific
gravity as specified?
No Replace the battery, then go to Step 6.
INSPECT CHARGING SYSTEM

Are the generator and
drive belt tensions
No Replace generator and/or drive belt as necessary, then
normal?
go to Step 6.
om
(See GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
INSPECT ABS HU/CM POWER

4 SUPPLY FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine.

No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
Measure the voltage between the ABS HU/CM and ground, then go to Step 6.
between ABS HU/CM
terminal J and ground.
Is the voltage approx.

10 V?
INSPECT ABS HU/CM GROUND FOR

5 POOR GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch

to the LOCK position. No If there is no continuity:
Repair or replace the wiring harness for

Measure the resistance
open circuit between the ABS HU/CM and
between ground and
ground, then go to the next step.
ABS HU/CM terminal D.
If the resistance is not within 0—1 ohm:
Is the resistance
within 0—1 ohm? Repair or replace harness for poor
ground, then go to the next step.
VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING
6 COMPLETED Yes Replace the ABS HU/CM, then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect (See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

all disconnected
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the
memory.
(See ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .)
Start the engine and

drive the vehicle at 10
km/h {6.2 mph} or
more.
Is the same DTC

present?
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE

7 Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Are any other DTCs
present? (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .)
No DTC troubleshooting completed.

om
d .c
< Previous Next >

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Back to Top
© 2010 Mazda North American Operations, U.S.A.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144 [ABS]
C1141 LF ABS sensor rotor system
C1142 RF ABS sensor rotor system

DTC
C1143 LR ABS sensor rotor system
C1144 RR ABS sensor rotor system
DETECTION Periodic abnormality is detected in the signal wave pattern from the
CONDITION ABS wheel-speed sensors.
ABS wheel-speed sensor malfunction
ABS sensor rotor malfunction (foreign material adhering)

POSSIBLE CAUSE Improper installation of ABS wheel-speed sensor and/or sensor rotor
Excessive clearance between the ABS wheel-speed sensor and sensor

rotor
INSPECT PID FOR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR

1 OUTPUT ERROR USING M-MDS Yes Go to Step 4.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK

position. No Go to the next step.
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
Select the following PIDs using the M-

MDS:
LF_WSPD
LR_WSPD
RF_WSPD
RR_WSPD
om
Drive the vehicle.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Verify that the vehicle speeds detected by
the four ABS wheel-speed sensors are
approximately the same.
Are the vehicle speeds approximately the

same?
INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION OCCURRED DUE TO

2 IMPROPER SENSOR CLEARANCE. Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the clearance between the ABS

wheel-speed sensor and the ABS sensor No Replace the ABS wheel-speed sensor,
rotor. then go to Step 4.
(See FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR (See FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION .)
(See REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION .)
Is the clearance normal?
VISUALLY INSPECT ABS SENSOR ROTOR FOR

3 FOREIGN MATERIAL ADHERING OR IMPROPER Yes Go to the next step.
INSTALLATION
No Replace the front wheel hub
Is the result normal?
component or rear drive shaft, then go
to the next step.
(See WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE

(See REAR DRIVE SHAFT

VERIFY THAT THE SAME DTC IS NOT PRESENT

4 Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
Clear the DTCs from the memory.
If the malfunction recurs, replace the
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .) ABS HU/CM, then go to the next step.
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at (See ABS HU/CM
10 km/h {6.2 mph} or more. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Are the same DTCs present?

No Go to the next step.
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCS ARE PRESENT

Are any other DTCs output?
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175 [ABS]
C1145 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) system
C1155 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) system

DTC
C1165 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) system
C1175 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) system
DETECTION Open circuit or short to ground has been detected in the ABS wheel-speed sensor wiring harness
CONDITION on any of the four vehicle wheels.
Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the following ABS HU/CM terminal
and the ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal:
ABS HU/CM terminal M—RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
ABS HU/CM terminal O—RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
ABS HU/CM terminal F—LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
ABS HU/CM terminal E—LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B

POSSIBLE
CAUSE ABS HU/CM terminal I—RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
ABS HU/CM terminal L—RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
ABS HU/CM terminal G—LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
ABS HU/CM terminal H—LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT PID TO VERIFY THAT WHEEL SPEED-SIGNALS ARE TRANSMITTED

1 FROM ABS WHEEL- SPEED SENSOR USING M-MDS Yes Go to Step 3.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.

Select the following PIDs using the M-MDS:
LF_WSPD
LR_WSPD
RF_WSPD
RR_WSPD
Drive the vehicle.
Verify that the wheel speed-signals are transmitted from each ABS
wheel-speed sensor.
Are the wheel-speed signals transmitted?
INSPECT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT IN WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN ABS HU/CM AND
2 ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR Yes Replace the ABS wheel-speed
sensor, then go to the next step.
(See FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED
om
Disconnect the ABS HU/CM connector and ABS wheel-speed sensor. SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect for continuity in the wiring harness between the following ABS (See REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED
wheel-speed sensor connectors on the vehicle wiring harness-side and SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
ABS HU/CM connectors.
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): M—A No Repair or replace the wiring

harness, then go to the next step.
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): O—B
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): F—A
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): E—B
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): I—B
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): L—A
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): G—B
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): H—A
Is there continuity?

3 Yes Repeat the inspection from Step
Clear the DTCs from the memory. 1.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .) If the malfunction recurs, replace

the ABS HU/CM, then go to the
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at 10 km/h {6.2 mph} or next step.
more.
(See ABS HU/CM
Are the same DTCs present? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

4 Yes Go to the applicable DTC
Are any other DTCs output? inspection.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS

[ABS] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178 [ABS]
C1148 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor system
C1158 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor system

DTC
C1168 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor system
C1178 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor system
Vehicle wheel speed signals of any of the four vehicle wheels indicate
DETECTION abnormal acceleration that exceeds specification.
CONDITION Vehicle wheel speed signals of any of the four vehicle wheels indicate speed
that exceeds specification.
ABS wheel-speed sensor malfunction (low output, metal shavings on sensor)
ABS sensor rotor malfunction (chipping of sensor rotor teeth)

POSSIBLE Poor installation of ABS wheel-speed sensor and/or sensor rotor (If the
CAUSE sensor rotor is installed at an angle, it may cause output of abnormal wave
pattern at high speeds.)
Excessive clearance between the ABS wheel-speed sensor and sensor rotor
INSPECT PID FOR ABNORMAL OUTPUT FROM ABS

1 WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR USING M-MDS Yes Go to Step 4.

position. No If there is a difference in speeds of the
four wheels, go to the next step.

MDS:
LF_WSPD
LR_WSPD
om
RF_WSPD
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
RR_WSPD
Start the engine and drive the vehicle.
Verify that the PIDs of the four ABS

wheel-speed sensors correspond
approximately.
Do the vehicle speeds correspond?

2 IMPROPER SENSOR CLEARANCE Yes Go to the next step.

wheel-speed sensor and the ABS sensor No Replace the rear ABS wheel-speed
rotor. sensor, then go to Step 4.
INSPECTION .)
INSPECTION .)

INSTALLATION
No Replace the front wheel hub component
or rear drive shaft, then go to the next
step.


VERIFY DTC TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED

Make sure to reconnect all disconnected
connectors. If the malfunction recurs, replace the
ABS HU/CM.
Clear the DTC from the memory.
(See ABS HU/CM
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at

10 km/h {6.2 mph} or more. No Go to the next step.

Are any other DTCs present?

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC C1805 [ABS]
DTC C1805 Incorrect ABS HU/CM installed
DETECTION The programmed vehicle information and the data received from the
CONDITION CAN do not correspond.
POSSIBLE CAUSE The correct ABS HU/CM is not installed.
VERIFY THAT THE CORRECT ABS HU/CM

1 IS INSTALLED Yes Go to the next step.
Verify the part number of the

ABS HU/CM. No After replacing the ABS, go to Step 3.
(See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Is the part number correct?
PERFORM CONFIGURATION
Was configuration performed
normally?
No Replace the ABS HU/CM, then go to the next step.
VERIFY DTC TROUBLESHOOTING

3 COMPLETED Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
Make sure to reconnect all If the malfunction recurs, replace the ABS HU/CM,
disconnected connectors. then go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the (See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

memory.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS No Go to the next step.

[ABS] .)
Is the same DTC present?

om

d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Next >
ABS SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ABS]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1484 [ABS]
DTC B1484 Brake switch system
DETECTION Open circuit in the wiring harness between the ABS HU/CM terminal and the brake
CONDITION switch terminal
Open circuit in the wiring harness between the ABS HU/CM terminal N and the brake
POSSIBLE CAUSE switch terminal D
Brake switch malfunction
INSPECT ABS HU/CM TO BRAKE SWITCH FOR

1 OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the

LOCK position. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit between
ABS HU/CM and brake switch, then go to the next step.
Disconnect the ABS HU/CM and
brake switch connector.
Inspect for continuity ABS HU/CM

om
terminal N and brake switch

d.c
oa
terminal D.
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH

Inspect the brake switch.
(See BRAKE SWITCH No Replace the brake switch, then go to the next step.
INSPECTION .)
(See BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is the brake switch normal?
VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED

3 Yes Replace the ABS HU/CM, then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect all
disconnected connectors. (See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

[ABS] .)

Are any other DTC present?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS]
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Test Description
The OBD test inspects the integrity and function of the ABS and outputs the results when
requested by the specific tests.
On-board diagnostic test also:
Provides a quick inspection of the ABS usually performed at the start of

each diagnostic procedure.
Provides verification after repairs to ensure that no other faults occurred

during service.
The OBD test is divided into 3 tests:
Read/clear diagnostic results, PID monitor and record and active

command modes.
Read/clear diagnostic results
This function allows you to read or clear DTCs in the ABS HU/CM memory.
PID/Data monitor and record
This function allows you to access certain data values, input signals, calculated values, and
system status information.
Active command modes
This function allows you to control devices through the M-MDS.
Reading DTCs Procedure
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the
M-MDS.
When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select “Self Test”.
2. Select “Modules”.
3. Select “ABS”.
When using the PDS (Pocket PC)
1. Select “Module Tests”.
3. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the screen.
If any DTCs are displayed, perform troubleshooting according to the

corresponding DTC inspection.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the ABS. (See Clearing DTCs Procedures .)
Clearing DTCs Procedures
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M-MDS.
4. Press the clear button on the DTC screen to clear the DTC.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 5 s or more.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See Reading DTCs Procedure.)
8. Verify that no DTCs are displayed.
PID/Data Monitor and Record Procedure

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M-MDS.
1. Select “DataLogger”.
3. Select the applicable PID from the PID table.
4. Verify the PID data according to the directions on the screen.
NOTE:
The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated value of input/output
signals in the module.Therefore, if the monitored value of the output parts is not within the
specification, it is necessary to inspect the monitored value of input parts corresponding to
the applicable output part control. In addition, because the system does not display an
output part malfunction as an abnormality in the monitored value, it is necessary to
inspect the output parts individually.
Active Command Modes Procedure

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M-MDS.
3. Select the active command modes from the PID table.
4. Perform the active command modes, inspect the operations for each parts.
If the operation of output parts cannot be verified after the active command
mode inspection is performed, this could indicate the possibility of an open or
short circuit, sticking, or operation malfunction in the output parts.
DTC Table
DTC
System malfunction location Page

M-
MDS
B1317 Power supply system (See DTC B1317, B1318 [ABS] .)

om
B1318 Power supply system (See DTC B1317, B1318 [ABS] .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
B1342 ABS HU/CM system (See DTC B1342 [ABS] .)
B1484 Brake switch system (See DTC B1484 [ABS] .)
B2477 ABS HU/CM configuration (See DTC B2477 [ABS] .)
C1095 Pump motor, motor relay system (See DTC C1095, C1096 [ABS] .)
C1096 Pump motor, motor relay system (See DTC C1095, C1096 [ABS] .)
C1141 LF ABS sensor rotor system (See DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144 [ABS] .)
C1142 RF ABS sensor rotor system (See DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144 [ABS] .)
C1143 LR ABS sensor rotor system (See DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144 [ABS] .)
C1144 RR ABS sensor rotor system (See DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144 [ABS] .)
C1145 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor system (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175 [ABS] .)
C1148 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor system (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178 [ABS] .)
C1155 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor system (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175 [ABS] .)
C1158 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor system (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178 [ABS] .)
C1165 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor system (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175 [ABS] .)
C1168 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor system (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178 [ABS] .)
C1175 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor system (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175 [ABS] .)
C1178 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor system (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178 [ABS] .)
C1186 Fail-safe relay system (See DTC C1186, C1266 [ABS] .)
(See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246,

C1194 LF outlet solenoid valve system
C1250, C1254 [ABS] .)
(See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246,

C1198 LF inlet solenoid valve system
C1250, C1254 [ABS] .)
(See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246,

C1210 RF outlet solenoid valve system
om
C1250, C1254 [ABS] .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246,
C1214 RF inlet solenoid valve system
C1250, C1254 [ABS] .)
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor

C1233 (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 [ABS] .)
rotor system
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor

C1234 (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 [ABS] .)
rotor system
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor

C1235 (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 [ABS] .)
rotor system
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor

C1236 (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 [ABS] .)
rotor system
(See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246,

C1242 LR outlet solenoid valve system
C1250, C1254 [ABS] .)
(See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246,

C1246 RR outlet solenoid valve system
C1250, C1254 [ABS] .)
(See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246,

C1250 LR inlet solenoid valve system
C1250, C1254 [ABS] .)
(See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246,

C1254 RR inlet solenoid valve system
C1250, C1254 [ABS] .)
C1266 Fail-safe relay system (See DTC C1186, C1266 [ABS] .)
C1805 Incorrect ABS HU/CM installed (See DTC C1805 [ABS] .)
U0073CAN system communication error (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)
U1900Communication error to other module (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)
U2023Abnormal message from PCM (See DTC U2023 [ABS] .)
PID/DATA Monitor Table
ABS
Operation condition
PID name (definition) Unit/Condition Action HU/CM
(reference)
om
terminal
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Ignition
switch at ON
position: Inspect the power supply
ABS_VOLT
Approx. circuit.
(System battery V 12.2 V J
(See ABS SYSTEM
voltage value)
Idling: INSPECTION .)
Approx.
14.1 V
Solenoid
valve not
ABSLF_I activated:
Inspect the ABS HU/CM.
Off
(Left front inlet Off/On —
(See ABS HU/CM
solenoid valve output Solenoid
INSPECTION .)
state) valve
activated:
On
Solenoid
valve not
ABSLF_O activated:
Off
(Left front outlet Off/On —
(See ABS HU/CM
INSPECTION .)
state) valve
activated:
On
Solenoid
valve not
activated:
ABSLR_I Inspect the ABS HU/CM.
Off
(Left rear inlet solenoid Off/On (See ABS HU/CM —
Solenoid
valve output state) INSPECTION .)
valve
activated:
On
Solenoid
valve not
ABSLR_O activated:
Off
(Left rear outlet Off/On —
(See ABS HU/CM
INSPECTION .)
state) valve
activated:
On
Relay not
activated:
ABSPMPRLY Inspect the ABS HU/CM.
Off
om
(Motor relay output Off/On (See ABS HU/CM —

d .c
Relay
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
state) INSPECTION .)
activated:
On
Solenoid
valve not
ABSRF_I activated:
Off
(Right front inlet Off/On —
(See ABS HU/CM
INSPECTION .)
state) valve
activated:
On
Solenoid
valve not
ABSRF_O activated:
Off
(Right front outlet Off/On —
(See ABS HU/CM
INSPECTION .)
state) valve
activated:
On
Solenoid
valve not
ABSRR_I activated:
Off
(Right rear inlet Off/On —
(See ABS HU/CM
INSPECTION .)
state) valve
activated:
On
Solenoid
valve not
ABSRR_O activated:
Off
(Right rear outlet Off/On —
(See ABS HU/CM
INSPECTION .)
state) valve
activated:
On
Fail-safe
relay is
deactivated:
ABSVLVRLY Inspect the ABS HU/CM.
Off
(Fail-safe relay output Off/On (See ABS HU/CM —
Fail-safe
state) INSPECTION .)
relay is
activated:
On
om
.c
Brake pedal
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
BOO_ABS released: Off Inspect the brake switch.
Off/On N
(Brake pedal switch Brake pedal (See BRAKE SWITCH
input) depressed: INSPECTION .)
On
DTCs
CCNTABS detected:
Perform the DTC inspection.
(Number of continuous — 1—255 —
(See Reading DTCs Procedure.)
codes)
No DTCs
detected: 0
Vehicle
stopped: 0
Inspect the front ABS wheel-
KPH, 0
LF_WSPD speed sensor.
MPH
(Left front ABS wheel- KPH, MPH (See FRONT ABS WHEEL- E, F
Vehicle
speed sensor input) SPEED SENSOR
running:
Vehicle
speed
Vehicle
stopped: 0
Inspect the rear ABS wheel-
KPH, 0
LR_WSPD speed sensor.
MPH
(Left rear ABS wheel- KPH, MPH (See REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED G, H
Vehicle
speed sensor input) SENSOR
running:
Vehicle
speed
Pump motor
not
PMP_MOTOR activated: Inspect the ABS HU/CM.
Off/On Off —
(Pump motor output (See ABS HU/CM
state) Pump motor INSPECTION .)
activated:
On
Vehicle
stopped: 0
Inspect the front ABS wheel-
RF_WSPD KPH, 0
speed sensor.
MPH
(Right front ABS KPH, MPH M, O
(See FRONT ABS WHEEL-
wheel-speed sensor Vehicle
SPEED SENSOR
input) running:
Vehicle
speed
Vehicle
om
.c
stopped: 0
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the rear ABS wheel-
KPH, 0
RR_WSPD speed sensor.
MPH
(Right rear ABS wheel- KPH, MPH (See REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED I, L
Vehicle
speed sensor input) SENSOR
running:
Vehicle
speed
Active Command Modes Table
Command name Output part Operation Operating condition
LF_INLET LF inlet solenoid valve
LF_OUTLET LF outlet solenoid valve
LR_INLET LR inlet solenoid valve
LR_OUTLET LR outlet solenoid valve
PMP_MOTOR Pump motor Off/On Ignition switch at ON position
RF_INLET RF inlet solenoid valve
RF_OUTLET RF outlet solenoid valve
RR_INLET RR inlet solenoid valve
RR_OUTLET RR outlet solenoid valve
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B2477 [ABS]
DTC B2477 ABS HU/CM configuration
DETECTION
Configuration setting failure is detected.
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE Module configuration procedure was not completed properly.
VERIFY CONFIGURATION
Has the ABS HU/CM configuration been
performed?
No Perform configuration using the M-MDS.
(See ABS CONFIGURATION.)

(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .) ABS HU/CM.
Is the same DTC present? (See ABS HU/CM


< Previous Next >

om
Back to Top
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 [ABS]
C1233 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to ground) system
C1234 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to ground) system

DTC
C1235 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to ground) system
C1236 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to ground) system
DETECTION The vehicle wheel speed of any of the four vehicle wheels is 2.75 km/h {1.71 mph} or less
CONDITION when driving at the specified vehicle speed or more.
Short to ground in the wiring harness between the following ABS HU/CM terminal and the ABS
wheel-speed sensor terminal:
ABS HU/CM terminal M—RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
ABS HU/CM terminal O—RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
ABS HU/CM terminal F—LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
ABS HU/CM terminal E—LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B

POSSIBLE
CAUSE ABS HU/CM terminal I—RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
ABS HU/CM terminal L—RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
ABS HU/CM terminal G—LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
ABS HU/CM terminal H—LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


LF_WSPD
LR_WSPD
RF_WSPD
RR_WSPD
Drive the vehicle.
wheel-speed sensor.
INSPECT A SHORT TO GROUND IN THE WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN THE ABS

2 HU/CM AND THE ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR Yes Replace the ABS wheel-speed
sensor, then go to the next step.
(See FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED
Disconnect the ABS HU/CM connector and the ABS wheel-speed sensor SENSOR
om
.c
connector. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect for a short to ground in the wiring harness between the (See REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED
following ABS wheel-speed sensor connectors on the vehicle wiring SENSOR
harness-side and ABS HU/CM connectors. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): M—A

No Repair or replace the wiring
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): O—B harness, then go to the next
step.

(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .) If the malfunction recurs, replace

the ABS HU/CM, then go to the
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at 10 km/h {6.2 mph} or next step.
more.
(See ABS HU/CM


[ABS] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC C1095, C1096 [ABS]
C1095, Pump motor, motor relay system

DTC
C1096
C1095
When the pump motor monitor voltage remains at 2.0 V or

more for 1 s
ABS motor monitor OFF signal is input within specified time

limit when the motor signal is switched from ON to OFF by
DETECTION
ABS HU/CM.
CONDITION
C1096
When the difference between the battery power supply

voltage and pump motor power supply voltage remains at
4.0 V or more for 0.1 s or more while the pump motor is
operating
ABS 40 A fuse malfunction
Open or short to ground circuit in the wiring harness between the battery
and the ABS HU/CM terminal B
Open circuit in the wiring harness between the ABS HU/CM terminal A and
the body ground
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Open or short circuit in the ABS HU/CM internal motor relay, or stuck motor
relay
Open or short circuit in the ABS HU/CM internal motor, or frozen motor
Fail-safe relay malfunction

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT ABS FUSE CONDITION

Is the ABS 40A fuse
normal?
No Replace the fuse, then go to Step 5.
INSPECT MOTOR RELAY POWER


to the LOCK position. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
between battery positive terminal and ABS HU/CM
Disconnect ABS HU/CM terminal B, then go to Step 5.
connector.

to the ON position
(engine off).
Measure voltage between

ABS HU/CM terminal B
(harness-side) and
ground.
om
d .c
Is the voltage B+?

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT PUMP MOTOR GROUND FOR

between ABS HU/CM terminal A and ground, then go to
Inspect for continuity Step 5.
between ABS HU/CM
terminal A (harness-side)
and ground.
VERIFY PUMP MOTOR OPERATION

to the LOCK position.
No Replace the ABS HU/CM, then go to the next step.
Connect the M-MDS to
the DLC-2. (See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

to the ON position
(engine off).
Access PMP_MOTOR
active command modes
using M-MDS.
Does the pump motor

operate?
5 COMPLETED Yes Replace the ABS HU/CM, then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect (See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

all disconnected
memory.
(See ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .)

drive the vehicle at 10
km/h {6.2 mph} or
more.
Gradually slow down and

stop the vehicle.
Is the same DTC

present?

Are any other DTCs
om

.c
present?
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC C1186, C1266 [ABS]
C1186, Fail-safe relay system

DTC
C1266
C1186
ABS HU/CM internal valve relay remains OFF when

DETECTION valve relay ON is commanded.
CONDITION C1266
ABS HU/CM internal valve relay remains ON (stuck)

when valve relay OFF is commanded.
ABS 30A fuse malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the

POSSIBLE battery and the ABS HU/CM terminal C
CAUSE
Open or short circuit in the ABS HU/CM internal valve relay, or stuck
valve relay
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT ABS FUSE CONDITION

Is the ABS 30A fuse
normal?
INSPECT VALVE RELAY POWER


between battery positive terminal and ABS HU/CM
Disconnect ABS HU/CM terminal C, then go to the next step.
connector.

to the ON position
(engine off).
Measure voltage
between ABS HU/CM
terminal C (harness-
side) and ground.
om
Is voltage B+?
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 COMPLETED Yes Replace the ABS HU/CM, then go to next step.
Clear the DTC from the (See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

memory.
(See ON-BOARD No Go to the next step.

DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .)
Is the same DTC

present?

Are any other DTCs
present? (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1342 [ABS]
DTC B1342 ABS HU/CM system
DETECTION The ABS HU/CM on-board diagnostic function detects control module
CONDITION malfunction.
POSSIBLE CAUSE ABS HU/CM internal malfunction
VERIFY CURRENT STATUS OF MALFUNCTION

1 Yes Replace the ABS HU/CM, then go to the next
Clear the DTC from the memory. step.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS (See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

[ABS] .)
Is same DTC present? No Go to the next step.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254 [ABS]

DTC
DETECTION Solenoid valve operation does not correspond to solenoid ON/OFF

CONDITION commands from the ABS HU/CM.
Open or short circuit in the ABS HU/CM internal solenoid valves
POSSIBLE CAUSE Solenoid valve malfunction
VERIFY SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION

position.
No Replace the ABS HU/CM, then go to the
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON (See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

position (engine off).
Access the active command mode for

the solenoid valve using the M-MDS.
Does the solenoid valve operate?

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If the malfunction recurs, replace the ABS
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .) HU/CM, then go to the next step.
Start the engine and drive the vehicle (See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
at 10 km/h {6.2 mph} or more.
Gradually slow down and stop No Go to the next step.

vehicle.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC U2023 [ABS]
DTC U2023 Abnormal message from PCM
DETECTION CONDITION Correct data cannot be received from PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE PCM malfunction
INSPECT FOR PCM MALFUNCTION

1 Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
LOCK position. (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
Using the M-MDS, perform the DTC

inspection for the PCM. No Go to the next step.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST

[LF] .)
Are any DTCs detected?

If the malfunction recurs, replace the PCM,
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .) then go to the next step.
Are the same DTCs present? (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)


om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Test Description
The OBD test inspects the integrity and function of the DSC and outputs the results when
requested by the specific tests.
On-board diagnostic test also:
Provides a quick inspection of the DSC usually performed at the start of

each diagnostic procedure.
Provides verification after repairs to ensure that no other faults occurred

during service.
The OBD test is divided into 3 tests:
Read/clear diagnostic results, PID monitor and record and active

command modes.
Read/clear diagnostic results
This function allows you to read or clear DTCs in the DSC HU/CM memory.
PID/Data monitor and record
This function allows you to access certain data values, input signals, calculated values, and
system status information.
Active command modes
This function allows you to control devices through the M-MDS.
Reading DTCs Procedure

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M-MDS.

4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the DSC. (See Clearing DTCs Procedures .)
Clearing DTCs Procedures
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M-MDS.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See Reading DTCs Procedure.)
PID/Data Monitor and Record Procedure

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M-MDS.
NOTE:
signals in the module.Therefore, if the monitored value of the output parts is not within the
specification, it is necessary to inspect the monitored value of input parts corresponding to
the applicable output part control. In addition, because the system does not display an
output part malfunction as an abnormality in the monitored value, it is necessary to
inspect the output parts individually.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M-MDS.
3. Select the active command modes from the PID table.
4. Perform the active command modes, inspect the operations for each parts.
DTC Table
DTC
System malfunction location Page

M-
MDS
B1317 Power supply system (See DTC B1317, B1318 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
om
B1318 Power supply system (See DTC B1317, B1318 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
B1342 DSC HU/CM system (See DTC B1342 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
B1484 Brake switch system (See DTC B1484, C1954 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
B2477 DSC HU/CM configuration (See DTC B2477 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
B2741 Combined sensor system (See DTC B2741, C2768, U2516 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
C1093 DSC OFF switch system (See DTC C1093 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
Pump motor, motor relay (See DTC C1095, C1096 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
C1095
system
Pump motor, motor relay (See DTC C1095, C1096 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
C1096
system
(See DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL

(DSC)].)

(DSC)].)

(DSC)].)

(DSC)].)
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
C1145
system (DSC)].)
RF ABS wheel-speed (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
C1148 sensor/ABS sensor rotor (DSC)].)
system
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
C1155
system (DSC)].)
LF ABS wheel-speed (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
system
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
C1165
system (DSC)].)
om
RR ABS wheel-speed (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
system
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
C1175
system (DSC)].)
LR ABS wheel-speed (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
system
C1186 Valve relay system (See DTC C1186, C1266 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
LF outlet solenoid valve (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254,
C1194
system C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
LF inlet solenoid valve (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254,
C1198
RF outlet solenoid valve (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254,
C1210
RF inlet solenoid valve (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254,
C1214
ABS wheel-speed sensor (See DTC C1222 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
C1222
(slip monitor) system
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
C1233
system (DSC)].)
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
C1234
system (DSC)].)
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
C1235
system (DSC)].)
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
C1236
system (DSC)].)
LR outlet solenoid valve (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254,
C1242
RR outlet solenoid valve (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254,
C1246
LR inlet solenoid valve (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254,
C1250
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
RR inlet solenoid valve (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254,
C1254
C1266 Valve relay system (See DTC C1186, C1266 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
(See DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1952, C1959 [DYNAMIC STABILITY

C1279 Combined sensor system
CONTROL (DSC)].)

CONTROL (DSC)].)

CONTROL (DSC)].)
Brake fluid pressure sensor (See DTC C1290, C1953 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
C1290
system
Steering angle sensor (See DTC C1295, C1307, C1937, C1938, C1956 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
C1295
system CONTROL (DSC)].)
Steering angle sensor (See DTC C1306 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
C1306 (abnormal initialization)
system
C1307
RH traction control solenoid (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254,
C1400
valve system C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
LH traction control solenoid (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254,
C1410
C1937
C1938

CONTROL (DSC)].)
Brake fluid pressure sensor (See DTC C1290, C1953 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
C1953
system
C1954 Brake switch system (See DTC B1484, C1954 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
C1956
RH stability control solenoid (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254,
C1957
LH stability control solenoid (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254,
C1958

CONTROL (DSC)].)
C1994 DSC control system (See DTC C1994 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
C2768 Combined sensor system (See DTC B2741, C2768, U2516 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
CAN system communication (See DTC U0073, U0100, U0101, U0155, U1900 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
U0073
error CONTROL (DSC)].)
Combined sensor system

U0074 (See DTC U0074, U0123, U1901 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
(CAN2 line malfunction)
Communication error to (See DTC U0073, U0100, U0101, U0155, U1900 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
U0100
PCM CONTROL (DSC)].)
U0101
TCM CONTROL (DSC)].)

U0155
instrument cluster CONTROL (DSC)].)
U1900
other module CONTROL (DSC)].)

Abnormal message from

U2023 (See DTC U2023 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
PCM
U2516Combined sensor system (See DTC B2741, C2768, U2516 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
PID/DATA Monitor Table
DSC
PID name (definition) Unit/Condition Operation condition (reference) Action HU/CM
terminal
Ignition switch at ON Inspect power

ABS_VOLT
position: Approx. 12 supply circuit.
(System battery voltage V V J
(See DSC HU/CM
value)
Idling: Approx. 14 V INSPECTION .)
Solenoid valve not Inspect the DSC

ABSLF_I
activated: Off HU/CM.
(Left front inlet solenoid Off/On —
Solenoid valve (See DSC SYSTEM
valve output state)
activated: On INSPECTION .)
ABSLF_O Solenoid valve not Inspect the DSC

(Left front outlet Off/On —
solenoid valve output Solenoid valve (See DSC SYSTEM
state) activated: On INSPECTION .)

ABSLR_I
(Left rear inlet solenoid Off/On —
valve output state)

ABSLR_O
(Left rear outlet solenoid Off/On —
valve output state)
Inspect the DSC

ABSPMPRLY
Relay not activated: Off HU/CM.
(Motor relay output Off/On —
Relay activated: On (See DSC SYSTEM
state)
INSPECTION .)
ABSRF_I Solenoid valve not Inspect the DSC

(Right front inlet Off/On —
ABSRF_O Solenoid valve not Inspect the DSC

om
.c
(Right front outlet Off/On —

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
ABSRR_I Solenoid valve not Inspect the DSC

(Right rear inlet Off/On —
ABSRR_O Solenoid valve not Inspect the DSC

(Right rear outlet Off/On —
Fail-safe relay is Inspect the DSC

ABSVLVRLY
deactivated: Off HU/CM.
(Fail-safe relay output Off/On —
Fail-safe relay is (See DSC SYSTEM
state)
Brake pedal released:

BOO_ABS
Off Inspect the brake
(Brake pedal switch Off/On N
switch.
Brake pedal depressed:
input)
On
CCNTABS
DTCs detected: 1—255 Perform the DTC
— —
(Number of continuous inspection.
No DTCs detected: 0
codes)
Vehicle stopped or
driving at constant
speed: 0 G
Cornering to right:
Inspect the
LAT_ACCL G Changes 0 G— —
combined sensor.
positive
Cornering to left:
Changes 0 G—
negative
Vehicle stopped: 0
LF_WSPD
KPH, 0 MPH Inspect the ABS
(Left front ABS wheel- KPH, MPH wheel-speed F, E
Vehicle running: sensor.
speed sensor input)
vehicle speed
Vehicle stopped: 0
LR_WSPD
KPH, MPH wheel-speed G, H
om
(Left rear ABS wheel-

Vehicle running:
.c
sensor.
d
speed sensor input)

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Vehicle speed
Brake pedal depressed:

Inspect the brake
Changes according to
MCYLI P Pa, psi fluid pressure —
the brake fluid
sensor.
pressure
Pump motor not Inspect the DSC

PMP_MOTOR
(Pump motor output Off/On —
Pump motor activated: (See DSC HU/CM
state)
On INSPECTION .)
Vehicle stopped: 0
RF_WSPD
(Right front ABS wheel- KPH, MPH wheel-speed M, O
speed sensor input)
vehicle speed
Engine stopped: 0 Inspect the PCM.

RPM
RPM
RPM Inspect the —
(Engine speed signal
Engine speed at 3,000 instrument
input)
rpm: 3,000 RPM cluster.
Vehicle stopped: 0
RR_WSPD
(Right rear ABS wheel- KPH, MPH wheel-speed I, L
speed sensor input)
Vehicle speed
Steering wheel in
neutral position (not
turned): 0°
Steering wheel turned Inspect the

SWA_POS ° to left: Changes 0°— steering angle —
negative sensor.
Steering wheel turned

to right: Changes 0°—
positive
Closed throttle
position: 0%
Inspect the
TPI % Wide open throttle: throttle position —
Changes according to sensor.
throttle valve opening
angle
V_STB_L Solenoid valve not Inspect the DSC

om

.c
(LH stability control Off/On —

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
V_STB_R Solenoid valve not Inspect the DSC

(RH stability control Off/On —
V_TRC_L Solenoid valve not Inspect the DSC

(LH traction control Off/On —
V_TRC_R Solenoid valve not Inspect the DSC

(RH traction control Off/On —
Vehicle stopped or
driving straight: 0 °/s
Cornering to left:
Changes 0 °/s— Inspect the
YAW_RATE °/s —
negative combined sensor.
Cornering to right:
Changes 0 °/s—
positive
Active Command Modes Table
Command
Output part Operation Operating condition
name
Combined sensor (lateral acceleration)

LATACCEL FALSE/TRUE
initialization
LF_INLET LF inlet solenoid valve
LF_OUTLET LF outlet solenoid valve
LR_INLET LR inlet solenoid valve

om
.c
LR_OUTLET LR outlet solenoid valve

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
PMP_MOTOR Pump motor Off/On
RF_INLET RF inlet solenoid valve
RF_OUTLET RF outlet solenoid valve
RR_INLET RR inlet solenoid valve Ignition switch at ON

position
RR_OUTLET RR outlet solenoid valve
SAS_CAL Steering angle sensor initialization FALSE/TRUE
STAB_IND DSC indicator light
TRAC OFF DSC OFF light
V_STB_L LH stability control solenoid valve
V_STB_R RH stability control solenoid valve Off/On
V_TRC_L LH traction control solenoid valve
V_TRC_R RH traction control solenoid valve
YAWRATE Combined sensor (yaw rate) initialization
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1484, C1954 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
B1484, Brake switch system

DTC
C1954
B1484
Open circuit is detected in wiring harness between DSC HU/CM—brake switch

(Voltage at the DSC HU/CM terminal N is more than 40% and less than 67% of
the voltage at the DSC HU/CM terminal J for 0.5 s continuously.).
C1954
DETECTION
CONDITION Brake switch ON signal is input even though signal from brake fluid pressure
sensor is lower than specified value (While vehicle is driven at a speed of 10.8
km/h {6.7 mph} or more, brake switch is continuously ON for 60 s with
accelerator pedal ON and brake fluid pressure 500 kPa {5.10 kgf/cm2, 72.5
psi} or lower, not operated).
Brake fluid pressure sensor signal value is continuously more than 1,000 kPa
{10.20 kgf/cm2, 145.0 psi} for 1 s with brake switch signal OFF.
STOP 10A fuse malfunction

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the DSC HU/CM terminal N and the
brake switch terminal D
Brake fluid pressure sensor malfunction in DSC HU/CM
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SIGNAL INPUT TO DSC

1 HU/CM USING M-MDS Yes Go to Step 6.

Select the “BOO_ABS” PID and verify that the
display is switched as follows according to the
brake pedal condition:
Brake pedal released: Off
Brake pedal depressed: On
Does the “BOO_ABS” PID change normally?
INSPECT STOP LIGHT FUSE CONDITION

Inspect the STOP 10A fuse. No Replace the fuse, then go to Step 6.
om
.c
Is the STOP 10A fuse normal?

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the brake switch, then go to Step 6.
Is the brake switch normal? (See BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT IN WIRING HARNESS

4 BETWEEN DSC HU/CM AND STOP LIGHT FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the DSC HU/CM and brake switch

connectors. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
between brake switch and DSC HU/CM, then go to
Inspect the vehicle wiring harness-side Step 6.
connectors for continuity between the following
terminals:
STOP 10A fuse—brake switch

terminal B
Brake switch terminal D—DSC

HU/CM terminal N
INSPECT BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR

Inspect the brake fluid pressure sensor.
(See BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR No Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the next step.
INSPECTION .)
(See DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is the brake fluid pressure sensor normal?

connectors. If the malfunction recurs, replace the DSC HU/CM,
then go to the next step.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at 20
km/h {13 mph} or more for 60 s or more.

CONTROL (DSC)].)

(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
CONTROL (DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC C1093 DSC OFF switch system
DETECTION
Continuous ON signal from the DSC OFF switch for 5 s or more is detected.
CONDITION
Short to ground in the wiring harness between the DSC HU/CM terminal P and the DSC OFF
switch terminal A
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DSC OFF switch malfunction
The driver pressed and held the DSC OFF switch for 5 s or more.
INSPECT DSC HU/CM TO DSC OFF

om
1 Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for short to ground between DSC
.c
SWITCH FOR SHORT TO GROUND

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
HU/CM terminal P and DSC OFF switch terminal A, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch to step.
the LOCK position.
Disconnect DSC HU/CM and No Go to the next step.

DSC OFF switch connector.
Inspect for continuity

between the DSC HU/CM
terminal P and ground.
INSPECT DSC OFF SWITCH

Inspect the DSC OFF switch.
(See DSC OFF SWITCH No Replace the DSC OFF switch, then go to the next step.
INSPECTION .)
(See DSC OFF SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is the DSC OFF switch
normal?

3 Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the next step.
disconnected connectors. (See DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

memory. No Go to the next step.

[DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)

[DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)

Are any other DTCs
present? (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)

[DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

DTC
While the vehicle is driven at a speed of 10—60 km/h {6.3—37 mph} and
DETECTION
the system is not operated, error is detected periodically in wheel speed
CONDITION
signals from the ABS wheel-speed sensor.
POSSIBLE ABS sensor rotor malfunction (foreign material adhering)

CAUSE
Improper installation of ABS wheel-speed sensor and/or sensor rotor
INSPECT PID FOR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR

1 OUTPUT ERROR USING M-MDS Yes Go to Step 4.


MDS:
LF_WSPD
LR_WSPD
RF_WSPD
RR_WSPD
om
Drive the vehicle.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Verify that the vehicle speeds detected by
the four ABS wheel-speed sensors are
approximately the same.
Are the vehicle speeds approximately the

same?

2 IMPROPER SENSOR CLEARANCE. Yes Go to the next step.

wheel-speed sensor and the ABS sensor No Replace the ABS wheel-speed sensor,
rotor. then go to Step 4.
INSPECTION .)
INSPECTION .)

INSTALLATION
No Replace the front wheel hub
component or rear drive shaft, then go
to the next step.



(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC DSC HU/CM, then go to the next step.
STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
(See DSC HU/CM
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10 km/h {6.2 mph} or more.
Are the same DTCs present? No Go to the next step.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC



om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
C1145 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor system
C1155 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor system

DTC
C1165 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor system
C1175 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor system
DETECTION Open circuit, or short to ground or power supply has been detected in the ABS wheel-speed
CONDITION sensor or ABS wheel-speed sensor wiring harness on any of the four vehicle wheels.
Open circuit, or short to ground or power supply in the wiring harness between the following
terminals of the DSC HU/CM and ABS wheel-speed sensor:
DSC HU/CM terminal M—RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
DSC HU/CM terminal O—RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
DSC HU/CM terminal F—LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
DSC HU/CM terminal E—LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B

POSSIBLE
CAUSE DSC HU/CM terminal I—RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
DSC HU/CM terminal L—RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
DSC HU/CM terminal G—LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
DSC HU/CM terminal H—LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


LF_WSPD
LR_WSPD
RF_WSPD
om
d .c
RR_WSPD
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Drive the vehicle.
wheel-speed sensor.
INSPECT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT IN WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN DSC HU/CM

2 AND ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.

Disconnect the DSC HU/CM connector and ABS wheel-speed sensor. harness, then go to Step 5.
Inspect for continuity in the wiring harness between the following

ABS wheel-speed sensor connectors on the vehicle wiring harness-
side and DSC HU/CM connectors.
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): M—A
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): O—B
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN DSC HU/CM AND ABS WHEEL-SPEED

3 SENSOR FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the voltage between the following terminals of the DSC

HU/CM connector and body ground:
harness, then go to Step 5.
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): M-body ground
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): O-body ground
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): F-body ground
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): E-body ground
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): I-body ground
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): L-body ground
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): G-body ground
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): H-body ground
Is the voltage approx. 0 V?
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO GROUND IN WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN DSC

4 HU/CM AND ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring
harness, then go to the next
Inspect for continuity in the wiring harness between the following step.
DSC HU/CM connector terminals on the vehicle wiring harness-side
and body ground.
No Replace the ABS wheel-speed
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): M sensor, then go to the next step.
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): O (See FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED

SENSOR
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): F REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
om
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): E (See REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED

d .c
oa
SENSOR
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): I REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): L
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): G
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): H

Make sure to reconnect all disconnected connectors. 1.
Clear the DTCs from the memory. If the malfunction recurs, replace
the DSC HU/CM, then go to the
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].) next step.
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at 45 km/h {28 mph} or (See DSC HU/CM
more. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)


(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].) (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
[DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
(DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
C1148 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor system
C1158 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor system

DTC
C1168 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor system
C1178 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor system
DETECTION CONDITION Noise is continuously detected in wheel-speed signal for 10 s.
ABS sensor rotor malfunction (chipping of sensor rotor teeth)
POSSIBLE CAUSE Poor installation of ABS wheel-speed sensor and/or sensor rotor
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT PID FOR ABNORMAL OUTPUT FROM ABS WHEEL-

1 SPEED SENSOR USING M-MDS Yes Go to Step 4.

LF_WSPD
LR_WSPD
RF_WSPD
om
d .c
oa
RR_WSPD
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Start the engine and drive the vehicle.
Verify that the PIDs of the four ABS wheel-speed

sensors correspond approximately.
INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION OCCURRED DUE TO IMPROPER

2 SENSOR CLEARANCE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the clearance between the ABS wheel-speed

sensor and the ABS sensor rotor. No Replace the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor, then
go to Step 4.
(See FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION .)
(See FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
(See REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is the clearance normal? (See REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR

VISUALLY INSPECT ABS SENSOR ROTOR FOR FOREIGN

3 MATERIAL ADHERING OR IMPROPER INSTALLATION Yes Go to the next step.

No Replace the front wheel hub component or rear
drive shaft, then go to the next step.



Make sure to reconnect all disconnected connectors.
If the malfunction recurs, replace the DSC
Clear the DTC from the memory. HU/CM, then go to the next step.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY (See DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

CONTROL (DSC)].)
Start the engine and drive the vehicle. No Go to the next step.

CONTROL (DSC)].)

CONTROL (DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957, C1958
[DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]

DTC
C1400 RH traction control solenoid valve system
C1410 LH traction control solenoid valve system
C1957 RH stability control solenoid valve system
C1958 LH stability control solenoid valve system
DETECTION Solenoid valve operation does not correspond to solenoid ON/OFF

CONDITION commands from the DSC HU/CM.
Solenoid valve malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Open or short circuit in the DSC HU/CM internal solenoid valves
VERIFY SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION

position.
No Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. next step.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Turn the ignition switch to the ON (See DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Access the active command mode for

the solenoid valve using the M-MDS.
Does the solenoid valve operate?

(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS HU/CM, then go to the next step.
(DSC)].) (See DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Start the engine and drive the vehicle

at 10 km/h {6.2 mph} or more. No Go to the next step.
Gradually slow down and stop

vehicle.

(DSC)].)

(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
(DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NOTE:
DTC C1222 will be detected when a malfunctioning ABS wheel-speed sensor cannot be specified.
DTC C1222 ABS wheel-speed sensor (slip monitor) system
Condition 1
ABS control for two wheels or more is continued for 60 s (If accelerator pedal is
ON and brake switch is OFF and vehicle speed is more than 50 km/h {31 mph},
it is detected when 10 s has elapsed).
Condition 2
DETECTION
CONDITION While the vehicle is driven at a speed of 20 km/h {13 mph} or more, difference
in each wheel speed is continuously not within the specification.
Condition 3
There is difference between yaw rate value calculated based on the ABS wheel-
speed sensor and yaw rate value calculated based on the steering angle sensor
(abnormal cornering direction is detected).
Tire type or size is different between the front and rear wheels.
POSSIBLE ABS sensor rotor malfunction (chipping of sensor rotor teeth)

CAUSE
Poor installation of ABS wheel-speed sensor and/or sensor rotor (If the sensor rotor is installed at
an angle, it may cause output of abnormal wave pattern at high speeds.)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT PID FOR ABNORMAL OUTPUT FROM ABS WHEEL-

1 SPEED SENSOR USING M-MDS Yes Go to Step 5.

No If there is a difference in speeds of the four
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. wheels, go to the next step.
LF_WSPD
LR_WSPD
om
RF_WSPD
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
RR_WSPD
Drive the vehicle.
Verify that the PIDs of the four ABS wheel-speed

sensors correspond approximately.
INSPECT TIRE SIZE AND PRESSURE

Inspect the tire size and tire pressure of each wheel.
(See WHEEL AND TIRE SPECIFICATION .) No Install the specified tire or adjust the tire
pressure, then go to Step 5.
Is the tire size and tire pressure as specified?
INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION OCCURRED DUE TO IMPROPER

3 SENSOR CLEARANCE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the clearance between the ABS wheel-speed

sensor and the ABS sensor rotor. No Replace the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor, then
go to Step 5.
(See FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION .)
(See FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
(See REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is the clearance normal? (See REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR

VISUALLY INSPECT ABS SENSOR ROTOR FOR FOREIGN

4 MATERIAL ADHERING OR IMPROPER INSTALLATION Yes Go to the next step.

No Replace the front wheel hub component or rear
drive shaft, then go to the next step.



(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY HU/CM, then go to the next step.
CONTROL (DSC)].)
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at 20 km/h
{13 mph} or more.

CONTROL (DSC)].)

CONTROL (DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
C1295, C1307, Steering angle sensor system

DTC C1937, C1938,
C1956
C1295
Steering angle sensor malfunction is detected by CAN signal

from the steering angle sensor.
C1307
Steering angle signal error from the steering angle sensor is

continuously detected for 100 ms.
C1937
The difference between the steering angle calculated by

each sensor and the steering angle from the steering angle
sensor exceeds the specification.
C1938
DETECTION
CONDITION Condition 1
Variation of the steering angle sensor signal

exceeds the specified value, or does not
vary at all.
Condition 2
When comparing the yaw rate value

calculated from the ABS wheel-speed
sensor signal and steering angle sensor
signal with the yaw rate sensor signal, one
is + and the other is - while the vehicle is
moving forward.
C1956
There is no signal received from the steering angle sensor.
Deviation of the steering wheel center position due to improper front wheel
alignment
POSSIBLE Improper installation or positioning of the steering angle sensor

om
.c
CAUSE
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Steering angle sensor malfunction
INSPECT STEERING WHEEL FOR OFF-CENTER

Drive the vehicle and inspect the
steering wheel position while driving
in a straight line. No Inspect and adjust the front wheel
alignment to correct the steering wheel
Is the steering wheel off-center? alignment.
(See FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT .)
Go to Step 3.
INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

Inspect the steering angle sensor.
(See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR No Replace the steering angle sensor, then go
INSPECTION .) to the next step.
Is the steering angle sensor normal? (See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC HU/CM.
Start the engine and drive the vehicle. No Go to the next step.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NOTE:
The initialization value of the steering angle sensor is stored using the battery power
supply. Therefore, the battery power supply of the steering angle sensor is cut and the
stored initialization value is cleared when any of the following items are performed. DTC
C1306 is stored in the memory.
Negative battery cable disconnection
Steering angle sensor connector disconnection
Fuse (ROOM 15A) removal
Wiring harness disconnection between battery and steering angle sensor

connector
DTC C1306 Steering angle sensor (abnormal initialization) system
DETECTION Signal which indicates that the initialization has not been performed is
CONDITION continuously received from the steering angle sensor for 100 ms.
The initialization procedure for the steering angle sensor has not been
performed.
The negative battery cable connector was disconnected previously.
POSSIBLE The steering angle sensor connector was disconnected previously.

CAUSE
The fuse (ROOM 15A) was removed previously.
The wiring harness between battery—steering angle sensor connector is

disconnected.
VERIFY INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.

Has the steering angle sensor
initialization procedure been
om
No Perform the steering angle sensor initialization

performed?
d .c
procedure, then go to the next step.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR INITIALIZATION
PROCEDURE .)
VERIFY DTC TROUBLESHOOTING

2 COMPLETED Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
Clear the DTC from the If the malfunction occurs again, replace the
memory. steering angle sensor, then go to the next step.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS (See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

[DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(DSC)].)
Is the same DTC present? No Go to the next step.

(DSC)].)

(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS CONTROL (DSC)].)
(DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC C1994 DSC control system
During ABS control, there are two ore more wheels which the wheel speed is
10 km/h {6.2 mph} or less when pressure reduction or maintain is
DETECTION continuously requested for 0.3 s—3 s (depending on vehicle driving
CONDITION conditions).
DSC control is performed continuously for 10 s (5 s if the vehicle speed is

more than 100 km/h {62.1 mph}).
This does not indicate a malfunction since constant control over extended
POSSIBLE
period of time is inhibited to protect the DSC solenoid valve inside the DSC
CAUSE
HU.

1 Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the
Clear the DTC from the memory. next step.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC (See DSC HU/CM

STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)



om
< Previous Next >

d .c
Back to Top
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B2477 DSC HU/CM configuration
Condition 1
Configuration data is not within the

specification.
DETECTION Condition 2
CONDITION
Configuration data cannot be read.
Condition 3
Configuration data is at an unused value.
Module configuration procedure was not completed properly.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
DSC HU/CM malfunction
VERIFY CONFIGURATION
Has the DSC HU/CM configuration
been performed?
No Perform configuration using the M-MDS.
(See DSC CONFIGURATION.)

(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS HU/CM, then go to the next step.
(DSC)].) (See DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

(DSC)].)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
(DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
C1233 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor system
C1234 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor system

DTC
C1235 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor system
C1236 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor system
Excessively slow wheel speed is detected when the vehicle speed is 12 km/h {7.5 mph} or
DETECTION more first time after the system is activated or the vehicle is started.
CONDITION While the vehicle is driven at a speed of 20 km/h {13 mph} or more, difference in each wheel
speed is continuously not within the specification.
Short to ground in the wiring harness between the following DSC HU/CM terminal and the ABS
wheel-speed sensor terminal:
DSC HU/CM terminal M—RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
DSC HU/CM terminal O—RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
DSC HU/CM terminal F—LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
DSC HU/CM terminal E—LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B

POSSIBLE
CAUSE DSC HU/CM terminal I—RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
DSC HU/CM terminal L—RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
DSC HU/CM terminal G—LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
DSC HU/CM terminal H—LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


LF_WSPD
LR_WSPD
RF_WSPD
om
d .c
oa
RR_WSPD
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Drive the vehicle.
wheel-speed sensor.
INSPECT A SHORT TO GROUND IN THE WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN THE DSC

2 HU/CM AND THE ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring
harness, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. step.
Disconnect the DSC HU/CM connector and the ABS wheel-speed

sensor connector. No Replace the ABS wheel-speed
sensor, then go to the next
Inspect for a short to ground in the wiring harness between the step.
following ABS wheel-speed sensor connectors on the vehicle wiring
harness-side and DSC HU/CM connectors. (See FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): M—A REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (–): O—B (See REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED

SENSOR
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (+): F—A REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].) If the malfunction recurs,
replace the DSC HU/CM, then go
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at 10 km/h {6.2 mph} or to the next step.
more.
(See DSC HU/CM


Are any other DTCs present? inspection.
(DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
C1095, Pump motor, motor relay system

DTC
C1096
C1095
When the motor relay is switched from ON to OFF, the pump motor voltage is
turned off within the specified time (Pump motor rotation malfunction (sticking)).
Malfunction is detected in pump motor drive circuit during motor relay test.
DETECTION Motor relay supply voltage is 40% of the ignition voltage or lower.
CONDITION
While the pump motor is stopped, pump motor monitor voltage is continuously 2
V or more for 1 s.
C1096
While the pump motor is operated, difference in voltage between ignition and
pump motor is continuously more than 4.0 V for 100 ms.
Open or short to ground circuit in the wiring harness between the battery and the DSC HU/CM
terminal B
POSSIBLE Open circuit in the wiring harness between the DSC HU/CM terminal A and the body ground
CAUSE
Open or short circuit in the DSC HU/CM internal motor relay, or stuck motor relay
Open or short circuit in the DSC HU/CM internal motor, or frozen motor
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT FUSE CONDITION

Is the ABS 40A fuse normal?
INSPECT MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY FOR


LOCK position. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit between
battery positive terminal and DSC HU/CM terminal B, then go to
Disconnect DSC HU/CM connector. Step 5.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON

Measure voltage between DSC

HU/CM terminal B (harness-side)
and ground.
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT PUMP MOTOR GROUND FOR OPEN

3 CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.

LOCK position. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit between DSC
HU/CM terminal A and ground, then go to Step 5.
Inspect for continuity between
DSC HU/CM terminal A (harness-
side) and ground.
VERIFY PUMP MOTOR OPERATION

om

d .c
oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
LOCK position.
No Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the next step.
Access PMP_MOTOR active

command modes using M-MDS.
Does the pump motor operate?


(DSC)].)
Start the engine and drive the

vehicle at 10 km/h {6.2 mph}
or more.
Gradually slow down and stop the

vehicle.

(DSC)].)

(DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
C1186, Valve relay system

DTC
C1266
C1186
Five or more solenoid valve malfunctions are detected (solenoid valve is

determined when the solenoid valve operation does not correspond to the solenoid
ON/OFF signals from the DSC HU/CM).
Valve relay voltage is continuously less than 80% of the ignition voltage for 0.5 s.
DETECTION Short circuit to ground is detected in the valve relay power supply circuit and valve
CONDITION relay.
Open circuit is detected in the valve relay power supply circuit, or open circuit or
sticking (OFF side) is detected in the valve relay.
C1266
DSC HU internal valve relay remains ON (stuck) when valve relay OFF is
commanded.
Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the battery and the DSC HU/CM
POSSIBLE terminal C
CAUSE
Open or short circuit in the DSC HU/CM internal valve relay, or stuck valve relay (DSC HU/CM
malfunction)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT FUSE CONDITION

Is the ABS 30A fuse normal?
INSPECT VALVE RELAY POWER SUPPLY FOR


LOCK position. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit between battery
positive terminal and DSC HU/CM terminal C, then go to the next step.
Disconnect DSC HU/CM
connector.

ON position (engine off).
Measure voltage between DSC

HU/CM terminal C (harness-
side) and ground.
Is voltage B+?

3 Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to next step.


(DSC)].)

om
vehicle.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

(DSC)].)

(DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1342 DSC HU/CM system
DETECTION The DSC HU/CM on-board diagnostic function detects control module
CONDITION malfunction.
POSSIBLE CAUSE DSC HU/CM internal malfunction
VERIFY CURRENT STATUS OF MALFUNCTION

1 Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the
Clear the DTC from the memory. next step.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC (See DSC HU/CM

STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at

10 km/h {6.2 mph} or more. No Go to the next step.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC U2023 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]

position. (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
Using the M-MDS, perform the DTC

inspection for the PCM. No Go to the next step.

[LF] .)

If the malfunction recurs, replace the PCM,
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC then go to the next step.
(See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC No Go to the next step.



om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B2741, C2768, U2516 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
B2741, C2768, Combined sensor system

DTC
U2516
B2741
Sensor malfunction signal from combined sensor is

detected continuously for 100 ms.
Type of combined sensor is different from specification,

or not within set range.
C2768
DETECTION
CONDITION Signal which indicates combined sensor is under
initialization is transmitted from combined sensor.
U2516
Number of signal transmission from combined sensor is

wrong.
Check sum error is detected in CAN communication signal

between combined sensor.
POSSIBLE
Combined sensor malfunction
CAUSE
PERFORM COMBINED SENSOR

1 INITIALIZATION After the initialization procedure for the combined
sensor has been completed, go to the next step.
Perform the combined sensor
initialization using the M-
MDS.
(See COMBINED SENSOR

INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE .)
VERIFY THAT SAME DTC IS NOT PRESENT

om
.c
Clear the DTCs from the

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
memory. If the malfunction recurs, replace the combined
sensor.
[DYNAMIC STABILITY (See COMBINED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
CONTROL (DSC)].)
Are the same DTCs present? No Go to the next step.

[DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCS ARE

3 PRESENT Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Are any other DTCs output? (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
[DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1317, B1318 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
B1317, Power supply system

DTC
B1318
B1317
Voltage at DSC HU/CM terminal J is more than 16.8 V.

DETECTION
CONDITION B1318
While the vehicle is driven at a speed of 15 km/h {9.3 mph} or higher, voltage
at DSC HU/CM terminal J is less than 9.6 V (less than 9.3 V during control).
Battery deterioration
ENGINE 15A fuse malfunction

POSSIBLE
Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the DSC HU/CM terminal J and the
CAUSE
battery
Open circuit or faulty ground in the wiring harness between the DSC HU/CM terminal D and the
body ground
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT BATTERY VOLTAGE

1 Yes Make sure that battery terminal connection is normal.
Is the battery terminal voltage
normal? Go to the next step.
No Charge or replace the battery, then go to Step 6.
INSPECT BATTERY GRAVITY

Is battery specific gravity as
specified?
No Replace the battery, then go to Step 6.

Are the generator and drive belt
tensions normal?
No Replace generator and/or drive belt as necessary, then go to Step 6.
INSPECT DSC HU/CM POWER SUPPLY FOR

Start the engine.

No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit between the DSC
Measure the voltage between HU/CM and ground, then go to Step 6.
DSC HU/CM terminal J and
ground.
INSPECT DSC HU/CM GROUND FOR POOR

5 GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch off.

No If there is no continuity:
Measure the resistance between
ground and DSC HU/CM Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
terminal D. between the DSC HU/CM and ground, then go to the
next step.
Is the resistance within 0—1
If the resistance is not within 0—1 ohm:
ohm?
Repair or replace the wiring harness for poor ground,



(DSC)].)

vehicle at 15 km/h {9.3 mph}
or more.
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(DSC)].)

(DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
C1279, C1280, Combined sensor system

DTC C1281, C1952,
C1959
C1279
Variation of the yaw rate value from the combined sensor while the vehicle is
stopped or started is not within the specification.
C1280
Condition 1
The difference between the yaw rate value calculated by each

sensor and the yaw rate value from the combined sensor exceeds
the specification.
Condition 2
While the vehicle is moving forward, one of the yaw rate values is
DETECTION + and the other is - (yaw rate value calculated from steering
CONDITION angle sensor signal and one from the combined sensor).
C1281
Difference between the two lateral-G values exceeds the specification (one from
the combined sensor and one calculated from yaw rate signal from the combined
sensor, steering angle sensor signal, and ABS wheel-speed sensor signal).
C1952
Signal, which indicates low voltage or over voltage, from the combined sensor is
continued for 100 ms.
C1959
Variation of the lateral-G value from the combined sensor is not within the
specification.
Poor installation of combined sensor
Open circuit or short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch—combined sensor terminal
A
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Open circuit in wiring harness between combined sensor terminal D—ground

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR INSTALLATION CONDITION

Inspect the installation condition of the combined
sensor.
No Install the combined sensor correctly, then go to
Is the combined sensor installed correctly? the next step.
INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN OR

2 SHORT CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to
Measure the voltage between combined sensor Step 5.
terminal A and body ground.
INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR GROUND FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect for continuity between combined sensor No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to
terminal D and body ground. Step 5.
INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR

Inspect the combined sensor.
(See COMBINED SENSOR INSPECTION .) No Replace the combined sensor, then go to the
next step.
Is the combined sensor normal?
VERIFY DTC TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED.

5 Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the next
Clear the DTC from the memory. step.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY (See DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

CONTROL (DSC)].)
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at 10 km/h No Go to the next step.
{6.0 mph} or more.

CONTROL (DSC)].)
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE.

CONTROL (DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
C1290, Brake fluid pressure sensor system

DTC
C1953
C1290
The basic brake fluid pressure value, which is calculated in

the DSC HU/CM while the system is not operated and the
DETECTION brake is not applied, exceeds the specified value.
CONDITION C1953
The brake fluid pressure sensor signal voltage is

continuously more than 3.29 V or less than 0.13 V for 100
ms or more.
POSSIBLE Brake fluid pressure sensor malfunction in DSC HU/CM

CAUSE
Open or short circuit in the brake fluid pressure sensor circuit in DSC HU/CM
VERIFY NO ABNORMALITY ON BRAKE FLUID

1 PRESSURE SENSOR Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the
next step.
(See DSC HU/CM
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at No Go to the next step.
10 km/h {6.2 mph} or more.


om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC U0074, U0123, U1901 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC U0074, U0123, U1901 Combined sensor system (CAN2 line malfunction)
U0074
Communication error with combined sensor is detected in CAN

communication.
U0123
DETECTION
CONDITION Error is detected in received data from combined sensor in CAN
communication.
U1901
Error is detected in transmitted data to combined sensor in CAN

communication.
Open or short circuit in the CAN2_L wiring harness between combined sensor terminal B and
DSC HU/CM terminal AS
Open or short circuit in the CAN2_H wiring harness between combined sensor terminal C and
DSC HU/CM terminal AR
POSSIBLE CAUSE
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR SIGNAL (CAN2 LINE) FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Disconnect the DSC HU/CM connectors.
Disconnect the combined sensor connectors. No Repair or replace the wiring

Inspect for continuity between the DSC HU/CM connectors (vehicle
harness-side) and the following combined sensor connector
terminals (vehicle harness-side):
Combined sensor (CAN2_L): B—AS
Combined sensor (CAN2_H): C—AR
INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR SIGNAL (CAN2 LINE) FOR SHORT CIRCUIT

2 Yes Repair or replace the wiring
Inspect for continuity between the following DSC HU/CM connector harness, then go to Step 4.
om
terminals (vehicle harness-side) and body ground:

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Combined sensor (CAN2_L): B No Go to the next step.
Combined sensor (CAN2_H): C
INSPECT THE COMBINED SENSOR

Reconnect all disconnected connectors.
Inspect the combined sensor. No Replace the combined sensor, then

go to the next step.
(See COMBINED SENSOR INSPECTION .)
Is the combined sensor normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Make sure to reconnect all disconnected connectors. 1.
Clear the DTCs from the memory. If the malfunction recurs, replace
the DSC HU/CM, then go to the
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].) next step.
Are the same DTCs present? (See DSC HU/CM

(DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC U0073, U0100, U0101, U0155, U1900 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
U0073, U0100, U0101, CAN line system

DTC
U0155, U1900
U0073
Communication error with other modules is detected in

CAN communication.
U0100
Error is detected in received data from PCM in CAN

communication.
U0101
Error is detected in received data from TCM in CAN

DETECTION communication.
CONDITION U0155
Error is detected in received data from instrument cluster

in CAN communication.
U1900
Error is detected in transmitted data in CAN

communication.
CAN initialization is failure.
Data written to CAN main memory and those read from

are not consistent.
Malfunction in communication line between PCM, TCM, instrument cluster,

and steering angle sensor
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Malfunction in PCM, TCM, instrument cluster, or steering angle sensor
Inspect according to diagnostic procedure in BODY & ACCESSORIES. (See FOREWORD

om
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.1 NEITHER ABS WARNING LIGHT NOR BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATE WHEN
IGNITION SWITCH TURNED TO ON POSITION [ABS]
Neither ABS warning light nor brake system

1 warning light illuminate when ignition switch
turned to ON position
Instrument cluster power supply

fuse malfunction
Short to ground
in instrument
cluster power
supply fuse
circuit
Instrument
cluster power
supply fuse
POSSIBLE malfunction
CAUSE
Open circuit in instrument
cluster ground circuit
Instrument cluster malfunction
Network communication for

related system malfunction
Improper configuration of
instrument cluster
ABS HU/CM malfunction
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN

1 COMMON POWER SUPPLY OF WARNING Yes Go to Step 4.
LIGHTS AND INDICATOR LIGHTS, OR IN
OTHER WARNING LIGHTS AND INDICATOR No Go to the next step.
LIGHTS
Verify other warning and

indicator lights illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position?
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is there any warning and
indicator light?
INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER POWER

2 SUPPLY FUSE Yes Inspect the blown fuse related wiring
harness for short to ground.
Inspect the instrument cluster
power supply fuse. Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible short to ground, if necessary.
Is there any malfunction?
Install the appropriate amperage fuse.

*3
WIRING HARNESS (INSPECT FOR Yes Replace the instrument cluster (open
CONTINUITY BETWEEN INSTRUMENT circuit in instrument cluster internal
CLUSTER POWER SUPPLY AND INSTRUMENT circuit).
CLUSTER) OR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Turn the ignition switch to the REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .)
Measure the voltage at No Inspect the wiring harness between the

instrument cluster terminal 1G instrument cluster and body ground for
(wiring harness-side). open circuit.
Repair or replace the wiring harness for a

possible open circuit, if necessary.
CONFIRM DTC U1900

Retrieve the DTC from the PCM,
ABS and instrument cluster.
No Inspect the instrument cluster.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION .)
TEST [LF] .)
If the instrument cluster has a
malfunction:
[ABS] .)
Replace the instrument
(See DTC INSPECTION
cluster.
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
(See INSTRUMENT
Is the DTC U1900 present?
CLUSTER
If the instrument cluster is normal:
Go to Step 6.
CONFIRM DTCS U0121, U0100 AND U0214

5 Yes Replace the instrument cluster (open
Retrieve the DTC from the circuit in instrument cluster).
instrument cluster.
(See DTC INSPECTION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
om
Is the DTC U0121, U0100 or No Inspect the network communication for

d .c
related system malfunction.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
U0214 present?
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
according to the inspection results, if
necessary.
CONFIRM DTC B2477

6 Yes Perform the instrument cluster
Retrieve the DTC from the configuration.
instrument cluster.
(See DTC INSPECTION CONFIGURATION.)
Is the DTC B2477 present? No Replace the ABS HU/CM.
(See ABS HU/CM

When performing an asterisked (*) troubleshooting inspection, slightly shake the wiring
harness and connectors while performing the inspection to discover whether poor contact
points are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions. If there is a problem, verify that the
connectors, terminals and wiring harness are connected correctly and undamaged.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.3 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WHEN THE IGNITION SWITCH IS
TURNED TO THE ON POSITION [ABS]
Brake system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the
3
ON position

POSSIBLE
Network communication for related system malfunction
CAUSE
CONFIRM DTC U1900

Retrieve the DTC from the
PCM, ABS and instrument
cluster. No Inspect the instrument cluster.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION .)

TEST [LF] .) If the instrument cluster has a malfunction:
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS Replace the instrument cluster.
[ABS] .)
Go to the next step.
CONFIRM DTCS U0121, U0100 AND

2 U0214 Yes Replace the instrument cluster (open circuit in
instrument cluster internal circuit).
Retrieve DTC from the
instrument cluster. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(See DTC INSPECTION
No Inspect the network communication for related
Is the DTC U0121, U0100 or system malfunction.
U0214 present?
om
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according

d .c
to the inspection results, if necessary.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.4 BOTH ABS WARNING LIGHT AND BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT STAY ON 4 S OR MORE
WHEN THE IGNITION SWITCH IS TURNED TO THE ON POSITION [ABS]
Both ABS warning light and brake system warning light stay on 4 s or more when the ignition
4
switch is turned to the ON position
ABS HU/CM power supply fuse malfunction
Short to ground in ABS HU/CM power supply circuit
ABS HU/CM power supply fuse malfunction
ABS HU/CM DTC is stored
ABS HU/CM malfunction (open or short circuit in ABS HU/CM internal ground
circuit)
Battery malfunction
POSSIBLE Charging system malfunction

CAUSE
ABS HU/CM looseness
Open circuit in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal D and body
ground
Open circuit in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal Y, Z and DLC-2
Short to power supply in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal D and
body ground
Short to ground in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal D and body
ground
ABS HU/CM malfunction (ABS HU/CM internal communication circuit

malfunction)
INSPECT ABS HU/CM POWER SUPPLY FUSE

1 Yes Inspect the blown fuse related wiring harness for
Turn the ignition switch off. short to ground.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the ABS HU/CM power Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
supply fuse. short to ground, if necessary.
Is there any malfunction? Install the appropriate amperage fuse.
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN ABS

2 HU/CM AND DLC–2 FOR CONTINUITY AND Yes If a communication error message is displayed
SHORTS even after inspecting according to the procedure
displayed on the M-MDS, go to Step 10.
Perform the Reading DTCs
Procedure. (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .)

[ABS] .)
Is the error message displayed

regarding communication
between ABS HU/CM and M-
MDS?
CONFIRM ABS HU/CM DTC


[ABS] .)
Are any DTC present?
INSPECT WARNING LIGHT OPERATION

Turn on the all warning light
on instrument cluster using the
instrument cluster input/output No Replace the instrument cluster.
check code 26. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE.)
Do the ABS and brake system

warning light illuminate?
INSPECT ABS HU/CM IGNITION POWER

5 SUPPLY SYSTEM Yes Replace the ABS HU/CM (open or short circuit in
ABS HU/CM internal ground circuit ).
Perform the PID/Data Monitor
and Record Procedure and (See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
access the ABS_VOLT PID.

[ABS] .)
Is the voltage within the

specification?
Specification: approx. 10 V
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT BATTERY
6 Yes Inspect the charging system.
Inspect the battery.
(See GENERATOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
(See BATTERY INSPECTION
[LF] .) Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
according to the inspection results.

Start the engine.
Measure the battery voltage No Inspect the charging system (drive belt tension,
with the electrical load (A/C, generator, etc.).
headlight, etc.) on and the
engine idling. (See GENERATOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
Is the voltage normal? Repair or replace the malfunctioning part

INSPECT ABS HU/CM POWER SUPPLY

*8
CIRCUIT FOR CONTINUITY Yes Go to the next step.

No Inspect the ABS HU/CM connector for loose.
Disconnect the ABS HU/CM
connector. Reconnect the ABS HU/CM connector properly, if
necessary.
Measure the voltage at ABS

HU/CM terminal Z (wiring
harness-side).
INSPECT ABS HU/CM GROUND CIRCUIT

*9
FOR CONTINUITY Yes If a malfunction error message is displayed on the
M-MDS in Step 1 inspection:
ABS HU/CM terminal D (wiring If a malfunction error message is not displayed on
harness-side) and body the M-MDS in Step 1 inspection:
ground.
Symptom troubleshooting is
Is there continuity? completed.
No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible

open circuit.

*10
HU/CM AND DLC–2 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Go to the next step.

open circuit.
om

d .c
ABS HU/CM terminal Y, Z

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(wiring harness-side) and
DLC-2.

HU/CM AND DLC–2 FOR SHORT TO POWER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
*11
SUPPLY short to power supply.

ON position (engine off). No Go to the next step.

HU/CM terminal Y, Z (wiring
harness-side).

*12
HU/CM AND DLC–2 FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
GROUND short to ground.

No Replace the ABS HU/CM (ABS HU/CM internal
Inspect for continuity between communication circuit malfunction).
(wiring harness-side) and body (See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
ground.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FOREWORD [ABS]
Before performing the steps in Symptom Troubleshooting, perform the On-board

Diagnostic Inspection. To check the DTC, follow the DTC Inspection steps. (See ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PRECAUTION [ABS]
1. Any one or a combination of the ABS warning and brake system warning lights illuminate even when
the system is normal.
Conditions
Warning lights that may Condition under which under which
ABS, EBD control
illuminate and/or flash the light may illuminate the light will
go out
Any or all the following Under any of the After turning ABS: Disables control.
lights illuminate: following conditions: ignition
switch off, EBD:
ABS When vehicle is
warning the front 1. Disable
driven at
light wheels control, in
speed
are cases where
greater
Brake jacked the light may
than 10
system up, illuminate, only
km/h {6.2
warning stuck, or when ABS
mph} and
light placed HU/CM detects
normal
( *1) on a that wheel
operation is
chassis speed sensors
confirmed.
roller, determine that
and only two or more
the front rear wheels
wheel are
ABS malfunctioning.
wheel
2. Enables
speed
control, if
sensors
wheel speed
are spun
sensors
for 20 s
determine that
or
three or more
more.
wheels are
functioning
Parking brake is not fully correctly.
released while driving.
Brake drag.
Sudden
acceleration/deceleration.
Left/right or front/rear
tires are different. (Size,
radius, tire pressure, or
wear is other than that
listed on tire label.)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
All the following lights Battery voltage at ABS Battery ABS: Enables control.
illuminate: HU/CM ignition terminal J voltage rises
drops below approx. 9 above EBD: Enables control.
ABS *2
to 10 V. ( ) approx. 10
warning V.
light
(Only brake
Brake system
system warning
warning light goes
light out.)
Brake system warning Brake fluid amount is Brake fluid

light low. level is
within the
specification.
Vehicles without Normal

malfunction warning operation of
light: brake switch
signal is
Brake verified
switch
signal
error
(stuck at
ON or
OFF)(*3
)
*1
The light will illuminate only when ABS HU/CM detects that a rear wheel–speed sensor is
malfunctioning.
*2
If battery voltage drops below 9 V while vehicle speed is greater than 6 km/h {3.7
mph}, the ABS HU/CM stores DTC B1318.
*3
PCM stores the DTC P0571 and/or P0703.
2. Precautions during servicing of ABS
The ABS is composed of electrical and mechanical parts. It is necessary to categorize malfunctions as
being either electrical or hydraulic when performing troubleshooting.
a. Malfunctions in electrical system
The ABS HU/CM has an on-board diagnostic function. With this function, any
one or a combination of the ABS warning light and brake system warning
light will illuminate when there is a problem in the electrical system. Also,
past and present malfunctions are stored in the ABS HU/CM. This function can
find malfunctions that do not occur during periodic inspections. Connect the
M-MDS to the DLC–2. Stored malfunctions will be displayed in the order of
occurrence. To find out the causes of ABS malfunctions, use these on-board
diagnostic results.
If a malfunction occurred in the past but is now normal, the cause is likely a
temporary poor connection of the wiring harness. The ABS HU/CM usually
operates normally. Be careful when searching for the cause of malfunction.
om
.c
After repair, it is necessary to clear the DTC from the ABS HU/CM memory.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Also, if the ABS related parts have been replaced, verify that no DTC is
displayed after repairs.
After repairing the ABS wheel-speed sensor or ABS sensor rotor, or after
replacing the ABS HU/CM, the ABS warning light may not go out ( *) even
when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. In this case, drive the
vehicle at a speed of 10 km/h {6.2 mph} or more, make sure that ABS
warning light goes out, and then clear the DTC.
* The brake system warning light also illuminates when there is any rear
wheel deformation.
When repairing, if the ABS related connectors are disconnected and the
ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the ABS HU/CM will mistakenly
detect a fault and record it as a malfunction.
To protect the ABS HU/CM, make sure the ignition is off before connecting or
disconnecting the ABS HU/CM connector.
b. Malfunctions in hydraulic system
Symptoms in a hydraulic system malfunction are similar to those in a

conventional brake malfunction. However, it is necessary to determine if the
malfunction is in an ABS component or the conventional brake system.
The ABS hydraulic unit contains delicate mechanical parts. If foreign material
gets into the component, the ABS may fail to operate. Also, it will likely
become extremely difficult to find the location of the malfunction in the event
that the brakes operate but the ABS does not. Make sure foreign material
does not enter when servicing the ABS (e.g. brake fluid replacement, pipe
removal).
Intermittent Concern Troubleshooting
Vibration method
If a malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when the engine is
vibrating, perform the following steps.
NOTE:
There are several reasons why vehicle or engine vibration could cause an electrical malfunction.
Inspect the following:
Connectors not fully seated.
Wire harnesses not having full play.
Wires laying across brackets or moving parts.
Wires routed too close to hot parts.
An improperly routed, improperly clamped, or loose harness can cause wiring to become pinched
between parts.
The connector joints, points of vibration, and places where wiring harnesses pass through the
firewall, body and other panels are the major areas to be inspected.
om
Inspection method for switch connectors or wires

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine off).
NOTE:
If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps at idle.
3. Access PIDs for the switch you are inspecting.
4. Turn the switch on manually.
5. Slightly shake each connector or wiring harness vertically and horizontally while monitoring the PID.
If the PID value is unstable, inspect for poor connection.
Inspection method for sensor connectors or wires
NOTE:

om
Inspection method for sensors

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
If engine starts and runs, perform the following steps at idle.
4. Vibrate the sensor slightly with your finger.
If the PID value is unstable or a malfunction occurs, inspect for poor connection and/or
poorly mounted sensor.
Malfunction data monitor method
1. Perform the malfunction reappearance test according to malfunction reappearance mode and
malfunction data monitor. The malfunction cause is found in the malfunction data.
Inspection method for connector terminal
1. Inspect the connection condition of each female terminal.
2. Insert the male terminal, and fit the female terminal side to female terminal. Inspect if the malfunction
is in the female terminal.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [ABS]
Verify the symptoms, and perform troubleshooting according to the appropriate number.
No. Symptom
1 Neither ABS warning light nor brake system warning light illuminate when ignition switch turned to ON position
2 ABS warning light does not illuminate when ignition switch turned to ON position
3 Brake system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position
4 Both ABS warning light and brake system warning light stay on 4 s or more when the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position
5 ABS warning light stays on 4 s or more when the ignition switch turned to ON position
6 Brake system warning light stays on 4 s or more when ignition switch turned to ON position
(Parking brake is released)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ABS]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.2 ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WHEN IGNITION SWITCH TURNED TO ON
POSITION [ABS]
2 ABS warning light does not illuminate when ignition switch turned to ON position
POSSIBLE CAUSE Network communication for related system malfunction
CONFIRM DTC U1900

Retrieve the DTC from the
PCM, ABS and instrument
cluster. No Inspect the instrument cluster.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION .)

TEST [LF] .) If the instrument cluster has a malfunction:
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS Replace the instrument cluster.
[ABS] .)
CONFIRM DTCS U0121, U0100 AND

2 U0214 Yes Replace the instrument cluster (open circuit in
instrument cluster internal circuit).
Retrieve DTC from the
instrument cluster. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(See DTC INSPECTION
No Inspect the network communication for related
Is the DTC U0121, U0100 or system malfunction.
U0214 present?
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according
om
to the inspection results, if necessary.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.5 ABS WARNING LIGHT STAYS ON 4 S OR MORE WHEN IGNITION SWITCH TURNED TO ON
POSITION [ABS]
5 ABS warning light stays on 4 s or more when ignition switch turned to ON position
ABS HU/CM malfunction (open or short to ground in ABS HU/CM internal

circuit)
Open circuit in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal Y, Z and

DLC-2
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Short to power supply in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal D
and body ground
Short to ground in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal D and

body ground
ABS HU/CM malfunction (ABS HU/CM internal communication circuit

malfunction)

1 HU/CM AND DLC–2 FOR CONTINUITY AND Yes If a communication error message is displayed
SHORTS even after inspecting according to the procedure
displayed on the M-MDS, go to Step 4.

[ABS] .)
Is the error message displayed

regarding communication
between ABS HU/CM and M-
MDS?

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
[ABS] .)

3 Yes Replace the ABS HU/CM (open or short to ground
Turn on the all warning light in ABS HU/CM internal circuit).
on instrument cluster using the
instrument cluster input/output (See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
check code 26.
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER No Replace the instrument cluster.

INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE.) (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Do the ABS and brake system

*4
HU/CM AND DLC–2 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Go to the next step.

Inspect for continuity between open circuit.
(wiring harness-side) and DLC-
2.

HU/CM AND DLC–2 FOR SHORT TO POWER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
*5
SUPPLY short to power supply.

ON position (engine off). No Go to the next step.

HU/CM terminal Y, Z (wiring
harness-side).

*6
HU/CM AND DLC–2 FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
GROUND short to ground.

No Replace the ABS HU/CM (ABS HU/CM internal
Inspect for continuity between communication circuit malfunction).
(wiring harness-side) and body (See ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
ground.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.6 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT STAYS ON 4 S OR MORE WHEN IGNITION SWITCH TURNED TO ON POSITION
[ABS]
Brake system warning light stays on 4 s or more when ignition switch turned to ON position
6
(Parking brake is released)
Brake fluid amount is low
Improper brake switch signal input to PCM (vehicles without malfunction warning light)
Parking brake switch, brake fluid level sensor or in some other part malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between the following terminals:
POSSIBLE CAUSE Instrument cluster terminal 2M and parking brake switch terminal A
Instrument cluster terminal 1D and brake fluid level sensor terminal A
Open circuit in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal Y, Z and DLC-2
Short to power supply in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal D and body ground
Short to ground in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal D and body ground
ABS HU/CM malfunction (ABS HU/CM internal communication circuit malfunction)
INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL Vehicles without malfunction warning light:

1 Yes
Inspect the brake fluid level. Go to the next step.
Is the brake fluid level normal? Vehicles with malfunction warning light:
Go to Step 3.
No Add the brake fluid.
CONFIRM PCM DTC

Perform the Reading DTCs Procedure for PCM.
(See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF] .)
Are any DTC present? No Go to the next step.
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN ABS HU/CM AND

*3
DLC–2 FOR CONTINUITY AND SHORTS Yes If a communication error message is displayed even after
inspecting according to the procedure displayed on the M-
Perform the Reading DTCs Procedure for ABS MDS, then go to Step 7.
HU/CM.
om

d.c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the error message displayed regarding No Go to the next step.
communication between ABS HU/CM and M-
MDS?

Perform the Reading DTCs Procedure forABS
HU/CM . (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .)


Turn on the all warning light on instrument
cluster using the instrument cluster
input/output check code 26. No Replace the instrument cluster.
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

CHECK MODE.)
Do the ABS and brake system warning light

illuminate?
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN PARKING BRAKE

6 SWITCH OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR, OR IN SOME Yes Replace the parking brake switch and/or brake fluid level
OTHER PART sensor (short with some internal part).
Disconnect the connectors in the following (See MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

order:
(See PARKING BRAKE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1. Parking brake switch
connector No Inspect the wiring harness between the following terminals for
2. Brake fluid level sensor short to ground:
connector Instrument cluster terminal 2M (brake system
warning light) and parking brake switch
Does the brake system warning light go out
terminal A
with ignition switch turned to the ON position?
Instrument cluster terminal 1D (brake system
warning light) and brake fluid level sensor
terminal A
If the wiring harness has a malfunction:
Repair or replace the wiring harness for a

possible short to ground.
If the wiring harness is normal:
Replace the ABS HU/CM.

*7
DLC–2 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Go to the next step.

No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
Inspect for continuity between ABS HU/CM circuit.
terminal Y, Z (wiring harness-side) and DLC-2.

*8
DLC–2 FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
power supply.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Measure the voltage at ABS HU/CM terminal Y,
Z (wiring harness-side).
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
*9
DLC–2 FOR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
ground.
Inspect for continuity between ABS HU/CM No Replace the ABS HU/CM (ABS HU/CM internal communication
terminal Y, Z (wiring harness-side) and body circuit malfunction).
ground.
When performing an asterisked ( *) troubleshooting inspection, slightly shake the wiring harness and connectors while
performing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions. If
there is a problem, verify that the connectors, terminals and wiring harness are connected correctly and undamaged.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FOREWORD [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
Before performing the steps in Symptom Troubleshooting, perform the On-board

Diagnostic Inspection. To check the DTC, follow the DTC Inspection steps. (See ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PRECAUTION [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
1. The ABS warning light and/or brake system warning light and/or DSC indicator light and/or DSC OFF
light illuminate even when the system is normal.
Conditions
Warning lights that may Condition under which under which
ABS, EBD, TCS and DSC control
illuminate and/or flash the light may illuminate the light will
go out
ABS Under any of the After turning ABS: Disables control

warning following conditions: ignition
light switch off, EBD:
When vehicle is
Brake the front 1. Disable
driven at
system wheels control, in
speed
warning are cases where
greater
light jacked the light may
than 10
up, illuminate, only
km/h {6.2
DSC struck, when DSC
mph} and
indicator or placed HU/CM detects
normal
light on a that wheel
operation is
chassis speed sensors
confirmed.
roller, determine that
and only two or more
the front wheels are
wheel malfunctioning.
ABS
2. Enables
wheel
control, if
speed
wheel speed
sensors
sensors
are spun
determine
for 20 s
three or more
or
wheels are
more.
functioning
correctly.
Parking brake is not fully
released while driving. TCS: Disables control
DSC: Disables control

Brake drag.
Sudden
acceleration/deceleration.
Left/right or front/rear
tires are different (size,
radius, tire pressure, or
wear is other than that
om
listed on tire label).

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Battery voltage at DSC Battery ABS: Disables control
HU/CM ignition terminal voltage rises
drops below approx. 10 above EBD: Enables control
V. approx. 10
TCS: Disables control
V.
DSC: Disables control
Brake Brake fluid amount is Brake fluid ABS: Enables control

system low. level is
warning within the EBD: Enables control
light specification.
TCS: Enables control
Vehicles without Correct DSC: Enables control

malfunction warning brake switch
light: signal input
to PCM.
Improper
brake
switch
signal
input to
PCM
(stuck at
ON or
OFF)*
*
PCM stores the DTC P0571 and/or P0703.
2. Precautions during servicing of DSC
The DSC is composed of electrical and mechanical parts. It is necessary to categorize malfunctions as
being either electrical or hydraulic when performing troubleshooting.
a. Malfunction in electrical system
The control module has an on-board diagnostic function. With this function,
the ABS warning light and/or brake system warning light and/or DSC indicator
light and/or DSC OFF light will illuminate when there is a problem in the
electrical system.
Also, past and present malfunctions are in the control module. This function
can find malfunctions that do not occur during periodic inspections. Connect
the M-MDS to the DLC-2, the stored malfunctions will be displayed in the
order of occurrence. To find out the causes of DSC malfunctions, use these
on-board diagnostic results.
If a malfunction occurred in the past but is now normal, the cause is likely a
temporary poor connection of the wiring harness.
The control module usually operates normally. Be careful when searching for
the cause of malfunction.
After repair, it is necessary to clear the DTC from the control module memory.
Also, if the DSC related parts have been replaced, verify that no DTC is
displayed after repairs.
After repairing the ABS wheel-speed sensor or ABS sensor rotor, or after
replacing the control module, the ABS warning light may not go out even when
om
the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. In this case, drive the vehicle
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
at a speed of more than 10 km/h {6.2 mph}, make sure the ABS warning
light goes out, and then clear the DTC.
When repairing, if the DSC related connectors are disconnected and the
ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the control module will mistakenly
detect a fault and record it as a malfunction.
CAUTION:
In DSC vehicles, when the DSC HU/CM, steering angle

sensor, or combined sensor is replaced, perform the
initialization procedure for each sensor. (See STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE .) (See COMBINED
SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE .)
To protect the control module, make sure the ignition is off before connecting
or disconnecting the control module connector.
b. Malfunctions in hydraulic system
Symptoms in a hydraulic system malfunction are similar to those in a

conventional brake malfunction. However, it is necessary to determine if the
malfunction is in a DSC component or the conventional brake system.
The DSC HU/CM contains delicate mechanical parts. If foreign material gets
into the component, the DSC may fail to operate. Also, it will likely become
extremely difficult to find the location of the malfunction in the event that the
brakes operate but the DSC does not. Make sure foreign material does not
enter when servicing the DSC (e.g.brake fluid replacement, pipe removal).
Intermittent Concern Troubleshooting
Vibration method
If a malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when the engine is
vibrating, perform the following steps.
NOTE:
There are several reasons why vehicle or engine vibration could cause an electrical malfunction.
Inspect the following:
Connectors not fully seated.
Wire harnesses not having full play.
Wires laying across brackets or moving parts.
Wires routed too close to hot parts.
An improperly routed, improperly clamped, or loose harness can cause wiring to become pinched
between parts.
The connector joints, points of vibration, and places where wiring harnesses pass through the
firewall, body and other panels are the major areas to be inspected.
Inspection method for switch connectors or wires

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
Inspection method for sensor connectors or wires
NOTE:
Inspection method for sensors

om
d .c
oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
If engine starts and runs, perform the following steps at idle.
If the PID value is unstable or a malfunction occurs, inspect for poor connection and/or
poorly mounted sensor.
Malfunction data monitor method
1. Perform the malfunction reappearance test according to malfunction reappearance mode and
malfunction data monitor. The malfunction cause is found in the malfunction data.
Inspection method for connector terminal
1. Inspect the connection condition of each female terminal.
2. Insert the male terminal, and fit the female terminal side to female terminal. Inspect if the malfunction
is in the female terminal.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
Verify the symptoms, and perform troubleshooting according to the appropriate number.
No. Symptom
1 Any of the following lights do not illuminate when ignition switch turned to ON position:
ABS warning light
Brake system warning light
DSC indicator light
DSC OFF light
2 Any of the following lights remain on:
ABS warning light
DSC indicator light
DSC OFF light
3 There is a malfunction in the system even though ABS warning light, brake system warning light, DSC indicator light and DSC OFF light
do not illuminate
4 ABS or TCS*1 operates frequently
TCS does not work correctly
5 DSC *2 operates frequently
DSC does not work correctly
*1
DSC system function contains traction control function, DSC indicator light goes on and off while DSC is operating
*2
DSC indicator light goes on and off while DSC is operating
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.4 ABS OR TCS*1 OPERATES FREQUENTLY/TCS DOES NOT WORK CORRECTLY *1: DSC SYSTEM
FUNCTION CONTAINS TRACTION CONTROL FUNCTION, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT GOES ON AND
OFF WHILE DSC IS OPERATING [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
ABS or TCS*1 operates frequently/
4 TCS does not work correctly

*1: DSC system function contains traction control function, DSC indicator light goes on and
off while DSC is operating
DSC HU/CM DTC is stored
There is a malfunction in the engine control system (TCS

malfunction)
POSSIBLE
Tire size or tire pressure malfunction
CAUSE
There is a difference in size or air pressure between the
front and rear tires
Incorrect ABS wheel-speed signal is input to DSC HU/CM
INSPECT DSC HU/CM DTC

1 Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
Procedure. (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
(See ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC
STABILITY CONTROL
(DSC)].)
INSPECT TIRE SIZE AND TIRE

2 PRESSURE Yes Replace with specified tires and adjust tire pressure.
Inspect the tire size and (See TIRE PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT (WITH TPMS) .)
the tire pressure.
om
(See WHEEL AND TIRE No Go to the next step.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
SPECIFICATION .)
INSPECT PID FOR ABNORMAL OUTPUT

3 FROM ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR Yes Perform the “Intermittent Concern Troubleshooting”.
USING M-MDS
(See PRECAUTION [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
Turn the ignition switch (DSC)] .)
off.
Connect the M-MDS to the No ABS wheel-speed sensor installation inspection:

DLC-2. Inspect the ABS wheel-speed sensor
for looseness and verify that it is
Perform the PID/Data
securely installed.
Monitor and Record
Procedure and access the Sensor rotor installation inspection:
following PIDs:
Inspect the ABS wheel-speed sensor
(See ON-BOARD rotor for poor installation and chipping
DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC of sensor rotor teeth. (If sensor rotor
STABILITY CONTROL is installed poorly, it may cause
(DSC)].) output of abnormal wave form at high
speed.)
LF_WSPD
(LF ABS Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to
wheel- the inspection results.
speed
sensor)
LR_WSPD
(LR ABS
wheel-
speed
sensor)
RF_WSPD
(RF ABS
wheel-
speed
sensor)
RR_WSPD
(RR ABS
wheel-
speed
sensor)
Start the engine and drive

the vehicle.
Verify that the PIDs of the

four ABS wheel-speed
sensors correspond
approximately.
Do the vehicle speeds

correspond?
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.5 DSC*2 OPERATES FREQUENTLY/DSC DOES NOT WORK CORRECTLY *2: DSC INDICATOR
LIGHT GOES ON AND OFF WHILE DSC IS OPERATING [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DSC *2 operates frequently/
5 DSC does not work correctly

*2: DSC indicator light goes on and off while DSC is operating
DSC HU/CM DTC is stored (input and output device malfunction)
Poor installation of combined sensor and/or steering angle sensor (DSC

POSSIBLE
operates intermittently)
CAUSE
DSC HU/CM, combined sensor or steering angle sensor initialization is not
performed after replacement (DSC does not work correctly)

1 Yes Go to the appropriate DTC
Perform the Reading DTCs Procedure. inspection.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS

STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].) [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
(DSC)].)
INSPECT INSTALLATION OF COMBINED SENSOR AND

2 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the installation of combined sensor

and steering angle sensor. No Install the combined sensor and
steering angle sensor securely.
Are the sensors securely installed?
(See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

VERIFY THAT COMBINED SENSOR AND STEERING

om
.c
3 ANGLE SENSOR IS INITIALIZED Yes Perform the “Intermittent Concern

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Troubleshooting”.
Verify that combined sensor and steering
angle sensor was initialized after (See PRECAUTION [DYNAMIC
replacement. STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
Was the initialization performed?

No Perform the initialization procedure.

(See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.2 ANY OF THE FOLLOWING LIGHTS REMAIN ON: (ABS WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT AND/OR DSC OFF LIGHT) [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)]
Any of the following lights remain on:

2
(ABS warning light, brake system warning light, DSC indicator light and/or DSC OFF light)
Brake fluid amount is low
Improper brake switch signal input to PCM (vehicles without malfunction

warning light)
Parking brake lever does not release

POSSIBLE
Battery malfunction
CAUSE
Charging system malfunction
Poor connection at DSC HU/CM connector
Poor connection at DSC HU/CM, instrument cluster or related parts

connector terminals
INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

Inspect the brake fluid level.
Is the brake fluid level normal? No Add brake fluid.
INSPECT PARKING BRAKE Vehicles without malfunction

2 Yes warning light:
Verify the parking brake lever.
Is the parking brake lever released?
Vehicles with malfunction
warning light:
om
Go to Step 4.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
No Release the parking brake lever.
INSPECT PCM DTC

Perform the Reading DTCs Procedure for inspection.
PCM.

Perform the Reading DTCs Procedure for DSC inspection.
HU/CM.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].) (DSC)].)

INSPECT WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN CONTROL

5 MODULE CONNECTOR, TERMINAL OR OTHER Yes Temporary poor connection in
control module connector.
Verify the ABS warning light and brake
system warning light. Inspect the DSC HU/CM connector:
Do the ABS warning light and brake system Go to Step 8.

warning light go off after 4 s when the
Inspect the DSC HU/CM connector
ignition switch is turned to the ON position?
terminal:
Go to Step 9.
INSPECT BATTERY
6 Yes Inspect the charging system.
(See BATTERY INSPECTION [LF] .)
Repair or replace the malfunctioning
Is there any malfunction? part according to the inspection
results.

Start the engine.
Measure the battery voltage with the No Inspect the charging system (drive
electrical load (A/C, headlight, etc.) on and belt tension, generator, etc.).
the engine idling.
Is the voltage normal?
Repair or replace the malfunctioning
part according to the inspection
om
results.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT CONNECTION OF DSC HU/CM CONNECTOR
Inspect the connection of DSC HU/CM No Reconnect the DSC HU/CM

connector. connector securely, then go to the
next step.
Is the DSC HU/CM connector securely
connected?
INSPECT DSC HU/CM AND RELATED PARTS CONNECTOR

9 TERMINALS Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM.
Inspect the connection of DSC HU/CM, (See DSC HU/CM

instrument cluster and related parts REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
connector terminal.
Are the terminals securely connected? No Reconnect the DSC HU/CM,

instrument cluster and related
connector terminals securely.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.3 THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE SYSTEM EVEN THOUGH ABS WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE
SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT AND DSC OFF LIGHT DO NOT ILLUMINATE
[DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
There is a malfunction in the system even though ABS warning light, brake system warning
3
light, DSC indicator light and DSC OFF light do not illuminate
There is a mechanical malfunction in system
POSSIBLE DSC HU/CM DTC is stored

CAUSE
DSC system malfunction
Conventional brake system malfunction
CONFIRM DSC HU/CM DTC

1 Yes Go the applicable DTC inspection.
Procedure. (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
(DSC)].)
INSPECT DSC SYSTEM

2 Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
Perform “DSC SYSTEM according to the inspection results.
INSPECTION”.
(See DSC SYSTEM INSPECTION .) No Inspect the conventional brake system.
Is there any malfunction? Repair or replace the malfunctioning part

according to the inspection results, if necessary.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.1 ANY OF THE FOLLOWING LIGHTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE WHEN IGNITION SWITCH TURNED
TO ON POSITION: (ABS WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR
LIGHT AND/OR DSC OFF LIGHT) [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
Any of the following lights do not illuminate when ignition switch turned to ON position:
1
(ABS warning light, brake system warning light, DSC indicator light and/or DSC OFF light)
Instrument cluster malfunction (power supply system, ground system)
POSSIBLE Poor connection at DSC HU/CM connector

CAUSE
Poor connection at DSC HU/CM, instrument cluster or related parts
connector terminals
CONFIRM DSC HU/CM DTC

1 Yes Go the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the Reading DTCs Procedure.
INSPECT WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN

2 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SYSTEM OR OTHER SYSTEM Yes Go to the next step.
Verify other warning and indicator lights

illuminate when the ignition switch is No Replace the instrument cluster, if
turned to the ON position? necessary (power supply system,
ground system).
Is there any warning and indicator light?
INSPECT CONNECTION OF DSC HU/CM CONNECTOR

om
d .c
No Reconnect the DSC HU/CM connector

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the connection of DSC HU/CM
connector. securely, then go to the next step.
Is the DSC HU/CM connector securely

connected?
INSPECT DSC HU/CM AND RELATED PARTS

4 CONNECTOR TERMINALS Yes Replace the DSC HU/CM.
Inspect the connection of DSC HU/CM, (See DSC HU/CM

instrument cluster and related parts REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
connector terminal.
Are the terminals securely connected? No Reconnect the DSC HU/CM, instrument
cluster and related connector terminals
securely.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.4 NO TEMPERATURE CONTROL WITH CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT [FULL-AUTO AIR

CONDITIONER]
4 No temperature control with climate control unit.
DESCRIPTION Malfunction in A/C unit and/or climate control unit air intake system.
A/C unit air intake link, air intake crank, air intake rod malfunction
Climate control unit rack-and-pinion, air intake wire malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE
A/C unit air intake door malfunction
Heater piping malfunction
1 INSPECT COOLANT TEMPERATURE Yes Go to the next step.
Is coolant sufficiently warmed

up? No Warm engine up, then go to Step 8.
2 INSPECT A/C UNIT AIR INTAKE SYSTEM Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect A/C unit air intake

links, air intake cranks, air No Apply grease or install links, cranks, and rods
intake rods, air intake securely in their proper positions, repair or replace
actuator. air intake actuator, then go to Step 8.
Is there
grease on
links and
cranks?
Are links,
cranks, and
rods securely
installed in
their proper
positions?
om
.c
Are above items okay?

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 VERIFY THAT AIR INTAKE WIRE FROM Yes Go to the next step.
A/C UNIT IS POSITIONED SECURELY AND
CORRECTLY (IF AVAILABLE)
No Adjust air intake wire or install securely in correct
Is air intake wire securely position, then go to Step 8.
installed in the correct position
in relation to A/C unit air
intake links?
4 INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect climate control unit.

(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT No Repair or replace climate control unit, then go to
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR Step 8. (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
CONDITIONER].) [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
Is climate control unit okay?
5 INSPECT A/C UNIT Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step 8.
Is there any foreign material

or obstruction in A/C unit air No Go to the next step.
intake doors?
6 INSPECT A/C UNIT AIR INTAKE DOORS Yes Inspect air intake door for cracks or damage, then
Is A/C unit air intake door
securely and properly
installed? No Install air intake door securely in proper position,
7 INSPECT HEATER LINES Yes Operation is okay. Recheck malfunction

symptoms.
Inspect heater lines.
Is heater No If heater piping connections is loosed, tighten

piping free of connections with specified torque.
damage and
cracks? Repair or replace heater piping, then go to the
next step.
Are heater
piping
connections
free of engine
coolant
leakage?
Are heater
piping
connections
securely
tightened?
Are heater
om
piping
d .c
installation
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
points on A/C
unit free of
engine
coolant
leakage?
8 VERIFY THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM Yes Troubleshooting completed.

OCCURS AFTER REPAIR
Explain repairs to customer.
Does unit operate in every
temperature setting?
No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from
Step 1 if malfunction recurs.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.6 AIR FROM VENTS NOT COLD ENOUGH [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
6 Air from vents not cold enough.
DESCRIPTION Magnetic clutch operates but A/C system malfunctions.
NOTE:
If the engine coolant temperature increases due to a cooling system

malfunction, the fail-safe function disables the A/C operation.
Drive belt malfunction
Refrigerant pressure switch malfunction
Cooling fan system malfunction

POSSIBLE
Condenser or related part malfunction
CAUSE
A/C unit or condenser malfunction
Receiver/drier or expansion valve malfunction (valve closes too much)
Malfunction in refrigerant lines
Over filling of compressor oil, malfunction in expansion valve or A/C unit

air mix link system
Evaporative temperature sensor malfunction
1 INSPECT REFRIGERANT PRESSURE TO Yes Go to the next step.

LOCATE MALFUNCTION
Perform refrigerant No Record the inspection result.

pressure check.
If the refrigerant high-pressure and
(See REFRIGERANT low-pressure values are both high,
PRESSURE CHECK.) go to Step 5.
Is the refrigerant pressure If the refrigerant high-pressure and

low-pressure values are
om
normal?
.c
approximately the same, go to Step

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
8.

low-pressure values are both low, go
to Step 10.
If there is a vacuum on the low

pressure side and extremely low
pressure on the high pressure side,
go to Step 16.
If there is low pressure on the high

pressure side and high pressure on
the low pressure side, replace the
A/C compressor, then go to Step 20.
(See A/C COMPRESSOR

If the refrigerant pressure is other

than above condition, go to Step 18.
2 INSPECT REFRIGERANT SYSTEM Yes Operation is normal. (Recheck malfunction

PERFORMANCE symptoms.)
Perform refrigerant system

performance test. No Go to the next step.
(See REFRIGERANT SYSTEM

PERFORMANCE TEST .)
Is the operation normal?
3 INSPECT DRIVE BELT Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the drive belt.

No Adjust or replace the drive belt, then the next step.
(See DRIVE BELT
INSPECTION [LF] .) (See DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT REFRIGERANT PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.

SWITCH
Inspect the refrigerant No Repair or replace malfunctioning part according to

pressure switch. inspection result, then go to Step 20.
(See REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE SWITCH
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].)
Is it normal?
5 INSPECT COOLING FAN OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.

om
.c
Verify the cooling fan

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
operation. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning location
(See COOLING FAN MOTOR
INSPECTION [LF] .) Then go to Step 20.
Is the cooling fan

operation normal?
6 VISUALLY INSPECT CONDENSER Yes Remove the foreign material.
Is the condenser fin Repair the condenser fin.

clogged or obstructed by
foreign material? Then go to Step 20.
7 CHECK REFRIGERATION SYSTEM FOR Yes Recover refrigerant. Evacuate system for one hour.
OVERCHARGE OR AIR CONTAMINATION Refill with correct amount of refrigerant, and go to
step 20.
Is the low side line hot to
the touch?
No Recover refrigerant, evacuate for 15 minutes, refill
with correct amount and go to step 20.
8 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER Yes Replace the expansion valve.

MALFUNCTION IS IN EXPANSION
VALVE OR ELSEWHERE After performing the following servicing, go to Step
20.
Compare the refrigerant
pressure of the low Adjust the compressor oil to the
pressure side with the high specified level.
pressure side at Step 1.
After discharging, charge with new
Is there little difference refrigerant to the specified level.
between the high pressure
side and low pressure side No Go to the next step.
readings (refer to graph in
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
CHECK procedure)?
(See REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE CHECK.)
9 INSPECT AIR MIX DOOR RELATED Yes Adjust the compressor oil to the specified amount,
PART INSTALLATION then go to Step 20.
Retrieve the climate (See A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

control unit DTC using the
DTC inspection.
No Inspect the air mix actuator and air
(See DTC INSPECTION .) mix door correctly and securely
installed to their positions.
Are air mix actuator and
air mix door is normal? (See A/C UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
om
.c
Repair or install correctly for suspect

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
part according to inspection result,
then go to Step 20.
10 INSPECT BLOWER UNIT FOR BLOCKAGE Yes Remove the cause of the clogging. Replace the air
filter if it is clogged.
Is the blower unit intake
and air filter clogged? Then go to Step 20.
11 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER Yes If there is leakage from a system hose connection
MALFUNCTION IS REFRIGERANT LINE area, go to Step 13.If there is leakage other than
LEAKAGE OR ELSEWHERE from a system hose connection area, go to Step 15.
Verify if there is gas

leakage from the system No Go to the next step.
hoses using the gas leak
tester.
Is there gas leakage?
12 VISUALLY INSPECT REFRIGERANT LINE Yes Replace the crushed system hose.
Is a system hose crushed? (See REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
After performing the following servicing, go to Step

20.
Adjust the compressor oil to the

specified level.

refrigerant to the specified level.
No Go to Step 19.
13 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER Yes Go to the next step.

MALFUNCTION IS IN REFRIGERANT
LINE JOINT LOOSE OR O-RING
No Go to Step 15.
Tighten the system hose
connection area to the
specified torque.
(See REFRIGERANT LINE

Has the leakage stopped?

om
20.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
specified level.

No Adjust the compressor oil to the specified amount,

then go to Step 20.
(See A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
15 VISUALLY INSPECT REFRIGERANT LINE Yes Replace the O-ring of the leaking area.
Is a system hose crushed? Replace the crushed system hose.
(See REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

20.

specified level.

No Replace the O-ring of the leaking area.

20.

specified level.

16 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER Yes Replace the condenser.

MALFUNCTION IS WATER IN
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM OR ELSEWHERE (Water in refrigerant system)
Does the refrigerant (See CONDENSER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

pressure on the low
Then go to Step 20.
pressure side vary between
the vacuum and normal
range? No Go to the next step.
17 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER Yes If there is foreign matter clogging the valve, remove
MALFUNCTION IS IN RECEIVER DRYER the foreign matter. If there is refrigerant leakage or
FILTER OR EXPANSION VALVE clogging, replace the expansion valve. Perform
discharge, charge with new refrigerant, and then go to
Remove the expansion Step 20.
valve and verify its
condition.
No Replace the condenser.
Is there refrigerant
om
.c
(Receiver/Dryer filter is clogged.)

d
leakage or valve clogging?

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See CONDENSER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Then go to Step 20.
18 INSPECT EVAPORATIVE TEMPERATURE Yes Verify the evaporator temperature sensor position.
SENSOR
(See A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
Inspect the evaporator
temperature sensor. Then go to Step 20.
(See EVAPORATOR
No Replace the evaporator temperature sensor, then go
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
to Step 20.
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].) (See A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
Is it normal?
19 INSPECT AIR MIX DOOR RELATED Yes Go to the next step.

PART INSTALLATION
Retrieve the climate No Inspect the air mix actuator and air
control unit DTC using the mix door correctly and securely
DTC inspection. installed to their positions.
(See DTC INSPECTION .) (See A/C UNIT

Are air mix actuator and
air mix door is normal? Repair or install correctly for suspect
then go to next Step.
20 VERIFY THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain repairs to

DOES NOT OCCURS AFTER REPAIR customer.
If the refrigerant
discharged during No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from
inspection has not been Step 1 if malfunction recurs.
recharged, discharge and
charge with new
refrigerant to the specified
level.
Does cool air blow out?

(Are results of refrigerant
system performance test
normal?)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.7 NO COOL AIR [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
7 No cool air
DESCRIPTION Magnetic clutch does not operate.
Malfunction in PCM A/C cut control system
Malfunction in climate control unit
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between evaporator temperature

sensor and climate control unit
Malfunction in evaporator temperature sensor (internal circuit malfunction)

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Malfunction in refrigerant pressure switch
Malfunction in PCM (A/C signal)
Malfunction in PCM (IG1 signal)
Malfunction in A/C compressor
Malfunction in A/C relay
When performing an asterisked (*) troubleshooting inspection, shake the wiring harness
and connectors while performing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points
are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions. If there is a problem, inspect to make sure
connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are connected correctly and undamaged.
1 AIR FLOW INSPECTION Yes Go to the next step.
Does air blow form vents?

No Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting indexes No.1 and 2.
2 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR Yes Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting index No.6.

OPERATION
Start engine. No Go to the next step.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Turn A/C switch and fan
switch on.
Does A/C compressor

operate?
3 INSPECT FOR DTC IN PCM AND Yes Go to appropriate inspection procedure.

CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
Inspect for DTCs related to No Go to the next step.

the PCM and climate
control unit on-board
diagnostic system.
Are any DTCs displayed?
4 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Replace climate control unit, then go to Step 17.
MALFUNCTION IS IN CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT OR ELSEWHERE (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
Does cool air blow out
when terminal K of climate
control unit connector (20- No Remove the jumper wire, then go to the next step.
pin, A/C signal) is
grounded by a jumper
wire?
5* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Go to Step 7.

MALFUNCTION IS IN A/C SIGNAL
CIRCUIT (BETWEEN REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE SWITCH AND PCM) OR No Go to the next step.
ELSEWHERE
Test voltage at following

terminal of refrigerant
pressure switch.
Terminal
D (A/C
signal)
Is voltage approx. 12 V?
6* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Repair wiring harness between PCM and refrigerant
MALFUNCTION (LACK OF CONTINUITY) pressure switch, then go to Step 17.
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (BETWEEN
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH AND
PCM) OR PCM No Inspect PCM, then go to Step 17.
Test voltage at A/C signal

terminal 1AU of PCM.
7 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Go to Step 9.

om
.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
PRESSURE SWITCH, REFRIGERANT
AMOUNT, OR ELSEWHERE

when terminals C and D of
refrigerant pressure switch
connector are shorted?

MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING HARNESS
(BETWEEN REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
SWITCH AND CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT) No Repair wiring harness between refrigerant pressure
OR ELSEWHERE switch and climate control unit, then go to Step 17.

terminal of climate control
unit.
Terminal
K (20-pin,
A/C
signal)
9 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes If refrigerant amount is empty, replace condenser,

MALFUNCTION IS IN REFRIGERANT apply vacuum to refrigerant line for more than 30
PRESSURE SWITCH OR REFRIGERANT min using vacuum pump, and add refrigerant to
AMOUNT specified level, then go to Step 17. (See CONDENSER
Inspect refrigerant
pressure switch.
No Replace refrigerant pressure switch, then go to Step
Is it okay? 17.
(See REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
10 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Remove the jumper wire, then go to the next step.
MALFUNCTION (LACK OF CONTINUITY)
IS IN A/C CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
No Go to Step 12.
(BETWEEN A/C RELAY AND PCM) OR
ELSEWHERE

when terminal E of A/C
relay connector (A/C
control signal) is grounded
by a jumper wire?
11* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Inspect PCM, then go to Step 17.
IS IN PCM OR WIRING HARNESS
No Repair wiring harness between A/C relay and PCM,
(BETWEEN A/C RELAY AND PCM)
om
then go to Step 17.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Test voltage at the A/C
relay control signal
terminal 1I of PCM.
12* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Go to the next step.

MALFUNCTION IS IN MAGNETIC
CLUTCH OR ELSEWHERE
No Go to Step 14.
Test voltage at the
following terminal of
magnetic clutch thermal
protector.
Terminal
A
(magnetic
clutch
operation
signal)
13 INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH Yes Inspect and repair the magnetic clutch, then go to
CLEARANCE Step 17.
Inspect the magnetic (See MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR

clutch clearance. CONDITIONER].)
(See MAGNETIC CLUTCH

ADJUSTMENT [FULL-AUTO No Adjust the magnetic clutch clearance, then go to Step
AIR CONDITIONER].) 17.
Is the magnetic clutch (See MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [FULL-AUTO AIR

clearance normal? CONDITIONER].)
14 INSPECT FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Are A/C relay power supply

fuses okay? No Replace fuse, then go to Step 17. If fuse blows
immediately, go to the next step.
15 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Go to the next step.

FUSE BLOCK AND A/C RELAY FOR LACK
OF CONTINUITY
No Repair wiring harness between fuse block and A/C
Test voltages at following relay, then go to Step 17.
terminals of A/C relay.
Terminal
C (A/C
magnetic
clutch
power
supply)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Terminal
A (A/C
control
signal)
Are voltages approx. 12

V?
16 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Inspect wiring harness between A/C relay and
MALFUNCTION IS IN A/C RELAY OR magnetic clutch.
WIRING HARNESS (BETWEEN A/C
RELAY AND MAGNETIC CLUTCH) If above wiring harness is OK, go to
the next step.
Test voltage at the
following terminal of A/C If above wiring harness malfunctions,
relay. repair wiring harness, then go to the
next step.
Terminal
D
(magnetic No Replace A/C relay, then go to the next step.
clutch
operation
signal)
17 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain repairs to

SYMPTOMS DO NOT RECUR AFTER customer.
REPAIR
Does cool air blow out? No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from
(Are the results of Step 1 if malfunction recurs.
refrigerant system
performance test okay?)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.8 NOISE WHILE OPERATING A/C SYSTEM [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
8 Noise while operating A/C system.
DESCRIPTION Noise from magnetic clutch, A/C compressor, hose or refrigerant line.
Magnetic clutch operation noise
A/C compressor vane noise

POSSIBLE CAUSE
A/C compressor slippage noise
Hose or refrigerant line interference noise
1 CHECK A/C COMPRESSOR VANE NOISE Yes Go to Step 5.
Is there a jingling, popping,

beeping, or buzzing sound No Go to the next step.
(A/C compressor vane noise)?
2 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR SLIPPAGE Yes Go to Step 14.

NOISE
Is there a squeaking or No Go to the next step.

whirling sound (A/C
compressor slippage noise)?
3 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR Yes Go to Step 18.

INTERFERENCE NOISE
Is there a rattling or vibrating No Go to the next step.

sound (interference noise)?
4 INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH OPERATION Yes Adjust clearance between pressure plate of
NOISE magnetic clutch and A/C compressor pulley, then
go to Step 19.
Is there a clicking sound
om
(magnetic clutch operation (See MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [FULL-AUTO

d .c
oa
AIR CONDITIONER]
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
noise)? .)
No Condition is normal. (Recheck malfunction

symptoms.)
5 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR NOISE TIME Yes Go to the next step.
Is noise heard continuously

for more than 3 s after A/C No Condition is normal. (Noise occurs for 2—3 s
compressor comes on? immediately after A/C compressor turns on.)
6 INSPECT IDLE SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect idle speed.

No Follow the repair instruction described in section F,
(See ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF] .) then go to Step 19.
Is it okay?
7 INSPECT REFRIGERANT AMOUNT Yes Go to Step 10.
Inspect refrigerant amount.

Is it okay?
8 INSPECT REFRIGERANT LINES Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect refrigerant lines.

No If piping or A/C component(s) is damaged or
Is piping free cracked, replace then go to Step 19.
of damage
and cracks? If there is gas leakage, repair or replace connection
and replace condenser *1, then go to Step 19.
Are piping
connections
free of oil
grime?
(Visual
inspection)
Are piping
connections
free of gas
leakage?
Are piping
installation
points on
condenser
free of gas
leakage?
Are piping
installation
points on
om
receiver/drier
d .c
free of gas
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
leakage?
Are piping
installation
points on
A/C
compressor
free of gas
leakage?
Are piping
installation
points on
A/C unit free
of gas
leakage?
Perform gas
leak
inspection
using gas
leak tester.
9 INSPECT EVAPORATOR PIPING Yes Adjust refrigerant amount to specified level, then
CONNECTIONS IN A/C UNIT FOR GAS go to Step 19.
LEAKAGE
Are piping connections for No If piping is damaged or cracked, replace then go to

evaporator in A/C unit free of Step 19.
gas leakage?
If there is gas leakage, repair or replace connection
10 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.

IS IN COMPRESSOR OIL OR ELSEWHERE
Add 20 ml {20 cc, 0.8 fl No Troubleshooting completed.

oz} of compressor oil.
Explain repair to customer.
Is noise heard when racing
engine?

IS IN A/C COMPRESSOR OR ELSEWHERE
Drain compressor oil. No Replace A/C compressor, then go to Step 19.
Is it contaminated with metal (See A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

particles?
12 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Replace A/C compressor, evaporator, expansion
IS SOMEWHERE IN A/C SYSTEM OR valve, condenser and refrigerant line, then go to
ELSEWHERE Step 19.
om
.c
Is compressor oil whitish and (See A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
mixed with water?
13 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR OIL Yes Replace A/C compressor and condenser, then go to
Step 19. (Since A/C compressor may be worn and
Is compressor oil darker than receiver/drier may be clogged, replacement of
normal and contaminated receiver/drier is necessary.)
with aluminum chips?
No Condition is normal. Recheck malfunction

symptoms.
14 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Replace A/C compressor, then go to Step 19. (A/C
IS IN A/C COMPRESSOR OR ELSEWHERE compressor discharge valve left open)
Is noise heard immediately (See A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

after A/C compressor is
stopped?
Inspect drive belt.

No Adjust or replace drive belt, then go to Step 19.
(See DRIVE BELT INSPECTION
[LF] .)
Is it okay?
16 INSPECT DRIVE BELT CONDITION Yes Remove obstruction, remove oil, or replace drive
belt, then go to Step 19.
Is drive belt worn?
Does it have foreign material No Go to the next step.

imbedded in it, or have oil on
it?
17 INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH Yes Replace A/C compressor (excluding pressure plate,
A/C compressor pulley, and stator), then go to
Inspect magnetic clutch. Step 19.
(See MAGNETIC CLUTCH (See A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
No Replace magnetic clutch, then go to Step 19.
Is it okay?
om
(See MAGNETIC CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

d .c
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
18 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Visually inspect A/C compressor, replace
IS IN A/C COMPRESSOR OR appropriate parts if necessary, then go to the next
REFRIGERANT LINES step.
Is noise emitted from A/C

compressor? No If noise is due to refrigerant lines, repair detached
or missing clips, tighten loose bolts, then go to the
next step.

OCCURS AFTER REPAIR
Has A/C compressor noise
stopped?
*1
If there is gas leakage, air enters into the A/C system. The desiccant within the
receiver/drier absorbs the moisture from the air and becomes saturated. If the A/C system
is used in this condition, the inside of the A/C compressor will begin to rust due to this
moisture, which may cause lock up or noise to occur. Therefore, replacement of the
receiver/drier is necessary.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.4 NO TEMPERATURE CONTROL WITH CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
4 No temperature control with climate control unit.
DESCRIPTION Malfunction in A/C unit and/or climate control unit air intake system.
A/C unit air intake link, air intake crank, air intake rod malfunction
Climate control unit rack-and-pinion, air intake wire malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE
A/C unit air intake door malfunction
Heater piping malfunction
1 INSPECT COOLANT TEMPERATURE Yes Go to the next step.
Is coolant sufficiently warmed

up? No Warm engine up, then go to Step 8.
2 INSPECT A/C UNIT AIR INTAKE SYSTEM Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect A/C unit air intake

links, air intake cranks, air No Apply grease or install links, cranks, and rods
intake rods, air intake securely in their proper positions, repair or replace
actuator. air intake actuator, then go to Step 8.
Is there
grease on
links and
cranks?
Are links,
cranks, and
rods securely
installed in
their proper
positions?

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 VERIFY THAT AIR INTAKE WIRE FROM Yes Go to the next step.
A/C UNIT IS POSITIONED SECURELY AND
CORRECTLY (IF AVAILABLE)
No Adjust air intake wire or install securely in correct
Is air intake wire securely position, then go to Step 8.
installed in the correct position
in relation to A/C unit air
intake links?
4 INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect climate control unit.

(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT No Repair or replace climate control unit, then go to
INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR Step 8. (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
CONDITIONER].) [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
Is climate control unit okay?
5 INSPECT A/C UNIT Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step 8.

or obstruction in A/C unit air No Go to the next step.
intake doors?
6 INSPECT A/C UNIT AIR INTAKE DOORS Yes Inspect air intake door for cracks or damage, then
Is A/C unit air intake door
securely and properly
installed? No Install air intake door securely in proper position,
7 INSPECT HEATER LINES Yes Operation is okay. Recheck malfunction

symptoms.
Inspect heater lines.
Is heater No If heater piping connections is loosed, tighten

piping free of connections with specified torque.
damage and
cracks? Repair or replace heater piping, then go to the
next step.
Are heater
piping
connections
free of engine
coolant
leakage?
Are heater
piping
connections
securely
tightened?
Are heater
piping
om
installation
d .c
points on A/C
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
unit free of
engine
coolant
leakage?

OCCURS AFTER REPAIR
Does unit operate in every
temperature setting?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.6 AIR FROM VENTS NOT COLD ENOUGH [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
6 Air from vents not cold enough.
DESCRIPTION Magnetic clutch operates but A/C system malfunctions.
NOTE:
If the engine coolant temperature increases due to a cooling system

malfunction, the fail-safe function disables the A/C operation.
Drive belt malfunction

POSSIBLE
Condenser or related part malfunction
CAUSE
A/C unit or condenser malfunction
Receiver/drier or expansion valve malfunction (valve closes too much)
Malfunction in refrigerant lines
Over filling of compressor oil, malfunction in expansion valve or A/C unit

air mix link system
Evaporative temperature sensor malfunction
1 INSPECT REFRIGERANT PRESSURE TO Yes Go to the next step.

LOCATE MALFUNCTION
Perform refrigerant No Record the inspection result.

pressure check.
(See REFRIGERANT low-pressure values are both high,
PRESSURE CHECK.) go to Step 5.
Is the refrigerant pressure If the refrigerant high-pressure and

low-pressure values are
om
normal?
.c
approximately the same, go to Step

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
8.

low-pressure values are both low, go
to Step 10.
If there is a vacuum on the low

pressure side and extremely low
pressure on the high pressure side,
go to Step 16.
If there is low pressure on the high

pressure side and high pressure on
the low pressure side, replace the
A/C compressor, then go to Step 20.
(See A/C COMPRESSOR

If the refrigerant pressure is other

than above condition, go to Step 18.
2 INSPECT REFRIGERANT SYSTEM Yes Operation is normal. (Recheck malfunction

PERFORMANCE symptoms.)
Perform refrigerant system

performance test. No Go to the next step.
(See REFRIGERANT SYSTEM

PERFORMANCE TEST .)
Is the operation normal?
Inspect the drive belt.

No Adjust or replace the drive belt, then the next step.
(See DRIVE BELT
INSPECTION [LF] .) (See DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT REFRIGERANT PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.

SWITCH
Inspect the refrigerant No Replace the refrigerant pressure switch, then go to

pressure switch. Step 20.
(See REFRIGERANT (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

PRESSURE SWITCH [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
Is it normal?
5 INSPECT COOLING FAN OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.

om
.c
Verify the cooling fan

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
operation. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning location
(See COOLING FAN MOTOR
INSPECTION [LF] .) Then go to Step 20.
Is the cooling fan

operation normal?
6 VISUALLY INSPECT CONDENSER Yes Remove the foreign material.
Is the condenser fin Repair the condenser fin.

clogged or obstructed by
foreign material? Then go to Step 20.
7 CHECK REFRIGERATION SYSTEM FOR Yes Recover refrigerant. Evacuate system for one hour.
OVERCHARGE OR AIR CONTAMINATION Refill with correct amount of refrigerant, and go to
step 20.
Is the low side line hot to
the touch?
No Recover refrigerant, evacuate for 15 minutes, refill
with correct amount and go to step 20.
8 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER Yes Replace the expansion valve.

MALFUNCTION IS IN EXPANSION
VALVE OR ELSEWHERE After performing the following servicing, go to Step
20.
Compare the refrigerant
pressure of the low Adjust the compressor oil to the
pressure side with the high specified level.
pressure side at Step 1.
Is there little difference refrigerant to the specified level.
between the high pressure
side and low pressure side No Go to the next step.
readings (refer to graph in
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
CHECK procedure)?
(See REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE CHECK.)
9 INSPECT AIR MIX DOOR RELATED Yes Adjust the compressor oil to the specified amount,
PART INSTALLATION then go to Step 20.
Remove the A/C unit. (See A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See A/C UNIT

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) No Inspect the air mix actuator and air
mix door correctly and securely
Are the air mix actuator installed to their positions.
and air mix door of the A/C
unit correctly and securely (See A/C UNIT
installed to their positions? DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
om
.c
Repair or install correctly for suspect

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
then go to Step 20.
10 INSPECT BLOWER UNIT FOR BLOCKAGE Yes Remove the cause of the clogging. Replace the air
filter if it is clogged.
Is the blower unit intake
and air filter clogged? Then go to Step 20.
11 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER Yes If there is leakage from a system hose connection
MALFUNCTION IS REFRIGERANT LINE area, go to Step 13.If there is leakage other than
LEAKAGE OR ELSEWHERE from a system hose connection area, go to Step 15.
Verify if there is gas

leakage from the system No Go to the next step.
hoses using the gas leak
tester.

20.

specified level.

No Go to Step 19.
13 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER Yes Go to the next step.

LINE JOINT LOOSE OR O-RING
No Go to Step 15.
Tighten the system hose
connection area to the
specified torque.
(See REFRIGERANT LINE

Has the leakage stopped?

om
20.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
specified level.

No Adjust the compressor oil to the specified amount,

then go to Step 20.
15 VISUALLY INSPECT REFRIGERANT LINE Yes Replace the O-ring of the leaking area.
Is a system hose crushed? Replace the crushed system hose.

20.

specified level.

No Replace the O-ring of the leaking area.

20.

specified level.

16 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER Yes Replace the condenser.

MALFUNCTION IS WATER IN
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM OR ELSEWHERE (Water in refrigerant system)
Does the refrigerant (See CONDENSER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

pressure on the low
Then go to Step 20.
pressure side vary between
the vacuum and normal
range? No Go to the next step.
17 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER Yes If there is foreign matter clogging the valve, remove
MALFUNCTION IS IN RECEIVER DRYER the foreign matter. If there is refrigerant leakage or
FILTER OR EXPANSION VALVE clogging, replace the expansion valve. Perform
discharge, charge with new refrigerant, and then go to
Remove the expansion Step 20.
valve and verify its
condition.
No Replace the condenser.
Is there refrigerant
om
.c
(Receiver/Dryer filter is clogged.)

d
leakage or valve clogging?

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Then go to Step 20.
18 INSPECT EVAPORATIVE TEMPERATURE Yes Verify the evaporator temperature sensor position.
SENSOR
Inspect the evaporator
temperature sensor. Then go to Step 20.
(See EVAPORATOR
No Replace the evaporator temperature sensor, then go
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
to Step 20.
CONDITIONER].) (See A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
Is it normal?
19 INSPECT AIR MIX DOOR RELATED Yes Go to the next step.

PART INSTALLATION
Remove the A/C unit. No Inspect the air mix actuator and air
mix door correctly and securely
(See A/C UNIT installed to their positions.
(See A/C UNIT
Are the air mix actuator DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
and air mix door of the A/C
unit correctly and securely Repair or install correctly for suspect
installed to their positions? part according to inspection result,
then go to next Step.
20 VERIFY THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain repairs to

DOES NOT OCCURS AFTER REPAIR customer.
If the refrigerant
discharged during No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from
inspection has not been Step 1 if malfunction recurs.
recharged, discharge and
charge with new
refrigerant to the specified
level.
Does cool air blow out?

(Are results of refrigerant
normal?)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.7 NO COOL AIR [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
7 No cool air
DESCRIPTION Magnetic clutch does not operate.
Malfunction in PCM A/C cut control system

Malfunction in evaporator temperature sensor (internal circuit malfunction)

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Malfunction in refrigerant pressure switch
Malfunction in PCM (A/C signal)
Malfunction in PCM (IG1 signal)
Malfunction in A/C compressor
Malfunction in A/C relay
are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions. If there is a problem, inspect to make sure
1 AIR FLOW INSPECTION Yes Go to the next step.
Does air blow form vents?

No Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting indexes No.1 and 2.
2 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATION Yes Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting index No.6.
Start engine.
om
Turn A/C switch and fan

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
switch on.
Does A/C compressor

operate?
3 INSPECT FOR DTC IN PCM Yes Go to appropriate inspection procedure.
Inspect for DTCs related to

the PCM on-board diagnostic No Go to the next step.
system.
Are any DTCs displayed?
4 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Go to the next step.

MALFUNCTION IS IN A/C REQUEST
SIGNAL OR ELSEWHERE
No Remove the jumper wire, then go to Step 7.
Does cool air blow out when
terminal K of climate control
unit connector (20-pin, A/C
signal) is grounded by a
jumper wire?
5* INSPECT EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning part according to

SENSOR RELATED HARNESS inspection result, then go to Step 19.
inspect following evaporator

temperature sensor wiring No Go to the next step.
harness (open or short
circuit) and connectors
(corrosion, pulled out pins).
Climate
control unit
terminal S
and
evaporator
temperature
sensor
terminal A
Climate
control unit
terminal M
and
evaporator
temperature
sensor
terminal B
6 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Replace climate control unit, then go to Step 19.
MALFUNCTION IS IN EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR OR CLIMATE (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
om
CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR

d .c
CONDITIONER].)
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect evaporator
temperature sensor.
No Replace evaporator temperature sensor, then go to
(See EVAPORATOR Step 19.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
(See EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
CONDITIONER].)
Is it okay?

MALFUNCTION IS IN A/C SIGNAL
CIRCUIT (BETWEEN REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE SWITCH AND PCM) OR No Go to the next step.
ELSEWHERE

terminal of refrigerant
pressure switch.
Terminal D
(A/C signal)
8* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Repair wiring harness between PCM and refrigerant
MALFUNCTION (LACK OF CONTINUITY) pressure switch, then go to Step 19.
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (BETWEEN
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH AND
PCM) OR PCM No Inspect PCM, then go to Step 19.
Test voltage at A/C signal

terminal 1AU of PCM.
9 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Go to Step 11.

PRESSURE SWITCH, REFRIGERANT
AMOUNT, OR ELSEWHERE

terminals C and D of
refrigerant pressure switch
connector are shorted?

MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING HARNESS
(BETWEEN REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
SWITCH AND CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT) No Repair wiring harness between refrigerant pressure
OR ELSEWHERE switch and climate control unit, then go to Step 19.

terminal of climate control
unit.
om
d .c
Terminal K
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(20-pin,
A/C signal)
11 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes If refrigerant amount is empty, replace condenser,

MALFUNCTION IS IN REFRIGERANT apply vacuum to refrigerant line for more than 30
PRESSURE SWITCH OR REFRIGERANT min using vacuum pump, and add refrigerant to
AMOUNT specified level, then go to Step 19. (See CONDENSER
Inspect refrigerant pressure
switch.
No Replace refrigerant pressure switch, then go to Step
Is it okay? 19.

CONDITIONER].)
12 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Remove the jumper wire, then go to the next step.
IS IN A/C CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
No Go to Step 14.
(BETWEEN A/C RELAY AND PCM) OR
ELSEWHERE

terminal E of A/C relay
connector (A/C control
signal) is grounded by a
jumper wire?
13* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Inspect PCM, then go to Step 19.
IS IN PCM OR WIRING HARNESS
(BETWEEN A/C RELAY AND PCM) No Repair wiring harness between A/C relay and PCM,
then go to Step 19.
Test voltage at the A/C relay
control signal terminal 1I of
PCM.
14* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Go to the next step.

MALFUNCTION IS IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH
OR ELSEWHERE
No Go to Step 17.
Test voltage at the following
terminal of magnetic clutch
thermal protector.
Terminal A
(magnetic
clutch
operation
signal)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
15 INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH CLEARANCE Yes Inspect and repair the magnetic clutch, then go to
Step 19.
Inspect the magnetic clutch
clearance. (See MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(See MAGNETIC CLUTCH
ADJUSTMENT [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].) No Adjust the magnetic clutch clearance, then go to
Step 19.
Is the magnetic clutch
clearance normal? (See MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
16 INSPECT FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Are A/C relay power supply

fuses okay? No Replace fuse, then go to Step 17. If fuse blows
immediately, go to the next step.
17 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Go to the next step.

FUSE BLOCK AND A/C RELAY FOR LACK
OF CONTINUITY
No Repair wiring harness between fuse block and A/C
Test voltages at following relay, then go to Step 19.
terminals of A/C relay.
Terminal C
(A/C
magnetic
clutch
power
supply)
Terminal A
(A/C control
signal)
Are voltages approx. 12 V?
18 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Inspect wiring harness between A/C relay and
MALFUNCTION IS IN A/C RELAY OR magnetic clutch.
WIRING HARNESS (BETWEEN A/C RELAY
AND MAGNETIC CLUTCH) If above wiring harness is OK, go to
the next step.
Test voltage at the following
terminal of A/C relay. If above wiring harness
malfunctions, repair wiring harness,
Terminal D then go to the next step.
(magnetic
clutch
operation No Replace A/C relay, then go to the next step.
signal)
om
.c
19 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain repairs to

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
SYMPTOMS DO NOT RECUR AFTER customer.
REPAIR
Does cool air blow out? (Are No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from
the results of refrigerant Step 1 if malfunction recurs.
okay?)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.8 NOISE WHILE OPERATING A/C SYSTEM [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
8 Noise while operating A/C system.
DESCRIPTION Noise from magnetic clutch, A/C compressor, hose or refrigerant line.
Magnetic clutch operation noise
A/C compressor vane noise

POSSIBLE CAUSE
A/C compressor slippage noise
Hose or refrigerant line interference noise
1 CHECK A/C COMPRESSOR VANE NOISE Yes Go to Step 5.
Is there a jingling, popping,

beeping, or buzzing sound No Go to the next step.
(A/C compressor vane noise)?
2 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR SLIPPAGE Yes Go to Step 14.

NOISE
Is there a squeaking or No Go to the next step.

whirling sound (A/C
compressor slippage noise)?
3 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR Yes Go to Step 18.

INTERFERENCE NOISE
Is there a rattling or vibrating No Go to the next step.

sound (interference noise)?
4 INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH OPERATION Yes Adjust clearance between pressure plate of
NOISE magnetic clutch and A/C compressor pulley, then
go to Step 19.
Is there a clicking sound
om
(magnetic clutch operation (See MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [MANUAL AIR

d .c
oa
CONDITIONER]
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
noise)? .)
No Condition is normal. (Recheck malfunction

symptoms.)
5 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR NOISE TIME Yes Go to the next step.
Is noise heard continuously

for more than 3 s after A/C No Condition is normal. (Noise occurs for 2—3 s
compressor comes on? immediately after A/C compressor turns on.)
6 INSPECT IDLE SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect idle speed.

No Follow the repair instruction described in section F,
(See ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF] .) then go to Step 19.
Is it okay?
7 INSPECT REFRIGERANT AMOUNT Yes Go to Step 10.
Inspect refrigerant amount.

Is it okay?
8 INSPECT REFRIGERANT LINES Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect refrigerant lines.

No If piping or A/C component(s) is damaged or
Is piping free cracked, replace then go to Step 19.
of damage
and cracks? If there is gas leakage, repair or replace connection
Are piping
connections
free of oil
grime?
(Visual
inspection)
Are piping
connections
free of gas
leakage?
Are piping
installation
points on
condenser
free of gas
leakage?
Are piping
installation
points on
om
receiver/drier
d .c
free of gas
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
leakage?
Are piping
installation
points on
A/C
compressor
free of gas
leakage?
Are piping
installation
points on
A/C unit free
of gas
leakage?
Perform gas
leak
inspection
using gas
leak tester.
9 INSPECT EVAPORATOR PIPING Yes Adjust refrigerant amount to specified level, then
CONNECTIONS IN A/C UNIT FOR GAS go to Step 19.
LEAKAGE
Are piping connections for No If piping is damaged or cracked, replace then go to

evaporator in A/C unit free of Step 19.
gas leakage?
If there is gas leakage, repair or replace connection

IS IN COMPRESSOR OIL OR ELSEWHERE
Add 20 ml {20 cc, 0.8 fl No Troubleshooting completed.

oz} of compressor oil.
Explain repair to customer.
Is noise heard when racing
engine?

IS IN A/C COMPRESSOR OR ELSEWHERE
Drain compressor oil. No Replace A/C compressor, then go to Step 19.
Is it contaminated with metal (See A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

particles?
12 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Replace A/C compressor, evaporator, expansion
IS SOMEWHERE IN A/C SYSTEM OR valve, condenser and refrigerant line, then go to
ELSEWHERE Step 19. (See A/C COMPRESSOR
om
.c
Is compressor oil whitish and

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
mixed with water? (See A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
13 INSPECT A/C COMPRESSOR OIL Yes Replace A/C compressor and condenser, then go to
Step 19. (Since A/C compressor may be worn and
Is compressor oil darker than receiver/drier may be clogged, replacement of
normal and contaminated receiver/drier is necessary.)
with aluminum chips?
No Condition is normal. Recheck malfunction

symptoms.
14 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Replace A/C compressor, then go to Step 19. (A/C
IS IN A/C COMPRESSOR OR ELSEWHERE compressor discharge valve left open)
Is noise heard immediately (See A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

after A/C compressor is
stopped?
Inspect drive belt.

No Adjust or replace drive belt, then go to Step 19.
(See DRIVE BELT INSPECTION
[LF] .)
Is it okay?
16 INSPECT DRIVE BELT CONDITION Yes Remove obstruction, remove oil, or replace drive
belt, then go to Step 19.
Is drive belt worn?
Does it have foreign material No Go to the next step.

imbedded in it, or have oil on
it?
17 INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH Yes Replace A/C compressor (excluding pressure plate,
A/C compressor pulley, and stator), then go to
Inspect magnetic clutch. Step 19.
(See MAGNETIC CLUTCH (See A/C COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
CONDITIONER].)
No Replace magnetic clutch, then go to Step 19.
Is it okay?
(See MAGNETIC CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
om
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
18 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION Yes Visually inspect A/C compressor, replace
IS IN A/C COMPRESSOR OR appropriate parts if necessary, then go to the next
REFRIGERANT LINES step.
Is noise emitted from A/C

compressor? No If noise is due to refrigerant lines, repair detached
or missing clips, tighten loose bolts, then go to the
next step.

OCCURS AFTER REPAIR
Has A/C compressor noise
stopped?
*1
If there is gas leakage, air enters into the A/C system. The desiccant within the
receiver/drier absorbs the moisture from the air and becomes saturated. If the A/C system
is used in this condition, the inside of the A/C compressor will begin to rust due to this
moisture, which may cause lock up or noise to occur. Therefore, replacement of the
receiver/drier is necessary.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
FOREWORD [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
The areas for inspection (steps) are given according to various circuit malfunctions. Use
the following chart to verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the
appropriate area.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 Insufficient air (or no air) Problem with each vent and/or duct.
blown from vents.
Airflow mode does not change.
2 Amount of air blown from Malfunction in blower system.

vents does not change.
3 Air intake mode does not Air intake mode does not change when switching
change. REC/FRESH mode.
4 No temperature control with Malfunction in A/C unit and/or climate control unit air
climate control unit. mix system or both.
5 Windshield fogged. A/C compressor does not operate while airflow mode is
in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF modes.
Air intake mode does not change to FRESH while airflow

mode is in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF modes.
6 Air from vents not cold Magnetic clutch operates but A/C system malfunctions.
enough.
7 No cool air. Magnetic clutch does not operate.
8 Noise while operating A/C Noise from magnetic clutch, A/C compressor, hose or
system. refrigerant line.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.1 INSUFFICIENT AIR (OR NO AIR) BLOWN FROM VENTS [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
1 Insufficient air (or no air) blown from vents.
Problem with each vent and/or duct.

DESCRIPTION
Malfunction in airflow mode actuator
Malfunction in VENT mode system

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Malfunction in HEAT mode system
Malfunction in DEFROSTER mode system
1 INSPECT AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect airflow mode actuator.

No Repair or replace malfunctioning part in
Is it okay? accordance with further inspection result.
2 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS Yes Go to Step 5.

IN VENT MODE OR OTHER MODES
Does air blow out when in VENT No Go to the next step.

mode?
3 INSPECT VENT Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step 9.
Is vent clogged?
4 VERIFY THAT DUCT IN DASHBOARD IS Yes Inspect duct for clogging, deformity and air
INSTALLED leakage, then go to Step 9.
Is duct in dashboard properly

installed? No Install duct securely in the proper position,
om
then go to Step 9.
d.c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS Yes Go to the next step.
IN HEAT MODE OR DEFROSTER MODE
Does air blow out when in HEAT No Inspect vent for clogging, then go to Step 9.
mode?
6 INSPECT DEFROSTER MODE Yes Operation is okay. Recheck malfunction

symptoms.
Does air blow out when in
DEFROSTER mode?
Is vent clogged?
8 VERIFY THAT DEFROSTER DUCT IS INSTALLED Yes Inspect duct for clogging, deformity, and air
leakage, then go to the next step.
Is defroster duct properly installed?
No Install duct securely in proper position, then

9 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOMS DO Yes Troubleshooting completed.

NOT RECUR AFTER REPAIR
Does air blow out?
No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat
from Step 1 if malfunction recurs.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.2 AMOUNT OF AIR BLOWN FROM VENTS DOES NOT CHANGE [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
2 Amount of air blown from vents does not change.
DESCRIPTION Malfunction in blower system
A/C unit malfunction
Blower motor malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Malfunction in power MOS FET system
Climate control unit malfunction
are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions. If there is a problem, inspect make sure
1 INSPECT HEATER 40 A FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the HEATER 40 A fuse.

No Replace the fuse, then go to
Is it normal? Step 15. If the fuse burns
out immediately, go to the
next step.
2 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN A/C UNIT OR Yes Go to Step 4.

ELSEWHERE
Switch the ignition to ON. No Go to the next step.
Recirculate air inside the vehicle.
Does the blower motor rotate smoothly?
3 INSPECT A/C UNIT INTAKE VENT Yes Remove obstruction, then go

om
to Step 15.
.c
Is A/C unit intake vent clogged?

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
No Inspect if there are any
obstruction in the A/C unit
passage, then go to Step 15.
4* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN BLOWER Yes Go to Step 8.

RELAY SYSTEM OR POWER MOS FET SYSTEM
Measure the voltage at the following blower motor

terminal.
Terminal B (blower motor operation

signal)
5* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING Yes Go to the next step.

HARNESS (LACK OF CONTINUITY BETWEEN FUSE BLOCK AND
BLOWER RELAY) OR ELSEWHERE
No Repair the wiring harness
Measure the voltage at the following blower relay between the blower relay
terminals. and HEATER 40 A fuse, then
go to Step 15.
Terminal E (IG2 signal)
Terminal C (B+ signal)

HARNESS (LACK OF CONTINUITY BETWEEN BLOWER RELAY
AND GROUND) OR ELSEWHERE
Measure the voltage at the following blower relay between the blower relay
terminal. and ground, then go to Step
15.
Terminal A (GND signal)
7* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING Yes Repair the wiring harness
HARNESS (LACK OF CONTINUITY BETWEEN BLOWER RELAY between the blower relay
AND BLOWER MOTOR) OR BLOWER RELAY and blower motor, then go
to Step 15.
Measure the voltage at the following blower relay
terminal.
No Replace the blower relay,
Terminal D (blower motor operation then go to Step 15.
signal)
8* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN BLOWER Yes Go to the next step.

MOTOR OR ELSEWHERE
om
.c
Measure the voltage at the following blower motor No Inspect the blower motor,
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
terminal. then go to Step 15.
Terminal B (blower motor operation

signal)

HARNESS (LACK OF CONTINUITY BETWEEN BLOWER MOTOR
AND POWER MOS FET) OR ELSEWHERE
Measure the voltage at the following terminal of between the blower motor
power MOS FET. and power MOS FET, then go
to Step 15.
Terminal C (blower motor operation
signal)
HARNESS (LACK OF CONTINUITY BETWEEN POWER MOS FET
AND GROUND) OR ELSEWHERE
Measure the voltage at the following power MOS FET between the power MOS FET
terminal. and ground, then go to Step
15.
Terminal D (power MOS FET
ground)
11 INSPECT A/C UNIT Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the fan in A/C unit.

No Remove obstruction, repair
Is the fan free of interference with or replace the fan and A/C
the A/C unit case? unit case, then go to Step
15.
Is the fan free of foreign material
and obstruction?
Is the fan normal?
12* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN POWER MOS Yes Replace the power MOS FET,
FET OR ELSEWHERE then go to Step 15.
Disconnect power MOS FET connector.

Measure the voltage at the following power MOS FET
terminal.
Terminal B (blower motor control

signal)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
HARNESS (LACK OF CONTINUITY BETWEEN POWER MOS FET
AND CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT) OR ELSEWHERE
Switch the ignition to off. between the power MOS FET
and climate control unit,
Disconnect climate control unit connector. then go to Step 15.
Inspect for continuity at the following terminals

between the power MOS FET and climate control
unit.
Terminal A—C (20 pin, blower

motor control signal)
Terminal B—E (20 pin, blower

motor feedback signal)
14* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN CLIMATE Yes Repair the wiring harness
CONTROL UNIT OR WIRING HARNESS (SHORT TO GROUND IN between the power MOS FET
WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN POWER MOS FET AND CLIMATE and ground, then go to the
CONTROL UNIT) next step.
Inspect for continuity at the following terminal

between the power MOS FET and ground. No Replace the climate control
unit, then go to the next
Terminal A (blower motor control step.
signal)—ground
15 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM DOES NOT RECUR Yes Troubleshooting completed.
AFTER REPAIR
Is air discharged from vent?
No Recheck malfunction
symptoms, then repeat from
Step 1 if the malfunction
recurs.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.5 WINDSHIELD FOGGED [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
5 Windshield fogged.
A/C compressor does not operate while airflow mode is in DEFROSTER or

HEAT/DEF modes.
DESCRIPTION
Air intake mode does not change to FRESH while airflow mode is in
DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF modes.
Climate control unit (B+ signal) system malfunction
POSSIBLE Air intake actuator malfunction

CAUSE
Climate control unit (RECIRCULATE, FRESH signal) system malfunction
Malfunction in A/C unit air intake doors
and connectors while doing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the
cause of any intermittent malfunctions. If there is a problem, check to make sure
1 COOL AIR BLOW OUT INSPECTION Yes Go to the next step.
When both A/C and fan switch in climate

control unit are on, does cool air blow out No Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting index
from front vent? No.8.
2 INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.
FUSE FOR B+ SIGNAL
Is climate control unit power supply fuse for No Inspect for a short to ground on
B+ signal okay? blown fuse circuit.
Repair or replace as necessary.

Install appropriate amperage fuse.
om
d .c
3 INSPECT AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR Yes Go to the next step.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect air intake actuator.
No Apply grease or install link properly
Is there grease on link? and securely, remove obstruction,
then go to Step 14.
Is link securely and
properly positioned?
Is link free of obstructions?
*4 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN FUSE BLOCK Yes Go to the next step.
AND CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT FOR CONTINUITY
Disconnect climate control unit connector No Repair wiring harness between fuse
(20-pin). block and climate control unit, then
go to Step 14.
Switch the ignition to ON.
Test voltage at climate control unit

connector terminal B (B+ signal).
*5 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN CLIMATE Yes Go to the next step.

CONTROL UNIT AND GROUND FOR VOLTAGE
Test voltage at climate control unit No Repair wiring harness between

connector terminal H (Ground). climate control unit and ground, then
go to Step 14.
Is voltage approx. 0V?
6 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN A/C UNIT AIR Yes Go to the next step.
INTAKE DOOR OR ELSEWHERE
Switch the ignition to off. No Go to Step 12.
Connect climate control unit connector (20-

pin).
Remove air intake actuator.
Set fan switch to 4th position.
Does air intake mode (RECIRCULATE,

FRESH) change smoothly when air intake
link is operated by hand?

No Replace air intake actuator, go to
(See DTC INSPECTION .) Step 14.
Is it okay? (See AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR

om
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
AIR CONDITIONER].)
8 INSPECT AIR INTAKE SELECTOR SWITCH AND Yes Go to the next step.
DEFROSTER SWITCH IN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
Test voltage at climate control unit No Replace climate control unit, then go
connector (20-pin) terminals G and I. to Step 14.
Is it okay? (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].)

CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR FOR
CONTINUITY
No Repair wiring harness between
Switch the ignition to off. climate control unit and air intake
actuator, then go to Step 14.
Is there continuity between following
climate control unit connector (20-pin)
terminal and air intake actuator connector
terminal?
Terminal A —Terminal G
(ACTR POWER)
Terminal C —Terminal I
(ACTR SIGNAL)
*10 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN CLIMATE Yes Repair wiring harness between
CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR FOR climate control unit and air intake
SHORT TO GROUND actuator, then go to Step 14.

climate control unit connector (20-pin) No Go to the next step.
terminal and ground?
Terminal G (ACTR POWER)
Terminal I (ACTR SIGNAL)
SHORT TO B+ actuator, then go to Step 14.

No Replace climate control unit, then go
Test voltage at following climate control unit to Step 14.
connector (20-pin) terminal.
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
Terminal G (ACTR POWER) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].)
om
12 INSPECT A/C UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
14.
Is there any foreign material or obstruction
in A/C unit air intake door?
13 VERIFY THAT A/C UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR IS Yes Inspect air intake door for cracks or
POSITIONED SECURELY AND PROPERLY damage, then go to the next step.
Is A/C unit air intake door securely and

properly positioned? No Install air intake door securely in
proper position, then go to the next
step.
14 VERIFY THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM OCCURS Yes Troubleshooting completed.

AFTER REPAIR
Does malfunction disappear?
No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then
repeat from Step 1 if malfunction
recurs.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.3 AIR INTAKE MODE DOES NOT CHANGE [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
3 Air intake mode does not change.
DESCRIPTION Air intake mode does not change when switching REC/FRESH mode.
Malfunction in air intake actuator

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Malfunction in air intake door
are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions. If there is a problem, check to make sure
1* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION (LACK OF Yes Go to the next step.

CONTINUITY) IS IN AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR, WIRING
HARNESS (BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND AIR
INTAKE ACTUATOR) OR ELSEWHERE No Go to Step 3.
Test voltages at the following terminals of

climate control unit.
Terminal G (20-pin, ACTR

POWER)
Terminal I (20-pin, ACTR

SIGNAL)
Terminal H (20-pin, GND)

CONDITIONER].)
Are voltages okay?

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION (LACK OF Yes Replace air intake actuator, then
CONTINUITY) IS IN AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR OR WIRING go to Step 8.
INTAKE ACTUATOR) (See AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-
Test voltages at the following terminals of air AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
intake actuator.
Terminal A No Repair wiring harness between

climate control unit and air intake
Terminal C actuator, then go to Step 8.
Are voltages as shown below?
Terminal A: approx. 0.5 V

during RECIRCULATE and
approx. 10 V during FRESH
Terminal C: approx. 10 V
approx. 0.5 V during FRESH
3 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN AIR Yes Inspect air intake actuator, then go
INTAKE ACTUATOR OR ELSEWHERE to Step 8.
Disconnect air intake actuator connector.


POWER)

SIGNAL)

CONDITIONER].)
Are voltages okay?
4 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Go to the next step.

WIRING HARNESS (SHORT TO B+ BETWEEN CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR) OR
ELSEWHERE No Repair wiring harness between
Disconnect climate control unit connector. actuator, then go to Step 8.


POWER)

SIGNAL)
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Repair wiring harness between
WIRING HARNESS (SHORT TO GROUND BETWEEN climate control unit and air intake
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR) actuator, then go to Step 8.
OR ELSEWHERE
Switch the ignition to off. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity at the following

terminals between climate control unit and
ground.

POWER)

SIGNAL)
6 INSPECT AIR INTAKE LINK Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect air intake links.

No Apply grease to links. If any links
Is there grease on link? are damaged, replace air intake
Are links securely and
properly installed?
Are links free of obstructions

and hindrances?
7 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Replace climate control unit, then
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT OR AIR INTAKE DOOR go to the next step.
Inspect blower unit air intake door. (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
Is door free of obstructions, CONDITIONER].)
cracks, and damage?
Are doors securely and No Remove obstruction, or install

properly installed? doors in proper position. If any
doors are cracked or damaged,
Are above items okay? replace them, then go to the next
step.
8 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOMS DO NOT Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain

RECUR AFTER REPAIR repairs to customer.
Does air intake mode change smoothly?

No Recheck malfunction symptoms,
then repeat from Step 1 if
malfunction recurs.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
FOREWORD [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
The areas for inspection (steps) are given according to various circuit malfunctions. Use
the following chart to verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the
appropriate area.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1 Insufficient air (or no air) Problem with each vent and/or duct.
blown from vents.
2 Amount of air blown from Malfunction in blower system.

vents does not change.
3 Air intake mode does not Air intake mode does not change when switching
change. REC/FRESH mode.
4 No temperature control with Malfunction in A/C unit and/or climate control unit air
climate control unit. mix system or both.
5 Windshield fogged. A/C compressor does not operate while airflow mode is
in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF modes.
Air intake mode does not change to FRESH while airflow

mode is in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF modes.
6 Air from vents not cold Magnetic clutch operates but A/C system malfunctions.
enough.
7 No cool air. Magnetic clutch does not operate.
8 Noise while operating A/C Noise from magnetic clutch, A/C compressor, hose or
system. refrigerant line.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.1 INSUFFICIENT AIR (OR NO AIR) BLOWN FROM VENTS [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1 Insufficient air (or no air) blown from vents.
Problem with each vent and/or duct.

DESCRIPTION
Malfunction in airflow mode actuator
Malfunction in VENT mode system

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Malfunction in HEAT mode system
Malfunction in DEFROSTER mode system
1 INSPECT AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect airflow mode actuator.

No Repair or replace malfunctioning part in
Is it okay? accordance with further inspection result.
2 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS Yes Go to Step 5.

IN VENT MODE OR OTHER MODES
Does air blow out when in VENT No Go to the next step.

mode?
Is vent clogged?
4 VERIFY THAT DUCT IN DASHBOARD IS Yes Inspect duct for clogging, deformity and air
INSTALLED leakage, then go to Step 9.
Is duct in dashboard properly

installed? No Install duct securely in the proper position,
om
then go to Step 9.
d.c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS Yes Go to the next step.
IN HEAT MODE OR DEFROSTER MODE
Does air blow out when in HEAT No Inspect vent for clogging, then go to Step 9.
mode?
6 INSPECT DEFROSTER MODE Yes Operation is okay. Recheck malfunction

symptoms.
Does air blow out when in
DEFROSTER mode?
Is vent clogged?
8 VERIFY THAT DEFROSTER DUCT IS INSTALLED Yes Inspect duct for clogging, deformity, and air
leakage, then go to the next step.
Is defroster duct properly installed?
No Install duct securely in proper position, then

9 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOMS DO Yes Troubleshooting completed.

NOT RECUR AFTER REPAIR
Does air blow out?
No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat
from Step 1 if malfunction recurs.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.2 AMOUNT OF AIR BLOWN FROM VENTS DOES NOT CHANGE [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
2 Amount of air blown from vents does not change.
DESCRIPTION Malfunction in blower system.
Malfunction in A/C unit
Malfunction in blower motor

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Malfunction in power MOS FET system
1 INSPECT HEATER 40 A FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect HEATER 40 A fuse.

No Replace fuse, then go to Step 15. If
Is it okay? fuse burns out immediately, go to the
next step.
2 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Go to Step 4.

A/C UNIT OR ELSEWHERE
Turn the fan switch to ON position.
Recirculate air inside vehicle.
Does blower fan rotate smoothly?
3 INSPECT AIR DIST UNIT INTAKE VENT Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step
om
.c
15.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is intake vent of air dist unit clogged?
No Inspect if there are any obstruction in

passage between air dist unit to A/C
unit, then go to Step 15.
4* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Go to Step 8.

BLOWER RELAY SYSTEM OR POWER MOS FET
SYSTEM
Turn the fan switch to OFF position.
Test voltage at the following terminal of

blower motor.
Terminal B (blower
motor operation signal)
5* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Go to the next step.

WIRING HARNESS (LACK OF CONTINUITY BETWEEN
FUSE BLOCK AND BLOWER RELAY) OR ELSEWHERE
No Repair wiring harness between blower
Test voltage at the following terminal of relay and HEATER 40 A fuse, then go to
blower relay. Step 15.
Terminal E (IG2 signal)
Terminal C (B+ signal)

BLOWER RELAY AND GROUND) OR ELSEWHERE
No Repair wiring harness between blower
Test voltage at the following terminal of relay and ground, then go to Step 15.
blower relay.
Terminal A (GND signal)
7* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Repair wiring harness between blower
WIRING HARNESS (LACK OF CONTINUITY BETWEEN relay and blower motor, then go to Step
BLOWER RELAY AND BLOWER MOTOR) OR BLOWER 15.
RELAY
Test voltage at the following terminal of No Replace blower relay, then go to Step
blower relay. 15.
Terminal D (blower
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
BLOWER MOTOR OR ELSEWHERE
Test voltage at the following terminal of No Inspect blower motor, then go to Step
blower motor. 15.
Terminal B (blower

BLOWER MOTOR AND POWER MOS FET) OR
ELSEWHERE No Repair wiring harness between blower
motor and power MOS FET, then go to
Test voltage at the following terminal of Step 15.
power MOS FET.
Terminal C (blower

POWER MOS FET AND GROUND) OR ELSEWHERE
No Repair wiring harness between power
Test voltage at the following terminal of MOS FET and ground, then go to Step
power MOS FET. 15.
Terminal D (power MOS

FET GND)
11 INSPECT A/C UNIT Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect fan in A/C unit.

No Remove obstruction, repair or replace
Is fan free of fan and A/C unit case, then go to Step
interference with A/C 15.
unit case?
Is fan free of foreign

material and
obstruction?
Is fan okay?
12* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Replace power MOS FET, then go to
POWER MOS FET OR ELSEWHERE Step 15.
Disconnect power MOS FET connector. (See POWER METAL OXIDE

SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT
Turn the fan switch to 1st position from
om
TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET)

.c
off.
d

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CONDITIONER].)
Test voltage at the following terminal of
power MOS FET.
Terminal B (blower
motor control signal)

POWER MOS FET AND CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT) OR
ELSEWHERE No Repair wiring harness between power
MOS FET and climate control unit, then
Switch the ignition to off. go to Step 15.
Disconnect climate control unit

connector.

terminals between power MOS FET and
Terminal B—E (20-pin,

blower motor feedback
signal)
Terminal A—C (20-pin,

blower motor control
signal)
14* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Repair wiring harness between power
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT OR WIRING HARNESS MOS FET and ground, then go to the
(SHORT TO GROUND BETWEEN POWER MOS FET next step.
AND CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT)
Inspect for continuity at the following No Replace climate control unit, then go to
terminal between power MOS FET and the next step.
ground.
Terminal A (blower REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
motor control signal)— CONDITIONER].)
ground
15 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOMS DO NOT Yes Troubleshooting completed.

RECUR AFTER REPAIR
Is air discharged from vent?
recurs.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.5 WINDSHIELD FOGGED [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
5 Windshield fogged.
A/C compressor does not operate while airflow mode is in DEFROSTER or

HEAT/DEF modes.
DESCRIPTION
Air intake mode does not change to FRESH while airflow mode is in
DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF modes.
Climate control unit (B+ signal) system malfunction
POSSIBLE Air intake actuator malfunction

CAUSE
Climate control unit (RECIRCULATE, FRESH signal) system malfunction
Malfunction in A/C unit air intake doors
and connectors while doing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the
cause of any intermittent malfunctions. If there is a problem, check to make sure
1 COOL AIR BLOW OUT INSPECTION Yes Go to the next step.
When both A/C and fan switch in climate

control unit are on, does cool air blow out No Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting index
from front vent? No.8.
2 INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.
FUSE FOR B+ SIGNAL
Is climate control unit power supply fuse for No Inspect for a short to ground on
B+ signal okay? blown fuse circuit.

Install appropriate amperage fuse.
om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
No Apply grease or install link properly
Is there grease on link? and securely, remove obstruction,
then go to Step 14.
Is link securely and
properly positioned?
Is link free of obstructions?
*4 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN FUSE BLOCK Yes Go to the next step.
AND CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT FOR CONTINUITY
Disconnect climate control unit connector No Repair wiring harness between fuse
(20-pin). block and climate control unit, then
go to Step 14.
Test voltage at climate control unit

connector terminal B (B+ signal).

CONTROL UNIT AND GROUND FOR VOLTAGE
Test voltage at climate control unit No Repair wiring harness between

connector terminal H (Ground). climate control unit and ground, then
go to Step 14.
Is voltage approx. 0V?
6 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN A/C UNIT AIR Yes Go to the next step.
INTAKE DOOR OR ELSEWHERE
Switch the ignition to off. No Go to Step 12.
Connect climate control unit connector (20-

pin).
Remove air intake actuator.
Set fan switch to 4th position.
Does air intake mode (RECIRCULATE,

FRESH) change smoothly when air intake
link is operated by hand?

No Replace air intake actuator, go to
(See DTC INSPECTION .) Step 14.
Is it okay? (See AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR

om
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
AIR CONDITIONER].)
8 INSPECT AIR INTAKE SELECTOR SWITCH AND Yes Go to the next step.
DEFROSTER SWITCH IN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
Test voltage at climate control unit No Replace climate control unit, then go
connector (20-pin) terminals G and I. to Step 14.
Is it okay? (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT

AIR CONDITIONER].)

CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR FOR
CONTINUITY
No Repair wiring harness between
Switch the ignition to off. climate control unit and air intake
climate control unit connector (20-pin)
terminal and air intake actuator connector
terminal?
Terminal A —Terminal G
(ACTR POWER)
Terminal C —Terminal I
(ACTR SIGNAL)
SHORT TO GROUND actuator, then go to Step 14.

climate control unit connector (20-pin) No Go to the next step.
terminal and ground?
Terminal G (ACTR POWER)
SHORT TO B+ actuator, then go to Step 14.

No Replace climate control unit, then go
Test voltage at following climate control unit to Step 14.
connector (20-pin) terminal.
Terminal G (ACTR POWER) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL
AIR CONDITIONER].)
om
12 INSPECT A/C UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
14.
Is there any foreign material or obstruction
in A/C unit air intake door?
13 VERIFY THAT A/C UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR IS Yes Inspect air intake door for cracks or
POSITIONED SECURELY AND PROPERLY damage, then go to the next step.
Is A/C unit air intake door securely and

properly positioned? No Install air intake door securely in
proper position, then go to the next
step.
14 VERIFY THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM OCCURS Yes Troubleshooting completed.

AFTER REPAIR
Does malfunction disappear?
recurs.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
NO.3 AIR INTAKE MODE DOES NOT CHANGE [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
3 Air intake mode does not change.
DESCRIPTION Air intake mode does not change when switching REC/FRESH mode.
Malfunction in air intake actuator

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Malfunction in air intake door
1* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION (LACK OF Yes Go to the next step.

CONTINUITY) IS IN AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR, WIRING
INTAKE ACTUATOR) OR ELSEWHERE No Go to Step 3.


POWER)

SIGNAL)
Terminal H (20-pin, GND)

CONDITIONER].)
Are voltages okay?

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION (LACK OF Yes Replace air intake actuator, then
CONTINUITY) IS IN AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR OR WIRING go to Step 8.
INTAKE ACTUATOR) (See AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR
Test voltages at the following terminals of air AIR CONDITIONER].)
intake actuator.
Terminal A No Repair wiring harness between

Terminal C actuator, then go to Step 8.
Are voltages as shown below?
Terminal A: approx. 0.5 V

approx. 10 V during FRESH
Terminal C: approx. 10 V
approx. 0.5 V during FRESH
3 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN AIR Yes Inspect air intake actuator, then go
INTAKE ACTUATOR OR ELSEWHERE to Step 8.
Disconnect air intake actuator connector.


POWER)

SIGNAL)

CONDITIONER].)
Are voltages okay?
4 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Go to the next step.

WIRING HARNESS (SHORT TO B+ BETWEEN CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR) OR
ELSEWHERE No Repair wiring harness between
Disconnect climate control unit connector. actuator, then go to Step 8.


POWER)

SIGNAL)
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Repair wiring harness between
WIRING HARNESS (SHORT TO GROUND BETWEEN climate control unit and air intake
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR) actuator, then go to Step 8.
OR ELSEWHERE
Switch the ignition to off. No Go to the next step.

terminals between climate control unit and
ground.

POWER)

SIGNAL)
6 INSPECT AIR INTAKE LINK Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect air intake links.

No Apply grease to links. If any links
Is there grease on link? are damaged, replace air intake
Are links securely and
properly installed?
Are links free of obstructions

and hindrances?
7 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Replace climate control unit, then
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT OR AIR INTAKE DOOR go to the next step.
Inspect blower unit air intake door. (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
Is door free of obstructions, CONDITIONER].)
cracks, and damage?
Are doors securely and No Remove obstruction, or install

properly installed? doors in proper position. If any
doors are cracked or damaged,
Are above items okay? replace them, then go to the next
step.
8 CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOMS DO NOT Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain

RECUR AFTER REPAIR repairs to customer.
Does air intake mode change smoothly?

No Recheck malfunction symptoms,
then repeat from Step 1 if
malfunction recurs.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
1 Blower relay
(See RELAY INSPECTION .)
2 A/C relay
3 Ambient temperature sensor
(See AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
4 PCM
(See PCM INSPECTION [LF] .)
(See PCM CONFIGURATION [LF] .)
5 Refrigerant pressure switch
(See REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)

om
.c
6 Evaporator temperature sensor

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
7 Air mix actuator
(See AIR MIX ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
8 Air intake actuator
(See AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
9 Power MOS FET
(See POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(See POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET) INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
10Blower motor
(See BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
11Climate control unit
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
12Passenger compartment temperature sensor
(See PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
13Airflow mode actuator
(See AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
14Solar radiation sensor
(See SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
15Magnetic clutch
(See MAGNETIC CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-
AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Remove the battery cover.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
3. Insert a hand from the position shown in the figure to the position where the power MOS FET connector can be felt.
4. Disconnect the power MOS FET connector in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure while pressing the tab in the
direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5. Remove screws A.
6. Remove screw B.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
7. Remove the power MOS FET.
8. Install in the reverse order of removal.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Verify that the resistance between the terminals of the power MOS FET is as shown in the
table.
If there is any malfunction, replace the power MOS FET.
Tester lead Resistance (kilohm)
(approx. quantity)
+ −
A B 1,300
A C 1,300
A D 2.2
B A ∞
B C 0.12
B D ∞
C A ∞
C B 0.12
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
C D ∞
D A 2.2
D B 190
D C 1,300
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
MAGNETIC CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
1Bolt
(See Bolt Removal/Installation Note.)
2Pressure plate
3Shim
(See Shim Installation Note.)
4Snap ring
(See Snap Ring Removal/Installation Note.)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5A/C compressor pulley
(See A/C Compressor Pulley Removal Note.)
(See A/C Compressor Pulley Installation Note.)
6Snap ring
7Stator
(See Stator Installation Note.)
8Clamp
9A/C compressor body
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
3. Adjust the magnetic clutch clearance. (See MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
Bolt Removal/Installation Note
1. When removing or installing the bolt, lock the A/C compressor pulley against rotation using
the following procedure.
CAUTION:
When connecting the positive battery cable to the magnetic clutch connector,
use a cable with a female terminal of the correct size. Otherwise, load will be
applied to the male terminal, resulting in deformation or damage, and poor
contact. In addition, the positive battery cable could disconnect from the
connector resulting in a short circuit.
a. Apply battery positive voltage to the magnetic clutch terminal and connect the A/C
compressor body to the ground.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
b. Wrap the drive belt, which is no longer of use, tightly around the A/C compressor
pulley.
c. Hold the drive belt in place with pliers.
d. Remove or install the bolt.
Tightening torque
11.8—14.7 N·m {1.21—1.49 kgf·m, 8.7—10.8 ft·lbf}
Snap Ring Removal/Installation Note
1. Remove the snap ring using a snap ring pliers.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
A/C Compressor Pulley Removal Note
1. Remove the A/C compressor pulley using the SST (49 0839 425C).
CAUTION:
Be careful that the SST (49 0839 425C) tabs do not hang over the stator.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Stator Installation Note
1. Align the positioning pin with the hole of A/C compressor body and insert.
A/C Compressor Pulley Installation Note
1. Install the inner wheel of the pulley using a plastic hammer and SST (49 B018 003) to the
compressor.
CAUTION:
If the SST is not properly positioned when the A/C compressor pulley is press-fit, the A/C
compressor axle will interfere with the SST, possibly damaging component parts. Verify
that the SST and axle are properly positioned and perform the procedure very carefully.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Shim Installation Note
1. First, insert the 1 mm (0.039 in) thick shim into the shaft.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Measure the clearance around the entire circumference between the pressure plate and A/C
compressor pulley using a thickness gauge.
2. Inspect the clearance.
If not within the specification, adjust the clearance by changing the shim or the
number of shims.
Magnetic clutch clearance
0.3—0.6 mm {0.012—0.023 in}
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Connect battery positive voltage to magnetic clutch terminal A and ground.
2. Verify that the magnetic clutch turns on.
If the magnetic clutch does not turn on, replace the A/C compressor.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
© 2010 Mazda North American Operations, U.S.A. om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
1Blower motor connector
2Blower motor
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Connect battery positive voltage to blower motor terminal A, ground to terminal B, and then
verify that the blower motor operates smoothly.
If the operation condition is not normal, replace the blower motor.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR

CONDITIONER]
1. Remove the evaporator temperature sensor from the A/C unit. (See A/C UNIT
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
NOTE:
Inspect the evaporator temperature sensor when it is installed to the A/C unit.
1. Set the fan speed MAX-HI.
2. Set the temperature control to MAX COLD.
3. Set the air intake mode to RECIRCULATE.
4. Turn the A/C switch off.
5. Close all of the doors and roll up all the windows.
6. Wait for 5 min.
7. Disconnect the evaporator temperature sensor connector.
8. Measure the temperature at the air intake.
9. Measure the resistance between evaporator temperature sensor terminals.
If the characteristics of the evaporator temperature sensor are not as shown in

the graph, replace the evaporator temperature sensor.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
3. Remove the following parts:
a. Console (See CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Glove compartment (See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Side wall (See SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Console panel (See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Center panel unit (See CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Lower panel (See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
g. Column cover (See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Driver-side air bag module (See DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE

i. Steering wheel (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. Combination switch (See COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. Steering shaft (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
l. Meter hood (See METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
m. Instrument cluster (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
n. Side panel (See SIDE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
o. Hood release lever (See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER

p. Female bracket (See CONVERTIBLE TOP DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
q. A-pillar trim (See A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
r. Scuff plate (See SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
s. Front side trim (See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
t. Fuse box No.1
u. Dashboard (See DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Air intake actuator connector
2Air intake actuator
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
3. Remove the lower panel. (See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1Airflow mode actuator connector
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Switch the ignition to ON.
2. Connect the negative (-) lead of the tester to body ground.
3. By inserting the positive (+) lead of the tester into each climate control unit terminal, measure the voltage
according to the terminal voltage table.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the parts under “Inspection item (s)”.
If the parts under “Inspection item (s)” are found to be normal, replace the
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference)
Voltage
Terminal Signal name Connected to Measurement condition Inspection item (s)
(V)
IG SW ON B+ Related
wiring
A IG2 A/C 7.5 A fuse harness
1.0 or
IG SW LOCK A/C 7.5 A
less
fuse
Related
wiring
B B+ ROOM 15 A fuse Under any condition B+ harness
ROOM 15 A
fuse
1.0 or
Fan stopped
less Related
wiring
Blower fan speed harness
C Power MOS FET 2.7—
control Fan: manual 1 (LO) — 24
3.4 Power MOS
FET
om
.c
Fan: manual 25 (HI) 9.6

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1.0 or Related
Headlight switch OFF
less wiring
harness
D TNS signal TNS relay
TNS relay
Headlight switch ON B+
Headlight
switch
Fan stopped B+ 1. Related

wiring
harness
Fan: manual LO 8.17
2. Power MOS
FET
3. Blower
Blower motor motor
E Power MOS FET
feedback
4. Blower relay
Fan: manual HI 0.6
5. HEATER 40 A
fuse
6. Power MOS
FET
replacement
Headlight switch OFF 0 Related

wiring
harness
Instrument
Panel control
F Instrument cluster cluster
signal
Headlight switch ON 2.7
Climate
control unit:
terminal
voltage (D)
IG SW ON B+ Related
wiring
Air intake harness
actuator
Air intake
Air mix actuator
G Actuator power
actuator 1.0 or
IG SW LOCK Air mix
less
Airflow mode actuator
actuator
Airflow mode
actuator
Related
1.0 or
H GND Body ground Under any condition wiring
less
harness
Related
wiring
Air intake harness
actuator
Because this terminal is for Air intake
om
.c
Actuator Air mix communication, good/no good actuator

d
I
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
operation signal actuator judgment by terminal voltage is
not possible. Air mix
Airflow mode actuator
actuator
Airflow mode
actuator
Related
Because this terminal is for wiring
Ambient
communication, good/no good harness
J temperature Instrument cluster
judgment by terminal voltage is
output
not possible. Instrument
cluster
A/C switch ON, fan switch 1.0 or Related

at 1st less wiring
harness
Refrigerant
pressure
K A/C Refrigerant pressure switch
switch
A/C switch OFF B+
PCM:
terminal
voltage
(1AU)
Because this terminal is for

Related
communication, good/no good
L Vehicle speed Instrument cluster wiring
judgment by terminal voltage is
harness
not possible.
Related
Compared with Refer wiring
Evaporator harness
Evaporator temperature temperature detected by to
M temperature
sensor evaporator temperature graph
sensor input Evaporator
sensor 1
temperature
sensor
Rear window defroster Related

B+
switch OFF wiring
Rear window harness
N defroster Rear window defroster relay
operation Rear window defroster 1.0 or Rear window
switch ON less defroster
relay
Related
wiring
Passenger Compared with Refer harness
compartment Passenger compartment temperature detected by to
O
temperature temperature sensor passenger compartment graph Passenger
sensor input temperature sensor 3 compartment
temperature
sensor
Expose the solar radiation Related

4.7
sensor to natural sunlight wiring
Solar radiation harness
om
Q Solar radiation sensor

sensor input
.c
Light to solar radiation Inspect solar

d
oa
Below
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
sensor block radiation
1.0
sensor
Related
Because this terminal is for wiring
Water communication, good/no good harness
R Instrument cluster
temperature input judgment by terminal voltage is
not possible. Instrument
cluster
Ambient
temperature
sensor
Passenger
compartment
temperature Related
sensor 1.0 or
S Sensor GND Under any condition wiring
less
harness
Evaporator
temperature
sensor
Solar
radiation
sensor
Related
Ambient harness
temperature detected by to
T temperature Ambient temperature sensor
ambient temperature graph
sensor input Ambient
sensor 2
temperature
sensor
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
—
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
AIR MIX ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]


t. Fuse box No.1

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Air mix actuator
2Air mix actuator connector
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
3. Discharge the refrigerant from the system. (See REFRIGERANT CHARGING.)
1Refrigerant pressure switch connector
2Refrigerant pressure switch
(See Refrigerant Pressure Switch Installation Note.)
Refrigerant Pressure Switch Installation Note
1. Apply compressor oil to the O-ring joints.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Connect the manifold gauge.
2. Verify the high-pressure side reading.
3. Disconnect the refrigerant pressure switch connector.
4. Verify continuity between the terminals of the refrigerant pressure switch.
If the continuity is not normal, replace the refrigerant pressure switch.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Remove the battery cable.
3. Pry the solar radiation sensor from the dashboard using a flathead screwdriver wrapped with
protective tape.
1Solar radiation sensor connector
2Solar radiation sensor
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Shine a fluorescent light or expose the solar radiation sensor to natural sunlight.
2. Connect the positive (+) lead to terminal A and negative (-) lead to terminal B of the solar
radiation, and verify that the voltage value is output.
If the voltage is 0 V, replace the solar radiation sensor.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR

CONDITIONER]
1Screw
2Passenger compartment temperature sensor
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR

CONDITIONER]
1. Measure the temperature around the passenger compartment temperature sensor and
measure the resistance between passenger compartment temperature sensor terminal.
If the characteristics of the passenger compartment temperature sensor are not

as shown in the graph, replace the passenger compartment temperature
sensor.
2. Connect battery positive voltage to passenger compartment temperature sensor terminal A

and connect terminal C to ground to verify fan operation.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If there is any malfunction, replace the passenger compartment temperature
sensor.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
3. Remove the under cover.
1Ambient temperature sensor connector
2Ambient temperature sensor
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Measure the temperature around the ambient temperature sensor and measure the resistance
between the ambient temperature sensor terminal.
If the characteristics of the ambient temperature sensor are not as shown in

the graph, replace the ambient temperature sensor.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
3. Remove the side wall. (See SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the center panel unit. (See CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the climate control unit from the center panel unit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1 Blower relay
2 A/C relay
3 PCM
4 Refrigerant pressure switch
(See REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
5 Evaporator temperature sensor
(See EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)

om
.c
6 Air mix actuator

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See AIR MIX ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
7 Air intake actuator
(See AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
8 Power MOS FET
(See POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(See POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET) INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
9 Blower motor
(See BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
10Climate control unit
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
12Magnetic clutch
(See MAGNETIC CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
3. Insert a hand from the position shown in the figure to the position where the power MOS FET connector can be felt.
4. Disconnect the power MOS FET connector in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure while pressing the tab in the
direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5. Remove screws A.
6. Remove screw B.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
7. Remove the power MOS FET.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Verify that the resistance between the terminals of the power MOS FET is as shown in the
table.
If there is any malfunction, replace the power MOS FET.
Tester lead Resistance (kilohm)
(approx. quantity)
+ −
A B 1,300
A C 1,300
A D 2.2
B A ∞
B C 0.12
B D ∞
C A ∞
C B 0.12
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
C D ∞
D A 2.2
D B 190
D C 1,300
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
MAGNETIC CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1Bolt
(See Bolt Removal/Installation Note.)
2Pressure plate
3Shim
(See Shim Installation Note.)
4Snap ring

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5A/C compressor pulley
(See A/C Compressor Pulley Removal Note.)
(See A/C Compressor Pulley Installation Note.)
6Snap ring
7Stator
(See Stator Installation Note.)
8Clamp
9A/C compressor body
3. Adjust the magnetic clutch clearance. (See MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
Bolt Removal/Installation Note
1. When removing or installing the bolt, lock the A/C compressor pulley against rotation using
the following procedure.
CAUTION:
When connecting the positive battery cable to the magnetic clutch connector,
use a cable with a female terminal of the correct size. Otherwise, load will be
applied to the male terminal, resulting in deformation or damage, and poor
contact. In addition, the positive battery cable could disconnect from the
connector resulting in a short circuit.
a. Apply battery positive voltage to the magnetic clutch terminal and connect the A/C
compressor body to the ground.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
b. Wrap the drive belt, which is no longer of use, tightly around the A/C compressor
pulley.
c. Hold the drive belt in place with pliers.
d. Remove or install the bolt.
Tightening torque
11.8—14.7 N·m {1.21—1.49 kgf·m, 8.7—10.8 ft·lbf}
Snap Ring Removal/Installation Note
1. Remove the snap ring using a snap ring pliers.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
A/C Compressor Pulley Removal Note
1. Remove the A/C compressor pulley using the SST (49 0839 425C).
CAUTION:
Be careful that the SST (49 0839 425C) tabs do not hang over the stator.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Stator Installation Note
1. Align the positioning pin with the hole of A/C compressor body and insert.
A/C Compressor Pulley Installation Note
1. Install the inner wheel of the pulley using a plastic hammer and SST (49 B018 003) to the
compressor.
CAUTION:
If the SST is not properly positioned when the A/C compressor pulley is press-fit, the A/C
compressor axle will interfere with the SST, possibly damaging component parts. Verify
that the SST and axle are properly positioned and perform the procedure very carefully.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Shim Installation Note
1. First, insert the 1 mm (0.039 in) thick shim into the shaft.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Measure the clearance around the entire circumference between the pressure plate and A/C
compressor pulley using a thickness gauge.
2. Inspect the clearance.
If not within the specification, adjust the clearance by changing the shim or the
number of shims.
Magnetic clutch clearance
0.3—0.6 mm {0.012—0.023 in}
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Connect battery positive voltage to magnetic clutch terminal A and ground.
2. Verify that the magnetic clutch turns on.
If the magnetic clutch does not turn on, replace the A/C compressor.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1Blower motor connector
2Blower motor
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Connect battery positive voltage to blower motor terminal A, ground to terminal B, and then
verify that the blower motor operates smoothly.
If the operation condition is not normal, replace the blower motor.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Remove the evaporator temperature sensor from the A/C unit. (See A/C UNIT
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
NOTE:
Inspect the evaporator temperature sensor when it is installed to the A/C unit.
1. Set the fan speed MAX-HI.
2. Set the temperature control to MAX COLD.
3. Set the air intake mode to RECIRCULATE.
4. Turn the A/C switch off.
5. Close all of the doors and roll up all the windows.
6. Wait for 5 min.
7. Disconnect the evaporator temperature sensor connector.
8. Measure the temperature at the air intake.
9. Measure the resistance between evaporator temperature sensor terminals.
If the characteristics of the evaporator temperature sensor are not as shown in

the graph, replace the evaporator temperature sensor.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]


t. Fuse box No.1

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Air intake actuator connector
2Air intake actuator
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1Airflow mode actuator connector
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Switch the ignition to ON.
2. Connect the negative (-) lead of the tester to body ground.
3. By inserting the positive (+) lead of the tester into each climate control unit terminal,
measure the voltage according to the terminal voltage table.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the parts under “Inspection item (s)”.
If the parts under “Inspection item (s)” are found to be

normal, replace the climate control unit.
Voltage
Terminal Signal name Connected to Measurement condition Inspection item (s)
(V)
IG SW ON B+ Related
wiring
A IG2 A/C 7.5 A fuse harness
1.0 or
IG SW LOCK A/C 7.5 A
less
fuse
Related
wiring
B B+ ROOM 15 A fuse Under any condition B+ harness
ROOM 15 A
fuse
om
d .c
1.0 or
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Fan stopped
less Related
wiring
Blower fan harness
C Power MOS FET Fan: manual 1 (LO) — 2.7—
speed control
24 3.4 Power MOS
FET
Fan: manual 25 (HI) 9.6
1.0 or Related
Headlight switch OFF
less wiring
harness
D TNS signal TNS relay
TNS relay
Headlight switch ON B+
Headlight
switch
Fan stopped B+ 1. Related

wiring
harness
Fan: manual LO 8.17
2. Power MOS
FET
3. Blower
Blower motor motor
E Power MOS FET
feedback
4. Blower relay
Fan: manual HI 0.6
5. HEATER 40
A fuse
6. Power MOS
FET
replacement
Headlight switch OFF 0 Related

wiring
harness
Instrument
Panel control
F Instrument cluster cluster
signal
Headlight switch ON 2.7
Climate
control unit:
terminal
voltage (D)
IG SW ON B+ Related
Air wiring
intake harness
actuator
Air intake
Actuator Air mix actuator
G
om
power actuator 1.0 or Air mix

.c
IG SW LOCK
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
less actuator
Airflow
mode
Airflow
actuator
mode
actuator
Related
1.0 or
H GND Body ground Under any condition wiring
less
harness
Related
Air wiring
intake harness
actuator
Because this terminal is for Air intake
Actuator actuator
Air mix communication, good/no good
I operation
actuator judgment by terminal voltage
signal Air mix
is not possible.
Airflow actuator
mode
Airflow
actuator
mode
actuator
J — — — — —
A/C switch ON, fan 1.0 or Related

switch at 1st less wiring
harness
Refrigerant
Refrigerant pressure pressure
K A/C
switch switch
A/C switch OFF B+
PCM:
terminal
voltage
(1AU)
L — — — — —
Related
Evaporator harness
Evaporator temperature temperature detected to
M temperature
sensor by evaporator graph
sensor input Evaporator
temperature sensor 1
temperature
sensor
Rear window defroster Related

B+
switch OFF wiring
Rear window harness
Rear window defroster
N defroster
om
relay Rear
.c
operation
d
Rear window defroster 1.0 or

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
window
switch ON less defroster
relay
O — — — — —
P — — — — —
Q — — — — —
R — — — — —
Related
Evaporator temperature 1.0 or
S Sensor GND Under any condition wiring
sensor less
harness
T — — — — —
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
AIR MIX ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]


t. Fuse box No.1

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Air mix actuator
2Air mix actuator connector
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
3. Discharge the refrigerant from the system. (See REFRIGERANT CHARGING.)
1Refrigerant pressure switch connector
2Refrigerant pressure switch
(See Refrigerant Pressure Switch Installation Note.)
Refrigerant Pressure Switch Installation Note
1. Apply compressor oil to the O-ring joints.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1. Connect the manifold gauge.
2. Verify the high-pressure side reading.
3. Disconnect the refrigerant pressure switch connector.
4. Verify continuity between the terminals of the refrigerant pressure switch.
If the continuity is not normal, replace the refrigerant pressure switch.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - HVAC
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
5. Remove the climate control unit from the center panel unit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - Body and Accessories
DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
M-MDS.
3. Select “RKE”.

4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the keyless control module. (See
CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Next >
Outline
The OBD (on-board diagnostic) system has the following functions:
Malfunction detection function: Detects malfunctions in the keyless control

system and outputs DTCs.
Data monitor function: Reads out specific input/output signals and the
system status.
Diagnostic DTCs can be read/cleared using the M-MDS.
Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
PID/data monitor table
PID name (definition) Data contents Unit/Operation Terminal
DTC_CNT Number of continuous DTCs − −
RPM Engine speed RPM 4Z, 4AA
VSS Vehicle speed KPH 4Z, 4AA
VPWR Supply voltage V 1F
NUMCARD Number of programmed advanced keys − −
NUMKEY* Number of programmed key ID numbers − −
DRSW_D Door switch (driver’s door) CLOSE/OPEN 4T
DRSW_ALL Door switch (all door) CLOSE/OPEN 4Q
REQ_SW_D Request switch (driver’s door) Off/On 4H
REQ_SW_P Request switch (passenger’s door) Off/On 4J
REQ_SW_BK Request switch (trunk lid) Off/On 4L
LOCK_SW_D Door lock-link switch (driver’s side) Off/On 4I, 4E
CLS_LOCK Door lock switch (lock) Off/On 4B
CLS_UNLOCK Door lock switch (unlock) Off/On 4B
KCS_LOCK Key cylinder switch (lock) Off/On 4G
KCS_UNLOCK Key cylinder switch (unlock) Off/On 4G

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
IMMOBI Immobilizer system equipped or not Off/On * −
TR_KEY_SW Trunk key cylinder switch Off/On 4K
TR/LG_SW Trunk compartment light switch CLOSE/OPEN 3Z
IG_KEY_IN Key reminder switch Key-Out/Key-In 3O
IG_SW_ST Ignition switch (Push switch) Not Pushed/ Pushed 3N
PWR_IG1 Power supply (IG1) Off/On 3B
PWR_ACC Power supply (ACC) Off/On 3I
HOOD_SW Hood latch switch CLOSE/OPEN 4V
LOCK_SW_P Door lock-link switch (passenger’s side) Off/On 4R
*
Vehicles with immobilizer system
Active command mode table
Command name Output part name Unit/Operation Terminal
BZR_OUT Keyless buzzer Off/On 4Y
BZR_INN Interior buzzer (Instrument cluster) Off/On 4Z, 4AA
LNP_RED Keyless warning light (red) Off/On 4Z, 4AA
LNP_GREEN Keyless indicator light (green) Off/On 4Z, 4AA
HAZARD Hazard warning light Off/On 4N
ANT_RF Keyless antenna (RH) Off/On 2A, 2B
ANT_LF Keyless antenna (LH) Off/On 2C, 2D
ANT_BK Keyless antenna (rear) Off/On 2E, 2F
ANT_INN1 Keyless antenna (trunk) Off/On 2G, 2H

om
.c
ANT_INN2 Keyless antenna (rear No.2) Off/On 2I, 2J

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
ANT_INN3 Keyless antenna (CENTER) Off/On 2K, 2L
ANT_INN4 Keyless antenna (INSTRUMENT PANEL) Off/On 3G, 3H
DR_LOCK All doors lock Off/Lock 1C
DR_UNLOCK All doors unlock Off/Unlock 1A
2STG_UNLK All doors unlock Off/Unlock
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
DTC
Description Page
No.
(See DTC B1093 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START

B1093 Steering lock unit communication error
SYSTEM] )
(See DTC B112A [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START

B112AKeyless antenna (INSTRUMENT PANEL)
SYSTEM] )

B1126 Steering lock unit internal malfunction
SYSTEM] )

B1127 Keyless antenna (trunk)
SYSTEM] )

B1128 Keyless antenna (rear No.2)
SYSTEM] )

B1129 Keyless antenna (CENTER)
SYSTEM] )

B1131 Keyless antenna (rear)
SYSTEM] )

B1132 Keyless antenna (LH)
SYSTEM] )

B1133 Keyless antenna (RH)
SYSTEM] )

B1134 Unprogrammed advanced key
SYSTEM] )
Keyless control module power supply voltage (See DTC B1317/B1318 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
B1317
increases. START SYSTEM] )
om
.c
Keyless control module power supply voltage (See DTC B1317/B1318 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
B1318
decreases START SYSTEM] )

B1342 Keyless control module internal malfunction
SYSTEM] )

B2170 Push switch (Steering lock unit)
SYSTEM] )

B2477 Configuration error
SYSTEM] )
(See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION

U0073Control module communication error
SYSTEM] )

U0100Communication error to PCM
SYSTEM] )
Communication error to power retractable hardtop (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION

U0207
control module SYSTEM] )
(See DTC U0214 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START

U0214Keyless receiver
SYSTEM] )

U0236Steering lock unit communication system
SYSTEM] )

U0323Communication error to instrument cluster
SYSTEM] )

U2023Error signal from CAN related module
SYSTEM] )
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC–2.
M-MDS.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
M-MDS.
NOTE:
signals in the module. Therefore, if the monitored value of the output parts is not within
the specification, it is necessary to inspect the monitored value of input parts
corresponding to the applicable output part control. In addition, because the system does
not display an output part malfunction as an abnormality in the monitored value, it is
necessary to inspect the output parts individually.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

to LOCK position. (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
Using the M-MDS,

perform the DTC No Go to the next step.
inspection for the PCM.
(See ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF] .)
VERIFY THAT THE SAME DTC IS NOT

2 PRESENT Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
Clear the DTCs from the If the malfunction recurs, replace the PCM, then go to
memory. the next step. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See CLEARING DTC

[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM] .)
Are the same DTCs

present?
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCS ARE

3 PRESENT Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Are any other DTCs (See DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
output? SYSTEM] .)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B112A [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
DTC B112A Keyless antenna (INSTRUMENT PANEL)
DETECTION
Keyless antenna dose not operated.
CONDITION
Keyless antenna (INSTRUMENT PANEL) malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between keyless control

POSSIBLE CAUSE
module and keyless antenna
Keyless control module malfunction
INSPECT COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

1 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Replace keyless antenna
(INSTRUMENT PANEL).
Disconnect keyless control
module connector and (See KEYLESS ANTENNA
keyless antenna REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(INSTRUMENT PANEL)
Go to next step.
connector.
Inspect the continuity No Repair the wiring harness between

om
between the following the keyless antenna (INSTRUMENT

d .c
connector terminals.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
PANEL) and keyless control module.
keyless Go to next step.
control
module:
3G—
keyless
antenna:
A
keyless
control
module:
3H—
keyless
antenna:
B
INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

2 Yes Replace the keyless control module and perform the
Turn the ignition switch to resetting procedure for the advanced keyless system
the ON position. when replacing the keyless control module.
Is the DTC displayed? (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

M-MDS:
B112A (See ADVANCED KEY ID CODE REGISTRATION )
(See STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE REGISTRATION )
(See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION)
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS

PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND START
SYSTEM] )
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1342 Keyless control module internal malfunction.
POSSIBLE CAUSE Malfunction in the keyless control module internal circuit
INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL

1 MODULE Yes Replace the keyless control module and perform the
resetting procedure for the advanced keyless system when
Turn the ignition replacing the keyless control module.
switch to the ON
position. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is the DTC displayed? (See ADVANCED KEY ID CODE REGISTRATION )
M- (See STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE REGISTRATION )

MDS:
B1342
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND START SYSTEM] )
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1134 Unprogrammed advanced key.
Unprogrammed advanced keyadvanced key.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Malfunction in the keyless control module internal circuit
1 VERIFY NUMBER OF Yes Replace the keyless control module and perform the
REGISTERED ADVANCED resetting procedure for the advanced keyless system
KEYS when replacing the keyless control module.
Using the M-MDS, perform (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

the PID/data monitor REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
inspection and confirm the
number of registered keys. (See ADVANCED KEY ID CODE REGISTRATION )
(See PID/DATA MONITOR (See STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE REGISTRATION )

TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM] .)
Is advanced keyadvanced
PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
key registered?
START SYSTEM] )
No Using the M-MDS, register a

advanced key if necessary.
(See ADVANCED KEY ID CODE

REGISTRATION )


om
M-MDS:
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
B1134 (See ADVANCED KEY ID CODE REGISTRATION )

START SYSTEM] )
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B2477 Configuration error.
DETECTION Keyless control module configuration has not been performed

CONDITION correctly.
Keyless control module configuration error.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Malfunction in the keyless control module internal circuit
PERFORM INSTRUMENT
1 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the keyless control module and perform the resetting
CONFIGURATION procedure for the advanced keyless system when replacing the
keyless control module.
Perform keyless
control module (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
configuration.
(See ADVANCED KEY ID CODE REGISTRATION )
Is B2477
displayed?

[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND START SYSTEM] )
2 OF DTC B2477 COMPLETED Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Clear the DTC

from the No DTC troubleshooting completed.
memory.
Is any DTC
displayed?
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1317/B1318 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
B1317 Keyless control module power supply voltage increases (16.1 V or more)
DTC
B1318 Keyless control module power supply voltage decreases (less than 9 V)
DETECTION When the keyless control module power supply voltage is not
CONDITION within 9―16 V.
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between battery and keyless

control module
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Battery malfunction
Step Inspection Action
INSPECT FUSE
Remove the ROOM 15
A fuse.
No Replace the fuse.
Is the fuse normal?
om
INSPECT BATTERY
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Measure the battery
positive voltage.
No The battery has a malfunction.
Is the voltage 9
Inspect the charge/discharge system.
V―16 V?
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS

3 BETWEEN BATTERY AND FUSE Yes Install the fuse, then go to the next step.
BLOCK
No Repair the wiring harness between the fuse block and
Measure the fuse
battery.
block terminal
voltage.
Is the voltage 9
V―16 V?
INSPECT FUSE BLOCK

Measure the voltage
at the fuse block
terminal voltage. No Repair the wiring harness between the fuse block and
battery.
Is the voltage 9
V―16 V?
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS

5 BETWEEN FUSE BLOCK AND Yes Replace the keyless control module and perform the
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE resetting procedure for the advanced keyless system when
replacing the keyless control module.
Turn the ignition
switch to the ON (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
position.
(See ADVANCED KEY ID CODE REGISTRATION )
Measure the keyless
control module
terminal 3B voltage. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION)
Is the voltage 9 (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
V―16 V? [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND START SYSTEM] )
No Repair the wiring harness between the BCM and keyless

control module.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B2170 Push switch.
DETECTION Detect the push switch OFF signal when ignition switch is ON
CONDITION position.
Steering lock unit malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE
module and steering lock unit

1 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Replace the steering lock unit and perform the
resetting procedure for the steering lock unit.
module connector and (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
steering lock unit REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
connector.
om
Is there continuity
d .c
between keyless control

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
No Repair the wiring harness between the steering lock
module terminal 3N and unit and keyless control module.
steering lock unit terminal
A?


M-MDS:

PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] )
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1126 Steering lock unit internal malfunction.
DETECTION CONDITION Detect the steering lock unit malfunction signal.
POSSIBLE CAUSE Steering lock unit malfunction
INSPECT STEERING LOCK UNIT

1 Yes Replace the steering lock unit and perform the resetting
Turn the ignition procedure for the steering lock unit.
switch to the ON
position. (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
Is the DTC displayed?
M-
MDS:
B1126 No DTC troubleshooting completed.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC U0236 Steering lock unit communication system.
DETECTION Steering lock unit communication error

CONDITION

POSSIBLE CAUSE

1 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Replace the steering lock unit and
perform the resetting procedure for
Disconnect keyless control the steering lock unit.
module connector and
steering lock unit (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
connector. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE

om
Is there continuity
d .c
between keyless control REGISTRATION )

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
module terminal 3P and
steering lock unit terminal
G?
No Repair the wiring harness between
the steering lock unit and keyless
control module.
Go to next step.


M-MDS:
U0236 (See ADVANCED KEY ID CODE REGISTRATION )

SYSTEM] )
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1093 Unprogrammed steering lock unit.
DETECTION Unprogrammed steering lock unit.

CONDITION

POSSIBLE CAUSE

1 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Perform the resetting procedure for
the steering lock unit.
module connector and (See STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE
steering lock unit REGISTRATION )
connector.
om
Is there continuity
d .c
between keyless control

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
module terminal 3P and the steering lock unit and keyless
steering lock unit terminal control module.
G?
Go to next step.
INSPECT STEERING LOCK UNIT

2 Yes Replace the steering lock unit and
Turn the ignition switch to perform the resetting procedure for
the ON position. the steering lock unit.
Is the DTC displayed? (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN

M-MDS:
B1093 (See STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE
REGISTRATION )


M-MDS:

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC U0214 Keyless receiver.
DETECTION
When the keyless receiver power supply voltage is less than 7.5 V.
CONDITION
Keyless receiver malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE
module and keyless receiver
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN

1 KEYLESS RECEIVER AND GROUND Yes Go to next step.
Disconnect keyless
receiver connector. No Repair the wiring harness between the
keyless receiver and ground.
Is there continuity
between keyless receiver Go to next step.
om
terminal E and ground?

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Go to next step.
Disconnect keyless
control module connector No Repair the wiring harness between the
and keyless receiver keyless receiver and keyless control
connector. module.
Go to next step.
Inspect the continuity
between the following
connector terminals.
keyless
control
module:
3S—
keyless
receiver:
A
keyless
control
module:
3U—
keyless
receiver:
C
INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER POWER

3 SUPPLY CIRCUIT Yes Replace keyless receiver.
Turn ignition switch to (See KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)

ON position.
Measure voltage at No Replace the keyless control module and perform the
terminal 3S of keyless resetting procedure for the advanced keyless system
control module when replacing the keyless control module.
connector. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
Is voltage more than
7.5 V? (See ADVANCED KEY ID CODE REGISTRATION )

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1133 Keyless antenna (RH)
DETECTION
CONDITION
Keyless antenna (RH) malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE

1 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Replace keyless antenna (RH).
Disconnect keyless (See KEYLESS ANTENNA

control module connector REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
and keyless antenna (RH)
Go to next step.
connector.
Inspect the continuity No Repair the wiring harness between the

between the following keyless antenna (RH) and keyless
om
connector terminals. control module.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
control
module:
2A—
keyless
antenna:
A
keyless
control
module:
2B—
keyless
antenna:
B

Turn the ignition switch resetting procedure for the advanced keyless system
to the ON position. when replacing the keyless control module.

M-MDS:

SYSTEM] )
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1132 Keyless antenna (LH)
DETECTION
CONDITION
Keyless antenna (LH) malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE

1 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Replace keyless antenna (LH)

control module connector REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
and keyless antenna (LH)
Go to next step.
connector.

between the following keyless antenna (LH) and keyless
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
control
module:
2C—
keyless
antenna:
A
keyless
control
module:
2D—
keyless
antenna:
B


M-MDS:
(See STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE REGISTRATION .)
(See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION.)

SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1127 Keyless antenna (trunk)
DETECTION
CONDITION
Keyless antenna (trunk) malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE

1 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Replace keyless antenna (trunk).

and keyless antenna
Go to next step.
(trunk) connector.

between the following keyless antenna (trunk) and keyless
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
control
module:
2G—
keyless
antenna:
A
keyless
control
module:
2H—
keyless
antenna:
B


M-MDS:

SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1128 Keyless antenna (rear No.2)
DETECTION
CONDITION
Keyless antenna (rear No.2) malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE

1 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Replace keyless antenna (rear No.2).

and keyless antenna
Go to next step.
(rear No.2) connector.

between the following keyless antenna (rear No.2) and
om
connector terminals. keyless control module.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
control
module:
2I—
keyless
antenna:
A
keyless
control
module:
2J—
keyless
antenna:
B


M-MDS:

SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1131 Keyless antenna (rear)
DETECTION
CONDITION
Keyless antenna (rear) malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE

1 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Replace keyless antenna (rear).

and keyless antenna
Go to next step.
(rear) connector.

between the following keyless antenna (rear) and keyless
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
control
module:
2E—
keyless
antenna:
A
keyless
control
module:
2F—
keyless
antenna:
B


M-MDS:

SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1129 Keyless antenna (CENTER)
DETECTION
CONDITION
Keyless antenna (CENTER) malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE

1 FOR CONTINUITY Yes Replace keyless antenna (CENTER).

control module connector REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
and keyless antenna
Go to next step.
(CENTER) connector.

between the following keyless antenna (CENTER) and keyless
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
control
module:
2K—
keyless
antenna:
A
keyless
control
module:
2L—
keyless
antenna:
B


M-MDS:

SYSTEM] )
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
Security Light
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Verify the security light state.
If there is any malfunction:
After any malfunction is detected, the security light will

function as follows for approx. 1 min.
DTC 16 and lower: Flashes
DTC 21 and higher: Illuminated
If there is no malfunction:
The security light illuminates for approx. 3 s and goes out.
3. When any malfunction has been detected, read DTCs via flashing patterns displayed after the
security light flashes or is illuminated for approx. 1 min.
Perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection.
NOTE:
A verified DTC is flashed 10 times repeatedly by the security light.
If multiple DTCs are verified, the security light displays only the smallest DTC.
M-MDS

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M-MDS.

4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the keyless control module. (See
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
Malfunction diagnosis of the immobilizer system occurs automatically when the ignition
switch is turned from the LOCK (ACC) to the ON (START) position.
Results of the malfunction diagnosis can be verified from the DTCs. There are two methods
of DTC verification: By the flashing pattern of the security light and by using the M-MDS.
First, verify that the fuses are normal.
The PID/data monitor function can be used to verify the number of key ID numbers
registered for a single vehicle.
CAUTION:
Always use the M-MDS to verify DTCs even if the security light displays a DTC. If the
security light itself has a malfunction, it is possible that a DTC may not be properly
displayed. There are certain DTCs which can only be verified using the M-MDS, not the
security light.
DTCs for the immobilizer system that are stored in the keyless unit and PCM are cleared
when the ignition switch is turned from the ON to the LOCK (ACC) position.
If DTCs are not displayed even though the engine does not start or stalls, perform the
following symptom troubleshooting:
The following conditions may cause poor signal communication between the key and
vehicle, resulting in the engine not starting or a key registration error. Do not perform any
work under the following conditions:
If any of the following items are touching or near the key head.
Spare keys
Keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer

system
Any metallic object
Any electronic device, or any credit or other cards with

magnetic strips
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
If two or more abnormalities are detected as a result of malfunction diagnosis, only the
DTC with the lowest number of those detected will be displayed by the security light.
However, multiple DTCs are stored at the same time.
If two or more immobilizer system DTCs are verified, first repair the part indicated by the
security light displayed DTC. After completely repairing one location, turn the ignition
switch from the LOCK to the ON position and perform immobilizer system malfunction
diagnosis.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
PID name (definition) Detection condition
NUMKEY
Number of key ID numbers registered: 0—
(Number of key ID numbers registered in the instrument 8
cluster)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
DTC
M-MDS display *
Detection
Keyless Page
condition
Security light flashing pattern warning Keyless
light control Instrument PCM
cluster
module
No (See SECURITY
communication LIGHT 11, DTC -
detected /B1681/P1260
Off − B1681 P1260 between [IMMOBILIZER
keyless control SYSTEM (ADVANCED
module and KEYLESS AND START
PCM SYSTEM)].)
11
No (See SECURITY
communication LIGHT 11, DTC
detected B1681/B1681/P1260
On B1681 B1681 P1260 between coil [IMMOBILIZER
antenna and SYSTEM (ADVANCED
instrument KEYLESS AND START
cluster SYSTEM)].)
(See SECURITY
LIGHT 12, DTC
B2103/B2103/P1260
Coil antenna
12 On B2103 B2103 P1260 [IMMOBILIZER
malfunction
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
(See SECURITY
LIGHT 13, DTC -
/B1600/P1260
Key ID number
Off − B1600 P1260 [IMMOBILIZER
cannot be read
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
om
.c
13
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See SECURITY
LIGHT 13, DTC -
Key ID number /B2431/P1260
Off − B2431 P1260 registration [IMMOBILIZER
error SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
(See SECURITY
LIGHT 14, DTC -
/B1602/P1260
Key ID number
14 Off − B1602 P1260 [IMMOBILIZER
cannot be read
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
(See SECURITY
LIGHT 15, DTC -
Unprogrammed /B1601/P1260
Off − B1601 P1260 key ID number [IMMOBILIZER
detected SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
15
(See SECURITY
LIGHT 15, DTC
Keyless control B1342/B1601/P1260
On B1342 B1601 P1260 module [IMMOBILIZER
malfunction SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
(See SECURITY
Communication
LIGHT 16, DTC -
error between
/U2510/P1260
instrument
16 Off − U2510 P1260 [IMMOBILIZER
cluster and
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
PCM (no
KEYLESS AND START
response)
SYSTEM)].)
(See SECURITY
Only one key
LIGHT 21, DTC
ID number is
B1213/B1213/P1260
programmed
21 On B1213 B1213 P1260 [IMMOBILIZER
to the
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
instrument
KEYLESS AND START
cluster
SYSTEM)].)
(See SECURITY
Communication
LIGHT 22, DTC -
om
error between
.c
/B2141/P1260
d
instrument
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
22 On − B2141 P1260 [IMMOBILIZER
cluster and
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
PCM (data
KEYLESS AND START
transfer error)
SYSTEM)].)
(See SECURITY
ID number LIGHT 23, DTC -
data i the PCM /B2139/P1260
23 On − B2139 P1260 and instrument [IMMOBILIZER
cluster do not SYSTEM (ADVANCED
match KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
(See SECURITY
Only one key LIGHT -, DTC
ID number is B1213/-/P1260
On B1213 − P1260 programmed [IMMOBILIZER
to the keyless SYSTEM (ADVANCED
control module KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
Not illuminated (See FOREWORD

CAN [MULTIPLEX
On U0073 − −
malfunction COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] .)
U0323 (See FOREWORD

CAN [MULTIPLEX
Off U0100 − −
malfunction COMMUNICATION
U2023 SYSTEM] .)
*
The letters at the beginning of each DTC are only displayed when using the M-MDS, and
refer to the following: B= Body system, P= Powertrain system, U= Network communication
system.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
M-MDS.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START

SYSTEM)]
M-MDS.
NOTE:
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SECURITY LIGHT -, DTC B1213/-/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND

START SYSTEM)]
Security light flashing pattern -
Keyless control module B1213

DTC Only one key ID number is registered
M-MDS display Instrument cluster -
PCM P1260
POSSIBLE CAUSE Only one registered key
Diagnostic Procedure
1 VERIFY NUMBER OF Yes Replace the instrument cluster and perform the
REGISTERED KEYS resetting procedure for the immobilizer system
when replacing the instrument cluster.
Using the M-MDS, perform the
PID/data monitor inspection (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
and confirm the number of REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
registered keys.
(See PID/DATA MONITOR PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM START SYSTEM] .)
(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM)].)
No Using the M-MDS, clear the key
Are two or more keys ID number and register a new key
registered? if necessary.
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-

RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
START SYSTEM] .)
om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2 VERIFY DTC Yes Replace the instrument cluster and perform the
resetting procedure for the immobilizer system
Using the registered key, turn when replacing the instrument cluster.
the ignition switch to the ON
position. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Is the DTC displayed again?
Security light: PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
- START SYSTEM] .)
M-MDS:
B1213/- No DTC troubleshooting completed.
/P1260
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SECURITY LIGHT 11, DTC -/B1681/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM)]
Security light flashing

11
pattern
Keyless control
-
module Communication error between the keyless control module and
DTC
the instrument cluster
M-MDS
Instrument
display B1681
cluster
PCM P1260
Defective wiring harness

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Defective instrument cluster
INSPECT COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT FOR

1 CONTINUITY Yes Replace keyless control module, then go to the
next step.
module and instrument cluster (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
connectors. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Is there continuity between

the following terminals? No Repair the wiring harness between the keyless
control module and instrument cluster, then go to
4A—2S the next step.
4C—2Q

2 Yes Replace instrument cluster and reprogram
Turn the ignition switch to the immobilizer system.
ON position.
Is the DTC displayed? No DTC troubleshooting completed.

om
Security light:
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
11
M-MDS: -
/B1681/P1260
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SECURITY LIGHT 11, DTC B1681/B1681/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS

AND START SYSTEM)]
Security light flashing pattern 11
Keyless control
B1681
module
Communication error between the keyless control module and
DTC
M-MDS the coil antenna
Instrument
display B1681
cluster
PCM P1260
Defective coil antenna
POSSIBLE CAUSE Defective keyless control module
Defective wiring harness
INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF COIL ANTENNA

1 Yes Go to next step.
Disconnect coil antenna connector.
Turn ignition switch to ON position. No Repair wiring harness.
Measure voltage at terminal D of coil antenna

connector.
Is voltage more than 8 V?
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN COIL ANTENNA

2 AND GROUND Yes Go to next step.
Turn ignition switch to LOCK position.

No Repair wiring harness.
Inspect wiring harness between coil antenna
terminal C and ground for following.
Short to power supply

om
d .c
Open circuit
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is wiring harness okay?
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

3 Yes Replace coil antenna, then go to
Connect coil antenna connector. the next step.
Turn ignition switch to ON position. (See COIL ANTENNA

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Is there continuity between the following
terminals?
No Repair wiring harness.
3Y—B
3AA—A

4 Yes Replace keyless control module,
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. then go to the next step.

Security light: 11
M-MDS: No DTC troubleshooting completed.

B1681/B1681/P1260
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

AND START SYSTEM)]
Keyless control
B2103
module
DTC Coil Antenna failure
M-MDS
display Instrument cluster B2103
PCM P1260
Poor connection of coil antenna

POSSIBLE CAUSE
connector
Defective keyless control module
INSPECT CONNECTOR CONNECTION

Yes Replace coil antenna.
Is connector of coil antenna and keyless
control module connected securely? (See COIL ANTENNA
1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
No Connect connector securely.

2 Yes Replace instrument cluster.
Is the DTC displayed? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Security light: 12
M-MDS: B2103/B2103/P1260
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
START SYSTEM)]
Keyless control
-
module
DTC ID number is not received
M-MDS
display Instrument cluster B1600
PCM P1260
No transponder in the key
Defective transponder in the key (ID

POSSIBLE CAUSE number is not output.)
VERIFY DTC USING M-MDS

1 Yes Go to Step 3.
Does M-MDS indicate DTC
B1600?
No Go to next step.

2 Yes Go to SECURITY LIGHT 13, DTC -
Does M-MDS indicate DTC /B2431/P1260.
B2431?
(See SECURITY LIGHT 13, DTC -/B2431/P1260
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM)].)
No Go to next step.
VERIFY VALID KEY

3 Yes Go to Step 5.
om
.c
Is there any key, other than the

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
one that caused displayed DTC,
No Go to next step.
which can start the engine?
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN COIL

4 ANTENNA OR KEY Yes Replace coil antenna, then go to step 6.
Using M-MDS register an (See COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)

additional key.
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM- No Dispose of defective key.

RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING Duplicate key if necessary.
START SYSTEM] ) (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
Using registered key, turn [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
ignition switch to ON position. AND START SYSTEM] )
Does M-MDS indicate DTC -
/B1600/P1260 again?
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN COIL

5 ANTENNA OR KEY Yes Replace coil antenna, then go to next step.
Using any other valid key, turn (See COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
ignition switch to ON position.
Does M-MDS indicate DTC - No Dispose of defective key.

/B1600/P1260 again? Duplicate key if necessary.

[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
AND START SYSTEM] )

6 Yes Replace keyless control module, then go to next
Using registered key, turn step.
(See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
Does M-MDS indicate DTC - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
/B1600/P1260 again?
INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Using registered key, turn immobilizer system.
Does M-MDS indicate DTC - PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
/B1600/P1260 again? START SYSTEM] )
< Previous Next >

om
Back to Top
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
START SYSTEM)]

13
pattern
Keyless control
-
module
DTC ID number signal is not received
M-MDS
Instrument
display B2431
cluster
PCM P1260
Any of the following items are touching or near

the key head.
Spare keys
Keys for other vehicles equipped

with an immobilizer system
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Any metallic object
Any electronic device, or any

credit or other cards with
magnetic strips
The procedure fails to program the transponder

into PCM

1 Yes Go to Step 3.
Does M-MDS indicate DTC B2431?
No Go to next step.

2 Yes Go to SECURITY LIGHT 13, DTC -
om
Does M-MDS indicate DTC B1600? /B1600/P1260.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See SECURITY LIGHT 13, DTC -/B1600/P1260
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM)].)
No Go to next step.

3 Yes Replace keyless control module, then go to
Erase key ID number using M-MDS the next step.
and register key ID number.
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED
KEYLESS ENTRY AND START
SYSTEM] )
Using registered key, turn ignition

switch to ON position.

/B2431/P1260 again?

Using registered key, turn ignition immobilizer system.
Does M-MDS indicate DTC - No DTC troubleshooting completed.

/B2431/P1260 again?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
START SYSTEM)]

14
pattern
Keyless control
-
module
DTC PCM received invalid format of ID number from transponder
M-MDS
Instrument
display B1602
cluster
PCM P1260
Any of the following items are touching or near

the key head.
Spare keys
Keys for other vehicles equipped

with an immobilizer system
Any metallic object
POSSIBLE CAUSE Any electronic device, or any

credit or other cards with
magnetic strips
Defective transponder in the key
Defective PCM
INSPECT FOR OTHER PROPER KEYS

1 Yes Replace coil antenna, then go to next step.
Using any other valid key, turn
om
ignition switch to ON position. (See COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If there are no other valid keys,
then register an additional key No Dispose of defective key.
using M-MDS and turn ignition Duplicate key if necessary.
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM- RELATED PARTS
PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED
START SYSTEM] )
SYSTEM] )
Does M-MDS indicate DTC -/B1602
again?

2 Yes Replace keyless control module, then go to
Turn the ignition switch to the ON the next step.
position.
Is the DTC displayed? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Security light: 14
M-MDS: -
/B1602/P1260
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
START SYSTEM)]

15
pattern
Keyless control
-
module
DTC PCM received incorrect ID number from key (transponder)
M-MDS
Instrument
display B1601
cluster
PCM P1260
No keys have been registered after installation of

new instrument cluster
Unregistered key detected
Attempt made to register a ninth key
NOTE:
POSSIBLE CAUSE
A maximum of only eight keys
can be registered for a single
vehicle.
VERIFY REGISTERED KEY IN PCM

1 Yes Go to next step.
Check following PID/DATA
monitor using M-MDS.
No Go to Step 3.
NUMKEYS
Is NUMKEYS displayed more

om
than 2?
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
VERIFY REGISTERED KEY IN PCM
2 Yes Erase key ID number using M-
Check following PID/DATA MDS and register key ID number.
monitor using M-MDS.
NUMKEYS RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
Is NUMKEYS displayed more START SYSTEM]IMMOBILIZER
than 8? SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED
SYSTEM] )
Go to next step.
No Go to next step.

3 COIL ANTENNA OR KEY Yes Replace keyless control module, then go to the
next step.
Using M-MDS register an
additional key. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
AND START SYSTEM] )
Using registered key, turn


/B1601/P1260 again?

Turn the ignition switch to the immobilizer system.
ON position.
Is the DTC displayed? PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
START SYSTEM] )
Security light:
15
M-MDS: -
/B1601/P1260
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

AND START SYSTEM)]

DTC Keyless control module malfunction
M-MDS display Instrument cluster B1601
PCM P1260
POSSIBLE CAUSE Defective keyless control module

1 Yes Replace keyless control module.
position. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
Security light: 15 No DTC troubleshooting completed.
M-MDS:
B1342/B1601/P1260
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SECURITY LIGHT 16, DTC -/U2510/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM)]

16
pattern
Keyless control
-
module Communication error between the instrument cluster and the PCM
DTC
(no response)
M-MDS
Instrument
display U2510
cluster
PCM P1260
Malfunction in the wiring harness (CAN line)

between the instrument cluster and the PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PCM malfunction
1 VERIFY DTC Yes Perform troubleshooting according to the

Are either U1900 or U0073, or
both, displayed, by either the (See DTC U0073, U1900 [MULTIPLEX
instrument cluster or the PCM, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)
or both?
No Replace the instrument cluster and perform the

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
START SYSTEM] .)
2 VERIFY DTC Yes Replace the PCM and perform the resetting
procedure for the immobilizer system when
Using the registered key, turn replacing the PCM.
position. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Is the DTC displayed? (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS

Security light: START SYSTEM] .)
16
M-MDS: - No DTC troubleshooting completed.

/U2510/P1260
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

AND START SYSTEM)]

DTC Number of valid keys is below minimum
M-MDS display Instrument cluster B1213
PCM P1260
POSSIBLE CAUSE Less than two valid keys
VERIFY NUMBER OF VALID KEYS

Check following PID/DATA monitor immobilizer system.
with M-MDS.
NUMKEYS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Is NUMKEYS displayed more than 2?

No Erase key ID numbers and
NOTE: register necessary key ID
numbers.
To start the engine, two or more
keys need to be registered. Go to next step.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON immobilizer system.
position.
Is the DTC displayed? PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
Security light: 21

B1213/B1213/P1260
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
START SYSTEM)]

22
pattern
Keyless control
-
module Communication error between the instrument cluster and the PCM
DTC
(data transfer error)
M-MDS
Instrument
display B2141
cluster
PCM P1260
Malfunction in the wiring harness (CAN line)

between the instrument cluster and the PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PCM malfunction

both displayed, by either the (See DTC U0073, U1900 [MULTIPLEX
or both?
2 VERIFY DTC Yes Replace the PCM and perform the

resetting procedure for the
Using the registered key, turn immobilizer system when
om
.c

d
replacing the PCM.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
position.
Is the DTC displayed? RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
Security light:
START SYSTEM] .)
22
M-MDS: -
/B2141/P1260
3 EXAMINE INSTRUMENT Yes Replace the instrument cluster

CLUSTER AND PCM and perform the resetting
procedure for the immobilizer
Is the DTC displayed again? system when replacing the
instrument cluster.
Security light:
22 (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
M-MDS: -
/B2141/P1260 (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
START SYSTEM] .)
4 EXAMINE PCM Yes Replace the PCM and perform the

Is the DTC displayed again? immobilizer system when
replacing the PCM.
Security light:
22 (See PCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
M-MDS: -
START SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
START SYSTEM)]

23
pattern
Keyless control
-
module ID number data in the PCM and the instrument cluster do not
DTC
match
M-MDS
Instrument
display B2139
cluster
PCM P1260
Necessary procedures were not performed using

the M-MDS after replacing the PCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PCM malfunction

both, displayed, by either the (See DTC U0073, U1900 [MULTIPLEX
or both?
2 EXAMINE INSTRUMENT Yes Replace the instrument cluster

CLUSTER AND PCM and perform the resetting
procedure for the immobilizer
om
.c
Perform procedures for when

d
system when replacing the

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
replacing the PCM only. instrument cluster.
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM- (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
AND START SYSTEM] .) (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
Using the registered key, turn [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
the ignition switch to the ON START SYSTEM] .)
position.
Security light: No DTC troubleshooting completed.

23
M-MDS: -
/B2139/P1260

Is the DTC displayed again? immobilizer system when
replacing the PCM.
Security light:
23 (See PCM
M-MDS: -
START SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
M-MDS.
3. Select “IC”.
2. Select “IC”.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC Instrument cluster B1681 No detected communication with coil antenna.

M-MDS display
PCM P1260
The coil antenna connector is pulled out
Coil antenna malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Related wiring harnesses malfunction
System wiring diagram
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 INSPECT COIL ANTENNA Yes Go to the next step.

POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Disconnect the coil antenna No Repair the wiring harness.

connector.

position.
Measure the voltage at coil antenna

terminal D.
Is the voltage 8 V
or more?
2 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.

BETWEEN COIL ANTENNA AND
GROUND
No Repair the wiring harness.
LOCK position.
Inspect the wiring harness between

coil antenna terminal C and ground
for the following:
Short to power
supply
Open circuit
Is the wiring harness normal?
3 INSPECT COIL ANTENNA INPUT Yes Go to Step 7.

SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Connect the coil antenna No Go to the next step.

connector.

position.

terminal B.
Is the voltage 8 V
or more?
4 INSPECT COIL ANTENNA INPUT Yes Replace the instrument cluster and perform the resetting
SIGNAL CIRCUIT procedure for the immobilizer system when replacing the
instrument cluster.
LOCK position. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the instrument cluster (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING

connector. [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)

om
d .c
oa
Measure the voltage at instrument

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
cluster terminal 2S.
Is the voltage 8 V
or more?
5 INSPECT COMMUNICATION Yes Go to the next step.

CIRCUIT (INPUT) FOR
CONTINUITY
LOCK position.
Is there continuity between coil

antenna terminal B and instrument
cluster terminal 2S?
6 INSPECT COIL ANTENNA INPUT Yes Replace the coil antenna.

SIGNAL CIRCUIT
(See COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
coil antenna terminal B and
ground. No Repair the wiring harness.
Is the resistance
10 kilohms or
more?
7 INSPECT COIL ANTENNA Yes Replace the coil antenna.

OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Connect the coil antenna connector
and the instrument cluster
connector. No Go to the next step.

position.

terminal A.
Is the voltage 8 V
or more?
8 INSPECT COIL ANTENNA Yes Replace the coil antenna.

OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
LOCK position.
Disconnect the coil antenna
connector.

position.

terminal A.
Is the voltage 8 V
or more?
9 INSPECT COMMUNICATION Yes Repair the wiring harness.

CIRCUIT (OUTPUT) FOR
CONTINUITY
om

.c
LOCK position.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Disconnect the instrument cluster
connector.
Is there continuity between coil

antenna terminal A and instrument
cluster terminal 2Q?
10 INSPECT COIL ANTENNA Yes Replace the instrument cluster and perform the resetting
OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT procedure for the immobilizer system when replacing the
instrument cluster.
instrument cluster terminal 2Q and (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
ground.
Is the resistance [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
10 kilohms or
more?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

12
pattern
DTC Instrument PCM determined a malfunction in coil antenna even
B2103
M-MDS cluster though it is normal.
display
PCM P1260
Poor connection of the coil antenna connector
POSSIBLE CAUSE Coil antenna malfunction
PCM malfunction
1 INSPECT CONNECTOR Yes Replace the coil antenna, then go to the next
CONNECTION step.
Are the coil antenna connector (See COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

and the instrument cluster
connector securely connected?
No Connect the connector securely.
2 INSPECT PCM Yes Replace the PCM and perform the resetting
Turn the ignition switch to the replacing the PCM.
ON position.
Security light:
12
om
M-MDS:
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
B2103/P1260
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Security light
13
flashing pattern
DTC Instrument Key ID number data cannot be read

B1600
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM P1260
If any of the following items are touching or near key head, signal communication
between key and vehicle is negatively affected, resulting in engine not starting.
Spare keys
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system
Any metallic object
Any electronic device, or any credit or other card with magnetic

strips
No transponder in the key
Transponder malfunction (Key ID number is not output)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 VERIFY DTC Yes Go to Step 3.
Is B1600/P1260 displayed?
2 VERIFY DTC Yes Perform the DTC inspection for “SECURITY LIGHT: 13, M-
MDS: B2431/P1260”.
(See SECURITY LIGHT 13, DTC B2431/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
3 VERIFY WHETHER KEY IS VALID OR Yes Go to Step 5.

NOT
Are there any keys with which the engine No Go to the next step.
can be started, other than the key that is a
cause of the displayed DTC?
4 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Replace the coil antenna, then go to Step 6.
KEY OR COIL ANTENNA
Using the M-MDS, register an additional
key.
No Dispose of the malfunctioning key.
Register a new key if necessary.
PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
Using the registered key, turn the ignition (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
switch to the ON position.
Verify the DTC using the M-MDS.
Is B1600/P1260 displayed
again?
5 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Replace the coil antenna, then go to the next step.
KEY OR COIL ANTENNA
Using another valid key, turn the ignition
No Dispose of the malfunctioning key.
Verify the DTC Using the M-MDS.
Register a new key if necessary.
again? (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
6 INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Replace the instrument cluster and perform the resetting
procedure for the immobilizer system when replacing the
Using the registered key, turn the ignition instrument cluster.
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
again? (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Security light
13
flashing pattern
DTC Instrument Key ID number registration error

B2431
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM P1260
Any of the following items are touching or near the key head.
Spare keys
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Any metallic object
Any electronic device, or any credit or other cards with magnetic

strips
Errors during key ID number registration procedure

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 VERIFY DTC Yes Go to Step 3.
2 VERIFY DTC Yes Perform the DTC inspection for “SECURITY LIGHT: 13, M-MDS:
B1600/P1260”.
(See SECURITY LIGHT 13, DTC B1600/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
3 INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Replace the instrument cluster and perform the resetting procedure
for the immobilizer system when replacing the instrument cluster.
Using the M-MDS, clear the key ID
number and re-register it. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING

PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
NOTE: No DTC troubleshooting completed.
Two or more keys

must be registered
to start the engine.
Using the registered key, turn the

ignition switch to the ON position.
Verify the DTC Using the M-MDS.
Is B2431/P1260
displayed again?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Security light
14
flashing pattern
DTC Instrument The instrument cluster cannot read key ID number data normally.
B1602
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM P1260
Any of the following items are touching or near the key head.
Spare keys
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Any metallic object
Any electronic device, or any credit or other cards with magnetic

strips
Transponder (key) malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 VERIFY WHETHER KEY IS VALID OR NOT Yes Replace the coil antenna, then go to the next step.
Using another registered key, turn the ignition (See COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
If there is not another registered key, register an No Dispose of the malfunctioning key.
additional key using the M-MDS and turn the
ignition key to the ON position using the registered Register a new key if necessary.
key. (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
Security light: 14
M-MDS: B1602/P1260
2 INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Replace the instrument cluster and perform the
Using another registered key, turn the ignition when replacing the instrument cluster.
Is the DTC displayed again? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Security light: 14 (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS

M-MDS: B1602/P1260
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

15
pattern
DTC Instrument The instrument cluster has detected unregistered key ID number.
B1601
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM P1260
No keys have been programmed after replacing

instrument cluster.
POSSIBLE CAUSE Unprogrammed key used
Attempt made to program a ninth key
1 VERIFY NUMBER OF Yes Go to the next step.

REGISTERED KEYS
Using the M-MDS, perform the No Go to Step 3.

PID/data monitor inspection
and confirm the number of
registered keys.
(See PID/DATA MONITOR

TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
Are one or more keys

registered?
om
d .c
2 VERIFY NUMBER OF Yes Using the M-MDS, clear the key ID numbers as
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
REGISTERED KEYS necessary, then go to the next step.

PID/data monitor inspection No Go to the next step.
and confirm the number of
registered keys.

Are eight keys registered?
3 INSPECT INSTRUMENT Yes Replace the instrument cluster and perform the
CLUSTER resetting procedure for the immobilizer system
Using the M-MDS, register the
key ID number. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .) PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
NOTE:
Two or more
keys must be
registered to
start the
engine.
Using the registered key, turn

position.
Security light:
15
M-MDS:
B1601/P1260
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SECURITY LIGHT 16, DTC U2510/P1260, U1147/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)]
Security light
16
flashing pattern
Communication error between the instrument cluster
and the PCM (no response)
DTC Instrument U2510
cluster Communication error between the instrument cluster
M-MDS U1147
and the PCM (mismatched conditions)
display
PCM P1260
Malfunction in wiring harness (CAN line) between

instrument cluster and PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PCM malfunction

Are either U0073, or both,
displayed, by either the (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
instrument cluster or the SYSTEM] .)
PCM, or both?
No Replace the instrument cluster and perform the


om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2 VERIFY DTC Yes Replace the PCM and perform the resetting
Using the registered key, turn replacing the PCM.
position. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Is the DTC displayed? (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS

Security
light: 16
M-MDS:
U2510 or
U1147/P1260
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC Instrument cluster B1213 Only one key ID number is registered.

M-MDS display
PCM P1260
POSSIBLE CAUSE Only one key has been programmed.
1 VERIFY NUMBER OF Yes Replace the instrument cluster and perform the
REGISTERED KEYS resetting procedure for the immobilizer system
PID/data monitor inspection (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
and confirm the number of REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
registered keys.
(See PID/DATA MONITOR PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
No Using the M-MDS, clear the key
Are two or more keys ID number and register a new key
registered? if necessary.

2 VERIFY DTC Yes Replace the instrument cluster and perform the
om

.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
position. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Security light: PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
21

B1213/P1260
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

22
pattern
Communication error between the instrument cluster and the PCM (data
DTC Instrument
B2141 transfer error)
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM P1260
Malfunction in the wiring harness (CAN line) between

the instrument cluster and the PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PCM malfunction

Are either U1900 or U0073,
or both displayed, by either (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
the instrument cluster or the SYSTEM] .)
PCM, or both?

Using the registered key, turn immobilizer system when replacing
the ignition switch to the ON the PCM.
position.
Is the DTC displayed? RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
om

.c
Security
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
light: 22 Go to the next step.
M-MDS:
B2141/P1260 No DTC troubleshooting completed.
3 EXAMINE INSTRUMENT Yes Replace the instrument cluster and

CLUSTER AND PCM perform the resetting procedure
for the immobilizer system when
Is the DTC displayed again? replacing the instrument cluster.
Security (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
light: 22 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
M-MDS: (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-

B2141/P1260 RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
4 EXAMINE PCM Yes Replace the PCM and perform the

Is the DTC displayed again? immobilizer system when replacing
the PCM.
Security
light: 22 (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
M-MDS:
B2141/P1260 (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

23
pattern
DTC Instrument ID number data in the PCM and the instrument cluster do not match.
B2139
M-MDS cluster
display
PCM P1260
Necessary procedures were not performed using the

M-MDS after replacing the PCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PCM malfunction

Are either U1900 or U0073,
or both, displayed, by either (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
the instrument cluster or the SYSTEM] .)
PCM, or both?
2 EXAMINE INSTRUMENT Yes Replace the instrument cluster and

CLUSTER AND PCM perform the resetting procedure
for the immobilizer system when
Perform procedures for when replacing the instrument cluster.
replacing the PCM only.
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM- REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
om
RELATED PARTS
.c

d
PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
ENTRY SYSTEM] .) RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
the ignition switch to the ON Go to the next step.
position.
Is the DTC displayed? No DTC troubleshooting completed.
Security
light: 23
M-MDS:
B2139/P1260

Is the DTC displayed again? immobilizer system when replacing
the PCM.
Security
light: 23 (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
M-MDS:
B2139/P1260 (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
M-MDS.
3. Select “IC”.
2. Select “IC”.
NOTE:
The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated value.
Therefore, if the monitored value of the output parts is not within the
specification, inspection of the monitored value of input parts corresponding to
applicable output part control is necessary. In addition, because the system
does not display output part malfunction as abnormality in the monitored value,
it is necessary to inspect the output part individually.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
PID name (definition) Detection condition
NUMKEYS
Number of key ID numbers registered: 0—
(Number of key ID numbers registered in the instrument 8
cluster)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1342 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
DTC: B1342 Instrument cluster malfunction
DETECTION CONDITION Instrument cluster malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Instrument cluster malfunction
1 EXAMINE Yes Replace the instrument cluster and perform the resetting
INSTRUMENT procedure for the immobilizer system when replacing the
CLUSTER AND PCM instrument cluster.
Is the DTC displayed? (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
M- (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING

MDS: [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
B1342
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
Malfunction diagnosis occurs automatically when the ignition switch is turned from the
LOCK (ACC) to the ON (START) position.
If the results of the malfunction diagnosis show a malfunction, the security light displays a
DTC and the PCM stores the DTC. DTCs stored in the PCM can be verified using the M-
MDS.
DTCs for the immobilizer system that are stored in the PCM are cleared when the ignition
switch is turned from the ON to the LOCK (ACC) position.
There are certain DTCs which can only be verified using the M-MDS, not the security light.
The PID/data monitor function can be used to verify the number of keys registered for a
single vehicle.
If DTCs are not displayed even though the engine does not start, perform the following
symptom troubleshooting:
CAUTION:
Always use the M-MDS to verify DTCs even if the DTCs are verified by the security light
display. If the security light has a malfunction, it is possible that a DTC may not be
properly displayed.
Always use the M-MDS to verify DTCs because there are certain DTCs which cannot be
verified using the security light.
If any of the following items are touching or near the key head, signal communication
between the key and vehicle is negatively affected, resulting in the engine not starting. Do
not start the engine if any of the following items are touching or near the key head.
Any metallic object
Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer

system
Any electronic device, or any credit or other cards with magnetic strips
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
If multiple DTCs are detected as a result of malfunction diagnosis, only the DTC with the
lowest number of those detected will be displayed by the security light. The PCM stores
multiple DTCs at the same time.
If two or more immobilizer system DTCs are verified, first repair the part indicated by the
security light displayed DTC. After repairing one location, turn the ignition switch from the
LOCK to the ON position and perform an immobilizer system malfunction diagnosis.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
Security Light
2. Verify the security light state.
If there is any malfunction:
After any malfunction is detected, the security light will

function as follows for approx. 1 min.
DTC 16 and lower: Flashes
DTC 21 and higher: Illuminated
If there is no malfunction:
The security light illuminates for approx. 3 s and goes out.
3. When any malfunction has been detected, read DTCs via flashing patterns displayed after the
security light flashes or is illuminated for approx. 1 min.
Perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection.
NOTE:
A verified DTC is flashed 10 times repeatedly by the security light.
If multiple DTCs are verified, the security light displays only the smallest DTC.
M-MDS

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M-MDS.
3. Select “IC”.
2. Select “IC”.

corresponding DTC inspection. When several DTCs are detected, repair the
malfunctioning location based on the DTC displayed by the security light. (See
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
NOTE:
Because of the possibility that one malfunction cause could result in several DTCs being
detected, erase the DTCs after the repair is completed, and then check for DTCs again.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the Instrument cluster and PCM. (See
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
DTC
M-MDS display * Detection condition Page

Security light flashing pattern
Instrument
PCM
cluster
SECURITY LIGHT 11,

DTC B1681/P1260
No detected communication
11 B1681 P1260 [IMMOBILIZER
with the coil antenna
SYSTEM (KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM)]
Coil
antenna
malfunction
The PCM SECURITY LIGHT 12,

determined DTC B2103/P1260
12 B2103 P1260 a [IMMOBILIZER
malfunction SYSTEM (KEYLESS
in the coil ENTRY SYSTEM)]
antenna
even
though it is
normal.
SECURITY LIGHT 13,

DTC B1600/P1260
The key ID number data
B1600 P1260 [IMMOBILIZER
cannot be read.
SYSTEM (KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM)]
13
SECURITY LIGHT 13,
DTC B2431/P1260
Key ID number registration
B2431 P1260 [IMMOBILIZER
error
SYSTEM (KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM)]
om
.c
SECURITY LIGHT 14,

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
The instrument cluster DTC B1602/P1260
14 B1602 P1260 cannot read key ID number [IMMOBILIZER
data normally. SYSTEM (KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM)]
SECURITY LIGHT 15,

The instrument cluster has DTC B1601/P1260
15 B1601 P1260 detected unregistered key [IMMOBILIZER
ID number. SYSTEM (KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM)]
Communication error
between the instrument
U2510 P1260 SECURITY LIGHT 16,
cluster and the PCM (no
response) DTC U2510/P1260,
U1147/P1260
16
[IMMOBILIZER
Communication error SYSTEM (KEYLESS
between the instrument ENTRY SYSTEM)]
U1147 P1260
cluster and the PCM
(mismatched conditions)
SECURITY LIGHT 21,

DTC B1213/P1260
Only one key ID number is
registered.
SYSTEM (KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM)]
SECURITY LIGHT 22,

Communication error
DTC B2141/P1260
between the instrument
cluster and the PCM (data
SYSTEM (KEYLESS
transfer error)
ENTRY SYSTEM)]
SECURITY LIGHT 23,

ID number data in the PCM DTC B2139/P1260
23 B2139 P1260 and the instrument cluster [IMMOBILIZER
do not match. SYSTEM (KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM)]
DTC B1342
Instrument cluster [IMMOBILIZER
Not illuminated B1342 -
malfunction SYSTEM (KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM)]
*
The letters at the beginning of each DTC are only displayed when using the M-MDS, and
refer to the following: B= Body system, P= Powertrain system, U= Network communication
system.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CAUTION:
Perform the following on-board diagnosis according to FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] troubleshooting
procedure.
Detection Condition
Possible causes of communication errors between the M-MDS and vehicle include communication circuit interruption due to
an open circuit in the CAN communication wiring harness, or poor contact of connector terminals, or a BUS OFF condition
due to a short circuit in the CAN communication wiring harness.
Possible Causes
Open circuit in wiring harness between PCM and DLC-2
Improper insertion of PCM, connector C-08, connector C-05, or connector C-11 damage, deformation, corrosion, or
disconnection of connector terminals
Short circuit in wiring harness between CAN system-related module CAN_L and CAN_H lines
Short circuit to power supply in wiring harness between CAN system-related module
Short circuit to ground in wiring harness between CAN system-related module
Short circuit to power supply in CAN system-related module internal CAN lines
Short circuit to ground in CAN system-related module internal CAN lines
Damage, deformation, corrosion, or disconnection of DLC-2
PCM power supply is not normal
PCM ground is not normal
PCM internal resistance is not normal
CAN system-related module malfunction
Wiring Diagram
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CAUTION:
When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no looseness, damage, deformation, corrosion, or poor connection of
the connector terminals.
VERIFICATION BEFORE SERVICING

Is there communication between the M-MDS and
vehicle?
No Go back to FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM.
(See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)
VERIFY THAT M-MDS AND DLC-2 ARE CONNECTED

Verify the connection condition between the M-MDS
and DLC-2.
No Correct the connection condition, then go to Step 12.
Are the connector terminals normal without
damage, deformation, corrosion, or disconnection?
VERIFY PCM POWER SUPPLY CONDITION

Refer to the PCM terminal voltage table and inspect
the terminal voltage and fuse condition.
No Repair or replace the fuse or wiring harness, then go to Step
(See PCM INSPECTION [LF] .) 12.
Is the power supply condition normal?
VERIFY PCM BODY GROUND CONDITION

Inspect the PCM body ground wiring harness and
ground point.
No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 12.
Are the ground and ground point normal?
om
d .c
oa
INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Disconnect the PCM connector. No Repair the connector terminal if necessary, then go to Step 12.
Are the PCM connector terminal normal without

damage, deformation, corrosion, or disconnection?
INSPECT PCM
Measure the resistance between the following PCM
connector terminals:
No Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
Between terminal 1AM and
terminal 1AI (part side) (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Is the resistance 118-130 ohms?
VERIFY THAT THERE IS NO OPEN CIRCUIT IN CAN

7 COMMUNICATION WIRING HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.
CAUTION:
No There is an open circuit in the CAN communication wiring
When inspecting the DLC-2, touch it with a paper harness. Repair or replace it, then go to Step 12.
clip or similar thin pin without directly inserting a
tester into the terminals.
Verify the continuity between the following

terminals:
Between DLC-2 terminal F and

PCM terminal 1AM
Between DLC-2 terminal E and

PCM terminal 1AI
VERIFY THAT THERE IS NO SHORT CIRCUIT IN CAN

8 COMMUNICATION WIRING HARNESS Yes There is an open circuit in the CAN communication wiring
harness. Repair or replace it, then go to Step 12.
CAUTION:
When inspecting the DLC-2, touch it with a paper No Go to the next step.
Measure the resistance between the terminals.

DLC-2 terminal E
Is the resistance 60 ohms or less?
VERIFY NO SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND IN CAN

9 COMMUNICATION WIRING HARNESS Yes There is a short circuit to ground in the CAN communication
wiring harness. Repair or replace it, then go to Step 12.
CAUTION:
When inspecting the DLC-2, touch it with a paper No Go to the next step.

terminals:

ground

ground
Between PCM terminal 1AM and

ground
Between PCM terminal 1AI and

ground
om
.c
d
VERIFY NO SHORT CIRCUIT TO POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM IN

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
10 CAN COMMUNICATION WIRING HARNESS Yes There is a short circuit to the power supply system in the CAN
communication wiring harness. Repair or replace it, then go to
CAUTION: Step 12.
When inspecting the DLC-2, touch it with a paper

clip or similar thin pin without directly inserting a No Go to the next step.

terminals:

DLC-2 terminal A

DLC-2 terminal A
Between PCM terminal 1AM and

PCM terminal 1BA

PCM terminal 1BA
INSPECT CAN-RELATED MODULES OTHER THAN PCM

11 Yes Replace the removed module.
Remove only one of the CAN-related modules other
than those related to the PCM.
No Inspect all of the CAN-related modules other than those related
Connect the negative battery cable. to the PCM using the same procedure.
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. After inspecting all of the modules, go to the next step.
Does the M-MDS recognize the vehicle?
PERFORM VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

12 Yes DTC troubleshooting completed.
Does the M-MDS recognize the vehicle? No Replace the PCM.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
If the CAN system is considered to be the cause of the malfunction based on the repair order form and
the malfunctioning symptom, follow the Troubleshooting Procedure.
DTCs are also output due to a control module or sensor malfunction, or incorrect power supply. Verify
the output DTCs and first inspect the DTCs not shown in DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] .
If there is an open circuit in the communication lines, it is possible that signal error DTCs may be
output in addition to communication error DTCs. Perform DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-
CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] , DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (MS-CAN)
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] if the communication error and signal error DTCs are output
simultaneously.
Troubleshooting Procedure
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
*1
om

d .c
*2
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
*3
*4
DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] / DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART (MS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
*5
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
HS-CAN
DTC output module (M-

DTC Malfunction location Reference for inspection procedure
MDS display)
CAN system communication (See DTC U0073, U1900 [MULTIPLEX

U0073*1
error COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)
U0101 Communication error to TCM
Communication error to ABS

PCM (PCM) HU/CM (With ABS) (See DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART
U0121
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
Communication error to DSC
SYSTEM] .)
HU/CM (With DSC)
Communication error to
U0155
instrument cluster

U0073*1
TCM *2 (TCM)
(See DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART
U0100 Communication error to PCM (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] .)
CAN system communication

U0073*1
error
(See DTC U0073, U1900 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)
ABS HU/CM*3 (ABS) Communication error to other
U1900*1
module
U2023*1 Abnormal message from PCM (See DTC U2023 [ABS] .)

U0073*1
U0100 Communication error to PCM

om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
SYSTEM] .)
DSC HU/CM*4 (ABS) Communication error to
U0155
instrument cluster
Communication error to other (See DTC U0073, U1900 [MULTIPLEX

U1900*1
module COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)
(See DTC U2023 [DYNAMIC STABILITY

U2023*1 Abnormal message from PCM
CONTROL (DSC)].)

U0073*1
Power retractable U0100 Communication error to PCM

hardtop control module
(RHT) *5 (See DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART
U0101 Communication error to TCM (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] .)
U2197 Signal error from PCM

U0073*1
Communication error to power

Keyless control module U0207 retractable hardtop control
(RKE) *6 module
SYSTEM] .)
U0323
instrument cluster
(See DTC U2023 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND

U2023*1 Abnormal message from PCM
START SYSTEM] .)

U0073*1

HU/CM (With ABS)
U0121
Communication error to DSC (See DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART
om
HU/CM (With DSC)

.c
SYSTEM] .)
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Instrument cluster (IC)
Communication error to power
U0207 retractable hardtop control
module
U0214
keyless control module
Abnormal message from other

U2023*1 (See DTC U2023 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
module

U2197 Signal error from PCM (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] .)
*1
If only the target DTCs are displayed, perform the corresponding DTC inspection without
determining the open circuit location.
*2
AT
*3
With ABS
*4
With DSC
*5
With power retractable hardtop
*6
With advanced keyless and start system
MS-CAN
DTC output
DTC Malfunction location Reference for inspection procedure
module
Communication error to (See DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (MS-CAN)

11:Er01
SIRIUS satellite radio unit [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)
Audio unit
CAN system communication (See DTC 16:Er12 [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
16:Er12*1
error SYSTEM] .)
CAN system communication (See DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (MS-CAN)

HF/TEL unit 26:Er81
error [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)
*1
If only the target DTCs are displayed, perform the corresponding DTC inspection without
determining the open circuit location.
om
.c
< Previous Next >

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
CAUTION:
If the malfunctioning part is detected in the communication line, before disconnecting the related connector for inspection,
press the connector in the connection direction to verify that there is no looseness or disconnection.
When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no damage, deformation, or corrosion of the connector terminals.
1. Verify the CAN system-related module DTCs and the failed module using the M-MDS.
2. Look for a DTC display pattern and failed module display pattern in tandem which match.
NOTE:
A hyphen “ - “ in the DTC output pattern table indicates that the DTC may be displayed depending on the
malfunction detection conditions. If only an “ × “ is indicated, it means the DTC will not be displayed.
If any of the following DTCs is displayed alone, perform the applicable DTC inspection. (See DTC TABLE
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)
ABS HU/CM: U2023
DSC HU/CM: U2023
Keyless control module: U2023
Instrument cluster: U2023
3. Refer to the matching tandem diagnostic results (A to J) and inspect the possible cause and inspection item.
4. Perform the DTC inspection after the repair procedure.
If any DTC is displayed, return to FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .
Diagnostic Table for Determining Malfunctioning Part
Cross (×): DisplayedHyphen (-): May or may not be displayed
M-MDS display
DTC display pattern
DTC output module DTC
U0101 ×
PCM
U0121 ××
(PCM)
U0155 ×
TCM *1
U0100 ×
(TCM)
ABS*2
U2023 -
(ABS HU/CM)
U0100 ×
U0101 ×
ABS*3
om
(DSC HU/CM)
.c
U0155 ×
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
U2023 -
U0100 × ×
RHT*4
U0101 × ×
(Power retractable hardtop control module)
U2197 - -
U0100 × × ×
U0207 × ×
RKE *5
(Keyless control module) U0323 ×
U2023 - - -
U0100 × × × ×
U0101 × × × ×
U0121 ××× × ×
IC
U0207 × × ×
(Instrument cluster)
U0214 × ×
U2023 - - - - -
U2197 - - - -
M-MDS display module “Fail” display pattern
PCM × × × ×
TCM *1 × × × ×
ABS*2 × × × ×
ABS*3 ×× × ×
RHT*4 × × ×
RKE *5 × ×
IC ×
Item Diagnostic result
Possible cause and inspection item A B C D E F G H I J
Reference page A B C D E F G H I J
*1
AT
*2
om
Vehicles with ABS

.c
*3
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Vehicles with DSC
*4
Vehicles with power retractable hardtop system
*5
Vehicles with advanced keyless and start system
Possible cause
Connector terminal disconnection, poor contact, damage, deformation, corrosion
Open circuit in wiring harness between PCM and branch A
PCM malfunction
Inspection item
PCM connector
Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1AM and branch A
Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1AI and branch A
PCM
B
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between TCM and branch A
TCM malfunction
Inspection item
TCM connector
Wiring harness between TCM terminal 1G and branch A
Wiring harness between TCM terminal 1C and branch A
TCM
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM and branch A

om
d .c
oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspection item
ABS HU/CM connector
Wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal Z and branch A
Wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal Y and branch A
ABS HU/CM
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between DSC HU/CM and branch A

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspection item
DSC HU/CM connector
Wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal X and branch A
Wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal W and branch A
DSC HU/CM
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring branch A and connector C-08
Open circuit in wiring connector C-08 and branch B
Connector C-08 malfunction

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspection item
Connector C-08
Wiring harness between branch A and connector C-08
Wiring harness between connector C-08 and branch B
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring power retractable hardtop control module and branch B
Power retractable hardtop control module malfunction

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspection item
Power retractable hardtop control module connector
Wiring harness between power retractable hardtop control module terminal 1S and branch B
Wiring harness between power retractable hardtop control module terminal 1U and branch B
Power retractable hardtop control module
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between branch B and connector C-08
Open circuit in wiring harness between connector C-08 and connector C-05
Open circuit in wiring harness between connector C-05 and branch C

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspection item
Connector C-08
Connector C-05
Wiring harness between branch B and connector C-08
Wiring harness between connector C-08 and connector C-05
Wiring harness between connector C-08 and branch C
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless control module and branch C

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspection item
Keyless control module connector
Wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 4AA and branch C
Wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 4Z and branch C
Keyless control module
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between branch C and connector C-11
Open circuit in wiring harness between connector C-11 and branch D

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspection item
Connector C-11
Wiring harness between branch C and connector C-11
Wiring harness between connector C-11 and branch D
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and branch D

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspection item
Instrument cluster connector
Wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 1J and branch D
Wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 1L and branch D
Instrument cluster
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (MS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
CAUTION:
If the malfunctioning part is detected in the communication line, before disconnecting the
related connector for inspection, press the connector in the connection direction to verify that
there is no looseness or disconnection.
When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no damage, deformation, or corrosion of
1. Verify the following for the modules related to the CAN system.
Communication error DTCs
The operation condition of the hands-free telephone (HF/TEL) system.
The operation condition of the SIRIUS satellite radio system.
2. Look for a DTC display pattern and system operation status in tandem which match.
NOTE:
A hyphen (-) in the DTC output pattern cell indicates that the DTC may or may not
be displayed depending on the malfunction detection conditions. If it is not
displayed, the malfunctioning location can be determined by checking the crosses
(×) and asterisks (*).
3. Refer to the matching tandem diagnostic results (A to C) and inspect the possible cause and
inspection item.
4. Perform the DTC inspection after the repair procedure.
If any DTC is displayed, return to FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .
Diagnostic Table for Determining Malfunctioning Part
Cross (×): DisplayedHyphen (-): May or may not be displayedAsterisk (*): No operation
DTC display
DTC display pattern
DTC output module DTC
Audio unit 11:Er01 - ×
HF/TEL unit 26:Er81 - ×
System operation System operation pattern

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
HF/TEL system * *
SIRIUS satellite radio system * *
Item Diagnostic result
Possible cause and inspection item A B C
Reference page A B C
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and branch A
Open circuit in wiring harness between branch A and connector C-14
Open circuit in wiring harness between connector C-14 and branch B
Audio unit malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspection item
Audio unit connector
Connector C-14
Wiring harness between audio unit terminal 1O and branch A
Wiring harness between audio unit terminal 1Q and branch A
Wiring harness between branch A and connector C-14
Wiring harness between connector C-14 and branch B
Audio unit
Possible cause
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Open circuit in wiring harness between HF/TEL unit and branch B
HF/TEL unit malfunction
Inspection item
HF/TEL unit connector
Wiring harness between HF/TEL unit terminal Q and branch B
Wiring harness between HF/TEL unit terminal R and branch B
HF/TEL unit
om
.c
C
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between SIRIUS satellite radio unit and branch B
SIRIUS satellite radio unit malfunction
Inspection item
SIRIUS satellite radio unit connector
Wiring harness between SIRIUS satellite radio unit terminal 2L and branch B
Wiring harness between SIRIUS satellite radio unit terminal 2K and branch B
SIRIUS satellite radio unit

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
U0073 Module communication error

DTC
U1900 CAN system communication error
WARNING:
Perform the following on-board diagnosis according to FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
DETECTION troubleshooting procedure.
CONDITION
CAN system-related harness malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness
Malfunction of connectors between PCM, TCM, ABS HU/CM, DSC HU/CM, power retractable hardtop control
module, keyless control module, steering angle sensor and instrument cluster
PCM malfunction
TCM malfunction
POSSIBLE ABS HU/CM malfunction

CAUSE
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CAUTION:
When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no looseness, damage, deformation, corrosion, or poor connection of
1 VERIFICATION BEFORE SERVICING Yes Determine the open circuit location referring to DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
Are any DTCs, except the following, SYSTEM] .
displayed?
U0073 No Go to the next step.
U1900
2 INSPECTION OF CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.

OUTPUTTING DTCs
Inspect the terminal condition of the control No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
module connector outputting DTCs and the
mid-connector.
Are the connector terminals normal without

damage, deformation, corrosion, or
disconnection?
3 INSPECTION OF POWER SUPPLY OF CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.

OUTPUTTING DTCs
Refer to the terminal voltage table of the No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
control module outputting DTCs or use the
PID/data monitoring function to inspect the
om
terminal voltage and fuse condition.

d .c
oa
Is the power supply voltage normal?

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4 INSPECTION OF BODY GROUND CONDITION OF CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
MODULE OUTPUTTING DTCs
Inspect the body ground wires and ground No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
point of the control module outputting DTCs.
Are the ground and ground point normal?
5 CAN SYSTEM RELATED WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION Yes Go to the next step.
CAN system related wiring harness

inspection: No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
Short to ground
Short to power supply
Short between twisted pair

wiring harness
Open circuit
6 INSPECT PCM Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See

BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .) No Replace the PCM, then go to Step 9.
Disconnect the PCM connector. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Measure the resistance between the following

PCM connector terminals:
Between terminal 1AM and

terminal 1AI (part side)
7 INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the instrument cluster connector.

No Replace the instrument cluster, then go to Step 9.
Measure the resistance between the following
instrument cluster connector terminals: (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Between terminal 1J and

terminal 1L (part side)
8 CAN RELATED MODULE VERIFICATION Yes Reinstall the removed module, remove another module and perform
the same inspection. Inspect all of the CAN-related modules using the
Remove only one of the CAN-related same procedure. After inspecting all of the modules, go to the next
modules. step.
Clear DTCs using the M-MDS.
No Replace the removed module.
Inspect the DTCs of all modules using the M-
MDS.
Are DTCs U0073, U1900 displayed?
9 AFTER REPAIR VERIFICATION Yes Perform the CAN system on-board diagnosis again according to the
troubleshooting procedure
Connect all of the modules.
Inspect the DTCs using the M-MDS. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
Are DTCs displayed?

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC 16Er:12 CAN system communication error
WARNING:
Perform the following on-board diagnosis according to FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX

DETECTION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] troubleshooting procedure.
CONDITION
CAN system-related harness malfunction
Malfunction of connectors between audio unit, HF/TEL unit, SIRIUS satellite radio unit and
resistor
POSSIBLE CAUSE Audio unit malfunction
Resistor malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CAUTION:
When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no looseness, damage, deformation, corrosion, or
poor connection of the connector terminals.
1 VERIFICATION BEFORE SERVICING Yes Determine the open circuit location referring to DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART (MS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
Are any DTCs, except the SYSTEM] .
following, displayed?
16:Er12 No Go to the next step.
2 INSPECTION OF CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.

CONNECTOR OUTPUTTING DTCs
Inspect the terminal condition No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
of the control module
connector outputting DTCs
and the mid-connector.
Are the connector terminals

normal without damage,
om
deformation, corrosion, or
d .c
disconnection?
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 INSPECTION OF POWER SUPPLY OF CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
MODULE OUTPUTTING DTCs
Refer to the terminal voltage No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
table of the control module
outputting DTCs to inspect the
terminal voltage and fuse
condition.
Is the power supply voltage

normal?
4 INSPECTION OF BODY GROUND CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.

OF CONTROL MODULE OUTPUTTING DTCs
Inspect the body ground wires No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
and ground point of the
control module outputting
DTCs.
Are the ground and ground

point normal?
5 CAN SYSTEM RELATED WIRING HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.

INSPECTION
CAN system related wiring No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
harness inspection:
Short to
ground
Short to
power supply
Short
between
twisted pair
wiring
harness
Open circuit
6 INSPECT AUDIO UNIT Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the negative

battery cable. (See BATTERY No Replace the audio unit, then go to Step 9.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(See CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
[LF] .)
Disconnect the audio unit

connector.

between the following audio
unit connector terminals:
Between
terminal 1O
and terminal
1Q (part
side)
om
.c
Is the resistance 118-130

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
ohms?
7 INSPECT RESISTOR Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the resistor

connector. No Replace the resistor, then go to Step 9.

between the following resistor
connector terminals:
Between
terminal A
and terminal
B (part side)
Is the resistance 118-130

ohms?
8 CAN RELATED MODULE VERIFICATION Yes Reinstall the removed module, remove another module and perform
the same inspection. Inspect all of the CAN-related modules using
Remove only one of the CAN- the same procedure. After inspecting all of the modules, go to the
related modules. next step.
Clear DTCs.
No Replace the removed module.
Inspect the DTCs of all
modules.
Are DTCs 16:Er12 displayed?
9 AFTER REPAIR VERIFICATION Yes Perform the CAN system on-board diagnosis again according to the
troubleshooting procedure
Connect all of the modules.
Clear DTCs.
Inspect the DTCs. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
Are DTCs displayed?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B2840 Ambient temperature sensor circuit malfunction
DETECTION
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ambient temperature sensor and instrument cluster
CONDITION
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ambient temperature sensor and
instrument cluster
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Ambient temperature sensor malfunction
System Wiring Diagram
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.

CONNECTOR CONDITION
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Repair/replace the connector or terminal.
Disconnect the ambient temperature sensor After repair procedure, go to Step 9.

connector.
(See AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

CONDITIONER].)
Inspect the connector and terminals (corrosion,

damage, pin disconnection).
Are the connector and terminals normal?
2 INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ambient temperature sensor.

No Replace the ambient temperature sensor.
(See AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].) (See AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Is the ambient temperature sensor normal? CONDITIONER].)
After replacement, go to Step 9.
3 INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Yes Repair/replace the malfunctioning vehicle wiring
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND harness.
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity between After repair procedure, go to Step 9.
ambient temperature sensor connector terminal B
and body ground.
4 INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Yes Go to Step 6.

CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. No Go to the next step.
Measure the voltage at ambient temperature sensor

connector terminal B.
Is the voltage 5 V?
INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

5 Yes Repair/replace the malfunctioning vehicle wiring
CIRCUIT
harness.
Measure the voltage at instrument cluster terminal
After repair procedure, go to Step 9.
1I.
Is the voltage 5 V? No Go to Step 8.
6 INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Yes Go to Step 9.

CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Go to the next step.
Inspect the wiring harness for continuity between

ambient temperature sensor connector terminal A
and body ground.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
7 Yes Repair/replace the malfunctioning vehicle wiring
CIRCUIT
harness.
Inspect for continuity between instrument cluster
After repair procedure, go to Step 9.
terminal 2P and body ground.
Is there continuity? No Go to the next step.
8 VERIFY INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.

CONDITION
Disconnect the instrument cluster connector. No Repair/replace the connector or terminal.
Inspect the connector and terminals (corrosion, After repair procedure, go to the next step.
damage, pin disconnection).
Are the connector and terminals normal?
9 VERIFY THAT SAME DTC IS NOT OUTPUT AGAIN Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
Reconnect the disconnected connectors. If the malfunction does not

recur, go to the next step.
Clear the DTC.
If the malfunction recurs,
(See CLEARING DTC.) replace the instrument cluster.
VERIFY DTCs. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(See DTC INSPECTION .)
Is DTC B2840 output? No Go to the next step.
10 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE PRESENT Yes Perform the corresponding DTC inspection.
Verify other DTC displayed.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
Monitor item Input-output signal/part name Unit/State Terminal
IC_DTC_CNT Number of continuous DTCs — —
IC_ECT Water temperature gauge °C 1J, 1L
IC_NUMKEYS Number of key ID numbers registered with the vehicle — —
IC_ODO_CNT Odometer m
IC_SPDMTR Speedometer MPH KPH 1J, 1L
IC_TACHO Tachometer RPM
IC_VPWR Power supply voltage V 1C, 1G
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B2477 Instrument cluster configuration not performed
DETECTION Configuration write failure is detected. (i.e. instrument cluster is

CONDITION replaced)
Configuration procedure has not been performed.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION

1 Yes Replace the instrument cluster.
Perform instrument cluster configuration.
Is B2477 displayed? No Go to the next step.
VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC B2477 COMPLETED

Is B2477 displayed? No DTC troubleshooting completed.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
M-MDS.
3. Select “IC”.
2. Select “IC”.
NOTE:
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC U0028 Invalid data received from climate control unit (ambient temperature signal)
DETECTION
Climate control unit malfunction or circuit malfunction
CONDITION
Open circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 1I and

climate control unit terminal J
Short to power supply in wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal

1I and climate control unit terminal J
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Short to GND in wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 1I and
climate control unit terminal J
Climate control unit malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR

1 Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. go to Step 6.
Disconnect the climate control unit connector.

Inspect the climate control unit connector
terminals for poor connection (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, and corrosion).
INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONNECTOR

Disconnect the instrument cluster connector. go to Step 6.
Inspect the instrument cluster connector

terminals for poor connection (such as No Go to the next step.
INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

Inspect for continuity between instrument

cluster terminal 1I (wiring harness-side) and No Repair or replace the wiring harness
climate control unit terminal J (wiring harness- for a possible open circuit, then go to
side) Step 6.

4 SHORT TO GND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness
for a possible short to GND, then go
Inspect for continuity between instrument to Step 6.
cluster terminal 1I (wiring harness-side) and
body GND.

5 SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness
for a possible short to power supply,
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position then go to the next step.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between instrument No Replace the climate control unit, then
cluster terminal 1I (wiring harness-side) and go to the next step.
body GND.
Is the voltage B+? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].)

connectors. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Clear the DTC from the instrument cluster
memory using the M-MDS.
om
No Troubleshooting completed.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position
then the ON position.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC U2023 Abnormal message from other module
Correct data cannot be received from PCM

DETECTION CONDITION
Correct data cannot be received from keyless control module
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Keyless control module malfunction
INSPECT FOR PCM AND KEYLESS CONTROL

1 MODULE MALFUNCTION Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)

position.
(See DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
Using the M-MDS, perform the DTC START SYSTEM] .)
inspection for the PCM and keyless
control module. No Go to the next step.
[LF] .)
(See DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED

KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] .)

If the malfunction recurs, replace the PCM or
(See CLEARING DTC [INSTRUMENT keyless control module, then go to the next
CLUSTER].) step.
Are the same DTCs present? (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

(See DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC U2064 Warning light illumination request signal from other modules
DETECTION CONDITION Receive warning light illumination request signal
POSSIBLE CAUSE CAN-related module malfunction
CAUTION:
DTC U2064 is registered to the instrument cluster by a request from other modules and
does not indicate a malfunction in the instrument cluster itself.
DTC U2064 may not be cleared during engine starting even if DTC clearing is done using
the M-MDS. When clearing DTC U2064, execute with the ignition switch in the ON position
(Engine off).
1. Verify the freeze frame data according to the following procedure:
a. Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2.
NOTE:
Freeze frame data of the instrument cluster can be displayed by the

IDS (laptop PC)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
b. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initial screen of
the M-MDS.
Select “Electrical”.
Select “IC Service Functions”.
2. Determine which unit is thought to be malfunctioning based on the freeze frame data.
NOTE:
If several warning light illumination requests are received, they will be recorded
in one freeze frame data.
Warning light illumination request unit

Freeze frame data
PCM TCM DSC HU/CM ABS HU/CM
Generator warning light × — — —
Brake system warning light — — × ×

Illuminated warning light
ABS warning light — — × ×
AT warning light — × — —
Speedometer — — — —
Meter, gauge control status Tachometer — — — —
Water temperature gauge — — — —
3. Inspect the malfunctioning part.
Repair or replace if necessary.
4. Clear the DTC from the memory.
5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position then ON position.
6. Verify that the DTC U2064 is displayed using the M-MDS.
If DTC U2064 is displayed, go back to Step 1.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC U0151 Communication error to SAS control module
DETECTION
Communication error to SAS control module
CONDITION
SAS control module connector malfunction
Instrument cluster connector malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 2K and

SAS control module terminal 1R
POSSIBLE Short to GND in wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 2K and
CAUSE SAS control module terminal 1R
Short to power supply in wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal

2K and SAS control module terminal 1R
SAS control module malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR

Turn the ignition switch off. go to Step 6.

Disconnect the SAS control module connector.
Inspect the SAS control module connector

INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONNECTOR

Disconnect the instrument cluster connector. go to Step 6.

terminal for poor connection (such as No Go to the next step.
INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect for continuity between instrument
cluster terminal 2K (wiring harness-side) and No Repair or replace the wiring harness
SAS control module terminal 1R (wiring for a possible open circuit, then go to
harness-side). Step 6.
INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

4 SHORT TO GND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness
for a possible short to GND, then go
Inspect for continuity between instrument to Step 6.
cluster terminal 2K (wiring harness-side) and
body GND.
INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

Connect the negative battery cable. then go to the next step.

(Engine off). No Replace the SAS control module, then
Measure the voltage at instrument cluster
terminal 2K (wiring harness-side). (See SAS CONTROL MODULE
Can the voltage be measured?
VERIFY DTC
6 Yes Replace the instrument cluster, then
Turn the ignition switch off. go to the next step.
Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Reconnect the disconnected connectors.
Connect the negative battery cable. No Go to the next step.
(See CLEARING DTC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
Perform the instrument cluster DTC inspection

using the M-MDS.
(See DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
Is DTC U0151 displayed?
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE PRESENT

7 Yes Perform the corresponding DTC
Are there other DTCs output? inspection.
(See DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT

CLUSTER].)

om
< Previous Next >

d .c
oa
Back to Top
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1342 Instrument cluster malfunction
DETECTION CONDITION Malfunction in the instrument cluster internal circuit
POSSIBLE CAUSE Instrument cluster malfunction

Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
Is B1342 displayed?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
M-MDS.
3. Select “IC”.
2. Select “IC”.

4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the instrument cluster. (See CLEARING
DTC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CLEARING DTC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
M-MDS.
3. Select “IC”.
2. Select “IC”.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DTC Description Page
(See SECURITY LIGHT 21, DTC B1213/P1260

B1213 Only one key ID number is registered.
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
B1342 Instrument cluster malfunction (See DTC B1342 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)

B1600 The key ID number data cannot be read.
The instrument cluster has detected (See SECURITY LIGHT 15, DTC B1601/P1260
B1601
unregistered key ID number. [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
The instrument cluster cannot read key ID (See SECURITY LIGHT 14, DTC B1602/P1260
B1602
number data normally. [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
No detected communication with the coil (See SECURITY LIGHT 11, DTC B1681/P1260
B1681
antenna [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
The PCM determined a (See SECURITY LIGHT 12, DTC B2103/P1260

B2103 malfunction in the coil [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
antenna even though it is
normal.
ID number data in the PCM and the instrument (See SECURITY LIGHT 23, DTC B2139/P1260
B2139
cluster do not match. [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
Communication error between the instrument (See SECURITY LIGHT 22, DTC B2141/P1260
B2141
cluster and the PCM (data transfer error) [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)

B2431 Key ID number registration error
B2477 Instrument cluster configuration not performed (See DTC B2477 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
B2840 Ambient temperature sensor circuit malfunction (See DTC B2840 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
B2868 Wheel unit No.1 internal malfunction

(See DTC B2868, B2869, B2870, B2871 .)
U0028Invalid data received from climate control unit (See DTC U0028 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
U0073HS-CAN Bus off
U0100Communication error to PCM

SYSTEM] .)
U0101Communication error to TCM
U0121Communication error to ABS
Communication failure between instrument

U0127 (See DTC U0127.)
cluster and keyless receiver
U0151Communication error to SAS control module (See DTC U0151 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
Communication error to power retractable

U0207
hardtop control module (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] .)
U0214Communication error to keyless control module
U2023Abnormal message from other module (See DTC U2023 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
Warning light illumination request signal from

U2064 (See DTC U2064 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
other modules

U2197Signal error from PCM
SYSTEM] .)
(See SECURITY LIGHT 16, DTC U2510/P1260,

Communication error between the instrument
U2510 U1147/P1260 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
cluster and the PCM (no response)
SYSTEM)].)
U2616Wheel unit No.1 (No response)

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See DTC U2616, U2617, U2618, U2619.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SUPPLIER IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURE [AUDIO]
NOTE:
The supplier can vary with the unit. When asking the supplier (service center) for repair or
replacement, identify the supplier and fill in the Audio Repair Order Form with the
following procedures.
Identification Using the Label or Inscribed Lettering
4. Remove the knee bolster. (See KNEE BOLSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the console. (See CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8. Verify the supplier by referring to the label attached to each unit.
Verify Using the Diagnostic Assist Function
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position.
2. Turn the audio unit power to ON.
3. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the RDM/PRESET switch 5
for 0.2 s or more.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4. Identify the supplier code by referring to the display.
Supplier code Supplier name
01 SANYO Automedia
02 Panasonic
03 Clarion
04 Pioneer
05 VISTEON
NOTE:
The supplier code can also be identified from the DTC displays screen.
5. Cancel the diagnostic assist function by either turning off the audio unit power or by turning
the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
< Previous Next >

om
.c
Back to Top
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [AUDIO]
Display Inspection
3. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the SEEK/TRACK switch
(UP) for 0.2 s or more.
4. Inspect according to the following table:
Inspection Display Action
Launch the display Yes Display is normal.

inspection mode.
The characters Replace the center panel.

displayed on the
display are not (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
truncated or faint. No REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See CENTER PANEL UNIT

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Switch Inspection
3. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the PRESET switch 3 for 0.2
s or more.
Launch the switch Yes The switch is normal.

inspection mode.
Operate all of the Verify the switch.

switches (press). Switch name
or dial (See CONFIRMATION STEP 1:
Does the buzzer sound? rotation CENTER PANEL SWITCH
direction No CONFIRMATION [ENTIRE AUDIO
Does the dial rotation SYSTEM] .)
direction correspond with
the direction displayed in
information display?
Speaker Inspection
3. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the AUTO-M/ESN switch for
om
0.2 s or more.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Launch the speaker inspection The speakers and the wiring

mode. Yes harness between the audio unit and
speakers are normal.
Does each speaker output
sound in the following order?:
If no sound is
Without produced from all
Bose® of the speakers.
1. Door speaker (See NO.3 NO

(LH) and SOUND FROM ALL
tweeter (LH) SPEAKERS [ENTIRE
AUDIO SYSTEM] .)
2. Door speaker
(RH) and If no sound is
tweeter (RH) produced from
some of the
3. Rear speaker speakers.
(RH) (with 6
speaker type) (See NO.4 NO
―
SOUND FROM SOME
4. Rear speaker SPEAKERS [ENTIRE
(LH) (with 6 No AUDIO SYSTEM] .)
speaker type)
With Bose®
1. Door speaker
(LH) and door
upper speaker
(LH) and
center speaker
2. Door speaker
(RH) and door
upper speaker
(RH) and
center speaker
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3. Rear speaker
Radio Reception Condition Inspection
3. Tune in the radio.
4. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the M/PRESET switch 2 for
0.2 s or more.
CAUTION:
Even if the system is normal, radio reception may be difficult depending on

where the system is inspected (indoors/outdoors, or conditions at the location).
Before inspecting the system, verify that radio reception is adequate.
When performing the inspection, select the best area for receiving radio
frequencies.
Start the radio S-METER Manual antenna, antenna feeder and audio unit are normal.
reception condition 10 — S-
inspection mode. METER 5
S-METER 4 Change frequencies and re-perform the inspection.

— S-METER
3
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the manual antenna and antenna
feeder.
(See MANUAL ANTENNA INSPECTION .)
(See ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 INSPECTION .)
(See ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2 INSPECTION .)
If either the manual

antenna or the antenna
feeder is not normal,
replace the malfunctioning
part.
(See MANUAL ANTENNA

S-METER 2
— S-METER (See ANTENNA FEEDER
0 NO.1
(See ANTENNA FEEDER

NO.2
If the manual antenna and

antenna feeder are
normal, replace the audio
unit.


Antenna Control Condition Inspection
4. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the SIRIUS switch for 0.2 s
or more.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Start antenna control condition Sound

System is okay.
inspection mode. quality good.
Inspect the manual

antenna and antenna
feeder.
ANT-
ON (See MANUAL ANTENNA
Sound INSPECTION .)
quality poor.
(See ANTENNA FEEDER
NO.1 INSPECTION .)
(See ANTENNA FEEDER

NO.2 INSPECTION .)
Replace the audio unit.

ANT-
(See CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
OFF
Audio Amplifier Control Condition Inspection

om
d .c
3. While pressing the AUTO-M/ESN switch, simultaneously press the CD switch for 0.2 s or
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
more.
Start audio amplifier control condition AMP-

Audio unit is okay.
inspection mode. ON

AMP-
OFF
Center Panel Specification Inspection
s or more.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Launch the center panel Yes The center panel is normal.

specification inspection
mode.
Replace the center panel.
Is there a match to the P—01(ID)—
03(code) (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
destination?
No REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

ID SpecificationCode Destination
00 Japan
01 Australia
02 4A region (With AM frequency pitch: 9KHz pitch)
03 USA
01MX-5
04 Europe (With DIS)
05 Europe (Without DIS)
06 4A region (With AM frequency pitch: 5KHz pitch (with DIS))
07 4A region (With AM frequency pitch: 5KHz pitch (without DIS))

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Audio Amplifier Specification Inspection
2. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the SEEK/TRACK/REPLAY

switch (down) for 0.2 s or more.
Launch audio amplifier Without Yes Audio unit is okay.

specification inspection Bose®
mode.
N Replace the audio unit.
Verify the audio (Normal)
amplifier specification. (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
With No REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Dose the audio Bose®
amplifier specification (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
correspond. L (Line
out)
Audio Amplifier (With Bose®) Identify Inspection

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the AUTO-M/ESN switch and
RPT/PRESET switch 4 for 3 s or more.
Launch audio amplifier With Yes Audio amplifier is okay.

(With Bose®) identify standard
inspection mode. seat
Dose the audio The rear

amplifier specification speaker
correspond. sounds. Replace the audio
amplifier.
With No
leather (See AUDIO AMPLIFIER
seat REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
The door
speaker
sounds.
SIRIUS Satellite Radio Unit Software Version Verification
3. Tune in the SIRIUS satellite radio.
4. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the H/PRESET switch 1 and
the PRESET switch 3 for 3 s or more.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Launch SIRIUS satellite radio unit

software version verification mode. Display the SIRIUS satellite radio
—
unit software version
Verify the SIRIUS satellite radio unit
software version.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE [AUDIO]
NOTE:
All DTCs displayed in the on-board diagnostic test mode should be entered in the Audio
Repair Order Form.
2. Turn the audio unit power to OFF.
3. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the AUX switch and the
RPT/PRESET switch 4 for 2 s or more.
NOTE:
If several DTCs are in the memory, they can be displayed using the
SEEK/TRACK switch (up or down).
4. To stop the on-board diagnostic test mode, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CLEARING DTC [AUDIO]
CAUTION:
Before clearing the memory, be sure to enter all of the DTCs displayed in the on-board
diagnostic test mode in the Audio Repair Order Form.
1. Launch the on-board diagnostic test mode. (See STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE [AUDIO].)
2. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the AUDIO CONT/TUNE
switch for 2 s or more.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC TABLE [AUDIO]
Screen
display
DTC
Malfunction description Inferred cause/verified content Reference
(When
starting on-
board
diagnostic
test function)
Audio does not function Voltage at audio unit is low. (See NO.2 NO POWER TO THE
09: Er20 ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM [ENTIRE
AUDIO SYSTEM] .)
Audio unclear or no audio Verify the (See NO.5 SOUND BREAK-UP

from radio and CD symptoms OR POOR SOUND QUALITY
described by the [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] .)
customer (such
as occurrence
frequency and
mode).
09: Er21
Short to ground
in the wiring
harness between
the audio unit
and speakers.
Audio unit
malfunction
Radio not receiving signal Verify the (See NO.1 NO RADIO

sometimes RECEPTION (AM/FM)/NO OR
described by the LOW VOLUME [RADIO] .)
customer (such
as time and place (See NO.2 NO RADIO
09: Er22 of occurrence, RECEPTION (SIRIUS SATELLITE
and radio RADIO) [RADIO] .) *1
frequency).
om
Audio unit
d .c
malfunction
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
MP3/WMA (windows media Defective CD (See NO.1 CD
audio) applicable CD player (curved, broken PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
cannot implement insert or foreign LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS THE
and eject commands. material CD IMMEDIATELY [CD
stuck/attached, PLAYER/CHANGER] .)
10: Er01 etc.)
MP3/WMA
(windows media
audio) applicable
CD player
malfunction
Cannot change tracks. Defective CD (See NO.11 TRACK CHANGE IS

(curved, broken INOPERATIVE [CD
or foreign PLAYER/CHANGER] .)
material
stuck/attached,
10: Er02 etc.)
MP3/WMA
(windows media
audio) applicable
CD player
malfunction
CD cannot playback (cannot CD incompatible (See NO.3 CD

operate) (CD used by PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
customer) PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND [CD
10: Er07 PLAYER/CHANGER] .)
Recurs no matter
the type of CD
(no non-
compatible CD)
Communication error to CAN system (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX

11: Er01*1
SIRIUS satellite radio unit COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)
SIRIUS satellite radio Poor connection of antenna (See NO.2 NO RADIO

11: Er03*1 system communication connector RECEPTION (SIRIUS SATELLITE
circuit malfunction RADIO) [RADIO] .)
CAN system communication CAN system (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX

16: Er12*2
21: Er17 Operation differs from the Launch the center panel
selected switch Verify the center panel and audio specification inspection mode.
unit assembly. (See DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST
21: Er18
FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
om
.c
Communication error Verify conditions Launch the switch inspection

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
between audio unit and such as the non- mode.
center panel operation of all
audio switches or (See DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST
the non-operation FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
21: Er19 of any particular

switch.
Center panel
(audio switch
system)
malfunction
MP3/WMA (windows media Defective CD (See NO.1 CD

audio) applicable CD (curved, broken PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
changer cannot implement or foreign LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS THE
insert and eject commands. material CD IMMEDIATELY [CD
stuck/attached, PLAYER/CHANGER] .)
22: Er01 etc.)
MP3/WMA
(windows media
audio) applicable
CD changer
malfunction
Cannot change tracks. Defective CD (See NO.11 TRACK CHANGE IS

(curved, broken INOPERATIVE [CD
or foreign PLAYER/CHANGER] .)
material
stuck/attached,
22: Er02 etc.)
MP3/WMA
(windows media
audio) applicable
CD changer
malfunction
CD cannot playback (cannot CD incompatible (See NO.3 CD

operate) (CD used by PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
customer) PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND [CD
22: Er07 PLAYER/CHANGER] .)
Recurs no matter
the type of CD
(no non-
compatible CD)
no Err — DTC is not recorded. —
*1
With SIRIUS satellite radio system

*2
om
With HF/TEL system or SIRIUS satellite radio system

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE

(HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
NOTE:
All DTCs displayed in the on-board diagnostic test mode should be entered in the Audio
Repair Order Form
3. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the H/PRESET switch 1 and
the PRESET switch 6 for 3 s or more.
NOTE:
If several DTCs are in the memory, they can be displayed using the
SEEK/TRACK switch (up or down).
om
< Previous Next >

d .c
oa
Back to Top
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC TABLE [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
Screen display
Malfunction
DTC (When starting Inferred cause/verified content Reference
description
on-board diagnostic
function)
HF/TEL function (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX

26: Er81 CAN system
does not operate. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)
Sound from Short to power supply in wiring harness (See FOREWORD [HANDS-
26: Er82 microphone not between microphone (Input signal) and FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL)
heard HF/TEL unit SYSTEM] .)
Sound from (See FOREWORD [HANDS-

Short to GND/power supply in
26: Er83 microphone not FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL)
microphone power supply circuit
heard SYSTEM] .)
Any of the following is detected:
The microphone power

supply circuit is not
connected.
Call transmission (See FOREWORD [HANDS-
26: Er84 and receiving is Open circuit in the FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL)
impossible microphone input SYSTEM] .)
circuit
Microphone input
circuit short to body
ground
Poor contact in the

voice
recognition/hands-free
Call transmission switch or HF/TEL unit (See FOREWORD [HANDS-
26: Er85 and receiving is connector FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL)
impossible SYSTEM] .)
Voice
recognition/hands-free
switch malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Replace the HF/TEL unit.
HF/TEL function
26: Er86 HF/TEL unit malfunction (See HANDS-FREE
does not operate.
TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) UNIT
no Err — DTC is not recorded. —
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CLEARING DTC [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
CAUTION:
Before clearing the memory, be sure to enter all of the DTCs displayed in the on-board
diagnostic test mode in the Audio Repair Order Form.
1. Launch the on-board diagnostic test mode. (See STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM] .)
2. While pressing the AUTO-M/ESN switch, simultaneously press the RPT/PRESET switch 4 for 2
s or more.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
Connection Condition Verification
3. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the RPT/PRESET switch 4
and SEEK/TRACK/REPLAY switch (down) for 3 s or more.
4. Verify the connected unit.
5. Cancel the diagnostic assist function by either turning on the audio unit power or by turning
HF/TEL Unit Software Version Verification

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the PRESET switch 6 and
SEEK/TRACK/REPLAY switch (down) for 3 s or more.
4. Verify the software version.
Password Reset
3. While pressing the AUTO-M/ESN switch, simultaneously press the M/PRESET switch 2 for 3 s
or more.
4. Verify the “PASSWD_CLEAR” is displayed in the display.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC INSPECTION [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
M-MDS.
3. Select “RHT”.

4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the RHT. (See CLEARING DTC [POWER
RETRACTABLE HARDTOP] )
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
PID/data monitor table
PID name (definition) Unit/Operation Operation Condition (Reference) Terminal
DTC_CNT
DTCs detected: 1—255
− −
(Number of continuous
No DTCs detected: 0
DTCs)
VPWR
V Ignition switch is at ON: B+ 1X
(Module supply voltage)
Vehicle stopped: 0 KPH {0 MPH}

VSS
KPH, MPH −
Vehicle speed 25 km/h {16 mph}: 25
(Vehicle speed)
KPH {16 MPH}
When power retractable hardtop is

RHT_OP fully opened (Power retractable
hardtop open position switch is on):
(Power retractable hardtop On/Off On 1T
limit switch (Open
position)) Others (Power retractable hardtop
open position switch is off): Off
When power retractable hardtop is

RHT_CL
fully closed (Power retractable hardtop
(Power retractable hardtop On/Off close position switch is on): On 1R
limit switch (Close
Others (Power retractable hardtop
position))
close position switch is off): Off
When deck panel is fully olened (Deck

DECK_OP
panel open position switch is on): On
(Deck panel limit switch On/Off 3F
Others (Deck panel open position
(Open position))
switch is off): Off
When deck panel is fully closed (Deck

DECK_CL
panel close position switch is off): On
(Deck panel limit switch On/Off 3O
om
Others (Deck panel close position

.c
(Close position))
d
switch is on): Off

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
When power retractable hardtop open
SW_OP
switch is pressed: On
(Power retractable hardtop On/Off 1H
When power retractable hardtop open
open switch)
switch is released: Off
When power retractable hardtop close

SW_CL
switch is pressed: On
(Power retractable hardtop On/Off 1H
When power retractable hardtop close
close switch)
switch is released: Off
SW_STRIKER When top lock is locked: On

On/Off 1D
(Top lock switch) When top lock is unlocked: Off
SW_TRUNK Trunk lid is open: On

On/Off 1F
(Trunk lid opener switch) Trunk lid is closed: Off
Power retractable hardtop operating

(Trunk lid open operation is disabled):
TR_OP_CTL On
On/Off −
(Trunk opener control) Power retractable hardtop not operated
(Trunk lid open operation is enabled):
Off
When power retractable hardtop

Indicator
indicator light is illuminated: On
(Power retractable hardtop On/Off 2C
When power retractable hardtop
indicator light)
indicator light is turned off: Off
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC TABLE [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC
Description Page
M-MDS
display
Battery power supply voltage increases (17.5 V or

B1317
more)
(See DTC B1317/B1318 [POWER RETRACTABLE
HARDTOP] .)
Battery power supply voltage decreases (less than
B1318
7.5 V)
Power retractable hardtop control module internal (See DTC B1342 [POWER RETRACTABLE
B1342
malfunction HARDTOP] .)
B293B Deck panel motor pulse signal error (LH)

(See DTC B296A/B294B/B293C/B293B
[POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP] .)
B293C Deck panel motor pulse signal error (RH)
B293D Roof motor circuit malfunction (LH)
(See DTC B293E/B293D/B294C/B293F

B293E Roof motor circuit malfunction (RH)
B293F Deck panel motor circuit malfunction (LH)

B294B Roof motor pulse signal error (LH)
(See DTC B293E/B293D/B294C/B293F

B294C Deck panel motor circuit malfunction (RH)
Roof motor opening angle does not match (Pulse

B294D
count number do not match)
(See DTC B294D/B294E [POWER
RETRACTABLE HARDTOP] .)
Deck panel motor opening angle does not match
B294E
(Pulse count number do not match)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Power retractable hardtop/deck panel limit switch (See DTC B294F [POWER RETRACTABLE
B294F
malfunction HARDTOP] .)

B296A Roof motor pulse signal error (RH)
(See DTC B296B [POWER RETRACTABLE

B296B Top lock switch malfunction
HARDTOP] .)
(See DTC B296C [POWER RETRACTABLE

B296C Power retractable hardtop switch malfunction
HARDTOP] .)
(See DTC B296D [POWER RETRACTABLE

B296D Hall sensor low power supply voltage
HARDTOP] .)
U0073 CAN system communication error
Power window communication error (during power

U0030
retractable hardtop operation)
Power window communication error (during power

U0031 (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
retractable hardtop not operation)
U2197 Vehicle speed signal communication error
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CLEARING DTC [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
M-MDS.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP] .)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
M-MDS.
NOTE:
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1342 [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B1342 Power retractable hardtop control module internal malfunction
POSSIBLE Malfunction in the power retractable hardtop control module internal

CAUSE circuit
INSPECT POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL

1 MODULE Yes Replace the power retractable hardtop
control module.
Clear the DTC from the power
retractable hardtop control module (See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP
memory using the M-MDS. CONTROL MODULE
position.
B1342
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1317/B1318 [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
B1317 Battery power supply voltage increases (17.5 V or more)

DTC
B1318 Battery power supply voltage decreases (less than 7.5 V)
If the power retractable hardtop control module power supply voltage is not
within 7.5―17.5 V.
DETECTION NOTE:
CONDITION
The system recovery condition after detecting DTC B1317/1318 is that the
battery voltage is in the 8.5―16.5 V range. Verify that the battery voltage is
8.5―16.5 V when inspecting.
ROOM 15 A fuse malfunction
Battery malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Open or short circuit in wiring harness between battery and power
retractable hardtop control module

om
.c
INSPECT FUSE
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Remove the ROOM 15 A fuse.
Is the fuse normal? No Replace the fuse.
INSPECT BATTERY
Measure the battery positive voltage.
Is the voltage 8.5 V―16.5 V? No The battery has a malfunction.
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY AND

3 POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the power retractable hardtop
control module.
position. (See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP
CONTROL MODULE
Measure the power retractable hardtop REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
control module terminal 1X voltage.
Is the voltage 8.5 V―16.5 V? No DTC troubleshooting completed.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B296D [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B296D Hall sensor low power supply voltage
DETECTION
Power supply voltage to the hall sensor is 5 V or less.
CONDITION
Battery malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power retractable hardtop control module and
POSSIBLE CAUSE
roof/deck panel motor
INSPECT THE BATTERY

Measure the battery positive voltage.
Is the measured voltage 7.5 V or more? No The battery has a malfunction.
INSPECT THE WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP

2 CONTROL MODULE AND ROOF/DECK PANEL MOTOR Yes Go to the next step.

No Repair or replace the wiring harness.
Disconnect the power retractable hardtop control module and

roof/deck panel motor connector.
Inspect for continuity between power retractable hardtop control

module connector terminal 1G and following terminals:
Roof motors connector terminal B
Deck panel motors connector terminal D
INSPECT THE POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE

3 Yes DTC troubleshooting completed.
om
Connect the negative battery cable.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. No Replace the power retractable hardtop control
module.
Push the power retractable hardtop switch.
(See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL
Measure the power retractable hardtop control module connector MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
terminal 1G voltage.
Is the measured voltage 5.0 V or more?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC U0030/U0031 [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
U0030 Power window communication error (during power retractable hardtop operation)
DTC
U0031 Power window communication error (during power retractable hardtop not operation)
DETECTION U0030: Open notify signal cannot be received.

CONDITION
U0031: Open notify signal is received continuously for 30 s or more.
Power window main switch malfunction
POSSIBLE Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power retractable hardtop
CAUSE control module and power window main switch
INSPECT POWER WINDOW SYSTEM

Inspect the power window main switch. (See POWER
WINDOW MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION .)
No Replace the power
Is the power window main switch normal? window main switch, then
go to next step.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN POWER RETRACTABLE
2 HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE AND POWER WINDOW MAIN Yes Go to the next step.
SWITCH
No Repair or replace the
wiring harness.
Disconnect the power retractable hardtop control

module and power window main switch connector.
Inspect for continuity between power retractable

hardtop control module connector terminal 1E and
power window main switch terminal 1A, and between
power retractable hardtop control module connector
terminal 1C and power window main switch terminal 1H
INSPECT POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CNTROL MODULE

3 Yes Replace the power
Connect the negative battery cable. retractable hardtop
control module.
Clear the DTC from the power retractable hardtop
control module memory using the M-MDS. (See POWER
RETRACTABLE HARDTOP
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. CONTROL MODULE
Operate the power retractable hardtop.
Is the DTC displayed? No DTC troubleshooting

completed.
U0030 or U0031
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B293E/B293D/B294C/B293F [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
B293E Roof motor circuit malfunction (RH)
B293D Roof motor circuit malfunction (LH)

DTC
B294C Deck panel motor circuit malfunction (RH)
B293F Deck panel motor circuit malfunction (LH)
DETECTION
Motor circuit malfunction
CONDITION
RHT L 30 A fuse malfunction
RHT R 30 A fuse malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between roof/deck panel motor and power retractable
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Roof/deck panel motor malfunction
INSPECT FUSE
Remove the RHT L 30 A and RHT R 30 A fuse.
INSPECT THE WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY AND POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP
2 CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.

Refer to the power retractable hardtop control module inspection and measure the wiring harness.
voltage between power retractable hardtop control module connector terminals 2A
and 2B.
om
(See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Are the terminal voltages normal?
INSPECT THE WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL

3 MODULE AND GROUND Yes Go to the next step.

Disconnect the negative battery cable. wiring harness.
Disconnect the power retractable hardtop control module connector.
Inspect for continuity between power retractable hardtop control module terminal 2E
and body ground, and terminal 2F and body ground.
INSPECT THE ROOF/DECK PANEL MOTOR

Inspect the roof/deck panel motor.
(See ROOF MOTOR INSPECTION .) No Replace the roof/deck

panel motor.
(See DECK PANEL MOTOR INSPECTION .)
(See ROOF MOTOR
Is the roof/deck panel motor normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See DECK PANEL MOTOR

INSPECT THE WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN ROOF/DECK PANEL MOTOR AND POWER
5 RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the power
retractable hardtop control
Disconnect the roof/deck panel motor connector. module.
Disconnect the power retractable hardtop control module connector. (See POWER RETRACTABLE
HARDTOP CONTROL
Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an open or short circuit. MODULE
Between power retractable hardtop control module connector
terminal 3L and roof motor connector (LH) terminal E, and between
power retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 3D and No Repair or replace the
roof motor connector (LH) terminal A wiring harness.

terminal 3A and roof motor connector (RH) terminal E, and between
power retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 3I and
roof motor connector (RH) terminal A

terminal 3H and deck panel motor connector (LH) terminal A, and
between power retractable hardtop control module connector
terminal 3P and deck panel motor connector (LH) terminal E

terminal 3M and deck panel motor connector (RH) terminal A, and
terminal 3E and deck panel motor connector (RH) terminal E
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B294D/B294E [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
B294D Roof motor opening angle does not match (Pulse count number does not match)
DTC
B294E Deck panel motor opening angle does not match (Pulse count number do not match)
DETECTION
The left and right pulse count number exceeds a certain level
CONDITION
Foreign material caught in mechanism
Damage to the link

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Roof/deck panel motor malfunction
Open short circuit in wiring harness between roof/deck panel motor and power
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
FOREIGN MATERIAL INSPECTION

Is there any malfunction which stops the motor
mechanically?
No Remove the foreign
material.
INSPECT THE ROOF/ROOF MOTOR/DECK PANEL LINK

Is there any damage to the roof, roof motor, or deck panel
link?
No Replace the middle roof
panel or deck panel link.
NOTE:
The roof
motor link
is
integrated
with the
middle
roof
om
panel.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See MIDDLE ROOF PANEL
(See DECK PANEL


Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the roof/deck

panel motor.
(See ROOF MOTOR
(See ROOF MOTOR INSPECTION .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See DECK PANEL MOTOR INSPECTION .) (See DECK PANEL MOTOR

Is the roof/deck panel motor normal?
INSPECT THE WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN ROOF/DECK PANEL

4 MOTOR AND POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the roof/deck panel motor connector.

Disconnect the power retractable hardtop control module wiring harness.
connector.
Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an open or short

circuit.
Between power retractable hardtop control

module connector terminal 3L and roof
motor connector (LH) terminal E, and
between power retractable hardtop control
module connector terminal 3D and roof
motor connector (LH) terminal A

module connector terminal 3A and roof
motor connector (RH) terminal E, and
module connector terminal 3I and roof
motor connector (RH) terminal A

module connector terminal 3H and deck
panel motor connector (LH) terminal A, and
module connector terminal 3P and deck
panel motor connector (LH) terminal E

module connector terminal 3M and deck
panel motor connector (RH) terminal A, and
module connector terminal 3M and roof
motor connector (RH) terminal E

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the sensor power supply wiring harness for an open
or short circuit.
wiring harness.
connector terminal 1G—Roof motor
connector (RH) terminal B

connector terminal 1G—Roof motor
connector (LH) terminal B

connector terminal 1G—Deck panel motor
connector (RH) terminal D

connector terminal 1G—Deck panel motor
connector (LH) terminal D

Inspect the sensor communication wiring harness for an

open or short circuit. No Repair or replace the
wiring harness.
connector terminal 1I—Roof motor
connector (RH) terminal D

connector terminal 1M—Roof motor
connector (LH) terminal D

connector terminal 1O—Deck panel motor
connector (LH) terminal F

connector terminal 1K—Deck panel motor
connector (RH) terminal F

7 MOTOR AND POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE Replace the power
Inspect the sensor ground wiring harness for an open or module.
short circuit. Yes (See
POWER RETRACTABLE
Power retractable hardtop control module HARDTOP CONTROL
connector terminal 1Q—Roof motor MODULE
connector (RH) terminal F REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

connector terminal 1Q—Roof motor No Repair or replace the
connector (LH) terminal F wiring harness.

connector terminal 1Q—Deck panel motor
connector (LH) terminal B
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
connector terminal 1Q—Deck panel motor
connector (RH) terminal B
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B294F [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B294F Power retractable hardtop/deck panel limit switch malfunction
DETECTION
There is a discrepancy in the signals from each limit switch.
CONDITION
POSSIBLE Power retractable hardtop/deck panel limit switch malfunction

CAUSE
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power retractable hardtop/deck panel limit
switch and power retractable hardtop control module

Is there any malfunction which stops the motor mechanically?
om
d .c
oa
No Remove foreign material.

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT THE POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP/DECK PANEL LIMIT SWITCH
Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the power

retractable hardtop/deck
Inspect the power retractable hardtop/deck panel limit switch. panel limit switch.
(See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP LIMIT SWITCH INSPECTION .) (See POWER RETRACTABLE
HARDTOP LIMIT SWITCH
(See DECK PANEL LIMIT SWITCH INSPECTION .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is the power retractable hardtop/deck panel limit switch normal? (See DECK PANEL LIMIT
SWITCH

3 CONTROL MODULE AND POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP/DECK PANEL LIMIT Yes Go to the next step.
SWITCH
Disconnect the power retractable hardtop/deck panel limit switch connector.
related wiring harness.
Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an open or short circuit.
Between power retractable hardtop control module

connector terminal 1T and power retractable hardtop limit
switch connector terminal A, and between power
retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 1V
and power retractable hardtop limit switch connector
terminal B

connector terminal 1R— and power retractable hardtop
limit switch connector terminal C, and between power
and power retractable hardtop limit switch connector
terminal D

connector terminal 3F and deck panel limit switch
connector terminal A, and between power retractable
hardtop control module connector terminal 1V and deck
panel limit switch connector terminal B

connector terminal 3O and deck panel limit switch limit
switch connector terminal C, and between power
and deck panel limit switch connector terminal D
INSPECT THE LIMIT SWITCH

4 Yes Clear the DTC and perform
Using the M-MDS, verify the following PID/DATA monitor. the DTC inspection again.
(See PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP] .) If the

malfunction
RHT_OP recurs,
replace the
RHT_CL
power
DECK_OP retractable
hardtop
DECK_CL control
module.
Are the ON/OFF combinations of the open/close switches as shown in Fig.1?
(See POWER RETRACTABLE
(See Fig.1 .) HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
No Replace the middle roof
panel or deck panel link.
NOTE:
The roof
motor link
is
integrated
with the
middle roof
panel.
(See MIDDLE ROOF PANEL

(See DECK PANEL

Fig.1
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d.c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B296B [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B296B Top lock switch malfunction
DETECTION Top lock switch is detected to be on while the power retractable

CONDITION hardtop is open.
Top lock switch malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE Wiring harness between top lock switch and power retractable hardtop
control module
Power retractable hardtop module malfunction

Is there any foreign material which turns the switch
on mechanically?
INSPECT THE TOP LOCK SWITCH

om
No Replace the striker.

.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the top lock switch. (See TOP LOCK SWITCH (See CONVERTIBLE TOP
INSPECTION .) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
Is the top lock switch normal?
INSPECT THE WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN POWER

3 RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE AND TOP LOCK Yes Replace the power retractable
SWITCH hardtop control module.
Disconnect the top lock switch connector. (See POWER RETRACTABLE

HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE
Inspect the wiring harness between power retractable REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
hardtop control module terminal connector 1D and top
lock switch connector terminal A for a short to
ground. No Repair or replace the related
wiring harness.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B296C [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
DTC B296C Power retractable hardtop switch malfunction
DETECTION Power retractable hardtop switch signal is 1 V or less.

CONDITION
Power retractable hardtop switch is detected to be stuck in on.
Power retractable hardtop switch malfunction
Open/close signals are input simultaneously for 30 s or more.

POSSIBLE CAUSE Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power retractable hardtop switch and
power retractable hardtop control module
INSPECT THE POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP SWITCH

Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Replace the power retractable

hardtop switch.
Inspect the power retractable hardtop switch. (See POWER
RETRACTABLE HARDTOP SWITCH INSPECTION .) (See POWER RETRACTABLE
HARDTOP SWITCH
Is the power retractable hardtop switch normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

2 CONTROL MODULE AND POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP SWITCH Yes Replace the power retractable
hardtop control module.
Disconnect the power retractable hardtop switch connector.
Inspect the wiring harness between power retractable hardtop HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE
om
control module connector terminal 1H and power retractable REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

d .c
oa
hardtop switch connector terminal F for a short to ground.

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the wiring harness normal? No Repair or replace the related
wiring harness.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d.c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B296A/B294B/B293C/B293B [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
B296A Roof motor pulse signal error (RH)
B294B Roof motor pulse signal error (LH)

DTC
B293C Deck panel motor pulse signal error (RH)
B293B Deck panel motor pulse signal error (LH)
DETECTION
Pulse is not output after the motor drive signal is output.
CONDITION
RHT L 30 A fuse malfunction
RHT R 30 A fuse malfunction
Roof motor malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Deck panel motor malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between roof/deck panel motor and power retractable

Is there any malfunction which stops the motor mechanically?
INSPECT FUSE
Remove the RHT L 30 A and RHT R 30 A fuse.

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See ROOF MOTOR INSPECTION .) No Replace the roof/deck

panel motor.
(See DECK PANEL MOTOR INSPECTION .)
(See ROOF MOTOR
Is the roof/deck panel motor normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

INSPECT THE WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY AND POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP
4 CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.

Refer to the power retractable hardtop control module inspection and measure the wiring harness.
voltage between power retractable hardtop control module connector terminals 2A
and 2B.
(See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION .)
Are the terminal voltages normal?
INSPECT THE WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL

5 MODULE AND GROUND Yes Go to the next step.

Disconnect the negative battery cable. wiring harness.
Inspect for continuity between power retractable hardtop control module terminal 2E
and body ground, and terminal 2F and body ground.
6 RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.

Disconnect the power retractable hardtop control module connector. wiring harness.
Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an open or short circuit.

terminal 3L and roof motor connector (LH) terminal E, and between
power retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 3D and
roof motor connector (LH) terminal A

terminal 3A and roof motor connector (RH) terminal E, and between
power retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 3I and
roof motor connector (RH) terminal A

terminal 3H and deck panel motor connector (LH) terminal A, and
terminal 3P and deck panel motor connector (LH) terminal E

terminal 3M and deck panel motor connector (RH) terminal A, and
terminal 3E and deck panel motor connector (RH) terminal E

Disconnect the power retractable hardtop control module connector. wiring harness.
om
Inspect the sensor power supply wiring harness for an open or short circuit.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Power retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 1G—
Roof motor connector (RH) terminal B

Roof motor connector (LH) terminal B

Deck panel motor connector (RH) terminal D

Deck panel motor connector (LH) terminal D
Inspect the sensor communication wiring harness for an open or short circuit.
Power retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 1I— wiring harness.
Roof motor connector (RH) terminal D
Power retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 1M—

Roof motor connector (LH) terminal D
Power retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 1O—

Deck panel motor connector (LH) terminal F
Power retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 1K—

Deck panel motor connector (RH) terminal F
9 RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the power
Inspect the sensor ground wiring harness for an open or short circuit. module.
Power retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 1Q— (See POWER RETRACTABLE
Roof motor connector (RH) terminal F HARDTOP CONTROL
MODULE
Power retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 1Q— REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Roof motor connector (LH) terminal F
Power retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 1Q— No Repair or replace the
Deck panel motor connector (LH) terminal B wiring harness.
Power retractable hardtop control module connector terminal 1Q—

Deck panel motor connector (RH) terminal B
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
Power Retractable Hardtop Model (with exterior open function)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Soft-top Model
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FOREWORD [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
om
d .c
Slightly shake the wiring harness and connectors while performing the inspection to discover
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
whether poor contact points are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
No. Malfunction symptom
1 No.1 THE AUTO OPEN FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S AND PASSENGER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS
2 No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
3 No.3 THE PASSENGER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
4 No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
5 No.5 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING OR CLOSING [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
2 The driver's side power window is inoperative.
Power supply circuit or ground circuit malfunction
Burnt fuse (B+)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between fuse (B+)

and power window main switch
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power

POSSIBLE window main switch and power window motor
CAUSE
window main switch and ground
Power window motor malfunction
Power window regulator malfunction
1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON Yes Go to step 6.

position.
Does the LED on the power window main No Go to the next step.
switch illuminate?
2 Operate the passenger's side power Yes Go to the next step.

window using the power window main
switch.
No Inspect for an open or short circuit in
Does the power window operate properly? the following wiring harnesses. Inspect
the connector connections
(damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion):
P.WIND 20 A fuse—
Power window main
switch terminal 1B
om
.c
(power retractable
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
hardtop model)/I
(soft-top model)
Power window main

switch terminal 1G
(power retractable
hardtop
model)/terminal J
(soft-top model)—
ground.
3 Is the P.WIND 20 A fuse normal? Yes Go to step 5. (power retractable

hardtop model with exterior open
function)
Replace the power window main

switch.
(See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH

(power retractable hardtop model

without exterior open function/soft-top
model)
No Inspect the following:
Short circuit in B+
power supply wiring
harness
Short circuit in power

window motor
Replace with the appropriate standard

fuse.
Then, go to the next step.
4 Operate the power window system. Yes Troubleshooting is completed.
Do the power windows operate properly?

No Re-confirm the symptom and go to
step 1.
5 Measure the voltage at the power window Yes Replace the power window main
main switch terminal 1A. switch.
Is the voltage B+? (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH

No Inspect for an open or short circuit in

om
.c
the power window main switch wiring

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
harness (battery power supply).
Inspect the power window main switch

connector connection. (damage/pulled-
out pins, corrosion)
6 Measure the voltage at the power window Yes Go to the next step.
main switch. (power window motor output
terminal) while operating the power
window using the power window main No Replace the power window main
switch. switch.

Is the voltage B+?
Power retractable
hardtop model:
Open: terminal 1J/close:

terminal 1I
Soft-top model:
Open: terminal B/close:

terminal G
motor. (battery power supply terminal)
while operating the power window using
the power window main switch. No Inspect for an open or short circuit in
the wiring harness between the power
Is the voltage B+? window main switch and the power
window motor.
(Open: terminal A/close: terminal G)
Inspect the power window main switch
and power window motor connector
connections. (damage/pulled-out pins,
corrosion)
8 Operate the driver's side power window Yes Go to the next step.
using the power window main switch.
Does the power window motor operate No Replace the power window motor.
(rotate)?
(See POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
CAUTION: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
If the power window motor temperature is

high, the motor may not rotate due to the
motor internal bimetal function. Leave it
untouched for about 3 min to cool it
down, then reinspect.
om
9 Remove the door glass from the carrier Yes Replace the power window regulator.
d .c
plate.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Make sure that the door glass moves REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
smoothly using your hand.
Does the door glass move smoothly? No Inspect for a bent regulator guide or
other possible malfunction. If normal,
replace the door glass run-channel.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
Manual Open/close Function Inspection
1 Turn the ignition switch to the Yes Go to the next step.

ON position.
Operate the driver-side power No Inspect the following items:

window using the manual
open/close function on the Power window
power window main switch. main switch
power supply
Does the driver-side power fuse
window operate properly?
Power window
main switch
ground wiring
harness
Power window
main switch
power supply
wiring harness
Wiring harness
between power
window main
switch and
driver-side
power window
motor
Power window
main switch
(driver-side
power window
control is
malfunctioning)
Driver-side
power window
motor
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Repair or replace the
malfunctioning part, then go to
the next step.
2 Operate the passenger-side Yes Manual open/close function is

power window using the power normal.
window main switch.
Perform the auto open/close
Does the passenger-side power function inspection.
window operate properly?
No Inspect the following items:
Wiring harness
between power
window main
switch and
passenger-side
power window
motor
Power window
main switch
(passenger-
side power
window control
is
malfunctioning)
Passenger-side
power window
motor

malfunctioning part, then go to
the next step.
Auto Open Function Inspection
NOTE:
The soft-top models do not have passenger's side power window auto open function.
1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON Yes Go to the next step.

position.
Operate the driver-side and No Go to No.1 THE AUTO OPEN

passenger-side power window using FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S
the auto open function on the AND PASSENGER'S SIDE
om
POWER WINDOW IS
.c
driver-side and passenger-side

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
power window main switch. INOPERATIVE [POWER
WINDOW SYSTEM] .
Do each power window operate
properly?
2 Operate the power window main Yes Auto open function is

switch to the close position while normal.
the power window is opening.
Does the power window operation No Replace the power window

stop? main switch. (power window
control unit is
malfunctioning.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING QUESTIONNAIRE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
No.1 THE AUTO OPEN FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S AND PASSENGER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS
The auto open function on the driver's and passenger's side power window is
1
inoperative.
No power supply to power window main switch
Power window main switch malfunction (power window control unit

POSSIBLE malfunction, auto switch malfunction)
CAUSE Power window motor malfunction
Malfunction in wiring harness between power window motor and power

window main switch
NOTE:
The soft-top models do not have passenger’s side power window auto open function.
1 Turn the ignition switch to ON position. Yes The power window system is normal.
Operate driver and passenger side power

window using automatic open function on No Automatic open
the power window main switch. function does not
operate both sides:
Do each side power window open
normally? Go to the next step.
Automatic open
function does not
operate one side:
Go to step 4.
2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position. Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the voltage between power

window main switch following terminal No Repair or replace for open circuit.
om
and ground.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Terminal 1B (power
retractable hardtop
model)
Terminal I (soft-top
model)
Is the voltage B+?
3 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK Yes Inspect the power window main switch.
position.
Disconnect the power window main INSPECTION .)
switch connector.
Replace the power window main switch
Verify that the continuity between if necessary.
following power window main switch
terminal and ground.
No Repair or replace for open circuit.
Terminal 1G (power
retractable hardtop
model)
Terminal J (soft-top
model)
4 Turn the ignition switch to ON position. Yes Replace the power window main switch.
(power window control unit malfunction)
Operate suspected side power window
using manual open function on the power (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
window main switch. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Do suspected side power window open

normally? No Go to the next step.
5 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK Yes Go to the next step.

position.
Disconnect the power window main No Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

switch and suspected side power window
motor connector.
Inspect for poor connection. (such as

damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion etc.)
6 Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring Yes Repair or replace for open or short
harness between suspected side power circuit.
window motor and power window main
switch.
Power retractable
hardtop model
om
driver's side:
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Terminal 1I (main
switch)—terminal G
(motor)
Terminal 1J (main
switch)—terminal A
(motor)
Power retractable
hardtop model
passenger's side:
Terminal 1D (main
(motor)
Terminal 1F (main
(motor)
Soft-top model
driver's side:
Terminal G (main
(motor)
Terminal B (main
(motor)
Soft-top model
passenger's side:
Terminal A (main
(motor)
Terminal D (main
(motor)
Is the open or short circuit detected?
7 Inspect suspected side power window Yes Replace the power window main switch.
motor. (power window control unit malfunction,
auto switch malfunction)
(See POWER WINDOW MOTOR
INSPECTION .) (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
Is the power window motor normal?
No Replace the power window motor.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
No.3 THE PASSENGER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
3 The passenger's side power window is inoperative.
Power supply circuit malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window

main switch and passenger's side power window motor
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Power window main switch malfunction
The passenger's side power window motor malfunction
The passenger's side power window regulator malfunction
1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Go to the next step.
Operate the driver's side power window

using the power window main switch. No Go to the symptom “No.4 ALL
POWER WINDOWS ARE
Does the power window operate properly? INOPERATIVE” troubleshooting
procedure.
main switch (power window motor output
terminal) while operating the passenger’s
side power window using the power window No Replace the power window main
main switch. switch.

Is the voltage B+?
Power retractable
hardtop model:
Open: terminal 1F/close:

terminal 1D
Soft-top model:
Open: terminal D/close:

om
.c
terminal A
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
motor (battery power supply terminal) while
operating the passenger's side power
window using the power window main No Inspect for an open or short circuit
switch. in the wiring harness between the
power window main switch and the
Is the voltage B+? power window motor.
(Open: terminal A/close: terminal G) Inspect the power window main

switch and power window motor
connector connections.
(damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
4 Operate the passenger's side power window Yes Go to the next step.
(rotate)?

untouched for about 3 min to cool it, then
reinspect.
5 Remove the door glass from carrier plate. Yes Replace the power window regulator.
Make sure that the door glass moves (See POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
smoothly using your hand. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Does the door glass move smoothly?

No Inspect for a bent regulator guide or
other possible malfunction.
If normal, replace the door glass

run-channel.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
4 All power windows are inoperative.
Power supply circuit or ground circuit malfunction
Burnt fuse (B+)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ignition

switch (IG1) and power window main switch
POSSIBLE Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power

CAUSE window main switch and power window motor

window main switch and ground
Power window main switch malfunction (switch malfunction)
1 Operate the passenger's side power window Yes Go to step 5.

Does any power window operate? No Go to the next step.
2 Operate the driver's side power window Yes Go to the next step.
Does the power window operate? No Inspect for an open circuit in the
wiring harness between the power
window main switch and the body
ground.
Inspect the power window main

switch connector connection.

om
d .c
3 Is the P.WIND 20 A fuse normal? Yes Replace with the appropriate

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
standard fuse.
If the fuse is melted, inspect the

wiring harness for a short to ground.
Repair or replace the wiring harness,
then replace the fuse.
No Go to the next step. (power

retractable hardtop model with
exterior open function.)
Replace the power window main

switch.

(power retractable hardtop model

without exterior open function/soft-
top model.)
4 Measure the voltage at the power window Yes Replace the power window main
main switch terminal 1A. switch.
Is the voltage B+? (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH

No Inspect for an open or short circuit

in the power window main switch
wiring harness. (battery power
supply)
Inspect the power window main

switch connector connection.
5 Operate the power window using the power Yes Go to the next step.
window main switch.
(rotate)?

untouched for about 3 min to cool it down,
then reinspect.
6 Remove the door glass from the carrier Yes Replace the power window regulator
plate. guide.
om
Make sure that the door glass moves

d .c
No Inspect for a bent regulator guide or

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
smoothly using your hand.
other possible malfunction. If
Does the door glass move smoothly? normal, replace the glass run
channel.
7 NOTE: Yes Go to the next step.
Do not operate the power window main

switch during the following inspection. No Replace the power window main
switch.
Inspect the continuity between power
window main switch terminal (up-side) 1I, (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
1D (power retractable hardtop model)/G, A REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(soft-top model) and ground.
8 NOTE: Yes Inspect the power window main

switch connector connections.
Do not operate the power window main (damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
switch during the following inspection.
Inspect the continuity between power
window main switch terminal (down-side)
1J, 1F (power retractable hardtop model)/B, No Replace the power window main
D (soft-top model) and ground. switch.
Is there continuity? (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
No.5 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING OR CLOSING [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
5 Abnormal noise while the door glass is opening or closing.
Installation screw is loose between the door glass and carrier plate.
Deformity in the power window regulator plastic part due to use.
Scratching, wear marks to the power window regulator resin part

POSSIBLE due to twisting of the cable.
CAUSE
Gear deformity in the power window motor.
NOTE:
Identify the location of the noise using a stethoscope or similar device.
Time of
Noise type Possible cause Location of noise Action
occurrence
Clanking Door glass Insufficiently tightened installation screw Between door glass Securely tighten the
noise begins to between the door glass and carrier plate. lower edge and installation screw.
move carrier plate.
Groaning While door Vibration caused by wear on the resin part Power window Replace the power
noise glass is from cable twisting due to use of the power regulator window regulator
operating window regulator.
(Sound (See POWER WINDOW
increases NOTE: REGULATOR
due to use) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Noise does not occur if a
roller is equipped to power
window regulator resin
part.
Whining Gear inside power window motor is Gear in power Replace the power
noise deformed due to use. window motor window motor
(See POWER WINDOW

Clicking REGULATOR
noise REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(Periodic
noise)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.1 DOOR CANNOT BE LOCKED/UNLOCKED BY TRANSMITTER (ADVANCED KEY) [ADVANCED

KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
1 Door cannot be locked/unlocked by transmitter (advanced key)
Malfunction in transmitter (advanced key) battery or transmitter

(advanced key)
Malfunction in keyless control module

POSSIBLE
Malfunction in keyless receiver
CAUSE
Wrong usage
The after-market electrical parts are interfering with the keyless entry
system
1 Attempt to lock/unlock the door with Yes Go to the next step.

the transmitter (advanced key).
Does the operation indicator light No Go to step 7.

(LED) illuminate?
om
2 Did the customer activate the Yes Go to the next step.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
transmitter (advanced key) within
operative area (Within 2.5 m {8.2
ft} from area around vehicle)?
No The system is normal.
Explain to the customer that the system

does not work without the system operative
area.
3 Did the customer use the keyless Yes The system is normal.
entry system in particular area, such
as being near TV towers, power Area of operation is subject.
plants, power lines, or factories?
Explain effect of outside interference on the
transmitter (advanced key) to the customer.

keyless entry system with all
following conditions satisfied?
All doors closed
Mechanical key is does not work without these conditions
not in steering lock satisfied.
unit.
Start knob is at
LOCK position.
Start knob is not

pressed.
5 Are any of the following after- Yes Go to the next step.

market electrical parts on the
vehicle?
No Go to step 7.
Cellular phone
Radio-wave
equipment
Remote engine
om
d .c
starter
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
TV
Other
6 Disconnect the after-market Yes The system is normal. The after-market

electrical parts connectors and electrical parts are interfering with the
attempt to lock/unlock the doors keyless entry system.
with the transmitter (advanced key).
Does the keyless entry system No Go to the next step.

work?
7 Is there repair record of the Yes Go to the next step.

customer's keyless entry system?
No Go to Step 10.
8 Does the malfunction occur after the Yes Go to the next step.
repair?
No Go to Step 10.
9 Is the malfunction corrected when Yes System is normal. (Explain to the customer
the ID numbers for all the that the malfunction occurred because all
customer's transmitters (advanced the transmitter (advanced key) ID numbers
key) are updated? were not updated even though the body
control module or a transmitter (advanced
(See ADVANCED KEY ID CODE key) was replaced in the previous servicing.)
REGISTRATION .)
10 Visually inspect the transmitter Yes Battery insertion

(advanced key) battery for the direction, battery type
following: problem:
(See ADVANCED KEY BATTERY Properly install the battery

REPLACEMENT .) or replace the battery with
a specified one (CR1620),
Battery insertion then go to the next step.
direction (correct
polarity) Malfunction with the
battery terminals:
Battery type
(CR1620) Clean corrosion and soiling
or repair the terminal, then
Corrosion, soiling, go to the next step.
deformation of
battery terminals
(plus/minus No Go to the next step.
terminals)
Contact malfunction
between the battery
terminal and
om
battery when
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
battery is inserted
Use a new monitor battery (normal

battery) or one from another vehicle No If the operation indicator light (LED) does
which operates normally. not illuminate, replace the transmitter, then
go to the Step 24.
Replace the battery in all the
transmitters (advanced key) with a
monitor-use battery (normal
battery).
(See ADVANCED KEY BATTERY

REPLACEMENT .)
For each transmitter (advanced

key), verify that the transmitter
operation indicator light (LED)
illuminates when a button is
operated.
Does operation indicator light (LED)

for each transmitter (advanced key)
operate?
12 NOTE: Yes Replace the transmitter (advanced key)

battery, and then go to Step 24.
Inspect for all transmitters
(advanced key). (See ADVANCED KEY BATTERY
REPLACEMENT .)
Inspect while the batteries for all of
the transmitters (advanced key) are
replaced with monitor-use batteries No Go to the next step.
(normal battery).
Verify the operation of keyless entry

system using all of the transmitters
(advanced key).
Does the keyless entry system

operate properly?
13 Replace with a transmitter Yes Replace the transmitter (advanced key)

(advanced key) battery known to be battery, and then go to step 24.
good.
Does the keyless entry system No Replace the transmitter (advanced key), and
operate properly? then go to Step 24.
14 Inspect for the keyless receiver Yes Go to the next step.

installation.
Is the bracket securely installed on No Install the bracket securely, and then go to
om
the keyless receiver? the next step.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
15 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK Yes Go to the next step.
position.
Measure the voltage at keyless No Inspect ROOM 15 A fuse.

receiver terminal A?
Inspect and repair the
Is the voltage B+? wiring harness between the
fuse block and the keyless
receiver as necessary.
16 Measure the voltage at keyless Yes Go to the next step.

receiver terminal E?
Is the voltage 0 V? No Inspect and repair the

wiring harness between the
ground wire and the keyless
receiver as necessary.
Re-tighten the ground wire

as necessary.
17 Disconnect the keyless receiver Yes Go to the next step.

connector (6-pin) and keyless
control module connector (75-pin).
No Inspect and repair the
Is there continuity between the wiring harness between the
following terminals? keyless control module and
the keyless receiver, then
Keyless receiver go to the next step.
connector terminal
A—keyless control
module connector
terminal 3S
Keyless receiver
connector terminal
C—keyless control
module connector
terminal 3U
18 Remove the key from steering lock. Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the pulse profile using an

oscilloscope at the keyless control No Replace the keyless receiver, and then go to
module terminal 3U while operating the next step.
Is the pulse profile become long at

moment of transmitter operation?
19 Measure the signal wave pattern of Yes Go to the next step.

keyless control module terminal 3U
using an oscilloscope while the
No Replace the keyless receiver, and then go to
transmitter (advanced key) is
Step 24.
operated with the auxiliary key
om
.c
removed from the ignition key

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
cylinder.
Does the wave pattern change when

the transmitter (advanced key) is
operated?
NOTE:
Perform the oscilloscope setting

using 0.5 V/DIV (Y), 100 ms/DIV
(X), DC range.
20 Measure the voltage at the keyless Yes Go to the next step.

control module terminals 3B, 3I, 1E
and 1F.
No Inspect for fuse.
Terminal 3B: IG1
voltage Inspect and repair the
Terminal 1E, 1F: keyless control module and
B+ the fuse block as necessary.
Terminal 3I: ACC Then go to the next step.

voltage
Is the voltage as above?
21 Measure the voltage at keyless Yes Go to the next step.

control module terminal 3C?
Is the voltage 0 V? No Inspect and repair the

ground wire and the keyless
control module as
necessary.
Re-tighten the ground wire

as necessary.
Then go to the next step.
22 Turn the start knob to LOCK position Yes Go to the next step.
with mechanical key is not in ignition
switch, and the start knob is not
pushed. No Inspect for key reminder
switch.
Measure the voltage following
keyless control module connector. Inspect and repair the
Terminal 3O (key steering lock unit (key
reminder switch): reminder switch) and the
below 1.0 V keyless control module.
Terminal 3N (start Then go to the next step.

knob (push switch))
: below 1.0 V
om
Terminal 3I (ACC
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
voltage): below
1.0 V
Terminal 3B (IG1
voltage): below
1.0 V
Is the signal voltage normal?
23 Measure voltage at the keyless Yes Go to the next step.

control module terminal 4Q.
All doors closed: No Inspect the door switch.

B+
If normal, inspect for open or short at the
Any door opened: door switch related harness.
below 1.0 V
24 Measure the voltage at the keyless Yes Replace the keyless control module.
control module terminals 1C and 1A
while operating the transmitter.
No Inspect and repair the wiring harness
All doors locked: between the keyless control module and
1.0 V or door lock actuator.
less→B+→1.0 V or
less (terminal 1C) If the wiring harness is normal, inspect the
door lock actuator.
Any door unlocked:
1.0 V or
less→B+→1.0 V or
less (terminal 1A)
25 Does the keyless entry system Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain repairs
operate properly? to the customers
No Re-inspect the malfunction symptoms, then

repeat form step 1 if malfunction recurs.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.2 BLINK KEYLESS INDICATOR LIGHT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
2 Blink keyless indicator light
POSSIBLE CAUSE Low transmitter (advanced key) battery voltage.
Close all doors. Replace wit new transmitter (advanced key)

YES
battery.
Turn the ignition switch from ON to
1 off.
Does the keyless indicator light flash NO Troubleshooting completed.

(green)?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.3 ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
3 Advanced keyless entry function inoperative
Malfunction in the transmitter (advanced key).
Malfunction in the keyless control module.
POSSIBLE CAUSE Malfunction in the keyless receiver.
Malfunction in the keyless antenna.
Wrong usage.
1 Retrieve the advanced keyless system DTC using the Yes Perform the applicable DTC diagnostic procedures.
M-MDS.
Are there DTC displayed? No Go to the next step.
2 Did the customer attempt to operate each front doors Yes Go to the next step.
and trunk rid using the request switch?
No Inspect the advanced keyless system operations using the
request switch. If the advanced keyless system is
inoperative, then go to the next step.
3 Prepare the followings: Yes The system is normal. Explain the advanced keyless
system operation.
Make sure that there is no transmitter
(advanced key) inside the passenger
compartment. No Go to the next step.
Close all doors including trunk rid.
Remove the key from the steering

lock.
Make sure that start knob is to the

LOCK position. (Do not Press the
knob)
om
Make sure that the transmitter

.c
(advanced key) is within the advanced

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
keyless system operative area (within
80 cm {2.6 ft} from front door)
Does the advanced keyless system operate properly?
4 Replace with a transmitter (advanced key) battery Yes Replace the transmitter (advanced key). Then go to the
known to be good. next step.
Operate the transmitter (advanced key).

Does the keyless entry system operate properly?
5 Measure the voltage at the keyless control module Yes Go to the next step.
terminals 4H, 4J and 4L while operating the request
switch.
No Inspect and repair the applicable wiring harness as
Operate driver’s side front door necessary, then go to the next step.
request switch (4J): 5.0 V→1.0 V or
less
Operate passenger’s side front door

request switch (4H): 5.0 V→1.0 V or
less
Operate trunk lid request switch (4L):

5.0 V→1.0 V or less
6 Turn the start knob to LOCK position with mechanical Yes Go to the next step.
key is not in ignition switch, and the start knob is not
pushed.
No Inspect and repair for open or short circuit in wiring
Measure the voltage following keyless control module between the suspect switch and keyless control module,
connector. then go to the next step.
Terminal 3O (key reminder switch):

below 1.0 V
Terminal 3N (start knob (push

switch)): below 1.0 V
Terminal 3I (ACC voltage): below 1.0

V
Terminal 3B (IG1 voltage): below 1.0

V
Is the signal voltage normal?
7 Simulate the following keyless antenna using the M- Yes Go to the next step.
MDS:.
ANT_RF# (keyless antenna (RH): No Inspect for open or short circuit between
terminals 2A and 2B) suspect keyless antenna and keyless
control module.
ANT_LF# (keyless antenna (LH):
terminals 2C and 2D) If the wiring harness
normal, replace suspect
ANT_BK# (keyless antenna (rear): keyless antenna, then
terminals 2E and 2F) go to the next step.
ANT_INN1# (keyless antenna (trunk): If the wiring harness is

terminals 2G and 2H) not normal, repair or
replace for open or
ANT_INN2# (keyless antenna (rear short circuit, then go to
No.2): terminals 2I and 2J) the next step.
ANT_INN3# (keyless antenna
(center): terminals 2K and 2L)

(instrument panel): terminals 3G and
3H)
om
d .c
Does each antenna operate properly (ON/OFF)?

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
8 Measure the pulse profile using an oscilloscope at the Yes Go to the next step.
keyless control module terminal 3U while operating the
transmitter (advanced key).
No Inspect the wiring harness between the
Is the pulse profile become long at moment of keyless receiver and the keyless control
transmitter operation? module.
If the harness is
normal, replace the
keyless receiver.
If the harness is
malfunctioning, repair
the wiring harness.
9 Measure the voltage at the keyless control module Yes Inspect the keyless control module and replace as
terminal 1A while operating the request switch. necessary.
Unlock: 1.0 V or less→B+→1.0 V or

less No Inspect and repair the wiring harness between keyless
control module and door lock actuator.
If the wiring harness is normal, inspect the door lock
actuator.
10 Does the keyless entry system operate properly? Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain repairs to the
customers
No Re-inspect the malfunction symptoms, then repeat form

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.4 ADVANCED KEYLESS START FUNCTION INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
4 Advanced keyless start function inoperative
Malfunction in the transmitter (advanced key).
Malfunction in the keyless control module.
POSSIBLE CAUSE Malfunction in the keyless receiver.
Malfunction in the keyless antenna.
Malfunction in the PCM.
1 Retrieve the advanced keyless system DTC using the Yes Perform the applicable DTC diagnostic procedures.
M-MDS.
Are there DTC displayed? No Go to the next step.
2 Attempt to start the engine using the key. Yes Go to the next step.
Does engine start?

No Go to symptom troubleshooting flow No.3 in 01-03 section.
3 Does the keyless indicator light (green) turn ON Yes Go to step 11.
when pressing the start knob?
No If the keyless indicator light (green)
does not illuminate:
If the keyless warning light (red) is

flushing:
Go to Step 6.
If the keyless warning light (red)

illuminates:
Go to Step 9.
om
d .c
4 Bring the transmitter (advanced key) inside the Yes Go to the next step.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
passenger compartment.
Measure the voltage at the keyless control module No Inspect the wiring harness between the
terminal 3N (push switch) while pushing the start steering lock unit and keyless control.
knob.
If the harness is normal,
Is the voltage 0 V? replace the steering lock
unit.
If the harness is
malfunctioning, repair the
wiring harness.
5 Replace with a transmitter (advanced key) battery Yes Replace the transmitter (advanced key). Then go to the
known to be good. next step.
Bring the transmitter (advanced key) inside the

passenger compartment. No Go to the next step.
Does the keyless entry system operate properly?
6 Simulate the following keyless antenna using the M- Yes Go to the next step.
MDS:.
ANT_RF# (keyless antenna (RH): No Inspect for open or short circuit between
terminals 2A and 2B) suspect keyless antenna and keyless
control module.
ANT_LF# (keyless antenna (LH):
terminals 2C and 2D) If the wiring harness
normal, replace suspect
ANT_BK# (keyless antenna (rear): keyless antenna, then go
terminals 2E and 2F) to the next step.
ANT_INN1# (keyless antenna If the wiring harness is not

(trunk): terminals 2G and 2H) normal, repair or replace
for open or short circuit,
ANT_INN2# (keyless antenna (rear then go to the next step.
No.2): terminals 2I and 2J)

(center): terminals 2K and 2L)

(instrument panel): terminals 3G
and 3H)
Does each antenna operate properly (ON/OFF)?
7 Measure the pulse profile using an oscilloscope at the Yes Go to the next step.
keyless control module terminal 3U while operating
No Inspect the wiring harness between the
Is the pulse profile become long at moment of keyless receiver and the keyless control
transmitter operation? module.
If the harness is normal,

replace the keyless
receiver.
If the harness is
malfunctioning, repair the
wiring harness.
8 Inspect the keyless receiver. Yes Go to the next step.
(See KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION .)

No Repair or replace malfunctioning part according to
Is the keyless receiver normal? inspection result.
9 Measure the keyless control module terminal 3P Yes Go to the next step.
om
.c
voltage.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the voltage approx. 5.0 V? No Inspect for open or short circuit between keyless control
module terminal 3P (75-pin) and keyless receiver unit
terminal C (6-pin).
Is the wiring harness is not normal, repair or replace for

open or short circuit, then go to the next step.
If the wiring harness is normal, go to the next step.
10 Replace steering lock unit. Yes Troubleshooting completed.
Turn the start knob to START position. Explain repairs to the customers.
Does the advanced keyless start operate properly?

No Replace the keyless control module.
(See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Then go to the next step.
11 Does the keyless entry system operate properly? Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain repairs to the
customers.
No Re-inspect the malfunction symptoms, then repeat form

step 1 if malfunction recurs.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
NOTE:
The KEY indicator light (green) flashes for approximately 30 s to indicate that the
remaining battery power of the transmitter is low. Replace with a new battery before the
transmitter becomes unusable.
In the following cases, the KEY warning light (red) illuminates and the engine will not start.
The transmitter battery is dead.
The transmitter not within operational range.
The transmitter is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to

detect the signal.
A key from another manufacturer similar to the transmitter is in the

operational range.
No. Troubleshooting item Page
1 Door cannot be locked/unlocked by See NO.1 DOOR CANNOT BE LOCKED/UNLOCKED BY TRANSMITTER

transmitter (advanced key) (ADVANCED KEY) [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
2 Blink keyless indicator light See NO.2 BLINK KEYLESS INDICATOR LIGHT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM]
3 Advanced keyless entry function See NO.3 ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION INOPERATIVE
inoperative [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
4 Advanced keyless start function See NO.4 ADVANCED KEYLESS START FUNCTION INOPERATIVE
inoperative [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
The advanced keyless system is controlled by the keyless control module.
“All locks” includes the trunk lid.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
Perform the following preliminary inspection before troubleshooting.
1 Is an after–market system installed? Yes Perform troubleshooting according to the

after–market keyless entry system
manual.
2 Did the customer activate the keyless Yes Explain to the customer
entry system with the key inserted into that the system does not
the steering lock? work with the key
inserted into the steering
lock.
3 The transmitter operation indicator Yes Go to Step 8.

light (LED) illuminates when any
operation using the transmitter is
performed.
4 Visually inspect the transmitter battery Yes Battery insertion

for the following: direction, battery type
problem:
(See TRANSMITTER BATTERY
REPLACEMENT .) Properly install the
battery or replace the
Battery direction battery with a specified
(polarity) one (CR1620), then go to
the next step.
Battery type (CR1620)
Battery terminal
Corrosion, soiling,
malfunction:
deformation of battery
terminals (plus/minus Clean corrosion and
terminals) soiling or repair the
om
terminal, then go to the

.c
Contact malfunction
d
next step.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
between the battery
terminal and battery
when battery is No Go to Step 6.
inserted
5 Does the keyless entry system operate Yes Go to Step 8.

properly?
Use a new monitor battery (normal

battery) or one from another vehicle No If the operation indicator light (LED) does
which operates normally. not illuminate, replace the transmitter,
then go to Step 11.
Replace the battery in all the
transmitters with a monitor-use
battery (normal battery).
(See TRANSMITTER BATTERY

REPLACEMENT .)
For each transmitter, verify that the

transmitter operation indicator light
(LED) illuminates when a button is
operated.
Does operation indicator light (LED) for

each transmitter operate?
7 NOTE: Yes Replace the battery, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for all transmitters. (See TRANSMITTER BATTERY

REPLACEMENT .)
Inspect while the batteries for all of
the transmitters are replaced with
monitor-use batteries (normal No Go to the next step.
battery).
Verify the operation of keyless entry

system using all of the transmitters.
Does the keyless entry system operate

normally?

transmitter within operative area
(Within 2.5 m {8.2 ft} from area
around vehicle)?

om
.c
does not work without the system

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
operative area.
9 Did the customer use the keyless entry Yes Attempt to lock/unlock the doors with the
system in particular area, such as transmitter in a non–interference area.
being near TV towers, power plants,
power lines, or factories? If system operates:
Area of operation is
suspect. Explain effect of
outside interference on
the transmitter to the
customer.
If system does not

operate:
10 Are any of the following after–market Yes Disconnect the after–market electrical part
electrical parts on the vehicle? connectors and attempt to lock/unlock the
doors with the transmitter.
Cellular phone
If system operates:
Radio–wave
equipment The after–market
electrical parts are
Remote engine starter interfering with the
keyless entry system.
TV
If system does not
operate:
11 Perform the on–board diagnostic Yes Go to the next step.

function.
om
.c
(See KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM ON- No Go to step 1 of

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
BOARD DIAGNOSIS [KEYLESS ENTRY troubleshooting NO. 1.
SYSTEM] .)
(See NO.1 ONE OR MORE
Does the on–board diagnostic function ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
work? FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE
[KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM] .)
Go to step 1 of
troubleshooting NO. 2.
(See NO.2 ALL ON-BOARD

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS
INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
12 Attempt to reprogram the transmitter Yes The system is normal.

ID code.
Can the transmitter ID code be No Go to step 1 of troubleshooting NO. 3.

reprogrammed?
(See NO.3 TRANSMITTER ID CODE CANNOT
BE REPROGRAMMED [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
NOTE:
When the trunk lid opener cancel switch is at the ON position, the trunk lid does not unlock even when the trunk lid
button is pressed. Verify that the trunk lid cancel switch is at the OFF position when performing the on-board
diagnostic test.
The trunk lid opener cancel switch is located in the trunk compartment.
"All doors“ includes the trunk lid.
< Previous Next >

om
Back to Top
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.1 ONE OR MORE ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS ENTRY

SYSTEM]
1 One or more on-board diagnostic functions inoperative
Malfunction in trunk lid opener system, horn system, hazard warning light
DESCRIPTION
system, or door lock linkage system
Malfunction in trunk lid opener system
Trunk lid opener relay circuit malfunction
Malfunction in horn system
Horn circuit malfunction
Malfunction in wiring harness between keyless control

module and horn relay
POSSIBLE Malfunction in hazard warning light system

CAUSE
Hazard warning light circuit

module and hazard warning lights

module and flasher control module
Malfunction in door lock linkage
Malfunction in keyless control module door lock/unlock signal circuit

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 INSPECT HORN AND HAZARD WARNING Yes Go to step 11.

LIGHT OPERATION DURING ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS
Do all of the following items
work during on-board diagnostic
function operation?
Hazard warning
lights flash.
Horns sounds
intermittently.
Trunk lid opens.
2 INSPECT HAZARD WARNING LIGHT Yes Go to step 5.

OPERATION DURING ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
Do the hazard warning lights No Go to the next step.

flash during on-board diagnostic
function operation?
3 INSPECT HAZARD WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Do the hazard warning lights

flash when hazard warning No Inspect the hazard warning light circuit.
switch is on?
*4 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING Yes Reinspect the malfunction symptoms, then

HARNESS (BETWEEN KEYLESS CONTROL repeat from step 1 if malfunction recurs.
MODULE AND FLASHER CONTROL MODULE)
OR KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
No Inspect the wiring harness
Measure the voltage at keyless between the keyless control
control module connector module and flasher control
terminal 4N during on-board module.
diagnostic function operation.
If the wiring
When hazard harness is
warning lights normal,
flashed: replace the
Alternates keyless control
between B+ module and
and below 1.0 reprogram the
V transmitter ID
code, then go
Is the voltage as above? to step 14.
om
d .c
If the wiring
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
harness is
malfunctioning,
repair the
wiring harness,
then go to step
14.
5 INSPECT HORN OPERATION DURING ON- Yes Go to step 8.

BOARD DIAGNOSIS
Dose horn sound intermittently No Go to the next step.

during on-board diagnostic
function operation?
6 INSPECT HORN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Does horn sound when the horn

switch on the vehicle is pressed? No Inspect the horn circuit.
*7 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING Yes Replace the keyless control module and
HARNESS (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN reprogram the keyless control module ID code,
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE AND HORN then go to step 14.
RELAY) OR KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
Turn the ignition switch to the No Repair the wiring harness between the keyless
LOCK position. control module and horn relay, then go to step
14.
Disconnect the keyless control
module connector and horn relay
connector.
Is there continuity between

connector terminal 4U and horn
relay connector?
8 CHECK TRUNK LID OPERATION DURING ON- Yes Go to step 11.

BOARD DIAGNOSIS
Does the trunk lid open during No Go to the next step.

on-board diagnostic function
operation?
9 INSPECT TRUNK LID OPENER SYSTEM Yes Go to the next step.
Does the trunk lid open by the

trunk lid opener switch? No Inspect the trunk lid opener system.
*10 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN TRUNK LID Yes Replace the keyless control module and the
OPENER RELAY CIRCUIT OR KEYLESS reprogram transmitter ID code, then go to step
CONTROL MODULE 14.
Disconnect the keyless control

module connector. No Inspect the trunk lid opener relay circuit.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Measure the voltage at keyless
control module connector
terminal 4P.
11 VERIFY THAT ALL DOORS LOCK AND Yes Reinspect the malfunction symptoms, then
UNLOCK DURING ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS repeat from step 1 if the malfunction recurs.
Do all doors unlock and lock

during on-board diagnostic No Go to the next step.
function operation?
12 INSPECT DOOR LOCK LINKAGE Yes Go to the next step.
Operate the door lock knob and

verify the door locks and unlocks No Inspect the door lock linkage.
manually.
Does every door lock system

work?
*13 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN DOOR Yes Reinspect the malfunction symptoms, then
LOCK ACTUATOR, KEYLESS CONTROL repeat from step 1 if the malfunction recurs.
MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OR ELSEWHERE
Measure the voltage at keyless No Inspect the keyless control

control module connector module the connector.
terminals 1C and 1A.
Inspect the wiring harness
All doors between the keyless control
locked: Cycles module and door lock actuator.
1.0 V or less
→B+→1.0 V or If the above
less (terminal parts are
1C) normal, go to
the next step.
All doors
unlocked: If any of above
Cycles B+→1.0 parts are
V or less→B+ malfunctioning,
(terminal 1A) repair the
malfunctioning
Is the voltage as above? part.
14 REINSPECT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM AFTER Yes Troubleshooting completed.

REPAIR
Does the keyless entry system
operate properly?
No Reinspect the malfunction symptoms, then
repeat from step 1 if malfunction recurs.
om
.c
< Previous Next >

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.2 ALL ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
2 All on-board diagnostic functions inoperative
Malfunction in keyless control module power supply circuit, door switch

DESCRIPTION
circuit, keyless control module ground circuit.
Malfunction in IG1 or B+ signal circuit of keyless control module
Keyless control module power supply fuse malfunction

module power supply fuses and keyless control module
Malfunction in door open/closed signal circuit of keyless control module
Door switch system malfunction

module and door switch
Malfunction in trunk lid open signal circuit of keyless control module

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Trunk lid compartment light switch system malfunction

module and trunk lid compartment light switch
Malfunction in keyless control module GND signal circuit

module and ground
Malfunction in keyless receiver

om
module and keyless receiver

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.
FUSES
Are the keyless control module power supply No Inspect for a short to ground in
fuses normal? circuit of blown fuse. Repair or
replace if necessary.
Install an appropriate amperage

fuse.
2 INSPECT DOOR SWITCH INSTALLATION Yes Go to the next step.
Are the door switches installed securely?

No Install the door switches securely,
then go back to step 5 of KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM PRELIMINARY
INSPECTION.
*3 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.

(NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN FUSE BLOCK AND KEYLESS
CONTROL MODULE) OR ELSEWHERE
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. the fuse block and keyless control
module, then go to step 12.
Measure the voltage at the following keyless
control module connector terminals:
IG1 signal (terminal 3B)
B+ signal (terminal 1F)
Is the voltage B+?
*4 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING HARNESS Yes Repair the malfunctioning wiring

(SHORT TO B+ BETWEEN FUSE BLOCK AND KEYLESS harness, then go to step 12.
CONTROL MODULE, OR BETWEEN KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE AND GROUND) OR ELSEWHERE
position.
Disconnect the keyless control module

connector.

control module connector terminal:
IG1 signal (terminal 3B)
Is the voltage B+?

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
*5 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.
(NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE AND GROUND) OR ELSEWHERE
Is there continuity between keyless control the keyless control module and
module connector terminal 3C and ground? ground, then go to step 12.
6 INSPECT FOR CHECK CODE 04 IN INSTRUMENT Yes Go to the next step.

CLUSTER
Inspect the door switch using the No Repair the door switch system using
instrument cluster input/output check the DTC 04 inspection procedure,
mode. then go to step 12.
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT

CHECK MODE.)
Is DTC 04 displayed?
7 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE OR WIRING Yes Replace the keyless control module
HARNESS (BETWEEN KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE AND and reprogram the keyless control
DOOR SWITCHES, TRUNK LID COMPARTMENT LIGHT module ID code, then go to the next
SWITCH FOR CONTINUITY) step.
Open the driver-side door.

Is there continuity between keyless control the keyless control module, door
module connector terminal 4T, 4Q, 3Z and switches, and trunk lid compartment
ground? light switch, then go to the next
step.
8 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.

(NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN FUSE BLOCK AND KEYLESS
RECEIVER) OR ELSEWHERE
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. the fuse block and keyless receiver,
then go to step 12.
receiver terminal:
RF receiver power (terminal

1A)
Is the voltage B+?

(NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN KEYLESS RECEIVER AND
GROUND) OR ELSEWHERE
Is there continuity between keyless receiver the keyless receiver and ground,
connector terminal 1E and ground? then go to step 12.

(NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN KEYLESS RECEIVER AND
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE) OR ELSEWHERE
om
d .c
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. the keyless receiver and keyless
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
control module, then go to step 12.
Disconnect the keyless receiver connector
and keyless control module.

terminals?
Terminal 1A—terminal 3S
Terminal 1C—terminal 3U
11 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING HARNESS Yes Replace the keyless control module,
(NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN KEYLESS RECEIVER AND then go to the next step.
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE) OR KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
Measure the signal wave pattern for keyless
receiver terminal 1C using an oscilloscope
when the transmitter is operated with the No Replace the keyless receiver, then go
key not inserted into the ignition key to the next step.
cylinder. (See KEYLESS RECEIVER
Does the wave pattern change when the
transmitter is operated?
NOTE:
Perform the oscilloscope

setting using 0.5V/DIV (Y),
100ms/DIV (X), DC range.
12 REINSPECT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM AFTER REPAIR Yes Troubleshooting completed.
Does the keyless entry system operate Explain repairs to the customer.
properly?
No Reinspect the malfunction symptoms,
then repeat from step 1 if the
malfunction recurs.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.3 TRANSMITTER ID CODE CANNOT BE REPROGRAMMED [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
3 Transmitter ID code cannot be reprogrammed
DESCRIPTION Malfunction in keyless receiver or keyless control module circuit.
Malfunction in keyless receiver related part
Keyless receiver power supply fuse malfunction
Malfunction in wiring harness between keyless receiver

and ground

POSSIBLE
power supply fuses and keyless receiver
CAUSE
and keyless control module
Malfunction in keyless control module

and keyless control module
1 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Is the keyless receiver power supply fuse

normal? No Install an appropriate amperage
fuse, then go to Step 6.
2 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING HARNESS (NO Yes Go to the next step.

CONTINUITY BETWEEN FUSE BLOCK AND KEYLESS
RECEIVER) OR ELSEWHERE
Measure the voltage at the following keyless between the fuse block and
om
receiver terminal: keyless receiver, then go to step

d .c
6.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Power supply signal (terminal
1A)
Is the voltage B+?

CONTINUITY BETWEEN KEYLESS RECEIVER AND GROUND)
OR ELSEWHERE
Is there continuity between keyless receiver between the keyless receiver
connector terminal 1E and ground? and ground, then go to step 6.

CONTINUITY BETWEEN KEYLESS RECEIVER AND KEYLESS
CONTROL MODULE) OR ELSEWHERE
Disconnect the keyless receiver connector and between the keyless receiver
keyless control module. and keyless control module,
then go to step 6.
terminals?
Terminal 1A—terminal 3S
Terminal 1C—terminal 3U
5 INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING HARNESS (NO Yes Replace the keyless control
CONTINUITY BETWEEN KEYLESS RECEIVER AND KEYLESS module, then go to the next
CONTROL MODULE) OR KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE step.
Measure the signal wave pattern for keyless (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
receiver terminal 1C using an oscilloscope when REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
the transmitter is operated with the key not
inserted into the ignition key cylinder.
No Replace the keyless receiver,
Does the wave pattern change when the then go to the next step.
transmitter is operated?
(See KEYLESS RECEIVER
NOTE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Perform the oscilloscope setting using 0.5V/DIV

(Y), 100ms/DIV (X), DC range.
6 REINSPECT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM AFTER REPAIR Yes Troubleshooting completed.
Does the keyless entry system operate properly? Explain repairs to the customer.
No Reinspect the malfunction

symptoms, then repeat from
step 1 if the malfunction recurs.
< Previous Next >

om
Back to Top
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
No. Troubleshooting item Description
1 One or more on-board Malfunction in trunk lid opener system, horn system,
diagnostic functions hazard warning light system, or door lock linkage
inoperative system
2 All on-board diagnostic Malfunction in keyless control module power supply

functions inoperative circuit, door switch circuit, keyless control module
ground circuit
3 Transmitter ID code cannot Malfunction in keyless receiver or keyless control module

be reprogrammed circuit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 11 MALFUNCTION WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
11 Malfunction warning light illuminates
PCM malfunction
Connector or pin malfunction
POSSIBLE Short circuit in wiring harness between CAN-L, CAN-H and ground
CAUSE
Open circuit in CAN wiring harness (CAN-L, CAN-H)
CAN wiring harness (CAN-L, CAN-H) short each other
Malfunction in brake switch signal input to PCM (PCM stores DTC P0571
and/or P0703.)
1 Start the engine. Yes Troubleshooting completed.

(The system is normal.)
Does the malfunction warning light turn off?
2 Retrieve DTC from the PCM using the M-MDS. Yes Go to applicable DTC
inspection.
(See DTC P0571 [LF] .)
Is the DTC P0571 and/or P0703 present?
3 Start the engine. Yes Go to the Step 5.
Verify that the warning and indicator lights condition.

Do two or more lights illuminate at the same time?
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4 Start the instrument cluster input/output check Yes Inspect the PCM.
mode.
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK No Replace the instrument

MODE.) cluster.
Does the malfunction warning light turn off with a (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
check code other than 26? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5 Disconnect the negative battery cable. Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the resistance between the DLC-2 terminals

F and E. No Go to Step 8.
Is the resistance below 60 ohms?
6 Disconnect the negative battery cable. Yes Inspect the wiring harness
and CAN system-related
Inspect the DLC-2 terminals F and E for short to module.
power supply or ground.
Is there any malfunction? malfunctioning part.
No Replace the instrument

cluster.

7 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the instrument cluster connector terminals

for poor connection (such as damaged/pulled-out No Repair or replace the
pins, and corrosion). terminal.
Are the terminals normal?
Measure the resistance between the instrument module.
cluster connector terminals 1J and 1L.
Is the resistance 114—126 ohms? malfunctioning part.

cluster.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM PAGE
1 (See NO. 1 FUEL GAUGE NEEDLE POSITION INCORRECT

Fuel gauge needle position incorrect
2 (See NO. 2 ALL METERS AND GAUGES DO NOT OPERATE

All meters and gauges do not operate
3 (See NO. 3 ABS WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT

ABS warning light illuminates
CLUSTER].)
4 MIL illuminates (See NO. 4 MIL ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
5 (See NO. 5 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES

Brake system warning light illuminates
6 Instrument cluster illumination does not (See NO. 6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ILLUMINATION DOES NOT
illuminate ILLUMINATE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
7 (See NO. 7 SPEEDOMETER INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE

Speedometer indication is defective
8 (See NO. 8 TACHOMETER INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE

Tachometer indication is defective
9 Water temperature gauge indication is (See NO. 9 WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE INDICATION IS
defective DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
10 Oil pressure gauge indication is defective (See NO. 10 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE
(oil pressure gauge needle does not move (OIL PRESSURE GAUGE NEEDLE DOES NOT MOVE FROM THE L
from the L position or less) POSITION OR LESS) [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
11 Malfunction warning light illuminates (See NO. 11 MALFUNCTION WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES
(With malfunction warning light) [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 1 FUEL GAUGE NEEDLE POSITION INCORRECT [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
1 Fuel gauge needle position incorrect
Fuel gauge sender unit malfunction

POSSIBLE
Fuel gauge sender unit is improperly installed
CAUSE
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and
GND
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and fuel
gauge sender unit
1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Troubleshooting completed.
Is there any malfunction in the fuel gauge such

as the needle not moving from the E mark, or No Go to the next step.
the needle does not point to the F mark even if
the fuel tank is full?
Does the high engine coolant temperature

warning light illuminate or flash from 3 to 30 s
when the ignition is switched ON?
2 Start the instrument cluster input/output check Yes Go to the next step.
mode.
Select the check code 22. No Go to Step 4.
Display value is 7—206?
3 Perform the check code 23 inspection. Yes Replace the instrument cluster.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4 Perform the check code 22 inspection. Yes Go to the next step.

No Go to Step 6.
5 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Replace the instrument cluster.

No Repair or replace the terminal.
6 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Repair or replace the wiring
harness between the instrument
Remove the instrument cluster. cluster and GND.
Disconnect the instrument cluster connector.
Inspect for continuity between the following
wiring harnesses.
2R terminal—GND
2T terminal—GND
Inspect the fuel gauge sender unit connector

terminals for poor connection (such as No Repair or replace the terminal.
Inspect for continuity following the wiring

harness between instrument cluster and fuel No Repair or replace the wiring
gauge sender unit. harness between the instrument
cluster and the fuel gauge sender
2R terminal—C terminal unit.
2T terminal—A terminal
om
.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
9 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Inspect the fuel gauge sender
unit.
Is the fuel gauge sender unit installed properly?
No Reinstall the fuel gauge sender

unit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 2 ALL METERS AND GAUGES DO NOT OPERATE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
2 All meters and gauges do not operate
POSSIBLE CAUSE Fuse malfunction
Open or short circuit in power supply (IG1) wiring harness
Open or short circuit in GND wiring harness
1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON Yes Troubleshooting completed.

position.
Inspect the following: No Go to the next step.
Does the
odometer/tripmeter
illuminate?
Does the fuel

gauge operate?
Does the MIL turn

off within approx.
3 s?
2 Inspect the METER fuse. Yes Go to the next step.
Is the fuse normal?

No Replace the fuse.
If the fuse is melted, inspect

the wiring harness for a
short to ground. Repair or
replace the wiring harness,
then replace the fuse.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
position.
Remove the instrument cluster.
Disconnect the instrument cluster

connector.
Inspect the voltage between

instrument cluster wiring harness-
side connector terminal 1G and
terminal 1E.

position.
Is the voltage B+?
No Inspect the suspect wiring harness, then

repair or replace.
4 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK Yes Replace the instrument cluster.
position.
Inspect the instrument cluster No Repair or replace the terminal.

connector terminals for poor
connection (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, and
corrosion).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 3 ABS WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
3 ABS warning light illuminates
ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Short circuit in wiring harness between CAN-L, CAN-H and GND
Does the ABS warning light turn off?

2 Are there a number of warning lights illuminated? Yes Go to Step 4.
3 Start the instrument cluster input/output check Yes Inspect the ABS HU/CM or
mode. DSC HU/CM.
Does the ABS warning light turn off with a check

code other than 26? No Replace the instrument
cluster.


om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5 Inspect the DLC-2 terminals F and E for short to Yes Inspect the wiring harness
power supply or GND. and CAN system-related
module.
malfunctioning part.

cluster.

for poor connection (such as damaged/pulled-out
pins, and corrosion).

terminal.

cluster.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 4 MIL ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
4 MIL illuminates
PCM malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Does the MIL turn off?

2 Are there a number of warning lights illuminated? Yes Go to Step 4.
3 Start the instrument cluster input/output check Yes Inspect the PCM.
mode.
Does the MIL turn off with a check code other than No Replace the instrument
26? cluster.


om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5 Inspect the DLC-2 terminals F and E for short to Yes Inspect the wiring harness
power supply or GND. and CAN system-related
module.

cluster.


terminal.

cluster.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 5 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
5 Brake system warning light illuminates
Brake fluid level sensor malfunction
Parking brake switch malfunction
POSSIBLE Connector or pin malfunction

CAUSE
Malfunction in brake switch signal input to PCM (PCM stores DTC P0571
and/or P0703.)(without malfunction warning light)
Release the parking brake.

No Without malfunction
Does the brake system warning light turn warning light:
off?
With malfunction
warning light:
Go to Step 3.
2 Retrieve the PCM DTC using the M-MDS. Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF] .) (See DTC P0571 [LF] .)
Is the DTC P0571 and/or P0703 present? (See DTC P0703 [LF] .)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 Are there a number of warning lights Yes Go to Step 6.

illuminated?
4 Does the brake fluid need replenishment? Yes Add brake fluid.
5 Start the instrument cluster input/output Yes Inspect the ABS HU/CM, DSC HU/CM,
check mode. brake fluid level sensor, parking brake
switch or connectors.
Does the brake system warning light turn
off with a check code other than 26?
No Replace the instrument cluster.
Measure the resistance between the DLC-

2 terminals F and E. No Go to Step 7.
7 Disconnect the negative battery cable. Yes Inspect the wiring harness and CAN
system-related module.
Inspect the DLC-2 terminals F and E for
short to power supply or GND. Repair or replace the malfunctioning
part.

No Repair or replace the terminal. om

.c
d
9 Disconnect the negative battery cable. Yes Inspect the wiring harness and CAN
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
system-related module.
Measure the resistance between the
instrument cluster connector terminals 1J Repair or replace the malfunctioning
and 1L. part.
Is the resistance 114—126 ohms?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ILLUMINATION DOES NOT ILLUMINATE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
6 Instrument cluster illumination does not illuminate
POSSIBLE CAUSE Connector or pin malfunction
Fuse malfunction
1 Turn the light switch to the TNS Yes Troubleshooting completed.

position.
Does the instrument cluster No Go to the next step.

illumination turn on?
2 Does the non-illumination Yes Go to the next step.

include the entire instrument
cluster?
3 Inspect the ROOM and ILLUMI Yes Go to the next step.

fuse.
Are the fuses normal? No Replace the fuse.
If the fuse is melted, inspect the

wiring harness for short to
ground. Repair or replace the
wiring harness, then replace the
fuse.
4 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK Yes Replace the instrument cluster.
position.
Inspect the instrument cluster

connector terminals for poor
connection (such as
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
corrosion).
No Repair or replace the terminal.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 7 SPEEDOMETER INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
7 Speedometer indication is defective
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Connector or pin malfunction
1 Start the engine, and drive the vehicle. Yes Troubleshooting completed.
Does the speedometer needle move

smoothly? No Go to the next step.
Does the speedometer needle

indicate correct speed?
2 Do the tachometer, the water temperature gauge, Yes Go to the next step.
and the oil pressure gauge operate normally?
No Go to Step 4.
3 Start the instrument cluster input/output check Yes Inspect the ABS HU/CM,
mode. DSC HU/CM, or connectors.
Inspect the speedometer using the check code 12.

Is the speedometer normal? cluster.
4 Start the engine. Yes Inspect the PCM or

om
.c
connectors.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

cluster.

power supply or GND.

cluster.


terminal.

cluster.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 8 TACHOMETER INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
8 Tachometer indication is defective
PCM malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Does the tachometer needle move

smoothly? No Go to the next step.
Does the tachometer needle indicate

correct engine speed?
2 Do the speedometer, the water temperature gauge, Yes Go to the next step.
and the oil pressure gauge operate normally?
No Go to Step 4.
3 Start the instrument cluster input/output check Yes Inspect the PCM or
mode. connectors.
Inspect the tachometer using the check code 13.

Is the tachometer normal? cluster.

connectors.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
cluster.


cluster.


terminal.

cluster.
< Previous Next >

om
.c
Back to Top
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 9 WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
9 Water temperature gauge indication is defective
PCM malfunction

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Does the water temperature gauge needle move to

medium range gradually and stay there? No Go to the next step.
2 Do the speedometer, the tachometer, and the oil Yes Go to the next step.
pressure gauge operate normally?
No Go to Step 4.
3 Start the instrument cluster input/output check Yes Inspect the PCM or
mode. connectors.
Inspect the water temperature gauge using the

check code 25. No Replace the instrument
cluster.
Is the water temperature gauge normal?

connectors.

om
.c
cluster.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


cluster.


terminal.

cluster.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 10 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE (OIL PRESSURE GAUGE NEEDLE DOES
NOT MOVE FROM THE L POSITION OR LESS) [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
Oil pressure gauge indication is defective (oil pressure gauge needle does not move from
10
the L position or less)
PCM malfunction
Oil pressure switch malfunction

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Does the oil pressure gauge needle indicate L

position or more? No Go to the next step.
2 Do the speedometer, the tachometer, and the water Yes Go to the next step.
temperature gauge operate normally?
No Go to Step 5.
3 Does the engine oil need replenishment? Yes Add the engine oil.
4 Start the instrument cluster input/output check Yes Inspect the PCM, oil
mode. pressure switch, or
connectors.
Inspect the oil pressure gauge using the check code
om
.c
28.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the oil pressure gauge normal? cluster.

connectors.


cluster.


terminal.

om
.c
cluster.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CONFIRMATION STEP 2: AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH CONFIRMATION [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
Verify the customer complaint and identify the malfunction as occurring from either the
audio control switch or the audio unit.
1 Is the symptom related to either the Yes Verify the customer complaint and then go
audio control switch or the audio unit to the appropriate symptom
operation? troubleshooting procedure.
No The symptom is related

to the audio unit
operation:
Follow “Confirmation Step

1”.
The symptom is related

to the audio control
switch operation:
2 Disconnect the audio unit connector Yes Go to the next step.

(24-pin).
Inspect both the audio unit and the No If the audio unit side
wiring harness-side connectors for a connector is
poor connection. (such as malfunctioning:
damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
Terminal 1N (ST
SW1) (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
Terminal 1P (ST
SW2) (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
Are all the pins normal?
If the wiring harness-
side connector is
malfunctioning:
Repair or replace the pins

and/or the connector.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 Inspect the continuity between audio Yes Verify the customer complaint and then go
unit wiring harness-side connector to the appropriate symptom
terminals 1N and 1P while operating troubleshooting procedure.
the audio control switch.
Does the resistance change? No Go to the next step.
4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK Yes Replace the audio control switch.
position.
(See AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH
Remove the audio control switch. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Inspect the continuity between the

audio unit wiring harness-side No Repair or replace the related wiring
connector (24-pin) terminal and the harnesses.
audio control switch wiring harness-
side connector (8-pin) terminal.
Terminal 1N (24-pin)
— Terminal G (8-pin)
Terminal 1P (24-pin)
— Terminal H (8-pin)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.3 NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
Vehicles Without Bose®
3 No sound from all speakers
Possible DTC 09:Er20, 09:Er21, 10:Er07, 22:Er07
Short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and speaker
Short circuit inside speaker

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Speaker malfunction (e.g., foreign material penetration, damage)
1 Press the AUDIO Yes The system is normal.

CONT/TUNE switch for 2 s
or more.
Play the CD or radio.
Adjust the volume

between “10” and “15”.
Is there any sound?
2 Turn the ignition switch to Yes Repair or replace the related wiring harnesses or the
the LOCK position. speaker.
Remove the center panel NOTE:

unit.
If there is a short circuit between the
Disconnect the audio unit speaker wiring harnesses or the
connector (24-pin). speaker lead wire and ground, the
protector circuit inside the audio unit
Inspect the continuity operates to cut the sound.
between the audio unit
wiring harness-side
connector terminal and No Replace the audio unit.
ground:
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
For door
speakers (See CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
Terminal
1A (LH+)
— GND
Terminal
1C (LH-)
— GND
Terminal
1D (RH+)
— GND
Terminal
1F (RH-)
— GND
For rear
speakers
Terminal
1X (LH+)
— GND
Terminal
1V (LH-)
— GND
Terminal
1U (RH+)
— GND
Terminal
1S (RH-)
— GND
Vehicles With Bose®
3 No sound from all the speakers
Possible DTC 09:Er20, 09:Er21, 10:Er07, 22:Er07
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio amplifier and

audio unit.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
speaker

om
Audio amplifier malfunction

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 Press the AUDIO CONT/TUNE Yes The system is normal.

switch for 2 s or more.
Play the CD or radio. No Go to the next step.
Adjust the volume between

“10” and “15”.
Is there any sound?
2 Measure the voltage at audio Yes Go to the step 4.

amplifier terminal 1A (8-pin).
(vehicle wiring harness-side)
No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the
Is the voltage B+? audio amplifier and fuse. Go to the next step.
3 Is there any sound? Yes The system is normal.

LOCK position.
Disconnect the audio amplifier No Repair or replace the related wiring harnesses.
connector (8-pin, 16-pin) and
the speaker connector.
Inspect the continuity between

the following terminals of the
audio amplifier connector and
the speaker connector:
For door
speaker
Terminal 1H
(LH+)—
Terminal B
Terminal 1G
(LH-)—
Terminal A
Terminal 1D
(RH+)—
Terminal B
Terminal 1C
(RH-)—
om
Terminal A
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
For door
upper
speaker
Terminal 2D
(LH+)—
Terminal B
Terminal 2B
(LH-)—
Terminal A
Terminal 2M
(RH+)—
Terminal B
Terminal 2O
(RH-)—
Terminal A
For rear
speakers
Terminal 2E
(+)—
Terminal B
Terminal 2G
(-)—
Terminal A
For center
speakers
Terminal 2I
(+)—
Terminal B
Terminal 2K
(-)—
Terminal A
5 Turn the ignition switch to the Yes Repair or replace the related wiring harnesses or
LOCK position. the speaker.
Disconnect the audio amplifier NOTE:

connector (8-pin, 16-pin).
If there is a short circuit between
Inspect the continuity between the speaker wiring harnesses or
the audio amplifier connector the speaker lead wire and ground,
and ground: the protector circuit inside the
audio unit operates to cut the
For door sound.
speakers
Terminal 1H No Go to the next step.

(LH+) — GND
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Terminal 1G
(LH-) — GND
Terminal 1D
(RH+) —
GND
Terminal 1C
(RH-) — GND
For door
upper
speakers
Terminal 2D
(LH+) — GND
Terminal 2B
(LH-) — GND
Terminal 2M
(RH+) —
GND
Terminal 2O
(RH-) — GND
For rear
speakers
Terminal 2E
(+) — GND
Terminal 2G
(-) — GND
For center
speaker
Terminal 2I
(+) — GND
Terminal 2K
(-) — GND
6 Turn the ignition switch to the Yes Replace the audio amplifier.
LOCK position.
(See AUDIO AMPLIFIER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the audio amplifier
connector (16-pin) and audio
unit connector (24-pin). No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the
audio amplifier and the audio unit. Go to the next
Inspect the continuity between step.
audio amplifier terminal 3A
(vehicle wiring harness-side)
and the audio unit terminal 1J
(vehicle wiring harness-side).
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
7 Is there any sound? Yes The system is normal.
No Replace the audio amplifier.
(See AUDIO AMPLIFIER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.7 ALC FUNCTION IS INOPERATIVE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
7 ALC function is inoperative
Possible DTC —
Open or short circuit in vehicle speed signal wiring harness (e. g.,
POSSIBLE instrument cluster)
CAUSE
NOTE:
Inspect the ALC function while driving the vehicle and playing a CD.
1 Turn the ALC function on. Yes The system is normal. Explain the ALC
function to the customer.
Inspect the ALC function operation
while driving the vehicle. (ALC level
3) No Go to the next step.
Does the ALC system operate

properly?.

position.
Remove the center panel unit. No Repair or replace the terminal.
Disconnect the audio unit connector

(24-pin).
Inspect the audio unit connector

terminals for poor connection (such
as damaged/pulled-out pins, and
corrosion).

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
position. possible short to ground.
Inspect for continuity between the

following wiring harnesses. No Go to the next step.
Terminal 1I—GND
4 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK Yes Replace the audio unit.
position.
Remove the instrument cluster. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Inspect for continuity following the (See CENTER PANEL UNIT

wiring harness between instrument DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
cluster and audio unit.
Terminal 2O— No Repair or replace the wiring harness for

Terminal 1I possible open circuit between the instrument
cluster and the audio unit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.1 AF NOISE OR POP NOISE AT ALL SOURCES (RADIO, CD) [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
1 AF noise or POP noise at all sources (Radio, CD)
Possible
09:Er20, 09:Er21
DTC
Low vehicle battery voltage.
Jammed radio signals from after market equipment.
Improper speaker installation
Audio amplifier malfunction (with Bose®)
Poor connection of audio unit connector, terminal damage
Poor connection of audio amplifier connector, terminal damage (with Bose®)
Antenna malfunction (e.g., poor ground)

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio amplifier and ground
(with Bose®)
NOTE:
AF noise is a snapping noise that generally occurs during ON/OFF switching

operations of electrical equipment other than the audio unit, or a continual
rasping noise that occurs when electrical equipment is operated. This is caused
by noise interference in the power supply wiring, signal wiring, speaker cable or
head of cassette deck. Therefore noise can be heard regardless of radio wave
conditions or the audio volume position. The noise will start after one click from
the minimum position of the volume button but normally does not change even
when volume is turned to a higher position.
POP noise is snapping or popping noise that occurs during ON/OFF switching
operation of the audio unit, or when switching from radio to CD. Even a normal
audio unit sometimes emits a little noise depending on the conditions.
om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 Inspect the vehicle battery voltage. Yes Go to the next step.
Is the vehicle battery voltage

normal? No Charge the battery, then go to the next
step.
Specification:
Ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or

more
Idle: 12.5 V or more
2 Turn the audio unit power to ON. Yes Go to the next step.
Is there any noise?

No The system is normal. Explain to the
customer that the vehicle battery voltage
was low.
3 Are any of the following after-market Yes Go to the next step.

equipment installed? (Inspect
especially near the antenna)
No Go to the step 5.
Radar detector
Remote engine
starter
Anti-theft device
Other
4 Remove the after-market equipment. Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the audio unit power to ON.

No The system is normal. The after-market
Is there any noise? electrical devices might be the cause of the
noise.
5 Is there noise coming from all the Yes Go to the step 7.

speakers?
6 Inspect the suspect speaker. Yes Go to the next step.
Is the speaker normal?

No If there is any foreign
material adhering to the
speaker:
Remove the foreign

material from the speaker.
If the speaker is
om
malfunctioning:
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Replace the speaker.
(See DOOR SPEAKER

(See REAR SPEAKER

(See CENTER SPEAKER

(See TWEETER/DOOR
UPPER SPEAKER
If the speaker is not

installed properly:
Install the speaker

properly.
7 Attempt to duplicate the symptom on Yes Go to the next step.

another vehicle.
Does the noise level improve No The system is normal. Explain the noise
compared to the customer’s vehicle? generation mechanism to the customer.
NOTE:
The noise level that may

be heard varies depending
on the operating speed of
the audio power and/or
mode switches.
position.
Remove the center panel unit No Repair or replace the terminal or connector.
(without Bose®) or the audio Go to the next step.
amplifier (with Bose®).
Inspect the connection of the audio

unit connector (without Bose®, 24-
pin) or the audio amplifier connector
(with Bose®, 16-pin) (for sound
signal line).
Is the connector connected securely?
9 Is there any noise? Yes Go to the next step.
10 Inspect the ground condition of the Yes Repair or replace the manual antenna. Go
om
manual antenna. to the next step.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the ground condition normal?
11 Is there any noise? Yes Without Bose®


With Bose®
Replace the audio amplifier

if any of the following
occur:
(See AUDIO AMPLIFIER

The noise
occurs
from a
specific
speaker.
Noise
occurs
when the
volume is
minimized.
Replace the audio unit if

any of the following occur:


The noise
occurs
from two
or more
speakers.
No noise
occurs
when the
volume is
minimized.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.2 NO POWER TO THE ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
2 No power to the entire audio system
Possible DTC 09:Er20
Burnt fuse (B+)
Burnt fuse (ACC)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Open or short circuit in power supply (B+) wiring harness
Open or short circuit in power supply (ACC) wiring harness
position.
Inspect the following fuses: No Replace with the appropriate standard

fuse.
ROOM 15 A
If the fuse is melted,
ACC 7.5 A inspect the wiring harness
for a short to ground.
Are the fuses normal? Repair or replace the
wiring harness, then
replace the fuse.
2 Remove the center panel unit. Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the connection of the audio

unit connector (24-pin). No If audio unit connector
has a poor connection:
Disconnect the audio unit connector
and inspect both the audio unit and Securely connect the
the wiring harness-side connectors for audio unit connector.
om
a poor connection. (such as

d .c
If the audio unit side

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion).
connector is
Terminal 1B (B+) malfunctioning:
Terminal 1R (ACC) Replace the audio unit.
Terminal 1W (GND) (See CENTER PANEL UNIT


side connector is
malfunctioning:

3 Connect the audio unit connector. Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the voltage for the power

supply line (B+, ACC). No Inspect and repair or replace the suspect
wiring harness.
Specification:
Charge the battery, if necessary.
Ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or
more
4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK Yes Replace the audio unit.
position.
Remove the audio unit connector (24- REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
pin).
Inspect the continuity between audio DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
unit wiring harness-side connector
terminal 1W and the ground.
No Repair or replace the wiring harness.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.4 NO SOUND FROM SOME SPEAKERS [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
Vehicles Without Bose®
4 No sound from some speakers
Possible DTC —
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and speaker
POSSIBLE CAUSE Poor connection of audio unit connector, terminal damage
1 Turn the ignition switch to Yes If no sound from some speaker:

the ACC or ON position.
Turn the audio unit power
to ON. If no sound at all:
Play the CD or radio. Go to the troubleshooting of “No.3

No sound from all speakers”.
Adjust the volume between
“10” and “15”.
No The troubleshooting is completed.
While pressing the
POWER/VOLUME switch,
simultaneously press the
AUTO-M/ESN switch for
0.2 s or more.
Is there any speaker that

does not output sound?
2 Does the same speaker Yes Go to the next step.

output no sound if the
audio source is changed?
om
No Replace the audio unit.

.c
(Radio, CD)
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
If a different speaker outputs no

sound, the audio unit is
malfunctioning.
3 Turn the ignition switch to Yes Go to the next step.

the LOCK position.
Inspect the connection of No Connect the audio unit connector (24-pin) securely.
the audio unit connector
(24-pin). (for sound signal
line)
Is the connector connected

securely?
4 Turn the ignition switch to Yes Repair or replace the related wiring harnesses or
the LOCK position. speaker.
Remove the center panel

unit. No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the audio unit NOTE:

connector (24-pin).
If there is a short circuit between the
Inspect the continuity speaker wiring harnesses or the
between the audio unit speaker lead wire and ground, the
wiring harness-side protector circuit inside the audio unit
connector and ground. operates to cut the sound.
For door
speakers
Terminal
1A (LH+)
— GND
Terminal
1C (LH-)
— GND
Terminal
1D (RH+)
— GND
Terminal
1F (RH-)
— GND
For rear
speakers
Terminal
om
.c
1X (LH+)
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
— GND
Terminal
1V (LH-)
— GND
Terminal
1U (RH+)
— GND
Terminal
1S (RH-)
— GND
5 Disconnect the speaker Yes Go to the next step.

connector (2-pin) and
inspect the resistance of
speaker. No Repair or replace the suspect wiring harness or
speaker.
Inspect the continuity
between the audio unit
wiring harness-side
connector terminal and
speaker wiring harness-
side connector:
Audio
unit—
front
speaker
Terminal
1A (LH+)
—terminal
B
Terminal
1C (LH-)—
terminal A
Terminal
1D (RH+)
—terminal
B
Terminal
1F (RH-)—
terminal A
Audio
unit—
rear
speaker
Terminal
1X (LH+)
om
.c
—terminal
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
B
Terminal
1V (LH-)—
terminal A
Terminal
1U (RH+)
—terminal
B
Terminal
1S (RH-)
—terminal
A
6 Inspect the suspect Yes Replace the audio unit.

speaker.
Is the speaker normal?
NOTE:
If the speaker lead wire No Replace the speaker.

contacts either the ground
or vehicle frame, replace
the speaker.
Vehicles With Bose®
4 No sound from some speakers
Possible DTC —
Poor connection of audio amplifier connector

POSSIBLE Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio amplifier and
CAUSE speaker

audio unit
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 Turn the ignition switch to the Yes If there is no sound from

ACC or ON position. some speakers:
Turn the audio unit power to ON. Go to the next step.
Play the CD or radio. If there is no sound at all:
Adjust the volume between “10” Go to troubleshooting “No.3 No

and “15”. sound from all speakers”.
While pressing the

POWER/VOLUME switch, No The troubleshooting is completed.
simultaneously press the AUTO-
M/ESN switch for 0.2 s or more.
Is there any speaker that does

not output sound?
2 Does the same speaker output no Yes Go to the next step.

sound if the audio source is
changed? (Radio, CD)


NOTE:
If a different speaker outputs

no sound, the audio unit is
malfunctioning.

LOCK position.
Inspect the connection of the No Connect the audio unit connector (24-pin)
audio unit connector (24-pin). securely.
(For sound signal line)
Is the connector connected

securely?

LOCK position.
Remove the center panel unit. No Go to the step 6.
Disconnect the audio unit

connector (24-pin).

om
the audio unit wiring harness-

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
side connector and ground.
For door
speakers
Terminal 1A
(LH+) — GND
Terminal 1C (LH-
) — GND
Terminal 1D
(RH+) — GND
Terminal 1F (RH-
) — GND
For rear
speakers
Terminal 1S
(LH+) — GND
Terminal 1U
(LH-) — GND
Terminal 1V
(RH+) — GND
Terminal 1X
(RH-) — GND
5 Inspect the continuity between Yes Go to the next step.

audio amplifier wiring harness-
side connector (16-pin) and the No Repair or replace the related wiring harnesses
audio unit wiring harness-side between the audio amplifier and the audio unit.
connector (24-pin). Go to the next step.
For door
speakers
Terminal 3D
(LH+) —
Terminal 1A
(LH+)
Terminal 3C (LH-
) — Terminal 1C
(LH-)
Terminal 3F
(RH+) —
Terminal 1D
(RH+)
Terminal 3E
om
.c
(RH-) —
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Terminal 1F (RH-
)
For rear
speakers
Terminal 3H
(LH+) —
Terminal 1S
(LH+)
Terminal 3G
(LH-) —
Terminal 1U
(LH-)
Terminal 3J
(RH+) —
Terminal 1V
(RH+)
Terminal 3I (RH-
) — Terminal 1X
(RH-)
6 Inspect the connection of the Yes Go to the next step.

audio amplifier connector (16-
pin, 8-pin).
No Connect the audio amplifier connector (16-pin,
Is the connector connected 8-pin) securely.
securely?
7 Disconnect the audio amplifier Yes Go to the next step.

(8-pin, 16-pin) and the speaker
connector.
No Repair or replace the related wiring harnesses.
audio amplifier connector and the
speaker connector.
For door
speaker
Terminal 1H
(LH+)—
Terminal B
Terminal 1G
(LH-)— Terminal
A
Terminal 1D
(RH+)—
Terminal B
om
d .c
Terminal 1C
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(RH-)— Terminal
A
For door upper

speaker
Terminal 2D
(LH+)—
Terminal B
Terminal 2B (LH-
)— Terminal A
Terminal 2M
(RH+)—
Terminal B
Terminal 2O
(RH-)— Terminal
A
For rear
speakers
Terminal 2E (+)
— Terminal B
Terminal 2G (-)
— Terminal A
For center
speaker
Terminal 2I (+)
— Terminal B
Terminal 2K (-)
— Terminal A
8 Inspect the continuity between Yes Repair or replace for a short circuit between the
the following terminals of the audio amplifier and speaker wiring harnesses or
audio amplifier wiring harness- inside the speaker.
side connector (8-pin, 16-pin)
and ground. NOTE:
For door If there is a short circuit

speakers between the speaker wiring
harnesses or the speaker lead
Terminal 1H wire and ground, the protector
(LH+) — GND circuit inside the audio
amplifier operates to cut the
Terminal 1G sound.
(LH-) — GND
Terminal 1D No Go to the next step.

(RH+) — GND
om
Terminal 1C
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(RH-) — GND
For door upper

speakers
Terminal 2D
(LH+) — GND
Terminal 2B (LH-
) — GND
Terminal 2M
(RH+) — GND
Terminal 2O
(RH-) — GND
For rear
speakers
Terminal 2E (+)
— GND
Terminal 2G (-)
— GND
For center
speaker
Terminal 2I (+)
— GND
Terminal 2K (-)
— GND
9 Inspect the suspect speaker. Yes Replace the audio amplifier.
Is the speaker normal? (See AUDIO AMPLIFIER

NOTE:
If the speaker lead wire contacts No Replace the speaker.

to either ground or vehicle frame,
replace the speaker.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.5 SOUND BREAK-UP OR POOR SOUND QUALITY [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
5 Sound break-up or poor sound quality
Improper speaker installation
Door trim and/or package trim vibration
1 Is there sound break-up or poor Yes Go to the next step.

sound quality from all speakers?
No Go to the step 5.
2 Inspect the sound while Yes Go to the next step.

adjusting the sound volume.
Is there sound break-up or poor No The system is normal.

sound quality between “15” and
“20”?
3 Inspect the BASS/TREB. Yes Go to the next step.
Is there poor sound quality

between “-3 — +3” of the No If there is sound break-up between “-6—+6” of
“BASS/TREB”? the BASS/TREB at the maximum volume, the
system is normal.
NOTE:
When the AUDIO CONT/TUNE

switch is pressed for a few
om
seconds, BASS/TREB is set to

d .c
“0”.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4 Attempt to duplicate the Yes Without Bose®
symptom on another vehicle.
Is the sound quality better than
the customer’s vehicle? (See CENTER PANEL UNIT

With Bose®
Replace the audio amplifier if

the following occurs:

Noise occurs
from a specific
speaker.
Replace the audio unit if the

following occurs:


Noise occurs
from two or
more speakers.
5 Identify the speaker with sound Yes Go to the next step.

break-up by adjusting
BAL/FADE.
No Install the speaker properly.
. Is the speaker installed
properly?
6 Remove the speaker. Yes Repair or replace the suspect speaker.

penetration or damage to the No Go to the next step.
speaker?
7 Inspect the sound again. Yes Go to the next step.
Is there sound break-up?

No Inspect for vibration from the door trim and/or
other trim. Repair or replace the suspect trim if
om
necessary.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
8 Replace with a speaker known Yes Without Bose®
to be operational. (e.g., swap
right and left speakers) Replace the audio unit.
Is the sound break-up heard at (See CENTER PANEL UNIT

the same location? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

With Bose®


Noise occurs
from a specific
speaker.
Replace the audio unit if the

following occurs:


Noise occurs
from two or
more speakers.
No Replace the speaker.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.6 VOLUME INCREASES/DECREASES WHILE DRIVING THE VEHICLE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
6 Volume increases/decreases while driving the vehicle
Possible
—
DTC
Audio unit malfunction (without Bose®)

POSSIBLE
CAUSE NOTE:
Inspect the ALC function (without Bose®) or AudioPilot®2 function (with

Bose®) while driving the vehicle and playing a CD.
1 Does the ALC function or Yes Go to the next step.

AudioPilot®2 function turn on?
No Without Bose®


With Bose®


The volume
changes
suddenly.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2 Turn the ALC function or Yes Replace the audio unit.
AudioPilot®2 function off.
Does the sound change while REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
driving the vehicle?
No The system is normal. Explain the ALC function

to the customer.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FOREWORD [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
NOTE:
Note down all radio programs set by the customer prior to the repairs. Reset all radio programs and adjust the time after
the repairs.
Troubleshooting Index
No. Symptom Possible DTC
1 NO.1 AF NOISE OR POP NOISE AT ALL SOURCES (RADIO, CD) [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] 09:Er20, 09:Er21
2 NO.2 NO POWER TO THE ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] 09:Er20
3 NO.3 NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] 09:Er20, 09:Er21, 10:Er07, 22:Er07
4 NO.4 NO SOUND FROM SOME SPEAKERS [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] —
5 NO.5 SOUND BREAK-UP OR POOR SOUND QUALITY [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] 09:Er21
6 NO.6 VOLUME INCREASES/DECREASES WHILE DRIVING THE VEHICLE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] —
7 NO.7 ALC FUNCTION IS INOPERATIVE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] —
8 NO.8 AudioPilot®2 FUNCTION IS INOPERATIVE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] —
9 NO.9 NO AUDIO SYSTEM ILLUMINATION [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] 09:Er20, 21:Er19
Quick Diagnostic Chart (Entire Audio System)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.9 NO AUDIO SYSTEM ILLUMINATION [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
9 No audio system illumination
Possible DTC 09:Er20, 21:Er19
Center panel malfunction
Burnt fuse (TNS signal)
POSSIBLE CAUSE Poor connection of audio unit connector, terminal damage
Open or short circuit in TNS signal wiring harness
1 Is all the illumination on the center Yes Go to the next step.

panel unit turned off?
No Replace the center panel.


2 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK Yes Go to the step 4.

position.
Inspect the fuse (ILLUMI). No Go to the next step.
Is the fuse normal?
3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK Yes Repair or replace the short circuit in the
position. suspect wiring harness. After repairing the
wiring harness, replace with the
Disconnect the audio unit connector appropriate standard fuse.
(24-pin) and inspect the continuity
om
.c
between the audio unit wiring

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
harness-side connector terminal 1E No Go to the next step.
(TNS) and the ground.
4 Inspect the connection of the audio Yes Go to the next step.

unit connector (24-pin).
Inspect both the audio unit and wiring No If audio unit connector
harness-side connector terminal 1E has a poor connection:
for a poor connection (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion). Securely connect the
audio unit connector.
If the audio unit side
connector is
malfunctioning:



side connector is
malfunctioning:

5 Connect the audio unit connector (24- Yes Replace the audio unit.
pin).
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
position.
Inspect the voltage at the audio unit DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
connector terminal 1E (TNS).
Is the voltage B+ when the light No Repair or replace the related wiring
switch is turned to the TNS position? harness (TNS signal).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CONFIRMATION STEP 1: CENTER PANEL SWITCH CONFIRMATION [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
Verify the customer complaint and identify the malfunction as occurring from either the
center panel or the audio unit.
How to activate center panel switch confirmation mode
s or more.
4. The center panel switch confirmation mode is now activated.
1 Press each switch on the Yes Verify the customer complaint and then go to the
center panel. appropriate symptom troubleshooting procedure.
Does the buzzer sound

when a switch is pressed? No Go to the next step.
2 Disassemble and Yes Go to the next step.

reassemble the center
panel and audio unit.
Activate the center panel
switch confirmation mode. (See CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Does the buzzer sound (See CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)

when a switch is pressed?
3 Does the audio system Yes The system is normal.

operate properly?
No Verify the customer complaint and then go to the
appropriate symptom troubleshooting procedure.
om
< Previous Next >

d .c
oa
Back to Top
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.8 AudioPilot®2 FUNCTION IS INOPERATIVE [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM]
8 AudioPilot®2 function is inoperative
Possible DTC —
Open or short circuit in AudioPilot®2 signal wiring harness
Open or short circuit in AudioPilot®2 microphone signal wiring harness

POSSIBLE
Open or short circuit in vehicle speed signal wiring harness (e. g.,
CAUSE
instrument cluster)
NOTE:
Inspect the AudioPilot®2 function while driving the vehicle and playing a
CD.
1 Turn the AudioPilot®2 function on. Yes The system is normal.
Inspect the AudioPilot®2 function operation while Explain the AudioPilot®2

driving the vehicle. function to the customer.
Does the AudioPilot®2 system operation properly?

2 Inspect the connection of the audio amplifier connector Yes Repair or replace the pins
(AudioPilot®2 microphone signal). and/or the connector.
Inspect both the audio amplifier wiring harness-side

connector terminal 3O, 3P and 3B for a poor No Go to the next step.
connection (such as damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion).

om
.c
3 Inspect the connection of the AudioPilot®2 microphone Yes Repair or replace the pins
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
connector (2-pin). and/or the connector.
Inspect the AudioPilot®2 microphone wiring harness-

side connector terminal A and B (2-pin) for poor No Go to the next step.
connection (such as damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
Are all pins normal?
4 Inspect continuity between the following terminals of Yes Repair or replace the
the audio amplifier connector and body ground. wiring harness for a
Terminal 3O (AudioPilot®2
microphone+)
Terminal 3P (AudioPilot®2
microphone-)
Terminal 3B (vehicle speed signal)
5 Inspect continuity between the following terminals of Yes Go to the next step.
the audio amplifier connector and AudioPilot®2
microphone/instrument cluster connector.
No Repair or replace for open
Terminal 3O—AudioPilot ®2 microphone circuit.
terminal B (+)
Terminal 3P—AudioPilot ®2 microphone

terminal A (-)
Terminal 3B—Instrument cluster

terminal 2O (vehicle speed signal)
6 Retrieve the DTCs from all vehicle modules using the Yes Go to the appropriate
M-MDS. DTC inspection.
Is there the following DTC displayed?

No Replace the audio
Vehicle speed signal amplifier.
CAN communication (See AUDIO AMPLIFIER

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FOREWORD [RADIO]
NOTE:
In case location, time, and broadcasting station etc. can be specified through interview to customer, possibility that
signal environment causes problem is high.
Perform confirmation of symptom and evaluation under conditions that customer reported (location, time, broadcasting
station etc.). If not possible, perform it under equivalent conditions.
Before inspection or repair, record the broadcasting stations that customer preset and reset them accordingly after the
inspection or repair. Adjust the clock too.
No. Symptom Possible DTC
1 NO.1 NO RADIO RECEPTION (AM/FM)/NO OR LOW VOLUME [RADIO] 09:Er20, 09:Er22
2 NO.2 NO RADIO RECEPTION (SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO) [RADIO] 11:Er01, 11:Er03
3 NO.3 NOISE FROM RADIO (AM ONLY) [RADIO] 09:Er22
4 NO.4 NOISE FROM RADIO (FM ONLY) [RADIO] 09:Er22
5 NO.5 NOISE FROM RADIO (SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO ONLY) [RADIO] 11:Er01, 11:Er03
6 NO.6 CANNOT TUNE (SEEK DOES NOT STOP) [RADIO] 09:Er20, 09:Er22
7 NO.7 CANNOT PRESET (PRESET FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE) [RADIO] 21:Er19
8 NO.8 RECEPTION FREQUENCY OF RADIO SLIPS [RADIO] 09:Er22
Quick Diagnostic Chart (Radio)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CONFIRMATION STEP 1: RECEPTION CONDITION SYMPTOM (EXAMPLE) [RADIO]
Symptom Antenna signal condition Source
Only a buzzing sound There is no broadcasting wave. Electric noise

from the speakers caused by the
Signals from antenna to audio operation of
unit are not transmitted. internal circuit
from audio unit
itself
Atmosphere noise
A buzzing or crunching Though signals are transmitted Electrical noise

sound and normal from antenna to audio unit, caused by
sound produced at the electric noise from other operation of
same time from the sources is larger. electrical
speakers component on
vehicle
Electrical noise
from high tension
wire, transformer
substation
(factory),
electrical feeder
line (street car),
or motorcycle.
A thumping sound and Noise occurs due to radio wave Interference

normal sound produced environment at specific places between direct
at the same time from (e.g. in valleys between and reflected
the speakers (FM only) buildings). Noise varies when waves of FM
own vehicle or surrounding signals causes
vehicles moves. (FM only) noise (Multipass
noise).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CONFIRMATION STEP 2: ANTENNA SYSTEM SYMPTOM (EXAMPLE) [RADIO]
Possible cause AM reception FM reception condition SIRIUS satellite

condition radio reception
Antenna feeder NG: No reception YES: Reception possible. NG: No reception

axis, open
circuit (Sensitivity decreases, but reception
is possible under strong electric
Antenna feeder field.)
plug not
attached
Antenna feeder NG: No reception NG: No reception NG: No reception

axis (+) to
ground (-),
open circuit
Antenna feeder YES: Reception YES: Reception possible YES: Reception

and antenna, possible possible
poor ground (Sensitivity decreases, but reception
(Noise may occur) is possible under strong electric (Noise may occur)
field.)
Antenna feeder, NG: No reception YES: Reception possible NG: No reception

jack and plug
poor connection (Depending on (Depending on connection (Depending on
connection conditions) connection
conditions) conditions)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CONFIRMATION STEP 3: ANTENNA SYSTEM SIMPLE INSPECTION [RADIO]
Because the antenna system is equipped with a capacitor, the continuity cannot be
checked. Therefore proceed the following simple inspection.
Turn the AM radio on.
Tune to the frequency that there is no broadcast and you will hear a
buzzing sound.
Turn a work light on and shake it around the antenna rod (around 10—20
mm {0.40—0.78 in})
NOTE:
Use a fluorescent light type for the inspection. Accurate

diagnostic cannot be done with a different type of light.
If a whirring sound from the speaker synchronized to the work light

movement is confirmed, the antenna system is normal.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.1 NO RADIO RECEPTION (AM/FM)/NO OR LOW VOLUME [RADIO]
1 No radio reception (AM/FM)/no or low volume
Low vehicle battery voltage
Electronic jamming from outside, or inferior condition of broadcasting

station radio wave
POSSIBLE Jamming from aftermarket electronic equipment (two-way radio, navigation

CAUSE system, mobile phone, etc.)
Antenna plug poor connection
Antenna feeder malfunction
1 Turn the audio unit power to ON. Yes Go to Step 3.
Is the LCD indicated correctly?

2 Measure voltage at B+ and ACC terminals. Yes Go to the next step.
Is voltage okay?
No Follow diagnostic procedure for
Specification symptom No. 2 (AUDIO).
With ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or

more
At idling: 12.5 V or more
3 Set volume to 10 to 15. Yes Go to the next step.
Is buzzing sound or voice confirmed?

om
No Follow diagnostic procedure for

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
symptom No. 3 (AUDIO) or No. 4
(AUDIO).
4 Tune to local broadcasting station and Yes Go to the next step.

check reception condition.
Is reception okay? No Go to Step 6.
5 Push PRESET switches and check preset Yes The system is normal.
conditions.
Has preset been stored? No Preset broadcasting stations.
6 Is aftermarket electronic equipment (two- Yes Go to the next step.

way radio, navigation system, mobile
phone, etc.) installed?
No Go to Step 8.
NOTE:
TV antenna located closely to audio

antenna can be cause of noise. Relocate TV
antenna.
7 Remove aftermarket electronic equipment. Yes The system is normal.
Turn audio unit ON and check reception (Explain to customers that

condition. aftermarket electronic equipment is
cause of noise)
Is reception improved?
8 Refer to confirmation step 3, and inspect Yes Replace audio unit.

antenna system.
Is a whirring sound present? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

9 Inspect antenna plug connection condition. Yes Go to the next step.
Is connection okay?
No Insert antenna plug securely.
10 Turn ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Replace antenna feeder.
Measure continuity between antenna feeder

axis and ground. No Go to the next step.
Is there any continuity?

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
11 Compare reception with other audio unit Yes The system is normal.
same model (model/unit) under same
problem conditions. (It is caused by electronic jamming
from outside, or inferior broadcasting
Is reception equivalent between customer’s station signal condition.)
unit and compared unit?
NOTE: No Replace audio unit.
Due to following differences, you may feel (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
difference in reception efficiency. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(Vehicle side factor) (See CENTER PANEL UNIT

Antenna installation
location, height, feeder
wiring routing, optional
electrical equipment
(Audio unit factor)
Volume concern type: It

decreases change of
volume when signals
become weak. (Noise is
easy to be conspicuous)
Noise decrease type: It

decreases volume when
signals become weak, so
that noise is not
conspicuous.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
REFERENCE [RADIO]
1. Multipath Noise
Signals from an FM transmitter are a high frequency and similar to beams of light because
they do not bend around corners, but they do reflect. Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the
same time. This causes a slight delay in reception and may be heard as a broken sound or
a distortion.
2. Flutter/Skip Noise
Signals become weak in valleys between mountains, tall building, and other obstacles.
When the vehicle passes through such an area, the reception conditions may change
suddenly, resulting in annoying noise.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3. Stereo and Monaural Receptions
As signals become weak, noise may appear more in stereo reception. Comparing to stereo
reception, noise in monaural receptions is relatively less striking.
Measures in Audio System
Separation control
Utilizing the characteristic of monaural reception that noise is relatively less striking than
stereo reception, the audio system automatically changes the reception from stereo to
monaural and lessens annoying noise when signals become weak or a multipath
phenomenon occurs.
High tone control
When signals become weak or a multipath phenomenon occurs, the audio system restrains
volume level in high frequency band and lessens annoying noise.
Effect Setting of Separation Control and High Tone Control
The separation and high tone controls influence sound quality, Therefore they are
specifically tuned for individual model. (Comparison of characteristic must be done on the
same models)
Remarks
Signals tend to reach longer distances at night. It is conspicuous in AM signals, several

audio functions may stop due to foreign broadcasting station or noise. Though the audio
system restrains sensitivity of SEEK and SCAN functions at night, the audio system may
select other than desired broadcasting station when signals are considerably strong. This
function is linked to the parking light. When the parking light or headlight is turned on,
SEEK and SCAN may not function for weak signals.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.2 NO RADIO RECEPTION (SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO) [RADIO]
2 No radio reception (SIRIUS satellite radio)
Low battery voltage

station radio wave
Jamming from aftermarket electronic equipment (two-way radio, navigation

system, mobile phone, etc.)

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Antenna feeder malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between SIRIUS satellite radio unit
and audio unit
Communication error between SIRIUS satellite radio unit and audio unit
1 Verify that the AM radio and FM radio Yes Go to the next step.
reception conditions.
Are AM radio and FM radio reception No Perform symptom “No.1 no radio

normally? reception (AM/FM)/no or low volume”
troubleshooting procedure.
2 Is aftermarket electronic equipment (two- Yes Go to the next step.

way radio, navigation system, mobile
No Go to Step 4.
NOTE:
om
d .c
TV antenna located closely

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
to audio antenna can be
cause of noise. Relocate
TV antenna.

cause of noise)
4 Inspect SIRIUS satellite radio antenna plug Yes Go to the next step.
connection condition.
Is connection okay? No Insert antenna plug securely.
5 Turn ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Replace the SIRIUS satellite radio
antenna feeder.
Measure continuity between SIRIUS
satellite radio antenna feeder axis and (See SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO
ground. ANTENNA FEEDER
6 Inspect the SIRIUS satellite radio antenna Yes Go to the next step.
feeder.
(See SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA No Replace the SIRIUS satellite radio
FEEDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) antenna feeder.
Is the SIRIUS satellite radio antenna feeder (See SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO
normal? ANTENNA FEEDER
7 Inspect the SIRIUS satellite radio antenna. Yes Go to the next step.
(See SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA

INSPECTION .) No Replace the SIRIUS satellite radio
antenna.
Is the SIRIUS satellite radio antenna
normal? (See SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO
ANTENNA FEEDER
8 Inspect the following wiring harness for Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
open or short circuit.
Between SIRIUS satellite No Go to the next step.

radio unit harness side
connector terminal 2L and
audio unit terminal 1O
om
d .c
Between SIRIUS satellite

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
connector terminal 2K and
audio unit terminal 1Q

connector terminal 2C and
audio unit terminal 2C

connector terminal 2E and
audio unit terminal 2E

connector terminal 2G and
audio unit terminal 2D, 2F
Is there any open or short circuit detected?
9 Install all removed parts. Yes The system is normal.
Compare reception with other audio unit on (It is caused by electronic jamming
same model (model/unit) under same from outside, or inferior broadcasting
problem conditions. station signal condition.)
Is reception equivalent between customer’s

unit and compared unit? No Replace audio unit.
NOTE: (See CENTER PANEL UNIT

Due to following
differences, you may feel (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
difference in reception DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
efficiency.
(Vehicle side factor)
Antenna installation
location, height, feeder
wiring routing, optional
electrical equipment
(Audio unit factor)

decreases change of
volume when signals

decreases change of
volume when signals
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.3 NOISE FROM RADIO (AM ONLY) [RADIO]
3 Noise from radio (AM only)
Antenna rod not installed

Battery malfunction
Noise from electrical system on vehicle (e.g. fuel pump)
POSSIBLE Charging system malfunction

CAUSE
station radio wave
Antenna installation loosened
1 Tune to local broadcasting Yes Tune to correct frequency of broadcasting station.

station and check reception
condition. If not preset, preset it.
Is reception okay?
2 Is aftermarket electronic Yes Go to the next step.

equipment (two-way radio,
navigation system, mobile
No Go to Step 4.
om
.c
NOTE:
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
TV antenna located closely to
audio antenna can be cause
of noise. Relocate TV
antenna.
3 Remove aftermarket Yes The system is normal. (Explain to customers that

electronic equipment. aftermarket electronic equipment is cause of noise)
Turn audio unit ON and

check reception condition. No Go to the next step.
4 Measure battery voltage. Yes Go to the next step.
Is battery voltage okay?

No Charge battery. Inspect charging system, and repair
Specification: or replace if necessary.
With ignition switch ON:

11.5 V or more
NOTE:
Inspect that battery cables

are connected to terminals
securely.
5 Is noise occurring only when Yes Go to the next step.

vehicle electrical system (e.g.
fuel pump) operates?
No Go to Step 7.
NOTE:
Identify subject electrical

component by disconnecting
fuse, turning switch ON &
OFF, or disconnecting &
connecting connector.
It will be easy when

simulation function on M-
MDS is used.
6 Inspect power supply, ground Yes Go to the next step.

condition, and noise
prevention capacitor for
electrical component. No Troubleshooting completed.
NOTE:
Is noise present after
inspection? The audio unit supplies 12 V
battery power to the antenna
NOTE:
amplifier for the AM radio reception
om
Inspect following: in the radio mode. The audio unit

d .c
cannot receive the AM signals

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Power without the 12 V battery power to
supply to the antenna amplifier. If the AM
electrical signals become strong, the audio
component unit may receive the signal with
for voltage noises.
drop
(compare
with battery
voltage)
Resistance
between
ground of
electrical
component
and body.
(Should be
close to 0
ohm)
Installation
condition of
noise
prevention
capacitor for
fuel pump
etc.
7 Inspect antenna plug Yes Go to the next step.

8 Turn ignition switch to LOCK Yes Replace antenna feeder.

position.
Measure continuity between No Go to the next step.

antenna feeder axis and
ground.
9 Compare reception with other audio unit on Yes The system is normal (It is caused by electronic
same model (model/unit) under same jamming from outside, or inferior broadcasting
problem conditions. station signal condition).
Is reception equivalent
between customer’s unit and No Go to the next step.
compared unit?
NOTE:
Due to following differences,

you may feel difference in
reception efficiency.
om
(Vehicle
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
side
factor)
Antenna
installation
location,
height,
feeder
wiring
routing,
optional
electrical
equipment
(Audio unit
factor)
Volume
concern
type: It
decreases
change of
volume
when signals
become
weak. (Noise
is easy to
be
conspicuous)
Noise
decrease
type: It
decreases
volume
when signals
become
weak, so
that noise is
not
conspicuous.
10 Retighten ground fixation for Yes Replace audio unit.

antenna installation part and
antenna amplifier. (See CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Is noise present, after (See CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)

retightening?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.4 NOISE FROM RADIO (FM ONLY) [RADIO]
4 Noise from radio (FM only)
Possible
09:Er22
DTC
Antenna rod not installed

Battery malfunction
Electronic jamming from outside, or inferior condition of broadcasting station

POSSIBLE radio wave
CAUSE
NOTE:
FM broadcast has feature “sound quality is good” and “resistant to noise”, but
FM broadcast has particular noises. Though audio unit is designed to reduce
noise, there are times noise occurs due to conditions.
1 Tune to local broadcasting station and Yes Tune to correct frequency of broadcasting
check reception condition. station.
Is reception okay? If not preset, preset it.

om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2 Is aftermarket electronic equipment Yes Go to the next step.
(two-way radio, navigation system,
mobile phone, etc.) installed?
No Go to Step 4.
3 Remove aftermarket electronic Yes The system is normal. (Explain to

equipment. customers that aftermarket electronic
equipment is cause of noise)
Turn audio unit ON and check
reception condition.
4 Measure battery voltage. Yes Go to the next step.
Is battery voltage okay?

No Charge battery. Inspect charging system,
Specification: and repair or replace if necessary.
With ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or

more
NOTE:
Inspect that battery cables are

connected to terminals securely.
5 Is noise occurring only when vehicle Yes Go to the next step.

electrical system (e.g. fuel pump)
operates?
No Go to Step 7.
NOTE:
Identify subject electrical component

by disconnecting fuse, turning switch
ON & OFF, or disconnecting &
It will be easy when simulation

function on M-MDS is used.
6 Inspect power supply, ground Yes Go to the next step.

condition, and noise prevention
capacitor for electrical component.
Is noise present after inspection?
NOTE:
Inspect following:
Power supply to
electrical component
for voltage drop
om
.c
(compare with
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
battery voltage)
Resistance between
ground of electrical
component and
body. (Should be
close to 0 ohm)
Installation condition
of noise prevention
capacitor for fuel
pump etc.
7 Inspect antenna plug connection Yes Go to the next step.

condition.
8 Turn ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Replace antenna feeder.
Measure continuity between antenna

feeder axis and ground. No Go to the next step.
9 Compare reception with other audio Yes The system is normal (It is caused by
unit on same model (model/unit) electronic jamming from outside, or inferior
under same problem conditions. broadcasting station signal condition).
Is reception equivalent between

customer’s unit and compared unit? No Go to the next step.
10 Retighten ground fixation for antenna Yes Replace audio unit.

installation part and antenna
amplifier. (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
Is noise present, after retightening?
NOTE: DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
When antenna is not grounded

perfectly, FM particular noise is likely No Troubleshooting completed.
to be conspicuous.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.5 NOISE FROM RADIO (SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO ONLY) [RADIO]
5 Noise from radio (SIRIUS satellite audio only)

Battery malfunction
POSSIBLE Electronic jamming from outside, or inferior condition of broadcasting

CAUSE station radio wave
1 Is aftermarket electronic equipment (two-way Yes Go to the next step.

radio, navigation system, mobile phone, etc.)
installed?
No Go to Step 3.
NOTE:
TV antenna located closely to

audio antenna can be cause
of noise. Relocate TV
antenna.
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
cause of noise)
3 Measure the voltage at battery. Yes Go to the next step.
Is the battery voltage okay?

No Charge battery.
Specification:
Inspect charging system, and
Ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or more repair or replace if necessary.
NOTE:
Inspect that battery cables

are connected to terminals
securely.
4 Is noise occurring only when vehicle electrical Yes Go to the next step.
system (e.g. fuel pump) operates?
NOTE: No Go to Step 6.
Identify subject electrical

component by disconnecting
fuse, turning switch ON &
OFF, or disconnecting &
It will be easy when

simulation function on M-
MDS is used.
5 Inspect power supply, ground condition, and Yes Go to the next step.
noise prevention capacitor for electrical
component.
Is noise present after inspection?
NOTE:
NOTE:
The SIRIUS
Inspect following: satellite radio is
supplied 12 V
Power battery power for
supply to the AM radio
electrical reception in the
component radio mode. The
for voltage audio unit cannot
drop receive the AM
(compare signals without the
with battery 12 V battery
voltage) power to the
om
antenna amplifier.
d .c
Resistance
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If the SIRIUS
between satellite radio
ground of signals become
electrical strong, the audio
component unit may receive
and body. the signal with
(Should be noises.
close to 0
ohm)
Installation
condition of
noise
prevention
capacitor for
fuel pump
etc.
6 Inspect SIRIUS satellite radio antenna plug Yes Go to the next step.
7 Inspect the SIRIUS satellite radio antenna. Yes Go to the next step.
(See SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA

INSPECTION .) No Replace the SIRIUS satellite radio
antenna.
Is the SIRIUS satellite radio antenna normal?
(See SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO
ANTENNA
8 Turn ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Replace the SIRIUS satellite radio
antenna feeder.
Measure continuity between SIRIUS satellite
radio antenna feeder axis and ground. (See SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO
ANTENNA FEEDER
Is there any continuity? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
9 Inspect the SIRIUS satellite radio antenna Yes Go to the next step.
feeder.
(See SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA No Replace the SIRIUS satellite radio
FEEDER INSPECTION .) antenna feeder.
Is the SIRIUS satellite radio antenna feeder (See SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO
normal? ANTENNA FEEDER
10 Compare reception with other audio unit on Yes The system is normal.
same model (model/unit) under same
(It is caused by electronic jamming
om
problem conditions.
d .c
from outside, or inferior

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is reception equivalent between customer’s broadcasting station signal
unit and compared unit? condition.)
NOTE:
Due to following differences,
you may feel difference in
reception efficiency.
(Vehicle
side
factor)
Antenna
installation
location,
height,
feeder
wiring
routing,
optional
electrical
equipment
(Audio unit
factor)
Volume
concern
type: It
decreases
change of
volume
when signals
become
weak. (Noise
is easy to
be
conspicuous)
Volume
concern
type: It
decreases
change of
volume
when signals
become
weak. (Noise
is easy to
be
conspicuous)
11 Retighten ground fixation for antenna Yes Replace the SIRIUS satellite radio
installation part and antenna feeder. unit.
Is noise present, after retightening? (See SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO UNIT

om
.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.6 CANNOT TUNE (SEEK DOES NOT STOP) [RADIO]
6 Cannot tune (seek does not stop)

station radio wave
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Antenna plug poor connection
1 Inspect if Yes Go to the next step.

feel of SEEK
switch is
normal No Perform confirmation step 1: center panel switch confirmation.
when switch (See CONFIRMATION STEP 1: CENTER PANEL SWITCH CONFIRMATION
is pushed [ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] .)
and
released.
Is it okay?
2 Inspect Yes Go to the next step.

indication of
LCD.
No Perform confirmation step 1: center panel switch confirmation.
Is frequency
(See CONFIRMATION STEP 1: CENTER PANEL SWITCH CONFIRMATION
indication
[ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] .)
increased or
decreased
when SEEK
switch is
om
pushed?
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 Manually Yes Go to Step 6.
tune to local
broadcasting
station and No Go to the next step.
check
reception
condition.
Is reception
okay?
4 Inspect Yes Go to the next step.

antenna
plug
No Insert antenna plug securely.
connection
condition.
Is
connection
okay?
5 Turn ignition Yes Replace antenna feeder.

switch to
LOCK
Measure
continuity
between
antenna
feeder axis
and ground.
Is there any
continuity?
6 Check if Yes The system is normal. (Explain to customer that SEEK sometimes
number of does not stop depending on signal reception condition.)
broadcasting
stations NOTE:
changes
Signals tend to reach longer distances in the night.
depending
It is conspicuous in AM signals, several audio
on time and
functions may stop due to foreign broadcasting
place.
station or noise. Though the audio system restrains
Does it sensitivity of SEEK and SCAN functions in the night,
change? the audio system may select other than desired
broadcasting station when signals are considerably
strong. This function is linked to the parking light.
When the parking light or headlight is turned on,
SEEK and SCAN may not function for weak signals.
No Replace audio unit.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.7 CANNOT PRESET (PRESET FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE) [RADIO]
7 Cannot preset (preset function does not operate)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
1 Tune to desired station and push channel Yes Go to the next step.
PRESET switch 1 for about 2 seconds to
store it.
No Go to Step 3.
Repeat above for other stations using
PRESET switch 2 to 5.
Push channel PRESET switch 1 to 6 one by

one.
Are stored stations present?
2 Turn ignition switch to LOCK and then to Yes The system is normal. (Explain preset
ACC. procedure to customer using Owner’s
Manual)
Check if preset stations are stored by
pushing PRESET switches.
Are stations stored?

3 Remove center panel from audio unit, and Yes Replace audio unit.
reinstall center panel to audio unit.
om
Turn the audio unit power to ON. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
While pressing the POWER/VOLUME (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
switch, simultaneously press the PRESET DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
switch 3 for 0.2 S or more.
Push all switches and check if buzzer No Replace center panel.

sounds.
Is all switches okay? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.8 RECEPTION FREQUENCY OF RADIO SLIPS [RADIO]
8 Reception frequency of radio slip

POSSIBLE station radio wave
CAUSE
1 Push SEEK switch and check if desired broadcasting Yes Go to Step 3.

station is tuned.
Is it okay? No Go to the next step.
2 Check if other broadcasting station is received at Yes Go to the next step.

certain place when indication of reception frequency
stays.
Is other station received?
NOTE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
When you receive weak signal from one broadcasting (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
station and come close to broadcasting antenna which DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
emits strong signal, broadcasting with strong signal is
sometimes received.
3 Compare reception with other audio unit on same Yes Troubleshooting

model (model/unit) under same problem conditions. completed (Audio unit is
normal).
Is reception equivalent between customer’s unit and
compared unit?

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FOREWORD [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
No. Items Symptom Possible DTC
1 CD player/changer NO.1 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS THE CD IMMEDIATELY [CD 10:Er01,
PLAYER/CHANGER] 22:Er01
2 NO.2 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT EJECT THE CD [CD PLAYER/CHANGER] 10:Er01,

22:Er01
3 NO.3 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND [CD PLAYER/CHANGER] 10:Er07,
22:Er07
4 NO.4 SOUND JUMPS [CD PLAYER/CHANGER] 10:Er02,

22:Er02
5 NO.5 CD PLAYER/CHANGER SCRATCHES ON THE CD [CD PLAYER/CHANGER] 10:Er02,

22:Er02
6 CD changer NO.6 DISC CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE [CD PLAYER/CHANGER] 22:Er01
7 MP3/WMA (Windows media NO.7 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE MP3/WMA-FORMATTED FILE [CD PLAYER/CHANGER] 10:Er07,
audio) applicable 22:Er07
CD player/changer
8 NO.8 MP3/WMA-FORMATTED FILE FOLDER SELECTION IS INOPERATIVE/TRACK SEARCH IS 10:Er02,
INOPERATIVE [CD PLAYER/CHANGER] 22:Er02
9 NO.9 CD PLAYER DOES NOT INDICATE THE MP3/WMA TITLE TEXT [CD PLAYER/CHANGER] 10:Er02,
22:Er02
10 NO.10 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE AUDIO DATA (CDDA) [CD PLAYER/CHANGER] 10:Er02,
22:Er02
11 CD player/changer NO.11 TRACK CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE [CD PLAYER/CHANGER] 10:Er02,

22:Er02
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
om
.c
Back to Top
d
oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.3 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
3 CD player/changer does not play the CD/No sound
CD is inserted upside down
Defective CD (e.g., cracked, badly bent, rough edges, scratch, dirty CD,
POSSIBLE condensation)
CAUSE Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) CD, 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter,
heart-shaped disc, octagonal disc)
1 Turn the radio ON and inspect Yes Go to the next step.

that there is a sound.
Is there a sound? No Go to the symptom troubleshooting No.3

(ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM).
NOTE:
Check for the volume dial

position.
2 Was CD inserted properly, label- Yes Go to the next step.

side up?
No Explain to the customer that CD should be
inserted into the slot, label-side up.
3 Replace the CD known to be Yes Go to the next step.

good.
Does the CD player/changer load No Replace the audio unit.

the CD?
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4 Visually inspect the CD. Yes Explain to the customer that the defective CD or
non-conventional disc cannot be use.
Is there any
dirt, scratch or
deformation on No Replace the audio unit.
the CD?
Is the CD a REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
non-
conventional (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
disc?
Is there a CD in
MP3 recording?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.4 SOUND JUMPS [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
4 Sound jumps
Possible
10:Er02, 22:Er02
DTC
condensation)
Improper center panel unit installation (e.g., rattle, loose)
POSSIBLE Inadequate tire pressure

CAUSE
NOTE:
The CD may be malfunctioning if the sound jumps on the certain CD only.

Inspect the CD player/changer operation using the CD known to be good.
1 Does the sound jump when the Yes Go to the step 6.

vehicle is stopped?
2 Drive the vehicle. Yes Go to the next step.
Does the sound jump when

driving over uneven surfaces? No Go to the step 6.
3 Is the center panel unit Yes Go to the next step.

installed securely?
No Install the center panel unit securely.
4 Inspect the tire pressure. Yes Replace the audio unit.

om
Is the tire pressure normal? (See CENTER PANEL UNIT

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

5 Adjust the tire pressure within Yes Replace the audio unit.
specification.
Does the sound jump when REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
No Audio system is normal. Explain repairs to the

customers.
6 Replace the CD known to be Yes Replace the audio unit.

good.
Does the sound jump when REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
No Audio system is normal. Explain to the customer

that the CD is malfunctioning.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.5 CD PLAYER/CHANGER SCRATCHES ON THE CD [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
5 CD player/changer scratches on the CD
Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness), bent disc)
POSSIBLE CAUSE Multiple CDs are inserted into the CD player at the same time
1 Were the multiple CDs inserted into Yes Explain to the customer to insert a CD one
the CD player at the same time? by one.
2 Visually inspect the CD. Yes Audio system is normal. Explain to the
customer that the CD is malfunctioning.
Is the CD a deformed disc (e.g., out
of specification (thickness), bent
disc)? No Replace the audio unit.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.6 DISC CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
6 Disc change is inoperative
Improper center panel installation
1 Inspect the CD changer Yes Go to the next step.

operation.
Does the CD changer operate No Go to the symptom troubleshooting “No.3 CD

properly? player/changer does not play the CD/No
sound”.
2 Inspect the followings: Yes Replace the audio unit.
Is the display (See CENTER PANEL UNIT

shown properly REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
when operating
the disc change (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
switch? DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
Does the radio

band selection No Go to the next step.
operate
properly?
3 Inspect the center panel Yes Install the center panel securely and properly.
installation.
Does the CD changer change the No Go to the “No.1 center panel switch inspection”
disc properly after re-installing in this section. Replace the center panel as
the center panel? necessary.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.10 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE AUDIO DATA (CDDA) [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
10 CD player does not play the audio data (CDDA)
Possible
10:Er02, 22:Er02
DTC
CD-R/RW written format is out of specification
Defective CD-R/RW (e.g., dirty CD, scratch)
Data other than the audio data is in CD-R/RW
POSSIBLE Audio unit malfunction

CAUSE
NOTE:
The CD player may not play the CD-R/RW properly due to the disc condition.
If there are MP-3-formatted file and audio data in the same disc, the CD
player loads and plays the first session of the data only.
1 Replace with Yes Go to the next step.

the audio-CD
known to be
good.
Does the CD
player play the (See CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
audio-CD
properly?
2 Inspect the Yes Go to the next step.

written format
of the recorded
data on the No Write the CD-R/RW with the correct specification.
CD-R/RW.
Is the written
om
.c
format correct?
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 Inspect the Yes Replace with the CD-R/RW known to be good (record audio data
recorded data only), then inspect the CD player operation.
in the CD-
R/RW. If the CD-R/RW plays:
Is any data Audio system is normal. Explain to the customer

other than the that the CD player does not operate properly if
audio data the audio data and other data are recorded in the
recorded in the CD-R/RW.
CD-R/RW?
If the CD-R/RW does not play:


4 Visually inspect Yes Clean the disc or replace with the CD-R/RW known to be good.
the CD-R/RW.
Is there any No Replace the audio unit.

dirt or scratch
on the CD-
R/RW? (See CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.11 TRACK CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
11 Track change is inoperative
condensation)
POSSIBLE Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) CD, 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter,

CAUSE heart-shaped disc, octagonal disc)
1 Replace the CD known to be good. Yes Explain to the customer that the defective
CD or non-conventional disc cannot be
Does the CD player change the track? used.
2 Inspect the center panel installation. Yes Replace the audio unit.
Does the CD player change the track (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
number on the display when pressing REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
the track up or down button?
No Go to the “No.1 center panel switch

inspection” in this section. Replace the
center panel as necessary.
om
.c
< Previous Next >

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
AUDIO CD [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
The CD player/changer has been designed to play CDs bearing the identification logo,
COMPACT DISC DIGITAL AUDIO, as shown. No other discs can be played on the CD
player/changer other than MP3/WMA applicable one.
The CD player/changer may not play the following CD:
Defective CD (e.g., cracked, badly bent, rough edges, scratch, dirty CD

condensation)
8 cm (3 in) CDs accessories (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter, sticker, label)
Nonstandard CD (e.g., Diameter/thickness is out of specification)
Specification: 119.7—120.3 mm (4.668—4.692 in) of

diameter, 1.2+0.3 or -0.1 mm (0.047+0.012 or 0.004
in) of thickness
Do not use non-conventional discs. The CD player/changer could be damaged.
Examples:
Although the same physical size as the compact disc, SACD uses a different kind of digital
audio signal, Direct Stream Digital.
The CD player/changer may not play the CD-R/RW properly due to the disc condition
(excluding the MP3/WMA).
MP3/WMA-Formatted File
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Outline of CD-R and CD-RW
Definition
CD-R: The CD-R is a non-rewritable version. Once a section of a CD-R is

written, it cannot be erased or rewritten.
CD-RW: The CD-RW is a re-writable version of CD-ROM and can be

written the data an unlimited number of times.
Since a reflected laser beam amount of the CD-R/RW is less than the
reflected laser beam amount of the conventional CD media, the CD
player/changer may not play the CD-R/RW or have the sound jumped.
Since the recording quality of the CD-R/RW vary widely, some CD-R/RW
may not be played.
Recording method
There are two methods for recording.
Classification by recorder
Record the audio data in the audio-CD by audio recorder
The price of the audio recorder and original audio-CD

includes the copyright fee.
Recorded the audio data in the conventional data-CD by the personal

computer
The data-CD is cheaper than the audio-CD. But, there is

a CD with the low quality.
Classification by audio data uncompression/compression
Uncompressed audio data
The CD-R/RW player can play the uncompressed audio

data.
Compressed audio data
It is possible to record the large quantity of music in a

disc. The sound quality varies depends on the audio data
compression format. The compressed audio data can be
played on the applicable player only.
Type of compression format:
MP3: MPEG Audio Layer 3 — Mazda genie MP3 applicable

CD player is available.
WMA: Windows Media Audio
ATRAG: Adaptive TRansform Acoustic Coding
MP3
The following condition should be met in order to record the MP3-formatted data on the
MP3 applicable CD player:
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Media Applicable to the CD-R/RW
Logical format ISO 9660 level 1&2 / Joliet / Romeo
Number of directly8 directly
Number of files Maximum 255 as a total number of file and folder
Maximum 155 for folder
ID3 TAG Applicable to Ver1.1, 2.3 and 2.4
File extension MP3
Packet writing Not applicable
Bit rate 8 kbps—320 kbps/VBR
Sampling rate 11.025 kHz—48 kHz
WMA (Windows media audio)
CD-R and CD-RW including WMA files can be played with this unit. Discs which conform to
the following formats can be played.
Playable WMA files are as follows:
Item Item Content
Specification Windows Media Audio Version 7.0, 8.0, 9.0
32kHz
32, 40, 48 kbps
44.1kHz
Sampling frequencyBit rate
32, 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192, 256, 320 kbps
48kHz
64, 96, 128, 160, 192 kbps

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
VBR (Variable Bit Rate) Supported
Channel mode Stereo/Monaural
WMA tag Title, artist name, album name
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.1 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS THE CD IMMEDIATELY [CD
PLAYER/CHANGER]
1 CD player/changer does not load the CD or ejects the CD immediately
CD is inserted upside down
condensation)
Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) CD, 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter,

POSSIBLE heart-shaped disc, octagonal disc)
CAUSE
Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness), bent disc)
Poor connection of audio unit connector or terminal (e.g., damaged, bent,

pulled-out pin, corrosion)
1 Is CD inserted properly, label-side up? Yes Go to the next step.
No Explain to the customer that CD should be

inserted into the slot, label-side up.
2 Replace with a CD known to be good. Yes Go to the next step.
Does the CD player/changer load the

CD? No Replace the audio unit.


om
.c
3 Visually inspect the CD. Yes Explain to the customer that the defective
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CD or non-conventional disc cannot be
Is there any dirt, scratch or use.
deformation on the CD?
Is the CD a non-conventional disc? No Go to the next step.
4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK Yes Replace the audio unit.
position.
Inspect the connection of the audio REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
unit connector (24-pin).
Inspect both audio unit connector and DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
wiring harness-side connector for poor
connection. (such as
damaged/bent/pulled-out pins, No If the audio unit
corrosion) connector/pin is
wrong:
All the pins and connector normal?



side connector/pin is
wrong:

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.2 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT EJECT THE CD [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
2 CD player/changer does not eject the CD
Possible
10:Er01, 22:Er01
DTC
Defective CD. (e.g., cracked, badly bent, rough edges, scratch, dirty CD,
condensation)
Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) CD, 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter, heart-

shaped disc, octagonal disc)
Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness), bent disc).
Multiple CDs are inserted into the CD player at the same time
Poor connection of audio unit connector or terminal (e.g., damaged, bent,

POSSIBLE pulled-out pin, corrosion)
CAUSE
Improper CD cover installation
Improper center panel installation
NOTE:
The CD may be malfunctioning if the CD player/changer does not eject the

certain CD only. Inspect the CD player/changer operation using the CD known
to be good.
1 Inspect the operation of the audio Yes Go to the step 3.

system other than CD player/changer
(e.g. Radio).
Does other audio system operate?
om
position.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the connection of the audio No If the audio unit
unit connector (24-pin). connector/pin is
wrong:
Inspect both audio unit connector and
wiring harness-side connector for poor Replace the audio unit.
connection. (such as
damaged/bent/pulled-out pins, (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
corrosion)
All the pins and connector normal? (See CENTER PANEL UNIT

side connector/pin is
wrong:

3 Eject the CD. Yes Go to the next step.
Is the CD ejected from the CD

player/changer? No Inspect the center panel and CD cover
installation. Securely install the center
panel and/or CD cover as necessary.
4 Insert the CD into the CD Yes Replace the audio unit.

player/changer.
Does the CD insert into the CD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
player/changer smoothly?
No Install the center panel and/or CD cover

properly, then go to the next step.
5 Is the CD ejected from the CD Yes Troubleshooting completed.

player/changer?
Explain repairs to the customers.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.7 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE MP3/WMA-FORMATTED FILE [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
7 CD player does not play the MP3/WMA-formatted file
Possible
10:Er07, 22:Er07
DTC
CD-R/RW written format is out of specification
MP3/WMA and other format data are in the CD-R/RW
File extension for MP3-formatted file is incorrect (Correct. “.mp3”/“.wma”,

incorrect: e.g., RIFF)
Defective CD-R/RW (e.g. dirty CD, scratch)
POSSIBLE NOTE:
CAUSE
The free-software for the MP3-formatted file in the field may cause the
deterioration of sound quality, noise, or defective play, so that the CD player
won’t play the customer made MP3-formatted file.
The CD player may not play the CD-R/RW properly due to the disc condition.
If there are MP3/WMA-formatted file and other file in the same disc, the CD
player may not play the disc.
If there are MP3/WMA-formatted file and audio data in the same disc, the CD
player loads and plays the first session of the data only.
1 Inspect the written Yes Go to the next step.

format of the
recorded data on the
CD-R/RW. No Write the CD-R/RW with the correct specification.
Is the written format

correct?
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2 Inspect the recorded Yes Replace with the CD-R/RW known to be good (MP3/WMA-
data in the CD-R/RW. formatted file data only), then inspect the CD player
operation.
Is there MP3/WMA
and other format data If the CD player plays the MP3/WMA-
in the CD-R/RW. formatted file:
Audio system is normal. Explain to the

customer that the CD player does not
operate properly if the MP3/WMA and
other format data are in the CD-R/RW.
If the CD player does not play the

MP3/WMA-formatted file:


3 Inspect the CD-R/RW Yes Replace with the CD-R/RW using the “.mp3” /“.wma” file
written format. extension, then inspect the CD player operation.
Is the written format If the CD player plays the MP3/WMA-

within the formatted file:
specification (“.mp3”
/“.wma” is the correct Audio system is normal. Explain to the
file extension)? customer that the CD player does not
operate properly if the correct file
extension is not used.
If the CD player does not play the

MP3/WMA-formatted file:


4 Visually inspect the Yes Clean the disc or replace with the CD-R/RW known to be
CD-R/RW. good.
Is there any dirt or

scratch on the CD- No Replace the audio unit.
R/RW?
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.8 MP3/WMA-FORMATTED FILE FOLDER SELECTION IS INOPERATIVE/TRACK SEARCH IS

INOPERATIVE [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
8 MP3/WMA-formatted file folder selection is inoperative/Track search is inoperative
Conflict of ID tag version for CD-R/RW (MP-3)
Improper folder and/or music title in CD-R/RW

POSSIBLE
CAUSE The number of characters of folder/audio file name in CD-R/RW exceeds the
maximum number of characters
Improper encode in CD-R/RW
NOTE:
ID3 is a tagging format for MP3-formatted file. ID3 allows metadata (e.g., title, artist,
track number, etc.) to be added to the MP3-formatted file.
There are two versions in the ID tag.
ID3v1: This is the most widespread standard tag formats and most
software is compatible with this version. There is a limitation on the
maximum number of characters for the text data.
ID3v2: There are a variety of version in V2, but there is no

interchangeability among the versions.
Limitation on the maximum number of characters for the text data (ID3v1)
Item Maximum number of characters Description
Title 30 Music title
Artist 30 Artist name

om
.c
Album 30 Album title

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Year 4 Album produced year/CD wholesale year
Genre — Music category selection
Comment 30 Free comment
Track 3 Track number
In a WMA file, the track name, artist name and album name are recorded with data called
“WMA-Tag”, and the information can be displayed.
WMA files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly or
its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly.
The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system,
version, software, or setting. In this case, add the file extension “.wma” to the end of the
file name, and then write the disc.
1 Visually inspect the CD-R/RW. Yes Clean the disc or replace with the CD-R/RW
known to be good.
Is there any dirt or scratch on the
CD/R/RW?
No Go to the next step. (MP-3)/Go to the step
3.(WMA)
2 Inspect the ID tag version. Yes Go to the next step.
Is ID tag correct?
No Write the CD-R/RW with the correct ID tag
version.
3 Inspect folder and audio file name. Yes Go to the next step.
Are all file name input correctly?

No Use the CD-R/RW that a folder and audio file
name is input correctly.
4 Inspect the encode for the folder Yes Go to the next step.
and audio file name in the CD-
R/RW.
No Use the correct encode.
Is the encode correct?
NOTE:
Unreadable characters may be

om
displayed if incorrect encode is

d .c
used.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5 Inspect the number of characters Yes Replace the audio unit.
for the folder and audio file name.
Is the number of characters within REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
the maximum number of
characters? (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
No Input the folder and audio file name within

the maximum number of characters.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.9 CD PLAYER DOES NOT INDICATE THE MP3/WMA TITLE TEXT [CD PLAYER/CHANGER]
9 CD player does not indicate the MP3/WMA title text
Conflict of ID tag version for CD-R/RW (MP-3)
The number of characters of folder/audio file name in CD-R/RW exceeds the

maximum number of characters
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Improper encode in CD-R/RW
No title input in CD-R/RW
Input title text by 2-bytes characters
1 Visually inspect the CD-R/RW. Yes Clean the disc or replace with the CD-R/RW
known to be good.
Is there any dirt or scratch on the
CD/R/RW?
2 Inspect the display the LCD. Yes Go to the next step. (MP-3)/Go to the step 4.
(WMA)
Is the CD (other than MP3/WMA
compatible) displayed on the LCD?


om
.c
3 Inspect the ID tag version. Yes Go to the next step.

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the ID tag correct?
No Write the CD-R/RW with the correct ID tag
version.
4 Is the title text input into the CD- Yes Go to the next step.
R/RW?
No Input the title text.
NOTE:
Do not input the title text by

two-bytes character.
5 Inspect the encode for the folder Yes Go to the next step.
and audio file name in the CD-
R/RW.
No Use the correct encode.
Is the encode correct?
6 Inspect the number of characters Yes Replace the audio unit.

for the folder and audio file name.
Is the number of characters within REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
the maximum number of
characters? (See CENTER PANEL UNIT
No Input the folder and audio file name within

the maximum number of characters.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
TROUBLESHOOTING
No. DESCRIPTION
ITEM
1 The security light The security light remains illuminated 2 min or more after the
display is not normal. ignition switch is turned to the ON position.
The security does not illuminate when the ignition switch is

turned to the ON position.
The security light remains illuminated while the ignition switch

is at the LOCK position.
The security light does not flash or the flashing interval is

abnormal while the ignition switch is at the LOCK position.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.1 SECURITY LIGHT DISPLAY IS NOT NORMAL [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
1 The security light display is not normal.
The security light remains illuminated 2 min or more after the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position.
The security does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position.
DESCRIPTION
The security light remains illuminated while the ignition switch is at the
LOCK position.
The security light does not flash or the flashing interval is abnormal while
the ignition switch is at the LOCK position.
Advanced keyless control module malfunction (with advanced keyless

control system)
NOTE:
If the security light remains illuminated for approx. 1 min after the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position and then displays a DTC, perform
immobilizer system malfunction diagnosis according to that DTC. (See DTC
TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)(See DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
While performing immobilizer system security access using the M-MDS, the
POSSIBLE security light does not illuminate even if the ignition switch is turned to the
CAUSE ON position. Verify the illumination condition of the security light by
disconnecting the DLC-2 to release security access.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
Normal operation of the security light is as follows. The light starts flashing every 2 s when
the ignition switch is turned from ON to ACC position and the immobilizer system is
armed. The light stops flashing when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with
the correct ignition key. At this time, the immobilizer system is disarmed and the security
light illuminates for about 3 s and then goes out.
1 Turn the ignition switch Yes Go to the next step.

to the ON position.
Verify that the other No Inspect the power and GND circuit for the instrument
warning lights in the cluster. If the circuits are normal, replace the
instrument cluster instrument cluster.
condition.
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION .)
Do the warning lights
illumination normal?
2 Turn the ignition switch Yes Replace the instrument cluster.

to the ON position.
Verify that the security
light illumination.
Does the security light
remains illuminate above
2 min?
3 Turn the ignition switch Yes Replace the instrument cluster.

light illumination.
remain illumination?
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4 Turn the ignition switch Yes Go to the next step.
Verify that the security No If the security light flashes with DTC patterns, perform
light is flashing. the applicable DTC troubleshooting procedure.
Does the security light (See DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED
flash normally? KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)
(See DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY

SYSTEM)].)
If the security light does not flash, replace the

instrument cluster.
5 Is the advanced keyless Yes Go to the next step.

entry system equipped?
6 Disconnect the battery Yes Replace the instrument cluster.

negative post.
Disconnect the advanced
connectors. No Replace the advanced keyless control module.
Connect the battery (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

negative post.

to the ON position.

light illumination.

illuminate normally?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
No.1 HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE SYSTEM DOES NOT RECEIVE/TRANSMIT CALLS, DOES NOT
CONNECT [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
1 Hands-free telephone system does not receive/transmit calls, does not connect
Possible
26:Er81, 26:Er82, 26:Er83, 26:Er84, 26:Er85, 26:Er86
DTC
Malfunction in voice recognition/hands-free switch related parts
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the voice

recognition/hands-free switch and audio unit
CAN communication error between the audio unit and HF/TEL

unit
Voice recognition/hands-free switch malfunction
Poor connection in the connector
Malfunction in microphone related parts
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the

microphone and HF/TEL unit
Microphone malfunction
Malfunction in audio system
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the HF/TEL

unit and the speaker through the audio unit
Possible
cause Poor connection in the connector
HF/TEL unit does not respond
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the HF/TEL

unit and the audio unit
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness of the HF/TEL unit

power supply or ground circuit

om
Problem in cellular phone

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Cellular phone does not set up to HF/TEL system
Cellular phone does not operate (low battery voltage, power off)
Cellular phone is outside of the signal transmission area
Bluetooth does not operate
A cellular phone other than a Hands-free telephone system-

enabled models is used
points are the cause of any intermittent malfunction. If there is a problem, verify that the
1 Verify if the customer’s cellular phone is a Hands-free Yes Go to the next step.
telephone system-enabled model by referring to
http://www.mazdausa.com/MusaWeb/displayPage.action?
pageParameter=bluetoothHandsFreeSystem. No Explain to the customer
that the customer’s
Is the customer’s cellular phone a Hands-free telephone cellular phone is not a
system-enabled model? Hands-free telephone
system-enabled model.
2 Verify that the cellular phone is communicating with the Yes Go to the next step.
HF/TEL unit.
Does the cellular phone connect to the HF/TEL unit via No Go to the step 5.
Bluetooth when the Hands-free telephone system is
activated?
3 Inspect the cellular phone condition while the hands free Yes Enter a cellular phone
phone does not operate. signal transmission area
and reinspect the HF/TEL
Can the following conditions be verified? system operation.
Low battery voltage
Power is off
Out of signal transmission area
4 Does the cellular phone set up to the HF/TEL unit? Yes Set up the cellular phone
to the HF/TEL unit.
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5 Is the audio system sound output normal? Yes Go to the next step.
No Perform the audio system

troubleshooting
procedure.
6 Perform the HF/TEL system on-board diagnostic. Yes Go to the next step.
(See STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC

TEST MODE [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM] .) No Go to the step 8.
Are the following DTC displayed?
26:Er82
26:Er83
26:Er84
7* Inspect for open or short circuits in the following wiring Yes Replace the microphone.
harnesses and connectors, and inspect the connector
connections. (See MICROPHONE
Between microphone terminal A and
HF/TEL unit terminal B
No Repair or replace
Between microphone terminal B and malfunctioning parts.
HF/TEL unit terminal D
Between microphone terminal C and

HF/TEL unit terminal U
Between microphone terminal E and

HF/TEL unit terminal J
Between microphone terminal D and

GND
Are the harnesses and connector connections normal?
8 Perform the HF/TEL system on-board diagnostic. Yes Inspect and repair the
audio system CAN
(See STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC communication.
TEST MODE [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM] .)
(See FOREWORD
Is 26:Er81 displayed? [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] .)
9 Perform the HF/TEL system on-board diagnostic. Yes Go to the next step.

om
TEST MODE [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM] .) No Go to the step 12.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is 26:Er85 displayed?
10 Inspect the voice recognition/hands-free switch. Yes Go to the next step.
Is the voice recognition/hands-free switch normal?

No Replace the audio control
(See AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION .) switch.
(See AUDIO CONTROL

SWITCH
11* Inspect for open or short circuits in the following wiring Yes Inspect and repair the
harnesses and connectors, and inspect the connector audio system CAN
connections. communication.
Between audio control switch terminal G (See FOREWORD

and audio unit terminal 1N. [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
Are the harnesses and connector connections normal? SYSTEM] .)
malfunctioning parts.
12 Perform the HF/TEL system on-board diagnostic. Yes Replace the HF/TEL unit.
(See STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (See HANDS-FREE

TEST MODE [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM] .) TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) UNIT
13 Call the hands free cell phone using another cellular Yes Replace the HF/TEL unit.
phone.
(See HANDS-FREE
Do the same symptoms appear? TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) UNIT
No The cellular phone

Bluetooth system is
malfunctioning.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
No.2 CALLER'S VOICE VOLUME TOO LOW, OR NOISE INTERRUPTS CALL [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE
(HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
2 Caller’s voice volume too low, or noise interrupts call
Possible
26:Er81, 26:Er82, 26:Er83, 26:Er84, 26:Er86
DTC
Malfunction in the microphone related parts

microphone and the HF/TEL unit
Microphone malfunction
Malfunction in the audio control switch
Voice recognition/hands-free switch malfunction
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the voice

recognition/hands-free switch and the audio unit
HF/TEL unit does not receive the vehicle speed signal

Possible
cause CAN communication error
Malfunction in the audio system
Audio control switch and/or related circuit malfunction
Influence due to vehicle driving conditions
Noise while driving is loud (engine, tire noise, blower fan noise)
Windows and/or Convertible top/Power retractable hardtop are

open
Problem in the cellular phone
Vehicle is in a place where signal transmission is weak

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
pageParameter=bluetoothHandsFreeSystem. No Explain to the customer
that the customer’s
Is the customer’s cellular phone a Hands-free telephone cellular phone is not a
system-enabled model? Hands-free telephone
system-enabled model.
2* Can the audio volume be controlled using audio control Yes Go to the next step.
switch?
No Inspect and repair the
audio control switch and
3 Does the symptom appear under following conditions? Yes The system is normal.
Windows and/or Convertible top/Power (Influence due to vehicle

retractable hardtop are open driving conditions)
Noise while driving is loud (engine, tire

noise, blower fan noise) No Go to the next step.
4 Perform the HF/TEL system on-board diagnostic. Yes Inspect and repair the
audio system CAN
(See STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC communication.
TEST MODE [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM] .)
(See FOREWORD
Is 26:Er81 displayed? [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] .)
5* Inspect for open or short circuits in the following wiring Yes Go to the next step.
connections.
Between microphone terminal A and malfunctioning parts.
om
HF/TEL unit terminal B

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Between microphone terminal B and
HF/TEL unit terminal D
Between microphone terminal C and

HF/TEL unit terminal U
Between microphone terminal E and

HF/TEL unit terminal J
Between microphone terminal D and

GND
6 Inspect the following switches. Yes Go to the next step.
(See AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION .)

No Replace the audio control
Voice recognition/hands-free switch switch.
Are the switches normal? (See AUDIO CONTROL

SWITCH
connections.
Between audio unit (24-pin) terminal 1N malfunctioning parts.
and audio control switch terminal G
8 Make a call with the cellular phone without using HF/TEL Yes Cellular phone related
system. problem.
Does the same symptom appear?

9 Call the hands-free cell phone using another cellular Yes Go to the next step.
phone.
Does the same symptom appear? No The cellular phone

Bluetooth system is
malfunctioning.
10 Replace the microphone. Yes Replace the HF/TEL unit.
(See MICROPHONE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See HANDS-FREE

TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) UNIT
Does the same symptom appear? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
No Troubleshooting is
completed.
(Microphone malfunction)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
No.3 ADDRESSEE'S VOICE VOLUME TOO LOW, OR NOISE INTERRUPTS CALL [HANDS-FREE
TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
3 Addressee’s voice volume too low, or noise interrupts call
Possible
26:Er81, 26:Er86
DTC
Malfunction in the audio system
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the HF/TEL unit
and the speaker through the audio unit
Audio control switch and/or related circuit malfunction

Possible HF/TEL unit does not receive the vehicle speed signal
cause
CAN communication error
Problem in the cellular phone
Vehicle is in a place where signal transmission is weak
No Explain to the customer that
pageParameter=bluetoothHandsFreeSystem.
om
the customer’s cellular phone

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the customer’s cellular phone a Hands-free telephone is not a Hands-free telephone
system-enabled model? system-enabled model.
2 Verify the volume setting of the Hands-free telephone Yes Verify if the
system. malfunction
symptom is
Is the volume set at a low level or zero? eliminated
after the
volume is
set to a
higher level.
If the
malfunction
is not
resolved, go
to the next
step.
If the
malfunction
is resolved,
explain to
the customer
that the
malfunction
occurred due
to an
inappropriate
volume
setting.
3 Is the audio system sound output normal? Yes Go to the next step.
No Perform the audio system

troubleshooting procedure.
4 Can the audio volume be controlled using audio control Yes Go to the next step.
switch?
No Inspect and repair the audio
control switch and related
wiring harness.
5 Perform the HF/TEL system on-board diagnostic. Yes Inspect and repair the audio
system CAN communication.
TEST MODE [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM] .) (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
connections.
Between HF/TEL unit (24-pin) terminal malfunctioning parts.
G and audio unit (16-pin) terminal 2B
Between HF/TEL unit (24-pin) terminal

H and audio unit (16-pin) terminal 2J
Between HF/TEL unit (24-pin) terminal L

and shield wire
7 Make a call with the cellular phone without using HF/TEL Yes Cellular phone related
system. problem.
Does the same symptom appear?

8 Call the hands-free cell phone using another cellular Yes Replace the HF/TEL unit.
phone.
(See HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE
Does the same symptom appear? (HF/TEL) UNIT
No The cellular phone Bluetooth

system is malfunctioning.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FOREWORD [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
No. Items Possible DTC
1 No.1 HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE SYSTEM DOES NOT RECEIVE/TRANSMIT 26:Er81, 26:Er82, 26:Er83,
CALLS, DOES NOT CONNECT [HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM] 26:Er84, 26:Er85, 26:Er86
2 No.2 CALLER'S VOICE VOLUME TOO LOW, OR NOISE INTERRUPTS CALL 26:Er81, 26:Er82, 26:Er83,
[HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM] 26:Er84, 26:Er86
3 No.3 ADDRESSEE'S VOICE VOLUME TOO LOW, OR NOISE INTERRUPTS CALL

26:Er81, 26:Er86
[HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/TEL) SYSTEM]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM
1 No.1 DOOR GLASS DOES NOT OPERATE EVEN THOUGH VARIOUS OPERATIONS ARE PERFORMED [EXTERIOR
OPEN FUNCTION]
2 No.2 DOOR GLASS DOES NOT OPERATE USING THE KEYLESS TRANSMITTER [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
3 No.3 SOME DOOR GLASS DO NOT OPERATE [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
4 No.4 DOOR GLASS STOPS BEFORE FULLY OPENING [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
5 No.5 ALL DOOR GLASSES OPERATE ACCIDENTALLY [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
The exterior open function does not operate when the following conditions are met.
om
d .c
Any door or trunk lid is open.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
The key is inserted in the steering lock.
The start knob is not in the LOCK position.
The auto-open/close function (the exterior open function) does not operate if the power window
system initial setting procedure has been reset.
Depending on the temperature and battery conditions, the window may reverse on rare
occasions.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
No.2 DOOR GLASS DOES NOT OPERATE USING THE KEYLESS TRANSMITTER [EXTERIOR OPEN
FUNCTION]
2 Door glass does not operate using the keyless transmitter
Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless control module and

POSSIBLE keyless receiver
CAUSE
Any door or trunk lid is open.
Key is inserted in steering lock.
1 Inspect the door lock/unlock Yes Inspect the keyless control module, and repair
operation using the transmitter. or replace.
Does it operate normally? (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION

[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND START
SYSTEM] .)
(See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION

2 Inspect the open/close condition Yes System is normal (Does not operate when a
of the doors and the trunk lid. door or the trunk lid is open).
Is the reason why they do not

lock/unlock because a door or the No Go to the next step.
trunk lid is open?
3 Verify whether the key is in the Yes System is normal (Does not operate when the
steering lock. key is inserted in the steering wheel lock)
Is the reason why they do not

lock/unlock because the key is No Go to the next step.
om
.c
inserted in the steering lock?

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4 When the lock/unlock operation Yes Inspect the following parts, and repair or
does not operate for reasons replace.
other than the above steps 2 and
3. Keyless control module
(See KEYLESS CONTROL

MODULE INSPECTION
(See KEYLESS CONTROL

MODULE INSPECTION [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
Wiring harness between

keyless control module and
keyless receiver.
No Reinspect for malfunction recurrence. If the

malfunction is not corrected, repeat the
procedure from step 1.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
No.1 DOOR GLASS DOES NOT OPERATE EVEN THOUGH VARIOUS OPERATIONS ARE PERFORMED
[EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
1 Door glass does not operate even though various operations are performed
POSSIBLE Battery malfunction (low voltage)

CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and
1 Inspect the operation of the door Yes Go to the next step.

glass by operating the power
window main switch.
No Inspect the following parts, and repair or
Is the manual operation normal? replace.
Power window main switch
(See POWER WINDOW MAIN

SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Power window motor

INSPECTION .)
Battery (low voltage)
2 Inspect the operation of the door Yes Go to the next step.

glass by operating the power
window main switch.
No Inspect the power window main switch, and
Does the door glass operate in repair or replace.
auto?
om
d .c
INSPECTION .)
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 Does the door lock/unlock Yes Inspect the wiring harness between the power
normally? window main switch and the keyless control
module.
If there is any malfunction, repair or replace

the applicable part.
No Replace the keyless control module.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
No.3 SOME DOOR GLASS DO NOT OPERATE [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
3 Some door glass do not operate
POSSIBLE CAUSE Power window motor malfunction
Battery malfunction (low voltage)
1 Inspect the door glass operation by Yes Perform the “Auto Open Function Inspection”.
operating the power window main
switch. (See POWER WINDOW SYSTEM PRELIMINARY
INSPECTION [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] .)
Does it operate normally?
No Inspect the following parts, and repair or
replace.
Power window main switch
(See POWER WINDOW MAIN

Power window motor

INSPECTION .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
No.4 DOOR GLASS STOPS BEFORE FULLY OPENING [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
4 Door glass stops before fully opening
POSSIBLE Battery malfunction (low voltage)

CAUSE
Door glass improper installation
Keyless entry system signal reception error (outside operation area, radio
signal interference)
1 Operate the door glass in Yes Inspect the following parts, and repair or replace.
auto/manual by operating the
power window main switch. Power window main switch
Does the door glass stop (See POWER WINDOW MAIN

before fully opening/closing SWITCH INSPECTION .)
using either operation?
Power window motor (See POWER
WINDOW MOTOR INSPECTION .)
Door glass (Installation condition)
2 Open the door glass by Yes Inspect the following parts, and repair or replace.
operating the transmitter.
Does the door glass stop
before fully opening? (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
ENTRY AND START SYSTEM] .)

om
d .c
INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
SYSTEM] .)
Keyless entry system signal

reception error (outside operation
area, radio signal interference.)
No Reinspect for malfunction recurrence. If the

malfunction is not corrected, repeat the procedure
from step 1.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
No.5 ALL DOOR GLASSES OPERATE ACCIDENTALLY [EXTERIOR OPEN FUNCTION]
5 All door glasses operate accidentally
Transmitter malfunction
Request switch malfunction

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Open or short circuit in wiring harness between request switch (each door)
and keyless control module.
1 Inspect if malfunction is Yes Inspect the transmitter.

in operating by
transmitter
2 Inspect if malfunction is Yes Inspect the following parts and repair or replace.
in operating by request
switch Request switch
(See REQUEST SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Wiring harness between request

switch and keyless control module
3 Inspect if malfunction is Yes Inspect power window main switch.

in operating power
window main switch (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION .)
4 Inspect if malfunction is Yes Inspect the keyless control module and repair or
in without operating step replace.
om
1to 3
d .c
(See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND START SYSTEM] .)
(See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION [KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
No Reinspect for malfunction recurrence. If the malfunction

is not corrected, repeat the procedure from step 1.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
1 Power retractable hardtop warning Power retractable hardtop warning buzzer sounds continuously
buzzer sounds continuously while vehicle is stopped
2 Power retractable hardtop indicator Power retractable hardtop indicator light flashes when power
light flashing retractable hardtop is stopped
3 Power retractable hardtop does not Power retractable hardtop does not start to open when power
start to open retractable hardtop (open) switch is pressed
4 Power retractable hardtop does not Power retractable hardtop does not start to close when power
start to close retractable hardtop (close) switch is pressed
5 Power retractable hardtop stops while Power retractable hardtop stops while power retractable hardtop
operating is opening/closing
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 1 POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS CONTINUOUSLY [POWER

RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
1 Power retractable hardtop warning buzzer sounds continuously
Power retractable hardtop warning buzzer sounding continuously while the

DESCRIPTION
vehicle is stopped.
Power retractable hardtop control module sends an buzzer operation signal

to the instrument cluster.
Power retractable hardtop control module cannot detect

the power retractable hardtop permission condition signal.
POSSIBLE Vehicle speed detected

CAUSE
Transmission position detected (except
for transmission neutral (MT)/N or P
position (AT) detected)
Power retractable hardtop control module detects a system malfunction
Instrument cluster malfunction (Buzzer sounds regardless of the

instruction from the power retractable hardtop control module)
When performing the asterisked (*) troubleshooting inspection, slightly shake the wiring
harness and connectors while performing the inspection to determine whether poor contact
VERIFY THAT PRESENT DTC IS STORED

1 Yes Retrieve the DTC for the power
Stop the vehicle. retractable hardtop control module
using the M-MDS.
Shift to P or N position (AT)/neutral
position (MT). If the DTC is displayed, perform the
om
.c
appropriate troubleshooting procedure.

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
position. Then go to the next step.
Verify that power retractable hardtop

indicator light status. No Go to the next step.
Is the power retractable hardtop indicator

light flashing?
VERIFY THAT POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP

2 INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES Yes Fully open/close the roof and lock the
top lock (if the roof is fully closed).
Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
Verify the power retractable hardtop
Verify the power retractable hardtop indicator light status again.
indicator light status.
If the indicator light illuminates with
Does the power retractable hardtop the power retractable hardtop fully
indicator light illuminate? open, return to step 1.
If the indicator light illuminates with

the power retractable hardtop fully
closed, inspect the top lock switch.
If the indicator light does not illuminate

INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN

3 OPERATION PERMISSION CONDITION SIGNAL OR Yes Go to the next step.
ELSEWHERE
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. No Inspect and repair the suspected signal
related wiring harness and component.
Monitor the following PIDs.
(See PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION

[SJ6A-EL] .)
(See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP

CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION .)
PCM
VSS
PNP/CPP (MT)
CPP (MT)
TCM (AT)
TR
Power Retractable
Hardtop Control
Module
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
VSS
Are these monitor values normal?

4* INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (BUZZER) OR POWER Yes Replace the power retractable hardtop
RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE control module.
Perform the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP

INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE. CONTROL MODULE
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT
CHECK MODE.)
Does the buzzer sound with check code
14? (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 2 POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHING [POWER RETRACTABLE

HARDTOP]
2 Power retractable hardtop indicator light flashing
Power retractable hardtop indicator light flashes when the power

DESCRIPTION
retractable hardtop is stopped.
Locking of the top lock is unstable when it is fully closed. (Locks and
unlocks repeatedly)

top lock switch and the power retractable hardtop control
module
POSSIBLE
Power retractable hardtop control module cannot control the power
CAUSE
retractable hardtop indicator light operation.
Short to ground in the wiring harness between power

retractable hardtop control module and the power
retractable hardtop indicator light.
Power retractable hardtop control module detects a system malfunction.
connectors, terminals and the wiring harness are connected correctly and undamaged.
VERIFY THAT PRESENT DTC IS STORED

1 Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2.
(See DTC TABLE [POWER RETRACTABLE
Retrieve the DTC for the power HARDTOP] .)
om
.c
retractable hardtop control module.

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is there a DTC present? No Go to the next step.

2 TOP LOCK SWITCH OR ELSEWHERE Yes Go to the next step.
Verify the power retractable hardtop

status. No Go to step 4.
Is the power retractable hardtop fully

closed?
INSPECT TOP LOCK SWITCH

3 Yes Inspect and repair for an open or short
Inspect the top lock switch. circuit in the wiring harness between the
top lock switch and power retractable
(See TOP LOCK SWITCH INSPECTION .) hardtop control module.
No Replace the top lock.
(See FRONT ROOF PANEL


4* POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP INDICATOR Yes Replace for a short to the ground circuit.
LIGHT CONTROL CIRCUIT OR ELSEWHERE
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK No Go to the next step.

position.
Disconnect the power retractable

hardtop control module (6-pin) and
power retractable hardtop switch
connectors.
Verify the continuity between the

power retractable hardtop control
module terminal 2C and ground.

5 POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP INDICATOR Yes Replace the power retractable hardtop
LIGHT OR POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP control module.
CONTROL MODULE
Reinspect malfunction condition. Does CONTROL MODULE
the power retractable hardtop REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
indicator light flash?
No Replace the power retractable hardtop
switch.

SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
om
< Previous Next >

d .c
Back to Top
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 3 POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP DOES NOT START TO OPEN [POWER RETRACTABLE
HARDTOP]
3 Power retractable hardtop does not to start open
Power retractable hardtop does not start to open when the power
DESCRIPTION
retractable hardtop (open) switch is pressed
Power retractable hardtop control module cannot detect the power

retractable hardtop permission condition signal.
Improper vehicle speed detected
Improper transmission position detected (except for

transmission neutral (MT)/N or P position (AT) detected)
Power retractable hardtop control module cannot detect the proper power
retractable hardtop switch signal.
Power retractable hardtop (open) switch malfunction

(stuck off)
Power retractable hardtop (close) switch malfunction

(stuck on)

power retractable hardtop control module and the power
retractable hardtop switch.
Release of the top lock cannot be determined by the power retractable

hardtop control module.

top lock switch and the power retractable hardtop control
module
Power retractable hardtop control module cannot detect proper deck panel
and roof positions
Deck panel open position switch signal improper
Deck panel open position switch

malfunction

om
.c
improper installation
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Open or short circuit in the wiring
harness
Deck panel close position switch signal malfunction
POSSIBLE Deck panel close position switch

CAUSE malfunction
Deck panel close position switch


harness
Power retractable hardtop open position switch signal

malfunction
Power retractable hardtop open position

switch malfunction

switch improper installation

harness
Power retractable hardtop close position switch signal

malfunction
Power retractable hardtop close position

switch malfunction


harness
Power retractable hardtop link mechanics malfunction
Excessive restriction or hesitation
NOTE:
If the following conditions are recognized, the power

retractable hardtop control module invalidates the
operation of the power retractable hardtop (open) switch.
Top lock is locked with the power

retractable hardtop fully closed
Power retractable hardtop the fully open
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS

1 IN OPERATION PERMISSION CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
SIGNAL OR ELSEWHERE
No Inspect and repair the suspected signal
related wiring harness and component.

INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL] .)

INSPECTION .)
PCM
VSS
PNP/CPP (MT)
CPP (MT)
TCM (AT)
TR
Power
Retractable
Hardtop Control
Module
VSS

2* IN POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP (CLOSE) Yes Go to step 4.
SWITCH SIGNAL OR ELSEWHERE
Monitor the power retractable
hardtop control module PID SW_CL
(power retractable hardtop (close)
switch) using the M-MDS without
the power retractable hardtop
(close) switch pressed.

INSPECTION .)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the monitor value OFF?
INSPECT POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP

3 (CLOSE) SWITCH Yes Replace the power retractable hardtop switch.
Turn the ignition switch to the (See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP SWITCH
LOCK position. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the power retractable

hardtop switch. No Inspect and repair the wiring harness
Measure the resistance between module terminal 1H and power retractable
power retractable hardtop switch hardtop switch terminal F at wiring harness
component side connector side connectors.
terminals A and F without the
power retractable hardtop (close)
switch pressed.
Is the resistance 2.18—2.22 kΩ?
VERIFY THAT POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP If the indicator light is flashing:

4 INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATION Yes
position. If the indicator light is
illuminated:
Verify the power retractable
hardtop indicator light status. Go to step 6.
Does the power retractable hardtop

indicator light flash or illuminate? No Go to step 9.
VERIFY THAT PRESENT MALFUNCTION DTC IS

5 STORED Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2. (See DTC TABLE [POWER RETRACTABLE

HARDTOP] .)
Retrieve the DTC for the power
No Go to symptom troubleshooting “No.2 POWER
(See DTC INSPECTION [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP INDICATOR LIGHT
RETRACTABLE HARDTOP] .) IS FLASHING” procedure.
Is there any present malfunction

DTC?

6* IN TOP LOCK SWITCH OR ELSEWHERE Yes Go to step 8.
Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2.

hardtop control module PID
SW_STRIKER using the M-MDS
while the top lock switch is
released.
(See DTC INSPECTION [POWER

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT TOP LOCK SWITCH
7 Yes Inspect and repair for an open or short circuit
Inspect the top lock switch. between the top lock switch and power
(See TOP LOCK SWITCH
INSPECTION .)
No Replace the top lock.
(See FRONT ROOF PANEL

8* LIMIT SWITCH AND DECK PANEL LIMIT Yes Verify that the malfunction symptom appears
SWITCH without the roof and deck panel in the fully
open position.
hardtop control module PID If the same symptom appears, replace the
RHT_OP, RHT_CL, DECK_OP and power retractable hardtop control module.
DECK_CL using the M-MDS.
Do the monitoring values indicate REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
the roof and deck panel positions
properly? No Inspect and repair suspected position sensor.
(See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP LIMIT

(See DECK PANEL LIMIT SWITCH

INSPECTION .)

9* IN POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP (OPEN) Yes Go to step 10.
hardtop control module PID SW_OP
using the M-MDS while the power
retractable hardtop (open) switch is
pressed.
Is the monitor value ON?

10 (OPEN) SWITCH Yes Inspect and repair the wiring harness
Remove the power retractable module terminal 1H and power retractable
hardtop switch. hardtop switch terminal F at the wiring
harness side connectors.
power retractable hardtop switch
connector (component side) No Replace the power retractable hardtop switch.
terminal A and F while the power
retractable hardtop (open) switch is
pressed.
INSPECT POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP LINK

11 MECHANICS Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the power retractable
No Replace the power retractable hardtop control
hardtop link mechanics.
module.
Is there any restriction or hesitation
with power retractable hardtop
MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
operation?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 4 POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP DOES NOT START TO CLOSE [POWER RETRACTABLE
HARDTOP]
4 Power retractable hardtop does not start to close
Power retractable hardtop does not start to close when the power
DESCRIPTION
retractable hardtop (close) switch is pressed
Power retractable hardtop control module cannot detect the power

retractable hardtop permission condition signal.
Improper vehicle speed detected
Improper transmission position detected (except for

transmission neutral (MT)/N or P position (AT) detected)
Power retractable hardtop control module cannot detect the proper power
retractable hardtop switch signal.

(stuck on)

(stuck off)
Open or short circuit in the wiring between the power

retractable hardtop control module and the power
retractable hardtop switch
Power retractable hardtop control module cannot detect proper deck panel
and roof positions
Deck panel open position switch signal improper

malfunction


harness
Deck panel close position switch signal improper

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

harness
Power retractable hardtop open position switch signal

improper

switch malfunction


harness
Power retractable hardtop close position switch signal

improper

switch malfunction


harness
Power retractable hardtop link mechanics malfunction
Excessive restriction or hesitation

1 IN OPERATION PERMISSION CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
SIGNAL OR ELSEWHERE
No Inspect and repair the suspected signal related
wiring harness and component.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECTION .)
PCM
VSS
PNP/CPP (MT)
CPP (MT)
TCM (AT)
TR
Power
Retractable
Hardtop Control
Module
VSS

2* IN POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP (OPEN) Yes Go to step 4.
Monitor the power retractable No Go to the next step.

SW_OP using the M-MDS without
(open) switch pressed.

INSPECTION .)

3 (OPEN) SWITCH Yes Replace the power retractable hardtop switch.
Remove the power retractable (See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP SWITCH

hardtop switch. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

power retractable hardtop switch No Inspect and repair the wiring harness between
component side connector power retractable hardtop control module
terminals A and F without the terminal 1H and power retractable hardtop
power retractable hardtop (open) switch terminal F at wiring harness side
switch pressed. connectors.
VERIFY THAT POWER RETRACTABLE

4 HARDTOP INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES Yes If the indicator light is
flashing:
om

d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
position.
Verify the power retractable If the indicator light is

hardtop indicator light status. illuminated:
Does the power retractable Go to step 6.

hardtop indicator light flash or
illuminate? No Go to step 7.
VERIFY THAT PRESENT MALFUNCTION DTC IS

5 STORED Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2. (See DTC TABLE [POWER RETRACTABLE

HARDTOP] .)
Retrieve the DTC for the power
module. No Go to symptom troubleshooting “No.2 POWER
RETRACTABLE HARDTOP INDICATOR LIGHT IS
(See DTC INSPECTION [POWER FLASHING” procedure.
Is there any present malfunction

DTC?

6* LIMIT SWITCH Yes Verify that the malfunction symptom appears
without the roof and deck panel in the fully
Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2. open position.
Monitor the power retractable If the same symptom appears, replace the
hardtop control module PID power retractable hardtop control module.
RHT_OP, RHT_CL, DECK_OP and
DECK_CL using the M-MDS. (See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL
Do the monitoring values indicate
the roof and deck panel positions
properly? No Inspect and repair the suspected position
sensor.

(See DECK PANEL LIMIT SWITCH INSPECTION .)

7* IN POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP (CLOSE) Yes Go to step 9.
SW_CL using the M-MDS while the
power retractable hardtop (close)
switch is pressed.
Is the monitor value ON?

8 (CLOSE) SWITCH Yes Inspect and repair the wiring harness between
Remove the power retractable terminal 1H and power retractable hardtop
om
.c
hardtop switch. switch terminal F at wiring harness side

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
connectors.
switch connector (component No Replace the power retractable hardtop switch.
side) terminal A and F while the
open is switch pressed. (See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP SWITCH

9 LINK MECHANICS Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Inspect the power retractable

hardtop link mechanics. No Replace the power retractable hardtop control
module.
Is there any restriction or
hesitation with power retractable (See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CONTROL
hardtop operation?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO. 5 POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP STOPS WHILE OPERATING [POWER RETRACTABLE

HARDTOP]
5 Power retractable hardtop stops while operating
Power retractable hardtop stops while the power retractable hardtop is

DESCRIPTION
opening/closing
Deck panel does not operate while power retractable hardtop is operating
Deck panel cannot move
Open or short circuit or poor connection

in the wiring harness between the
left/right deck panel motor and power
Left/right deck panel motor malfunction
Deck panel link mechanics malfunction

(excessive restriction or hesitation)
Deck panel position cannot be detected

malfunction

malfunction

in the wiring harness between the deck
panel open position switch and the power

in wiring harness between deck panel
close position switch and power
Foreign material caught in mechanism.
Roof does not operate while the power retractable hardtop is operating
Roof cannot move

om
.c
in the wiring harness between the

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
left/right roof motor and the power
POSSIBLE retractable hardtop control module
CAUSE
Left/right roof motor malfunction
Roof link mechanics malfunction

(excessive restriction or hesitation)
Roof position cannot be detected

switch malfunction

switch malfunction

in the wiring harness between the power
retractable hardtop open position switch
and the power retractable hardtop control
module

in the wiring harness between the power
retractable hardtop close position switch
and the power retractable hardtop control
module
Foreign material caught in mechanism.
Power retractable hardtop switch signal is interrupted while the power

retractable hardtop is operating

(Contact point defective)

(Contact point defective)
Open or short circuit or poor connection in the wiring

harness between the power retractable hardtop control
module and the power retractable hardtop switch
VERIFY THAT POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP

om

.c
INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
No Go to step 3.
Verify the power retractable hardtop indicator
light status.
Does the power retractable hardtop indicator

light flash?
VERIFY THAT PRESENT MALFUNCTION DTC STORED

Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2. inspection.
Retrieve DTC for power retractable hardtop (See DTC TABLE [POWER
control module. RETRACTABLE HARDTOP] .)
(See DTC INSPECTION [POWER RETRACTABLE

HARDTOP] .) No Go to symptom troubleshooting
“No.2 POWER RETRACTABLE
Is there a DTC present? HARDTOP INDICATOR LIGHT IS
FLASHING” procedure.
INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN DECK

3 PANEL OR ELSEWHERE Yes Stops during the
deck panel open
Verify the malfunction symptom. operation:
Does the deck panel operation stop during the Go to the next
open or close operation? step.
Stops during the

deck panel close
operation:
Go to step 7.
No Go to step 14.

4 PANEL OPEN POSITION SWITCH OR ELSEWHERE Yes Go to the next step.
Monitor the power retractable hardtop control

No Go to step 10.
module PID DECK_OP using the M-MDS at the
position where the deck panel does not
operate.
Is the monitor value ON (deck panel fully

open)?
INSPECT DECK PANEL OPEN POSITION SWITCH

Inspect the deck panel open position switch.
(See DECK PANEL LIMIT SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the deck panel limit
switch.
Is the deck panel open position switch
normal? (See DECK PANEL LIMIT SWITCH
INSPECT DECK PANEL OPEN POSITION SWITCH WIRING

om
6* HARNESS Yes Adjust the deck panel open

d .c
position switch installation.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Disconnect the power retractable hardtop No Repair for a short to the ground
control module (16-pin) and the deck panel circuit.
open position switch connectors.
Verify the continuity between power

retractable hardtop control module terminal
3F and ground.

7 PANEL CLOSE POSITION SWITCH OR ELSEWHERE Yes Go to the next step.
Monitor the power retractable hardtop control

No Go to step 10.
module PID DECK_CL using the M-MDS when
the position where the deck panel could not
operate.
Is the monitor value ON (deck panel fully

closed)?
INSPECT DECK PANEL CLOSE POSITION SWITCH

Inspect the deck panel close position switch.
(See DECK PANEL LIMIT SWITCH INSPECTION .) No Replace the deck panel limit
switch.
Is the deck panel close position switch
normal? (See DECK PANEL LIMIT SWITCH
INSPECT DECK PANEL CLOSE POSITION SWITCH

9* WIRING HARNESS Yes Adjust the deck panel close
position switch installation.
Disconnect the power retractable hardtop No Repair for a short to the ground
control module (16-pin) and the deck panel circuit.
close position switch connectors.
Verify that the continuity between the power

3F and ground.
INSPECT DECK PANEL MOTOR WIRING HARNESS

10* Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. part.
Disconnect the power retractable hardtop

control module (16-pin, 24-pin), and deck No Go to the next step.
panel motor (left, right)(6-pin) connectors on
both sides.
Inspect for an open or short circuit and poor

connection at the following terminals:
om
Power retractable hardtop

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
control module terminal 3M—
deck panel motor (right)
terminal A

control module terminal 3E—
terminal E

control module terminal 1K—
terminal F

control module terminal 3H—
deck panel motor (left)
terminal A

control module terminal 3P—
terminal E

control module terminal 1O—
terminal F
Is there an open or short circuit, or a poor

connection?
INSPECT DECK PANEL MOTOR

Inspect the deck panel motors on both sides.
(See DECK PANEL MOTOR INSPECTION .) No Replace suspected deck panel

motor.
Are both deck panel motors normal?
INSPECT DECK PANEL MOTOR HALL SENSOR

Measure the pulse profiles for the following
(24-pin) while the deck panel is operating No Replace the suspected deck panel
using the oscilloscope. motor.
Terminal 1K (right deck (See DECK PANEL MOTOR

panel motor hall sensor)
Terminal 1O (left deck panel

motor hall sensor)
Is the pulse profile normal?

MODULE INSPECTION .)
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
13 MECHANICS Yes Repair or replace the
Inspect the power retractable hardtop link
mechanics.
No Go to step 25.
Is there any restriction or hesitation for the
power retractable hardtop operation?
INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN ROOF

14 OR ELSEWHERE Yes Stops during the
roof open
Verify that malfunction symptom. operation:
Does the roof operation stop during the open Go to the next
or close operation? step.
Stops during the

roof close
operation:
Go to step 18.
No Go to step 25.
INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN POWER

15 RETRACTABLE HARDTOP OPEN POSITION SWITCH OR Yes Go to the next step.
ELSEWHERE
Monitor the power retractable hardtop control No Go to step 22.

module PID RHT_OP using the M-MDS at the
position where the roof does operate.
Is the monitor value on (roof fully open)?
INSPECT POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP OPEN

16 POSITION SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the power retractable hardtop open

position switch. No Replace the power retractable
hardtop limit switch.
Is the power retractable hardtop open REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
position switch normal?
INSPECT RETRACTABLE HARDTOP OPEN POSITION

17* SWITCH WIRING HARNESS Yes Adjust the power retractable
hardtop open position switch
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. installation.

control module (24-pin) and the power No Repair for a short to the ground
retractable hardtop open position switch circuit.
connectors.
Verify that continuity between power

1T—ground.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN POWER

18 RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CLOSE POSITION SWITCH OR Yes Go to the next step.
ELSEWHERE
Monitor the power retractable hardtop control No Go to step 20.

module PID RHT_CL using the M-MDS at the
position where the roof could not operate.

Is the monitor value on (roof fully closed)?
INSPECT POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CLOSE

19 POSITION SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the power retractable hardtop close

position switch. No Replace the power retractable
hardtop limit switch.
Is the power retractable hardtop close REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
position switch normal?
INSPECT POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP CLOSE

20* POSITION SWITCH WIRING HARNESS Yes Adjust the power retractable
hardtop close position switch
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. installation position.

control module (24-pin) and the deck panel No Repair for a short to the ground
close position switch connectors. circuit.
Verify that continuity between power

1F—ground.
INSPECT ROOF MOTOR WIRING HARNESS

21* Yes Repair or replace the
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. malfunctioning part.

control module (16-pin, 24-pin), and the roof No Go to the next step.
motor (left, right)(6-pin) connector on both
sides.
Inspect for the open or short circuit and poor

connection at the following terminals:

control module terminal 3I—
roof motor (right) terminal A

control module terminal 3A—
om
.c
roof motor (right) terminal E

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
control module terminal 1I—
roof motor (right) terminal D

control module terminal 3C—
roof motor (left) terminal A

control module terminal 3L—
roof motor (left) terminal E

control module terminal 1M—
roof motor (left) terminal D
Is there an open or short circuit, or a poor

connection?
INSPECT ROOF MOTOR

Inspect the both side roof motor hall sensors
on both side.
No Replace the suspected roof motor.
(See ROOF MOTOR INSPECTION .)
(See ROOF MOTOR
Are both roof motors normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECT ROOF MOTOR HALL SENSOR

Measure the pulse profiles for the following
(24-pin) while the roof is operating using the No Replace the suspected roof motor.
oscilloscope. (See ROOF MOTOR
Terminal 1I (right side roof
motor hall sensor)
Terminal 1M (left side roof

motor hall sensor)
Is the pulse profile normal?


24 MECHANICS Yes Repair or replace the
Inspect the roof link mechanics.
Does the roof operation stop during open or No Go to the next step.
close operation?
INSPECT POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP SWITCH

Remove the power retractable hardtop switch.
Measure the resistance between power No Replace the power retractable

retractable hardtop switch connector hardtop switch.
om
.c
(component side) terminals A and F.

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the resistance normal? HARDTOP SWITCH
(open) switch pressed:
0.99—1.01 kΩ

(close) switch pressed:
2.18—2.22 kΩ
INSPECT POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP SWITCH

26* WIRING HARNESS Yes Repair or replace the
Disconnect the power retractable hardtop No Replace the power retractable

control module (24-pin) and power retractable hardtop control module.
hardtop switch connectors.
Inspect for an open or short circuit and poor HARDTOP CONTROL MODULE
connection between the power retractable REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
hardtop control module terminal 1H and the
power retractable hardtop switch terminal F.
Is there any open or short circuit, or poor

connection?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Next >
2011 - MX-5 - General Information
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) CODE
Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
JM1 NC1*F*B# 200001—
JM1 NC2*F*B# 200001—
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Range of Topics
This manual contains procedures for performing all required service operations. The procedures are divided into the following five basic
operations:
Removal/Installation
Disassembly/Assembly
Replacement
Inspection
Adjustment
Simple operations which can be performed easily just by looking at the vehicle (i.e., removal/installation of parts, jacking, vehicle lifting,
cleaning of parts, and visual inspection) have been omitted.
Service Procedure
Inspection, adjustment
Inspection and adjustment procedures are divided into steps. Important points regarding the location and contents of the procedures are
explained in detail and shown in the illustrations.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Repair procedure
1. Most repair operations begin with an overview illustration. It identifies the components, shows how the parts fit together, and describes visual
part inspection. However, only removal/installation procedures that need to be performed methodically have written instructions.
2. Expendable parts, tightening torques, and symbols for oil, grease, and sealant are shown in the overview illustration. In addition, symbols
indicating parts requiring the use of special service tools or equivalent are also shown.
3. Procedure steps are numbered and the part that is the main point of that procedure is shown in the illustration with the corresponding
number. Occasionally, there are important points or additional information concerning a procedure. Refer to this information when servicing the
related part.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Symbols
There are eight symbols indicating oil, grease, fluids, sealant, and the use of SST or equivalent. These symbols show application points or
om
use of these materials during service.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Symbol Meaning Kind
Apply oil New appropriate engine oil or gear oil
Apply brake fluid New appropriate brake fluid
New appropriate automatic

Apply automatic transaxle/
transaxle/
transmission fluid
transmission fluid
Apply grease Appropriate grease
Appropriate
Apply sealant
sealant
Appropriate
Apply petroleum jelly
petroleum jelly
Replace part O–ring, gasket, etc.
Use SST or
Appropriate tools
equivalent
Advisory Messages
You will find several Warnings, Cautions, Notes, Specifications and Upper and Lower Limits in this manual.
Warning
A Warning indicates a situation in which serious injury or death could result if the warning is ignored.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
Caution
an
yM
M
A Caution indicates a situation in which damage to the vehicle or parts could result if the caution is ignored.
Note
A Note provides added information that will help you to complete a particular procedure.
Specification
The values indicate the allowable range when performing inspections or adjustments.
Upper and lower limits
The values indicate the upper and lower limits that must not be exceeded when performing inspections or adjustments.
Basic flow of troubleshooting
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
DTC troubleshooting flow (on–board diagnostic)
Diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) are important hints for repairing malfunctions that are difficult to simulate. Perform the specific DTC
diagnostic inspection to quickly and accurately diagnose the malfunction.
The on–board diagnostic function is used during inspection. When a DTC is shown specifying the cause of a malfunction, continue the
diagnostic inspection according to the items indicated by the on–board diagnostic function.
Diagnostic index
om
d .c
The diagnostic index lists the symptoms of specific malfunctions. Select the symptoms related or most closely relating to the malfunction.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Quick diagnosis chart (If mentioned)
The quick diagnosis chart lists diagnosis and inspection procedures to be performed specifically relating to the cause of the malfunction.
Symptom troubleshooting
Symptom troubleshooting quickly determines the location of the malfunction according to symptom type.
Procedures for Use
Using the basic inspection (section 05)
Perform the basic inspection procedure before symptom troubleshooting.
Perform each step in the order shown.
The reference column lists the location of the detailed procedure for each basic inspection.
Although inspections and adjustments are performed according to the reference column procedures, if the cause of the malfunction is
discovered during basic inspection, continue the procedures as indicated in the action column.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Using the DTC troubleshooting flow
DTC troubleshooting flow shows diagnostic procedures, inspection methods, and proper action to take for each DTC.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
Using the diagnostic index
Malfunction symptoms are listed in the diagnostic index under symptom troubleshooting.
The exact malfunction symptoms can be selected by following the index.
Using the quick diagnosis chart
The chart lists the relation between the symptom and the cause of the malfunction.
The chart is effective in quickly narrowing down the relation between symptom and cause of the malfunction. It also specifies a range of
common causes when multiple malfunction symptoms occur.
The appropriate diagnostic inspection relating to a malfunction cause as specified by the symptoms can be selected by looking down the
diagnostic inspection column of the chart.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
Using the symptom troubleshooting
Symptom troubleshooting shows diagnostic procedures, inspection methods, and proper action to be taken for each trouble symptom.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d.c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SERVICE CAUTIONS
Injury/damage Prevention Precautions
Depending on the vehicle, the cooling fan may operate suddenly even when the ignition
switch is turned off. Therefore, keep hands and tools away from the cooling fan even if the
cooling fan is not operating to prevent injury to personnel or damage to the cooling fan.
Always disconnect the negative battery cable when servicing the cooling fan or parts near
the cooling fan.
Protection of the Vehicle
Always be sure to cover fenders, seats and floor areas before starting work.
Preparation of Tools and Measuring Equipment
Be sure that all necessary tools and measuring equipment are available before starting any
work. om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Special Service Tools
Use special service tools or equivalent when they are required.
Malfunction Diagnosis System
Use the Mazda modular diagnostic system (M-MDS) or equivalent for malfunction
diagnosis.
Negative Battery Cable Disconnection/Connection
Perform the following system initialization after disconnecting the negative battery cable.
SYSTEM PAGE
Steering angle sensor (Vehicles with DSC) (See STEERING ANGLE SIGNAL INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE .)
om
.c
Power window system

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Required procedure following negative battery cable disconnection
SAS control module
Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min. or more to allow the back-up
power supply to deplete its stored power.
Clock and audio
The clock and audio memory settings will be erased, therefore record the clock and audio
settings prior to disconnecting, and reset them after reconnecting.
Oil Leakage Inspection
Use either of the following procedures to identify the type of oil that is leaking:
Using UV light (black light)
1. Remove any oil on the engine or transaxle/transmission.
NOTE:
Referring to the fluorescent dye instruction manual, mix the specified amount
of dye into the engine oil or ATF (or transaxle/transmission oil).
2. Pour the fluorescent dye into the engine oil or ATF (or transaxle/transmission oil).
3. Allow the engine to run for 30 min.
4. Inspect for dye leakage by irradiating with UV light (black light), and identify the type of oil
that is leaking.
5. If no dye leakage is found, allow the engine to run for another 30 min. or drive the vehicle
then reinspect.
6. Find where the oil is leaking from, then make necessary repairs.
NOTE:
To determine whether it is necessary to replace the oil after adding the

fluorescent dye, refer to the fluorescent dye instruction manual.
Not using UV light (black light)
1. Gather some of the leaking oil using an absorbent white tissue.

om
d .c
2. Take samples of engine oil and ATF (or transaxle/transmission oil), both from the dipstick,
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
and place them next to the leaked oil already gathered on the tissue.
3. Compare the appearance and smell, and identify the type of oil that is leaking.
4. Remove any oil on the engine or transaxle/transmission.
5. Allow the engine to run for 30 min.
6. Check the area where the oil is leaking, then make necessary repairs.
Removal of Parts
While correcting a problem, also try to determine its cause. Begin work only after first
learning which parts and subassemblies must be removed and disassembled for
replacement or repair. After removing the part, plug all holes and ports to prevent foreign
material from entering.
Disassembly
If the disassembly procedure is complex, requiring many parts to be disassembled, all

parts should be marked in a place that will not affect their performance or external
appearance and identified so that reassembly can be performed easily and efficiently.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspection During Removal, Disassembly
When removed, each part should be carefully inspected for malfunction, deformation,
damage and other problems.
Arrangement of Parts
All disassembled parts should be carefully arranged for reassembly.
Be sure to separate or otherwise identify the parts to be replaced from those that will be
om
.c
reused.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Cleaning of Parts
All parts to be reused should be carefully and thoroughly cleaned in the appropriate
method.
WARNING:
Using compressed air can cause dirt and other particles to fly out causing injury to the
eyes. Wear protective eye wear whenever using compressed air.
Reassembly
Standard values, such as torques and certain adjustments, must be strictly observed in
the reassembly of all parts.
If removed, these parts should be replaced with new ones:
Oil seals
Gaskets
O–rings
Lock washers
Cotter pins
om
d .c
Nylon nuts
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Depending on location:
Sealant and gaskets, or both, should be applied to specified locations.

When sealant is applied, parts should be installed before sealant hardens
to prevent leakage.
Oil should be applied to the moving components of parts.
Specified oil or grease should be applied at the prescribed locations (such

as oil seals) before reassembly.
Adjustment
Use suitable gauges and testers when making adjustments.
Rubber Parts and Tubing
Prevent gasoline or oil from getting on rubber parts or tubing.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Hose Clamps
When reinstalling, position the hose clamp in the original location on the hose and squeeze
the clamp lightly with large pliers to ensure a good fit.
Torque Formulas
When using a torque wrench–SST or equivalent combination, the written torque must be
recalculated due to the extra length that the SST or equivalent adds to the torque wrench.
Recalculate the torque by using the following formulas. Choose the formula that applies to
you.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Torque Unit Formula
N·m N·m × [L/(L+A)]
kgf·m kgf·m × [L/(L+A)]
kgf·cm kgf·cm × [L/(L+A)]
ft·lbf ft·lbf × [L/(L+A)]
in·lbf in·lbf × [L/(L+A)]
A
The length of the SST past the torque wrench drive.
L
The length of the torque wrench.
Vise
When using a vise, put protective plates in the jaws of the vise to prevent damage to
parts.
Dynamometer
When inspecting and servicing the power train on the dynamometer or speed meter tester,
pay attention to the following:
Place a fan, preferably a vehicle–speed proportional type, in front of the

vehicle.
Make sure the vehicle is in a facility with an exhaust gas ventilation

system.
om
.c
Since the rear bumper might deform from the heat, cool the rear with a
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
fan. (Surface of the bumper must be below 70°C {158°F} .)
Keep the area around the vehicle uncluttered so that heat does not build
up.
Watch the water temperature gauge and don’t overheat the engine.
Avoid added load to the engine and maintain normal driving conditions as
much as possible.
NOTE:
When only the front or rear wheels are rotated on a chassis dynamometer or equivalent,
the ABS/DSC HU/CM determines that there is a malfunction in the ABS/DSC and
illuminates the following lights:
Vehicles with ABS
ABS warning light
Vehicles with DSC
ABS warning light
DSC indicator light
If the above lights are illuminated, dismount the vehicle from the chassis dynamometer
and turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Then, turn the ignition switch back to
the ON position, run the vehicle at 10 km/h or more and verify that the warning lights
go out. In this case, a DTC will be stored in the memory. Clear the DTC from the memory
by following the memory clearing procedure [ABS]/[DSC] in the on-board diagnostic
system. (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .), (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC
SST
Some global SST or equivalent are used as SSTs necessary for engine repair. Note that
these SSTs are marked with global SST numbers.
Note that a global SST number is written together with a corresponding Mazda SST
number as shown below.
Example (SERVICE TOOLS) om

.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Example (except SERVICE TOOLS)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
INSTALLATION OF RADIO SYSTEM
The control modules and control unit have been designed with sufficient attention to radio wave disturbances from the outside. However,
observe the following precautions when installing the radio set to the vehicle to prevent adverse effects on the control modules and control
unit.
Install the radio set and its antenna as far away as possible from the control modules and control unit.
The antenna feeder and power cable generate radio waves, therefore, keep them 100 mm {3.94 in} or more from the
control modules, control unit, and wiring harness. If the antenna feeder and power cable cross over the wiring harness,
place them perpendicular to the wiring harness.
Do not install a high output radio set.
Do not use the control modules and control unit power source for the radio set. In addition, do not use the cigar lighter and
accessory socket power source.
Do not attach the antenna feeder or wiring harness of the radio set to the wiring harness, fuel pipe, or brake tube of the
vehicle.
Do not install any radio set-related devices in the area where the air bag module deploys to prevent a secondary accident if
the air bag were to deploy.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
After installing the radio set, perform a test transmission with the engine idling to verify that it does not affect engine
control.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical Parts
Battery cable
Before disconnecting connectors or removing electrical parts, disconnect the negative

battery cable.
Wiring Harness
To remove the wiring harness from the clip in the engine room, pry up the hook of the clip
using a flathead screwdriver.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CAUTION:
Do not remove the harness protective tape. Otherwise, the wires could rub against the
body, which could result in water penetration and electrical shorting.
Connectors
Disconnecting connectors
When disconnecting connector, grasp the connectors, not the wires.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Connectors can be disconnected by pressing or pulling the lock lever as shown.
Locking connector
When locking connectors, listen for a click indicating they are securely locked.
om
d .c
Inspection
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
When a tester is used to inspect for continuity or measuring voltage, insert the tester
probe from the wiring harness side.
Inspect the terminals of waterproof connectors from the connector side since they cannot
be accessed from the wiring harness side.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the terminal, wrap a thin wire around the tester probe before
inserting into terminal.
Terminals
Inspection
Pull lightly on individual wires to verify that they are secured in the terminal.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Replacement
Use the appropriate tools to remove a terminal as shown. When installing a terminal, be
sure to insert it until it locks securely.
Insert a thin piece of metal from the terminal side of the connector and with the terminal
locking tab pressed down, pull the terminal out from the connector.
Sensors, Switches, and Relays
Handle sensors, switches, and relays carefully. Do not drop them or strike them against
other objects.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Wiring Harness
Wiring color codes
Two–color wires are indicated by a two–color code symbol.
The first letter indicates the base color of the wire and the second the color of the stripe.
CODE COLOR CODE COLOR
B Black O Orange
BR Brown P Pink
G Green R Red
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
GY Gray V Violet
L Blue W White
LB Light Blue Y Yellow
LG Light Green
Fuse
Replacement
When replacing a fuse, be sure to replace it with one of the same capacity. If a fuse fails
again, the circuit probably has a short and the wiring should be inspected.
Be sure the negative battery terminal is disconnected before replacing a main fuse.
When replacing a pullout fuse, use the fuse puller.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Direction of View for Connector
The viewing direction of connectors is indicated with a symbol.
The figures showing the viewing direction are the same as those used in Wiring Diagrams.
The viewing directions are shown in the following three ways:
Part-side connector
The viewing direction of part-side connectors is from the terminal side.
*
Part names are shown only when there are multiple connector drawings.
Vehicle harness-side connector
The viewing direction of vehicle harness-side connectors is from the harness side.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
*
Part names are shown only when there are multiple connector drawings.
Other
When it is necessary to show the terminal side of vehicle harness-side connectors, such as the following
connectors, the viewing direction is from the terminal side.
Main fuse block and the main fuse block relays
Data link connector

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Check connector
Relay box
Electrical Troubleshooting Tools
Jumper wire
CAUTION:
Do not connect a jumper wire from the power source line to a body ground. This may
cause burning or other damage to wiring harnesses or electronic components.
A jumper wire is used to create a temporary circuit. Connect the jumper wire between the
terminals of a circuit to bypass a switch.
Voltmeter
The DC voltmeter is used to measure circuit voltage. A voltmeter with a range of 15 V or

more is used by connecting the positive (+) probe (red lead wire) to the point where
voltage will be measured and the negative (-) probe (black lead wire) to a body ground.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Ohmmeter
CAUTION:
Do not connect the ohmmeter to any circuit where voltage is applied. This will damage the
ohmmeter.
The ohmmeter is used to measure the resistance between two points in a circuit and to
inspect for continuity and short circuits.
Precautions Before Welding
A vehicle has various electrical parts. To protect the parts from excessive current generated when welding,
be sure to perform the following procedure.
2. Disconnect the battery cables.
3. Securely connect the welding machine ground near the welding area.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4. Cover the peripheral parts of the welding area to protect them from weld spatter.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
TOWING
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. Government and
local laws must be followed.
A towed vehicle usually should have its drive wheels (rear wheels) off the ground. If
excessive damage or other conditions prevent this, use wheel dollies.
CAUTION:
Do not tow the vehicle pointed forward with driving wheels on the ground. This may cause
internal damage to the transmission.
CAUTION:
Do not tow with sling–type equipment. This could damage your vehicle. Use wheel–lift or
flatbed equipment.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Tiedown
CAUTION:
Do not use the front and rear tiedown eyelets for towing the vehicle. The have been
designed only for securing the vehicle to a transport vessel during shipping. Using the
eyelets for any other purpose could result in the vehicle being damaged.
1. Wrap the screwdriver or similar tool with a soft cloth to prevent damage to a painted
bumper, and open the cap located on the front or rear bumper.
Front
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Rear
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force as it may damage the cap or scratch the painted bumper
surface.
The rear bumper cover cannot be removed completely. Attempting to forcefully remove
the rear bumper cover could result in it being damaged.
NOTE:
Remove the front bumper cover completely and store it so as not to lose it.
2. Securely install the tiedown eyelet using the wheel brace.
Front
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Rear
3. Hook the tying rope to the tiedown eyelet.
Front
Rear
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CAUTION:
If the tiedown eyelet is not securely tightened, it may loosen or disengage from the
bumper when tying down the vehicle. Make sure that the tiedown eyelet is securely
tightened to the bumper.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
TIEDOWN HOOK
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER LOCATIONS
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Engine Identification Number
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SAE STANDARDS
In accordance with new regulations, SAE (Society of Automotive Engineers) standard

names and abbreviations are now used in this manual. The table below lists the names and
abbreviations that have been used in Mazda manuals up to now and their SAE equivalents.
SAE Standard SAE Standard

Remark Remark
Abbreviation Name Abbreviation Name
AP Accelerator Pedal MIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp
APP Accelerator Pedal Position MAP Manifold Absolute Pressure
ACL Air Cleaner MAF sensor Mass Air Flow Sensor
A/C Air Conditioning MFL Multiport Fuel Injection
A/F sensor Air Fuel Ratio Sensor OBD On-board Diagnostic System
BARO Barometric Pressure OL Open Loop
B+ Battery Positive Voltage OC Oxidation Catalytic Converter
CMP sensor Camshaft Position Sensor O2S Oxygen sensor
CAC Charge Air Cooler PNP Park/Neutral Position
CLS Closed Loop System PSP Power Steering Pressure
CTP Closed Throttle Position PCM Powertrain Control Module #3
CPP Clutch Pedal Position

Pulsed Secondary Air
PAIR Pulsed injection
Continuous Fuel Injection Injection
CIS
System
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Crankshaft Position
CKP sensor
Sensor
Injection with air
AIR Secondary Air Injection
DLC Data Link Connector pump
DTM Diagnostic Test Mode #1
DTC Diagnostic Test Code (s) SAPV Secondary Air Pulse Valve
DI Distributor Ignition
Sequential Multiport Fuel
SFI
Injection
DLI Distributorless Ignition
EI Electronic Ignition #2 3GR Third Gear
Engine Coolant Three Way Catalytic

ECT TWC
Temperature Converter
EM Engine Modification TB Throttle Body
EVAP Evaporative Emission TP sensor Throttle Position Sensor
EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation TCC Torque Converter Clutch
FC Fan Control
Transmission (Transaxle)
TCM
Control Module
FF Flexible Fuel
Transmission (Transaxle)
4GR Fourth Gear TR
Range
GEN Generator TC Turbocharger
GND Ground VSS Vehicle Speed Sensor
VR Voltage Regulator
With
HO2S Heated Oxygen Sensor
heater
VAF sensor Volume Air Flow Sensor
IAC Idle Air Control

Warm Up Three Way Catalytic
WU-TWC #4
Converter
IAT Intake Air Temperature
KS Knock Sensor WOT Wide Open Throttle

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
#1: Diagnostic trouble codes depend on the diagnostic test mode.
#2: Controlled by the PCM
#3: Device that controls engine and powertrain
#4: Directly connected to exhaust manifold
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ABBREVIATIONS
AAS Active Adaptive Shift
ABS Antilock Brake System
ACC Accessories
ALC Auto Level Control
ALR Automatic Locking Retractor
AT Automatic Transmission
ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid
BTDC Before Top Dead Center
CAN Controller Area Network
CCM Comprehensive Component Monitor
CM Control Module
CPU Central Processing Unit
DC Drive Cycle
DRL Day Time Running Light
DSC Dynamic Stability Control
EBD Electronic Brakeforce Distribution
ELR Emergency Locking Retractor

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
FFD Freeze Frame Data
HF/TEL Hands-Free Telephone
HI High
HU Hydraulic Unit
IDS Integrated Diagnostic Software
IG Ignition
INT Intermittent
KOEO Key On Engine Off
KOER Key On Engine Running
LED Light Emitting Diode
LF Left Front
LH Left Hand
LO Low
LR Left Rear
LSD Limited Slip Differential
M Motor
MAX Maximum
MIN Minimum
MT Manual Transmission
OCV Oil Control Valve
PAD Passenger Air Bag Deactivation
PCV Positive Crankcase Ventilation

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
PDS Portable Diagnostic Software
PID Parameter Identification
POWER MOS FET Power Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor
P/W CM Power Window Control Module
P/S Power Steering
RAM Random Access Memory
RF Right Front
RH Right Hand
ROM Read Only Memory
RR Right Rear
SAS Sophisticated Air Bag Sensor
SST Special Service Tool
SW Switch
TDC Top Dead Center
TFT Transmission Fluid Temperature
TNS Tail Number Side Lights
TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System
1GR First Gear
2GR Second Gear
3GR Third Gear
4GR Fourth Gear
5GR Fifth Gear

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
6GR Sixth Gear
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION
Pre-Delivery Inspection Table
Exterior
INSPECT and ADJUST, if necessary, the following items to specification:

□Glass, exterior bright metal and paint for damage
□Convertible top and detachable hardtop (if equipped) for damage
□Power retractable hardtop for damage
□Wheel lug nuts
□All weatherstrips for damage or detachment
□Tire pressures
□Operation of hood release and lock
□Operation of trunk lid and fuel-filler lid
□Door operation and alignment
□Headlight aiming
TRUNK ROOM
□Inspect operation of trunk lid internal release
INSTALL the following items:
□Wheel caps (if equipped)
□Mast antenna (if equipped)
Under hood—engine off
INSPECT and ADJUST, if necessary, the following items to specification:

□Fuel, engine coolant, and hydraulic lines, fittings, connections, and components for leaks
□Engine oil level
□Power steering fluid level
□Brake and clutch master cylinder fluid level
□Automatic transmission fluid level
□Radiator coolant level and specific gravity
□Tightness of battery terminals
Interior
INSPECT the operations of the following items:

□Seat controls (slide and recline)
□Seat belts and warning system
□Air bag system using warning light
□Cruise control system (if equipped)
om
.c
□Ignition switch and steering lock

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
□Starter interlock
□Power door lock
□Door locks, including childproof door locks
□All lights including warning, and indicator lights
□Horn, wipers, and washers
□Wiper blades performance
□Audio system
□Power windows (if equipped)
□Heater, defroster, and air conditioner at various mode selections (if equipped)
INSPECT the following items:
□Presence of spare fuse
□Upholstery and interior finish
INSPECT and ADJUST, if necessary, the following items:
□Pedal height and free play of brake and clutch pedal
□Parking brake
Under hood—engine running at operating temperature

□Automatic transmission fluid level
On hoist

□Underside fuel, coolant and hydraulic lines, fittings, connections, and components for leaks
□Tires for cuts or bruises
□Steering linkage, suspension, exhaust system, and all underside hardware for looseness or damage
□Manual transmission oil level
□Differential oil level
Road test

□Brake operation
□Clutch operation
□Steering control
□Emergency locking retractors and automatic locking retractors
□Cruise control system (if equipped)
□Operation of meters and gauges, squeaks, rattles, and unusual noises
After road test
INSPECT for necessary owner information materials, tools, and spare tire in vehicle
The following items must be completed just before delivery to your customer.
□Load test battery and charge if necessary (Load test result: Volts)
□Adjust tire pressure to specification
□Clean outside of vehicle
□Install fuses for accessories
□Remove seat and cabin carpet protective covers
□Vacuum inside of vehicle
□Inspect installation of option parts with invoice
om
< Previous Next >

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
Scheduled Maintenance Table for U.S.A., CANADA and Puerto Rico
Schedule 1 (Normal Driving Conditions) for U.S.A.
The vehicle is mainly operated where none of the “unique driving conditions” apply.
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
Maintenance Interval
×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60
ENGINE
Drive belts I
Audibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles),

Engine valve clearance
if noisy, adjust
Engine oil R R R R R R R R
Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R
COOLING SYSTEM
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or

10 years;
FL22 type *1
after that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5
years
Engine coolant
om
d.c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4
Others years;
after that, every 2 years
FUEL SYSTEM
Air cleaner element C C R C
Fuel lines and hoses *2 I I
Hoses and tubes for emission *2 I
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I
Disc brakes I I I I
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
Flat tire repair kit (if installed) *3 Inspect annually
Steering operation and linkages I I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel bearing

I I
axial play
Manual transmission oil R
Rear differential oil R
Drive shaft dust boots I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5

Exhaust system and heat shields
years
All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Chart symbols
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the
recommended intervals.
Refer below for a description of items marked* in the maintenance chart.
*1: Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the
radiator cap itself or the surrounding area. Use FL22 when replacing the
coolant.
*2: According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to

perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions
warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services
be performed at the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to
ensure long-term reliability.
*3: Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing
the periodic maintenance. Replace the tire repair fluid bottle with new one
before the expiration date.
Schedule 2 CANADA, Puerto Rico, and (Unique Driving Conditions) for U.S.A.
Repeated short-distance driving
Driving in dusty conditions
Driving with extended use of brakes
Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
Driving on rough or muddy roads
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
Driving in extremely hot conditions
Driving in mountainous conditions continually
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first

om
d .c
Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Maintenance Interval
×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
ENGINE
Drive belts I
Audibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if

noisy, adjust
Puerto Rico Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months

Engine oil
Others R R R R R R R R R R R R
Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R
COOLING SYSTEM
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10

years;
FL22 type *1
after that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5
Engine coolant years
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years;

Others
after that, every 2 years
Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I
FUEL SYSTEM
Puerto Rico C R C R
Air cleaner element
Others C C R C
Fuel lines and hoses *2 I I
Hoses and tubes for emission *2 I
IGNITION SYSTEM
USA Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)

om
d .c
Spark plugs
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Others Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I
Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Disc brakes I I I I
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I
Steering operation and linkages I I
Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel

I I
bearing axial play
Manual transmission oil R R
Rear differential oil R R
Drive shaft dust boots I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T
Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L
Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Chart symbols
om
.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks
coolant.

be performed at the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to
ensure long-term reliability.
Scheduled Maintenance Table for Mexico
Schedule 1 (Normal Driving Conditions)
The vehicle is mainly operated where none of the “unique driving conditions” apply.
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
ENGINE
Drive belts I I I
Audibly inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy,

adjust
om
d.c
Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system I I I
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years;

FL22 type *1
after that, every 60,000 km or 3 years
Engine coolant
Others R R R
FUEL SYSTEM
Air cleaner element R R R R R R
Fuel lines and hoses I *2 I *2 I
Hoses and tubes for emission I *2 I *2 I
Fuel filter R R R
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs Replace every 60,000 km
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I
Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I
Brake fluid R R R
Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

om
Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel bearing axial
I I I I I I
play
Rear differential oil R R R
Drive shaft dust boots I I I I I I
Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T
All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L
Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Chart symbols
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks
coolant.

be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure
long-term reliability.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Schedule 2 (Unique Driving Conditions)
Repeated short-distance driving
Driving in dusty conditions
Driving with extended use of brakes
Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
Driving on rough or muddy roads
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
Driving in extremely hot conditions
Driving in mountainous conditions continually
×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
ENGINE
Drive belts I

adjust
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system I

FL22 type *1
Engine coolant
Others R
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
FUEL SYSTEM
Air cleaner element C R C R C R
Fuel lines and hoses I *2
Hoses and tubes for emission I *2
Fuel filter R
IGNITION SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I
Brake fluid level I I I I I
Brake fluid R
Disc brakes I I I I I I
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I
Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I
Power steering fluid level I I I I I I
I I I
play

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Rear differential oil R
Drive shaft dust boots I I I
Exhaust system and heat shields I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T
All locks and hinges L L L L L L
Washer fluid level I I I I I I
Cont.
×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
ENGINE
Drive belts I I

adjust
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system I I

FL22 type *1
Engine coolant
Others R R

om
FUEL SYSTEM
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Air cleaner element C R C R C R
Fuel lines and hoses I *2 I
Hoses and tubes for emission I *2 I
Fuel filter R R
IGNITION SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I
Brake fluid level I I I I
Brake fluid R R
Disc brakes I I I I I I
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I
Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I
Power steering fluid level I I I I I I
I I I
play
Manual transmission oil R R
Rear differential oil R R

om
d .c
Drive shaft dust boots I I I

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Exhaust system and heat shields I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T
All locks and hinges L L L L L L
Washer fluid level I I I I I I
Chart symbols
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks
coolant.

be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure
long-term reliability.
< Previous
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
JACKING POSITIONS
WARNING:
Improperly jacking a vehicle is dangerous. The vehicle can slip off the jack and cause serious injury. Use only
the correct front and rear jacking points and block the wheels.
Use safety stands to support the vehicle after it has been lifted.
NOTE:
To prevent obstruction between the jack body and front bumper when the jack body is inserted, use a low-
floor type jack.
Front
Near the center of the front crossmember.
Rear
At the center of the rear differential.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VEHICLE LIFT (2 SUPPORTS) AND SAFETY STAND (RIGID RACK) POSITION
Vehicle Lift Positions, Safety Stand Positions
Front and rear
WARNING:
Lifting a vehicle that is not stabilized is dangerous. The vehicle can slip off the lift and cause serious injury and/or vehicle
damage. Make sure that the vehicle is on the lift horizontally by adjusting the height of the support at the end of the arm of
the lift.
CAUTION:
For vehicles with side step molding, be careful not to damage the side step molding by hitting it with auto-lift arms or a
safety stand.
Both sides of the vehicle, on side sills
< Previous Next >

om
Back to Top
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
UNITS
Electric current A (ampere) N·m (Newton meter)
Electric power W (watt) kgf·m (kilogram force meter)
kgf·cm (kilogram force

Electric resistance ohm Torque
centimeter)
Electric voltage V (volt) ft·lbf (foot pound force)
mm (millimeter) in·lbf (inch pound force)

Length
in (inch) L (liter)
kPa (kilo pascal) US gal (U.S. gallon)
Negative pressure mmHg (millimeters of mercury) US qt (U.S. quart)
inHg (inches of mercury) Imp gal (Imperial gallon)
kPa (kilo pascal) Volume Imp qt (Imperial quart)
ml (milliliter)
kgf/cm 2 (kilogram force per square

Positive pressure cc (cubic centimeter)
centimeter)
cu in (cubic inch)
psi (pounds per square inch) fl oz (fluid ounce)
N (newton)
Number of
rpm (revolutions per minute) Weight g (gram)
revolutions
om
oz (ounce)
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Conversion to SI Units (Système International d'Unités)
All numerical values in this manual are based on SI units. Numbers shown in conventional
units are converted from these values.
Rounding Off
Converted values are rounded off to the same number of places as the SI unit value. For
example, if the SI unit value is 17.2 and the value after conversion is 37.84, the converted
value will be rounded off to 37.8.
Upper and Lower Limits
When the data indicates upper and lower limits, the converted values are rounded down if
the SI unit value is an upper limit and rounded up if the SI unit value is a lower limit.
Therefore, converted values for the same SI unit value may differ after conversion. For
example, consider 2.7 kgf/cm 2 in the following specifications:
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP]
a. Console (See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Quarter trim (See QUARTER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Scuff plate (See SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Tire house trim (See TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Aeroboard (See AEROBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Front seat back bar garnish (See SEAT BACK BAR GARNISH
g. Back trim (See BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
h. Seat belt upper anchor installation bolt (See SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
i. Power retractable hardtop link bracket (See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP LINK
BRACKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
j. Rear side trim (See REAR SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
k. Cab-side weatherstrip (See CONVERTIBLE TOP DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
l. Power retractable hardtop (See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP

NOTE:
The number of shims varies depending on the location of the rear window glass installation
nut. Adjustment will be easier by verifying the number of shims to be used before
removing the rear window glass.
4. Disconnect the filament connector.
5. If the rear window glass or the middle roof panel is to be reused, remove it using the
following procedure.
NOTE:
If the rear window glass or middle roof panel is to be used, positioning and
adjustment during installation will be easier by placing marks for the installation
before removal.
Placing marks is not necessary if the rear window glass or middle roof panel is
om
.c
to be replaced with a new one because there will be no marked positions.

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
a. Affix masking tape to the position shown in the figure.
NOTE:
Mark the roof link and rear window glass at 4 locations as shown in
the figure.
b. Apply positioning marks to the masking tape.
c. Apply a positioning mark to the exterior circumference of the nuts.
6. Move the power retractable hardtop in the open direction as shown in the figure until it is
separated from the middle roof panel.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
7. Remove the cap.
8. Remove the nuts and washers.
9. Remove the shims.
10. Remove the rear window glass.
11. Remove the rear window defroster connector. (See Rear Window Defroster connector Removal
Note.)
12. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See Rear Window Glass Installation Note.)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Rear Window Defroster connector Removal Note
1. Remove the connector from the roof motor bracket.
2. Remove the wiring harness from clip A.
3. Remove clip B, then remove clip C while pulling it in the direction shown by the arrow
avoiding the tab.
4. Remove the wiring harness from the roof link lock groove.
5. Remove clip D while pulling it in the direction shown by the arrow avoiding the tab.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Rear Window Glass Installation Note
Rear window glass or middle roof panel is newly replaced
1. Adjust the rear window glass and middle roof panel gap and height difference so that it is
within the specification. (See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP ADJUSTMENT .)
Rear window glass or middle roof panel is reused
1. Install the shim according to the number verified prior to removal.
2. Align the alignment marks applied before the rear window glass removal, install the rear
window glass, and then remove the masking tape.
3. Refer to POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP ADJUSTMENT and verify that the gap and height
difference between the rear window glass and middle roof panel are within the specifications.
Adjust the power retractable hardtop if necessary. (See POWER RETRACTABLE HARDTOP
ADJUSTMENT .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
Foreword
When replacing immobilizer system-related parts or programming an additional key, program the
immobilizer system-related parts so that the system operates normally. For immobilizer system-
related parts programming, select the programming procedures according to the service. (See
Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer System-Related Parts Programming.)
CAUTION:
If any metallic or magnetic object is near the key, communication between the key and the
vehicle may be obstructed, resulting in a failure to program the immobilizer system-related parts.
Remove any metallic or magnetic objects, such as key holders, from the key when programming
immobilizer system-related parts.
If any of the following devices are inside the vehicle, programming of immobilizer system-related
parts may fail. Do not bring any of the following devices or similar products inside the vehicle
when programming immobilizer system-related parts.
M-MDS
Personal computer
Devices that can send/receive radio waves
If the engine is started during immobilizer system-related parts programming, the programming
mode cancels. Therefore, do not start the engine unless indicated in the procedure. Repeat the
procedure from the beginning if the engine is started during the immobilizer system-related parts
programming.
NOTE:
The “Valid key” referred to in this manual indicates the key that can start the engine.
Two or more key ID numbers must be programmed for the engine to start.
A maximum of eight key ID numbers can be programmed for one vehicle.
The number of programmed key ID numbers can be verified using the M-MDS.
Do not select any screen menu other than the ones indicated in the procedure during M-MDS
operation.
Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer System-Related Parts Programming
1. Verify that the room fuse is equipped.
2. Select the applicable programming procedure from the service content of the immobilizer system-
related parts.
om
.c
Immobilizer System-Related Parts Service and Programming Procedure Table

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
No. Service Programming procedure
Have two or more (See No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using Two Valid
1
valid keys Keys).)
Additional key
programming
Have one valid key
2 (See No. 2 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS) .)
or none
Disable
programming
Additional key using valid keys
3 programming (See No.3 Additional Key Programming Procedure Changing .)
procedure setting Enable
programming
using valid keys
4 Programming due to PCM replacement (See No.4 Programming Procedure Due to PCM Replacement .)
Programming due to keyless control (See No.5 Programming Procedure Due to Keyless Control Module
5
module replacement Replacement .)
Programming due to simultaneous

replacement of immobilizer system-
related parts (See No.6 Programming Procedure Due to Simultaneous Replacement
6 of Immobilizer System-related Parts (PCM and Keyless Control
PCM Module) .)
Programming due to coil antenna

7 Programming of immobilizer system-related parts is not necessary
replacement
M-MDS Connecting Procedure
NOTE:
Do not place the M-MDS in the vehicle while programming the immobilizer system.
1. Fully lower the door glass.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3. Place the M-MDS outside the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Cover the vehicle body with a clean rag so as not to damage the vehicle body with the
cable.
No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys)
Conditions
Have two or more valid keys.
NOTE:
If a key ID number cannot be programmed and DTC 15 is displayed, the maximum number of
programmed keys may have been reached. Verify the number of programmed keys using the M-
MDS.
If eight keys have already been programmed and it is necessary to program other keys, the
previously programmed key ID numbers must first be cleared.
If “Customer spare key programming disable” is selected, perform additional key programming
using the M-MDS. (See No. 2 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS) .)
Procedure
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Action after
Step Procedure procedure
LAUNCH PROGRAMMING MODE

1
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using key 1.
After verifying that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s and turns off,
turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position within approx. 4 s using key 1.
Remove key 1. Go to the

next step.
After verifying that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s and turns off,
turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position within approx. 4 s using key 2.
Remove key 2.
PERFORM ADDITIONAL KEY PROGRAMMING

2 Go back
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using key 3. Yes to Step
1.
Verify that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off.

No next
Are there other keys to be programmed? step.
VERIFY KEY PROGRAMMING IS CORRECT

3
Verify that the engine can start and run for approx. 5 s or more using all the
programmed keys.
Procedure is
NOTE: completed
When verifying that the engine starts, wait at least approx. 5 s or more
om
before starting the engine using the next key.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
No. 2 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS)
Conditions
There is only one valid key, or none.
NOTE:
If a key ID number cannot be programmed and DTC 15 is displayed, the maximum number of
programmed keys may have been reached. Verify the number of programmed keys using the M-
MDS.
If eight keys have already been programmed and it is necessary to program other keys, the
previously programmed key ID numbers must first be cleared.
Procedure
Step Procedure Action after procedure

1 Change the key and repeat Step 1.
NOTE:
(See M-MDS Connecting Procedure)
Additional key
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using programming can be
key 1. Yes performed using the
procedure in No.1
NOTE: Additional Key
Programming
Although the security light
Procedure (Using Two
starts flashing and DTC 15 is
om
Valid Keys).
.c
displayed after approx. 1 min,

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
this does not indicate an
improper procedure. Continue to
perform the procedure as
indicated.
After vehicle identification, select the following

from the M-MDS initial screen.
Using an IDS (laptop PC)
Select “Body”.
Select
“Security”.
Select “PATS
Functions”.
Using a PDS (pocket PC):
Select
“Programming”.
Select “PATS
Functions”.
Then, select an item from the screen menu.
Program additional ignition key
Perform the security access according to the

directions on the M-MDS screen.
NOTE:
After executing the above

menu, “This operation is
successful” is displayed. This
indicates that the programming
of the key currently in the
ignition switch ON position has
been completed.
After verifying that the PATS function menu is

displayed again on the M-MDS screen, turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove key 1.
Are there other keys to be programmed?
CLOSE THE M-MDS

2
After verifying that the PATS function menu is
displayed again on the M-MDS screen, select Go to the next step.
“Finish (this menu)”.
VERIFY KEY PROGRAMMING IS CORRECT

3
Verify that the engine can be started with the programmed key.
NOTE:
Procedure is completed
om
d .c
When verifying that the engine starts, wait at

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
least approx. 5 s or more before starting the
engine using the next key.
No.3 Additional Key Programming Procedure Changing
NOTE:
This procedure is performed for disabling the No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using
Two Valid Keys).
The setting is “Customer spare key programming enable” when the vehicle is new or the keyless
control module is replaced with a new one.
Procedure
Action
after
CHANGE CUSTOMER SPARE KEY PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE

1
(See M-MDS Connecting Procedure.)
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using a key (The key can be either the
valid key or an unprogrammed key).
NOTE:
If an unprogrammed key is used, the security light starts flashing

and DTC 15 is displayed after approx. 1 min. However, this does
not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to perform the
procedure as indicated.
After vehicle identification, select the following from the M-MDS initial screen.
Select “Body”.
Select “Security”.
Procedure
Select “PATS Functions”.
is
Using a PDS (pocket PC): completed
Select “Programming”.
Select either of the following from the M-MDS menu to change the additional key
programming procedure.
When “Customer Spare Key Programming Enable” is selected:

The additional key programming procedure using valid keys is
om
.c
enabled.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
When “Customer Spare Key Programming Disable” is selected:
The additional key programming procedure using valid keys is
disabled.
Perform the security access according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
After verifying that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the M-MDS
screen, select “Finish (this menu)”.
No.4 Programming Procedure Due to PCM Replacement
Conditions
There is only one valid key.
Procedure
REPLACE PCM
1
Refer to PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to perform PCM replacement. Go to the next step.
PERFORM PARAMETER RESET

2
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using a valid

key.
NOTE:
Although the security light remains

illuminated and DTC 23 is displayed after
approx. 1 min, continue to perform the
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Verify that the keyless warning light illuminates for
approx. 3 s, and then turns off.
After vehicle identification, select the following from the

M-MDS initial screen.
Select “Body”.

Parameter Reset
Perform the security access according to the directions on

the M-MDS screen.
Select the replaced parts “PCM” according to the directions

on the M-MDS screen.
CAUTION:
At this time, do not select the other parts

from the M-MDS menu.
After verifying that the PATS function menu is displayed

again on the M-MDS screen, select “Finish (this menu)”.
Verify that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s,

and then turns off.
VERIFY PROGRAMMING IS PERFORMED CORRECTLY

3 Yes Procedure is completed
Verify that the engine can be started with all the keys.
Can the engine be started? Perform the corresponding

No DTC inspection to repair the
No.5 Programming Procedure Due to Keyless Control Module Replacement
NOTE:
Since two or more keys need to be programmed to start the engine, program two or more keys
after the replacement.
om
Conditions
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Have two or more keys to be programmed after the replacement.
Procedure
REPLACE KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

1
Refer to KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to perform
keyless control module replacement. Go to the next step.

2

key.
NOTE:



Select “Body”.
Select “Security”. Go to the next step.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Parameter Reset

the M-MDS screen.
Select the replaced parts “RKE” according to the directions

on the M-MDS screen.
CAUTION:
At this time, do not select the other parts

Verify that the PATS function menu is displayed again on

the M-MDS screen.
CLEAR IGNITION KEY ID NUMBERS

3
Select “Ignition Key Code Erase and Program” from the M-
MDS screen menu. Go to the next step.
Clear the ignition key ID number according to the
directions on the M-MDS.
PERFORM IGNITION KEY ID NUMBER PROGRAMMING

4
Program two keys according to the directions on the M-
MDS.



and then turns off.
Disconnect the M-MDS from the DLC-2.


No.6 Programming Procedure Due to Simultaneous Replacement of Immobilizer System-related Parts

(PCM and Keyless Control Module)
NOTE:
Since two or more keys need to be programmed to start the engine, program two or more keys
om
Conditions
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Procedure
REPLACE KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE.

1
Refer to KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to perform
keyless control module replacement. Go to the next step.
REPLACE PCM
2
Refer to PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to perform PCM replacement. Go to the next step.

3

key.
NOTE:



Select “Body”.
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Parameter Reset

the M-MDS screen.
Select the replaced parts according to the directions on

the M-MDS screen.
If the keyless control module is replaced:

Select “RKE”.
If the PCM is replaced: Select “PCM”.
CAUTION:
At this time, do not

select the other parts
Verify that the PATS function menu is displayed again on

the M-MDS screen.

4
Select “Ignition Key Code Erase and Program” from the M-
MDS screen menu. Go to the next step.
Clear the ignition key ID number according to the
directions on the M-MDS.

5
Program two keys according to the directions on the M-
MDS.



and then turns off.


om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND START SYSTEM]
Foreword
When replacing immobilizer system-related parts or programming an additional key, program the immobilizer system-related
parts so that the system operates normally. For immobilizer system-related parts programming, select the programming
procedures according to the service. (See Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer System-Related Parts Programming.)
CAUTION:
The engine cannot be started if any step or procedure for each service operation is skipped. Perform all procedures in the order
of the steps.
If any metallic or magnetic object is near the key, communication between the key and the vehicle may be obstructed, resulting
in a failure to program the immobilizer system-related parts. Remove any metallic or magnetic objects, such as key holders,
from the key when programming immobilizer system-related parts.
If any of the following devices are inside the vehicle, programming of immobilizer system-related parts may fail. Do not bring
any of the following devices or similar products inside the vehicle when programming immobilizer system-related parts.
Advanced key
M-MDS
Personal computer
Devices that can send/receive radio waves
If the engine is started during immobilizer system-related parts programming, the programming mode cancels. Therefore, do not
start the engine unless indicated in the procedure. Repeat the procedure from the beginning if the engine is started during the
immobilizer system-related parts programming.
If an advanced key is near the vehicle during immobilizer system-related parts programming, it may be programmed
mistakenly. Keep advanced keys 1 m away from the vehicle unless indicated in the procedure.
NOTE:
The “Valid key” or “Valid advanced key” referred to in this manual indicates the key that can start the engine.
Two or more key ID numbers must be programmed for the engine to start.
A maximum of eight key ID numbers can be programmed for one vehicle.
The number of programmed key ID numbers can be verified using the M-MDS.
Do not select any screen menu other than the ones indicated in the procedure during M-MDS operation.
Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer System-Related Parts Programming
1. Verify that the room fuse is equipped.
2. Select the applicable programming procedure from the service content of the immobilizer system-related parts.
Immobilizer System-Related Parts Service and Programming Procedure Table
No. Service Programming procedure
Have two or more valid

1 (See No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys).)
keys
Additional key
programming
Have one valid key or
2 (See No. 2 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS) .)
valid advanced key
Disable programming
om
Additional key using valid keys

d .c
oa
3 programming procedure (See No.3 Additional Key Programming Procedure Changing .)

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
setting Enable programming
using valid keys
4 Programming due to PCM replacement (See No.4 Programming Procedure Due to PCM Replacement .)
Programming due to steering lock unit

5 (See No.5 Programming Procedure Due to Steering Lock Unit Replacement .)
replacement
Programming due to keyless control module

6 (See No.6 Programming Procedure Due to Keyless Control Module Replacement .)
replacement
Programming due to simultaneous replacement of

immobilizer system-related parts
PCM (See No.7 Programming Procedure Due to Simultaneous Replacement of Immobilizer System-
7
related Parts (PCM, Keyless Control Module, and Steering Lock Unit) .)
Steering lock unit
8 Programming due to coil antenna replacement Programming of immobilizer system-related parts is not necessary
9 Programming after keyless receiver replacement Programming of immobilizer system-related parts is not necessary
M-MDS Connecting Procedure
NOTE:
Do not place the M-MDS in the vehicle while programming the immobilizer system.
1. Fully lower the door glass.
3. Place the M-MDS outside the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Cover the vehicle body with a clean rag so as not to damage the vehicle body with the cable.
No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys)
CAUTION:
The engine cannot be started if any step or procedure is skipped. Perform all procedures in the order of the steps.
Conditions
Have two or more valid keys.
NOTE:
If a key ID number cannot be programmed and DTC 15 is displayed, the maximum number of programmed keys may have been
reached. Verify the number of programmed keys using the M-MDS.
om
d .c
oa
If eight keys have already been programmed and it is necessary to program other keys, the previously programmed key ID
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
numbers must first be cleared.
If “Customer spare key programming disable” is selected, perform additional key programming using the M-MDS. (See No. 2
Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS) .)
Procedure
Action after
START ENGINE
1
Start the engine using key 1.
Go to the next
Verify that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off. step.
LAUNCH PROGRAMMING MODE

2
After verifying that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s and turns off, turn the ignition switch to
the LOCK position within approx. 4 s using key 1.
Remove key 1. Go to the next

step.
After verifying that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s and turns off, turn the ignition switch to
the LOCK position within approx. 4 s using key 2.
Remove key 2.

3 Go back to
Yes
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using key 3. Step 2.

No
next step.
VERIFY KEY PROGRAMMED CORRECTLY

4
Verify that the engine can start and run for approx. 5 s or more using all the programmed keys.
Procedure is
NOTE:
completed
When verifying that the engine starts, wait at least approx. 5 s or more before starting the engine using
the next key.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
No. 2 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS)
CAUTION:
Conditions
There is only one valid key. Or, there is an advanced key which can start the engine.
NOTE:
If a key ID number cannot be programmed and DTC 15 is displayed, the maximum number of programmed keys may have been
reached. Verify the number of programmed keys using the M-MDS.
If eight keys have already been programmed and it is necessary to program other keys, the previously programmed key ID
numbers must first be cleared.
Procedure
START ENGINE
1
Start the engine using the key 1 or the advanced key.
CAUTION:
When starting the engine with key 1, key

programming may not be performed correctly if the
advanced key is inside the vehicle. Do not place
the advanced key in the vehicle when starting the
engine with key 1. Go to the next step.
When starting the engine with the advanced key,

remove the advanced key from the vehicle after
the engine is started.
Verify that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then
turns off.

2 Change the key and repeat Step 2.
NOTE:
Yes Additional key programming can
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using key 2. be performed using the procedure
om
in No.1 Additional Key

.c
NOTE:
d
Programming Procedure (Using

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Two Valid Keys).
Although the security light starts flashing and DTC
15 is displayed after approx. 1 min, this does not
indicate an improper procedure. Continue to
perform the procedure as indicated.
After vehicle identification, select the following from the M-MDS

initial screen.
Select “Body”.
Select “PATS functions”.
Using a PDS (Pocket PC):
Then, select an item from the screen menu. No Go to the next step.
Program additional ignition key
Perform the security access according to the directions on the M-

MDS screen.
NOTE:
After executing the above menu, “The operation is

successful” is displayed. This indicates that the
programming of the key currently in the ignition
switch ON position has been completed.
After verifying that the PATS function menu is displayed again on

the M-MDS screen, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove key 2.
CLOSE THE M-MDS

3
After verifying that the PATS function menu is displayed again on
the M-MDS screen, select “Finish (this menu)”. Go to the next step.
VERIFY KEY PROGRAMMED CORRECTLY

4
Verify that the engine can be started with the programmed key.
NOTE: Procedure is completed
When verifying that the engine starts, wait at least approx. 5 s or

more before starting the engine using the next key.
No.3 Additional Key Programming Procedure Changing
NOTE:
This procedure is performed for disabling the No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys).
The setting is “Customer spare key programming enable” when the vehicle is new or the keyless control module is replaced with
a new one.
Procedure
Action after
om
.c
CHANGE CUSTOMER SPARE KEY PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE

d
oa
1
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using a key (The key can be either the valid key or an
unprogrammed key).
NOTE:
If an unprogrammed key is used, the security light starts flashing and DTC 15 is displayed
after approx. 1 min. However, this does not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to
perform the procedure as indicated.
Select “Body”.
Select “Security”. Procedure

is
Select “PATS function”.
completed
Using a PDS (Pocket PC):
Select either of the following from the M-MDS menu to change the additional key programming procedure.
When “Customer Spare Key Programming Enable” is selected: The additional key programming
procedure using valid keys is enabled.
When “Customer Spare Key Programming Disable” is selected: The additional key
programming procedure using valid keys is disabled.
After verifying that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the M-MDS screen, select “Finish (this
menu)”.
No.4 Programming Procedure Due to PCM Replacement
CAUTION:
Conditions
Prepare a valid key or an advanced key that can start the engine.
Procedure
REPLACE THE PCM

1
om
Refer to PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to perform PCM replacement and configuration.

.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

2
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using the valid key or the valid
advanced key.
NOTE:
Although the security light remains illuminated and DTC 23 is

displayed after approx. 1 min, continue to perform the
Verify that the keyless warning light illuminates for approx 3 s, and then turns
off.
Using an IDS (laptop PC):
Select “Body”
Select “Security”
Select “PATS function”

Select “Programming”
Select “PATS Functions”
Parameter Reset
Select the replaced parts (PCM) according to the directions on the M-MDS
screen.
CAUTION:
At this time, do not select the other parts from the M-MDS
menu.
After verifying that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the M-MDS
screen, select “Finish (this menu)”.

Can the engine be started? Perform the corresponding DTC

No inspection to repair the malfunctioning
part.
No.5 Programming Procedure Due to Steering Lock Unit Replacement
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Since two or more keys need to be programmed to start the engine, program two or more keys after the replacement.
om
Conditions
d .c
oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Procedure
REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT

1
Replace the steering lock unit. Go to the next step.
(See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

2
NOTE:
Although the security light starts flashing and DTC 15 is displayed after approx.
1 min, this does not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to perform the

Select “Body”
Select “Security”
Select “PATS functions”
Select “Programming”
Select “PATS Functions”
Ignition Key Code Erase and Program

3
Program two keys according to the directions on the M-MDS. Go to the next step.
Verify that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the M-MDS screen.
PERFORM Steering Lock Unit Programming

4
Select “Steering Lock Unit Programming” from the M-MDS screen menu.
Complete the Steering Lock Unit Programming according to the directions on the M-MDS.
After verifying that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the M-MDS screen, select Go to the next step.
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Remove the programmed advanced key from the vehicle.
VERIFY KEY 1 PROGRAMMING PERFORMED CORRECTLY

5
Verify that the security light and keyless warning light operate as shown in the following figure.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove key 1.

6
Repeat Step 6 using
Verify that the security light and keyless warning light operate as shown in the following figure. Yes each programmed
key.
No Go to the next step. om
VERIFY ADVANCED KEY PROGRAMMING PERFORMED CORRECTLY

7
d .c
oa
Bring the programmed advanced key into the vehicle.

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Close all doors.
Remove the key from the key cylinder and place it on the front passenger's seat.
Start the engine using the advanced key.
After verifying that the keyless warning light turns off, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.
No.6 Programming Procedure Due to Keyless Control Module Replacement
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Before beginning the procedure, verify that the customer has turned in all of the advanced keys and keys for the vehicle.
The engine cannot be started unless an advanced key and two or more keys are programmed after the replacement.
Conditions
Have one or more advanced keys to be programmed after the replacement.
Procedure
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
REPLACE KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

1
Replace the keyless control module. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

2
NOTE:
Although the security light starts flashing and DTC 15 is displayed after approx.
1 min, this does not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to perform the
Select “Body”.
Select “Security”. Go to the next step.

Parameter Reset
Select the replaced part “RKE” according to the directions on the M-MDS.
CAUTION:
At this time, do not select the other parts from the M-MDS menu.

3
Select “Ignition Key Code Erase and Program” from the M-MDS screen menu. Go to the next step.
Clear the ignition key ID number according to the directions on the M-MDS.

4
PERFORM ADVANCED KEY PROGRAMMING

5
Select “Program Additional card key” from the M-MDS screen menu.
Program the advanced key according to the directions on the M-MDS.
PERFORM STEERING LOCK UNIT PRogramming

6

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
7

8 Repeat Step 8 using
Start the engine using key 2. Yes each programmed
key.

9
Close all doors.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
No.7 Programming Procedure Due to Simultaneous Replacement of Immobilizer System-related Parts (PCM, Keyless Control
Module, and Steering Lock Unit)
CAUTION:
The menu and execution sequence of the M-MDS vary depending on the type of replaced unit and parts. Perform the procedures
referring to the following table.
M-MDS menu
(1): Parameter Reset
(2): Ignition Key Code Erase and Program
(3): Program Additional advanced key
(4): Steering Lock Unit Programming
M-MDS execution
Replacement part Conditions
menu/sequence
Keyless control module and PCM
Have two or more keys to be programmed after the

Keyless control module and steering lock replacement.
unit *1 (1)→(2)→(3)→(4)
Have one or more advanced keys to be programmed
Keyless control module, PCM, and steering
lock unit *1
PCM and steering lock unit *1 (1)→(2)→(4) Have two or more keys to be programmed after the replacement.
*1
Because the steering lock unit is integrated with the ignition key cylinder, the key must also be replaced when replacing the
steering lock unit.
Procedure
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
REPLACE UNITS OR PARTS

1
Replace the unit or parts.

2
NOTE:
Although the security light flashes or illuminates and DTC 15 or 23 is

displayed after approx. 1 min, continue to perform the procedure.
Select “Body”.

Parameter Reset
Select the replaced parts according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
If the PCM is replaced: Select “PCM”.
If the keyless control module is replaced: Select“ RKE”.
CAUTION:
At this time, do not select the other parts from the M-MDS
menu.

3
Select “Ignition Key Code Erase and Program” from the M-MDS screen menu. Go to the next step.
om
.c
Clear the ignition key ID number according to the directions on the M-MDS.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4
PERFORM ADVANCED KEY PROGRAMMING

5
Select “Program Additional card key” from the M-MDS screen menu.
Program the advanced key according to the directions on the M-MDS.
PERFORM STEERING LOCK UNIT PROGRAMMING

6
(See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

7
Verify that the security light and keyless warning light operate as shown in the following
figure.

8 Repeat Step 8 using each
Yes
Start the engine using key 2. programmed key.
figure.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

9
Close all doors.
figure.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
1. Measure the voltage or inspect for continuity according to the Terminal Voltage Table
(Reference).
If the voltage is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage Table (Reference),

inspect the parts under “Inspection item(s)” and related wiring harnesses.
Voltage
Terminal Signal name Connected to Measured condition Inspection item(s)
(V)/Continuity
1.0 or less → Door lock

Door lock actuator
B+ → 1.0 or actuator
locking
Door lock less (driver-side)
Door lock
1A actuator
control
(driver-side) Related
wiring
Other 1.0 or less
harnesses
Under any condition: Related

Continuity
1B GND GND Inspect for continuity to wiring
detected
GND. harnesses

Door lock actuator
unlocking
Door unlock Door lock less
1C
control actuator Related
wiring
om
.c
Other 1.0 or less harnesses

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Door lock actuator
locking
Door lock Door lock less
1D Related
control actuator
wiring
D.LOCK 20 A
D.LOCK 20 A fuse
1E Power supply Under any condition B+
fuse
Battery
ROOM 15 A
ROOM 15 A fuse
1F Power supply Under any condition B+
fuse
Battery
Ignition switch is at ON
B+
position
METER 15 A
3B IG1 METER 15 A fuse
fuse
Ignition switch is at
1.0 or less
LOCK or ACC position
Under any condition:

Continuity
3C GND Body ground Inspect for continuity to GND
detected
ground.
Under any condition:

Instrument Continuity
3F Security light Inspect for continuity to Instrument cluster
cluster detected
instrument cluster.
Key reminder switch is

B+
Key reminder Steering lock ON
3O Steering lock unit
switch unit
Other 1.0 or less
Power supply
Keyless
3S (keyless Under any condition B+ Keyless receiver
receiver
receiver)
Communication Under any condition:

Keyless Continuity
3U (keyless Inspect for continuity to Keyless receiver
receiver detected
receiver) keyless receiver.
Trunk lid open

1.0 or less Trunk
(trunk compartment
compartment
Trunk light switch on)
Trunk open light switch
3Z compartment
signal
Related
om
light switch Trunk lid closed

.c
wiring
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(trunk compartment B+ harnesses
light switch off)
Driver-side door is
Continuity
locked: Inspect for
detected
Door lock-link continuity to ground.
Lock signal Door lock-link switch (driver-
4E switch (driver-
input side)
side) Driver-side door is
unlocked: Inspect for No continuity
continuity to ground.
At the moment key

2.5
cylinder is locked Driver-side
door key
Driver-side At the moment key cylinder
Lock/unlock 1.0 or less switch
4G door key cylinder is unlocked
input
cylinder switch Related
At the moment key wiring
cylinder is neutral 5 harnesses
position
Driver-side door is
Continuity
unlocked: Inspect for
detected
Door lock-link continuity to ground.
Unlock signal Door lock-link switch (driver-
4I switch (driver-
input side)
side) Driver-side door is
locked: Inspect for No continuity
Hazard warning switch Hazard

1.0 or less
is on. warning
Hazard warning switch
4N Hazard output
switch
Hazard warning switch Related
B+ wiring
is off.
harnesses
Press the trunk open Trunk lid

1.0 or less
switch opener relay
Trunk lid Trunk lid
4P
opener output opener relay Related
wiring
Other B+
harnesses
Door open (RH)

1.0 or less Door switch
Door switch (Door switch on) (RH)
4Q signal (RH) Door switch Related
output Door closed (RH) wiring
B+ harnesses
(Door switch off)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Passenger-side door is
Continuity
unlocked: Inspect for
Door lock-link detected
Unlock signal switch Door lock-link switch
4R
input (passenger- (passenger-side)
side) Passenger-side door is
locked: Inspect for No continuity
Door open (LH)

Door switch (Door switch on) (LH)
4T signal (LH) Door switch Related
output Door closed (LH) wiring
B+ harnesses
(Door switch off)
Hood open
B+ Hood latch
(Hood latch switch off) switch
Hood latch Hood latch
4V Related
switch signal switch
Hood closed wiring
1.0 or less harnesses
(Hood latch switch on)
Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on

4Z HS-CAN- —
terminal voltage inspection not possible.
Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on

4AA HS-CAN+ —
terminal voltage inspection not possible.
-*1
With TPMS
-*2
Without TPMS
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND START SYSTEM]
1. Measure the voltage or inspect for continuity according to the Terminal Voltage Table (Reference).
If the voltage is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage Table (Reference), inspect the parts under “Inspection
item(s)” and related wiring harnesses.
Voltage
Terminal Signal name Connected to Measured condition Inspection item(s)
(V)/Continuity
1.0 or less → B+ → Door lock

Door lock actuator unlocking
1.0 or less actuator
Door lock actuator (driver’s side)
1A Door unlock control
(driver’s side)
Other 1.0 or less Related wiring
harnesses
Under any condition: Inspect for Related wiring

1B GND GND 1.0 or less
continuity to GND. harnesses

Door lock actuator locking
1C Door lock control Door lock actuator
Related wiring

Door lock actuator unlocking
Door lock actuator (except
1D Door unlock control driver’s side)
(except driver’s side)
Other 1.0 or less Related wiring
harnesses
D.LOCK 30 A
1E Power supply D.LOCK 30 A fuse Under any condition B+ fuse
Battery
ROOM 15 A
1F Power supply ROOM 15 A fuse Under any condition B+ fuse
om
.c
Battery
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal voltage
2A keyless antenna (RH) keyless antenna (RH)
inspection not possible.

2B keyless antenna (RH) keyless antenna (RH)

2C keyless antenna (LH) keyless antenna (LF)

2D keyless antenna (LH) keyless antenna (LF)
keyless antenna keyless antenna Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal voltage
2E
(rear) (rear) inspection not possible.
2F
(rear) (rear) inspection not possible.
2G
(trunk) (trunk) inspection not possible.
2H
(trunk) (trunk) inspection not possible.
2I
(rear No.2) (rear No.2) inspection not possible.
2J
(rear No.2) (rear No.2) inspection not possible.
2K
(center) (center) inspection not possible.
2L
(center) (center) inspection not possible.
Ignition switch is at ON position B+
3B IG1 ENGINE 10 A fuse ENGINE 10 A fuse

Ignition switch is at LOCK or ACC
1.0 or less
position
3C GND body ground Under any condition 1.0 or less GND
Under any condition: Inspect for

3F Security light Instrument cluster 1.0 or less Instrument cluster
continuity to instrument cluster.
3G
(instrument panel) (instrument panel) inspection not possible.
3H
(instrument panel) (instrument panel) inspection not possible.
Ignition switch is at ACC position B+
3I ACC METER 10 A fuse METER 10 A fuse

Ignition switch is at LOCK or ON
1.0 or less
position
Buzzer operated 1.0 or less

om
3K Buzzer (interior) Instrument cluster Instrument cluster

d .c
Other 5.0
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Start knob is Pushed B+
Start knob (push
3N Steering lock unit Steering lock unit
switch)
Other 1.0 or less
Key reminder switch is ON B+

3O Key reminder switch Steering lock unit Steering lock unit
Other 1.0 or less
Communication Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal voltage
3P Steering lock unit
(steering lock unit) inspection not possible.
Under any condition: Inspect for

3R TPMS signal Instrument cluster Continuity detected Instrument cluster
continuity to instrument cluster.
Power supply
Keyless receiver,
3S (keyless receiver, Under any condition B+ Keyless receiver, front
front
front)
Communication
Keyless receiver, Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal voltage
3U (keyless receiver,
front inspection not possible.
front)
Power supply
3V (keyless receiver, Keyless receiver, rearUnder any condition B+ Keyless receiver, rear
rear)
Communication
3X (keyless receiver, Keyless receiver, rear
rear)
3Y *1 Tx-SKE Coil antenna Coil antenna

1.0 or less
position
Trunk lid open
(trunk compartment light switch 1.0 or less Trunk

on) compartment
Trunk compartment light switch
3Z Trunk open signal
light switch
Trunk lid closed Related wiring
B+ harnesses
(trunk compartment light switch
off)
Ignition switch is at ON position 5.0
3AA *1 Rx-SKE Coil antenna Coil antenna

1.0 or less
position
4A *1 Tx Instrument cluster Instrument cluster

1.0 or less
position
Door lock switch is locked 2.5 Door lock

switch
(driver-side)
Door lock switch is unlocked 1.0 or less
Door lock
om
4B Lock/unlock input Door lock switch switch

Other
.c
(passenger-
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
side)
5
Related wiring
harnesses
4C*1 Rx Instrument cluster Instrument cluster

1.0 or less
position
Driver-side door locked 1.0 or less

Lock input (door Door lock-link switch Door lock-link switch (driver-
4E
lock-link switch) (driver-side) side)
Driver-side door unlocked 5
At the moment key cylinder is

2.5
locked Driver-side
door key
Driver-side door key At the moment key cylinder is cylinder
4G Lock/unlock input 1.0 or less switch
cylinder switch unlocked
Related wiring
At the moment key cylinder is harnesses
5
neutral position
Request switch (RH) is ON: Inspect

1.0 or less
for continuity to ground.
Request switch input
4H Request switch (RH) Request switch (RH)
(RH)
Request switch (RH) is OFF:
B+
Inspect for continuity to ground.
Driver-side door locked 5

Door lock-link switch Door lock-link switch (driver-
4I Unlock signal input
(driver-side) side)
Driver-side door unlocked 1.0 or less
Request switch (LH) is ON: Inspect

1.0 or less
for continuity to ground.
Request switch input
4J Request switch (LH) Request switch (LH)
(LH)
Request switch (LH) is OFF:
B+
At the moment key cylinder is Trunk key

1.0 or less
unlocked cylinder
Unlock input (trunk Trunk key cylinder switch
4K
lid) switch
At the moment key cylinder is Related wiring
5
neutral position harnesses
Trunk lid request switch is ON:

1.0 or less
Request switch input Request switch
4L Request switch (trunk lid)
(trunk lid) (trunk lid)
Trunk lid request switch is OFF:
B+
Press the LOCK button

B+→1.0 or less→B+
(transmitter)
Hazard
B+→1.0 or warning light
4N Hazard output Hazard warning light Press the UNLOCK button
less→B+→1.0 or Related wiring
(transmitter)
less→B+ harnesses
Other B+
om
d .c
Press the trunk open switch 1.0 or less Trunk lid

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Trunk lid opener Trunk lid opener opener relay
4P
output relay
Other B+ Related wiring
harnesses
Door open (RH)

(Door switch on) (RH)
Door switch signal
4Q Door switch
(RH) output
Door closed (RH) Related wiring
B+ harnesses
(Door switch off)
Passenger-side door locked 5

Door lock-link switch Door lock-link switch
4R Unlock signal input
(passenger-side) (passenger-side)
Passenger-side door unlocked 1.0 or less
Power window main Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal voltage
4S *2 Serial communication
switch inspection not possible.
Door open (LH)

(Door switch on) (LH)
Door switch signal
4T Door switch
(LH) output
Door closed (LH) Related wiring
B+ harnesses
(Door switch off)
Other B+ Horn relay

4U Horn on/off Horn relay Related wiring
Transmitter LOCK button is
B+→1.0 or less→B+ harnesses
pressed twice within 5 s.
Hood open
B+ Hood latch
(Hood latch switch off) switch
Hood latch switch
4V Hood latch switch
signal
Hood closed Related wiring
1.0 or less harnesses
(Hood latch switch on)
Keyless buzzer operated B+

Keyless buzzer
4Y Keyless buzzer Keyless buzzer
output
Other 1.0 or less

4Z HS-CAN- PCM

4AA HS-CAN+ PCM
*1
With immobilizer system
*2
With exterior open function (Power window system)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
STEERING LOCK UNIT INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM]
1. Remove the column cover. (See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Measure the voltage at each terminal.
If the voltage is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage Table (Reference),

inspect the parts under “Inspection item(s)”.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the parts under “Inspection item(s)”.
If the system does not work properly even though the parts or
related wiring harnesses do not have any malfunction, replace
the steering lock unit.
Connected Voltage
Terminal Signal name Measured condition Inspection item(s)
to (V)
Start knob pressed B+ Keyless

control
Keyless module
Push switch
A control
signal 1.0 or
module Start knob released Related
less wiring
harnesses
Fuse
B Power supply Fuse Under any condition B+ Related

wiring
om
.c
harnesses
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Key inserted B+ Keyless
control
Keyless module
Key reminder
C control
switch signal 1.0 or
module Key removed Related
less wiring
harnesses
Fuse
D Power supply Fuse Under any condition B+ Related

wiring
harnesses
Fuse
E Power supply Fuse Under any condition B+ Related

wiring
harnesses
Ignition switch off and driver- 1.0 or Ignition

side door opened. less key
Ignition key Ignition key illumination
F illumination illumination bulb
signal bulb 30 s or more after driver-side Related
B+
door closed. wiring
harnesses
Keyless Because this terminal is for

Serial
G control communication good/no good judgment Related wiring harnesses
communication
module by terminal voltage is not possible.
1.0 or
H GND Body ground Under any condition Related wiring harnesses
less
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
KEY REMINDER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [EXCEPT ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM]
3. Remove the column cover. (See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the key reminder switch connector.
5. Remove the key reminder switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
KEY REMINDER SWITCH INSPECTION [EXCEPT ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM]
1. Verify that the continuity between the key reminder switch terminals is as indicated in the
table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the key reminder switch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
2011 - MX-5 - Engine
DTC P0441 [LF]
DTC P0441 EVAP system incorrect purge flow
The PCM measures the purge line pressure, which is the vacuum when a
following condition. If vacuum between charcoal canister and intake manifold
does not reach the specified, the PCM determines that the EVAP system has
clogging.
MONITORING CONDITIONS
Engine speed: 1,500—3,500 rpm
Throttle opening angle: 11—20%
Vehicle speed: 69.5—136 km/h {43.2—84.5 mph}

[MT]/34.5—136 km/h {21.4—84.5 mph} [AT]
DETECTION
CONDITION Diagnostic support note
This is an intermittent monitor (EVAP system).
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects above malfunction condition in two
consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same
malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction

condition during the first drive cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2/Mode 12) is available.
The DTC is stored in the PCM memory.
Purge solenoid valve malfunction
Blockage in EVAP system
EVAP hose damaged or loose
EVAP pipe damaged
POSSIBLE Catch tank malfunction

CAUSE
Charcoal canister malfunction
Leakage in EVAP system
Fuel pump unit poor seal

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
EVAP system leak detection pump malfunction
PCM malfunction
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 12) AND

1 DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS HAVE Yes Go to the next step.
BEEN RECORDED
No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode
Have the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode
12) and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING
12) and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST
TEST RESULTS on the repair order,
RESULTS (EVAP system related) been
recorded?
VERIFY RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS

2 AVAILABILITY Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis
according to the available Service
Verify related Service Bulletins Bulletins.
availability.
If the vehicle is not
Is any related Service Bulletins available? repaired, go to the
next step.
VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE AND STORED DTC

Turn the ignition switch off then to the
ON position (Engine off). (See DTC P0443 [LF] .)
Verify related PENDING CODE and stored

DTC. No Go to the next step.
Is the DTC P0443 also present?
DETERMINE IF THERE IS BLOCKAGE

4 Yes Go to Step 6.
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory
using the M-MDS.
Perform the KOER self test.
Is the DTC P0441 present?
INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION IS BLOCKAGE OR

5 LEAKAGE IN PURGE SOLENOID VALVE Yes Replace the purge solenoid valve, then
go to Step 14.
NOTE:
(See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
Carefully handle the EVAP system when REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
disconnecting and connecting hoses. Do
not use any lubricant around the system.
Foreign material can cause a system No Go to Step 7.
malfunction.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Remove the purge solenoid valve and
cool it down in a refrigerator for 1 h.

Install the purge solenoid valve.
Perform the KOER self test using the M-

MDS.
(See KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [LF] .)
INSPECT FOR LOCATION OF BLOCKAGE

6 Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning
Apply vacuum to the following parts part according to the inspection results,
using a vacuum pump. then go to Step 14.
Verify that the system does not hold

vacuum at the following locations: No Replace the purge solenoid valve, then
go to Step 14.
Hoses and pipes
between intake manifold (See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
and charcoal canister REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Catch tank
Charcoal canister
Is there any blockage?
DETERMINE LEAKAGE EXISTENCE

Perform the Evaporative Emission (EVAP)
System Leak Inspection.
No Go to Step 12.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT IF PURGE SOLENOID VALVE IS STUCK

8 OPEN Yes Replace the purge solenoid valve, then
go to Step 14.
Inspect whether the purge solenoid valve
is stuck open. (See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
(See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION
[LF] .)
INSPECT FOR LOCATION OF LEAKAGE

Inspect the following for leakage using part according to the inspection results,
the evaporative leak detector: then go to Step 14.
Between purge solenoid

valve and check valve No Go to the next step.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Between check valve
and charcoal canister
Seal condition at fuel

pump unit installation
aspect
Is there any leakage?
INSPECT EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP

NOTE:
Be careful to not apply a shock to the No Replace the EVAP system leak detection
EVAP system leak detection pump, pump, then go to Step 14.
otherwise the results of the leak
inspection could be incorrect. (See EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP)
SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP
Reconnect all disconnected connectors REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
and hoses.
Place a clamp on the EVAP system leak

detection pump hose between the EVAP
system leak detection pump and the air
filter.


INSPECT FUEL PUMP UNIT INSTALLATION

11 Yes Repair or replace the fuel tank or
Remove the fuel tank. sealing, then go to Step 14.
(See FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (See FUEL TANK

[LF] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Visually inspect for damage, insufficient

sealing or a poorly installed pump unit. No Go to the next step.
PERFORM KOER SELF TEST TO DETERMINE OTHER

12 RELATED MALFUNCTION OTHER THAN BLOCKAGE Yes Blockage still exists.
LOCATION
Locate blockage
NOTE: position and repair,
then go to Step 14.
Carefully handle the EVAP system when
disconnecting and connecting hoses. Do
not use any lubricant around the system. No Go to the next step.
Foreign material can cause a system
malfunction.
Connect all disconnected connectors and

hoses.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
MDS.
Is the DTC P0441 still present?
PERFORM LEAK INSPECTION

13 Yes Leakage still exists.
Reconnect all disconnected connectors
and hoses. Locate leak the point
and repair, then go to
Perform the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) the next step.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Go to the next step.

Does the test result fail (red light turns

on)?
VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0441

14 COMPLETED Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next
step.
Reconnect all disconnected connectors
and hoses. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
Start the engine and idle it.
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory No Go to the next step.
using the M-MDS.
Perform the Drive Mode 06 (EVAP System

Repair Verification Drive Mode).
(See OBD-II DRIVE MODE [LF] .)
Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC

present?

Perform the “AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE”. (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
(See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [LF] .)

Are any DTCs present?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2299 [LF]
DTC P2299 Accelerator pedal: spring back malfunction
Brake override system operates.
Diagnostic support note
This is a continuous monitor (other).

DETECTION
The MIL does not illuminate.
CONDITION
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
Snapshot data is available.
NOTE:
If the brake override system operates, the PCM detects DTC P2299.
Driver depresses accelerator and brake pedals simultaneously (during

braking operation using left foot)
Accelerator pedal is pressed in due to object such as floor mat
Accelerator pedal sticking
APP sensor signal malfunction
APP sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Related connector or terminals malfunction
Related wiring harness malfunction
Brake switch signal malfunction
Related connector or terminals malfunction
Related wiring harness malfunction
Brake pedal malfunction (increase in play due to joint

pin wear)
om
PCM malfunction
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
VERIFY SNAPSHOT DATA HAS BEEN

1 RECORDED Yes Go to the next step.
Has the snapshot data been

No Record the snapshot data on the repair order,
recorded?
VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION

2 AVAILABILITY Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the
available repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins
and/or on-line repair information If the vehicle is not repaired,
availability. go to the next step.
Is any related repair information

available? No Go to the next step.
VERIFY VEHICLE USE CONDITION

3 Yes There is a malfunction in a
Verify the vehicle use condition. related floor mat
The floor mat is Explain to the customer that

doubled over the floor mat may prevent the
accelerator pedal from
The floor mat is springing back after release,
spread against then go to Step 11.
the accelerator
pedal There is a malfunction in
the pedal operation
The accelerator
and brake pedals Give the customer advice on
are being how to depress the accelerator
depressed and brake pedals while driving
simultaneously the vehicle, then go to Step
11.
Are any of the conditions above
applicable to vehicle use
condition? No Go to the next step.
INSPECT APP SENSOR

4 Yes Replace the accelerator pedal, then go to Step
Is the condition of the accelerator 11.
pedal one of the following?
(See ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Accelerator REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
pedal sticking
has occurred
when operated No Go to the next step.
There is
evidence of
accelerator pedal
disassembly
om
.c
VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS OF

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5 APP SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Access the following PIDs using

the M-MDS: No Go to Step 7.

TEST [LF] .)
IVS
APP1
APP2
Is the value for PID IVS Idle

when the accelerator pedal is not
depressed?
Do the values for PIDs APP1 and

APP2 change when the
accelerator pedal is continually
depressed?
INSPECT APP SENSOR RELATED WIRING

6 HARNESS AND CONNECTOR Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
according to the inspection results, then go to
Inspect the wiring harness Step 11.
related to the APP sensor for
connector disconnection, short
circuit, and poor contact. No APP sensor malfunction.
Replace the accelerator pedal,

then go to Step 11.


7 BRAKE SWITCH Yes Go to Step 10.
Access the following PIDs using

the M-MDS:

TEST [LF] .)
BOO
BPA
Are all PIDs normal?

8 Yes Replace the brake switch, then go to Step 11.
(See BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See BRAKE SWITCH
INSPECTION .)
om
.c
INSPECT BRAKE PEDAL PLAY AMOUNT

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
9 Yes Inspect the wiring harness related to the brake
Inspect the brake pedal play switch for connector disconnection, short
amount. circuit, and poor contact.
(See BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION .) If there is any malfunction:
Is the amount of brake pedal Repair or

play normal? replace the
malfunctioning
part according
to the
inspection
results, then
go to Step 11.
No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part

Step 11.
VERIFY IF A DTC RELATED TO DRIVE-BY-

10 WIRE CONTROL IS DETECTED Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the KOER self test. (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)

Is a DTC related to the drive-by-
wire control present?

disconnected connectors. If the malfunction recurs, replace the PCM.
Clear the DTC from the PCM (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
[LF] .) No Go to the next step.
CAUTION:
While performing this step,

always operate the vehicle in a
safe and lawful manner.
When the M-MDS is used to

observe monitor system status
while driving, be sure to have
another technician with you, or
record the data in the M-MDS
using the PID/DATA MONITOR
AND RECORD capturing function
and inspect later.
Drive the vehicle under the

snapshot data condition.
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P06B8 [LF]
DTC P06B8 Internal control module non-volatile random access memory error
The PCM internal EEPROM malfunction.
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).

DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction
condition in first drive cycle.
POSSIBLE CAUSE PCM internal EEPROM malfunction
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 12) HAS

1 BEEN RECORDED Yes Go to the next step.
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA

No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12)
(Mode 12) been recorded?
on repair order, then go to the next step.
VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION

2 AVAILABILITY Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the
available repair information.
and/or on-line repair information If the vehicle is not repaired,
availability. go to the next step.
Is any related repair information

available? No Go to the next step.

3 Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the PCM
memory using the M-MDS. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
om

.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
[LF] .)
Perform the KOEO or KOER self

test.


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P050B [LF]
DTC P050B Cold start ignition timing performance problem
The PCM monitors actual ignition timing using the CKP sensor while
electronic spark advance control fast idle correction operating. If the ignition
timing is out of specified range, the PCM determines that the ignition timing
at cold condition has performance problem.
This is an intermittent monitor (cold start emission reduction strategy

monitoring).
DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects above malfunction condition in two

CKP sensor related part malfunction
Pulse wheel malfunction
CKP sensor malfunction

POSSIBLE
CMP sensor related part malfunction
CAUSE
Pulse wheel malfunction
CMP sensor malfunction
PCM malfunction

om
BEEN RECORDED
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
12) and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING 12) and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING
TEST RESULTS (cold start emission TEST RESULTS on the repair order, then
reduction strategy monitoring related) go to the next step.
been recorded?

2 AVAILABILITY Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according
to the available Service Bulletins.
availability. If the vehicle is not
repaired, go to the next
Is any related Service Bulletins step.
available?
IDENTIFY TRIGGER DTC FOR FREEZE FRAME DATA

3 (MODE 2) Yes Go to the next step.
Is the DTC P050B on FREEZE FRAME

No Go to the troubleshooting procedures for
DATA (Mode 2)?
DTC on FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2).
VISUALLY INSPECT CKP SENSOR AND PULSE

4 WHEEL Yes Replace the malfunctioning parts
according to the inspection results, then
Visually inspect for the CKP sensor and go to Step 8.
pulse wheel.
(See CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
Is there any malfunction? SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECT CKP SENSOR

5 Yes Replace the CKP sensor, then go to Step
Inspect the CKP sensor. 8.
(See CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) (See CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)

SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

VISUALLY INSPECT CMP SENSOR AND PULSE

6 WHEEL Yes Replace the malfunctioning parts
according to the inspection results, then
Visually inspect for the CMP sensor and go to Step 8.
pulse wheel.
(See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR
Is there any malfunction? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECT CMP SENSOR

7 Yes Replace the CMP sensor, then go to the
Inspect the CMP sensor. next step.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR
INSPECTION [LF] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P050B

step.
connectors. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.

MDS.

present?


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P050A [LF]
DTC P050A Cold start idle air control system performance problem
The actual Idle speed is lower than expected by 100 rpm for 8.4 s when the
target idle speed correction value for cold start is above 0 rpm or ignition
retard value is above 10 ° CA.
NOTE:
If the atmospheric pressure is less than 72.3 kPa {542 mmHg, 21.3
inHg} or intake air temperature is below -10 °C {14 °F}, the PCM cancels
diagnosis of P050A.

DETECTION
This is an intermittent monitor (cold start emission reduction strategy
CONDITION
monitoring).

DTC is stored in the PCM memory.
Air suction in intake air system
POSSIBLE Electronic throttle control system malfunction

CAUSE
Throttle valve stuck or blockage
PCM malfunction

BEEN RECORDED
om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
TEST RESULTS on the repair order, then
TEST RESULTS (cold start emission
reduction strategy monitoring related)
been recorded?

available?

Is the DTC P050A on FREEZE FRAME

DATA (Mode 2)?
INSPECT AIR SUCTION IN INTAKE AIR SYSTEM

Start the engine. parts according to the inspection results,
then go to Step 7.
Inspect the air suction between MAF
sensor and intake manifold.
NOTE:
Engine speed may change when rust

penetrating agent is splayed on the air
suction area.
Is there any air suction in the intake air

system?
INSPECT ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM

5 Yes Replace the malfunctioning parts
Turn the ignition switch off. according to the inspection results, then
go to Step 7.
Inspect the following parts:
APP sensor REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See ACCELERATOR (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM

PEDAL POSITION (APP) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF] .)
TP sensor
(See THROTTLE
POSITION (TP) SENSOR
INSPECTION [LF] .)
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT THROTTLE VALVE
6 Yes Clean or replace the throttle body, then
Remove the air hose at throttle valve. go to the next step.
Access the ETC_DSD PID using the M- (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM

MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

position (Engine off). No Go to the next step.
Move the throttle valve using the

ETC_DSD PID simulation function.
VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P050A

step.


MDS.

present?


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Next >
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [LF]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
MONITORING SYSTEM AND CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICE RELATIONSHIP CHART [LF]
x: Applicable
Component
Input
Battery x x x
Ignition switch x x x
A/C switch, refrigerant pressure switch (high, low pressure) x x
TP sensor x x x x x x
ECT sensor x x x x x x x x
IAT sensor x x x x x x
MAF sensor x x x x x x x
A/F sensor x x x x
om
HO2S x x x
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Fuel gauge sender unit x
BARO sensor x x
MAP sensor x
CMP sensor x
CKP sensor x x x x x x x x
VSS x x x x
Output
Fuel injector x
A/F sensor heater x
HO2S heater x
EGR valve x
Purge solenoid valve x x x x
EVAP system leak detection pump x
MIL x x x x x x x x
DLC-2 x x x x x x x x
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
OBD-II PENDING TROUBLE CODE [LF]
These appear when a problem is detected in a monitored system. The code for a failed
system is stored in the PCM memory in the first drive cycle. This code is called the
pending code. If the PCM judges that the system returned to normal or the problem was
mistakenly detected, and deletes the pending code. If the problem is found in a second
drive cycle too, the PCM judges that the system has failed, and the DTC is stored.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
OBD-II FREEZE FRAME DATA [LF]
This is the technical data which indicates the engine condition at the time of the first
malfunction. This data will remain in the memory even if another emission-related DTC is
stored, with the exception of Fuel system or Misfire DTCs. Once freeze frame data for Fuel
system or Misfire DTC is stored, it will overwrite any previous data and the freeze frame
will not be overwritten again.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
OBD-II ON-BOARD SYSTEM READINESS TEST [LF]
This shows the OBD systems operating status. If any monitor function is incomplete, M-
MDS will identify which monitor function has not been completed. The Fuel system, Misfire
and CCM are continuous monitoring-type functions. The A/F sensor, HO2S, EGR system
and Catalyst will be monitored under drive cycles. The OBD diagnostic system is initialized
by performing the DTC cancellation procedure or disconnecting the negative battery cable.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
OBD-II READ/CLEAR DIAGNOSTIC TEST RESULTS [LF]
This retrieves all stored DTCs in the PCM and clears the on-board readiness test results,
freeze frame data (Mode 2), DTC and pending trouble code.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
OBD-II PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION (PID) ACCESS [LF]
The PID mode allows access to certain data values, analog and digital inputs and outputs,
calculated values and system status information. Since the PID values for output devices
are the PCM internal data values, inspect each device to identify which output devices are
malfunctioning.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF]
DTC Reading Procedure
M-MDS.
Select “Self Test”.
Select “Modules”.
Select “PCM”.
Select “Module Tests”.
Select “PCM”.
3. Select the “Retrieve CMDTCs” and perform procedures according to directions on the M-MDS
screen.
4. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.

om
5. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the PCM, while referring to “AFTER
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
REPAIR PROCEDURE“.
Pending Trouble Code Access Procedure
M-MDS.
Select “PCM”.
Select “PCM”.
3. Then, select the “Retrieve CMDTCs” and perform procedures according to directions on the M-
MDS screen.
4. Retrieve the pending trouble codes according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
Freeze Frame PID Data Access Procedure

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M-MDS.
Select “PCM”.
Select “PCM”.
3. Then, select the “Retrieve CMDTCs” and perform procedures according to directions on the M-
MDS screen.
4. Retrieve the freeze frame PID data according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
NOTE:
Freeze frame data appears at the top of the help screen when the displayed
DTC is selected.
The freeze frame data consists of data for vehicle and engine control system
operation conditions when malfunctions in the engine control system are
detected and stored in the PCM.
There are modes 2 and 12 in the freeze frame data.
Freeze frame data (mode 2)
Freeze frame data is stored at the instant the malfunction indicator lamp
illuminates, and only a part of the DTC data is stored.
For the freeze frame data, if there are several malfunctions in the engine
control system, the data for the malfunction which occurred initially is stored.
Thereafter, if a misfire or fuel injection control malfunction occurs, data from
the misfire or fuel injection control malfunction is written over the initially
om
stored data. However, if the initially stored freeze frame data is a misfire or
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
fuel injection control malfunction, it is not overwritten.
Freeze frame data (mode 12)
The data for DTCs currently detected is stored.
The DTC recording timing differs depending on the number of DTC drive cycles.
For a DTC with a drive cycle number 1, only the malfunction

determination data is recorded.
For a DTC with a drive cycle number 2, both the malfunction

determination and undetermined data is recorded.
Freeze frame data table (mode2, mode12) table
NOTE:
Refer to PID monitor table for confirm the engine control system operation status while the
PCM does not store the DTC. (See PCM INSPECTION [LF] )
Freeze frame data items are not displayed, according to detected DTC.
Freeze
Corresponding PID
frame data Unit Description
data monitor item
item
Open Loop/Closed
FUELSYS1 Loop/OL-Drive/OL- FUELSYS Fuel system status
Fault/CL-Fault
Ratio of current intake air amount to wide-open

LOAD % —
throttle engine operation intake air amount
ECT °C ECT Engine coolant temperature
SFT1 % SHRTFT1 Short term fuel trim (front)
LFT1 % LONGFT1 Long term fuel trim
MAP kPa MAP Manifold absolute pressure
RPM RPM RPM Engine speed
VS KPH VSS Vehicle speed
SPARKADV ° SPARKADV Ignition timing

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
IAT °C IAT Intake air temperature
MAF g/sec MAF Mass airflow
TP % TP1 TP sensor No.1
RUNTM hh:mm:ss — Time from engine start
EGRPCT % SEGRP_DSD EGR valve position desired
EVAPPCT % EVAPCP Purge solenoid valve duty value
FLI % FLI Fuel level
Number of warm-up cycle after all stored DTCs

WARMUPS — —
cleared
CLRDIST Km — Mileage after all stored DTCs cleared
BARO kPa BARO Barometric pressure
CATTEMP11 °C CATT11_DSD Catalyst temperature
VPWR V VPWR Battery positive voltage
ALV % LOAD Engine load
EQ_RAT — EQ_RAT11_DSD Actual lambda signal
TP_REL % TP REL Throttle position signal (relative value)
AAT °C AAT Ambient air temperature
TP_B % TP2 TP sensor No.2
APP_D % APP1 APP sensor No.1
APP_E % APP2 APP sensor No.2
TAC_PCT % ETC_DSD Throttle control desired

om
On-Board System Readiness Tests Access Procedure

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M-MDS.
Select “Powertrain”.
Select “OBD Test Modes”.
Select “Mode 1 Powertrain Data”.
Select “PCM”.
Select “OBDII Modes”.
Select “Mode 1 Powertrain Data”.
Select “PCM”.
3. Then, select the “***SUP” and “**EVAL” PIDs in the PID selection screen.
4. Monitor those PIDs and check it system monitor is completed.
NOTE:
If the on-board system readiness tests are not completed the PCM stores DTC P1000.
PID/DATA Monitor and Record Procedure
NOTE:
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M-MDS.
Select “DataLogger”.
Select “PCM”.
Select “PCM”.
4. Verify the PID data according to the detections on the screen.
Diagnostic Monitoring Test Results Access Procedure
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M-MDS.
Select “OBD Test Modes”.
Select “Mode 6 On-Board Test Results”.
Select “OBDII Modes”.
Select “Mode 6 On-Board Test Results”.
3. Verify the diagnostic monitoring test result according to the directions on the screen.
M-MDS.
Select “PCM”.
Select “PCM”.
3. Select the simulation items from the PID table.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4. Perform the simulation function, inspect the operations for each parts.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [LF]
M-MDS.
Select “PCM”.
Select “Retrieve CMDTCs”.
Select “PCM”.
Select “Retrieve CMDTCs”.
< Previous Next >

om
.c
Back to Top
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [LF]
NOTE:
Perform a KOER self test while idling.
M-MDS.
Select “PCM”.
Select “PCM”.
3. Then, select the “KOEO On Demand Self Test” or “KOER On Demand Self Test” and perform
procedures according to directions on the M-MDS screen.

5. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the PCM, while referring to “AFTER
om
.c
REPAIR PROCEDURE“.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
OBD-II DRIVE MODE [LF]
Using the OBD-II drive mode, the monitoring item requested by OBD-II regulations can be easily diagnosed.
Performing the Drive Mode inspects the OBD-II system for proper operation and must be performed to ensure that no
additional DTCs are present.
The OBD-II drive mode is divided into the specific drive mode and single drive mode.
For the specific drive mode, specified drive modes have been set for each individual monitoring item requested by OBD-II
regulations, and they can be diagnosed individually. For the single drive mode, the entire monitoring item requested by
OBD-II regulations can be diagnosed.
The following modes are in the specific drive mode. The applicable system is diagnosed by driving in the following drive
modes:
Mode 03 (PCM Adaptive Memory Production, EGR System, A/F Sensor Heater, HO2S Heater, A/F Sensor,
HO2S, and TWC Repair Verification Drive Mode)
Mode 06 (EVAP System Repair Verification Drive Mode)
The following systems are diagnosed with the single drive mode:
EGR system
Oxygen sensor (A/F sensor, HO2S)
Oxygen sensor heater (A/F sensor heater, HO2S heater)
Catalytic converter (TWC)
Evaporative (EVAP) system
CAUTION:
While performing the Drive Mode, always operate the vehicle in a safe and lawful manner.
When the M-MDS is used to observe monitor system status while driving, be sure to have another technician with you, or
record the data in the M-MDS using the PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD function and inspect later.
NOTE:
Vehicle speed and engine speed detected by the PCM may differ from that indicated by the speedometer and tachometer.
Use the M-MDS to monitor vehicle speed.
If the OBD-II system inspection is not completed during the Drive Mode, the following causes are considered:
The OBD-II system detects the malfunction.
The Drive Mode procedure is not completed correctly.
Disconnecting the battery will reset the memory. Do not disconnect the battery during and after Drive Mode.
The M-MDS can be used at anytime through the course of the Drive Mode to monitor the completion status. Monitoring can
be done by viewing the ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS menu.
The OBD monitoring status can be confirmed with the ignition switch operation. During KOEO, the MIL illuminates for a fail-
light inspection for approx. 17 s. The OBD monitoring status is confirmed after the fail-light inspection.
If all of the diagnosis is completed even one time, the MIL will continue to illuminate.
If all of the diagnosis is not completed, the MIL flashes for approx. 7 s, and then it illuminates until the
engine is started.
Mode 03 (PCM Adaptive Memory Production, EGR System, A/F Sensor Heater, HO2S Heater, A/F Sensor, HO2S, and TWC Repair
Verification Drive Mode)
1. Start the engine and warm it up completely.

om
2. Verify all accessory loads (A/C, headlights, blower fan, rear window defroster) are off.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3. Drive the vehicle as shown in the graph. The driving conditions before driving at constant speed are not specified.
4. Stop the vehicle and access ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS menu of GENERIC OBD-II FUNCTION to verify the OBD monitoring
status.
If completed, the OBD monitoring status items change from non-completed to completed.
If not completed, turn the ignition switch off then repeat from Step 3.
5. Access DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS menu of GENERIC OBD-II FUNCTIONS to verify the monitor results.
If detected values are not within the specification, repair has not been completed.
6. Verify no DTCs are available.
Mode 06 (EVAP System Repair Verification Drive Mode)
NOTE:
If “EVAP System Repair Verification Drive Mode” cannot be performed (it is impossible to drive the vehicle under this drive
mode condition), perform evaporative system test procedure as an alternative. (See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)
1. Verify that all of the following PIDs are within the following specifications. All PIDs must be within specifications before engine is
started to initiate the evaporative system test.
BARO: above72.2 kPa {542 mmHg, 21.3 inHg}
IAT: 5—35 °C {41—95 °F}
FTL: 15—85%
VPWR: above 10.9 V
2. Start the engine.
3. Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M-MDS. (See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [LF] .)
4. Stop the engine, then leave vehicle for 5.0 h or more.
5. Start the engine and idle for more than 5 min.
6. Drive the vehicle at speed of 65—80 km/h {40—50 mph} for more than 5 min.
7. Stop the engine, then leave vehicle for 5.5 h or more.

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
9. Access the ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS to verify the OBD monitoring status.
If completed, the OBD monitoring status items change from non-completed to completed.
If not completed, turn the ignition switch off then go back to Step 1.
10. Access the DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS to verify the monitor results.
If detected values are not within specification, repair has not completed.
11. Verify no DTCs are available.
Single Drive Mode
1. Verify all accessory loads (A/C, headlights, blower fan, rear window defroster) are off.
3. Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M-MDS. (See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [LF] .)
4. Verify that all of the following PIDs are within the following specifications. All PIDs must be within specifications from Step 5 to
Step 6.
BARO: above 72.2 kPa {542 mmHg, 21.3 inHg}
IAT: 5—35 °C {41—95 °F}
FTL: 15—85%
VPWR: above 10.9 V
5. With the vehicle stopped, race the engine at the engine speed indicated, and then drive the vehicle as shown in the graph. The
driving conditions before driving at constant speed are not specified. If possible, monitor RPM PID for engine speed during this
procedure.
6. Access the ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS to verify the OBD monitoring status.
If completed, all of the OBD monitoring status items change from non-completed to completed.
If not completed, turn the ignition switch off, then perform the applicable specific drive mode for any monitoring
item that was not in the detection condition.
om
.c
7. Access the DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS to verify the monitor results.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If detected values are not within specification, repair has not been completed.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS [LF]
The purpose of this test mode is to confirm the result of OBD-II monitor diagnostic test
results. The result values stored when particular monitor is completed are displayed. If the
monitor is not completed, initial value is displayed.
OBD Monitor Test Scaling

Description Related system Unit
ID ID ID
01 80 A/F sensor lean-to-rich response time (calculated) 20 Ratio
01 81 A/F sensor rich-to-lean response time (calculated) 20 Ratio
01 82 A/F sensor lean-to-rich response time (calculated) 20 Ratio
01 83 A/F sensor rich-to-lean response time (calculated) 20 Ratio
A/F sensor,
Low HO2S voltage for switch time calculation HO2S
02 03 0A Voltage
(constant)
High HO2S voltage for switch time calculation

02 04 0A Voltage
(constant)
02 05 HO2S rich-to-lean response time (calculated) 10 Time
02 80 Response timeout (calculated) 10 Time
21 80 A/F sensor and HO2S switching time ratio Catalyst 20 Ratio
31 83 EGR pressure variation EGR 17 Pressure
35 80 Over-retarded 9C Angle
OCV
35 81 Over-advanced 9C Angle
3A 80 EVAP system leak detection pump large leak check 0D Current

om
.c
3B 80 EVAP system leak detection pump small leak check 0D Current

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
EVAP system leak detection pump very small leak Raw
3C 80*1 05
check value
EVAP
3D 80 Purge flow monitor 0D Current
41 80 A/F sensor heater test result and limits 13 Ohm
42 80 HO2S heater test result and limits 14 Ohm
A2 0B Cylinder No.1 average misfire counts for last 10 DC 24 Counts
A2 0C Cylinder No.1 misfire counts for last/current DC 24 Counts

Misfire
*1
California emission regulation applicable model
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC TABLE [LF]
×: Applicable—: Not applicable
Generator Self
Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Monitor item test Page
function
light type*1
(See DTC
B1342 PCM malfunction OFF OFF — — C, O —
B1342 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0011 CMP timing over-advanced ON OFF 1 CCM C, R ×
P0011 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0012 CMP timing over-retarded ON OFF 2 CCM C, R ×
P0012 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0016 CKP-CMP correlation ON OFF 2 CCM C ×
P0016 [LF] .)
A/F sensor
A/F sensor heater control C, O, (See DTC
P0030 ON OFF 2 heater, HO2S ×
circuit problem R P0030 [LF] .)
heater
A/F sensor
A/F sensor heater circuit low C, O, (See DTC
input R P0031 [LF] .)
heater
A/F sensor
A/F sensor heater circuit high C, O, (See DTC
heater
A/F sensor
C, O, (See DTC
P0037 HO2S heater circuit low input ON OFF 2 heater, HO2S ×
R P0037 [LF] .)
heater
A/F sensor
C, O, (See DTC
P0038 HO2S heater circuit high input ON OFF 2 heater, HO2S ×
R P0038 [LF] .)
heater
A/F sensor
om
(See DTC
.c
P0053 A/F sensor heater resistance ON OFF 2 heater, HO2S C, R ×

d
P0053 [LF] .)
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
heater
A/F sensor
(See DTC
P0054 HO2S heater resistance ON OFF 2 heater, HO2S C, R ×
P0054 [LF] .)
heater
Manifold absolute
(See DTC
P0069 pressure/atmospheric pressure ON OFF 2 CCM C ×
P0069 [LF] .)
correlation
MAF sensor circuit (See DTC

P0101 ON OFF 2 CCM C ×
range/performance problem P0101 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0102 MAF sensor circuit low input ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P0102 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0103 MAF sensor circuit high input ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P0103 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0107 MAP sensor circuit low input ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P0107 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0108 MAP sensor circuit high input ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P0108 [LF] .)
IAT sensor circuit (See DTC

C, O, (See DTC
P0112 IAT sensor circuit low input ON ON 1 CCM ×
R P0112 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0113 IAT sensor circuit high input ON ON 1 CCM ×
R P0113 [LF] .)
Engine coolant temperature

Engine cooling (See DTC
P0116 circuit range/performance ON OFF 1 C ×
system P0116 [LF] .)
problem
Engine cooling C, O, (See DTC

P0117 ECT sensor circuit low input ON OFF 1 ×
system R P0117 [LF] .)
Engine cooling C, O, (See DTC

P0118 ECT sensor circuit high input ON OFF 1 ×
system R P0118 [LF] .)
TP sensor No.1 circuit low C, O, (See DTC

P0122 ON OFF 1 CCM ×
om
.c
TP sensor No.1 circuit high C, O, (See DTC

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Excessive time to enter closed Engine cooling (See DTC

P0125 ON OFF 2 C ×
loop fuel control system P0125 [LF] .)
Engine cooling
P0126 ON OFF 2 C ×
system (See DTC
Coolant thermostat stuck open P0126, P0128
Engine cooling [LF] .)
P0128 ON OFF 2 C ×
system
C, O, (See DTC
P0130 A/F sensor circuit problem ON OFF 2 A/F sensor, HO2S ×
R P0130 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0131 A/F sensor circuit low input ON OFF 2 A/F sensor, HO2S ×
R P0131 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0132 A/F sensor circuit high input ON OFF 2 A/F sensor, HO2S ×
R P0132 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0133 A/F sensor circuit problem ON OFF 2 A/F sensor, HO2S C ×
P0133 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0134 A/F sensor no activity detected ON OFF 2 A/F sensor, HO2S C, R ×
P0134 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0137 HO2S circuit low input ON OFF 2 A/F sensor, HO2S ×
R P0137 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0138 HO2S circuit high input ON OFF 2 A/F sensor, HO2S ×
R P0138 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0139 HO2S circuit slow response ON OFF 2 A/F sensor, HO2S C ×
P0139 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0140 HO2S no activity detected ON OFF 2 A/F sensor, HO2S C, R ×
P0140 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0171 Fuel trim system too lean ON OFF 2 Fuel system C, R ×
P0171 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0172 Fuel trim system too rich ON OFF 2 Fuel system C, R ×
P0172 [LF] .)
TP sensor No.2 circuit low C, O, (See DTC

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
TP sensor No.2 circuit high C, O, (See DTC
(See DTC
P0300 Random misfire detected Flash/ON OFF 2 Misfire C, R ×
P0300 [LF] .)
P0301 Cylinder No.1 misfire detected Flash/ON OFF 2 Misfire C, R ×
(See DTC
P0302 Cylinder No.2 misfire detected Flash/ON OFF 2 Misfire C, R × P0301,
P0302,
P0303 Cylinder No.3 misfire detected Flash/ON OFF 2 Misfire C, R × P0303, P0304
[LF] .)
P0304 Cylinder No.4 misfire detected Flash/ON OFF 2 Misfire C, R ×
C, O, (See DTC
P0327 KS circuit low input ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P0327 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0328 KS circuit high input ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P0328 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0335 CKP sensor circuit problem ON OFF 1 CCM C ×
P0335 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0340 CMP sensor circuit problem ON OFF 1 CCM C ×
P0340 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0401 EGR flow insufficient detected ON OFF 2 EGR system C, R ×
P0401 [LF] .)
EGR valve (stepping motor) C, O, (See DTC

circuit problem R P0403 [LF] .)
Warm up catalyst system (See DTC

P0421 ON OFF 2 Catalyst C ×
efficiency below threshold P0421 [LF] .)
EVAP system incorrect purge (See DTC

P0441 ON OFF 2 EVAP system C, R ×
flow P0441 [LF] .)
(See DTC
EVAP system leak detected P0442,
(small leak) P0455, P0456
[LF] .)
Purge solenoid valve circuit C, O, (See DTC

problem R P0443 [LF] .)
om
Change over valve (COV)

.c
(See DTC
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
P0446 (EVAP system leak detection ON OFF 2 CCM C, R ×
P0446 [LF] .)
pump) stuck close
EVAP system leak detected

P0455 ON OFF 2 EVAP system C, R × (See DTC
(gross leak/no flow)
P0442,
P0455, P0456
EVAP system leak detected [LF] .)
(very small leak)
Fuel gauge sender unit (See DTC

Fuel gauge sender unit circuit C, O, (See DTC

low input R P0462 [LF] .)
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit C, O, (See DTC

high input R P0463 [LF] .)
Cooling fan relay No.1 control C, O, (See DTC

P0480 OFF OFF 1 Other ×
circuit malfunction R P0480 [LF] .)


(See DTC
P0500 VSS circuit problem ON OFF 2 CCM C ×
P0500 [LF] .)
Idle speed control system (See DTC

P0505 OFF OFF — — R —
problem P0505 [LF] .)
Idle speed control system RPM (See DTC

lower than expected P0506 [LF] .)
Idle speed control system RPM (See DTC

higher than expected P0507 [LF] .)
Cold start
emission
Cold start idle air control (See DTC
P050A ON OFF 2 reduction C, R ×
system performance problem P050A [LF] .)
strategy
monitoring
Cold start
emission
Cold start ignition timing (See DTC
om
P050B ON OFF 2 reduction C, R ×

.c
performance problem P050B [LF] .)

d
strategy
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
monitoring
(See DTC
P0550 PSP switch circuit malfunction ON OFF 2 CCM C ×
P0550 [LF] .)
Cruise control switch circuit (See DTC

P0564 *2 OFF OFF 1 Other C ×
malfunction P0564 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0571 Brake switch circuit problem OFF OFF 1 Other C ×
P0571 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0601 PCM memory check sum error ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P0601 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0602 PCM programming error ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P0602 [LF] .)
PCM random access memory C, O, (See DTC

(RAM) error R P0604 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0606 PCM processor error ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P0606 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P0610 PCM vehicle options error ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P0610 [LF] .)
Throttle valve actuator control

(See DTC
P0638 circuit range/performance ON OFF 1 CCM C ×
P0638 [LF] .)
problem
Variable intake air solenoid C, O, (See DTC

valve circuit low input R P0661 [LF] .)
Variable intake air solenoid C, O, (See DTC

valve circuit high input R P0662 [LF] .)
(See DTC
P0685 Main relay control circuit open ON OFF 2 CCM C ×
P0685 [LF] .)
Internal control module non-

C, O, (See DTC
P06B8 volatile random access ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P06B8 [LF] .)
memory error
Brake switch input circuit (See DTC

CPP switch input circuit (See DTC

om
P0704 *3 ON OFF 2 CCM C ×

.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Neutral switch input circuit (See DTC
P0850 *3 ON OFF 2 CCM C ×
(See DTC
P1260 Immobilizer system problem OFF OFF — — C, O —
P1260 [LF] .)
Variable tumble shutter valve (See DTC

P2004 ON OFF 2 CCM C, R ×
stuck open P2004 [LF] .)
Variable tumble shutter valve (See DTC

stuck closed P2006 [LF] .)
Variable tumble solenoid valve C, O, (See DTC

circuit low input R P2009 [LF] .)
Variable tumble solenoid valve C, O, (See DTC

circuit high input R P2010 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P2088 OCV circuit low input ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P2088 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P2089 OCV circuit high input ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P2089 [LF] .)
Target A/F feedback system (See DTC

P2096 ON OFF 2 Fuel system C ×
too lean P2096 [LF] .)
Target A/F feedback system (See DTC

P2097 ON OFF 2 Fuel system C ×
too rich P2097 [LF] .)
Throttle valve actuator circuit (See DTC

Throttle valve actuator control (See DTC

module processor error P2107 [LF] .)
Throttle valve actuator control (See DTC

module performance error P2108 [LF] .)
TP sensor minimum stop (See DTC


(See DTC
P2112 system range/performance ON OFF 1 CCM C, R ×
P2112 [LF] .)
problem
om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See DTC
P2119 throttle body ON OFF 2 CCM C, R ×
P2119 [LF] .)
range/performance problem
APP sensor No.1 circuit low C, O, (See DTC

APP sensor No.1 circuit high C, O, (See DTC

APP sensor No.2 circuit low C, O, (See DTC

APP sensor No.2 circuit high C, O, (See DTC

TP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage C, O, (See DTC

correlation problem R P2135 [LF] .)
APP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage C, O, (See DTC

correlation problem R P2138 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P2228 BARO sensor circuit low input ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P2228 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P2229 BARO sensor circuit high input ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P2229 [LF] .)
Accelerator pedal: spring back (See DTC

P2299 OFF OFF 1 Other C, R ×
malfunction P2299 [LF] .)
EVAP system leak detection (See DTC

pump motor circuit low input P2401 [LF] .)

pump motor circuit high input P2402 [LF] .)

pump sense circuit problem P2404 [LF] .)

pump sense circuit low input P2405 [LF] .)
Charging system voltage (See DTC

P2502 OFF ON 1 Other C, R ×
Charging system voltage low (See DTC

om
input P2503 [LF] .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Charging system voltage high (See DTC
input P2504 [LF] .)
C, O, (See DTC
P2507 PCM battery voltage low input ON OFF 1 CCM ×
R P2507 [LF] .)
PCM internal engine off timer (See DTC

performance problem P2610 [LF] .)
CAN system communication

U0073 (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)
error
U0101*4 Communication error to TCM (See FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] .)

HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
instrument cluster
*1
C: CMDTC self test, O: KOEO self test, R: KOER self test

*2
With cruise control system

*3
MT
*4
AT
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0011 [LF]
DTC P0011 CMP timing over-advanced
The actual valve timing is over-advanced by 15 ° from the target valve

timing for specified period when the OCV is controlled in the maximum valve
timing retard condition.
Engine coolant temperature: above 63 °C {145.4 °F}
DETECTION Diagnostic support note

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition
during the first drive cycle.
OCV malfunction
Spool valve in OCV is stuck in advanced position
POSSIBLE Stopper pin mechanism malfunction

CAUSE
Variable valve timing actuator is stuck in advanced position
Loose timing chain or improper valve timing due to timing chain slippage
PCM malfunction
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE

1 12) HAS BEEN RECORDED Yes Go to the next step.
Has the FREEZE FRAME

DATA (Mode 12) been No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) on the repair
order, then go to the next step.
recorded?
om
d .c
VERIFY RELATED SERVICE

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2 BULLETINS AVAILABILITY Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to the available
Service Bulletins.
Verify related Service
Bulletins availability. If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the
next step.
Is any related Service
Bulletins available?
INSPECT OCV FOR MALFUNCTION

Start the engine.
Increase the engine No Replace the OCV, then go to Step 6.

speed.
(See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Stop the engine. [LF] .)
Remove the OCV.
(See OIL CONTROL

VALVE (OCV)
[LF] .)
Inspect the position of

the spool valve in the
OCV.
(See OIL CONTROL

VALVE (OCV)
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Is the spool valve

located at the valve
retard position?
INSPECT STOPPER PIN MECHANISM

Remove the timing
chain.
No Replace the variable valve timing actuator, then go to
Inspect the stopper pin. Step 6.
(See VARIABLE VALVE (See VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR

TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Is the stopper pin

mechanism normal?
INSPECT ROTOR POSITION

5 Yes Variable valve timing mechanism is normal.
Remove the variable
valve timing actuator. NOTE:
(See VARIABLE VALVE This DTC is detected as an intermittent

TIMING ACTUATOR concern.
An intermittent concern might be
[LF] .)
om
removed using the cleaning mode of the

d .c
variable valve timing control function.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the rotor position at
the maximum valve
timing retard?
No Replace the variable valve timing actuator, go to the

next step.
(See VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR

VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC

6 P0011 COMPLETED Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

all disconnected
PCM memory using the
M-MDS.

off.

warm it up completely.
Is the same DTC

present?

Perform the “AFTER
REPAIR PROCEDURE”. (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0012 [LF]
DTC P0012 CMP timing over-retarded
The actual valve timing is over-retarded by 10 ° from the target valve

timing for specified period when the OCV system control is within the
feedback range.
Engine coolant temperature: above 63 °C {145.4 °F}
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in
two consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same

Low engine oil pressure
Loose timing chain or improper valve timing due to timing chain slippage
OCV malfunction
Spool valve in the OCV is stuck in retard position

POSSIBLE
The following oil runners are clogged or have leakage
CAUSE
Between the oil pressure switch and the OCV
Between the OCV and the variable valve timing actuator
In the variable valve timing actuator
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

1 12) HAS BEEN RECORDED Yes Go to the next step.

No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) on the
DATA (Mode 12) been
repair order, then go to the next step.
recorded?

2 BULLETINS AVAILABILITY Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to the
available Service Bulletins.
next step.
VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE

3 AND STORED DTC Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Turn the ignition switch (See DTC P2088 [LF] .)

off, then to the ON
position (Engine off).
Verify related PENDING No Go to the next step.

CODE and stored DTC.
Is the DTC P2088 or

P2089 also present?
VERIFY ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

4 Yes Inspect the engine oil pressure, then go to Step 8.
Start the engine.
(See OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .)
Does the oil pressure
VERIFY TIMING CHAIN

5 INSTALLATION Yes Go to the next step.
Stop the engine.

No Reinstall the timing chain, then go to Step 8.
Remove the cylinder
head cover.
Is the camshaft timing

mark at the correct
point?
(See TIMING CHAIN

[LF] .)
INSPECT OCV
6 Yes Replace the OCV, then go to Step 8.
Inspect the OCV.
(See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(See OIL CONTROL VALVE [LF] .)
om
.c
(OCV) INSPECTION [LF] .)

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is there any No Go to the next step.
malfunction?
INSPECT ENGINE OIL RUNNER

7 Yes Repair or replace the suspected runner, then go to the
Inspect the following next step.
engine oil runners for
clogging or leakage:
No Variable valve timing mechanism is normal.
Between
NOTE:
oil
pressure This DTC is detected by intermittent
switch concern.
and
OCV An intermittent concern might be
removed using the cleaning mode of
Between the variable valve timing control
OCV function.
and
variable Go to the next step.
valve
timing
actuator
In
variable
valve
timing
actuator
Is there any clogging or

leakage?


all disconnected
M-MDS.

off.

warm it up completely.
Is the PENDING CODE

for this DTC present?

(See AFTER REPAIR

om

d .c
PROCEDURE [LF] .)
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0016 [LF]
DTC P0016 CKP-CMP correlation
The PCM monitors the input pulses from the CKP sensor and CMP sensor. If
the input pulse pick-up timing do not match each other, the PCM determines
that the camshaft position does not coincide with the crankshaft position.
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in
CONDITION two consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same

CMP sensor connector or terminals malfunction
Foreign material on CMP sensor
Damaged or scratched CMP sensor pulse wheel
CKP sensor connector or terminals malfunction

POSSIBLE
Foreign material on CKP sensor
CAUSE
Damaged or scratched CKP sensor pulse wheel
PCM connector or terminals malfunction
Improper valve timing
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) on
the repair order, then go to the next step.

2 AVAILABILITY Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to the
availability. If the vehicle is not repaired,
Is any related Service Bulletins
available?
INSPECT CMP SENSOR CONNECTOR AND

3 TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals,
then go to Step 13.
Disconnect the CMP sensor No Go to the next step.

connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such

as damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
INSPECT CMP SENSOR FOR FOREIGN

4 MATERIAL Yes Remove foreign material from the CMP sensor,
then go to Step 13.
Remove the CMP sensor.
(See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) No Go to the next step.

SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
Inspect the CMP sensor for

foreign materials.
Is there any foreign material on

the CMP sensor?
INSPECT CMP SENSOR PULSE WHEEL

5 Yes Replace the CMP sensor pulse wheel, then go to
Visually inspect the CMP sensor Step 13.
pulse wheel.
Are there any damage or REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
scratches at the CMP sensor
pulse wheel?
INSPECT CMP SENSOR

6 Yes Replace the CMP sensor, then go to Step 13.
Inspect the CMP sensor.
om

d .c
(See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
Is there any malfunction? No Go to the next step.
INSPECT CKP SENSOR CONNECTOR AND

then go to Step 13.
Disconnect the CKP sensor No Go to the next step.

connector.

corrosion).
INSPECT CKP SENSOR FOR FOREIGN

8 MATERIAL Yes Remove foreign material from the CKP sensor,
then go to Step 13.
Remove the CKP sensor.
Inspect the CKP sensor for No Go to the next step.

foreign material.
Is there any foreign material on

the CKP sensor?
INSPECT CKP SENSOR PULSE WHEEL

9 Yes Replace the CKP sensor pulse wheel, then go to
Visually inspect the CKP sensor Step 13.
pulse wheel.
(See CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
Are there any damage or REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
scratches on the CKP sensor
pulse wheel?
INSPECT CKP SENSOR

10 Yes Replace the CKP sensor, then go to Step 13.
Inspect the CKP sensor.
(See CRANKSHAFT POSITION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

11 Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals,
Turn the ignition switch off. then go to Step 13.
Disconnect the PCM sensor

connector. No Go to the next step.

corrosion).

om
INSPECT VALVE TIMING

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the valve timing.
(See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) No Adjust the valve timing properly, then go to the
INSPECTION [LF] .) next step.
Is the valve timing normal? (See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[LF] .)

13 COMPLETED Yes Replace PCM, then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect all (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

disconnected connectors.
Turn the ignition switch to the No Go to the next step.

ON position.

Start the engine and run it at the

idle.
Retrieve the DTC using the M-

MDS.
Is the PENDING CODE for this

DTC present?


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0030 [LF]
DTC P0030 A/F sensor heater control circuit problem
The PCM monitors the A/F sensor impedance when under the A/F sensor
heater control for 200 s. If the impedance is more than 44 ohms, the PCM
determines that there is a A/F sensor heater control circuit problem.
This is an intermittent monitor (A/F sensor heater, HO2S heater).

A/F sensor connector or terminals malfunction
POSSIBLE A/F sensor heater malfunction

CAUSE
PCM malfunction

1 DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS HAVE BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED
No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA
Have the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) and
(Mode 12) and DIAGNOSTIC
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A/F
MONITORING TEST RESULTS on
sensor heater, HO2S heater related) been
the repair order, then go to the
recorded?
next step.
om
VERIFY RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS AVAILABILITY

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2 Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis
Verify related Service Bulletins availability. according to the available
Service Bulletins.
Is any related Service Bulletins available?
If the vehicle is
not repaired, go
to the next
step.

Turn the ignition switch off, then to the ON inspection.
Verify related PENDING CODE and stored DTC.
Are any DTCs present? No Go to the next step.
INSPECT A/F SENSOR CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

4 Yes Repair or replace the connector
Turn the ignition switch off. or terminals, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the A/F sensor connector.

Inspect for poor connection (such as
INSPECT A/F SENSOR HEATER

5 Yes Replace the A/F sensor, then go
Inspect the A/F sensor heater. to Step 7.
(See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR INSPECTION (See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F)
[LF] .) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)

6 Yes Repair or replace the connector
Disconnect the PCM connector. or terminals, then go to the next
step.
VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0030 COMPLETED

7 Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the
Make sure to reconnect all disconnected next step.
connectors.
(See PCM
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
M-MDS.
Perform the KOEO or KOER self test (using M- No Go to the next step.
om
MDS) or Drive Mode 03 (PCM Adaptive Memory

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Production, EGR System, A/F Sensor Heater,
HO2S Heater, A/F Sensor, HO2S, and TWC
Repair Verification Drive Mode) (not using M-
MDS).
Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC present?

Perform the “AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE”. inspection.
(See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [LF] .) (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0031 [LF]
DTC P0031 A/F sensor heater circuit low input
The PCM monitors the A/F sensor heater control voltage when the PCM turns the A/F sensor heater on. If the
control voltage is less than 90% of the battery voltage, the PCM determines that the A/F sensor heater
control circuit voltage is low.
This is a continuous monitor (A/F sensor heater, HO2S heater).

DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or in
one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
Open circuit or short to ground in A/F sensor heater power supply circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition relay and A/F sensor terminal C
A/F sensor heater power supply circuit related fuse malfunction
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition relay and A/F sensor terminal C
CAUSE
A/F sensor heater malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between A/F sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 2BG
Open circuit in wiring harness between A/F sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 2BG
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 12) AND DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING

1 TEST RESULTS HAVE BEEN RECORDED Yes Go to the next step.
Have the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) and DIAGNOSTIC

MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A/F sensor heater, HO2S heater No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12)
and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST
related) been recorded?
RESULTS on the repair order, then go to the
next step.

2 Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to
Verify related Service Bulletins availability. the available Service Bulletins.
Is any related Service Bulletins available? If the vehicle is not

step.


Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/pulled-out pins, and
corrosion).
om
d .c
oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT A/F SENSOR HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
4 OR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Go to the next step.
A/F sensor connector is disconnected.

No Inspect the A/F sensor heater power supply
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine off). circuit related fuse.
Measure the voltage between A/F sensor terminal C (wiring harness- If the fuse is melt:
side) and body ground.
Repair or
Is the voltage B+? replace the
wiring
harness for
a possible
short to
ground.
Replace the
fuse.
If the fuse is deterioration:
Replace the
fuse.
If the fuse is normal:
Repair or
replace the
wiring
harness for
a possible
open
circuit.
Go to Step 9.

5 Yes Replace the A/F sensor, then go to Step 9.
(See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
Inspect the A/F sensor heater. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .)

INSPECT A/F SENSOR HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

6 Yes If the short to ground circuit could be
A/F sensor connector is disconnected. detected:
Inspect for continuity between A/F sensor terminal D (wiring Repair or replace the wiring
harness-side) and body ground. harness for a possible short
to ground.
If the short to ground circuit could not be
detected:
Replace the PCM (short to

ground in PCM internal
circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.

Disconnect the PCM connector. then go to Step 9.

corrosion). No Go to the next step.
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT A/F SENSOR HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
A/F sensor and PCM connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between A/F sensor terminal D (wiring No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2BG (wiring harness-side). possible open circuit, then go to the next
step.

Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M-MDS.
Perform the KOEO or KOER self test (using M-MDS) or Drive Mode 03 No Go to the next step.
(PCM Adaptive Memory Production, EGR System, A/F Sensor Heater,
HO2S Heater, A/F Sensor, HO2S, and TWC Repair Verification Drive
Mode) (not using M-MDS).

Perform the “AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE”.
Are any DTCs present? No DTC troubleshooting completed.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0032 [LF]
DTC P0032 A/F sensor heater circuit high input
The PCM monitors the A/F sensor heater control voltage when the PCM turns the A/F sensor heater off. If the
control voltage exceeds 10% of the battery voltage, the PCM determines that the A/F sensor heater control
circuit voltage is high.

DETECTION

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Short to power supply in wiring harness between A/F sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 2BG
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


next step.


step.


corrosion).
om
d .c
oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the A/F sensor heater.
(See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)



INSPECT A/F SENSOR HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER

6 SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible short to power supply, then go to
A/F sensor and PCM connectors are disconnected. the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine off).

Measure the voltage between A/F sensor terminal D (wiring harness-
Is there any voltage?


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0037 [LF]
DTC P0037 HO2S heater circuit low input
The PCM monitors the HO2S heater control voltage when the PCM turns the HO2S heater on. If the control
voltage is less than 90 % of the battery voltage, the PCM determines that the HO2S heater control circuit
voltage is low.

DETECTION
HO2S connector or terminals malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in HO2S heater power supply circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition relay and HO2S terminal C
HO2S heater power supply circuit related fuse malfunction
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition relay and HO2S terminal C
CAUSE
HO2S heater malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between HO2S terminal D and PCM terminal 2BE
Open circuit in wiring harness between HO2S terminal D and PCM terminal 2BE
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


related) been recorded? and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST
next step.


step.
INSPECT HO2S CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

Disconnect the HO2S connector.

corrosion).
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT HO2S HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR
4 SHORT TO GROUND Yes Go to the next step.
HO2S connector is disconnected.

No Inspect the HO2S heater power supply circuit
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine off). related fuse.
Measure the voltage between HO2S terminal C (wiring harness-side) If the fuse is melt:
and body ground.
Repair or
Is the voltage B+? replace the
wiring
harness for
a possible
short to
ground.
Replace the
fuse.
Replace the
fuse.
Repair or
replace the
wiring
harness for
a possible
open
circuit.
Go to Step 9.
INSPECT HO2S HEATER

5 Yes Replace the HO2S, then go to Step 9.
(See HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S)
Inspect the HO2S heater. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) INSPECTION [LF] .)

INSPECT HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

HO2S connector is disconnected. detected:
Inspect for continuity between HO2S terminal D (wiring harness-side) Repair or replace the wiring
and body ground. harness for a possible short
to ground.
detected:

circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.



om
d .c
oa
INSPECT HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
HO2S and PCM connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between HO2S terminal D (wiring harness-side) No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
and PCM terminal 2BE (wiring harness-side). possible open circuit, then go to the next
step.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0038 [LF]
DTC P0038 HO2S heater circuit high input
The PCM monitors the HO2S heater control voltage when the PCM turns the HO2S heater off. If the control
voltage exceeds 10 % of the battery voltage, the PCM determines that the HO2S heater control circuit
voltage is high.

DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Short to power supply in wiring harness between HO2S terminal D and PCM terminal 2BE
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


RESULTS on the repair order, then go to
the next step.

2 Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according
Verify related Service Bulletins availability. to the available Service Bulletins.

step.

3 Yes Repair or replace the connector or
Turn the ignition switch off. terminals, then go to Step 7.

om

d .c
oa
corrosion).
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT HO2S HEATER

Inspect the HO2S heater.
(See HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) INSPECTION [LF] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)


Disconnect the PCM connector. terminals, then go to Step 7.

INSPECT HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY

6 Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
HO2S and PCM connectors are disconnected. possible short to power supply, then go to
the next step.
Measure the voltage between HO2S terminal D (wiring harness- No Go to the next step.

Perform the KOEO or KOER self test (using M-MDS) or Drive Mode No Go to the next step.
03 (PCM Adaptive Memory Production, EGR System, A/F Sensor
Heater, HO2S Heater, A/F Sensor, HO2S, and TWC Repair
Verification Drive Mode) (not using M-MDS).

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
© 2010 Mazda North American Operations, U.S.A. d
om
.c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0069 [LF]
DTC P0069 Manifold absolute pressure/atmospheric pressure correlation
The PCM monitors differences between intake manifold vacuum and

atmospheric pressure. If the difference is below –12 kPa {–90 mmHg, –
3.5 inHg} or above 12 kPa {90 mmHg, 3.5 inHg} when the following
conditions are met, the PCM determines that there is a MAP sensor
performance problem.
12—15 s from when ignition switch is turned off.

DETECTION
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).

MAP sensor malfunction or substandard performance

POSSIBLE
BARO sensor malfunction or substandard performance
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 12)

1 HAS BEEN RECORDED Yes Go to the next step.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
availability. If the vehicle is not repaired, go
to the next step.
available?
VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE AND

3 STORED DTC Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Turn the ignition switch to off, (See DTC P0107 [LF] .)

then to start the engine.
Verify related PENDING CODE
and stored DTC.
Is the DTC P0107, P0108, P2228
or P2229 also present?
IDENTIFY TRIGGER DTC FOR FREEZE FRAME

4 DATA (MODE 2) Yes Go to the next step.
Is the DTC P0069 on the FREEZE

No Go to the troubleshooting procedures for DTC on
FRAME DATA (Mode 2)?
FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2).
INSPECT MAP SENSOR

5 Yes Replace the MAP sensor, then go to Step 7.
Inspect the MAP sensor.
(See MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP)
(See MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT BARO SENSOR

Inspect the BARO sensor.
(See BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
(BARO) SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF] .)

7 COMPLETED Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.


ON position (Engine off).
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Start the engine.
Stop the engine then turn the

ignition switch to ON position
(Engine off)
Wait 15 sec. or more with the

ignition switch to ON position
(Engine off)

DTC present?


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0101 [LF]
DTC P0101 MAF sensor circuit range/performance problem
When the conditions are as follows, the PCM compares the intake airflow
amount with the estimated intake airflow amount (calculated from the
barometric pressure, MAP sensor and throttle opening angle).
Engine speed: below 4,500 rpm
Barometric pressure divided by intake manifold absolute

pressure: above 1.2
Throttle position—throttle position before 20 ms: below

10%
Battery voltage: above 8 V
If over a period continuing for 5 s, the cumulative value of the intake airflow
amount divided by the estimated intake airflow amount is 1.35 or more,
and intake airflow amount multiplied by the estimated intake airflow amount
is 6 g/s {0.8 lb/min} or more, the PCM determines that the detected
DETECTION mass air flow amount is above is too high.
CONDITION
If over a period continuing for 5 s, the cumulative value of the intake airflow
amount divided by the estimated intake airflow amount is 0.65 or less, and
intake airflow amount multiplied by the estimated intake airflow amount is 6
g/s {0.8 lb/min} or less, the PCM determines that the detected mass air
flow amount is above is too low.


om
.c
MAF/IAT sensor connector or terminals malfunction

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
POSSIBLE
MAF sensor malfunction
CAUSE
MAP sensor malfunction
PCM malfunction

Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode

No Record the FREEZE FRAME on the repair
12) been recorded?

available?
VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS

Start the engine. No Intermittent concern exists.
Access the ECT, MAF, TP and RPM Go to the “INTERMITTENT

PIDs using the M-MDS. CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING”
Warm-up the engine until the ECT PID procedure.
is above –200 °C {–392 °F}.
(See INTERMITTENT
Idle the engine for 5 s or more. CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING [LF] .)
CAUTION:
While driving, always

operate the vehicle in
a safe and lawful
manner.
Drive the vehicle under the following

two conditions:
Condition 1
TP PID: 50—87.5%
RPM PID: above 500

om
.c
rpm
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4th gear (MT), D
range (AT)
Condition 2
TP PID: above 80%
RPM PID: below

2,000 rpm
Gear in

present?
INSPECT MAF SENSOR CONNECTOR AND

4 TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the connector or
terminals, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to off.
Disconnect MAF sensor connector. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for poor connection (damaged,

pulled-out terminals, corrosion, etc.).


damaged/ pulled-out pins, corrosion.). No Go to the next step.
INSPECT MAF SENSOR

6 Yes Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to
Reconnect MAF sensor and PCM Step 8.
connectors.
(See MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)/INTAKE AIR
Inspect the MAF sensor. TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR
(See MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT MAP SENSOR

7 Yes Replace the MAP sensor, then go to the
Inspect the MAP sensor. next step.
(See MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (See MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP)

(MAP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)


om
Make sure to connect all disconnected (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
connectors.
Turn the ignition switch to ON position
(Engine off).

using the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Warm-up the engine until the ECT PID

is above –200 °C {–392 °F}.
Idle the engine for 5 s or more.
CAUTION:
While performing the

Drive Mode, always
operate the vehicle in
a safe and lawful
manner.
Drive the vehicle under the following

two conditions:
Condition 1
TP PID: 50—87.5%
RPM PID: above 500

rpm
4th gear (MT), D

range (AT)
Condition 2
TP PID: above 80%
RPM PID: below

2,000 rpm
Gear in

present?


om
< Previous Next >

d .c
Back to Top
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0102 [LF]
DTC P0102 MAF sensor circuit low input
The PCM monitors input voltage from the MAF sensor when the engine running. If the
input voltage is below 0.21 V for 5s, the PCM determines that the MAF sensor circuit has
a malfunction.

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive
cycle.
Open circuit or short to ground in MAF sensor power supply circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay and MAF/IAT sensor
terminal A
MAF sensor power supply circuit related fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay and MAF/IAT sensor
POSSIBLE terminal A
CAUSE
Short to ground in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and PCM terminal
1AK
Open circuit in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AK
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 12) HAS BEEN

Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) been

recorded?
on the repair order, then go to the next
step.


step.

om
.c
INSPECT MAF/IAT SENSOR CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor connector.

INSPECT MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

4 CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Go to the next step.
MAF/IAT sensor connector is disconnected.

No Inspect the MAF sensor power supply circuit
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position related fuse.
(Engine off).
If the fuse is melt:
Measure the voltage between MAF/IAT sensor
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body Repair or
ground. replace the
wiring
Is the voltage B+? harness for
a possible
short to
ground.
Replace the
fuse.
Replace the
fuse.
Repair or
replace the
wiring
harness for
a possible
open
circuit.
Go to Step 9.
INSPECT MAF SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

5 GROUND Yes If the short to ground circuit could be
detected:
Repair or replace the wiring
Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor connector. harness for a possible short
to ground.
Inspect for continuity between MAF/IAT sensor
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and body If the short to ground circuit could not be
ground. detected:
Is there continuity? Replace the PCM (short to

circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


damaged/pulled-out pins, and corrosion). No Go to the next step.
INSPECT MAF SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

MAF/IAT sensor and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
Inspect for continuity between MAF/IAT sensor possible open circuit, then go to Step 9.
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal 1AK (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT MAF SENSOR

8 Yes Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to the
Turn the ignition switch off. next step.
Reconnect the MAF/IAT sensor connector. (See MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)/INTAKE AIR
TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR
Inspect the MAF sensor. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR INSPECTION


Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the

M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
Perform the KOEO or KOER self test.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0103 [LF]
DTC P0103 MAF sensor circuit high input
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the MAF sensor when the engine running. If the
input voltage is above 4.9 V for 5s, the PCM determines that the MAF sensor circuit has a
malfunction.

CONDITION
cycle.

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Short to power supply in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and PCM
terminal 1AK
Open circuit in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 1P
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12)

been recorded? No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) on the

2 Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to the
Verify related Service Bulletins availability. available Service Bulletins.
Is any related Service Bulletins available? If the vehicle is not repaired, go to

the next step.
INSPECT MAF/IAT SENSOR CONNECTOR AND

3 TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then
om
go to Step 8.
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor connector. No Go to the next step.


4 Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then
Disconnect the PCM connector.

INSPECT MAF SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

5 POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
short to power supply, then go to Step 8.
PCM connector is disconnected.
Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor connector. No Go to the next step.

(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between MAF/IAT

sensor terminal C (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
INSPECT MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
open circuit, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between MAF/IAT
sensor terminal B (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
INSPECT MAF SENSOR

7 Yes Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch off. step.
Inspect the MAF sensor. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR

INSPECTION [LF] .) No Go to the next step.

Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
connectors.
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using No Go to the next step.
the M-MDS.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0107 [LF]
DTC P0107 MAP sensor circuit low input
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the MAP sensor. If the input voltage is below
0.1 V for 5s, the PCM determines that the MAP sensor circuit has a malfunction.

CONDITION
cycle.
MAP sensor connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal
2AU
POSSIBLE PCM connector or terminals malfunction

CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2AU
MAP sensor signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
Short to ground in wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal D and PCM terminal
2AG
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


recorded?
12) on the repair order, then go to the
next step.


om

d .c
step.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
VERIFY MAP PID WHEN MAP SENSOR CONNECTOR IS

3 DISCONNECTED Yes Go to the next step.

No Go to Step 9.
Access the MAP PID.
Disconnect the MAP sensor connector.
Is the voltage above 4.9 V?
INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE AT MAP

4 SENSOR CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.

(Engine off). No Go to Step 6.
Measure the voltage between MAP sensor terminal

C (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is the voltage within 4.5— 5.5 V?
INSPECT MAP SENSOR CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS


No Replace the MAP sensor, then go to Step
Inspect for poor connection (such as 13.
Is there any malfunction? SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECT MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

6 TO GROUND Yes If the short to ground circuit could be
detected:
MAP sensor connector is disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between MAP sensor wiring harness for a
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and body possible short to ground.
ground.
Is there continuity? detected:

circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 13.


om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
8 CIRCUIT Yes Go to Step 13.
MAP sensor and PCM connectors are disconnected.

Inspect for continuity between MAP sensor possible open circuit, then go to Step 13.
terminal 2AU (wiring harness-side).




INSPECT MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND GROUND

11 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring
MAP sensor and PCM connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between MAP sensor No Go to the next step.

terminals D and A (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

12 GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible short to ground, then go to the
MAP sensor and PCM connectors are disconnected. next step.
Inspect for continuity between MAP sensor

terminal D (wiring harness-side) and body No Go to the next step.
ground.


(Engine off). No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-

MDS.

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0108 [LF]
DTC P0108 MAP sensor circuit high input
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the MAP sensor. If input the voltage is above
4.92 V for 5s, the PCM determines that the MAP sensor circuit has a malfunction.

CONDITION
cycle.
MAP sensor connector or terminals malfunction
Short to power supply in wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal D and PCM
terminal 2AG
POSSIBLE MAP sensor power supply circuit and signal circuit are shorted to each other
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 2AG
Open circuit in wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AV
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


been recorded?

Is any related Service Bulletins available? If the vehicle is not repaired, go

to the next step.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminal, then


4 Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminal, then
Disconnect the PCM connector. go to Step 9.
Inspect for poor connection at terminals

(such as damaged/pulled-out pins, No Go to the next step.
corrosion).
INSPECT MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

5 TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible short to power supply, then go to Step
MAP sensor and PCM connectors are 9.
disconnected.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position No Go to the next step.

(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between MAP sensor

terminal D (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
INSPECT MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT AND

6 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible short to each other, then go to Step 9.
MAP sensor and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between MAP sensor

terminals C and D (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

MAP sensor and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between the following possible open circuit, then go to Step 9.
terminals (wiring harness-side):
MAP sensor terminal D and

PCM terminal 2AG
MAP sensor terminal A and

PCM terminal 2AV
INSPECT MAP SENSOR

8 Yes Replace the MAP sensor, then go to the next
om
Reconnect the MAP sensor connector. step.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the MAP sensor. (See MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP)
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

Make sure to reconnect all disconnected (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

connectors.

(Engine off).
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using

the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0111 [LF]
DTC P0111 IAT sensor circuit range/performance problem
The PCM compares the IAT with the ECT when the engine is running. If the
IAT is higher than the ECT by 40 °C {72 °F} for 60 s, the PCM determines
that there is an IAT sensor circuit range/performance problem.

POSSIBLE IAT sensor malfunction

CAUSE
PCM malfunction



2 AVAILABILITY Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to
the available Service Bulletins.
om

d .c
If the vehicle is not repaired,

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
availability.
available?
INSPECT MAF/IAT SENSOR CONNECTOR AND

then go to Step 6.
Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor No Go to the next step.

connector.

corrosion).
INSPECT IAT SENSOR

4 Yes Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step
Inspect the IAT sensor. 6.
(See INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (See MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)/INTAKE AIR
(IAT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .) TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR

Disconnect the PCM connector. then go to the next step.

as damaged/pulled-out pins, No Go to the next step.
corrosion).


Clear the DTC from the PCM No Go to the next step.

Start the engine and run the

engine under the FREEZE FRAME
DATA (Mode 12) condition.

present?

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0112 [LF]
DTC P0112 IAT sensor circuit low input
The PCM monitors the IAT sensor signal. If the PCM detects that the IAT sensor voltage is
below 0.16 V for 5s, the PCM determines that the IAT sensor circuit has a malfunction.

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
IAT sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE Short to ground in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1AT
CAUSE
IAT sensor signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


recorded?


the next step.

3 Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch off. to Step 8.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CLASSIFY IAT SENSOR MALFUNCTION OR WIRING

4 HARNESS MALFUNCTION Yes Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 8.
TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. [LF] .)
Access the IAT PID.

Verify the IAT value when disconnecting the
MAF/IAT sensor connector.
Does the IAT value change?
INSPECT IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

5 GROUND Yes If the short to ground circuit could be detected:
MAF/IAT connector is disconnected. Repair or replace the wiring harness

for a possible short to ground.
terminal D (wiring harness-side) and body If the short to ground circuit could not be detected:
ground.
Replace the PCM (short to ground in
Is there continuity? PCM internal circuit).
(See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[LF] .)
Go to Step 8.

Disconnect the PCM connector. to Step 8.

INSPECT IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND GROUND

7 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
short to each other, then go to the next step.
disconnected.
terminals D and E (wiring harness-side).


the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.

om

d.c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0113 [LF]
DTC P0113 IAT sensor circuit high input
The PCM monitors the IAT sensor signal. If the PCM detects that the IAT sensor voltage is
above 4.84 V for 5s, the PCM determines that IAT sensor circuit has a malfunction.

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
POSSIBLE Short to power supply in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal D and PCM terminal
CAUSE 1AT
Open circuit in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1AT
Open circuit in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1AR
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


recorded?


the next step.


om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CLASSIFY IAT SENSOR MALFUNCTION OR WIRING

4 HARNESS MALFUNCTION Yes Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 8.
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. (See MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
(IAT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Access the IAT PID.
Connect a jumper wire between MAF/IAT No Go to the next step.

sensor terminals D and E.
Verify the IAT value
Is the voltage below 4.84 V?


damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion). No Go to the next step.
INSPECT IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

disconnected.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between MAF/IAT sensor

ground.
INSPECT IAT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

disconnected.
Turn the ignition switch off. open circuit, then go to the next step.

MAF/IAT sensor terminal D

and PCM terminal 1AT
MAF/IAT sensor terminal E

and PCM terminal 1AR



om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0116 [LF]
DTC P0116 Engine coolant temperature circuit range/performance
The PCM monitors the maximum value and minimum value of engine coolant
temperature when the engine is started and 5 min have been passed after
leaving the vehicle 6 h or more. If difference between maximum and
minimum values of engine coolant temperature is below 6 °C {10.8 °F}
the PCM determines that there is an ECT circuit range/performance problem.

DETECTION
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (engine cooling system).
ECT sensor connector or terminals malfunction

POSSIBLE
ECT sensor malfunction
CAUSE
Thermostat malfunction
PCM malfunction

1 DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS Yes Go to the next step.
HAVE BEEN RECORDED
Have the FREEZE FRAME DATA
MONITORING TEST RESULTS
next step.
(engine cooling system related)
been recorded?
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
available?

Is the DTC P0116 on FREEZE FRAME

DATA (Mode 2)?
INSPECT ECT SENSOR CONNECTOR AND

then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the ECT sensor No Go to the next step.

connector.

damaged/ pulled-out pins,
corrosion).


damaged/ pulled-out pins, No Go to the next step.
corrosion).
INSPECT ECT SENSOR

6 Yes Replace the ECT sensor, then go to Step 8.
Inspect the ECT sensor.
(See ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)
(See ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT THERMOSTAT
7 Yes Replace the thermostat, then go to the next
Inspect the thermostat. step.
(See THERMOSTAT INSPECTION (See THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[LF] .) [LF] .)

om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
8 COMPLETED Yes Replace PCM, then go to next step.

Clear the DTC from the PCM No Go to next step.

Start the engine and warm it up to

completely.


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0117 [LF]
DTC P0117 ECT sensor circuit low input
The PCM monitors the ECT sensor signal at PCM terminal 2AH. If the PCM detects the ECT
sensor voltage below 0.2 V for 5s, the PCM determines that the ECT sensor circuit has
malfunction.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (engine cooling system).

CONDITION
cycle.
Engine overheating (Cooling system malfunction)

POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between ECT sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AH
CAUSE
ECT sensor signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

RECORDED
No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) and
Have the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12)
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS on the
RESULTS (engine cooling system related)
been recorded?


the next step.
VERIFY ENGINE CONDITION

3 Yes Perform the symptom troubleshooting “NO.17
om
Is the engine overheating? COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-OVERHEATING”.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-
OVERHEATING [LF] .)
INSPECT ECT SENSOR CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

Disconnect the ECT sensor connector.

CLASSIFY ECT SENSOR MALFUNCTION OR WIRING

5 HARNESS MALFUNCTION Yes Replace the ECT sensor, then go to Step 9.
Reconnect the ECT sensor connector. (See ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
Access the ECT PID.
Verify the ECT value when disconnecting No Go to the next step.

ECT sensor connector.
Does the ECT value change?
INSPECT ECT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

Disconnect the ECT sensor connector. Repair or replace the wiring

harness for a possible short to
Inspect for continuity between ECT sensor ground.
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground. If the short to ground circuit could not be detected:
Is there continuity? Replace the PCM (short to ground

in PCM internal circuit).

[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.


INSPECT ECT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND GROUND

8 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
ECT sensor and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between ECT sensor
terminals A and B (wiring harness-side).

om

.c
COMPLETED
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
connectors.
the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0118 [LF]
DTC P0118 ECT sensor circuit high input
The PCM monitors the ECT sensor signal at PCM terminal 2AH. If the PCM detects the ECT
sensor voltage is above 4.58 V for 5s, the PCM determines that the ECT sensor circuit has
malfunction.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (Engine cooling system).

CONDITION
cycle.
POSSIBLE Short to power supply in wiring harness between ECT sensor terminal A and PCM terminal
CAUSE 2AH
Open circuit in wiring harness between ECT sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AH
Open circuit in wiring harness between ECT sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2AY
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

RECORDED
RESULTS (Engine cooling system related)
been recorded?


the next step.
INSPECT ECT SENSOR CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Disconnect the ECT sensor connector.
CLASSIFY ECT SENSOR MALFUNCTION OR WIRING

4 HARNESS MALFUNCTION Yes Replace the ECT sensor, then go to Step 8.
Access the ECT PID. (See ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
Connect a jumper wire between ECT sensor
terminals A and B.
Verify the ECT value.
Is the voltage 4.58 V or below?


INSPECT ECT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

disconnected.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between ECT sensor

terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
INSPECT ECT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

disconnected.

ECT sensor terminal A and

PCM terminal 2AH
ECT sensor terminal B and

PCM terminal 2AY


Start the engine.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0122 [LF]
DTC P0122 TP sensor No.1 circuit low input
If the PCM detects that the TP sensor No.1 voltage is below 0.1 V while the engine is
running, the PCM determines that the TP sensor No.1 circuit has a malfunction.

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction conditions during first drive
cycle.
Throttle body connector or terminals malfunction
TP sensor No.1 malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between throttle body terminal E and PCM terminal 2AO
POSSIBLE Short to ground in wiring harness between throttle body terminal F and PCM terminal 2AK
CAUSE
TP sensor No.1 signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
Open circuit in wiring harness between throttle body terminal E and PCM terminal 2AO
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 12) HAS BEEN RECORDED

recorded?
step.


step.
INSPECT THROTTLE BODY CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

om
d .c
Disconnect the throttle body connector.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/pulled-
out pins, and corrosion).
CLASSIFY TP SENSOR NO.1 OR WIRING HARNESS

4 MALFUNCTION Yes Replace the throttle body, then go to Step
9.
(See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
Access the TP1 PID. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Connect a jumper wire between throttle body

terminals E and F (wiring harness-side). No Go to the next step.
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Throttle body connector is disconnected. detected:
Turn the ignition switch off. Repair or replace the

wiring harness for a
Inspect for continuity between the following terminals possible short to ground.
(wiring harness-side) and body ground:
Throttle body terminal E detected:
Throttle body terminal F Replace the PCM (short to
circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.


out pins, and corrosion). No Go to the next step.
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND GROUND

7 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible short to each other, then go to
Throttle body and PCM connectors are disconnected. Step 9.
Inspect for continuity between throttle body terminals

F and C (wiring harness-side). No Go to the next step.
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Throttle body and PCM connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between throttle body terminal No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
E (wiring harness-side) and PCM terminal 2AO (wiring possible open circuit, then go to the next
harness-side). step.
om
d .c
oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine
off).
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M-
MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0123 [LF]
DTC P0123 TP sensor No.1 circuit high input
If the PCM detects the TP sensor No.1 voltage is to be above 4.9 V after ignition switch
to the ON position, the PCM determines that the TP sensor No.1 circuit has a
malfunction.

CONDITION
cycle.
Short to power supply circuit in wiring harness between throttle body terminal F and
PCM terminal 2AK
POSSIBLE TP sensor No.1 power supply circuit and signal circuit are shorted to each other
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between throttle body terminal F and PCM terminal 2AK
Open circuit in wiring harness between throttle body terminal C and PCM terminal 2AP
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


been recorded?

Is any related Service Bulletins available? If the vehicle is not repaired,


om
.c
INSPECT THROTTLE BODY CONNECTOR AND

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
then go to Step 9.
Disconnect the throttle body connector. No Go to the next step.



INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

5 SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
Throttle body and PCM connectors are 9.
disconnected.

(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between throttle body

terminal F (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND

6 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible short to each other, then go to Step 9.
Throttle body and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between throttle body

terminals E and F (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

disconnected.
Throttle body terminal F

and PCM terminal 2AK
Throttle body terminal C

and PCM terminal 2AP
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1

8 Yes Replace the throttle body, then go to the next
Reconnect the throttle body connector. step.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the TP sensor No.1. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
(See THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR
INSPECTION [LF] )


connectors.

(Engine off).

the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0125 [LF]
DTC P0125 Excessive time to enter closed loop fuel control
The PCM monitors the ECT sensor signal at PCM terminal 2AH after engine is
started while the engine is cold. If the engine coolant temperature does not
reach the expected temperature for specified period, the PCM determines
that it has taken an excessive amount of time for the engine coolant
temperature to reach the temperature necessary to start closed-loop fuel
control.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (engine cooling system).

CONDITION


CAUSE
PCM malfunction

HAVE BEEN RECORDED
Have the FREEZE FRAME DATA No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12)
(Mode 12) and DIAGNOSTIC and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST
om

.c
next step.
d
(engine cooling system related)

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
been recorded?

available?

3 Yes Intermittent concern exists.
Start the engine.
Go to the “INTERMITTENT
Warm up the engine completely. CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING”
Access the ECT PID using the M- procedure.
MDS.
(See INTERMITTENT
Is the ECT PID above 60 °C {140 CONCERN
°F}? TROUBLESHOOTING [LF] .)
INSPECT ECT SENSOR CONNECTOR AND

then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the ECT sensor No Go to the next step.

connector.

damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion).


damaged/pulled-out pins, No Go to the next step.
corrosion).
INSPECT ECT SENSOR

6 Yes Replace the ECT sensor, then go to the next
Inspect the ECT sensor. step.
(See ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (See ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)

(ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M



Access the ECT PID using the M-

MDS.
Wait until the ECT PID below 8 °C

{46 °F}.
Start the engine and warm it up

completely.

present?


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0131 [LF]
DTC P0131 A/F sensor circuit low input
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the A/F sensor and the A/F sensor output
current when the engine is running. If the input voltage is less than 1.8 V or the
output current is less than –5 mA, the PCM determines that the A/F sensor circuit
voltage is low.
This is a continuous monitor (A/F sensor, HO2S).

DETECTION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two
CONDITION
consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction
has been stored in the PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during
the first drive cycle.
Short to ground in wiring harness between A/F sensor terminal A and PCM terminal
2AD
POSSIBLE Short to ground in wiring harness between A/F sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2Z
CAUSE
A/F sensor malfunction
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 12) AND DIAGNOSTIC

1 MONITORING TEST RESULTS HAVE BEEN RECORDED Yes Go to the next step.

DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A/F No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode
sensor, HO2S related) been recorded? 12) and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST
the next step.


step.

om
Turn the ignition switch off, then to the ON

d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

IDENTIFY TRIGGER DTC FOR FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE

4 2) Yes Go to the next step.
Is the DTC P0131 on FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode

2)?


INSPECT A/F SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A/F sensor connector is disconnected. detected:
Inspect for continuity between the following Repair or replace the

terminals (wiring harness-side) and body ground: wiring harness for a
possible short to
A/F sensor terminal A ground.
A/F sensor terminal B If the short to ground circuit could not
be detected:
Replace the PCM (short
to ground in PCM
internal circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.


INSPECT A/F SENSOR

8 Yes Replace the A/F sensor, then go to the
Reconnect the A/F sensor and PCM connectors. next step.
Inspect the A/F sensor. (See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
om
(See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR INSPECTION

.c
[LF] .)
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

9 Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next
Make sure to reconnect all disconnected step.
connectors.
M-MDS.
Perform the KOEO or KOER self test (using M-
MDS) or Drive Mode 03 (PCM Adaptive Memory
MDS).

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0132 [LF]
DTC P0132 A/F sensor circuit high input
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the A/F sensor and the A/F sensor output
current when the engine is running. If the input voltage is more than 3.8 V or the
output current is more than 5 mA, the PCM determines that the A/F sensor circuit
voltage is high.

DETECTION
CONDITION
Short to power supply in wiring harness between A/F sensor terminal A and PCM
POSSIBLE terminal 2AD
CAUSE
Short to power supply in wiring harness between A/F sensor terminal B and PCM
terminal 2Z
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A/F No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA
sensor, HO2S related) been recorded? (Mode 12) and DIAGNOSTIC
MONITORING TEST RESULTS on the
repair order, then go to the next
step.

Verify related Service Bulletins availability. according to the available Service
Bulletins.
repaired, go to the
next step.

om

d .c
oa
Turn the ignition switch off, then to the ON position

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(Engine off). (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)

IDENTIFY TRIGGER DTC FOR FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 2)

Is the DTC P0132 on FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2)?
No Go to the troubleshooting
procedures for DTC on FREEZE
FRAME DATA (Mode 2).


out pins, corrosion).


out pins, corrosion). No Go to the next step.
INSPECT A/F SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY

7 Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness
A/F sensor and PCM connectors are disconnected. for a possible short to power supply,
then go to Step 9.
off).
Measure the voltage between the following terminals
(wiring harness-side) and body ground:
A/F sensor terminal A
A/F sensor terminal B
INSPECT A/F SENSOR

8 Yes Replace the A/F sensor, then go to
Reconnect the A/F sensor and PCM connectors. the next step.

Make sure to reconnect all disconnected connectors. next step.
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M- (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
om
MDS. [LF] .)
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Perform the KOEO or KOER self test (using M-MDS) or
Drive Mode 03 (PCM Adaptive Memory Production, No Go to the next step.
EGR System, A/F Sensor Heater, HO2S Heater, A/F
Sensor, HO2S, and TWC Repair Verification Drive

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0133 [LF]
DTC P0133 A/F sensor circuit problem
The PCM monitors the peak differential value of oxygen sensor signal after
A/F fluctuation being provided when the following conditions are met. If the
peak differential value is lower than the threshold value.
The PCM determines that A/F sensor circuit is slow.
PCM Adaptive Memory Production, EGR System, A/F Sensor

Verification Drive Mode
Following conditions are met:
A/F sensor heater monitor is completed.
Fuel system loop status is closed loop fuel

control.
DETECTION Engine speed: 1,750—3,500 rpm

CONDITION
Charging efficiency: 25—63% (at engine speed: 2,500
rpm)
Engine coolant temperature: above 70 °C {158 °F}
This is an intermittent monitor (A/F sensor, HO2S).


om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
A/F sensor looseness
Exhaust system leakage
Fuel supply system malfunction or improper fuel line pressure
Fuel leakage in fuel line between fuel distribution pipe and

fuel pump
Clogged or restricted fuel filter (built-in fuel pump unit)
Pressure regulator (built-in fuel pump unit) malfunction

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Fuel pump malfunction
Purge system malfunction
Improper connection purge solenoid hose
Engine malfunction (Engine coolant leakage)
Engine coolant leakage to combustion chamber
Insufficient compression
A/F sensor deterioration
PCM malfunction

1 12) AND DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING Yes Go to the next step.
TEST RESULTS HAVE BEEN
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) and
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS on the repair
Have the FREEZE
FRAME DATA (Mode
12) and DIAGNOSTIC
MONITORING TEST
RESULTS (A/F sensor,
HO2S related) been
recorded?

Service Bulletins.
next step.

om

.c
AND STORED DTC

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Turn the ignition switch (See DTC P0443 [LF] .)
off, then to the ON
Verify related PENDING
Is the DTC P0443 also

present?
IDENTIFY TRIGGER DTC FOR

4 FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 2) Yes Go to the next step.
Is the DTC P0133 on

No Go to the troubleshooting procedures for DTC on FREEZE
FREEZE FRAME DATA
(Mode 2)?
INSPECT A/F SENSOR CONNECTOR

5 AND TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then go to
Step 15.
off.
Disconnect the A/F
sensor connector.
Inspect for poor

connection (such as
damaged/ pulled-out
pins, corrosion).
Is there any
malfunction?
INSPECT INSTALLATION OF A/F

6 SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect if the A/F

sensor is loosely No Retighten the A/F sensor, then go to Step 15.
installed. (See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
Is the A/F sensor
installed securely?
INSPECT GAS LEAKAGE FROM

7 EXHAUST SYSTEM Yes Repair or replace any malfunctioning exhaust part, then
go to Step 15.
Visually inspect if there
is any gas leakage
between the exhaust
manifold and A/F
sensor.
INSPECT FUEL LINE PRESSURE

8 Yes Go to Step 12.
om
.c
off.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the fuel line
pressure while the
engine running.
(See FUEL LINE

PRESSURE INSPECTION
[LF] .)
Is the fuel line pressure

normal?
INSPECT FUEL LINE LEAKAGE

9 Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
Visually inspect the inspection results, then go to Step 15.
leakage from fuel line
between fuel
distribution pipe to fuel No Go to the next step.
pump unit.
Is there fuel leakage?
INSPECT FUEL FILTER

10 Yes Remove the foreign materials or replace the fuel filter,
Visually inspect the then go to Step 15.
foreign, materials or
strain inside the fuel
filter. No Replace the fuel pump unit, then go to Step 15.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

Is there any foreign
materials or stain?
INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE

Inspect the purge inspection results, then go to Step 15.
solenoid valve and
vacuum hose
connection. No Go to the next step.
(See PURGE SOLENOID

VALVE INSPECTION
[LF] .)
Is there any
malfunction?
INSPECT SEALING OF ENGINE

12 COOLANT PASSAGE Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
inspection results, then go to Step 15.
Perform the “ENGINE
COOLANT LEAKAGE
INSPECTION”.
(See ENGINE COOLANT

LEAKAGE INSPECTION
[LF] .)
Is there any
malfunction?
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT ENGINE COMPRESSION
13 Yes Overhaul the engine, then go to Step 15.
Inspect the engine
compression.
(See COMPRESSION
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Is there any
malfunction?
INSPECT A/F SENSOR

14 Yes Inspect the A/F sensor relate wiring harness.
Inspect the A/F sensor.
If the wiring harness has a malfunction:
(See AIR FUEL RATIO
(A/F) SENSOR Repair or replace the
INSPECTION [LF] .) suspected wiring
harness.
Is there any
malfunction? If the wiring harness normal:
Replace the A/F sensor.
(See AIR FUEL RATIO

(A/F) SENSOR
[LF] .)


all disconnected
M-MDS or equivalent.
Perform the Drive Mode

03 (PCM Adaptive
Memory Production,
EGR System, A/F
Sensor Heater, HO2S
Heater, A/F Sensor,
HO2S, and TWC Repair
Verification Drive
Mode).
(See OBD-II DRIVE

MODE [LF] .)
Is the PENDING CODE

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0134 [LF]
DTC P0134 A/F sensor no activity detected
The PCM monitors the A/F sensor element impedance when the following conditions are
met. If the A/F sensor element impedance is 80 ohms or more, the PCM determines
that A/F sensor is not activated.
PCM Adaptive Memory Production, EGR System, A/F Sensor Heater,

Mode
Time from engine start: above 30 s (ECT when

DETECTION engine start is 20 °C {68 °F})
CONDITION

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Short to power supply in wiring harness between A/F sensor terminal A and PCM
terminal 2AD
Open circuit in wiring harness between A/F sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AD
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


step.

Bulletins.
repaired, go to the
next step.

om

d .c
oa
NOTE:
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If fuel monitor DTC, DTC P0132 is retrieved, ignore it
until P0134 is fixed.
(Engine off).

No Go to the troubleshooting procedures
for DTC on FREEZE FRAME DATA
(Mode 2).
INSPECT INSTALLATION OF A/F SENSOR

Inspect if the A/F sensor is loosely installed. No Retighten the A/F sensor, then go to
Step 12.
Is the A/F sensor installed securely?

Disconnect the A/F sensor connector. terminals, then go to Step 12.


Inspect the A/F sensor heater. Step 12.
(See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR INSPECTION (See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
[LF] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)



INSPECT A/F SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER

9 SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness
A/F sensor and PCM connectors are disconnected. then go to Step 12.

off). No Go to the next step.
Measure the voltage between A/F sensor terminal A

(wiring harness-side) and body ground.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT A/F SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Turn the ignition switch off. No Repair or replace the wiring harness
for a possible open circuit, then go to
Inspect for continuity between PCM terminal 2AD Step 12.
(wiring harness-side) and A/F sensor terminal A
(wiring harness-side).
INSPECT A/F SENSOR

Reconnect A/F sensor and PCM connectors. the next step.
[LF] .)
No

Make sure to reconnect all disconnected connectors. step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
off). [LF] .)

MDS. No Go to the next step.
Perform the KOER self test (using M-MDS) or Drive

Mode 03 (PCM Adaptive Memory Production, EGR
System, A/F Sensor Heater, HO2S Heater, A/F

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0137 [LF]
DTC P0137 HO2S circuit low input
The PCM monitors input voltage from HO2S. If the input voltage from the HO2S
is below −0.95 V or HO2S bias voltage below 1.3 V for 5 s while the HO2S
is active, the PCM determines that the HO2S circuit input is low.
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects above malfunction condition in two
CONDITION consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition
Short to ground in wiring harness between HO2S terminal A and PCM terminal
2Q

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Open circuit in wiring harness between HO2S terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q
Open circuit in wiring harness between HO2S terminal B and PCM terminal 2BH
HO2S malfunction
PCM malfunction om
.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

BEEN RECORDED
RESULTS (A/F sensor, HO2S related)
the next step.
been recorded?


om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
step.

Turn the ignition switch off, then to the
ON position (Engine off). (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)



DATA (Mode 2)? No Go to the troubleshooting procedures for


INSPECT HO2S SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

detected:
Inspect for continuity between HO2S wiring harness for a
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body possible short to
ground. ground.
Is there continuity? If the short to ground circuit could not

be detected:

to ground in PCM
internal circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 10.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT HO2S CIRCUITS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

HO2S and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
No Repair or replace the wiring harness for
Inspect for continuity between the a possible open circuit, then go to Step
following terminals (wiring harness-side): 10.
HO2S terminal A and

PCM terminal 2Q
HO2S terminal B and

PCM terminal 2BH
INSPECT HO2S
9 Yes Replace the HO2S, then go to the next
Reconnect the HO2S and PCM connectors. step.
Inspect the HO2S. (See HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S)

INSPECTION [LF] .)

step.

Perform the KOEO or KOER self test

(using M-MDS) or Drive Mode 03 (PCM
Adaptive Memory Production, EGR
System, A/F Sensor Heater, HO2S Heater,
A/F Sensor, HO2S, and TWC Repair
Verification Drive Mode) (not using M-
MDS).

present?

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0138 [LF]
DTC P0138 HO2S circuit high input
The PCM monitors input voltage from the HO2S. If the input voltage from the HO2S is
above 1.2 V or HO2S bias voltage above 1.8 V for 5s, the PCM determines that the
HO2S circuit input is high.
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two
CONDITION consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction

POSSIBLE
Short to power supply in wiring harness between HO2S terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q
CAUSE
HO2S malfunction
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A/F
sensor, HO2S related) been recorded?
step.

Bulletins.
repaired, go to the
next step.
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(Engine off). (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)


No Go to the troubleshooting
procedures for DTC on FREEZE




INSPECT HO2S SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY

7 Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness
HO2S and PCM connectors are disconnected. for a possible short to power supply,
then go to Step 9.
off).
Measure the voltage between HO2S terminal A (wiring
harness-side) and body ground.
INSPECT HO2S
8 Yes Replace the HO2S, then go to the
Reconnect the HO2S and PCM connectors. next step.
Inspect the HO2S. (See HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

(HO2S) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(See HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) INSPECTION [LF] .)
[LF] .)

om
MDS. [LF] .)
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0139 [LF]
DTC P0139 HO2S circuit slow response
The PCM monitors the rich (0.55 V) to lean (0.3 V) response time of the
HO2S. The PCM measures the response time when the following conditions
are met. The PCM determines a HO2S response deterioration malfunction
when the measured response time is more than 110 ms for 2 of 3 times.

During deceleration fuel cut
Estimated temperature of the zirconia

element inside the HO2S: above 450 °C
{842 °F}
The PCM monitors for a time-out malfunction (when HO2S remains above
0.2 V for longer than a specified period of time during fuel cut control). The
PCM measures the amount of time from when the following conditions are
met until the HO2S output voltage drops below 0.2 V. The PCM determines
a HO2S time-out malfunction when the detected time is more than 4 s for
2 of 3 times.
DETECTION MONITORING CONDITIONS
CONDITION
During deceleration fuel cut
Estimated temperature of the zirconia

element inside the HO2S: above 450 °C
{842 °F}

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

HO2S malfunction
Looseness HO2S
Leakage exhaust system
HO2S deterioration
Fuel leakage on fuel line from fuel distribution pipe and fuel
pump
Fuel filter (built-in fuel pump unit) clogged or restricted

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Pressure regulator (built-in fuel pump unit) malfunction
Fuel pump malfunction
Purge system malfunction
Purge solenoid hoses improper connection
Engine malfunction
Leakage engine coolant to combustion chamber
PCM malfunction

BEEN RECORDED
RESULTS (A/F sensor, HO2S related)
been recorded?
om

d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
availability.
next step.

ON position (Engine off). (See DTC P0443 [LF] .)



No Go to the troubleshooting procedures
DATA (Mode 2)?
for DTC on FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode
2).


damaged/ pulled-out pins, corrosion).
INSPECT INSTALLATION OF HO2S

Inspect if the HO2S is loosely installed.
Is the HO2S installed securely? No Retighten the HO2S, then go to Step

15.

INSPECT GAS LEAKAGE FROM EXHAUST SYSTEM

7 Yes Repair or replace any malfunctioning
Visually inspect if there is any gas exhaust part, then go to Step 15.
leakage between the exhaust manifold
and HO2S.
INSPECT HO2S
om
Inspect the HO2S.

.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECTION [LF] .)

Inspect the fuel line pressure while the No Go to the next step.
engine running.
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION

[LF] .)
Is the fuel line pressure normal?
INSPECT FUEL LINE LEAKAGE

Visually inspect the leakage from fuel line part according to the inspection results,
between fuel distribution pipe to fuel then go to Step 15.
pump unit.
Is there fuel leakage? No Go to the next step.
INSPECT FUEL FILTER

11 Yes Remove the foreign materials or replace
Visually inspect the foreign, materials or the fuel filter, then go to Step 15.
strain inside the fuel filter.
Is there any foreign materials or stain? No Replace the fuel pump unit, then go to
Step 15.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT


Inspect the purge solenoid valve and part according to the inspection results,
vacuum hose connection. then go to Step 15.

INSPECT SEALING OF ENGINE COOLANT PASSAGE

Perform the “ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE part according to the inspection results,
INSPECTION”. then go to Step 15.
(See ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE


14 Yes Overhaul the engine, then go to the
Inspect the engine compression. next step.
(See COMPRESSION INSPECTION [LF] .)

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

step.
connectors. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
using the M-MDS or equivalent.
Perform the Drive Mode 03 (PCM
System, A/F Sensor Heater, HO2S
Heater, A/F Sensor, HO2S, and TWC

present?


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0140 [LF]
DTC P0140 HO2S no activity detected
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the HO2S when the following conditions are
met. Under the following monitoring conditions, if the input voltage from the HO2S
does not even exceed 0.55 V though the short term fuel trim is controlled up to
20.5% for 9.6 s, the PCM determines that sensor circuit is not activated.
PCM Adaptive Memory Production, EGR System, A/F Sensor Heater,

Mode

CONDITION
HO2S looseness
Short to ground in wiring harness between HO2S terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q
Open circuit in wiring harness between HO2S terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q
POSSIBLE
HO2S malfunction
CAUSE
HO2S deterioration
Engine malfunction
Leakage engine coolant to combustion chamber

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
PCM malfunction

RECORDED
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A/F 12) and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST
sensor, HO2S related) been recorded?
the next step.


step.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
VERIFY RELATED PENDING AND STORED DTC

NOTE:
If fuel monitor DTC, DTC P0132 is retrieved,
ignore it until P0140 is fixed.
Verify the PENDING CODE and stored DTC using

the M-MDS.

Is the DTC P0140 on FREEZE FRAME DATA

(Mode 2)?
INSPECT INSTALLATION OF HO2S

Inspect if the HO2S is loosely installed. No Retighten the HO2S, then go to Step 15.
Is the HO2S installed securely?

Disconnect the HO2S connector. terminals, then go to Step 15.

INSPECT HO2S HEATER

INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT HO2S SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Inspect for continuity between HO2S terminal A Repair or replace the

(wiring harness-side) and body ground. wiring harness for a
possible short to
Is there continuity? ground.
If the short to ground circuit could not

be detected:

to ground in PCM
om
.c
internal circuit).
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 15.


INSPECT HO2S SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Inspect for continuity between PCM terminal 2Q No Repair or replace the wiring harness for
(wiring harness-side) and HO2S terminal A a possible open circuit, then go to Step
(wiring harness-side). 15.
INSPECT HO2S
Reconnect HO2S and PCM connectors.
Inspect the HO2S. No Go to Step 13.

INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT GAS LEAKAGE FROM EXHAUST SYSTEM

12 Yes Repair or replace any malfunctioning
Visually check if any gas leakage is found exhaust part, then go to Step 15.
between exhaust pipe and HO2S.
Is there gas leakage? No Replace the HO2S, then go to Step 15.

INSPECT SEALING OF ENGINE COOLANT PASSAGE

Perform the “ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE according to the inspection results, then
INSPECTION”. go to Step 15.
(See ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION


14 Yes Perform the engine overhaul, then go to
Inspect the engine compression. the next step.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
connectors.
(Engine off).
Clear the DTC from the memory using the M-
MDS.
Perform the KOER self test (using M-MDS) or

Drive Mode 03 (PCM Adaptive Memory
MDS).

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0222 [LF]
DTC P0222 TP sensor No.2 circuit low input
If the PCM detects the TP sensor No.2 voltage is to be below 0.1 V after the
ignition switch to the ON position, the PCM determines that the TP sensor No.2
circuit has a malfunction.

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in the first
drive cycle.
Short to ground in wiring harness between throttle body terminal E and PCM
terminal 2AO
Short to ground in wiring harness between throttle body terminal D and PCM
terminal 2AL

POSSIBLE
TP sensor No.2 signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between throttle body terminal E and PCM terminal
2AO
Open circuit in wiring harness between throttle body terminal D and PCM terminal
2AL
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


been recorded?
on the repair order, then go to the next step.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
then go to Step 9.
Disconnect the throttle body connector. No Go to the next step.

INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.2 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

detected:
Throttle body connector is disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between the harness for a possible short
following terminals (wiring harness-side) to ground.
and body ground:
Throttle body terminal E detected:
Throttle body terminal D Replace the PCM (short to

Is there continuity? circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.


INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND

6 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible short to each other, then go to Step
Throttle body and PCM connectors are 9.
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between throttle No Go to the next step.

body terminals D and C (wiring harness-
side).
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.2 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible open circuit, then go to Step 9.
om
.c
following terminals (wiring harness-side):

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Throttle body terminal E
and PCM terminal 2AO
Throttle body terminal D

and PCM terminal 2AL

8 Yes Replace the throttle body, then go to the
Reconnect the throttle body connector. next step.
Inspect TP sensor No.2. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM

INSPECTION [LF] .)


connectors.
using the M-MDS.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0223 [LF]
DTC P0223 TP sensor No.2 circuit high input
If the PCM detects the TP sensor No.2 voltage is to be above 4.9 V after the
ignition switch to the ON position, the PCM determines that the TP sensor No.2

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in the first
drive cycle.
Short to power supply in wiring harness between throttle body terminal D and PCM
terminal 2AL
POSSIBLE
TP sensor No.2 power supply circuit and signal circuit are shorted to each other
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between throttle body terminal C and PCM terminal
2AP
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


recorded?
next step.

Bulletins.
repaired, go to the
next step.
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M



INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

5 TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for
a possible short to power supply, then
Throttle body and PCM connectors are go to Step 9.
disconnected.

(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between throttle body

ground.
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT AND

6 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for
a possible short to each other, then go
Throttle body and PCM connectors are to Step 9.
disconnected.
Turn the ignition switch off. No Go to the next step.

terminals E and D (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for
a possible open circuit, then go to Step
Inspect for continuity between throttle body 9.
terminal 2AP (wiring harness-side).

8 Yes Replace the throttle body, then go to
Reconnect the throttle body connector. the next step.
om
d .c
Inspect TP sensor No.2. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECTION [LF] .)

connectors.
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using [LF] .)
the M-MDS.
Perform the KOEO or KOER self test. No Go to the next step.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0300 [LF]
DTC P0300 Random misfire detected
The PCM monitors the CKP sensor input signal interval time. The PCM
calculates change of interval time for each cylinder. If change of interval time
exceeds preprogrammed criteria, the PCM detects misfire in the
corresponding cylinder. While the engine is running, the PCM counts number
of misfires that occurred at 200 crankshaft revolutions and 1,000
crankshaft revolutions and calculates misfire ratio for each crankshaft
revolution. If the ratio exceeds the preprogrammed criteria, the PCM
determines that a misfire, which can damage catalytic converter or affect
emission performance, has occurred.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (misfire).

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the misfire which affects emission
performance in two consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the
DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
The MIL flashes if the PCM detects the misfire which can damage the catalytic
converter during the first drive cycle.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the misfire which affects
emission performance during the first drive cycle.
Erratic signal to PCM
ECT sensor signal malfunction
IAT sensor signal malfunction
MAF sensor signal malfunction
CKP sensor signal malfunction
TP sensor signal malfunction
VSS signal malfunction

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CKP sensor looseness
Ignition system malfunction
Ignition coil related wiring harness malfunction
Ignition coil malfunction
Spark plug malfunction
Excess air suction in intake air system (between MAF sensor and intake
manifold)
Vacuum hoses damages or improper connection
Pipe malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE MAF sensor contamination
Improper operation of variable valve timing control system
Fuel injector malfunction
Improper operation of purge solenoid valve
Fuel pressure regulator (built-in fuel pump unit) malfunction
Fuel leakage in fuel line
Fuel line clogged
Fuel filter clogged
Fuel pump unit malfunction
Fuel runout
Engine internal malfunction
EGR valve malfunction
PCV valve malfunction
Poor quality fuel
PCM malfunction

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
TEST RESULTS HAVE BEEN
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) and
Have the FREEZE FRAME
DATA (Mode 12) and
DIAGNOSTIC
MONITORING TEST
RESULTS (misfire

Service Bulletins.
next step.

3 AND STORED DTC Yes Go to the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
Turn the ignition switch (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)

off then to the ON
VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL

4 STATUS (KEY TO ON/IDLE) Yes Inspect the suspected circuit.
Access the following If the inspection results are normal:

PIDs using the M-MDS:
APP1
If the inspection results are not normal:
APP2
ECT malfunctioning part
according to the
IAT inspection results, then
go to Step 21.
MAF
RPM No Go to the next step.
TP REL
VSS
Is there any signal that

is far out of specification
when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON
position and the engine
idles?
om
.c
(See PCM INSPECTION

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
[LF] .)

5 STATUS UNDER FREEZE FRAME DATA Yes Inspect the suspected circuit.
(MODE 2) CONDITION
If the inspection results are normal:
CAUTION:
While performing this
step, always operate the
vehicle in a safe and Repair or replace the
lawful manner. malfunctioning part
according to the
When the M-MDS is used
inspection results, then
to observe monitor
go to Step 21.
system status while
driving, be sure to have
another technician with No Go to the next step.
you, or record the data
in the M-MDS using the
PID/DATA MONITOR AND
RECORD capturing
function and inspect
later.
Inspect the same PIDs

as in Step 4 while
simulating FREEZE
FRAME DATA (Mode 2)
condition.
Is there any signal which

causes drastic changes?
INSPECT CMP SENSOR

6 Yes Inspect the installation condition and damages on timing
Inspect the CMP sensor. chain and gears.
(See CAMSHAFT If there is a malfunction:

POSITION (CMP) SENSOR
INSPECTION [LF] .) Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
Is there any
malfunction? If it is normal:
Replace the CMP sensor.

Go to Step 21.
VERIFY CKP SENSOR INSTALLATION

7 CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect if the CKP sensor

is loosely installed. No Retighten the CKP sensor, then go to Step 21.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the CKP sensor
installed securely?
INSPECT IGNITION COIL AND

8 RELATED WIRING HARNESS Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
Inspect the ignition coil
and related wiring
harness condition
(intermittent open or
short) for all cylinders.
Is there any
malfunction?
INSPECT IGNITION SYSTEM

9 OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the Spark Test.

No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
(See ENGINE CONTROL inspection results, then go to Step 21.
SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] )
Is the strong blue spark

visible at each cylinder?
INSPECT MAF PID

Start the engine.
Access the MAF PID No Go to the next step.

using the M-MDS.
Race the engine and

verify that the MAF PID
changes quickly
according to change in
the engine speed.
Is the MAF PID response

normal?
INSPECT EXCESSIVE AIR SUCTION IN

11 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
Inspect for air leakage
between the following:
No Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 21.
MAF
(See MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
sensor
and
throttle
body
Throttle
body
and
intake
om
manifold
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
Engine speed may

change when rust
penetrating agent is
stayed on the air suction
area.
Is there air leakage?
INSPECT VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

12 CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the variable

valve timing control
system operation.
(See ENGINE CONTROL

SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Does the variable valve

timing control system
work properly?
INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION

Perform the Fuel Injector inspection results, then go to Step 21.
Operation Inspection.
(See ENGINE CONTROL No Go to the next step.

SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Is there any
malfunction?


No Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go to Step 21.
off.
(See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Connect the vacuum
[LF] .)
pump to purge solenoid
valve and apply vacuum
to solenoid.
Verify that the solenoid

holds vacuum.

to the ON position
(Engine off).
Access the EVAPCP PID

in SIMULATION TEST
using the M-MDS.
om
Set the duty value to

d .c
100% for the EVAPCP

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
PID.
Apply vacuum while

turning solenoid from
OFF to ON and
simulating the EVAPCP
PID with 100% duty
value.
Verify that solenoid

releases vacuum while
solenoid is turned ON.
Is the purge solenoid

valve operation normal?

pressure.
No If the fuel line pressure is too low:
(See FUEL LINE
PRESSURE INSPECTION
[LF] .) If the fuel line pressure is excess high:
Is the fuel line pressure Replace the fuel pump unit, then go to
normal? Step 21.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

INSPECT FUEL LINE FROM FUEL

16 PUMP TO FUEL DISTRIBUTOR Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
Visually inspect the fuel
line for fuel leakage.
No Inspect fuel filters for the foreign materials or stain inside
Is there any fuel fuel filter (low-pressure side).
leakage?
Perform the following actions according to the inspection
results:
If the foreign materials or stain is found

inside fuel filter (low-pressure side):
Clean the fuel tank and

filter (low-pressure
side).
If normal:
Replace the fuel pump

unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
Go to Step 21.
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
17 Yes Perform the engine overhaul for repairs, then go to Step
Inspect the engine 21.
compression.
(See COMPRESSION No Go to the next step.

INSPECTION [LF] .)
Is there any
malfunction?
INSPECT SEALING OF ENGINE

18 COOLANT PASSAGE Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
Perform the “ENGINE
COOLANT LEAKAGE
INSPECTION”.
(See ENGINE COOLANT

LEAKAGE INSPECTION
[LF] .)
Is there any
malfunction?
INSPECT EGR VALVE OPERATION

19 Yes Repair or replace the EGR valve, then go to Step 21.
Remove the EGR valve.
(See EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See EGR VALVE
[LF] .)
Visually inspect the EGR

valve for stuck to open.
Is the EGR valve stuck

to open?
INSPECT PCV VALVE OPERATION

off.
No Replace the PCV valve, then go to the next step.
Inspect the PCV valve.
(See POSITIVE
CRANKCASE VENTILATION
(PCV) VALVE INSPECTION
[LF] .)
Is the PCV valve

operation normal?
VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF
21 MISFIRE DTC COMPLETED Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.

all disconnected
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
to the ON position
(Engine off).

M-MDS.
Perform the KOER self

test (using M-MDS) or
Drive Mode 03 (PCM
Adaptive Memory
Production, EGR System,
A/F Sensor Heater,
HO2S Heater, A/F
Sensor, HO2S, and TWC
Repair Verification Drive
Mode) (not using M-
MDS).
(See KOEO/KOER SELF

TEST [LF] .)
(See OBD-II DRIVE MODE

[LF] .)
Is the PENDING CODE


(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 [LF]
DTC P0301 Cylinder No.1 misfire detected
The PCM monitors CKP sensor input signal interval time. The PCM calculates
the change of interval time for each cylinder. If the change of interval time
exceeds the preprogrammed criteria, the PCM detects a misfire in the
corresponding cylinder. While the engine is running, the PCM counts number
of misfires that occurred at 200 crankshaft revolutions and 1,000
crankshaft revolutions and calculates misfire ratio for each crankshaft
revolution. If the ratio exceeds the preprogrammed criteria, the PCM
determines that a misfire, which can damage catalytic converter or affect
emission performance, has occurred.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (misfire).

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the misfire which affects emission
performance in two consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the
DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
The MIL flashes if the PCM detects the misfire which can damage the
catalytic converter during the first drive cycle.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the misfire which affects
emission performance during the first drive cycle.
IAT sensor signal malfunction

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CKP sensor signal malfunction

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Ignition coil malfunction
Air suction in intake air system (between dynamic chamber and cylinder
head)
Fuel injector improper operation
Fuel injector related wiring harness malfunction
Engine internal malfunction
PCM malfunction

HAVE BEEN RECORDED
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS on
(misfire related) been recorded?

available?

Turn the ignition switch off then (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
to the ON position (Engine off).
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Verify related PENDING CODE
and stored DTC.

4 (KEY TO ON /IDLE) Yes Inspect the suspected circuit.
Access the following PIDs using If the inspection results are

the M-MDS: normal:
APP1 Go to the
next step.
APP2
If the inspection results are
ECT not normal:
IAT Repair or
replace the
MAF malfunctioning
part according
RPM
to the
TP REL inspection
results, then
VSS go to Step 13.
Is there any signal that is far out

of specification when the ignition No Go to the next step.
switch is turned to the ON
position and the engine idles?

5 UNDER FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 2) Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
CONDITION according to the inspection results, then go to
Step 13.
CAUTION:
While performing this step, No Go to the next step.

always operate the vehicle in a

and inspect later.
Inspect the same PIDs as in Step

4 while simulating FREEZE FRAME
DATA (Mode 2) condition.
Is there any signal which causes

drastic changes?
om
INSPECT SPARK PLUG CONDITION

d .c
6 Yes If the spark plug is wet:

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Fuel flooding is suspected.
Remove the spark plug from
suspected cylinder. Go to the
next step.
(See SPARK PLUG
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .) If the spark plug has a cracks excessive wear
or improper gap:
Inspect the spark plug for the
following condition: Replace the suspected spark
plug, then go to Step 13.
Cracks
(See SPARK PLUG
Excess wear REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Gap
Wet
INSPECT IGNITION SYSTEM OPERATION

(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part

OPERATION INSPECTION [LF] ) according to the inspection results, then go to
Step 13.
Is the strong blue spark visible at
each cylinder?
INSPECT AIR SUCTION IN INTAKE AIR

8 SYSTEM Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
Inspect for air leakage at the Step 13.
following:
Around No Go to the next step.

connection of
dynamic
chamber and
intake manifold
Around
connection of
intake manifold
and cylinder
head
NOTE:
Engine speed may change when

rust penetrating agent is splayed
on the air suction area.
INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR WIRING HARNESS

Remove the intake air system
om
parts.
.c
No Inspect the fuel injector related wiring harness.

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness,
if necessary.
Disconnect the fuel injector
connector on suspected cylinder. Go to Step 13.
Connect the NOID LIGHT to fuel

injector terminals.
Inspect the dim of light during

cranking.
Does not light illuminate?
INSPECT SEALING OF ENGINE COOLANT

10 PASSAGE Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
Perform the “ENGINE COOLANT Step 13.
LEAKAGE INSPECTION.”
(See ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE No Go to the next step.

INSPECTION [LF] .)

11 Yes Perform the engine overhaul for repairs, then
Inspect the engine compression. go to Step 13.
(See COMPRESSION INSPECTION


12 Yes Replace the fuel injector, then go to the next
Remove the fuel injector from step.
suspected cylinder.
(See FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(See FUEL INJECTOR [LF] .)
Switch the fuel injector with the No Go to the next step.

fuel injector on other cylinder.
Is the misfire DTC for cylinder

which has a suspected fuel
injector?
VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF MISFIRE DTC


Start the engine. No Go to the next step.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Perform the KOER self test (using
M-MDS) or Drive Mode 03 (PCM
Adaptive Memory Production,
EGR System, A/F Sensor Heater,
HO2S Heater, A/F Sensor, HO2S,
and TWC Repair Verification Drive

DTC present?


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0327 [LF]
DTC P0327 KS circuit low input
The PCM monitors input signal from the KS when the engine is running. If the input
voltage is below 0.01 V for 5s the PCM determines that the KS circuit has a
malfunction.

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the
first drive cycle.
KS connector or terminals malfunction
KS malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between KS terminal A and PCM terminal 2U
Short to ground in wiring harness between KS terminal B and PCM terminal 2V

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
KS signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
Open circuit in wiring harness between KS terminal A and PCM terminal 2U
Open circuit in wiring harness between KS terminal B and PCM terminal 2V
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


been recorded?


INSPECT KS CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

om
.c
Disconnect the KS connector.

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT KS
4 Yes Replace the KS, then go to Step 9.
Inspect the KS.
(See KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
(See KNOCK SENSOR (KS) INSPECTION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
[LF] )
INSPECT KS CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO GROUND

KS connector is disconnected. detected:
Inspect for continuity between the Repair or replace the wiring

following terminals (wiring harness-side) harness for a possible short
and body ground: to ground.
KS terminal A If the short to ground circuit could not be

detected:
KS terminal B
Is there continuity? ground in PCM internal
circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.


INSPECT KS SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND GROUND CIRCUIT

7 FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
KS and PCM connectors are disconnected. 9.
Inspect for continuity between KS

terminals A and B (wiring harness-side). No Go to the next step.
INSPECT KS CIRCUITS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

KS and PCM connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between the No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
following terminals (wiring harness-side): possible open circuit, then go to the next step.
KS terminal A and PCM

om
.c
terminal 2U
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
KS terminal B and PCM
terminal 2V


connectors.
using the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0328 [LF]
DTC P0328 KS circuit high input
The PCM monitors the input signal from the KS when the engine is running. If the
input voltage is above 4.58 V for 5s the PCM determines that the KS circuit has a
malfunction.

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the
first drive cycle.
KS connector or terminals malfunction
KS malfunction
Short to power supply in wiring harness between KS terminal A and PCM terminal
POSSIBLE
2U
CAUSE
Short to power supply in wiring harness between KS terminal B and PCM terminal
2V
KS signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


been recorded? No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) on

available?
INSPECT KS CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Disconnect the KS connector.
INSPECT KS
4 Yes Replace the KS, then go to Step 8.
Inspect the KS.
(See KNOCK SENSOR (KS) INSPECTION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
[LF] )


INSPECT KS CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO POWER

6 SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace wiring harness for a possible
KS and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between the

following terminals (wiring harness-side)
and body ground:
KS terminal A
KS terminal B
INSPECT KS SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND GROUND

7 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace wiring harness for a possible
KS and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between KS

terminals A and B (wiring harness-side).

Make sure to connect all disconnected (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

connectors.
using the M-MDS.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0335 [LF]
DTC P0335 CKP sensor circuit problem
If the PCM does not receive the input voltage from the CKP sensor for 4.2 s while the
MAF is 1.95 g/s {0.25 lb/min.} or above, the PCM determines that the CKP
sensor circuit has a malfunction.
If a malfunction is detected in the input pulse pattern from the CKP sensor.

DETECTION
first drive cycle.
CKP sensor connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between CKP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal
2AQ
Short to ground in wiring harness between CKP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal
2W
Short to power supply in wiring harness between CKP sensor terminal C and PCM
terminal 2AQ
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Short to power supply in wiring harness between CKP sensor terminal B and PCM
terminal 2W
CKP sensor circuits are shorted to each other
Open circuit in wiring harness between CKP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2W
Open circuit in wiring harness between CKP sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AB
CKP sensor pulse wheel malfunction
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


been recorded?

om

d .c
oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT CKP SENSOR CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

Disconnect the CKP sensor connector.

VERIFY CKP SENSOR VOLTAGE

Connect the voltmeter between the CKP
sensor terminals C and B (sensor-side).
No Go to Step 10.
Inspect the voltage in the AC range while
cranking the engine.
INSPECT CKP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

detected:
CKP sensor connector is disconnected.
Turn the ignition switch off. harness for a possible short
to ground.
Inspect for continuity between following
terminals (wiring harness-side) and body If the short to ground circuit could not be
ground: detected:
CKP sensor terminal C Replace the PCM (short to

CKP sensor terminal B circuit).
Is there continuity? (See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 11.


INSPECT CKP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

7 POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CKP sensor and PCM connectors are Step 11.
om
disconnected.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Turn ignition switch to the ON position No Go to the next step.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between the following

terminals (wiring harness-side) and body
ground:
CKP sensor terminal C
CKP sensor terminal B
INSPECT CKP SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO

8 EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CKP sensor and PCM connectors are 11.
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between CKP sensor

terminals C, B and A (wiring harness-
side).
INSPECT CKP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

CKP sensor and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between the possible open circuit, then go to Step 11.
CKP sensor terminal B

and PCM terminal 2W
CKP sensor terminal A

and PCM terminal 2AB
INSPECT CKP SENSOR

10 Yes Inspect the CKP sensor pulse wheel for
Turn the ignition switch off. damage.
Reconnect the CKP sensor connector. Replace the CKP sensor pulse wheel, then go
to the next step.
Inspect the CKP sensor.
(See CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECTION [LF] .)


connectors.
Turn ignition switch to the ON position No Go to the next step.

(Engine off).
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
using the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Access the MAF PID using the M-MDS.
NOTE:
The MAF PID should

indicate 1.95 g/s {0.25
lb/min.} or above
during this test.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0340 [LF]
DTC P0340 CMP sensor circuit problem
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the CMP sensor when the engine is running. If
the PCM does not receive the input voltage from the CMP sensor while the PCM receives
the input signal from the CKP sensor, the PCM determines that the CMP sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
If a malfunction is detected in the input pulse pattern from the CMP sensor.

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first
drive cycle.
CMP sensor connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between CMP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2AM
Short to ground in wiring harness between CMP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2S
Short to power supply in wiring harness between CMP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal
2S
CMP sensor circuits are shorted to each other
Open circuit in wiring harness between CMP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2AM
Open circuit in wiring harness between CMP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2S
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between CMP sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2P
CAUSE
CMP sensor pulse wheel malfunction
CMP sensor looseness
Valve timing mechanism misinstallation
Timing chain misinstallation
Loose camshaft sprocket lock bolt
Loose crankshaft pulley lock bolt

om
.c
Loose timing chain or improper valve timing

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
PCM malfunction


12) been recorded?
om

.c

d
AVAILABILITY
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
availability. If the vehicle is not repaired, go to
the next step.
available?
INSPECT CMP SENSOR CONNECTOR AND

3 TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then go
to Step 15.
Disconnect the CMP sensor connector. No Go to the next step.

corrosion).
VERIFY CMP SENSOR VOLTAGE

Connect a voltmeter between CMP
sensor terminals C and B (sensor-
side). No Go to Step 10.
Inspect the voltage in AC range while

cranking the engine.
INSPECT CMP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

CMP sensor connector is Repair or replace the wiring harness

disconnected. for a possible short to ground.
Turn the ignition switch off. If the short to ground circuit could not be detected:
Inspect for continuity between the Replace the PCM (short to ground in
following terminals (wiring harness- PCM internal circuit).
side) and body ground:
CMP sensor terminal [LF] .)
C
Go to Step 15.
CMP sensor terminal
B No Go to the next step.


damaged/pulled-out pins, and No Go to the next step.
corrosion).
INSPECT CMP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

CMP sensor and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
om

d .c
Turn ignition switch to the ON

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Measure the voltage between CMP

sensor terminal B (wiring harness-
INSPECT CMP SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO

8 EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
short to each other, then go to Step 15.
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between CMP

sensor terminals C, B and A (wiring
harness-side).
INSPECT CMP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


following terminals (wiring harness-
side):
CMP sensor terminal

C and PCM terminal
2AM
CMP sensor terminal

B and PCM terminal
2S
CMP sensor terminal

A and PCM terminal
2P
INSPECT CMP SENSOR

10 Yes Replace the CMP sensor and go to Step 15.
Reconnect the CMP sensor connector. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Inspect the CMP sensor.

No Go to Step 15.
(See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP)
INSPECT INSTALLATION OF CMP SENSOR

Inspect if the CMP sensor is loosely
installed.
No Retighten the CMP sensor, then go to Step 15.
Is the CMP sensor installed correctly?
VERIFY VALVE TIMING MECHANISM

om
12 INSTALLATION Yes Go to the next step.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Verify the valve timing mechanism
No Reinstall the following parts, then go to Step 15.
installation for the following parts:
Timing chain
Timing chain
misinstallation Camshaft sprocket
Loose camshaft Crankshaft pulley
sprocket lock bolt
Loose crankshaft
pulley lock bolt
Is the valve timing mechanism

installed correctly?
INSPECT STOPPER PIN MECHANISM

Remove the timing chain.
(See TIMING CHAIN No Replace the variable valve timing actuator, then go to
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .) Step 15.
Inspect the stopper pin. (See VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR

(See VARIABLE VALVE TIMING
ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
Is the stopper pin mechanism

normal?
INSPECT ROTOR POSITION

14 Yes Variable valve timing mechanism normal.
Remove the variable valve timing
actuator. NOTE:
(See VARIABLE VALVE TIMING This DTC is detected as an

ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION intermittent concern.
[LF] .)
The intermittent concern might be
Is the rotor position at the maximum removed by cleaning the variable
valve timing retard? valve timing mode control function.
No Replace the variable valve timing actuator, then go to

the next step.



Turn ignition switch to the ON No Go to the next step.


using the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Access the MAF PID using the M-MDS.

om
NOTE:
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
The MAF PID should
indicate 1.95 g/s
{0.25 lb/min.} or
above during this
test.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0403 [LF]
DTC P0403 EGR valve (stepping motor) circuit problem
The PCM monitors the EGR valve control signal voltage and current. If the following
conditions are met, the PCM determines that there is the EGR control circuit problem.
The PCM turns the EGR valve off, but the voltage of the EGR valve
control signal remains low.
The PCM turns the EGR valve on, but the current of the EGR valve
control signal remains high.

DETECTION
CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction conditions in two
consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has
been stored in the PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the
first drive cycle.
EGR valve connector or terminals malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in EGR valve power supply circuits
Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay and EGR valve
terminal C
Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay and EGR valve
terminal D
EGR valve power supply circuits related fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay and EGR valve
terminal C
Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay and EGR valve
terminal D
Short to ground in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal E and PCM terminal 2K
Short to ground in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal A and PCM terminal 2G
POSSIBLE Short to ground in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2L
om
CAUSE
.c
Short to ground in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal F and PCM terminal 2H
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Short to power supply in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal E and PCM terminal
2K
Short to power supply in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal A and PCM terminal
2G
Short to power supply in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal B and PCM terminal
2L
Short to power supply in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal F and PCM terminal
2H
Open circuit in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal E and PCM terminal 2K
Open circuit in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal A and PCM terminal 2G
Open circuit in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2L
Open circuit in wiring harness between EGR valve terminal F and PCM terminal 2H
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


been recorded? No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) on the

om
the next step.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT EGR VALVE CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

Disconnect the EGR valve connector.

INSPECT EGR VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS FOR

4 OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Go to the next step.
EGR valve connector is disconnected.

No Inspect the EGR valve power supply circuits related
Turn the ignition switch to the ON fuse.
following terminals (wiring harness-side) Repair or replace
and body ground: the wiring
harness for a
EGR valve terminal C possible short to
ground.
EGR valve terminal D
Replace the fuse.
Is the voltage B+?
Replace the fuse.
Repair or replace
the wiring
harness for a
possible open
circuit.
Go to Step 10.
INSPECT EGR VALVE

5 Yes Replace the EGR valve, then go to Step 10.
Reconnect the EGR valve connector.
Inspect the EGR valve. No Go to the next step.
(See EGR VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT EGR VALVE CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO

Disconnect the EGR valve connector. Repair or replace the wiring

harness for a possible short to
Inspect for continuity between the ground.
and body ground: If the short to ground circuit could not be
detected:
EGR valve terminal E
om
Replace the PCM (short to ground

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
EGR valve terminal A in PCM internal circuit).
EGR valve terminal B (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[LF] .)
EGR valve terminal F
Go to Step 10.


INSPECT EGR VALVE CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO

EGR valve and PCM connectors are
disconnected.

and body ground:
EGR valve terminal A
EGR valve terminal B
INSPECT EGR VALVE CIRCUITS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

EGR valve and PCM connectors are
disconnected.


and PCM terminal 2K
EGR valve terminal A

and PCM terminal 2G
EGR valve terminal B

and PCM terminal 2L

and PCM terminal 2H

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
connectors.
using the M-MDS.

present?


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0421 [LF]
DTC P0421 Warm up catalyst system efficiency below threshold
The PCM compares the number of A/F sensor and HO2S inversions for a
predetermined time. The PCM monitors the number of inversions side
performs while front side inverts for a specified number of times when the
following monitoring conditions are met, the PCM detects the inversion ratio.
If the inversion ratio is below threshold, the PCM determines that the catalyst
has deteriorated.
Calculated TWC temperature: more than 400 °C {752 °F}
Engine speed: 1,500— 3,000 rpm
DETECTION LOAD: 15— 48% (at engine speed 2,000 rpm)

CONDITION
This is an intermittent monitor (catalyst).

Exhaust gas leakage
POSSIBLE A/F sensor and/or HO2S looseness

CAUSE
TWC deterioration or malfunction
PCM malfunction

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
BEEN RECORDED
RESULTS (catalyst related) been
recorded?

availability.
next step.

Verify the related PENDING CODE and

stored DTCs. No Go to the next step.
INSPECT EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR EXHAUST GAS

4 LEAKAGE Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning
part according to the inspection results,
Visually inspect exhaust gas leakage in then go to Step 7.
the exhaust system.
(See EXHAUST SYSTEM
Is there exhaust gas leakage? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECT INSTALLATION OF A/F SENSOR AND HO2S

Inspect the A/F sensor and HO2S for
looseness.
No Retighten the A/F sensor and/or HO2S,
Are the A/F sensor and HO2S installed then go to Step 7.
securely?

INSPECT TWC
6 Yes Replace the TWC, then go to the next
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory step.
using the M-MDS.
om
(See EXHAUST SYSTEM

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Turn the ignition switch off then to the REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
ON position.
Inspect the TWC. No Inspect the A/F sensor and HO2S.
(See WARM-UP THREE- (See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR

WAY CATALYTIC INSPECTION [LF] .)
CONVERTER (WU-TWC)
INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Replace the A/F sensor and/or HO2S,



step.
[LF] .)
using the M-MDS.


present?


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0480 [LF]
DTC P0480 Cooling fan relay No.1 control circuit malfunction
The PCM monitors the cooling fan relay No.1 control signal voltage and current.
If the following conditions are met, the PCM determines that there is the
cooling fan relay No.1 control circuit problem.
The PCM turns the cooling fan relay No.1 off, but the voltage
of the cooling fan relay No.1 control signal remains low.
The PCM turns the cooling fan relay No.1 on, but the current
DETECTION of the cooling fan relay No.1 control signal remains high.
CONDITION
Open circuit or short to ground in cooling fan relay No.1 power supply circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive

terminal and cooling fan relay No.1 terminal E
Cooling fan relay No.1 power supply circuit related fuse

malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive

POSSIBLE Cooling fan relay No.1 malfunction

CAUSE Short to ground in wiring harness between cooling fan relay No.1 terminal A
and PCM terminal 1M
Short to power supply in wiring harness between cooling fan relay No.1
terminal A and PCM terminal 1M
Open circuit in wiring harness between cooling fan relay No.1 terminal A and
PCM terminal 1M
om
.c
PCM malfunction
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

HAVE BEEN RECORDED
Have the FREEZE FRAME DATA No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12)
om
and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS

.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (other

available?
INSPECT COOLING FAN RELAY NO.1 POWER

3 SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR Yes Go to the next step.
SHORT TO GROUND
Turn the ignition switch off. No Inspect the cooling fan relay No.1 power
supply circuit related fuse.
Remove the cooling fan relay No.1.
position (Engine off). Repair or
replace the
Measure the voltage between wiring
cooling fan relay No.1 terminal E harness for a
(wiring harness-side) and body possible
ground. short to
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Replace the
fuse.
Replace the
fuse.
Repair or
replace the
wiring
harness for a
possible open
circuit.
Go to Step 9.
INSPECT COOLING FAN RELAY NO.1

4 Yes Replace the cooling fan relay No.1, then go to
Turn the ignition switch off. Step 9.
Inspect the cooling fan relay No.1.

INSPECT COOLING FAN RELAY NO.1 CONTROL

5 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND Yes If the short to ground circuit could be
om
.c
detected:
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Cooling fan relay No.1 is removed.
Inspect for continuity between harness for a possible short
cooling fan relay No.1 terminal A to ground.
(wiring harness-side) and body
ground. If the short to ground circuit could not be
detected:
circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.


as damaged/pulled-out pins, and No Go to the next step.
corrosion).

7 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
Cooling fan relay No.1 is removed Step 9.
and PCM connector is disconnected.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON No Go to the next step.

Measure the voltage between

cooling fan relay No.1 terminal A
ground.

8 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Cooling fan relay No.1 is removed

and PCM connector is disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible open circuit, then go to the next step.

(wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal 1M (wiring harness-side).
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


Perform the KOEO or KOER self test

with M-MDS, or following
procedures:
Access the ECT

PID.
Start the engine

and warm up it
until the ECT PID
above 100 °C
{212 °F}.
Retrieve any DTC.


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0443 [LF]
DTC P0443 Purge solenoid valve circuit problem
The PCM monitors the purge solenoid valve control signal voltage and current. If the
following conditions are met, the PCM determines that there is the purge solenoid valve
control circuit problem.
The PCM turns the purge solenoid valve off, but the voltage of the purge
solenoid valve control signal remains low.
The PCM turns the purge solenoid valve on, but the current of the purge
solenoid valve control signal remains high.

DETECTION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive
drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored
in the PCM.
first drive cycle.
Purge solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in purge solenoid valve power supply circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay and purge solenoid
valve terminal B
Purge solenoid valve power supply circuit related fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay and purge solenoid
valve terminal B
POSSIBLE Short to ground in wiring harness between purge solenoid valve terminal A and PCM
CAUSE terminal 2C
Short to power supply in wiring harness between purge solenoid valve terminal A and PCM
terminal 2C
Open circuit in wiring harness between purge solenoid valve terminal A and PCM terminal
2C
om
.c
PCM malfunction
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


recorded? No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12)
step.


step.
INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR AND

Disconnect the purge solenoid valve connector. No Go to the next step.


om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
4 FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Go to the next step.
Purge solenoid valve connector is disconnected.

No Inspect the purge solenoid valve power
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position supply circuit related fuse.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between purge solenoid
valve terminal B (wiring harness-side) and body Repair or
ground. replace
the wiring
Is the voltage B+? harness
for a
possible
short to
ground.
Replace
the fuse.
Replace
the fuse.
Repair or
replace
the wiring
harness
for a
possible
open
circuit.
Go to Step 10.
INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR

5 SHORT TO GROUND Yes If the short to ground circuit could be
detected:
Purge solenoid valve connector is disconnected.
Turn the ignition switch off. wiring harness for a
Inspect for continuity between purge solenoid
valve terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body If the short to ground circuit could not be
ground. detected:

circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 10.

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

Purge solenoid valve and PCM connectors are Step 10.
disconnected.

(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between purge solenoid

valve terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.

8 Yes Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go
Inspect the purge solenoid valve. (See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE

(See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)

Purge solenoid valve and PCM connectors are

possible open circuit, then go to the next
Inspect for continuity between purge solenoid

valve terminal A (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal 2C (wiring harness-side).




om
d .c
< Previous Next >

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0446 [LF]
DTC P0446 Change over valve (COV) (EVAP system leak detection pump) stuck close
The PCM monitors pump load current (EVAP line pressure), while evaporative leak
monitor is operating. When the decrease in pump load current is less than the
specification after the reference current value has been obtained, the PCM determines
change over valve (COV) in EVAP system leak detection pump has a malfunction.
This is an intermittent monitor (CCM).

DETECTION
CONDITION
EVAP system leak detection pump connector or terminals malfunction
POSSIBLE Short to power circuit between the EVAP system leak detection pump terminal C and
CAUSE PCM terminal 1V
EVAP system leak detection pump (damaged COV)
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 12) HAVE BEEN

Have the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) been

recorded?
next step.


step.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

3 CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the connector or
Disconnect the EVAP system leak detection No Go to the next step.

pump connector.



INSPECT COV CONTROL (EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION

5 PUMP) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
EVAP system leak detection pump and PCM Step 7.
connectors are disconnected.

(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between EVAP system leak

detection pump connector terminal C (wiring
INSPECT COV (EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP)

6 Yes Replace the EVAP system leak detection
Inspect the EVAP system leak detection pump. pump, then go to the next step.
(See EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM (See EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP)

LEAK DETECTION PUMP INSPECTION [LF] .) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP



M-MDS.

System Leak Inspection using the M-MDS.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION

INSPECTION [LF] .)
om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
If the EVAP system test

function is not available,
perform the following
procedure:
Perform the Drive Mode 06

(EVAP System Repair
Verification Drive Mode).

DTC present?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0482 [LF]
The PCM monitors the cooling fan relay No.3 control signal voltage and
current. If the following conditions are met, the PCM determines that there is
the cooling fan relay No.3 control circuit problem.
The PCM turns the cooling fan relay No.3 off, but the
voltage of the cooling fan relay No.3 control signal remains
low.
CONDITION

Cooling fan relay No.3 power supply circuit related fuse

malfunction


and PCM terminal 1R
terminal A and PCM terminal 1R
om
PCM terminal 1R
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
PCM malfunction

HAVE BEEN RECORDED
om
.c

d

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
MONITORING TEST RESULTS RESULTS on the repair order, then go to the
(other related) been recorded? next step.

available?

SHORT TO GROUND
replace the
cooling fan relay No.3 terminal E harness for
(wiring harness-side) and body a possible
ground. short to
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Replace the
fuse.
Replace the
fuse.
Repair or
replace the
wiring
harness for
a possible
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.



om

d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
detected:
detected:
circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.


corrosion).

and PCM connector is
disconnected.

ground.


and PCM connector is No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
disconnected. possible open circuit, then go to the next
step.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
terminal 1R (wiring harness-side).




test with M-MDS, or following
procedures.
Access the ECT

PID.
Start the engine

and warm up it
until the ECT PID
above 100 °C
{212 °F}.
Retrieve any DTC.


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0461 [LF]
DTC P0461 Fuel gauge sender unit range/performance problem
The PCM monitors the fuel tank level difference before and after the PCM-
calculated fuel consumption has reached more than 25 L {26.4 US qt, 22
Imp qt}. If the difference is less than 5%, the PCM determines that there
is a fuel gauge sender unit range/performance problem.

DETECTION
CONDITION


POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM malfunction


(Mode 12) been recorded? No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) on

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
to the next step.
available?
INSPECT FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT

3 Yes Replace the fuel gauge sender unit, then go to
Inspect the fuel gauge sender (See FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
unit. [LF] .)

INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE.) No Go to the next step.

4 Yes Replace the instrument cluster, then go to the
Inspect the instrument cluster. next step.
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)



FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2)
condition.

DTC present?


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0462 [LF]
DTC P0462 Fuel gauge sender unit circuit low input
The PCM monitors the fuel level signal and fuel gauge sender unit output
voltage from the instrument cluster. If the PCM detects a fuel level or fuel
gauge sender unit output voltage is too low, the PCM determines that the
fuel gauge sender unit circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION


POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM malfunction


DATA (Mode 12) been No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) on the
recorded?

om
.c
Bulletins availability. If the vehicle is not repaired, go to

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
the next step.

3 Yes Replace the fuel gauge sender unit, then go to Step
Turn the ignition switch off. 5.
Inspect the fuel gauge (See FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF] .)
sender unit.
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER No Go to the next step.

INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK
MODE.)

4 Yes Replace the instrument cluster, then go to the next
Inspect the instrument step.
cluster.
INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK
MODE.)

Perform the KOEO or KOER No Go to the next step.

self test.
(See KOEO/KOER SELF TEST

[LF] .)
Is the PENDING CODE for

this DTC present?

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0463 [LF]
DTC P0463 Fuel gauge sender unit circuit high input
The PCM monitors the fuel level signal and fuel gauge sender unit output
voltage from the instrument cluster. If the PCM detects a fuel level or fuel
gauge sender unit output voltage is too high, the PCM determines that the
fuel gauge sender unit circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION


POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM malfunction


recorded?

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
the next step.

3 Yes Replace the fuel gauge sender unit, then go to Step
Turn the ignition switch off. 5.
Inspect the fuel gauge (See FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF] .)
sender unit.
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER No Go to the next step.

INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK
MODE.)

4 Yes Replace the instrument cluster, then go to the next
Inspect the instrument step.
cluster.
INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK
MODE.)

Perform the KOEO or KOER No Go to the next step.

self test.

[LF] .)

this DTC present?

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0500 [LF]
DTC P0500 VSS circuit problem
If an error in the wheel speed signal from the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM is
detected by CAN when the following conditions are met:
Neutral switch and clutch pedal position switch are OFF (MT)
Load: above40%
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm or above
Brake switch: OFF
Shift lever position: P, N, R position (AT)

DETECTION
CONDITION

POSSIBLE Front ABS wheel-speed sensor malfunction

CAUSE
Connector or terminals malfunction
PCM malfunction

om
HAS BEEN RECORDED

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

to the next step.
available?
VERIFY STORED DTC IN ABS HU/CM OR

3 DSC HU/CM Yes Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting
Turn the ignition switch to the (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] .)

Verify stored DTCs in ABS CONTROL (DSC)].)
HU/CM or DSC HU/CM.

[ABS] .)

(DSC)].)

Turn the ignition switch to the (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)


Warm up the engine.
Access the RPM and LOAD PID

using the M-MDS.

following conditions for 18 s:
Engine speed:
2,000 rpm or
above
Gear: Gear is
in other than
NEUTRAL
Load: 40% or
above

om
.c
DTC present?
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0505 [LF]
DTC P0505 Idle speed control system problem
The PCM cannot control idle speed toward target idle speed while
KOER self test.

DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL does not illuminate.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2/Mode 12) is not available.
The DTC is not stored in the PCM memory.
Drive-by-wire control system malfunction
A/C relay control circuit malfunction
Generator control circuit malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Air cleaner element clogged
Air intake passage clogged
Low engine compression (over capacity of blow-by gas)
PCM malfunction

to the next step.
available?

2 STORED DTC Yes Go to the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
om

.c
Turn the ignition switch off then

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Verify the PENDING CODE and
stored DTC using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC P0506, P0507,

P0638, P2101, P2107, P2108,
P2109, P2112 or P2119 also
present?
INSPECT ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL

3 SYSTEM OPERATION Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the Electronic Throttle

Control System Inspection. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM Step 9.
Does the electronic throttle

control system work properly?
INSPECT A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH

4 OPERATION Yes Perform the symptom troubleshooting “NO.24
A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C COMPRESSOR RUNS
NOTE: CONTINUOUSLY”.
The following test should be (See NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C

performed for the A/C. Go to COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF] .)
the next step for vehicles
without A/C.
Turn the fan switch off.
Is the magnetic clutch still on?
INSPECT GENERATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT

5 MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the next step.
Apply the electrical load.

Is the engine speed increased? possible short to power supply in generator
control circuit, then go to Step 9.
INSPECT AIR CLEANER ELEMENT

6 Yes Clean or replace the air cleaner element, then go
Remove the air cleaner element to Step 9.
with the engine running.
Is the engine speed increased? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECT THROTTLE BODY PASSAGE

7 Yes Clean or replace the throttle body passage, then
Visually inspect the throttle go to Step 9.
body passage.
Is the throttle body passage No Go to the next step.

clogged?
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
8 Yes Perform the engine overhaul for repairs, then go
Inspect the engine compression. to the next step.





[LF] .)


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0506 [LF]
DTC P0506 Idle speed control system RPM lower than expected
The actual idle speed is lower than expected by 100 rpm for 14 s, when the
brake pedal is depressed (brake switch is on) and steering wheel is held
straight ahead (PSP switch is off).
NOTE:
inHg} or intake air temperature is below –10 °C {14 °F}, the PCM
cancels diagnosis of P0506.

DETECTION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction conditions in

A/C relay control circuit malfunction
Electronic throttle control system malfunction
POSSIBLE Air cleaner element clogged

CAUSE
Air intake passage clogged
Low engine compression (over capacity of blow-by gas)
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M



available?

Turn the ignition switch off, then (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
Verify the PENDING CODE and No Go to the next step.

INSPECT A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH OPERATION

4 Yes Perform the symptom troubleshooting “NO.24
NOTE: A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C COMPRESSOR
RUNS CONTINUOUSLY”.
The following test should be
performed for the A/C. Go to the (See NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C
next step for vehicles without COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF] .)
A/C.
Turn the fan switch off. No Go to the next step.
Is the magnetic clutch still on?

5 SYSTEM Yes Replace the malfunctioning parts according to
the inspection results, then go to Step 11.
Inspect the following parts: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
APP sensor (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM

(See
ACCELERATOR
PEDAL POSITION No Go to the next step.
(APP) SENSOR
INSPECTION
[LF] .)
TP sensor
om
(See THROTTLE
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
POSITION (TP)
SENSOR
INSPECTION
[LF] .)

6 Yes Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go to
Inspect the purge solenoid valve. Step 11.
(See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE (See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE


INSPECT AIR CLEANER ELEMENT

7 Yes Clean or replace the air cleaner element, then
Remove the air cleaner element go to Step 11.
with the engine running.
Is the engine speed increased? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECT THROTTLE BODY PASSAGE

8 Yes Clean or replace the throttle body passage,
Visually inspect the throttle body then go to Step 11.
passage.
Is the throttle body passage No Go to the next step.

clogged?


INSPECT GENERATOR
10 Yes Replace the generator, then go to the next
Inspect the generator. step.
(See GENERATOR INSPECTION (See GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[LF] .) [LF] .)




om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Depress the brake pedal for 14 s

or more.

DTC present?


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0507 [LF]
DTC P0507 Idle speed control system RPM higher than expected
The actual idle speed is higher than expected by 200 rpm for 14 s, when
the brake pedal is depressed (brake switch is on) and steering wheel is held
straight ahead (PSP switch is off).
NOTE:
inHg} or intake air temperature is below –10 °C {14 °F}, the PCM
cancels diagnosis of P0507.

DETECTION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction conditions in

Vacuum hose misconnection

POSSIBLE
Electronic throttle control system malfunction
CAUSE
PCM malfunction


om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
available?
VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE AND STORED

3 DTC Yes Go to the applicable DTC troubleshooting.
Turn the ignition switch off, then to (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
the ON position (Engine off).
Verify the PENDING CODE and No Go to the next step.

INSPECT VACUUM HOSE CONNECTION

Visually inspect the vacuum hoses
connection.
No Reconnect the vacuum hose accurately, then
Are the vacuum hoses connecting go to Step 6.
accurately?

5 SYSTEM Yes Replace the malfunctioning parts according to
the inspection results, then go to the next
Inspect the following parts: (See ACCELERATOR PEDAL

APP sensor
(See REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
ACCELERATOR
PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR No Go to the next step.
INSPECTION [LF] .)
TP sensor
(See THROTTLE
POSITION (TP)
SENSOR
INSPECTION [LF] .)



om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Depress the brake pedal for 14 s

or more.

present?


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0550 [LF]
DTC P0550 PSP switch circuit malfunction
The PCM monitors PSP switch signal at PCM terminal 2T. If input voltage is
low voltage (switch stays on) for 1 min when the VSS is above 60.0 km/h
{37.3 mph} and ECT is above 60 °C {140 °F}, the PCM determines that
PSP switch circuit has malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION

PSP switch connector or terminals malfunction
PSP switch malfunction
POSSIBLE Short to ground in wiring harness between PSP switch terminal A and PCM
CAUSE terminal 2T
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


12) been recorded? No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode
next step.

om
available?
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT PSP SWITCH CONNECTOR AND

Disconnect PSP connector. No Go to the next step.

corrosion).
INSPECT PSP SWITCH

4 Yes Replace the PSP switch, then go to Step 7.
Inspect the PSP switch.
(See POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
(See POWER STEERING PRESSURE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
(PSP) SWITCH INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT PSP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

detected:
PSP switch connector is disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between PSP wiring harness for a
switch terminal A (wiring harness- possible short to ground.

circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 7.

Disconnect PCM connector. terminals, then go to the next step.

corrosion).

om

.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
using the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle above 60.0 km/h

{37.3 mph} for 1 min.
Verify that the ECT PID above 60 °C

{140 °F} using the M-MDS.

present?


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0564 [LF]
DTC P0564 Cruise control switch circuit malfunction
The PCM monitors the cruise control switch signal at PCM terminal 1AQ. If the PCM detects
that any one of following switches (ON OFF, CANCEL, SET/-, RES/+) remains on for 2 min,
the PCM determines that the cruise control switch circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (other).
Clock spring connector or terminals (PCM-side/cruise control switch-side) malfunction
Clock spring malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness clock spring connector (PCM-side) terminal B and PCM
terminal 1AQ
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Short to power supply in wiring harness clock spring connector (PCM-side) terminal B and PCM
terminal 1AQ
Cruise control switch malfunction
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

BEEN RECORDED
RESULTS (other related) been recorded? order, then go to the next step.

availability. If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the
next step.
INSPECT CLOCK SPRING CONNECTOR AND

3 TERMINALS (PCM-SIDE/CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH- Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then go to
SIDE) Step 9.
om
.c

d
oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Disconnect the clock spring connector
(PCM-side/cruise control switch-side).

INSPECT CLOCK SPRING

4 Yes Replace the clock spring, then go to Step 9.
Inspect the clock spring.
(See CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION .)
INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL

5 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND Yes If the short to ground circuit could be detected:
Clock spring connector is disconnected. Repair or replace the wiring harness for
a possible short to ground.
Inspect for continuity between clock
spring connector (PCM-side) terminal B If the short to ground circuit could not be detected:
Replace the PCM (short to ground in
Is there continuity? PCM internal circuit).

[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.

6 Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then go to
Disconnect the PCM connector. Step 9.

INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL

7 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short
to power supply, then go to Step 9.
Clock spring and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between clock spring

connector (PCM-side) terminal B (wiring
INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH OPERATION

8 Yes Replace the cruise control switch, then go to the next
Inspect the cruise control switch. step.
(See CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH (See AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

INSPECTION [LF] .)

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
Drive the vehicle with cruise control 2

min or more.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0571 [LF]
DTC P0571 Brake switch circuit problem
The PCM monitors switching in conjunction with brake switches No.1 and No.2. If
either No.1 or No.2 do not switch for a continuous five times even though either No.1
or No.2 is switched from off to on or from on to off, P0571 is detected.

DETECTION
Brake switch connector or terminals malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between brake switch terminal C and body ground
Open circuit or short to ground in brake switch power supply circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal

and brake switch terminal B
Brake switch power supply circuit related fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and

brake switch terminal B
Short to ground in wiring harness between brake switch terminal D and PCM terminal
1AB
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Short to ground in wiring harness between brake switch terminal A and PCM terminal
1AF
Brake switch No.1 signal circuit and No.2 signal circuit are shorted to each other
Short to power supply in wiring harness between brake switch terminal D and PCM
terminal 1AB
Open circuit in wiring harness between brake switch terminal D and PCM terminal 1AB
Open circuit in wiring harness between brake switch terminal A and PCM terminal 1AF
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

BEEN RECORDED

the next step.
om
available?
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH CONNECTOR AND
go to Step 11.
Disconnect the brake switch No Go to the next step.

connector.

corrosion).
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH NO.2 GROUND

Brake switch connector is

Inspect for continuity between brake
switch terminal C (wiring harness-
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY

5 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO Yes Go to the next step.
GROUND
No Inspect the brake switch power supply circuit
Brake switch connector is
related fuse.
disconnected.
position (Engine off). Repair or replace
the wiring harness
Measure the voltage between brake
for a possible
switch terminal B (wiring harness-
short to ground.
Replace the fuse.
Is the voltage B+?
Replace the fuse.
Repair or replace
the wiring harness
for a possible
open circuit.
Go to Step 11.
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH NO.1 AND NO.2

6 SIGNAL CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO GROUND Yes If the short to ground circuit could be detected:
Brake switch connector is Repair or replace the wiring

disconnected. harness for a possible short to
ground.
If the short to ground circuit could not be detected:
following terminals (wiring harness- Replace the PCM (short to ground
om
in PCM internal circuit).

.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Brake switch (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
terminal D [LF] .)
Brake switch Go to Step 11.

terminal A
Is there continuity? No Go to the next step.


corrosion).

8 SIGNAL CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
short to each other, then go to Step 11.
Brake switch and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between brake
switch terminal D and A (wiring
harness-side).
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT

9 FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between brake

switch terminal D (wiring harness-

10 SIGNAL CIRCUITS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Replace the brake switch, then go to the next step.
Brake switch and PCM connectors are (See BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
disconnected.
Turn the ignition switch off. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
open circuit, then go to the next step.
side):
Brake switch
terminal D and PCM
terminal 1AB
Brake switch
terminal A and PCM
terminal 1AF
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


using the M-MDS.

Depress and release the brake pedal

more than 15 sec. for 5 times.


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0601 [LF]
DTC P0601 PCM memory check sum error
PCM internal memory check sum error

DETECTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE PCM internal memory malfunction


DATA (Mode 12) been
recorded?

the next step.

Clear the DTC from the (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

PCM memory using the M-
om
MDS.
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Perform the KOEO or KOER
self test.

[LF] .)

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0602 [LF]
DTC P0602 PCM programming error
No configuration data in the PCM.
NOTE:
If the “PCM CONFIGURATION” is successful, the PCM stores DTC P0602 and
illuminates the MIL (system is normal). Clear DTC P0602 using the M-MDS
after the “PCM CONFIGURATION”.
The MIL goes out after three drive cycles with no failure (The DTCs remain in
DETECTION PCM).
CONDITION
POSSIBLE Configuration has not been completed

CAUSE
PCM malfunction

recorded?
No Record the FREEZE
FRAME DATA (Mode 12)
on the repair order, then

2 Yes Perform the repair or
om
Verify related Service Bulletins availability. diagnosis according to

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
the available Service
Is any related Service Bulletins available? Bulletins.
If the
vehicle
is not
repaired,
go to
the next
step.
VERIFY PCM CONFIGURATION HAS BEEN PERFORMED

3 Yes Perform the “PCM
Perform the “PCM CONFIGURATION”. CONFIGURATION” again,
(See PCM
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine off). CONFIGURATION [LF] .)
No Go to the Step 5.
Start the engine and warm it up completely.

Drive Mode 03 (PCM Adaptive Memory Production, EGR
System, A/F Sensor Heater, HO2S Heater, A/F Sensor,
HO2S, and TWC Repair Verification Drive Mode) (not
using M-MDS).

4 Yes Replace the PCM, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine off). to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M-MDS. (See PCM
Start the engine. [LF] .)
Perform the Drive Mode 03 (PCM Adaptive Memory

Production, EGR System, A/F Sensor Heater, HO2S No Go to the next step.
Heater, A/F Sensor, HO2S, and TWC Repair Verification
Drive Mode).


om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
No DTC troubleshooting
completed.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0604 [LF]
DTC P0604 PCM random access memory (RAM) error
The PCM internal RAM malfunction.

DETECTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE PCM internal RAM malfunction


DATA (Mode 12) been
recorded?

the next step.


om
MDS.
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
self test.

[LF] .)

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0606 [LF]
DTC P0606 PCM processor error
The PCM internal CPU malfunction

DETECTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE PCM internal CPU malfunction


DATA (Mode 12) been
recorded?

the next step.

3 P0606 COMPLETED Yes Replace the PCM, go to the next step.

om
MDS.
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
self test.

[LF] .)

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0610 [LF]
DTC P0610 PCM vehicle options error
The PCM data configuration error.

DETECTION
The DTC is stored in PCM memory.
Configuration procedure has not been completed

POSSIBLE CAUSE
PCM malfunction


No Record the FREEZE FRAME
recorded?
DATA (Mode 12) on the repair
order, then go to the next
step.

Verify related Service Bulletins availability. diagnosis according to the
If the vehicle
is not
repaired, go
to the next
step.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
VERIFY PCM CONFIGURATION HAS BEEN PERFORMED

3 Yes Perform the “PCM
Perform the “PCM CONFIGURATION”. CONFIGURATION” again, then
(See PCM CONFIGURATION
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine [LF] .)
off).
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M- No Go to the Step 5.
MDS.
Start the engine and warm it up completely.
Perform the Drive Mode 03 (PCM Adaptive Memory

Production, EGR System, A/F Sensor Heater, HO2S
Heater, A/F Sensor, HO2S, and TWC Repair
Verification Drive Mode).

4 Yes Replace the PCM, then go to
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine the next step.
off).
(See PCM
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M- REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
MDS. [LF] .)



completed.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0638 [LF]
DTC P0638 Throttle valve actuator control circuit range/performance problem
The PCM compares the actual TP with the target TP when the engine is
running. If the difference is more than the specification, the PCM determines
that there is a throttle valve actuator control circuit range/performance
problem.

DETECTION
Throttle valve actuator malfunction

POSSIBLE
Throttle valve malfunction
CAUSE
PCM malfunction



to the next step.
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Turn the ignition switch off, (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)

then to the ON position
Verify the related PENDING
CODE and stored DTCs.

TEST [LF] .)
INSPECT THROTTLE VALVE ACTUATOR

Inspect the throttle valve step.
actuator.
(See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(See THROTTLE BODY [LF] .)
INSPECTION [LF] .)

5 P0638 COMPLETED Yes Replace the PCM, go to the next step.


Drive the vehicle under Freeze

frame data (Mode 2)
condition.
Retrieve the DTC using the M-

MDS.

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0703 [LF]
DTC P0703 Brake switch input circuit problem
The PCM monitors changes in input voltage from the brake switch No.1. If the PCM does
not the voltage changes while alternately accelerating and decelerating 8 times, the PCM
determines that the brake switch No.1 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive
CONDITION drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored
in the PCM.
first drive cycle.
Brake switch connector or terminals malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in brake switch No.1 power supply circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and

brake switch terminal B
Brake switch No.1 power supply circuit related fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and brake
switch terminal B
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Short to ground in wiring harness between brake switch terminal D and PCM terminal 1AB
Short to power supply in wiring harness between brake switch terminal D and PCM terminal
1AB
Open circuit in wiring harness between brake switch terminal D and PCM terminal 1AB
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


recorded? No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12)


INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

Disconnect the brake switch connector.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH NO.1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

4 FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Go to the next step.
Brake switch connector is disconnected.

No Inspect the brake switch No.1 power supply
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position circuit related fuse.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between brake switch
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and body Repair or
ground. replace the
wiring
Is the voltage B+? harness for
a possible
short to
ground.
Replace the
fuse.
Replace the
fuse.
Repair or
replace the
wiring
harness for
a possible
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

detected:
Brake switch connector is disconnected.
Turn the ignition switch off. harness for a possible short
to ground.
Inspect for continuity between brake switch
terminal D (wiring harness-side) and body If the short to ground circuit could not be
ground. detected:

circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.


om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

Brake switch and PCM connectors are Step 9.
disconnected.

(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between brake switch

ground.
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

8 CIRCUIT Yes Replace the brake switch, then go to the next
step.
disconnected. (See BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

Inspect for continuity between brake switch possible open circuit, then go to the next
terminal D (wiring harness-side) and PCM step.
terminal 1AB (wiring harness-side).


Drive the vehicle 30 km/h {18.6 mph} or

more.
Depress and release the brake pedal more than

8 times while driving the vehicle.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0704 [LF]
DTC P0704 CPP switch input circuit problem
The PCM monitors changes in input voltage from the CPP switch. If the PCM does not
detect the voltage changes while the vehicle runs with vehicle speed above 30 km/h
{19 mph} and stops 8 times alternately, the PCM determines that the CPP switch

DETECTION
CONDITION
CPP switch connector or terminals malfunction
CPP switch malfunction
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between CPP switch terminal B and PCM terminal 1D
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between CPP switch terminal D and body ground
Short to ground in wiring harness between CPP switch terminal B and PCM terminal
1D
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


been recorded? No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12)
step.


om
step.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CLASSIFY HIGH INPUT OR LOW INPUT

Connect the M-MDS to the DLC–2.
Access the CPP PID. No Go to Step 9.
Verify the CPP PID during clutch pedal

operation.
Is the CPP PID always Off?.
INSPECT CPP SWITCH CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

Disconnect the CPP switch connector.



CLASSIFY CPP SWITCH OR CIRCUIT

Reconnect the CPP switch and PCM
connectors.
No Go to Step 8.
Access the CPP PID.
Connect a jumper wire between CPP switch

terminals B and D (wiring harness-side).
Verify the CPP PID during clutch pedal

operation.
Is the CPP PID always On?
INSPECT CPP SWITCH

7 Yes Replace the CPP switch, then go to Step 14.
(See CLUTCH PEDAL
Inspect the CPP switch. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION (CPP)

SWITCH INSPECTION [LF] .) No Go to Step 14.
INSPECT CPP SWITCH CIRCUITS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Disconnect the CPP switch and PCM
connectors.
om

d .c
oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
terminals:
CPP switch terminal B

PCM terminal 1D (wiring
harness-side)
CPP switch terminal D

body ground
INSPECT CPP SWITCH CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS




CLASSIFY CPP SWITCH OR CIRCUIT

Reconnect the CPP switch and PCM
connectors.
No Go to Step 13.
Access the CPP PID.
Verify that the CPP PID changes from On to

Off when CPP switch connector is
disconnected.
Does the CPP PID change from On to Off?
INSPECT CPP SWITCH

12 Yes Replace the CPP switch, then go to Step 14.
(See CLUTCH PEDAL
Inspect the CPP switch. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

SWITCH INSPECTION [LF] .) No Go to Step 14
INSPECT CPP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

13 TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible short to ground, then go to the
Disconnect the CPP switch and PCM next step.
connectors.
om
d .c
oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect for continuity between CPP switch
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.


connectors.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Operate the clutch pedal while the vehicle

runs and stops 8 times alternately.

present?

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0850 [LF]
DTC P0850 Neutral switch input circuit problem
The PCM monitors changes in input voltage from the neutral switch. If the PCM does not
detect the voltage changes while driving the vehicle at a vehicle speed above 30 km/h
{19 mph} and clutch pedal turns press and depress 10 times repeatedly, the PCM
determines that the neutral switch circuit has a malfunction

DETECTION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive
CONDITION
drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored
in the PCM.
first drive cycle.
Neutral switch connector or terminals malfunction
Neutral switch malfunction

POSSIBLE
Open circuit in wiring harness between neutral switch terminal 2A and PCM terminal 1X
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between neutral switch terminal 1A and body ground
Short to ground in wiring harness between neutral switch terminal 2A and PCM terminal 1X
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


recorded?


CLASSIFY HIGH INPUT OR LOW INPUT

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Access the CPP/PNP PID. No Go to Step 9.
Verify the CPP/PNP PID when gear is neutral

position.
Is the CPP/PNP PID always Drive?
INSPECT NEUTRAL SWITCH CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

Disconnect neutral switch connector.



CLASSIFY NEUTRAL SWITCH OR CIRCUIT

Reconnect the neutral switch and PCM
connectors.
No Go to Step 8.
Access the CPP/PNP PID.
Connect a jumper wire between neutral switch

terminal 2A and 1A.
Verify the CPP/PNP PID when gear is neutral

position.
Is the CPP/PNP PID Neutral?
INSPECT NEUTRAL SWITCH

7 Yes Replace the neutral switch, then go to Step
Disconnect the neutral switch connector. 14.
Inspect the neutral switch. (See NEUTRAL SWITCH

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [M15M-D] .)
(See NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION [LF] .)
(See NEUTRAL SWITCH
Is there any malfunction? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [P66M-D] .)
No Go to Step 14.
INSPECT NEUTRAL SWITCH CIRCUITS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Disconnect the neutral switch and PCM
connectors.
terminals:
Neutral switch terminal 2A

om
.c
terminal 1X (wiring harness-

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
side)
Neutral switch terminal 1A

ground
INSPECT NEUTRAL SWITCH CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

Disconnect the neutral switch connector.



CLASSIFY NEUTRAL SWITCH OR CIRCUIT

Reconnect the neutral switch and PCM
connectors.
No Go to Step 13.
Access the CPP/PNP PID.
Verify that the CPP/PNP PID changes from

Neutral to Drive when the neutral switch
connector is disconnected.
Does the CPP/PNP PID change from Neutral to

Drive?
INSPECT NEUTRAL SWITCH

12 Yes Replace the neutral switch, then go to Step
Disconnect the neutral switch connector. 14.
Inspect the neutral switch. (See NEUTRAL SWITCH

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [M15M-D] .)
(See NEUTRAL SWITCH
Is there any malfunction? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [P66M-D] .)
No Go to Step 14.
INSPECT NEUTRAL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

13 TO GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible short to ground, then go to the next
Disconnect the neutral switch and PCM step.
connectors.
Inspect for continuity between neutral switch No Go to the next step.

terminal 2A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle above 30 km/h {19 mph}

and stop vehicle.
Depress and release the clutch pedal more

than 10 times during drive cycle.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2004 [LF]
DTC P2004 Variable tumble shutter valve stuck open
The PCM monitors mass the variable tumble shutter valve position using the variable tumble shutter
valve switch. If the PCM turns the variable tumble solenoid valve on but the variable tumble shutter
valve position still remain open (variable tumble shutter valve switch off), the PCM determines that the
variable tumble shutter valve has been stuck open.

DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or in
one drive cycle while DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
Variable tumble solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Variable tumble shutter valve switch connector or terminals malfunction
Short to power supply in wiring harness between variable tumble solenoid valve terminal B and PCM
terminal 2I
Short to power supply in wiring harness between variable tumble shutter valve switch terminal A and
PCM terminal 2AE
POSSIBLE Variable tumble solenoid valve malfunction

CAUSE
Variable tumble shutter valve actuator malfunction (stuck open)
Variable tumble shutter valve switch malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between variable tumble solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2I
Open circuit in wiring harness between variable tumble shutter valve switch terminal A and PCM terminal
2AE
Miss connecting or pull out the vacuum hose
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) been recorded?


om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CLASSIFY INTERMITTENT CONCERN OR CONTINUOUS CONCERN
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions: No Intermittent concern exists.
Engine coolant temperature: below 63 °C Perform the “INTERMITTENT

{145 °F} CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING”
Engine speed: below 3,750 rpm procedure.
Throttle opening angle is below as (See INTERMITTENT CONCERN

followings: TROUBLESHOOTING [LF] .)
Engine speed below 1,500

rpm: above 35%
Engine speed between

1,500—2,500 rpm:
between 25—35%
Engine speed above 2,500

rpm: below 25%
VERIFY STORED OTHER DTCS

Verify stored DTCs using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC P2088 or P2089 present?
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR AND

then go to Step 14.
Disconnect the variable tumble solenoid valve connector. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/pulled-out

INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH CONNECTOR

6 AND TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals,
then go to Step 14.
Disconnect the variable tumble shutter valve switch
connector.


pins, and corrosion). No Go to the next step.
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE OR VARIABLE TUMBLE

8 SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
Variable tumble solenoid valve, variable tumble shutter valve Step 14.
switch and PCM connectors are disconnected.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine off). No Go to the next step.
om
Measure the voltage between the following terminals (wiring

d .c
oa
harness-side) and body ground:

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
PCM terminal 2I
PCM terminal 2AE
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE

9 Yes Replace the variable tumble solenoid valve,
Inspect the variable tumble solenoid valve. (See VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE
(See VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR

10 Yes Replace the variable tumble shutter valve
Inspect the variable tumble shutter valve actuator. actuator, then go to Step 14.
(See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR (See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE
INSPECTION [LF] .) ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH

11 Yes Replace the variable tumble shutter valve
Inspect the variable tumble shutter valve switch. switch, then go to Step 14.
(See VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH INSPECTION (See VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE
[LF] .) SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE OR VARIABLE TUMBLE

12 SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Variable tumble solenoid valve, variable tumble shutter valve

switch and PCM connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
Inspect for continuity between the following terminals (wiring
harness-side):
Variable tumble solenoid valve terminal B

and PCM terminal 2I
Variable tumble shutter valve switch

terminal A and PCM terminal 2AE
VERIFY CONNECTION OF VACUUM HOSE ROUTING

13 Yes Reconnect the vacuum hoses properly, then go
Verify that the vacuum hoses are connected properly. to the next step.
(See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM VACUUM HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM


Drive the vehicle under the following conditions or perform

the KOER self test:
Engine coolant temperature: below 63 °C

{145 °F}
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Throttle opening angle is below as
followings:
Engine speed below 1,500

rpm: above 35%
Engine speed between

1,500—2,500 rpm:
between 25–35%
Engine speed above 2,500

rpm: below 25%
Retrieve the DTC using the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2006 [LF]
DTC P2006 Variable tumble shutter valve stuck closed
The PCM monitors mass the variable tumble shutter valve position using the variable tumble shutter
valve switch. If the PCM turns the variable tumble solenoid valve off but the variable tumble shutter
valve position still remain close (variable tumble shutter valve switch on), the PCM determines that the
variable tumble shutter valve has been stuck closed.

DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or in
one drive cycle while DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in PCM.
cycle.
Variable tumble shutter valve actuator malfunction (stuck closed)
Variable tumble shutter valve switch malfunction
Variable tumble shutter valve malfunction (stuck closed)
Variable tumble solenoid valve malfunction

POSSIBLE
Variable tumble shutter valve switch connector or terminals malfunction
CAUSE
Short to ground in wiring harness between variable tumble solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal
2I
Short to ground in wiring harness between variable tumble shutter valve switch terminal A and PCM
terminal 2AE
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) been recorded?
12) on repair order, then go to the next
step.


om
step.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CLASSIFY INTERMITTENT CONCERN OR CONTINUOUS CONCERN

Drive the vehicle under the following conditions: No Intermittent concern exists.
Engine coolant temperature: below 63 °C {145 Perform the

°F} “INTERMITTENT
CONCERN
Engine speed: below 3,750 rpm TROUBLESHOOTING”
procedure.
Throttle opening angle is below as followings:
(See INTERMITTENT
Engine speed below 1,500 rpm: CONCERN
above 35% TROUBLESHOOTING
[LF] .)
Engine speed between 1,500—
2,500 rpm: between 25–35%
Engine speed above 2,500 rpm:

below 25%
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR

4 Yes Replace the variable tumble shutter
Turn the ignition switch off. valve actuator, then go to Step 11.
Perform the Variable Tumble Control Operation Inspection. (See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER
VALVE ACTUATOR
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION [LF] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH

5 Yes Replace the variable tumble shutter
Inspect the variable tumble shutter valve switch. valve switch, then go to Step 11.
(See VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH INSPECTION [LF] .) (See VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE
SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

6 Yes Replace the variable tumble solenoid
Inspect the variable tumble solenoid valve for Airflow Inspection. valve, then go to Step 11.
(See VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .) (See VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR AND

Disconnect the variable tumble solenoid valve connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/pulled-out pins, and No Go to the next step.
corrosion).
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH CONNECTOR AND

Disconnect the variable tumble shutter valve switch connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/pulled-out pins, and No Go to the next step.
corrosion).

om
d .c
oa
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
9 VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes If the short to ground circuit could be
TO GROUND detected:
Variable tumble solenoid valve and variable tumble shutter valve Repair or replace the
switch are disconnected. wiring harness for a
possible short to
Inspect for continuity between the following terminals (wiring ground.
harness-side) and body ground:
Variable tumble solenoid valve terminal B be detected:
Variable tumble shutter valve switch terminal A Replace the PCM (short
to ground in PCM
Is there continuity? internal circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 11.

Disconnect the PCM connector. terminals, then go to the next step.


Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M-MDS. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle under the following conditions or perform the
KOER self test:
Engine coolant temperature: below 63 °C {145

°F}
Throttle opening angle is below as followings:
Engine speed below 1,500 rpm:

above 35%
Engine speed between 1,500—

2,500 rpm: between 25–35%
Engine speed above 2,500 rpm:

below 25%
Refrieve the DTC using the M-MDS.


om
< Previous Next >

.c
Back to Top
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2009 [LF]
DTC P2009 Variable tumble solenoid valve circuit low input
The PCM monitors variable tumble solenoid valve control signal. If the PCM turns variable
tumble solenoid valve off but voltage still remains low, the PCM determines that variable
tumble solenoid valve circuit has a malfunction.
CONDITION drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored
in the PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first
drive cycle.
Open circuit or short to ground in variable tumble solenoid valve power supply circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay and variable tumble
solenoid valve terminal A
Variable tumble solenoid valve power supply circuit related fuse

malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay and variable tumble
POSSIBLE solenoid valve terminal A
CAUSE
Short to ground in wiring harness between variable tumble solenoid valve terminal B and
PCM terminal 2I
Open circuit in wiring harness between variable tumble solenoid valve terminal B and PCM
terminal 2I
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

1 MONITORING TEST RESULTS HAS BEEN RECORDED Yes Go to the next step.

recorded?
next step.


step.
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR

3 AND TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the connector or
Disconnect the variable tumble solenoid valve No Go to the next step.

connector.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE POWER
4 SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO GROUND Yes Go to the next step.
Variable tumble solenoid valve connector is

disconnected. No Inspect the variable tumble solenoid valve
power supply circuit related fuse.
off). If the fuse is melt:
Repair or
Measure the voltage between variable tumble
replace
solenoid valve terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
the
body ground.
wiring
for a
possible
short to
ground.
Replace
the fuse.
If the fuse is
deterioration:
Replace
the fuse.
Repair or
replace
the
wiring
harness
for a
possible
open
circuit.
Go to Step 9.

5 Yes Replace the variable tumble solenoid
Turn the ignition switch off. valve, then go to Step 9.
Inspect the variable tumble solenoid valve. (See VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE
(See VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL

detected:
Variable tumble solenoid valve connector is
disconnected. Repair or replace the
Inspect for continuity between variable tumble possible short to ground.
solenoid valve terminal B (wiring harness-side) and
body ground. If the short to ground circuit could not be
detected:
circuit).
om
d .c
oa
(See PCM
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.



Variable tumble solenoid valve and PCM connectors

are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
Inspect for continuity between variable tumble step.
solenoid valve terminal B (wiring harness-side) and
PCM terminal 2I (wiring harness-side).

Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M- (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
MDS.
Perform the KOEO or KOER self test. No Go to the next step.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2010 [LF]
DTC P2010 Variable tumble solenoid valve circuit high input
The PCM monitors the variable tumble solenoid valve control signal. If the PCM turns
variable tumble solenoid valve on but the voltage still remains high, the PCM determines
that the variable tumble solenoid valve circuit has a malfunction.
CONDITION drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in
the PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first
drive cycle.

CAUSE
Short to power supply in wiring harness between variable tumble solenoid valve terminal B
and PCM terminal 2I
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

1 DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED
recorded?



3 CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals,
then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the variable tumble solenoid valve No Go to the next step.

connector.


om

.c
4 Yes Replace the variable tumble solenoid valve, then

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the variable tumble solenoid valve. go to Step 7.
(See VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE (See VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE




possible short to power supply, then go to the
Variable tumble solenoid valve and PCM next step.

(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between variable tumble

solenoid valve terminal B (wiring harness-side)
and body ground.



< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2088 [LF]
DTC P2088 OCV circuit low input
The PCM monitors the OCV voltage. If the PCM detects the OCV control voltage
(calculated from the OCV) is below the threshold voltage (calculated from the battery
positive voltage), the PCM determines that the OCV circuit has a malfunction.

CONDITION
first drive cycle.
OCV connector or terminals malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in OCV power supply circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay and OCV

terminal B
OCV power supply circuit related fuse malfunction
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay and OCV terminal
CAUSE B
OCV malfunction
Short to ground in wiring between OCV terminal A and PCM terminal 2E
Open circuit in wiring between OCV terminal A and PCM terminal 2E
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


been recorded?
step.


step.
INSPECT OCV CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

Disconnect the OCV connector.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT OCV POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
OCV connector is disconnected.

No Inspect the OCV power supply circuit related
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position fuse.
(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between OCV terminal
B (wiring harness-side) and body ground. Repair or
replace the
Is there any voltage? wiring
harness for
a possible
short to
ground.
Replace the
fuse.
Replace the
fuse.
Repair or
replace the
wiring
harness for
a possible
open
circuit.
Go to Step 9.
INSPECT OCV
(SeeOIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
Inspect the OCV. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)

INSPECT OCV CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

detected:
Inspect for continuity between OCV harness for a possible short
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body to ground.
ground.

circuit).
(See PCM
om
.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.


INSPECT OCV CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

OCV and PCM connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between OCV No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and PCM possible open circuit, then go to the next
terminal 2E (wiring harness-side). step.


connectors.
the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2089 [LF]
DTC P2089 OCV circuit high input
The PCM monitors the OCV voltage. If the PCM detects that the OCV control voltage
(calculated from the OCV) is above the threshold voltage (calculated from battery
positive voltage), the PCM determines that the OCV circuit has a malfunction.

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first
drive cycle.
OCV connector or terminals malfunction
OCV malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Short to power supply in wiring harness between OCV terminal A and PCM terminal 2E
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


12) been recorded?

the next step.
available?
INSPECT OCV CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS


INSPECT OCV
om

d .c
Inspect the OCV.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
(See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECTION [LF] .)


INSPECT OCV CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

short to power supply, then go to the next step.
Disconnect the OCV connector. No Go to the next step.

Measure the voltage between OCV

terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.


using the M-MDS.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2096 [LF]
DTC P2096 Target A/F feedback system too lean
The PCM monitors the target A/F fuel trim when under the target A/F
feedback control. If the fuel trim is more than the specification, the PCM
determines that the target A/F feedback system is too lean.
This is a continuous monitor (fuel system).

Leakage exhaust gas (between TWC and HO2S)
HO2S malfunction
Leakage exhaust gas (between exhaust manifold and A/F sensor)

POSSIBLE
Insufficient fuel line pressure
om
CAUSE
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Leakage fuel
Improper operation of ignition system
Insufficient engine compression
PCM malfunction

HAVE BEEN RECORDED
(fuel system related) been
recorded?

available?

Turn the ignition switch off then (See DTC P0171 [LF] .)
Verify related PENDING CODE No Go to the next step.

and stored DTC.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the DTC P2096 on FREEZE

FRAME DATA (Mode 2)? No Go to the troubleshooting procedures for DTC
on FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2).
INSPECT HO2S
(See HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

(HO2S) INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE

Visually inspect for the exhaust according to the inspection results, then go to
gas leakage between TWC and Step 20.
HO2S.
Is there any malfunction? No Replace the HO2S, then go to Step 20.

INSPECT IAT SENSOR


8 Yes Inspect the suspected circuit.
Verify the following PIDs:
ECT normal:
MAF Go to the
next step.
TP
VSS not normal:
Is there any signal that is far out Repair or
of specification when the ignition replace the
switch is turned to the ON malfunctioning
position and the engine runs? part according
to the
inspection
results, then
go to Step 20.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

9 UNDER FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 2) Yes Inspect the suspected circuit.
CONDITION
CAUTION: normal:
While performing this step, Go to the

always operate the vehicle in a next step.
When the M-MDS is used to not normal:
Repair or
replace the
malfunctioning
part according
to the
inspection
and inspect later.
results, then
Verify same PIDs as Step 8 while go to Step 20.
simulating FREEZE FRAME DATA
(Mode 2) condition. No Go to the next step.
drastic changes?
INSPECT A/F SENSOR

(See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) No Go to Step 12.


gas leakage between exhaust Step 20.
manifold and A/F sensor.
Is there any malfunction? No Replace the A/F sensor, then go to Step 20.


12 MAF SENSOR Yes Go to Step 14.
Start the engine.

Access the MAF PID.
Verify that the MAF PID changes

quickly according to engine
speed.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the PID normal?
INSPECT INTAKE AIR SYSTEM FOR

13 EXCESSIVE AIR SUCTION Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
Visually inspect the hose in intake Step 20.
air system for looseness, cracks
or damages.
No Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step
NOTE: 20.
Engine speed may change when (See MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)/INTAKE AIR
rust penetrating agent is splayed TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR
on the air suction area. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

Inspect the fuel line pressure.
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE No Go to Step 16.

INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT FUEL SYSTEM FOR FUEL LEAKAGE

Visually inspect fuel leakage in according to the inspection results, then go to
the fuel system. Step 20.
Is there fuel leakage?

No Replace the fuel pump unit, then go to Step 20.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[LF] .)

Perform the Fuel Injector according to the inspection results, then go to
Operation Inspection. Step 20.

OPERATION INSPECTION [LF] .) No Go to the next step.


OPERATION INSPECTION [LF] .) according to the inspection results, then go to
Step 20.
each cylinder?

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT ECT SENSOR

Inspect the ECT sensor step.
(See ENGINE COOLANT (See ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)

TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECTION [LF] .)




Mode).

DTC present?


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2097 [LF]
DTC P2097 Target A/F feedback system too rich
The PCM monitors the target A/F fuel trim when under the target A/F
feedback control. If the fuel trim is less than specification, the PCM
determines that the target A/F feedback system is too rich.

conditions during the first drive cycle.
Leakage exhaust gas (between TWC and HO2S)
HO2S malfunction
Leakage exhaust gas (between exhaust manifold and A/F sensor)
Excessive fuel line pressure

POSSIBLE
Fuel pump unit (pressure regulator) malfunction
CAUSE
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
PCM malfunction

HAVE BEEN RECORDED
(fuel system related) been
recorded?

available?

Turn the ignition switch off, then (See DTC P0172 [LF] .)
Verify related PENDING CODE No Go to the next step.

and stored DTC.

Is the DTC P2097 on FREEZE

om
No Go to the troubleshooting procedures for DTC

.c
FRAME DATA (Mode 2)?

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
on FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2).
INSPECT HO2S
(See HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

(HO2S) INSPECTION [LF] .)

gas leakage between TWC and Step 19.
HO2S.
Is there any malfunction? No Replace the HO2S, then go to Step 19.

INSPECT IAT SENSOR


8 Yes Inspect the suspected circuit.
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-
2. If the inspection results are
normal:
Verify the following PIDs:
Go to the
ECT next step.
MAF If the inspection results are

not normal:
TP
Repair or
VSS replace the
malfunctioning
Is there any signal that is far out
part according
of specification when the ignition
to the
switch is turned to the ON
inspection
position and the engine runs?
results, then
(See PCM INSPECTION [LF] .) go to Step 19.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
9 UNDER FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 2) Yes Inspect the suspected circuit.
CONDITION
CAUTION: normal:
While performing this step, Go to the

always operate the vehicle in a next step.
When the M-MDS is used to not normal:
Repair or
replace the
malfunctioning
part according
to the
inspection
and inspect later.
results, then
Verify same PIDs as Step 8 while go to Step 19.
simulating FREEZE FRAME DATA
(Mode 2) condition. No Go to the next step.
drastic changes?
INSPECT A/F SENSOR



gas leakage between exhaust Step 19.
manifold and A/F sensor.
Is there any malfunction? No Replace the A/F sensor, then go to Step 19.


12 Yes Replace the fuel pump unit, then go to Step 19.
Inspect the fuel line pressure.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE [LF] .)
INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT LONG TERM FUEL TRIM

13 Yes Inspect the purge solenoid valve.
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-
2. (See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)
om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Access the LONGFT1 PID.
malfunctioning part according
Compare the LONGFT1 PID with to the inspection results, then
recorded FREEZE FRAME DATA go to Step 19.
(Mode 2) at Step 1.
Is the LONGFT1 PID above VACUUM HOSE ROUTING
FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2)? DIAGRAM [LF] .)

Perform the Purge Control according to the inspection results, then go to
System Inspection. Step 19.



OPERATION INSPECTION [LF] .) according to the inspection results, then go to
Step 19.
each cylinder?

Perform the Fuel Injector according to the inspection results, then go to
Operation Inspection. Step 19.
(See FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION (See FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[LF] .) [LF] .)



INSPECT ECT SENSOR

Inspect the ECT sensor step.
(See ENGINE COOLANT (See ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)

TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECTION [LF] .)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M



Mode).

DTC present?


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2101 [LF]
DTC P2101 Throttle valve actuator circuit range/performance problem
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the drive-by-wire relay when the PCM turns the drive-by-wire
relay on. If the input voltage is less than 5.0 V, the PCM determines that the drive-by-wire relay
control circuit voltage is low.
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the drive-by-wire relay when the PCM turns the drive-by-wire
relay off. If the input voltage is more than 5.0 V the PCM determines that the drive-by-wire relay
control circuit voltage is high.
DETECTION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
Main relay and/or drive-by-wire relay malfunction
Main relay related fuse malfunction
Main relay related wiring harness malfunction

POSSIBLE
Drive-by-wire relay related wiring harness malfunction
CAUSE
TP sensor No.1/No.2 related wiring harness malfunction
TP sensor No.1/No.2 malfunction
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) on the repair
recorded?

2 Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to the available
Verify related Service Bulletins availability. Service Bulletins.
Is any related Service Bulletins available? If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the
next step.

position (Engine off). (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)


Is the DTC P2101 on FREEZE FRAME DATA

(Mode 2)? No Go to the troubleshooting procedures for DTC on FREEZE
INSPECT RELAY
5 Yes Replace the main relay and/or drive-by-wire relay, then
Remove the main relay and drive-by-wire relay.

Inspect the main relay and drive-by-wire relay.

Disconnect the PCM connector. Step 22.

INSPECT MAIN RELAY AND DRIVE-BY-WIRE RELAY

7 CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short
Main relay and drive-by-wire relay are removed,
and PCM connector is disconnected.
(Engine off).

ground:
PCM terminal 1BE
PCM terminal 1BF
PCM terminal 1AX

om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT MAIN RELAY OUTPUT VOLTAGE
Install the main relay and drive-by-wire relay. No Go to the next step.
Reconnect the PCM connector.

(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between PCM terminal 1BE

Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT MAIN RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


No Inspect the main relay power supply circuit related fuse.
Remove the main relay.
(Engine off). Repair or replace the
Measure the voltage between main relay possible short to ground.
terminal E (wiring harness-side) and body
ground. Replace the fuse.
Is the voltage B+? If the fuse is deterioration:
Replace the fuse.

possible open circuit.
Go to Step 22.
INSPECT MAIN RELAY CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO GROUND

10 Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short
Main relay is removed. to ground, then go to Step 22.


ground:
PCM terminal 1BE
PCM terminal 1Q
INSPECT MAIN RELAY CIRCUITS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Main relay is removed and PCM connector is
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between the following circuit, then go to Step 22.
Main relay terminal C and PCM

terminal 1BE
Main relay terminal A and PCM

terminal 1Q
om
.c
INSPECT DRIVE-BY-WIRE RELAY OUTPUT VOLTAGE

d
oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Measure the voltage between PCM terminal 1BF
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT DRIVE-BY-WIRE RELAY POWER SUPPLY

13 CIRCUITS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.

Remove the drive-by-wire relay. circuit, then go to Step 22.

(Engine off).

ground:
Drive-by-wire relay terminal C
Drive-by-wire relay terminal E
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT DRIVE-BY-WIRE RELAY CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO

14 GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short
to ground, then go to Step 22.
Drive-by-wire relay is removed.

ground:
PCM terminal 1BF
PCM terminal 1AX
INSPECT DRIVE-BY-WIRE RELAY CIRCUITS FOR OPEN

Drive-by-wire relay is removed and PCM

connector is disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
circuit, then go to Step 22.
Drive-by-wire relay terminal D

and PCM terminal 1BF
Drive-by-wire relay terminal A

and PCM terminal 1AX


INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1/NO.2 CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO

17 GROUND Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short
to ground, then go to Step 22.
om
Throttle body connector is disconnected.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Disconnect the PCM connector. No Go to the next step.

ground:
Throttle body terminal E
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1/NO.2 CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

18 EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short
to each other, then go to Step 22.
disconnected.
terminal E, F, C and D (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1/NO.2 CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO

19 POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short
disconnected.
(Engine off).

ground:
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1/NO.2 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open

Throttle body terminal E and

PCM terminal 2AO
Throttle body terminal F and

PCM terminal 2AK
Throttle body terminal C and

PCM terminal 2AP
Throttle body terminal D and

PCM terminal 2AL
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1/NO.2

21 Yes Replace the throttle body, then go to the next step.
Reconnect the throttle body connector.
(See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Inspect the TP sensor No.1/No.2.
om
(See THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR No Go to the next step.

d .c
oa
INSPECTION [LF] .)
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M



M-MDS.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2107 [LF]
DTC P2107 Throttle valve actuator control module processor error
Throttle valve actuator control module internal processor error

DETECTION
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Throttle valve actuator control module internal
processor malfunction


DATA (Mode 12) been
recorded?

the next step.

om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
self test.

[LF] .)

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2108 [LF]
DTC P2108 Throttle valve actuator control module performance error
The PCM internal malfunction.

DETECTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE PCM internal malfunction


DATA (Mode 12) been
recorded?

the next step.


om
MDS.
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
self test.

[LF] .)

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2119 [LF]
DTC P2119 Throttle valve actuator control throttle body range/performance problem
The PCM compares the actual TP with initial setting TP when the ignition
switch is off. If the difference is less than the specification, the PCM
determines that there is a throttle valve actuator control circuit
range/performance problem.

DETECTION
CONDITION

conditions during the first drive cycle.

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM malfunction


(Mode 12) been recorded? No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) on the

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
to the next step.

Inspect the throttle valve step.
actuator.
(See THROTTLE BODY [LF] .)
INSPECTION [LF] .)




ON position (Engine off), then
off.

DTC present?

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2122 [LF]
DTC P2122 APP sensor No.1 circuit low input
The PCM monitors the input voltage from APP sensor No.1 when the engine is
running. If the input voltage is less than 0.35 V, the PCM determines that the
APP sensor No.1 circuit input voltage is low.

CONDITION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during
APP sensor connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal D and PCM
terminal 1AL
Short to ground in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal F and PCM
terminal 1AO

POSSIBLE
APP sensor No.1 signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal D and PCM terminal
1AL
Open circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal F and PCM terminal
1AO
APP sensor No.1 malfunction
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


12) been recorded?
step.

om

d .c
available?
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT APP SENSOR CONNECTOR AND

Disconnect the APP sensor connector. No Go to the next step.

corrosion).
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1 CIRCUITS FOR SHORT

detected:
APP sensor connector is disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between the wiring harness for a
following terminals (wiring harness- possible short to ground.
APP sensor terminal D detected:
APP sensor terminal F Replace the PCM (short to

(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.


corrosion).
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND

APP sensor and PCM connectors are Step 9.
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between APP No Go to the next step.

sensor terminals F and E (wiring
harness-side).
om
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1 CIRCUITS FOR OPEN

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
APP sensor and PCM connectors are

side):
APP sensor terminal D

and PCM terminal 1AL
APP sensor terminal F

and PCM terminal 1AO
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1

8 Yes Replace the APP sensor, then go to the
Reconnect the APP sensor connector. next step.
Inspect the APP sensor No.1. (See ACCELERATOR PEDAL

(See ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .)


using the M-MDS.
Start the engine.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2123 [LF]
DTC P2123 APP sensor No.1 circuit high input
running. If the input voltage is above 4.8 V, the PCM determines that the APP
sensor No.1 circuit input voltage is high.

CONDITION
Short to power supply in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal F and
PCM terminal 1AO
POSSIBLE APP sensor No.1 power supply circuit and signal circuit are shorted to each
CAUSE other
Open circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal
1AS
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


been recorded?
(Mode 12) on the repair order, then go
to the next step.

Bulletins.
om
repaired, go to the
d .c
next step.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT APP SENSOR CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

Disconnect the APP sensor connector.



INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

APP sensor and PCM connectors are then go to Step 9.
disconnected.

(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between APP sensor

terminal F (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.

6 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness
for a possible short to each other, then
APP sensor and PCM connectors are go to Step 9.
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between APP sensor

terminals D and F (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR


disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness
Inspect for continuity between APP sensor Step 9.
terminal E (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal 1AS (wiring harness-side).
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

(See ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP)

step.
[LF] .)
the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2127 [LF]
DTC P2127 APP sensor No.2 circuit low input
running. If the input voltage is less than 0.35 V, the PCM determines that the
APP sensor No.2 circuit has a malfunction.

CONDITION
Short to ground in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal A and PCM
terminal 1AJ
Short to ground in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal C and PCM
terminal 1AP

POSSIBLE
APP sensor No.2 signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal A and PCM terminal
1AJ
Open circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal
1AP
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


12) been recorded?
step.

available?
om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Disconnect the APP sensor connector. No Go to the next step.

corrosion).
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.2 CIRCUITS FOR SHORT

detected:
APP sensor connector is disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between the wiring harness for a
following terminals (wiring harness- possible short to ground.
APP sensor terminal A detected:
APP sensor terminal C Replace the PCM (short to

(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.


corrosion).

APP sensor and PCM connectors are Step 9.
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between APP No Go to the next step.

sensor terminals C and B (wiring
harness-side).
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.2 CIRCUITS FOR OPEN

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
disconnected.
side):
APP sensor terminal A

and PCM terminal 1AJ
APP sensor terminal C

and PCM terminal 1AP

8 Yes Replace the APP sensor, then go to the next
Reconnect the APP sensor connector. step.

(See ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .)


using the M-MDS.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2128 [LF]
DTC P2128 APP sensor No.2 circuit high input
running. If the input voltage is more than4.8 V, the PCM determines that the
APP sensor No.2 circuit has a malfunction.

CONDITION
Short to power supply in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal C and
PCM terminal 1AP
POSSIBLE APP sensor No.2 power supply circuit and signal circuit are shorted to each
CAUSE other
Open circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal
1AV
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


been recorded?
(Mode 12) on the repair order, then go
to the next step.

Bulletins.
repaired, go to the
om
next step.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT APP SENSOR CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS

Disconnect the APP sensor connector.



INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

APP sensor and PCM connectors are then go to Step 9.
disconnected.

(Engine off).
Measure the voltage between APP sensor

terminal C (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.

6 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness
for a possible short to each other, then
APP sensor and PCM connectors are go to Step 9.
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between APP sensor

terminals A and C (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR


disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness
Inspect for continuity between APP sensor Step 9.
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal 1AV (wiring harness-side).
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect APP sensor No.2. (See ACCELERATOR PEDAL

(See ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP)

step.
[LF] .)
the M-MDS.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2135 [LF]
DTC P2135 TP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage correlation problem
The PCM compares the input voltage from TP sensor No.1 with the input
voltage from TP sensor No.2 when the engine is running. If the difference is
more than the specification, the PCM determines that there is a TP sensor
No.1/No.2 voltage correlation problem.

DETECTION

CAUSE
TP sensor No.1/No.2 malfunction
PCM malfunction



om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
available?

then go to Step 6.
Disconnect the throttle body No Go to the next step.

connector.

corrosion).


corrosion).
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1/NO.2

Reconnect the throttle body and step.
PCM connectors.
Inspect the TP sensor No.1/No.2. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See THROTTLE POSITION (TP)

SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .) No Go to the next step.




test.

[LF] .)

om

d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2138 [LF]
DTC P2138 APP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage correlation problem
The PCM compares the input voltage from APP sensor No.1 with the input
voltage from APP sensor No.2 when the engine is running. If the difference is
more than the specification, the PCM determines that there is an APP sensor
No.1/No.2 angle correlation problem.

DETECTION

CAUSE
APP sensor No.1/No.2 malfunction
PCM malfunction



om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
available?

then go to Step 6.
Disconnect the APP sensor No Go to the next step.

connector.

corrosion).


corrosion).
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1/NO.2

5 Yes Replace the APP sensor, then go to the next
Reconnect the APP sensor and step.
PCM connectors.
Inspect the APP sensor REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
No.1/No.2.
(See ACCELERATOR PEDAL No Go to the next step.

POSITION (APP) SENSOR
INSPECTION [LF] .)




test.

[LF] .)

om

.c
PROCEDURE”.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2228 [LF]
DTC P2228 BARO sensor circuit low input
The PCM monitors input voltage from the BARO sensor. If input voltage is
below 2.1 V for 5s , the PCM determines that the BARO sensor circuit has
a malfunction.

CONDITION
POSSIBLE BARO sensor (built-in PCM) malfunction

CAUSE
PCM malfunction



to the next step.
INSPECT BARO SENSOR

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
[LF] .)




self test.

[LF] .)

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2229 [LF]
DTC P2229 BARO sensor circuit high input
The PCM monitors input voltage from the BARO sensor. If input voltage is
above 4.0 V for 5s, the PCM determines that the BARO sensor circuit has a
malfunction.

CONDITION
POSSIBLE BARO sensor (built-in PCM) malfunction

CAUSE
PCM malfunction



to the next step.
INSPECT BARO SENSOR

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
[LF] .)




self test.

[LF] .)

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2401 [LF]
DTC P2401 EVAP system leak detection pump motor circuit low input
The PCM monitors pump load current (EVAP line pressure), while evaporative leak
monitor is operating. If the pump load current is lower than specified, the PCM
determines the EVAP system leak detection pump motor circuit has a malfunction.
This is a intermittent monitor (CCM).
Open circuit or short to ground in EVAP system leak detection pump power supply
circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay and EVAP

system leak detection pump terminal A
EVAP system leak detection pump power supply circuit related

fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay and EVAP

system leak detection pump terminal A
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Short to ground in wiring harness between EVAP system leak detection pump
terminal D and PCM terminal 1U
EVAP system leak detection pump motor circuit and ground circuit are shorted to
each other
Open circuit in wiring harness between EVAP system leak detection pump terminal
D and PCM terminal 1U

om
.c
PCM malfunction
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


been recorded?
next step.

om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
step.

position (Engine off). (See DTC P2405 [LF] .)


4 CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the connector or
Disconnect EVAP system leak detection No Go to the next step.

pump connector.

INSPECT EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP POWER

5 SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO Yes Go to the next step.
GROUND
No Inspect the EVAP system leak detection
EVAP system leak detection pump connector
pump power supply circuit related fuse.
is disconnected.
(Engine off). Repair
or
Measure the voltage between EVAP system
replace
leak detection pump terminal A (wiring
the
wiring
for a
possible
short to
ground.
Replace
the
fuse.
If the fuse is
deterioration:
Replace
the
fuse.
Repair
om
.c
or
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
replace
the
wiring
harness
for a
possible
open
circuit.
Go to Step 11.
INSPECT EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP MOTOR

detected:
EVAP system leak detection pump connector
is disconnected. Repair or replace the
Turn the ignition switch off. possible short to
ground.
Inspect for continuity between EVAP system
leak detection pump terminal D (wiring If the short to ground circuit could not
harness-side) and body ground. be detected:
Is there continuity? Replace the PCM (short

to ground in PCM
internal circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 11.



8 CIRCUIT AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for
OTHER a possible short to each other, then go
to Step 11.
EVAP system leak detection pump and PCM
Inspect for continuity between EVAP system
leak detection pump terminals D and B
(wiring harness-side).


om

.c
a possible open circuit, then go to Step

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect for continuity between EVAP system 11.
leak detection pump terminal D (wiring
harness-side) and PCM terminal 1U (wiring
harness-side).

10 Yes Replace the EVAP system leak detection
Inspect the EVAP system leak detection pump, then go to the next step.
pump.
(See EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP)
(See EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP
LEAK DETECTION PUMP INSPECTION [LF] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)


connectors.
the M-MDS.
Perform the KOEO self test.

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2402 [LF]
DTC P2402 EVAP system leak detection pump motor circuit high input
The PCM monitors pump load current (EVAP line pressure), while evaporative leak monitor is
operating. If the pump load current is higher than specified, the PCM determines EVAP system leak
detection pump motor circuit has a malfunction.
This is a intermittent monitor (CCM).

DETECTION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive
CONDITION
cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first
drive cycle.
Open circuit in wiring harness between EVAP system leak detection pump terminal B and body
ground

CAUSE
Short to power supply in wiring harness between EVAP system leak detection pump terminal D and
PCM terminal 1U
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

recorded?

Is any related Service Bulletins available? If the vehicle is not repaired, go

to the next step.
INSPECT EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP CONNECTOR

3 AND TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then
go to Step 8.
om
Disconnect EVAP system leak detection pump No Go to the next step.

d .c
oa
connector.
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP GROUND

EVAP system leak detection pump connector is

Inspect for continuity between EVAP system leak
detection pump terminal B (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.



possible short to ground, then go to Step 8.
off).
Measure the voltage between EVAP system leak

detection pump terminal D (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
INSPECT EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP RESISTANCE

Inspect resistance between EVAP system leak
detection pump terminal A and D.
No Replace the EVAP system leak detection pump,
(See EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK then go to the next step.
DETECTION PUMP INSPECTION [LF] )
(See EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM
Is the resistance normal? LEAK DETECTION PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] )

MDS.


om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2404 [LF]
DTC P2404 EVAP system leak detection pump sense circuit problem
The PCM monitors pump load current (EVAP line pressure), while the
evaporative leak monitor is operating. After obtaining the reference current
value, if the time in which the pump load current reaches the reference
current value is less than the specification, the PCM determines air filter has
a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in

EVAP hose bending

POSSIBLE
Air filter clogging
CAUSE
PCM malfunction


recorded?

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
the next step.
INSPECT EVAP HOSE BENDING

3 Yes Repair or replace the EVAP hose, then go to Step 5.
Inspect the EVAP hose for
bending.
INSPECT AIR FILTER FOR CLOGGING

4 Yes Repair or replace the air filter, then go to the next
Inspect the air filter for step.
clogging.
(See AIR FILTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See AIR FILTER
INSPECTION [LF] .)


Clear the DTC from the No Go to the next step.

MDS.

self test.

[LF] .)

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2405 [LF]
DTC P2405 EVAP system leak detection pump sense circuit low input
The PCM monitors pump load current (EVAP line pressure), while evaporative
leak monitor is operating. If the current is lower than the specification while
the PCM obtains the reference current value, the PCM determines EVAP
system leak detection pump orifice has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
two consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the

EVAP system leak detection pump orifice fallen off

POSSIBLE
EVAP system leak detection pump motor malfunction
CAUSE
PCM malfunction


(Mode 12) been recorded? No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) on the

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
the next step.

Perform the evaporative No Go to the next step.

emission test using the M-
MDS.
(See ENGINE CONTROL

SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)

self test.

[LF] .)

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2502 [LF]
DTC P2502 Charging system voltage problem
The PCM judges generator output voltage is above 17 V or battery voltage is

below 11 V for 5s during the engine running.
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (other).

CONDITION
Short to ground in generator power supply circuit

terminal and generator terminal B
Generator power supply circuit related fuse malfunction
Battery malfunction
POSSIBLE
Generator is poorly connected
CAUSE
Battery is poorly connected
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and generator
terminal B
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

BEEN RECORDED
TEST RESULTS (other related) been
recorded?

the next step.
available?
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT FUSE
3 Yes If the fuse is melt:
Remove the MAIN fuse. harness for a possible short to
ground.
Inspect the fuse.
Replace the fuse.
(See MAIN FUSE
Replace the fuse.
Go to Step 9.
No Install the fuse, then go to the next step.
INSPECT BATTERY
4 Yes Recharge or replace the battery, then go to Step 9.
(See BATTERY INSPECTION [LF] .)
INSPECT POOR INSTALLATION OF GENERATOR

5 TERMINAL Yes Tighten generator terminal B installation nut, then
go to Step 9.
Inspect for looseness of generator No Go to the next step.

terminal B installation nut.
Is the nut loose?
INSPECT POOR INSTALLATION OF BATTERY

6 POSITIVE TERMINAL Yes Connect the battery positive terminal correctly, then
go to Step 9.
Inspect for looseness of battery
positive terminal.
Is the terminal loose?
INSPECT BATTERY CHARGING CIRCUIT FOR


generator terminal B (wiring harness- No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
side) and body ground. open circuit, then go to Step 9.
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT GENERATOR
8 Yes Replace the generator, then go to the next step.
Inspect the generator.

om

d .c

oa
COMPLETED
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
using the M-MDS.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2503 [LF]
DTC P2503 Charging system voltage low input
The PCM needs more than 19.5 A from the generator, and judges the generator
output voltage to be below 8.5 V during the engine running.

CONDITION
Drive belt misadjustment
Generator connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between generator terminal D and PCM terminal
2AI
Short to ground in wiring harness between generator terminal P and PCM terminal
POSSIBLE 2AJ
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between generator terminal D and PCM terminal 2AI
Open circuit in wiring harness between generator terminal P and PCM terminal 2AJ
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

BEEN RECORDED
TEST RESULTS (other related) been
recorded?

the next step.
available?
om
.c
INSPECT DRIVE BELT CONDITION

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 Yes Replace the drive belt, then go to Step 9.
Verify that the drive belt auto
tensioner indicator mark does not (See DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
exceed limit.
INSPECT GENERATOR CONNECTOR AND

go to Step 9.
Disconnect the generator connector. No Go to the next step.

INSPECT GENERATOR CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO

Generator connector is disconnected. Repair or replace the wiring harness

for a possible short to ground.
following terminals (wiring harness- If the short to ground circuit could not be detected:
Replace the PCM (short to ground
Generator terminal D in PCM internal circuit).
Generator terminal P (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.


corrosion).
INSPECT GENERATOR CIRCUITS FOR OPEN

Generator and PCM connectors are

side):
Generator terminal D
and PCM terminal
2AI
Generator terminal P
and PCM terminal
2AJ
om
.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT GENERATOR
8 Yes Replace the generator, then go to the next step.
Inspect the generator.


using the M-MDS.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2504 [LF]
DTC P2504 Charging system voltage high input
The PCM judges the generator output voltage is above 18.5 V or battery
voltage is above 16.0 V for 5s during the engine running.

CONDITION
Generator connector or terminals malfunction
POSSIBLE Short to power supply in wiring harness between generator terminal D

CAUSE and PCM terminal 2AI
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

1 AND DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST Yes Go to the next step.
RESULTS HAVE BEEN RECORDED
(other related) been recorded?

om

d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
available?
INSPECT GENERATOR CONNECTOR AND

then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the generator No Go to the next step.

connector.

corrosion).


corrosion).
INSPECT GENERATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT

5 FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
Generator and PCM connectors 7.
are disconnected.


generator terminal D (wiring
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT GENERATOR
6 Yes Replace the generator, then go to the next
Inspect the generator. step.
(See GENERATOR INSPECTION (See GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

[LF] .)




om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
[LF] .)


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2507 [LF]
DTC P2507 PCM battery voltage low input
The PCM monitors the voltage of backup battery positive terminal. If the PCM
detects that the battery positive terminal voltage is 2.5 V or less for 5 s,
the PCM determines that the backup voltage circuit has a malfunction.

CONDITION
Battery malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in battery positive terminal and PCM terminal
1BA
POSSIBLE Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive

CAUSE terminal and PCM terminal 1BA
PCM monitor circuit related fuse malfunction

terminal and PCM terminal 1BA
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M



available?
INSPECT BATTERY
3 Yes Recharge or replace the battery, then go to
Inspect the battery. Step 6.
om
(See BATTERY INSPECTION [LF] .) (See BATTERY RECHARGING [LF] .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is there any malfunction? (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

Disconnect PCM connector.

corrosion).
INSPECT MONITOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN


No Inspect the monitor circuit related fuse.
Measure the voltage between PCM
terminal 1BA (wiring harness- If the fuse is melt:
side) and body ground. Repair or
replace the
wiring
harness for a
possible short
to ground.
Replace the
fuse.
Replace the
fuse.
Repair or
replace the
wiring
harness for a
possible open
circuit.




om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
test.


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2610 [LF]
DTC P2610 PCM internal engine off timer performance problem
The PCM internal engine off timer is damaged.
DETECTION two consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same
CONDITION malfunction has been stored in the PCM.

POSSIBLE
PCM internal engine off timer is damaged
CAUSE


DATA (Mode 12) been
recorded?

the next step.
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

Start the engine and stop
the engine.
Wait the 5 sec. with ignition

switch is off.
Retrieve the DTC using the

M-MDS.

this DTC present?

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0401 [LF]
DTC P0401 EGR flow insufficient detected
The PCM monitors difference in intake manifold pressures when EGR is

operated and when it is stopped. If the difference is too small, the PCM
determines that EGR flow insufficient.
This is an intermittent monitor (EGR system).
DETECTION The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects above malfunction condition in two

POSSIBLE EGR valve passage malfunction

CAUSE
Gasket of EGR valve malfunction
Clogged EGR valve passage
PCM malfunction

BEEN RECORDED
om

.c
RESULTS (EGR system related) been

d

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
recorded?

availability.
next step.

Turn the ignition switch off then to the
Verify the related PENDING CODE and

stored DTC. No Go to the next step.
INSPECT MAP SENSOR

4 Yes Replace the MAP sensor, then go to
Inspect the MAP sensor. (See MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE

(MAP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(See MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE [LF] .)
(MAP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .)

Perform the EGR Control System
Inspection.
No Repair or replace the malfunctioning
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM part according to the inspection results,
OPERATION INSPECTION [LF] .) then go to Step 7.
Does the EGR valve operate normally?
INSPECT EGR VALVE PASSAGE

Remove the EGR valve.
(See EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION No Install the gasket correctly, then go to

[LF] .) the next step.
Is the gasket installation normal?

step.
using the M-MDS. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
om

d .c
No Retry this step.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Stop the vehicle and access the ON

BOARD READINESS TEST to inspect the
Drive Mode completion status.
Verify that the ON BOARD READINESS

TEST status changing to YES.
Perform the Diagnostic Monitoring Test

Results Access Procedure.
Verify the #31:83 (EGR pressure

variation) value.
(See DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST

RESULTS [LF] .)
Is the value out of the specification?


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0126, P0128 [LF]
DTC P0126
Coolant thermostat stuck open
DTC P0128
DTC P0126
If the ECT sensor signal never exceeds 71 °C {160 °F} after engine start
for specified period, the PCM determines that the coolant thermostat is stuck
open.
IAT: above –10 °C {14 °F}
Vehicle speed: over 6 km/h {3.7 mph}
DTC P0128
The PCM monitors MAF, IAT, VSS and ECT signals and calculate radiator’s
heat radiation ratio while following monitoring conditions are met. If
calculated value exceeds threshold, the PCM determines that the coolant
thermostat is stuck open.
DETECTION IAT: above –10°C {14 °F}

CONDITION
ECT at engine start: below 36 °C {97 °F}
Difference between ECT at engine start and minimum IAT:

below 6 °C {10.8 °F}
Vehicle speed: over 30 km/h {18.6 mph}
This is an intermittent monitor (engine cooling system).
malfunction has been stored in PCM.


om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Coolant thermostat malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM malfunction


No Record the FREEZE FRAME
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS (engine
DATA (Mode 12) and
cooling system related) been recorded?
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING
TEST RESULTS on the repair
order, then go to the next
step.

Verify related Service Bulletins availability. diagnosis according to the
If the vehicle
is not
repaired, go
to the next
step.

Turn the ignition switch off, then to the ON inspection.
Are any DTCs present? No Go to the next step.
INSPECT COOLANT THERMOSTAT FOR WHETHER STUCK

4 OPEN Yes Replace the coolant
thermostat, then go to the
Inspect the coolant thermostat. next step.
(See THERMOSTAT INSPECTION [LF] .) (See THERMOSTAT

No Inspect the ECT sensor.
(See ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
om
.c
INSPECTION [LF] .)
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Replace the ECT sensor if
necessary, then go to the next
step.
(See ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
VERIFY MONITORING CONDITION FOR REPAIR

5 VERIFICATION Yes Take corrective action (e.g.
cool down engine), then
Make sure to reconnect all disconnected repeat this step.
connectors.
Cool down the engine. No DTC P0126:
NOTE: Go to the
next step.
If workshop inside and outside
temperature difference is DTC P0128:
significant, PCM might not operate
thermostat monitor. Therefore, it Go to Step 7.
is recommended to cool down
engine out of workshop.

off).

MDS.
Access the ECT, IAT PIDs and make sure that each
value is within following specifications.
ECT: below 36 °C {97 °F} (for

P0128 only)
Difference between ECT and IAT:

Below 6 °C {10.8 °F}
Is there any PID that is out of specification?

6 Yes Go to Step 8.
Start the engine and turn off E/L and A/C.
Access the DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST No Replace the PCM, then go to

RESULTS using the M-MDS and monitor TEST Step 8.
#10:E1:81 (ECT).
(See PCM
NOTE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
This test requires actual driving.

Chassis roller cannot be used for
this test.
During test drive, constant speed

should be maintained, although 2
or 3 stops during every 5
om
minutes of driving time (e.g. for

d .c
traffic signals) is acceptable.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Stop-and-go (e.g. in case of
traffic congestion) is not
acceptable during the test period.
Test period depends on ECT at

engine start. (e.g. if ECT is –10
°C {14 °F}, monitoring period is
20 minutes and ECT is 30 °C
{86 °F}, monitoring period is 8
minutes)
Verify the TEST #10:E1:81 (ECT) value.
Is the value above minimum value?

Start the engine and turn off E/L and A/C.
Access the DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST No Replace the PCM, then go to

RESULTS using the M-MDS and monitor TEST the next step.
#10:E1:80 (Heat radiation ratio) or #10:E1:81
(ECT). (See PCM
NOTE:
This test requires actual driving.

Chassis roller cannot be used for
this test.
During test drive, constant speed

should be maintained, although 2
or 3 stops (e.g. for traffic signals)
is acceptable. Stop-and-go (e.g.
in case of traffic congestion) is
not acceptable during the test
period.
Verify the TEST #10:E1:80 (Heat radiation ratio)

and #10:E1:81 (ECT) value.
Are the value of TEST #10:E1:80 (Heat radiation

ratio) below maximum value and value of TEST
#10:E1:81 (ECT) above minimum value?


completed.
< Previous Next >

om
Back to Top
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
< Previous Next >
DTC P1260 [LF]
DTC P1260 Immobilizer system problem
The instrument cluster detects an immobilizer system malfunction

(vehicles without advanced keyless and start system).
The keyless control module detects an immobilizer system malfunction

(vehicles with advanced keyless and start system).
DETECTION
POSSIBLE Immobilizer system malfunction

CAUSE
PCM malfunction

available?
VERIFY STORED DTC IN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

2 OR KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON (See DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
position (Engine off). (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
Verify stored DTC in instrument cluster
or keyless control module. (See DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
om

d .c
oa
DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM)].)
(See DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER

SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)

step.
using the M-MDS. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Perform the KOEO self test.



< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC B1342 [LF]
DTC B1342 PCM malfunction
Malfunction in the PCM internal circuit.
DETECTION CONDITION The MIL does not illuminate.
POSSIBLE CAUSE PCM internal malfunction

to the next step.
available?
VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC B1342

Is the same DTC present? No Go to the next step.


[LF] .)
om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0053 [LF]
DTC P0053 A/F sensor heater resistance
The PCM monitors the A/F sensor heater resistance when under the A/F sensor heater control. If the
resistance is more than 47.34 ohms or less than 1.23 ohms, the PCM determines that there is a
A/F sensor circuit problem.
This is a intermittent monitor (A/F sensor heater, HO2S heater).

DETECTION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles
CONDITION
or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2/Mode 12) data is available.
Short to ground or open circuit in A/F sensor heater power supply circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch and A/F sensor terminal C
POSSIBLE ENG BAR 15 A fuse malfunction

CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch and A/F sensor terminal C
Short to ground between A/F sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 2BG
Open circuit between A/F sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 2BG
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

Have the freeze frame data (Mode 12) and DIAGNOSTIC

MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A/F sensor heater, HO2S heater No Record the freeze frame data (Mode 12)
RESULTS on repair order, then go to the
next step.
VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY

2 Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line repair information the available repair information.
availability.
Is any related repair information available? repaired, go to the next
step.
INSPECT A/F SENSOR CONNECTOR CONDITION

3 Yes Repair or replace the terminal and/or
Switch the ignition to off. connector, then go to Step 9.

Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion).

4 Yes Replace the A/F sensor, then go to Step
Inspect the A/F sensor heater. 9.
(See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .) (See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
om
d.c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT A/F SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT

5 TO GROUND Yes Go to the next step.

Switch the ignition to ON (engine off). a possible short to ground or open
Measure the voltage between A/F sensor terminal C (wiring
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT A/F SENSOR HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

detected:
Switch the ignition to off. wiring harness for a
possible short to
Inspect for continuity between A/F sensor terminal D (wiring ground.
Is there continuity? be detected:

to ground in PCM
internal circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.
INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the PCM connector. connector, then go to Step 9.

INSPECT A/F SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Switch the ignition to off. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for
a possible open circuit, then go to the
Inspect for continuity between A/F sensor terminal D (wiring next step.
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2BG (wiring harness-side).

Switch the ignition to ON (engine off). (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Perform the KOEO or KOER self test (using M-MDS) or Drive

Mode 03 (PCM Adaptive Memory Production, EGR System, A/F
Sensor Heater, HO2S Heater, A/F Sensor, HO2S, and TWC
Repair Verification Drive Mode) (not using M-MDS).
om

.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0054 [LF]
DTC P0054 HO2S heater resistance
The PCM monitors the HO2S heater resistance when under the HO2S heater control. If the resistance is
more than 107.27 ohms or less than 9.39 ohms for 5s, the PCM determines that there is a HO2S
heater circuit problem.
This is a intermittent monitor (A/F sensor heater, HO2S heater).

DETECTION
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles
CONDITION
or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
cycle.
Short to ground or open circuit in HO2S heater power supply circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch and HO2S terminal C
POSSIBLE ENG 20 A fuse malfunction

CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch and HO2S terminal C
Short to ground between HO2S terminal D and PCM terminal 2BE
Open circuit between HO2S terminal D and PCM terminal 2BE
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 12) AND DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING


MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A/F sensor heater, HO2S heater No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode
related) been recorded? 12) and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST
RESULTS on repair order, then go to the
next step.

2 Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line repair information the available repair information.
availability.
Is any related repair information available? repaired, go to the next
step.
INSPECT HO2S CONNECTOR CONDITION

Switch the ignition to off. connector, then go to Step 9.

corrosion).
INSPECT HO2S HEATER

(See HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) INSPECTION [LF] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

om
INSPECT HO2S HEATER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO

d .c
5 GROUND Yes Go to the next step.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Switch the ignition to ON (engine off). possible short to ground or open circuit,
then go to Step 9.
Measure the voltage between HO2S terminal C (wiring harness-
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Switch the ignition to off. Repair or replace the

Inspect for continuity between HO2S terminal D (wiring harness- possible short to ground.

to ground in PCM
internal circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.
INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR CONDITION

Disconnect the PCM connector. connector, then go to Step 9.

INSPECT HO2S CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Inspect for continuity between HO2S terminal D (wiring harness- No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
side) and PCM terminal 2BE (wiring harness-side). possible open circuit, then go to the next
step.

Switch the ignition to ON (engine off). (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Perform the KOEO or KOER self test (using M-MDS) or Drive

Mode 03 (PCM Adaptive Memory Production, EGR System, A/F
Sensor Heater, HO2S Heater, A/F Sensor, HO2S, and TWC Repair
Verification Drive Mode) (not using M-MDS).

om

.c
d

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0171 [LF]
DTC P0171 Fuel trim system too lean
The PCM monitors short term fuel trim (SHRTFT) and long term fuel trim
(LONGFT) values when closed loop fuel control. If the LONGFT and the sum total
of these fuel trims or the SHRTFT exceed preprogrammed criteria, the PCM
determines that the fuel system is too lean.

DETECTION
The MIL illuminates if PCM detects above malfunction condition in two
CONDITION
consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while DTC for the same
PENDING CODE is available if PCM detects the above malfunction condition

during first drive cycle.

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Purge solenoid valve malfunction (stuck open)
POSSIBLE Purge solenoid hoses improper connection

CAUSE
Improper operation of variable valve timing control system
Fuel filter clogged or restricted
Fuel leakage on fuel line from fuel distributor and fuel pump
Improper operation of fuel injector
Misfire
PCM malfunction
IDENTIFY TRIGGER DTC FOR FREEZE

1 FRAME DATA (MODE 2) Yes Go to the next step.
Is the DTC P0171 on

FREEZE FRAME DATA No Go to the troubleshooting procedures for DTC on FREEZE
(Mode 2)? FRAME DATA (Mode 2).

TEST RESULTS HAVE BEEN RECORDED
DATA (Mode 12) and
TEST RESULTS (fuel system

3 Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to the available
om
AVAILABILITY
.c
Service Bulletins.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
next step.

4 STORED DTC Yes If misfire DTC is present:
Turn the ignition switch off, Go to Step 11.

If other DTC is present:
(Engine off).
Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
CODE and stored DTC. (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
No If drive ability concern is present:
Go to Step 11.
If not:

Access the following PIDs If the inspection results are normal:

using the M-MDS:
APP1
APP2
according to the
MAF inspection results, then
go to Step 20.
TP REL
VSS No Go to the next step.
Is there any signal that is

far out of specification
when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position
and the engine runs?
(See PCM INSPECTION

[LF] .)

(MODE 2) CONDITION
CAUTION:
always operate the vehicle
in a safe and lawful Repair or replace the
om
manner.
.c
malfunctioning part
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
according to the
to observe monitor system
go to Step 20.
status while driving, be
sure to have another
technician with you, or No Go to the next step.
record the data in the M-
MDS using the PID/DATA
MONITOR AND RECORD
capturing function and
inspect later.
Inspect the same PIDs as in

Step 5 while simulating
FREEZE FRAME DATA
(Mode 2) condition.


Inspect the A/F sensor
heater. (See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
(See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F)
INSPECT A/F SENSOR



Inspect if the A/F sensor is

loosely installed. No Retighten the A/F sensor, then go to Step 20.

Is the A/F sensor installed
securely?
INSPECT GAS LEAKAGE FROM EXHAUST

10 SYSTEM Yes Repair or replace any malfunctioning exhaust part, then
go to Step 20.
Visually inspect if there is
any gas leakage between
the exhaust manifold and No Replace the A/F sensor, then go to Step 20.
A/F sensor. (See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
INSPECT MAF PID

Start the engine.
om

.c
Access the MAF PID using

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
the M-MDS.
Race the engine and verify

that the MAF PID changes
quickly according to change
in the engine speed.

normal?
INSPECT EXCESSIVE AIR SUCTION IN

12 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
Visually inspect for loosen,
cracks or damages hoses
No Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 20.
on intake air system.
NOTE:
Engine speed may change
when rust penetrating
agent is stayed on the air
suction area.

Carry out the Purge Control

System Inspection. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
(See ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Does the purge control

system work properly?

Carry out the Variable

Valve Timing Control No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
System Operation inspection results, then go to Step 20.
Inspection.
(See ENGINE CONTROL

SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Does variable valve timing

control system work
properly?

NOTE: No If the fuel line pressure is too low:

om
If engine won’t start, Go to the next step.

d .c
oa
inspect fuel line pressure

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
with ignition switch ON. If the fuel line pressure is excess high:
Replace the fuel pump unit, then go to

Step 20.
pressure while the engine
running. (See FUEL PUMP UNIT
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Is fuel line pressure

normal?
INSPECT FUEL LINE FROM FUEL PUMP

16 TO FUEL DISTRIBUTOR Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
Visually inspect the fuel line
for fuel leakage.
Is there any fuel leakage? fuel filter (low-pressure side).

results:


side).
If normal:

unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
Go to Step 20.

Carry out the Spark Test.

SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)


18 Yes Perform the engine overhaul for repairs, then go to Step
Inspect the engine 20.
compression.
(See COMPRESSION No Go to the next step.

INSPECTION [LF] .)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Perform the Fuel Injector
(See ENGINE CONTROL inspection results, then go to the next step.
SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Do the fuel injectors

operate normally?



MDS.

(PCM Adaptive Memory
A/F Sensor Heater, HO2S
Heater, A/F Sensor, HO2S,
and TWC Repair Verification
Drive Mode).

[LF] .)
Stop the vehicle and access

the ON BOARD READINESS
TEST to inspect DRIVE
MODE completion status.
Verify the FUEL_EVAL PID

changes to yes.
If not,
perform
the Drive
Mode 03
(PCM
Adaptive
Memory
Production,
EGR
System,
A/F Sensor
Heater,
HO2S
Heater,
A/F
Sensor,
HO2S, and
TWC
Repair
om
.c
Verification
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Drive
Mode)
again.
(See OBD-
II DRIVE
MODE
[LF] .)

this DTC present?

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0172 [LF]
DTC P0172 Fuel trim system too rich
The PCM monitors short fuel trim (SHRTFT) and long fuel trim (LONGFT) values
when closed loop fuel control. If the LONGFT and the sum total of these fuel
trims or the SHRTFT exceed preprogrammed criteria, the PCM determines that
the fuel system is too rich.

DETECTION
The MIL illuminates if PCM detects above malfunction condition in two
CONDITION
consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while DTC for the same
PENDING CODE is available if PCM detects the above malfunction condition

during first drive cycle.

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Purge solenoid valve malfunction (stuck open)
Purge solenoid hoses improper connection
POSSIBLE Improper operation of EGR valve

CAUSE
Improper operation of variable tumble control system
Improper operation of variable valve timing control system improper operation
Fuel filter clogged or restricted
Fuel leakage on fuel line from fuel distributor and fuel pump
Improper operation of fuel injector
Misfire
PCM malfunction
IDENTIFY TRIGGER DTC FOR FREEZE

1 FRAME DATA (MODE 2) Yes Go to the next step.
Is the DTC P0172 on

FREEZE FRAME DATA No Go to the troubleshooting procedures for DTC on FREEZE
(Mode 2)? FRAME DATA (Mode 2).

TEST RESULTS HAVE BEEN RECORDED
DATA (Mode 12) and
TEST RESULTS (fuel system
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 AVAILABILITY Yes Perform the repair or diagnosis according to the available
Service Bulletins.
next step.

4 STORED DTC Yes If misfire DTC is present:
Turn the ignition switch off, Go to Step 11.

If other DTC is present:
(Engine off).
Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
CODE and stored DTC. (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
No If drive ability concern is present:
Go to Step 11.
If not:

Access the following PIDs If the inspection results are normal:

using the M-MDS:
APP1
APP2
according to the
MAF inspection results, then
go to Step 21.
TP REL
VSS No Go to the next step.
Is there any signal that is

far out of specification
when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position
and the engine runs?
(See PCM INSPECTION

[LF] .)

(MODE 2) CONDITION
CAUTION:
om

d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
always operate the vehicle
in a safe and lawful Repair or replace the
manner. malfunctioning part
according to the
to observe monitor system
go to Step 21.
status while driving, be
sure to have another
technician with you, or No Go to the next step.
record the data in the M-
MDS using the PID/DATA
MONITOR AND RECORD
capturing function and
inspect later.
Inspect the same PIDs as in

Step 5 while simulating
FREEZE FRAME DATA
(Mode 2) condition.


Inspect the A/F sensor
heater. (See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
(See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F)
INSPECT A/F SENSOR



Inspect if the A/F sensor is

loosely installed. No Retighten the A/F sensor, then go to Step 21.
Is the A/F sensor installed (See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
securely?
INSPECT GAS LEAKAGE FROM EXHAUST

10 SYSTEM Yes Repair or replace any malfunctioning exhaust part, then
go to Step 21.
Visually inspect if there is
any gas leakage between
the exhaust manifold and No Replace the A/F sensor, then go to Step 21.
A/F sensor. (See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
om
INSPECT MAF PID

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Start the engine.
Access the MAF PID using No Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 21.
the M-MDS.
Race the engine and verify (IAT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
that the MAF PID changes
quickly according to change
in the engine speed.

normal?

Carry out the Purge Control

System Inspection. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
(See ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Does the purge control

system work properly?

Carry out the EGR Control
System Inspection.
SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Does the EGR valve work

properly?
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE CONTROL


Tumble Control Operation
Inspection.
(See ENGINE CONTROL

SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Does variable tumble

control system work
properly?


Valve Timing Control
System Operation inspection results, then go to Step 21.
Inspection.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Does variable valve timing

control system work
properly?

Inspect the fuel line No If the fuel line pressure is too low:
pressure while the engine
running. Go to the next step.
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE If the fuel line pressure is excess high:
INSPECTION [LF] .) Replace the fuel pump unit, then go to
Step 21.
Is fuel line pressure
normal? (See FUEL PUMP UNIT
INSPECT FUEL LINE FROM FUEL PUMP

17 TO FUEL DISTRIBUTOR Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
Visually inspect the fuel line
for fuel leakage.
Is there any fuel leakage? fuel filter (low-pressure side).

results:


side).
If normal:

unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
Go to Step 21.

Carry out the Spark Test.

SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)
om

d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Perform the Fuel Injector
SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Do the fuel injectors

operate normally?
INSPECT PCV VALVE OPERATION

20 Yes Replace the PCV valve, then go to the next step.
Inspect the PCV valve
operation. (See POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE
(See POSITIVE CRANKCASE
VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE
INSPECTION [LF] .)



MDS.

(PCM Adaptive Memory
A/F Sensor Heater, HO2S
Heater, A/F Sensor, HO2S,
and TWC Repair Verification
Drive Mode).

[LF] .)
Stop the vehicle and access

the ON BOARD READINESS
TEST to inspect DRIVE
MODE completion status.
Verify the FUEL_EVAL PID

changes to yes.
If not,
perform
the Drive
Mode 03
(PCM
Adaptive
Memory
Production,
om
.c
EGR
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
System,
A/F Sensor
Heater,
HO2S
Heater,
A/F
Sensor,
HO2S, and
TWC
Repair
Verification
Drive
Mode)
again.
(See OBD-
II DRIVE
MODE
[LF] .)

this DTC present?

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0481 [LF]
The PCM monitors the cooling fan relay No.2 control signal voltage and
current. If the following conditions are met, the PCM determines that there is
the cooling fan relay No.2 control circuit problem.
The PCM turns the cooling fan relay No.2 off, but the voltage
of the cooling fan relay No.2 control signal remains low.
CONDITION

Cooling fan relay No.2 power supply circuits related fuse

malfunction


and PCM terminal 1N
terminal A and PCM terminal 1N
PCM terminal 1N
om
d .c
PCM malfunction
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

HAVE BEEN RECORDED
next step.
(other related) been recorded?
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
available?

SHORT TO GROUND
replace the
cooling fan relay No.2 terminal E harness for
(wiring harness-side) and body a possible
ground. short to
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Replace the
fuse.
Replace the
fuse.
Repair or
replace the
wiring
harness for
a possible
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.



detected:
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
detected:
circuit).
(See PCM
[LF] .)
Go to Step 9.


corrosion).

disconnected.

ground.


disconnected.
step.

terminal 1N (wiring harness-side).
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M



test with M-MDS, or following
procedures.
Turn the ignition

switch to off.
Start the engine

and turn on A/C
switch and fan
switch.
Retrieve any DTC.


[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0661 [LF]
DTC P0661 Variable intake air solenoid valve circuit low input
The PCM monitors the variable intake air solenoid valve control signal. If the PCM turns
variable intake air solenoid valve off but voltage at PCM terminal still remains low, the
PCM determines that variable intake air solenoid valve circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
Variable intake air solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in variable intake air solenoid valve power supply
circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay and variable

intake air solenoid valve terminal A
Variable intake air solenoid valve power supply circuit related fuse
malfunction
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay and variable intake
CAUSE air solenoid valve terminal A
Variable intake air solenoid valve malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between variable intake air solenoid valve terminal B
and PCM terminal 2J
Open circuit in wiring harness between variable intake air solenoid valve terminal B
and PCM terminal 2J
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

BEEN RECORDED
RESULTS (other related) been recorded?

to the next step.
INSPECT VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE

3 CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals,
then go to Step 9.
Disconnect the variable intake air No Go to the next step.

solenoid valve connector.

om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR Yes Go to the next step.
SHORT TO GROUND
No Inspect the variable intake air solenoid valve
Variable intake air solenoid valve
power supply circuit related fuse.
connector is disconnected.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON If the fuse is melt:

replace the
Measure the voltage between variable
wiring harness
intake air solenoid valve terminal A
for a possible
short to
Is the voltage B+? ground.
Replace the
fuse.
Replace the
fuse.
Repair or
replace the
wiring harness
for a possible
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.

5 Yes Replace the variable intake air solenoid valve,
Inspect the variable intake air solenoid (See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE
valve. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID

VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .) No Go to the next step.

6 CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND Yes If the short to ground circuit could be detected:
Variable intake air solenoid valve Repair or replace the wiring

connector is disconnected. harness for a possible short to
ground.
Inspect for continuity between variable
intake air solenoid valve terminal B If the short to ground circuit could not be
(wiring harness-side) and body ground. detected:

ground in PCM internal circuit).
(See PCM
Go to Step 9.
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


8 CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Variable intake air solenoid valve and

PCM connectors are disconnected. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible open circuit, then go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between variable
intake air solenoid valve terminal B
(wiring harness-side) and PCM terminal
2J (wiring harness-side).


connectors.


using the M-MDS.
Perform the following procedures, or

KOEO or KOER self test with M-MDS.
Access the RPM PID.
Increase the engine

speed 4,750 rpm or
more for 10 times.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0662 [LF]
DTC P0662 Variable intake air solenoid valve circuit high input
The PCM monitors the variable intake air solenoid valve control signal at PCM
terminal. If the PCM turns variable intake air solenoid valve on but voltage at PCM
terminal still remains high, the PCM determines that the variable intake air solenoid
valve circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
Variable intake air solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Variable intake air solenoid valve malfunction

CAUSE
Short to power supply in wiring harness between variable intake air solenoid valve
terminal B and PCM terminal 2J
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

BEEN RECORDED

the next step.
available?
INSPECT VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID

3 VALVE CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then
go to Step 7.
Disconnect the variable intake air No Go to the next step.

solenoid valve connector.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

4 VALVE Yes Replace the variable intake air solenoid valve, then
go to Step 7.
Inspect the variable intake air
solenoid valve. (See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE
(See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)



6 VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO POWER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
SUPPLY short to power supply, then go to the next step.
Variable intake air solenoid valve and

PCM connectors are disconnected. No Go to the next step.


variable intake air solenoid valve
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.




using the M-MDS.
Perform the following procedures, or

KOEO or KOER self test with M-MDS.
Access the RPM PID.
Increase the engine

speed 4,750 rpm
or more for 10
times.

om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0130 [LF]
DTC P0130 A/F sensor circuit problem
The PCM monitors the A/F sensor impedance when under the A/F sensor heater
control. If the impedance is more than 500 ohms, the PCM determines that there is
a A/F sensor circuit problem.
CONDITION consecutive drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between A/F sensor terminal A and PCM terminal 2AD
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between A/F sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 2Z
PCM malfunction
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


step.

Bulletins.
repaired, go to the
next step.

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M



INSPECT A/F SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Inspect for continuity between the following terminals No Repair or replace the wiring harness
(wiring harness-side): for a possible open circuit, then go
to Step 7.
A/F sensor terminal A and PCM
terminal 2AD
A/F sensor terminal B and PCM

terminal 2Z
INSPECT A/F SENSOR

Reconnect the A/F sensor and PCM connectors. the next step.

MDS. [LF] .)


om

d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2109 [LF]
DTC P2109 TP sensor minimum stop range/performance problem
The PCM monitors the minimum TP when the closed TP learning is

completed. If the TP is less than 6.03% or more than 18.7%, the PCM
determines that there is a TP sensor minimum stop range/performance
problem.

DETECTION

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM malfunction


DATA (Mode 12) been
recorded?

the next step.
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 Yes Replace the throttle body, then go to the next step.
Inspect the throttle valve
actuator. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
(See THROTTLE BODY
INSPECTION [LF] .)



MDS.

self test.

[LF] .)

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P2112 [LF]
DTC P2112 Throttle valve actuator control system range/performance problem
The PCM monitors the throttle valve actuator control duty ratio when the
engine is running. If the duty ratio is more than 95%, the PCM determines
that there is a throttle valve actuator control system range/performance
problem.

DETECTION
POSSIBLE PCM malfunction

CAUSE
Throttle valve actuator control module malfunction


DATA (Mode 12) been
recorded?

the next step.
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

self test.

[LF] .)

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0442, P0455, P0456 [LF]
DTC P0442 P0442: EVAP system leak detected (small leak)
DTC P0455 P0455: EVAP system leak detected (gross leak/no flow)
DTC P0456 P0456: EVAP system leak detected (very small leak)
The PCM measures the pump load current (EVAP line pressure) after a specified
period has elapsed since the EVAP system is sealed when monitoring conditions
are met. If the load does not reach the reference load value, or the rate of the
load increase is lower than the specification within a specified period, the PCM
determines that the EVAP system has a very small leak.
The ignition switch is turned off.
IAT: 5—35 °C {41—95 °F}
Battery voltage: 10.9 V or above
Atmospheric pressure: 72.2 kPa {542 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or

above
DETECTION
CONDITION Fuel tank level: 15—85%
Time from engine off: 5 h or more
This is an intermittent monitor (EVAP system).
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
DTC P0442, P0456
After-market EVAP hardware (such as fuel-filler cap) not conforming to required

specifications
om
Small holes or cuts in fuel vapor hoses/tubes

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Change over valve stays partially open on closed command
Damaged, cross-threaded or loosely installed fuel-filler cap
EVAP system component seals leaking
Purge solenoid leaking

POSSIBLE
CAUSE DTC P0455
After-market EVAP hardware (such as fuel-filler cap) not conforming to required

specifications
Disconnected or cracked change over valve, purge solenoid valve outlet tube, or
EVAP return tube.
Loose, malfunctioning, damaged or missing fuel-filler cap
Loose fuel vapor hose/tube connections to EVAP system components
Change over valve stuck open
Damaged charcoal canister


MONITORING TEST RESULTS (EVAP system related) been No Record the FREEZE
recorded? FRAME DATA (Mode 12)
and DIAGNOSTIC
MONITORING TEST
RESULTS on the repair
order, then go to the
next step.

2 Yes Perform repair or
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line repair diagnosis according to
information availability. the available Service
Bulletins.
Are any related Service Bulletins available?
If the
vehicle
is not
repaired,
go to
the next
step.

3 Yes Go to the appropriate
Turn the ignition switch off then to the ON position (Engine DTC troubleshooting.
om
off).
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Are any other DTCs present? No Go to the next step.
PRELIMINARY EVAP SYSTEM TEST

4 Yes Go to the appropriate
Perform the EVAP system leak inspection using the M-MDS. DTC troubleshooting.
Verify that all PIDs are within the following specifications: (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
NOTE:
To successfully perform this procedure, all
PIDs must be within specification before
proceeding to the next step.
Select the following items

from the initialization
screen of the M-MDS.
Select “Fuel”.
Select “EVAP Test”.
Verify that ECT and IAT are

within the specification on
the confirmation screen. To
successfully perform this
procedure, ECT and IAT
must be within the
specification before
proceeding to the next
step.
The fuel level must be

maintained within 15%—
85%. The PCM will cancel
the EVAP test If the fuel
level is lower than 15%
or higher than 85%.
Allow the M-MDS to run

the EVAP test.
Are DTCs besides P0455, P0442 or P0456 present?
VERIFY EVAP DTCs

Did the M-MDS EVAP test produce DTCs P0455, P0442 or
P0456?
No Go to Step 8.
SECONDARY EVAP SYSTEM TEST

Tighten the fuel-filler cap then perform the EVAP system
leak inspection using the M-MDS again.
No Fuel-filler cap was not
Verify that all PIDs are within the following specifications: properly tightened.
NOTE: Go to Step 11.

om
.c
To successfully perform this procedure, all

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
PIDs must be within the specification before
proceeding to the next step.
Select the following items

from the initialization
screen of the M-MDS.
Select “Fuel”.
Select “EVAP Test”.
Verify that ECT and IAT are

within the specification on
the confirmation screen. To
successfully perform this
procedure, ECT and IAT
must be within the
specification before
proceeding to the next
step.
The fuel level must be

maintained within 15%—
85%. The PCM will cancel
the EVAP test If the fuel
level is lower than 15%
or higher than 85%.
Allow the M-MDS to run

the EVAP test.
Does the M-MDS still indicate that an EVAP system leak

exists?
VISUALLY INSPECT COMPONENTS FOR LEAKS

7 Yes Repair or install a new
Visually inspect for cut or loose connections to the fuel vapor component if necessary.
hoses/tubes in the following locations: Afterwards, verify that
the leak is repaired by
Charcoal canister to EVAP leak detection performing diagnostic
pump Step 8.
Charcoal canister to evaporative emission
valve component No Go to the next step.
Evaporative emission valve component to

the fuel tank (if applicable)
Check for fuel-filler pipe damage
Is a concern with a hose, tube, connection or valve visually

evident?
CALIBRATE THE LEAK TESTER FOR DIAGNOSIS

Verify that the control valve on the panel is in the HOLD
position then open the nitrogen bottle valve.
No Refer to the tester
Connect the vehicle interface hose (part of the SST) to the operator’s manual for
tester repair instructions.
om
SELF-TEST port located on the control panel. Hand tighten

d .c
the fitting. (Do not overtighten.)

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Turn the control valve to the TEST position; the gauge
should read 331—381 mm {13—15 in} of water.
NOTE:
If the gauge is not reading in this range,

adjust the pressure by turning the black
knob on the low pressure regulator at the
nitrogen bottle.
After verifying the regulator is properly calibrated, turn the

control valve to the HOLD position.
Verify that the gauge holds pressure and that the flow meter
reads no flow.
Does the gauge hold pressure and the flow meter read no
flow?
PRESSURIZE THE EVAP SYSTEM WITH NITROGEN

9 Yes Disconnect the purge
Verify that the control valve on the panel is in the HOLD solenoid valve hose (to
position. intake manifold side),
Remove the fuel-filler cap from the vehicle.
If the fuel-filler cap is not a MAZDA part or No Go to Step 11.

equivalent, replace it.
NOTE:
INSPECT FUEL-FILLER CAP

AND FILLER NECK
Visually
inspect for
damage,
insufficient
sealing,
rust,
cracks or
warps for
fuel-filler
cap and
fuel-filler
neck
Repair or
replace if
necessary
Connect the receiver assembly (SST: 134-01051) to the

vehicle cap test hose assembly (part of the SST) and the
fuel-filler cap from the vehicle.
Connect the cap adaptor (SST: 134-01050) to the vehicle

cap test hose assembly (part of the SST) and to the fuel-
filler neck.
Connect the vehicle interface hose (part of the SST) to the

center fitting of the vehicle cap test hose assembly (part of
om
.c
the SST).
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Connect M-MDS to the DLC-2.
Request PCM on-board device control (Mode 08) using M-

MDS to close the change over valve.
NOTE:
The change over valve is closed for 10 min

unless either of the following is done:
The engine is started.
The ignition switch is

turned to the off position.
Verify the valve on the nitrogen bottle is still open.
Turn the control valve to the open position and let the
system fill. You should note a drop in the gauge pressure
along with the flow meter being pegged at maximum flow
for several minutes depending on how full or empty the fuel
tank is, and how long it takes to completely fill and
pressurize the evaporative emissions system hoses.
Does the test indicate that a leak exists?
LOCATE LEAKAGE POINT

10 Yes Repair or install a new
Verify that the control valve on the panel is in the HOLD component if necessary,
position and the valve on the nitrogen bottle is open. then go to the next step.
Connect the 12 volt power connector leads on the smoke

generation unit to the vehicle’s battery. Make sure to No Check all EVAP
connect the red lead to the positive (+) terminal or power, connections.
and black lead to vehicle’s chassis ground.
Conduct diagnosis of
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. intermittent concerns,
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine off)
Request PCM on-board device control (Mode 08) using the

M-MDS to close the change over valve.
NOTE:
The change over valve is closed for 10 min

unless either of the following occur:
The ignition switch is

turned to the off position.
Turn the control valve to the open position.
NOTE:
NEVER depress the remote smoke trigger

before opening the nitrogen tank valve and
setting the tester control valve to TEST.
om
d .c
oa
Press the remote smoke trigger on the smoke generation

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
unit and let the system fill with smoke.
NOTE:
It may be necessary to lift the vehicle to

provide sufficient clearance underneath to
conduct a proper visual inspection of the
fuel and EVAP system.
Use a 12-volt, 400,000 candle power spotlight (part #

4410000-100) or equivalent to help locate the smoke.
Is a leak detected?


completed.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DTC P0685 [LF]
DTC P0685 Main relay control circuit open
This DTC sets when the ignition switch position run circuit indicates the key
is in the off, ACC, or LOCK position, and the amount of time the PCM
remains powered through the PCM power relay exceeds a predetermined
amount of time.

DETECTION
CONDITION

condition during first drive cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2) is available.
POSSIBLE Main relay malfunction

CAUSE
PCM malfunction


DATA (Mode 12) been
recorded?

the next step.
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
INSPECT MAIN RELAY

3 Yes Replace the main relay, then go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to
off.
Remove the main relay.
Inspect the main relay.



MDS.
Start the engine and warm

it up completely.

this DTC present?

(See AFTER REPAIR

PROCEDURE [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING WIRING DIAGRAM [LF]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FOREWORD [LF]
When the customer reports a vehicle malfunction, check the malfunction indicator lamp
(MIL) indication and diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction
according to the following flowchart:
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See DTC TABLE
[LF] .)
If no DTC exists and the MIL does not illuminate or flash, diagnose the
applicable symptom troubleshooting. (See QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART
[LF] .)
*: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), Generator Warning Light, Security Light
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
INTERMITTENT CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING [LF]
Vibration Method
If malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when the engine
is vibrating, perform the steps below.
NOTE:
There are several reasons vehicle or engine vibration could cause an

electrical malfunction. Inspect the following:
Connectors not fully seated
Wiring harnesses not having full play
Wiring harnesses laying across brackets or moving parts
Wiring harnesses routed too close to hot parts
An improperly routed, improperly clamped, or loose wiring harness can

cause wiring to become pinched between parts.
The connector joints, points of vibration, and places where wiring

harnesses pass such as through the firewall and body panels are the
major areas to be checked.
Inspection Method for Switch Connectors or Wiring Harnesses
NOTE:
If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps during idle.
5. Slightly shake each connector or wiring harness vertically and horizontally while monitoring
the PID.
If PID value is unstable, inspect for poor connection.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspection Method for Sensor Connectors or Wiring Harnesses
NOTE:
4. Slightly shake each connector or wiring harness vertically and horizontally while monitoring
the PID.
If PID value is unstable, inspect for poor connection.
Inspection Method for Sensors
NOTE:

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If PID value is unstable or malfunction occurs, check for poor connection or
poorly mounted sensor or both.
Inspection Method for Actuators or Relays
NOTE:
3. Prepare the output state control function for actuators or relays that you are inspecting.
4. Vibrate the actuator or relay with your finger for 3 s after output state control function is
activated.
If variable click sound is heard, check for poor connection or poorly mounted
actuator or both, or the relay.
NOTE:
Vibrating relays too strongly may result in open relays.
Water Sprinkling Method
If malfunction occurs only under high humidity or rainy/snowy weather, perform the following steps:
CAUTION:
Indirectly change the temperature and humidity by spraying water onto the front of the
radiator.
If a vehicle is subject to water leakage, the leakage may damage the control module.
When testing a vehicle with a water leakage problem, special caution must be used.
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 if you are inspecting sensors or switches.
NOTE:
om
3. Access PIDs for sensor or switch if you are inspecting sensors or switches.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4. If you are inspecting the switch, turn it on manually.
5. Spray water onto the vehicle or run it through a car wash.
If PID value is unstable or malfunction occurs, repair or replace part if

necessary.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [LF]
Confirm trouble symptom using the following diagnostic index, then go to appropriate
troubleshooting chart.
Diagnostic Index
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION PAGE
(See NO.1 MELTING OF MAIN

1 Melting of main or other fuses —
OR OTHER FUSES [LF] .)
(See NO.2 MIL ILLUMINATES

2 MIL illuminates The MIL is illuminated incorrectly.
[LF] .)
(See NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK

3 Will not crank The starter does not work.
[LF] .)
The starter cranks the engine at

normal speed but the engine (See NO.4 HARD TO
Hard to start/long crank/erratic requires excessive cranking time
4 START/LONG CRANK/ERRATIC
start/erratic crank before starting. START/ERRATIC CRANK [LF] .)
The battery is in normal condition.
The engine stops unexpectedly at (See NO.5 ENGINE STALLS-

5 Engine stalls After start/at idle
idle and/or after start or both. AFTER START/AT IDLE [LF] .)
The starter cranks engine at

normal speed but the engine will
not run.
Refer to symptom troubleshooting

"No.5 Engine stalls" if this (See NO.6 CRANKS NORMALLY
6 Cranks normally but will not start
symptom appears after engine BUT WILL NOT START [LF] .)
stall.
Fuel is in tank.
Battery is in normal condition.
The engine takes more time than (See NO.7 SLOW RETURN TO
7 Slow return to idle
normal to return to idle speed. IDLE [LF] .)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
The engine speed fluctuates
between the specified idle speed
and lower speed and the engine (See NO.8 ENGINE RUNS
8 Engine runs rough/rolling idle shakes excessively. ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE [LF] .)
Idle speed is too slow and engine
shakes excessively.
The engine speed continues at fast

idle after warm-up. (See NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS
9 Fast idle/runs on
ON [LF] .)
The engine runs after the ignition
switch is turned off.
The engine stops unexpectedly at

(See NO.10 LOW IDLE/STALLS
10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration the beginning of deceleration or
DURING DECELERATION [LF] .)
recovery from deceleration.
The engine stops unexpectedly at

the beginning of acceleration or
Engine stalls/quits Acceleration/cruise during acceleration.
The engine stops unexpectedly
while cruising.
The engine speed fluctuates during

Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise
acceleration or cruising.
(See NO.11 ENGINE

The engine misses during
Misses Acceleration/cruise STALLS/QUITS, ENGINE RUNS
acceleration or cruising.
11 ROUGH, MISSES, BUCK/JERK,
HESITATION/STUMBLE,
The vehicle bucks/jerks during SURGES [LF] .)
Acceleration/cruise/
Buck/jerk acceleration, cruising, or
deceleration
deceleration.
A momentary pause at the

Hesitation/stumble Acceleration beginning of acceleration or during
acceleration.
A momentary minor irregularity in

Surges Acceleration/cruise
engine output.
The performance is poor under load (See NO.12 LACK/LOSS OF

12 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise (such as power down when POWER-
climbing hills). ACCELERATION/CRUISE [LF] .)
Sound is produced when the

air/fuel mixture is ignited by (See NO.13
13 Knocking/pinging Acceleration/cruise something other than the spark KNOCKING/PINGING-
plug (such as hot spot in ACCELERATION/CRUISE [LF] .)
om
combustion chamber).
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See NO.14 POOR FUEL
14 Poor fuel economy The fuel economy is unsatisfactory.
ECONOMY [LF] .)
(See NO.15 EMISSION

15 Emission compliance Fails emissions test.
COMPLIANCE [LF] .)
(See NO.16 HIGH OIL

16 High oil consumption/leakage The oil consumption is excessive. CONSUMPTION/LEAKAGE
[LF] .)
(See NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system The engine runs at higher than
17 Overheating CONCERNS-OVERHEATING
concerns normal temperature/overheats.
[LF] .)
The engine takes excessive time to

Cooling system (See NO.18 COOLING SYSTEM
18 Runs cold reach normal operating
concerns CONCERNS-RUNS COLD [LF] .)
temperature.
Blue, black, or white smoke from (See NO.19 EXHAUST SMOKE

19 Exhaust smoke
exhaust system. [LF] .)
(See NO.20 FUEL ODOR (IN

Gasoline fuel smell or visible
20 Fuel odor (in engine compartment) ENGINE COMPARTMENT)
leakage.
[LF] .)
(See NO.21 ENGINE NOISE

21 Engine noise Engine noise from under hood.
[LF] .)
Vibration from under hood or (See NO.22 VIBRATION

22 Vibration concerns (engine)
driveline. CONCERNS (ENGINE) [LF] .)
The A/C compressor magnetic

(See NO.23 A/C DOES NOT
23 A/C does not work sufficiently clutch does not engage when the
WORK SUFFICIENTLY [LF] .)
A/C switch is turned on.
(See NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS

A/C is always on or A/C compressor The A/C compressor magnetic
24 ON OR A/C COMPRESSOR
runs continuously clutch does not disengage.
RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF] .)
The A/C compressor magnetic (See NO.25 A/C IS NOT CUT

A/C is not cut off under wide open
25 clutch does not disengage under OFF UNDER WIDE OPEN
throttle conditions
wide open throttle. THROTTLE CONDITIONS [LF] .)
Rotten egg smell (sulphur) from (See NO.26 EXHAUST

26 Exhaust sulphur smell
exhaust. SULPHUR SMELL [LF] .)
(See NO.27 FUEL REFILL

27 Fuel refill concerns The fuel tank is not filled smoothly.
om
CONCERNS [LF] .)
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See NO.28 FUEL FILLING
28 Fuel filling shut off concerns The fuel does not shut off properly.
SHUT OFF CONCERNS [LF] .)
(See NO.29 SPARK PLUG

29 Spark plug condition An incorrect spark plug condition.
CONDITION [LF] .)
(See SYMPTOM
Upshift/downshift AT concerns not related to engine
30 AT concerns TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM
engagement performance.
TABLE [SJ6A-EL] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART [LF]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
om
< Previous Next >

.c
Back to Top
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.1 MELTING OF MAIN OR OTHER FUSES [LF]
1 MELTING OF MAIN OR OTHER FUSES
[TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS]
Inspect condition of fuse.
Damaged fuse Related wiring harness
MAIN MAIN fuse
ROOM fuse
IG KEY2 fuse
ST fuse
FAN fuse *1
Generator
ROOM ROOM fuse
DLC-2
PCM
om
IG KEY2 IG KEY2 fuse

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Ignition switch
ST ST fuse
Starter relay
FAN *1 FAN fuse
Cooling fan relay No.1
Cooling fan motor
Cooling fan motor
FAN *1 FAN fuse
PCM
PCM
PCM
FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP fuse
Fuel pump relay
Fuel pump
IG KEY1 IG KEY1 fuse
Ignition switch
METER fuse
METER METER fuse
Ignition relay
ETV ETV fuse
Drive-by-wire relay
PCM
EGI COMP1 EGI COMP1 fuse
OCV
Purge solenoid valve
Variable intake air solenoid valve
EGR valve
EGI COMP2 EGI COMP2 fuse

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Drive-by-wire relay
PCM
Evaporative system leak detection pump
MAF sensor
EGI INJ EGI INJ fuse
Fuel injector No.1
Fuel injector No.2
Fuel injector No.3
Fuel injector No.4
*1
Two FAN fuses differs in a current valve
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.2 MIL ILLUMINATES [LF]
2 MIL ILLUMINATES
DESCRIPTION The MIL is illuminated incorrectly.
The MIL illuminates for emission-related concern (DTC is stored in

PCM)
POSSIBLE Instrument cluster malfunction

CAUSE
NOTE:
If the MIL blinks at steady rate, misfire condition could possibly exist.
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
off).
Retrieve any DTCs.
Are there any DTCs displayed? No Inspect the instrument cluster

operation.

INSPECTION .)
2 Verify test results.
If normal, return to diagnostic index to service any additional

symptoms.
(See SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [LF] .)
If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-

line Repair Information and perform repair or diagnosis.
If vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
If vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic

om
information is not available, replace the PCM.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
3 WILL NOT CRANK
DESCRIPTION The starter does not work.
Low or dead battery
Advanced keyless and start system malfunction
Immobilizer system operating properly (Ignition key is not registered)
Immobilizer system and/or circuit malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Open starter circuit between ignition switch and starter
TR switch malfunction (AT)
TR switch misadjustment (AT)
Starter interlock switch malfunction (MT)
Starter malfunction
Seized/hydrolocked engine, flywheel (MT) or drive plate (AT)
1 Inspect the following: Yes Go to the next step.
Battery connection
No Service if necessary.
Battery condition
Repeat Step 1.
Transaxle is in Park or Neutral
(AT)
Clutch is fully depressed (MT)
Fuses
om
Are all items normal?

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2 NOTE: Yes Inspect the advanced keyless and start
system and repair or replace the
The following test should be malfunctioning part according to the
performed on the advanced inspection results.
keyless and start system. If
not equipped, go to the next (See SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
step. [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] .)
Start the engine using the mechanical ignition

key. No Go to the next step.
Does the engine start?
Both conditions appear:

3 Do the following conditions appear? Yes
Go to Step 5.
The engine is not completely
started. Either or other condition appears:
No
DTC P1260 is displayed. Go to the next step.
4 Is the coil antenna connector securely Yes Go to the next step.

connected to the coil antenna?
No Connect the coil antenna connector
securely.
Return to Step 2.
5 Does the security light flash? Yes Go to the next step.
No Inspect and repair or replace the following:
Wiring harnesses and

connectors from keyless
control module terminal 3F
and instrument cluster
terminal 2F
Instrument cluster

INSPECTION .)

6 Retrieve the DTC for the immobilizer system. Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
(See DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)

(See DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
(See DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].) (See DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM] .)
Is there any DTC present?
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
7 Inspect for the following wiring harnesses and Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring
connectors: harness and connector.
With advanced keyless and

start system: No Go to the next step.
Between coil antenna terminal

A and keyless control module
terminal 3Y

B and keyless control module
terminal 3AA
Between keyless control

module terminal 4A and
instrument cluster terminal 2Q

module terminal 4C and
instrument cluster terminal 2S
Without advanced keyless

and start system:

A and instrument cluster
terminal 2S

B and instrument cluster
terminal 2Q
Between PCM terminal 1AM

and instrument cluster No Go to the next step.
terminal 1J
Between PCM terminal 1AI

terminal 1L
9 Is clicking sound heard from starter relay when Yes Go to Step 14.
the ignition switch is turned to START?
AT:
No
MT:
Go to Step 11.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
10 Turn ignition switch to the ON position (Engine Yes Go to Step12.
off).
Access the TR PID. No Inspect the TR switch is adjusted properly,

inspect for open or short circuit between TR
Is the TR PID indicated P/N when selecting P switch and TCM.
or N position.
Repair or replace components as required.
Then repeat Step 9.
11 Inspect the starter interlock switch. Yes Go to the next step.
(See STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH INSPECTION

[LF] .) No Inspect the starter interlock switch related
wiring harnesses.
Is the starter interlock switch normal?
Repair or replace components as required.
Then repeat Step 9.
12 Inspect the starter relay and following Yes Repair or replace components as required.
harnesses:
Then repeat Step 9.
Between starter relay and PCM No Go to the next step.
Between starter relay and

ignition switch
13 Inspect ignition switch and related harnesses. Yes Repair or replace components as required.
(See IGNITION SWITCH INSPECTION .) Then repeat Step 9.

14 Inspect the following harnesses: Yes Repair or replace as required.
Between starter relay and Then go to next step.

Battery
Between starter relay and No Go to the next step.

Starter
15 Inspect the starting system. Yes Go to the next step.
(See STARTER INSPECTION [LF] .)

No Repair or replace components as required.
Is the starting system normal?
om
16 Inspect for seized/hydro locked engine or Yes Repair or replace components as required.
d .c
flywheel.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the engine seized or hydro locked? No Go to the next step.
DTC is displayed:
17 Retrieve any continuous memory DTCs. Yes
Go to the appropriate DTC
Are there any continuous memory DTCs inspection.
displayed?
Communication error message is

displayed:
Inspect for following:
Open
circuit in
wiring
harness
between
main relay
and PCM
terminal
1AW or
1BE
Main relay
is stuck
open
Open or
short
circuit in
wiring
harness
between
the DLC-2
and PCM
terminals
1AM or
1AI
Open or
poor GND
circuit
(PCM
terminal
1BD, 1AZ,
1BB or
1BH)
Poor
connection
of vehicle
body GND

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
18 Retrieve any KOEO DTCs using the M-MDS Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
Are there DTCs displayed during KOEO (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
inspection?

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.4 HARD TO START/LONG CRANK/ERRATIC START/ERRATIC CRANK [LF]
4 HARD TO START/LONG CRANK/ERRATIC START/ERRATIC CRANK
The starter cranks the engine at normal speed but the engine requires
DESCRIPTION excessive cranking time before starting.
The battery is in normal condition.
Vacuum leakage
Poor fuel quality
Air leakage from intake-air system
Air cleaner restriction
Improper air/fuel mixture ratio control
Erratic signal to ignition coil
Erratic signal from CKP sensor
Erratic signal from CMP sensor
Improper operation of electronic throttle control system
Inadequate fuel pressure
Pressure regulator malfunction (built-in fuel pump unit)
MAF sensor contamination
Incorrect MAF sensor ground voltage

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Restriction in exhaust system
Starting system malfunction

om
.c
WARNING:
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis and repair
procedures. Read the following warnings before servicing the fuel system:
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION" and
"AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION" described in this manual.
(See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF] .)
(See AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF] .)
CAUTION:
Disconnecting/connecting quick release connector without cleaning it may

cause damage to fuel pipe and quick release connector. Always clean quick
release connector joint area before disconnecting/connecting, and make
sure that it is free of foreign material.
1 Inspect for the following: Yes Go to the next step.
Vacuum leakage
Proper fuel quality (such as
proper octane, contamination, Repeat Step 1.
winter/summer blend)
Loose bands on intake-air

system
Cracks on intake-air system

parts
Intake-air system restriction

(such as air cleaner element,
fresh air duct)
2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
(Engine off).
Retrieve any DTCs.
Are there any DTCs displayed? No Go to the next step.
3 Is the engine overheating? Yes Go to the symptom troubleshooting “NO.17

COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-
om
.c
OVERHEATING”.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
OVERHEATING [LF] .)
4 Inspect the ignition coil related wiring harness Yes Go to the next step.
condition (intermittent open or short circuit) for
all cylinders.
No Repair the wiring harnesses.
Are wiring harness conditions normal?
5 Perform the Spark Test. Yes Go to the next step.

INSPECTION [LF] .) No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
according to the spark test result.
Is the strong blue spark visible at each cylinder?
6 Verify the spark plug conditions when the spark Yes Spark plug is wet or
plug removed in Step 5. covered with carbon:
Is the spark plug wet, covered with carbon or Inspect for fuel leakage
grayish white? from fuel injector.
Spark plug is grayish

white:
Inspect the fuel injector

for clogging.
No Install the spark plugs on original

cylinders, then go to the next step.
7 Visually inspect the CKP sensor and teeth of Yes Go to the next step.
crankshaft pulley.
Are the CKP sensor and teeth of crankshaft pulley No Replace the malfunctioning part.
normal?
8 Attempt to start the engine at part throttle. Yes Perform the Electronic Throttle Control
System Inspection.
Does the engine run smoothly at part throttle?
INSPECTION [LF] .)
9 Install the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel Yes Go to the next step.
pipe and fuel distributor.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position No Zero or low:

(Engine off).
Inspect the fuel pump
om
d .c
Turn to on the fuel pump using the M-MDS relay and the fuel pump
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
simulation function “FP”. circuit.
Is the fuel line pressure correct when the fuel (See RELAY INSPECTION .)
pump is turned to on?
Inspect the fuel line for
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .) clogging.
If there is no malfunction,
replace the fuel pump
unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
High:

unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
10 Is the fuel line pressure held after the ignition Yes Go to the next step.
switch is turned off?
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .) No Inspect the fuel injector.
(See FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
If the fuel injector is normal, replace the

fuel pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

11 Disconnect a vacuum hose from the purge Yes Inspect if the purge solenoid valve is stuck
solenoid valve and plug opening end of vacuum open.
hose.
Start the engine. [LF] .)
Is the starting condition improved?

12 Inspect the MAF sensor for the following: Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
Contamination
MAF sensor terminal B voltage
(ground circuit)
Is there any contamination?
13 Visually inspect the exhaust system part. Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
Is there any deformed exhaust system part?

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
14 Inspect the engine condition while tapping EGR Yes Replace the EGR valve.
valve housing.
(See EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Does the engine condition improve? [LF] .)
15 Inspect the starting system. Yes Go to the next step.
(See STARTER INSPECTION [LF] .)

No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
Is the starting system normal?
16 Inspect the PCV valve. Yes Replace the PCV valve.
(See POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) (See POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION

VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .) (PCV) VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
No Inspect for loose connectors or poor

terminal contact.
If there is no malfunction, remove the EGR

valve and visually inspect for mechanically
stuck EGR valve.

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.5 ENGINE STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE [LF]
5 ENGINE STALLS—AFTER START/AT IDLE
DESCRIPTION The engine stops unexpectedly at idle and/or after start or both.
A/C system operation is improper
Air leakage from intake-air system parts
No signal from CKP sensor due to sensor, related wire or wrong installation
Vacuum leakage
Engine overheating
Low engine compression
Poor fuel quality
Restriction in exhaust system
Electrical connector disconnection
Open or short circuit in fuel pump body and related wiring harness
No battery power supply to PCM or poor ground
Fuel pump body mechanical malfunction
Fuel leakage from fuel injector

POSSIBLE Fuel injector clogging
CAUSE
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Improper operation variable valve timing control system
Immobilizer system operating property. (Ignition key is not registered.)
WARNING:
To prevent this, always complete “BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION” and
“AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION” described in this manual.
CAUTION:
Disconnecting/connecting quick release connector without

cleaning it may cause damage to fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
Both conditions appear:

1 Do the following conditions appear? Yes
Go to Step 3.
The engine is not completely
started. Either or other condition appears:
No
DTC P1260 is displayed. Go to the next step.
2 Does the engine stall after approx. 2 s since Yes Go to the next step.
the engine is started?
No Immobilizer system is normal.
Go to Step 8.

om
connected to coil antenna?

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
No Connect the coil antenna connector securely.
Return to Step 2.

terminal 2F
Instrument cluster

INSPECTION .)


START SYSTEM] .)


terminal 3Y

terminal 3AA



om
and start system:

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
terminal 2S

terminal 2Q

terminal 1J
Between PCM terminal 1AI

terminal 1L
8 Verify the following: Yes Go to the next step.
Vacuum connection
Air cleaner element
Repeat Step 8.
No air leakage from intake-air
system
No restriction of intake-air
system
Proper sealing of intake

manifold and components
attached to intake manifold:
EGR valve
Ignition wiring
Fuel quality: proper octane,

contamination, winter/summer
blend
Electrical connections
Smooth operation of throttle

valve
9 Access the APP1 and APP2 PIDs. Yes Go to the next step.
Crank the engine with the accelerator pedal

released. No Inspect for the following:
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Are the APP1 and APP2 PIDs indicating that the APP sensor
accelerator pedal is in the released position?
INSPECTION [LF] .)

connectors for following:
PCM
terminal
1AJ—APP
sensor
terminal A
PCM
terminal
1AV—APP
sensor
terminal B
PCM
terminal
1AP—APP
sensor
terminal C
PCM
terminal
1AL—APP
sensor
terminal D
PCM
terminal
1AS—APP
sensor
terminal E
PCM
terminal
1AO—APP
sensor
terminal F
10 Access the TP PID. Yes Go to the next step.
Crank the engine with the accelerator pedal

released. No Inspect for the following:
Are the TP PID indicates the closed throttle TP sensor

position?
(See THROTTLE POSITION
(TP) SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF] .)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
PCM
terminal
2AK—TP
sensor
terminal F
PCM
terminal
2AO—TP
sensor
terminal E
PCM
terminal
2AP—TP
sensor
terminal C
PCM
terminal
2AL—TP
sensor
terminal D
11 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Yes DTC is displayed:

(Engine off).
Retrieve any DTCs. inspection.
Are there any DTCs displayed? (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
Communication error
message is displayed:
Inspect for the following:
Open circuit
in wiring
harness
between
main relay
and PCM
terminal
1AW or 1BE
Open main
relay
ground
circuit
Main relay
is stuck
open
Open or
short circuit
in wiring
harness
om
d .c
between
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
DLC-2 and
PCM
terminals
1AM or 1AI
Open or
poor
ground
circuit (PCM
terminal
1AZ, 1BB,
1BD, 1BH)
Poor
connection
of vehicle
body
ground
12 Attempt to start the engine at part throttle. Yes Perform the Electronic Throttle Control
System Inspection.
Does the engine run smoothly at part throttle?
INSPECTION [LF] .)
13 Access the RPM PID. Yes Go to the next step.
Is the RPM PID indicating the engine speed

during engine cranking? No Inspect for the following:
Open or short circuit in CKP

sensor
Open or short circuit in

wiring harness between CKP
sensor terminal A and PCM
terminal 2AB

sensor terminal B and PCM
terminal 2W

sensor terminal C and PCM
terminal 2AQ

sensor wiring harnesses
If the CKP sensor and wiring harness are

om
.c
normal, go to the next step.

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
crankshaft pulley.
Are the CKP sensor and teeth of crankshaft No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
pulley normal? according to the inspection results.
all cylinders.
No Repair or replace the suspected wiring
Are wiring harness conditions normal? harness.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION If the symptoms occurs with the A/C on, go
INSPECTION [LF] .) to Step 21.
Is the strong blue spark visible at each

cylinder? No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
according to the spark test result.
17 Verify the spark plug condition when the spark Yes Spark plug is wet or
grayish white? from injector.

white:
Inspect the fuel injector for

clogging.
No Install the spark plugs on original cylinders.
18 Visually inspect the exhaust system part. Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
19 Install the fuel pressure gauge between the Yes Go to the next step.
fuel pipe and fuel distributor.

(Engine off).
Inspect the fuel pump relay
Turn to on the fuel pump using the M-MDS and fuel pump circuit.
simulation function “FP”.
Is the fuel line pressure correct when the fuel clogging.
pump is turned to on?
om
d .c
replace the fuel pump unit.

oa

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See .)
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT
[LF] .)
High:
Replace the fuel pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
20 Visually inspect for fuel leakage at fuel injector Yes Go to the next step.
O-ring and fuel line.
Service if necessary. No Inspect the fuel injector.
Is fuel line pressure held after ignition switch is (See FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
turned off?
If the fuel injector is normal, replace the fuel
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .) pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

The following test is for stall

concerns with the A/C on. If No If A/C is always on, go to symptom
other symptoms exist, go to troubleshooting "No.24 A/C is always on or
the next step. A/C compressor runs continuously".
Connect pressure gauges to A/C low and high (See NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C
pressure side lines. COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF] .)
Turn A/C on and measure low side and high For other symptoms, inspect the following:
side pressures.
Refrigerant charging amount
Are pressures within specifications?
Condenser fan operation
(See REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK.)
22 Disconnect the vacuum hose between the Yes Inspect if purge solenoid valve is stuck open.
purge solenoid valve and the intake manifold
from purge solenoid side. Inspect EVAP control system.
Plug opening end of vacuum hose.

Start the engine.
Is the engine stall now eliminated?
23 Is the air leakage felt or heard at intake-air Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
system components while racing the engine to according to the inspection results.
higher speed?
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
valve housing.
25 Perform the Variable Valve Timing Control Yes Go to the next step.
System Operation Inspection.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
INSPECTION [LF] .) according to the inspection results.
Does the variable valve timing control function

properly?
26 Is the engine compression correct? Yes Go to the next step.

No Inspect for cause.

VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .) (PCV) VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

No Inspect the valve timing.

INSPECTION [LF] .)

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.6 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT WILL NOT START [LF]
6 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT WILL NOT START
The starter cranks engine at normal speed but the engine will not run.
Refer to symptom troubleshooting "No.5 Engine stalls" if this symptom

DESCRIPTION appears after engine stall.
Fuel is in tank.
Battery is in normal condition.
No battery power supply to PCM
Open PCM ground or vehicle body ground
No signal from CKP sensor due to sensor, related wire or incorrect

installation
No signal from CMP sensor due to sensor, related wire or incorrect

installation
Engine overheating
Vacuum leakage
Poor fuel quality
Restriction in intake-air system
Disconnected electrical connector

om
d .c
Open or short circuit in fuel pump body and related wiring harness
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Fuel pump mechanical malfunction

POSSIBLE Fuel leakage from injector
CAUSE
Fuel injector is clogged.
Improper variable valve timing control system operation
Immobilizer system operating properly. (Ignition key is not registered.)
WARNING:
CAUTION:

1 Do any of the following conditions appear? Yes Both conditions appear:
Engine does not completely Go to Step 3.

start.
No Either or other condition
om
DTC P1260 is displayed.

.c
appears:
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2 Does the engine stall after approx. 2 s from Yes Go to the next step.
when it is started?
No Immobilizer system is normal.
Go to Step 8.

connected to the coil antenna?
No Connect the coil antenna connector securely.
Return to Step 2.

terminal 2F
Instrument cluster

INSPECTION .)


START SYSTEM] .)


terminal 3Y
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
terminal 3AA



and start system:

terminal 2S

terminal 2Q
7 Inspect the following wiring harnesses and Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring

terminal 1J

instrument cluster terminal 1L
Vacuum connection
External fuel shut off or
accessory (such as kill switch, Repeat Step 8.
alarm)
Fuel quality: proper octane,

contamination, winter/summer
blend

system
Intake-air system restriction

(such as air cleaner element,
fresh air duct)
Proper sealing of intake

manifold and components
attached to intake manifold:
om
.c
EGR valve
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Ignition wiring
Fuses
Smooth operation of throttle

valve
9 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Yes DTC is displayed:

(Engine off).
Retrieve any DTCs. inspection.
Are there any DTCs displayed? (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
Communication error
message is displayed:
Inspect for the following:
Open
circuit in
wiring
harness
between
main relay
and PCM
terminal
1AW or
1BE
Open main
relay
ground
circuit
Open or
short
circuit in
wiring
harness
between
DLC and
PCM
terminal
1AM or 1AI
Main relay
is stuck
open.
Open or
poor
ground
circuit
om
.c
(PCM
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
terminal
1AZ, 1BB,
1BD, 1BH)
Poor
connection
of vehicle
body
ground
10 Access the APP1 and APP2 PIDs. Crank the Yes Go to the next step.
engine with accelerator pedal released.
Are the APP1 and APP2 PIDs indicating that the No Inspect for the following:
accelerator pedal is in the released position?
APP sensor

INSPECTION [LF] .)

PCM
terminal
1AJ—APP
sensor
terminal A
PCM
terminal
1AV—APP
sensor
terminal B
PCM
terminal
1AP—APP
sensor
terminal C
PCM
terminal
1AL—APP
sensor
terminal D
PCM
terminal
1AS—APP
sensor
terminal E
PCM
om
terminal
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1AO—APP
sensor
terminal F
11 Access the TP PID. Crank the engine with Yes Go to the next step.
accelerator pedal released.
Are the TP PID indicates the closed throttle No Inspect for the following:
position?
TP sensor
(See THROTTLE POSITION

(TP) SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF] .)

PCM
terminal
2AK—TP
sensor
terminal F
PCM
terminal
2AO—TP
sensor
terminal E
PCM
terminal
2AP—TP
sensor
terminal C
PCM
terminal
2AL—TP
sensor
terminal D
12 Does the engine start with the throttle valve Yes Go to Step 28.
closed?
13 Will the engine start and run smoothly at part Yes Perform the Electronic Throttle Control
throttle? System Inspection.

INSPECTION [LF] .)

om
14 Access the RPM PID. Yes Go to the next step.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the RPM PID indicating the engine speed
when cranking the engine? No Inspect for the following:

sensor

sensor terminal A and PCM
terminal 2AB

sensor terminal B and PCM
terminal 2W

sensor terminal C and PCM
terminal 2AQ

sensor wiring harnesses
If CKP sensor and wiring harness are normal,

crankshaft pulley.
Are CKP sensor and teeth of crankshaft pulley No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
normal? according to the inspection results.
all cylinders.

according to spark test result.
cylinder?
18 Verify the spark plug conditions when the spark Yes Spark plug is wet or
grayish white? from injector.

white:
om
Inspect the fuel injector for

d .c
clogging.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
No Install the spark plugs on original cylinders.
pipe and the fuel distributor.

(Engine off).
Turn to on and off the fuel pump using the M- and fuel pump circuit.
MDS simulation function “FP”.
Is the fuel line pressure correct when fuel pump clogging.
is turned on/off five times?
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .) replace the fuel pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
High:
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
21 Visually inspect the fuel injector O-ring and fuel Yes Go to the next step.
line for fuel leakage.
Is the fuel line pressure held after the ignition (See FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
switch is turned off?
If the fuel injector is normal, replace the fuel
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .) pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

22 Disconnect the vacuum hose between the purge Yes Inspect if the purge solenoid valve is stuck
solenoid valve and the intake manifold from open mechanically.
purge solenoid valve side.
Inspect the EVAP control system.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is starting condition improved?
23 Is the air leakage felt or heard at intake-air Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
system components while racing engine to according to the inspection results.
higher speed?
valve housing.
Is the engine condition improved? [LF] .)
25 Perform the Variable Valve Timing Control Yes Go to the next step.
System Operation Inspection.

properly?

No Inspect for causes.

VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .) (PCV) VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)


INSPECTION [LF] .)

symptoms.


om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.7 SLOW RETURN TO IDLE [LF]
7 SLOW RETURN TO IDLE
DESCRIPTION The engine takes more time than normal to return to idle speed.
Thermostat is stuck open
POSSIBLE CAUSE Erratic signal from PSP switch
Throttle body malfunction
1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
Retrieve any DTCs.
2 Monitor the ECT PID using the M-MDS. Yes Inspect characteristic of the ECT sensor.
Start the engine and warm it up to ECT (See ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)
PID is above 90°C {194 °F}. SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
Does the ECT PID increasing dull at the

thermostat initial opening temperature? No Thermostat operation is normal.
Thermostat initial Go to the next step.

opening temperature:
80-84 °C {176-183 °F}
3 Access the PSP PID using the M-MDS. Yes Go to the next step.
Do the PIDs indicate the correct values

om
.c
under trouble condition? No Inspect and repair or replace power steering

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
pressure switch and the related harnesses.
If the malfunction remains, perform the

intermittent concern troubleshooting procedure.
4 Is the throttle body free of Yes Inspect for air leakage from the intake-air system
contamination? components while racing the engine to higher
speed.
No Clean or replace the throttle body.

[LF] .)

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.8 ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE [LF]
8 ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE
The engine speed fluctuates between the specified idle speed and lower
DESCRIPTION speed and the engine shakes excessively.
Idle speed is too slow and engine shakes excessively.
Idle learning of electronic throttle control system is not completed
Erratic or no signal from CMP sensor
Erratic signal from PSP switch
Improper air/fuel mixture ratio control operation (abnormal signal form

MAF sensor or HO2S)
Open or short circuit in PCM ground circuit
Poor fuel quality

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Disconnected electrical connectors
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Fuel pump body mechanical malfunction
Improper load signal input
Fuel line restriction or clogging
Improper fuel injection control operation
Fuel injector clogging
Engine overheating
Vacuum leakage
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair
procedures. Read following warnings before servicing the fuel system:
CAUTION:

1 Warm up the engine. Yes Symptom troubleshooting completed.

(Cause of this symptom is that the idle
Idle the engine for 5 min. learning of electronic throttle control
system is not completed.)
Is the symptom disappeared?

om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
External fuel shut off or accessory
(such as kill switch, alarm) No Service if necessary.
Fuel quality (such as proper Repeat Step 2.

octane, contamination,

system
Proper sealing of intake manifold

and components attached to
intake manifold: EGR valve
Ignition wiring
Fuses
Smooth operation of throttle valve
PCM ground circuit (1AZ, 1BB,

1BD, 1BH)
off).
Retrieve any DTCs.
4 Is the engine overheating? Yes Go to the symptom troubleshooting

"No.17 Cooling system concerns -
Overheating".

OVERHEATING [LF] .)
5 CAUTION: Yes Go to the next step.
While performing this step, always

operate the vehicle in a safe and No Inspect for open or short circuit of MAF
lawful manner. sensor and related wiring harness.

om
.c
and inspect later.

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Access the MAF PID.
Drive the vehicle with monitoring the MAF PID.
Is the MAF PID within the specification?
The following test is for engine

running at rough idle with A/C on. No If the A/C is always on, go to the
If other symptoms exist, go to the symptom troubleshooting "No.24 A/C is
next step. always on or A/C compressor runs
continuously".
Connect the pressure gauge to A/C low and high
pressure side lines. (See NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C
COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF] .)
For other symptoms, inspect the
Turn the A/C switch on. following:
Measure low side and high side pressures. Refrigerant charging

amount
Are pressures within specifications?

running rough with P/S on. If No Replace the PSP switch.
other symptoms exist, go to the
next step. (See POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
Access the PSP PID.
Is the PSP PID normal?
crankshaft pulley.
Are the CKP sensor and teeth of crankshaft pulley No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
condition (intermittent open or short circuit) for all
cylinders.
10 Inspect the spark plug condition. Yes Spark plug is wet or

covered with carbon:
Is the spark plug wet, covered with carbon or
grayish white? Inspect for fuel leakage
from injector.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
white:

for clogging.

cylinders.
11 Perform the Electronic Throttle Control System Yes Go to the next step.
Inspection.
Does the electronic throttle control system function

properly?
12 Install the fuel pressure gauge between fuel pipe Yes Go to the next step.
and fuel distributor.
Start the engine and run it at idle. No Low:
Measure the fuel line pressure during idle. Inspect the fuel line for
clogging.
Is the fuel line pressure correct during idle?
If there is no
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .) malfunction, replace the
fuel pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
High:

unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
13 Visually inspect for fuel leakage at fuel injector, O- Yes Go to the next step.
ring, and fuel line.
Does the fuel line pressure hold after ignition switch (See FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
is turned off?
If fuel injector is normal, replace the fuel
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] ) pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
14 Start the engine and idle it. Yes Go to the next step.
Access the LONG FT1 PID.

No LONG FT1 PID is out of specification.
Measure the LONG FT1 PID at idle.
Less than
Is the PID value normal? specification (too
rich):
Inspect the EVAP control
system.
If
system
is
normal,
go to
Step
16.
Greater than
specification (too
lean):
Inspect for air leakage

at intake-air system
components.
If the
system
is
normal,
go to
the
next
step.
15 Disconnect the vacuum hose between the purge Yes Check if purge solenoid valve is stuck
solenoid valve and the intake manifold from purge open mechanically.
solenoid valve side.
Does the engine condition improve?
16 Visually inspect the exhaust system part. Yes Replace the suspected part.

17 Visually inspect the CMP sensor and teeth of Yes Go to the next step.
camshaft.
Are the CMP sensor and teeth of camshaft normal? No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
valve housing.
19 Perform the Variable Valve Timing Control System Yes Go to the next step.

properly?

No Inspect for causes.

[LF] .)

INSPECTION [LF] .)

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON [LF]
9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON
The engine speed continues at fast idle after warm-up.

DESCRIPTION
The engine runs after the ignition switch is turned off.
POSSIBLE CAUSE APP sensor malfunction
Cruise control system operation improperly
Improper load signal input
1 Access the ECT PID. Yes Go to the next step.
Start and warm up the engine to

normal operating temperature. No ECT PID is higher than 112 °C {234
°F}
Is the ECT PID between 82—
112°C {180—234°F}? Go to the symptom troubleshooting
Overheating".

OVERHEATING [LF] .)
ECT PID is less than 82 °C {180

°F}:
Go to the symptom troubleshooting

"No.18 Cooling system concerns - Runs
om
cold".
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
RUNS COLD [LF] .)
Retrieve any DTCs.
3 Access and monitor the AC_REQ, Yes Go to the next step.

CPP (MT), CPP/PNP (MT), PSP and
TR (AT) PIDs.
No If the AC_REQ PID is not normal:
Are the PID values normal?
Inspect the A/C switch, refrigerant
(See PCM INSPECTION [LF] .) pressure switch, and fan switch,
following components and related wiring
harnesses for vibration or intermittent
open/short circuit.
Refrigerant pressure
switch
Climate control unit

(A/C switch, fan
switch)
(See CLIMATE CONTROL

UNIT INSPECTION
[FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(See CLIMATE CONTROL

UNIT INSPECTION
[MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
Wiring harness
between climate control
unit terminal K and CM
terminal 1AU
Wiring harness
between climate control
unit terminal H and
body ground
If the CPP PID is not normal:
Inspect CPP switch and related wiring

harness for vibration or intermittent
open/short circuit.

SWITCH INSPECTION [LF] .)
If the CPP/PNP PID is not normal:

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the neutral switch and related
wiring harness for vibration or
intermittent open/short circuit.
(See NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION

[LF] .)
If the PSP PID is not normal:
Inspect the PSP switch and related

wiring harness foe vibration of
intermittent open or short circuit.
(See POWER STEERING PRESSURE (PSP)

If the TR PID is not normal:
Inspect the TR switch and related wiring

harness for vibration or intermittent
open/short circuit.
(See TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR)

SWITCH INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL] .)
4 Is there air leakage felt or heard at Yes Repair or replace the parts if necessary.
intake-air system components
while racing engine to higher
speed?
Electronic throttle control system
operation
APP sensor

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.10 LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION [LF]
10 LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION
The engine stops unexpectedly at the beginning of deceleration or recovery

DESCRIPTION
from deceleration.
Vacuum leakage
EVAP control system malfunction
POSSIBLE APP sensor or related circuit malfunction

CAUSE
TP sensor or related circuit malfunction
MAF sensor or related circuit malfunction
Brake switch or related circuit malfunction
Neutral/CPP switch or related circuit malfunction (MT)
TR switch or related circuit malfunction (AT)
Improper A/C magnetic clutch operation
1 Does the engine idle roughly? Yes Go to the symptom

troubleshooting "No.8 Engine
runs rough/rolling idle".
(See NO.8 ENGINE RUNS

ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE [LF] .)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2 Turn off the A/C switch and fan switch. Yes Go to the symptom
troubleshooting “No.24 A/C is
Does the A/C magnetic clutch engage? always on or A/C compressor
runs continuously.“
(See NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON

OR A/C COMPRESSOR RUNS
CONTINUOUSLY [LF] .)
Proper routing of and no damage to vacuum

lines No Service if necessary.
No air leakage from intake-air system Repeat Step 3.
4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine off). Yes Go to the appropriate DTC
inspection.
Retrieve any DTCs.
Are there any DTCs displayed?
5 Perform the Electronic Throttle Control System Inspection. Yes Go to the next step.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION [LF] .)

Does the electronic throttle control system function properly? malfunctioning part according
to electronic the inspection
results.
6 CAUTION: Yes Inspect the EVAP control

system.
While performing this step, always operate
the vehicle in a safe and lawful manner.
Disconnect the vacuum hose between the purge solenoid
valve and the intake manifold from purge solenoid valve
side.
Drive the vehicle.
While performing this step, always operate

the vehicle in a safe and lawful manner. No APP1, APP2
PIDs are not
om
.c
When the M-MDS is used to observe normal:

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
monitor system status while driving, be sure
to have another technician with you, or Inspect the
record the data in the M-MDS using the APP sensor.
PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD capturing
function and inspect later. (See
ACCELERATOR
Access the APP1, APP2, TP, MAF and VSS PIDs. PEDAL
POSITION
Monitor each PID while driving the vehicle. (APP) SENSOR
INSPECTION
Are the PIDs values normal? [LF] .)
(See PCM INSPECTION [LF] .) TP PID is not

normal:
Inspect the TP
sensor.
(See
THROTTLE
POSITION (TP)
SENSOR
INSPECTION
[LF] .)
MAF PID is
not normal:
Inspect the
MAF sensor.
(See MASS AIR

FLOW (MAF)
SENSOR
INSPECTION
[LF] .)
VSS PID is
not normal:
Inspect the
ABS/DSC PIDs
LF_WPSD,
LR_WSPD,
RF_WPSD and
RR_WSPD
using the M-
MDS.
(See VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR
(VSS)
INSPECTION
[SJ6A-EL] .)
8 Access and monitor the following PCM and TCM PIDs: Yes Go to the next step.
PCM:
om
If the BOO
.c
No
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
BOO PID is not
normal:
CPP (MT)
Inspect the
CPP/PNP (MT) brake switch,
and related
TCM:
wiring harness
TR for vibration or
intermittent
Are the PIDs values normal? open/short
circuit.
(See BRAKE
(See PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL] .) SWITCH
INSPECTION .)
If the CPP
PID is not
normal:
Inspect the
CPP switch and
related wiring
harness for
vibration or
intermittent
open/short
circuit.
(See CLUTCH
PEDAL
POSITION
(CPP) SWITCH
INSPECTION
[LF] .)
If the
CPP/PNP PID
is not
normal:
Inspect the
neutral switch
and related
wiring harness
for vibration or
intermittent
open/short
circuit.
(See NEUTRAL
SWITCH
INSPECTION
[LF] .)
If the TR PID
is not
normal:
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Inspect the TR
switch and
related wiring
harness for
vibration or
intermittent
open/short
circuit.
(See
TRANSMISSION
RANGE (TR)
SWITCH
INSPECTION
[SJ6A-EL] .)

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.11 ENGINE STALLS/QUITS, ENGINE RUNS ROUGH, MISSES, BUCK/JERK,

HESITATION/STUMBLE, SURGES [LF]
ENGINE STALLS/QUITS—ACCELERATION/CRUISE
ENGINE RUNS ROUGH—ACCELERATION/CRUISE
MISSES—ACCELERATION/CRUISE
11
BUCK/JERK—ACCELERATION/CRUISE/DECELERATION
HESITATION/STUMBLE—ACCELERATION
SURGES—ACCELERATION/CRUISE
The engine stops unexpectedly at the beginning of acceleration or during

acceleration.
The engine stops unexpectedly while cruising.
The engine speed fluctuates during acceleration or cruising.
DESCRIPTION The engine misses during acceleration or cruising.
The vehicle bucks/jerks during acceleration, cruising, or deceleration.
A momentary pause at the beginning of acceleration or during

acceleration.
A momentary minor irregularity in engine output.
Electronic throttle control system operates with brake override system
Improper A/C system operation
Erratic signal or no signal from CMP sensor

om
d .c
Vacuum leakage
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Poor fuel quality
Main relay intermittent malfunction
Engine overheating
Improper air/fuel mixture ratio control operation
Fuel flow into evaporative purge hose
Improper valve timing due to jumping out timing belt
Intermittent open or short circuit in fuel body pump circuit

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Check valve (two-way) malfunction integrated with fuel tank
Erratic signal form APP sensor
Erratic signal form TP sensor
Intermittent open or short circuit of MAF sensor, TP sensor, APP sensor

and VSS
AT malfunction (AT)
Clutch slippage (MT)
Improper variable intake air control operation
Loose attaching bolts or worn engine mounts
WARNING:
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CAUTION:

Retrieve any PCM DTC using the M-MDS. Yes Go to the P2299 troubleshooting
procedure.(Drive-by-wire system
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF] .) operates with smart accelerator mode.)
1 Is the DTC P2299 presented? (See DTC P2299 [LF] .)
Verify the following: Yes Go to the next step.
Vacuum connection
Air cleaner element
Repeat Step 2.
system
No restriction of intake-air system

2 intake manifold: such as EGR
valve
Ignition wiring
Fuel quality (such as proper

Smooth operation of throttle valve

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
off).
3
Retrieve any DTCs.
Is the engine overheating? Yes Go to the symptom troubleshooting

Overheating".
4 (See NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-

OVERHEATING [LF] .)
CAUTION: Yes Go to the next step.

operate the vehicle in a safe and No APP1, APP2 PIDs are
lawful manner. not normal:
When the M-MDS is used to Inspect if output signal

observe monitor system status from APP sensor
while driving, be sure to have changes smoothly.
record the data in the M-MDS (See ACCELERATOR
PEDAL POSITION (APP)
SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF] .)
and inspect later.
Access the APP1, APP2, RPM, VPWR, MAF, TP and RPM PID is not
VSS PIDs. normal:
Drive the vehicle with monitoring the PIDs. Inspect the CKP sensor
and related wiring
Are the PIDs within the specifications? harness for vibration or
intermittent open/short
(See PCM INSPECTION [LF] .) circuit.
(See CRANKSHAFT
POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
INSPECTION [LF] .)
VPWR PID is not

normal:
Inspect for open circuit

5 intermittently.
MAF PID is not

normal:
Inspect for open circuit

of the MAF sensor and
related wiring harness
intermittently.
om
d .c
oa
MASS AIR FLOW

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See
(MAF) SENSOR
INSPECTION [LF] .)
TP PID is not normal:
Inspect if output signal

from TP sensor changes
smoothly.
VSS PID is not

normal:
Inspect the ABS/DSC

PIDs LF_WPSD,
LR_WSPD, RF_WPSD
and RR_WSPD using the
M-MDS.
(See VEHICLE SPEED

SENSOR (VSS)
Visually inspect the CKP sensor and teeth of Yes Go to the next step.
crankshaft pulley.
6
Are the CKP sensor and teeth of crankshaft pulley No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
Inspect the spark plug conditions. Yes Spark plug is wet or

grayish white? Inspect for fuel leakage
from fuel injector.

white:
7
for clogging.

cylinders.
Perform the Electronic Throttle Control System Yes Go to the next step.
Inspection.
8 according to the inspection results.
INSPECTION [LF] .)

properly?
om
Visually inspect deformed exhaust system part. Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
9 Is there any deformed exhaust system part?
Install the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine No Zero or low:

off).
Turn to on the fuel pump using the M-MDS relay and fuel pump
Is the fuel line pressure correct when the fuel pump Inspect the fuel line for
is turned to on? clogging.
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .) If there is no

malfunction, replace the
10 fuel pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
High:

unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
Visually inspect for fuel leakage at fuel injector O- Yes Go to the next step.
ring and fuel line.

11 Is the fuel line pressure held after ignition switch is
turned off?
If the fuel injector is normal, replace the
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .) fuel pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

NOTE: Yes Go to the next step.

stall with the A/C on. If other No If the A/C is always on, go to symptom
symptom exists, go to the next troubleshooting "No.24 A/C is always on
step. or A/C compressor runs continuously".
Connect a pressure gauge to A/C low and high (See NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C
12 pressure side lines. COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF] .)
Turn the A/C on and measure low side and high For other symptoms, inspect the
side pressure. following:
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Are pressures within specifications? Refrigerant charging
amount
The following test should be

performed for symptom with No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
cruise control ON. If other according to the inspection results.
13 symptoms exist, go to the next
step.
Inspect the cruise control system.
Is the cruise control system normal?
Inspect the A/F sensor. Yes Go to the next step.

14 [LF] .) No Replace the A/F sensor.
Is the A/F sensor normal? (See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
Inspect the evaporative purge hose between the Yes Inspect the check valve (two-way).
fuel tank and the purge valve.
(See FUEL TANK INSPECTION [LF] .)
15
Does fuel flow into evaporative purge hose?
While performing this step, always Inspect if the purge solenoid valve is
operate the vehicle in a safe and stuck open mechanically.
lawful manner.
Disconnect the vacuum hose between the purge
16 solenoid valve and the intake manifold from the
purge solenoid valve side. No Go to the next step.
Drive the vehicle.
Visually inspect the CMP sensor and projections of Yes Go to the next step.
camshaft pulley.
17
Are CMP sensor and projections of camshaft pulley No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
Perform EGR control system inspection. Yes Go to the next step.

om
.c

d
18
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the EGR system normal?
Is the engine compression correct? Yes Go to the next step.

19
Inspect the PCV valve. Yes Replace the PCV valve.

[LF] .)
Valve timing
20 Internal transaxle part
(AT)
Clutch (MT)
EGR valve (mechanical

stuck)
Engine mounts
Check valve (two-way)
Verify test results.

symptoms.

21

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.14 POOR FUEL ECONOMY [LF]
14 POOR FUEL ECONOMY
DESCRIPTION The fuel economy is unsatisfactory.
Contaminated air cleaner element
Variable intake air control malfunction
Engine cooling system malfunction
Improper ATF level (AT)
Weak spark
Poor fuel quality
Improper coolant level
Brake dragging
Improper valve timing due to jumping out of timing belt

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Contaminated MAF sensor
Improper engine compression
Exhaust system clogging
WARNING:
procedures. Read following warnings before servicing fuel system:
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
To prevent this, always complete “BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION" and
CAUTION:

Air cleaner element for

contamination No Service if necessary.
ATF level (AT) Repeat Step 1.
Fuel quality
Coolant level
Brake dragging
off).
Retrieve any DTCs.

operate the vehicle in a safe and No Inspect for coolant leakage, cooling fan
lawful manner. and condenser fan operations or
thermostat operation.
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
and inspect later.
Access the ECT PID.
Drive the vehicle while monitoring the PID.
Is the PID within specification?

Start the engine and idle it. No Low:
Measure the fuel line pressure during idle. Inspect the fuel pump
relay and fuel pump
Is the fuel line pressure correct during idle? circuit.
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .) Inspect the fuel line for
clogging.
If there is no
fuel pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
High:

unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
6 Perform the Variable Valve Timing Control System Yes Go to the next step.
Does the variable valve timing control system

function properly?
7 Perform the Variable Intake air Control Operation Yes Go to the next step.
Inspection.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Does the variable intake air control function

properly?
Is there any deformed exhaust system?
9 Inspect for contaminated MAF sensor. Yes Go to the next step.
Is there any contamination?

10 Inspect the MAF sensor for contamination. Yes Replace the MAF/IAT sensor.
Is there any contamination? (See MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)/INTAKE AIR



[LF] .)

INSPECTION [LF] .)

symptoms.


om
d .c
oa
PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.15 EMISSION COMPLIANCE [LF]
15 EMISSION COMPLIANCE
DESCRIPTION Fails emissions test.
Vacuum lines leakage or blockage
Cooling system malfunction
Leakage from intake manifold
PCV valve malfunction or incorrect valve installation
Exhaust system clogging
Fuel tank ventilation system malfunction
Fuel-filler cap malfunction
Charcoal canister damage
Air cleaner element clogging or restriction
Improper air/fuel mixture ratio control operation
Bend or open circuit A/F sensor or HO2S wiring harness

POSSIBLE
CAUSE Catalyst converter malfunction
Engine internal parts malfunction
Excessive carbon is built up in combustion chamber

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
WARNING:
CAUTION:

Vacuum lines for leakage or

blockage No Service if necessary.
Electrical connections Repeat Step 1.
Proper maintenance schedule

followed
Intake-air system and air cleaner

element concerns: obstructions,
leakage or dirtiness
2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine Yes Go to appropriate DTC inspection.
off).
Retrieve any DTCs.
3 Is any other driveability concern present? Yes Go to the appropriate symptom

troubleshooting.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Warm up the engine and idle it.

No Inspect for coolant leakage, cooling fan
Verify the ECT PID is correct. and condenser fan operation or
thermostat operation.
Is the ECT PID correct?
5 Inspect the fuel-filler cap. Yes Replace the fuel-filler cap.
(See FUEL-FILLER CAP INSPECTION [LF] .)

Is there any leakage at fuel-filler cap?
6 Inspect the A/F sensor. Yes Go to the next step.

[LF] .) No Replace the A/F sensor.
Is the A/F sensor normal? (See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR

Measure the fuel line pressure during idle. Inspect the fuel line for
clogging.
If there is no
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .) malfunction, replace the
fuel pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
High:

unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
9 Inspect for fuel saturation inside charcoal canister. Yes Replace the charcoal canister.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the excess amount of liquid fuel present in
canister? No Inspect the fuel tank vent system, then
11 Inspect the three-way catalytic converter. Yes Go to the next step.
(See EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION [LF] .)

No Replace the three-way catalytic
Is the three-way catalytic converter normal? converter.
12 Perform EGR control system inspection. Yes Go to the next step.

Is EGR system normal?


[LF] .)

INSPECTION [LF] .)

symptoms.


om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.16 HIGH OIL CONSUMPTION/LEAKAGE [LF]
16 HIGH OIL CONSUMPTION/LEAKAGE
DESCRIPTION The oil consumption is excessive.
Improper dipstick
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Improper engine oil viscosity
Engine internal parts malfunction
External leakage
Proper dipstick
Repeat Step 1.
Proper engine oil
viscosity
(See POSITIVE CRANKCASE (See POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE

VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Is there any malfunction? No Inspect the internal engine parts such as valves, valve
guides, valve stem seals, cylinder head drain passage,
and piston rings.

symptoms.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-OVERHEATING [LF]
17 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-OVERHEATING
DESCRIPTION The engine runs at higher than normal temperature/overheats.
Improper coolant level
Blown fuses
Coolant leakage
Improper water/anti–freeze mixture
Fans reverse rotation
Poor radiator condition

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Radiator hoses damage
Improper or damaged radiator cap
Cooling fan is inoperative
Coolant overflow system malfunction
Improper tension of drive belt
Drive belt damage
Engine coolant level

Coolant leakage
Repeat Step 1.
Water and anti–freeze
om
mixture
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Radiator condition
Collapsed or restricted
radiator hoses
Radiator pressure cap
Overflow system
Fan rotational direction
Fuses
Retrieve any DTCs.
3 Start the engine and idle it. Yes Go to Step 5.
Verify state of the A/C compressor

while turing on and off the air No If the A/C compressor is not
conditioner by switching the control engaged always. Go to the
panel. symptom troubleshooting “No.23
A/C does not work sufficiently”.
Does the A/C compressor engage?
(See NO.23 A/C DOES NOT WORK
SUFFICIENTLY [LF] .)
If the A/C compressor is engaged

always. Go to the symptom
troubleshooting “No.24 A/C is
always on or A/C compressor runs
continuously”.
(See NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR

A/C COMPRESSOR RUNS
CONTINUOUSLY [LF] .)
4 Perform the Cooling Fan Control System Yes Go to the next step.
Inspection.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according
OPERATION INSPECTION [LF] .) to the inspection results.
Does the cooling fan control system

function properly?
5 Is the drive belt normal? Yes Go to the next step.
No Replace the drive belt.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
6 Is there leakage around the heater unit Yes Inspect and service heater for leakage.
in passenger compartment?
7 Is there leakage at the coolant hoses Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according
and/or radiator? to the inspection results.
8 Cool down the engine. Yes The engine coolant temperature and thermostat are
normal, inspect engine block for leakage or
Remove the thermostat and inspect the blockage.
operation.
(See THERMOSTAT No Access the ECT PID.

Inspect for both ECT PID and temperature gauge
(See THERMOSTAT INSPECTION [LF] .) readings.
Is the thermostat normal? If the temperature gauge on instrument cluster

indicates normal range but the ECT PID is not same
as temperature gauge reading, inspect the ECT
sensor.
If temperature gauge on instrument cluster indicates

overheating but the ECT PID is normal, inspect
instrument cluster.

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.18 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-RUNS COLD [LF]
18 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-RUNS COLD
The engine takes excessive time to reach normal operating

DESCRIPTION
temperature.
A/C and heater system malfunction

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
1 Is the customer complaint Yes Inspect the A/C and heater system.
"Lack of passenger
compartment heat" only?
2 Does the engine speed Yes Go to the symptom troubleshooting "No.9 Fast idle/runs on".
continue at fast idle?
(See NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON [LF] .)
3 Perform the Cooling Fan Yes Go to the next step.

Control System Inspection.
(See ENGINE CONTROL No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
SYSTEM OPERATION inspection results.
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Does the cooling fan control

system function properly?
4 Cool down the engine. Yes Access the ECT PID.
Remove the thermostat and Inspect for both ECT PID and temperature gauge on
om
.c
inspect the operation. instrument cluster readings.

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See THERMOSTAT If the temperature gauge on the instrument cluster indicates
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION normal range but the ECT PID is not the same as temperature
[LF] .) gauge reading, inspect the ECT sensor.
(See THERMOSTAT If the temperature gauge on the instrument cluster indicates

INSPECTION [LF] .) cold range but the ECT PID is normal, inspect the instrument
cluster.
Is the thermostat normal?
No Replace the thermostat.
(See THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.20 FUEL ODOR (IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT) [LF]
20 FUEL ODOR (IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT)
DESCRIPTION Gasoline fuel smell or visible leakage.
Excessive fuel pressure
Fuel tank vent system blockage
PCM DTC stored.
Fuel leakage from fuel system
WARNING:
POSSIBLE Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
CAUSE damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
CAUTION:


om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 Visually inspect for fuel leakage at fuel injector O-ring and Yes Go to the next step.
fuel line.
Service if necessary. No Replace the fuel pump unit.
Install the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel pipe and the (See FUEL PUMP UNIT
fuel distributor. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Start engine and idle it.
Measure the fuel line pressure during idle.
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .)
2 Inspect for blockage/restriction or open circuit in wiring Yes Replace the vacuum hose.
harness between the engine vacuum port and the charcoal
canister.
Inspect for blockage in fuel tank vent system.
3 Inspect the purge solenoid valve. Yes Go to the next step.

No Replace the purge solenoid
Is the solenoid operating properly? valve.

4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine off). Yes Go to the appropriate DTC
inspection.
Retrieve any DTCs.
No Inspect the charcoal canister

for fuel saturation.
If excess amount of liquid fuel

is present, replace the
charcoal canister.

symptoms.


om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.21 ENGINE NOISE [LF]
21 ENGINE NOISE
DESCRIPTION Engine noise from under hood.
Squeal, click or chirp noise:
Improper engine oil level
Improper drive belt tension
Generator installation (alignment)
Splash shield or under cover looseness (splashed water to drive belts)
Rattle sound noise:
Loose parts
Hiss sound noise:
Vacuum leakage
Loose spark plug
POSSIBLE CAUSE Rumble or grind noise:
Improper drive belt tension
Loose parts
Air in power steering fluid
Improper P/S fluid level
Rap or roar noise:
Dynamic dumper looseness
Exhaust system looseness
Intake-air system looseness
Other noise:
Camshaft friction gear noise or tappet noise

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Timing chain noise
1 Is a squealing, click or Yes Inspect for the followings:

chirping sound present?
Engine oil level
Drive belt tension
Splash shield or under cover looseness
Generator installation (alignment)
2 Is a rumbling or grinding Yes Inspect for the followings:

noise present?
Drive belt tension
Loose parts in engine compartment
P/S fluid level
Repair or replace malfunctioning part according to inspection

result. If normal, perform the power steering fluid line air bleeding.
3 Is a rattling noise Yes Inspect rattling location for loose parts.

present?
4 Is a hissing noise Yes Inspect for the following:

present?
Vacuum leakage
Spark plug looseness
Intake-air system leakage
5 Is a rapping or roar noise Yes Inspect looseness for followings:

present?
Dynamic dumper
Intake-air system
Exhaust system
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
6 Is a knocking noise Yes Go to the symptom troubleshooting "No.13 Knocking/pinging-

present? acceleration/cruise".
(See NO.13 KNOCKING/PINGING-ACCELERATION/CRUISE [LF] .)
No If the noise comes from the engine internal, inspect for friction
gear, timing chain or tappet noise.

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.22 VIBRATION CONCERNS (ENGINE) [LF]
22 VIBRATION CONCERNS (ENGINE)
DESCRIPTION Vibration from under hood or driveline.
Loose attaching bolts or worn parts

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Components malfunction such as worn parts
1 Inspect the following components for loose attaching Yes Inspect the following systems:
bolts or worn parts:
Wheels
Cooling fan
AT
Drive belt and pulleys
Driveline
Generator
Suspension
Engine mounts
Exhaust system mounts No Readjust or retighten engine mount

installation position.
All items normal?
Service if necessary for other parts.

symptoms.


om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.23 A/C DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY [LF]
23 A/C DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY
The A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not engage when the A/C switch
DESCRIPTION
is turned on.
PCM DTC is stored
Improper refrigerant charging amount
Seized A/C compressor
Evaporator temperature sensor malfunction

Climate control unit malfunction (A/C switch malfunction or climate control

unit does not determine A/C request or transmit the A/C request signal)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit

POSSIBLE terminal K and PCM terminal 1AU
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit terminal H and
body ground.
A/C compressor malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between A/C compressor terminal A and

body ground
A/C relay malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between A/C relay and PCM terminal 1I
Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG2) and A/C relay
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and A/C
relay
Open circuit in wiring harness between A/C relay and A/C magnetic clutch
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
off).
Retrieve any DTCs.
2 Access PCM PID ACCS using the M-MDS. Yes Go to the next step.

No Go to Step 10.
Turn the PID ACCS to ON from OFF using the M-
MDS simulation function.
Is the A/C magnetic clutch engaged?
3 Disconnect the refrigerant pressure switch Yes Go to Step 5.

connector.
Connect the jumper wire between refrigerant No Go to the next step.

pressure switch wiring harness-side connector
terminals A and D.
Access PCM PID AC_REQ using the M-MDS.
Monitor the PID AC_REQ while turning on and off

by switching the control panel.
Does the PID change according to air control

panel switching?
4 Connect the jumper wire between refrigerant Yes Go to the next step.
pressure switch wiring harness-side connector
terminals A and body ground.
No Repair for open circuit between refrigerant
Start the engine and idle it. pressure switch terminal A and PCM
terminal 1AU.
Access PCM PID AC_REQ using the M-MDS.
Monitor the PID AC_REQ.
Is the PID indicated on?
5 Inspect refrigerant pressure switch. Yes Inspect for following and repair or replace
if necessary.
(See REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].) Refrigerant charging
amount
(See REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION
om
.c
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].) A/C compressor for

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
seizure
Is the refrigerant pressure switch normal?
No Replace the refrigerant pressure switch.

CONDITIONER].)

CONDITIONER].)
6 Inspect for open or short circuit between climate Yes Repair for open or short circuit.
control unit terminal K and refrigerant pressure
switch terminal D.
7 Turn the ignition to off. Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the climate control unit connector.

No Repair for open circuit.
Verify continuity between climate control unit
wiring harness-side connector terminal H and
body ground.
8 Reconnect the climate control unit connector. Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the voltage at climate control unit

terminal M. No Replace the climate control unit.
Is the voltage within the specified? (A/C switch malfunction or climate control
unit does not determine A/C request or
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [FULL- transmit the A/C request signal)
AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].) CONDITIONER].)

CONDITIONER].)
9 Inspect the evaporator temperature sensor. Yes Inspect and repair for open or short
circuit between evaporator temperature
(See EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR sensor and climate control unit.
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR No Replace the evaporator temperature

INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].) sensor.
Is the evaporator temperature sensor normal? (See EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

CONDITIONER].)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CONDITIONER].)
10 Start the engine and idle it. Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the PID ACCS to ON from OFF using the M-

MDS simulation function. No Go to Step 15.
Measure the voltage between A/C compressor

terminal B and body ground.
Is the voltage specified?
Specification
10.5 V or more
11 Verify continuity between A/C compressor terminal Yes Go to the next step.
A and body ground.
Is there any continuity? No Repair or replace for open circuit and/or

poor contact ground points.
12 Inspect the A/C relay. Yes Go to the next step.

No Replace the A/C relay.
Is the A/C relay normal?
13 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C relay and Yes Inspect for open circuit in followings:
PCM connectors.
Between ignition switch
Verify continuity between A/C relay and PCM (IG2) and A/C relay
terminal 1I at wiring harness-side connector.
Between battery positive
Is there any continuity? post and A/C relay
Between A/C relay and

A/C magnetic clutch
No Repair or replace for open circuit.

symptoms.


om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF]
24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY
DESCRIPTION The A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not disengage.
A/C compressor magnetic clutch engagement is stuck
A/C relay is stuck closed
POSSIBLE Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit and
CAUSE PCM
Short to ground in wiring harness between A/C relay and PCM
Short circuit to battery power in A/C relay to magnetic clutch
off).
Retrieve PCM DTCs.
2 Start the engine and idle it. Yes Inspect for the following:
Turn the A/C switch on. A/C relay is stuck

closed
Remove the A/C relay.
Short to ground in
Does the A/C magnetic clutch disengage? wiring harness
between A/C relay
and PCM terminal 1I
If both items normal, go to the next

step.
No Inspect if the circuit between the A/C

om
relay and magnetic clutch shorts to

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
battery power circuit.
If the circuit is normal, inspect the

magnetic clutch for stuck engagement
or clearance.
3 Disconnect the refrigerant pressure switch connector. Yes Inspect for short to ground in wiring
harness between refrigerant pressure
Start the engine and turn A/C switch on. switch and PCM terminal 1AU.
NOTE:
A/C should not work when
disconnecting connector. If A/C
remains working, short to ground
circuit may be present.
Does the A/C remain working?
4 Reconnect the refrigerant pressure switch connector. Yes Go to the next step.
Turn off the A/C switch.

No Inspect whether the A/C switch is
NOTE: stuck closed.
A/C should not work when turning

A/C switch off. If A/C remains
working, short to ground circuit may
be present.
Does the A/C remain working?
5 Turn the ignition switch off. Yes Repair for short to ground circuit.
Disconnect the climate control unit refrigerant pressure

switch connectors. No Replace the climate control unit.
Verify continuity between climate control unit terminal (A/C request signal is always on.)
K and body ground.
Is there continuity? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].)

AIR CONDITIONER].)

symptoms.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.26 EXHAUST SULPHUR SMELL [LF]
26 EXHAUST SULPHUR SMELL
DESCRIPTION Rotten egg smell (sulphur) from exhaust.
Electrical connectors are disconnected or connected poorly
Vacuum lines are disconnected or connected improperly
PCM DTC is stored.
Improper fuel pressure
Poor fuel quality
WARNING:
POSSIBLE Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
CAUSE damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
CAUTION:


om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 Are any driveability or exhaust smoke Yes Go to the appropriate flow chart.
concerns present?
Vacuum lines
Repeat Step 2.
Fuel quality
Retrieve any DTCs.
4 Install the fuel pressure gauge Yes Go to the next step.

between the fuel pipe and the fuel
distributor.
No Low:
Inspect the fuel pump relay and fuel
Is the fuel line pressure correct at pump circuit.
idle?
Inspect the fuel line for clogging.
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE
If there is no malfunction, replace the
INSPECTION [LF] .)
fuel pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

High:
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

5 Inspect the charcoal canister for fuel Yes Replace the charcoal canister.
saturation.
Is excess amount of liquid fuel No Inspect the fuel tank vent system.
present in canister?
If the fuel tank vent system is normal, suggest trying
a different brand since sulphur content can vary in
different fuels.
If the fuel tank vent system is not normal, repair or

replace the malfunctioning part.
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.27 FUEL REFILL CONCERNS [LF]
27 FUEL REFILL CONCERNS
DESCRIPTION The fuel tank is not filled smoothly.
Clogged EVAP pipes
Nonreturn valve malfunction
Improper use of fuel nozzle
Inadequate fuel filling speed
PCM DTC is stored.
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before servicing the
fuel system:
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing

POSSIBLE serious injury and damage. Always keep sparks and
CAUSE flames away from fuel.
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite
and cause serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can
also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always
complete “BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION” and “AFTER
SERVICE PRECAUTION” described in this manual.
CAUTION:

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(Engine off).
Retrieve any DTCs.
2 Remove the fuel-filler pipe. Yes Inspect for the following:
Make sure the nonreturn valve is installed Improper use of fuel nozzle
properly.
Inadequate fuel filling speed
Inspect the nonreturn valve operation.
Is the nonreturn valve normal? No Nonreturn valve is installed

improperly:
Reinstall the nonreturn valve to

proper position.
Nonreturn valve does not

operate properly:
Replace the nonreturn valve.

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.29 SPARK PLUG CONDITION [LF]
29 SPARK PLUG CONDITION
DESCRIPTION An incorrect spark plug condition.
NOTE:
Inspecting spark plugs condition can determine whether problem is related

to a specific cylinder or possibly all cylinders.
Wet/carbon stuck on specific plug:
Spark—Weak, not visible
Air/fuel mixture—Excessive fuel injection volume
Compression—No compression, low compression
Malfunction spark plug
Grayish white with specific plug:
Air/fuel mixture—Insufficient fuel injection volume
Malfunction spark plug
Wet/carbon is stuck on all plugs:
Spark—Spark weak
Air/fuel mixture—Too rich, excessive fuel line pressure
Compression—Low compression
POSSIBLE
Clogging in intake/exhaust system
CAUSE
Grayish white with all plugs:
Air/fuel mixture—Too lean, insufficient fuel line pressure
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis and
repair procedures. Read the following warnings before servicing the fuel system:
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CAUTION:

1 Remove all spark plugs. Yes Symptom troubleshooting completed.
Inspect the spark plug condition.

No Specific plug is wet or
Is the spark plug condition normal? covered with carbon:
Specific plug looks grayish

white:
Go to Step 7.
All plugs are wet or

Go to Step 9.
All plugs look grayish

white:
Go to Step 15.
2 Are the spark plug wet/covered with carbon Yes Inspect all areas related to oil, working up and
by the engine oil? down.
3 Inspect the spark plug for the following: Yes Go to the next step.
Cracked insulator
No Replace the spark plug.
Heat range
(See SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Air gap [LF] .)
om
Worn electrode
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Is the spark plug normal?
4 Inspect the compression pressure at Yes Go to the next step.

suspected malfunctioning cylinder.
Is the compression pressure correct? No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part

5 Install all spark plugs. Yes Go to the next step.
Perform the Spark Test at suspected

malfunctioning cylinder. No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Is the strong blue spark visible?
(Compare with normal cylinder.)
6 Install the fuel pressure gauge between fuel Yes Inspect the fuel injector for the following:
filter and fuel distributor.
Open or short circuit in injector
(Engine off). Leakage
Turn to on the fuel pump using the M-MDS Injection volume

Is the fuel line pressure correct when the No Zero or low:

fuel pump is turned to on? Inspect the fuel pump relay
and fuel pump circuit.
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .)
clogging.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

High:
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

7 Inspect the spark plug for the following. Yes Go to the next step.
Heat range
No Replace the spark plug.
Air gap
Is the spark plug normal? [LF] .)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
8 Perform the Fuel Injector Operation Yes Go to the next step.
Inspection.
INSPECTION [LF] .) according to fuel injector operation inspection
result.
cylinder?
9 Is the air cleaner element free of clogging? Yes Go to the next step.
No Replace the air cleaner element.

cylinder?
11 Install the fuel pressure gauge between the Yes Go to the next step.
fuel filter and fuel distributor.

(Engine off).
Turn to on the fuel pump using the M-MDS and fuel pump circuit.
Is the fuel line pressure correct when the clogging.
fuel pump is turned to on?
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .) replace the fuel pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

High:
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

12 Inspect the following PIDs: Yes Go to the next step.
ECT
O2S11 (When engine can according to the inspection results.
be started.)
O2S12 (When engine can

be started.)
MAF
om
.c
Are the PIDs normal?

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
13 Perform the Purge Control System Inspection Yes Go to the next step.
when engine can be started.
Is the purge control correct?
14 Perform the compression inspection. Yes Visually inspect for deformed exhaust system
part.
Is the compression correct? No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part

15 When the engine cannot be started, inspect Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
the intake-air system for air leakage. according to the inspection results.
When the engine can be started, perform

intake manifold vacuum inspection. No Go to the next step.
Is the air sucked in from intake-air system?
16 Install the fuel pressure gauge between the Yes Inspect the following PIDs:
fuel filter and the fuel distributor.
ECT
(Engine off). O2S11
Turn to on the fuel pump using the M-MDS O2S12

MAF
Is the fuel line pressure correct when the
(See PCM
fuel pump is turned to on?
INSPECTION
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .) [LF] .)
Inspect the PCM ground condition.
No Zero or low:

and fuel pump circuit.

clogging.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

High:
om
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION [LF]
Input Signal System Inspection Procedure
1. Find an irregular signal.
2. Locate source.
3. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4. Confirm that the irregular signal is no longer detected.
Finding irregular signals
While referring to ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF] , use the PID/DATA monitor and record function to
inspect the input signal system relating to the problem.
1. Start the engine and idle the vehicle. You can assume that any signals that are out of
specification by a wide margin are irregular.
2. When recreating the problem, any sudden change in monitor input signals that is not
intentionally created by the driver can be determined as irregular.
Locating the source of unusual signals
CAUTION:
Compare the M-MDS monitor voltage with the measurement voltage using the digital
measurement system function. If you use another tester, misreading may occur.
When measuring voltage, attach the tester ground to the ground of the PCM that is being
tested, or to the engine itself. If this is not performed, the measured voltage and actual
voltage may differ.
After connecting the pin to a waterproof coupler, confirming continuity and measuring the
voltage, inspect the waterproof connector for cracks. If there are any, use sealant to fix
them. Failure to do this may result in deterioration of the wiring harness or terminal from
water damage, leading to problems with the vehicle.
Variable resistance type 1 (TP sensor and APP sensor)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Input signal system inspection for variable resistance type 1
1. When an irregular signal is detected, measure the #1 PCM terminal voltage.
If the #1 terminal voltage and the M-MDS monitor voltage are the same,
proceed to the next step.
If there is a difference of 0.5 V or more, inspect for the following points

concerning the PCM connector:
Female terminal opening is loose
Coupler (pin holder) damage
Pin discoloration (blackness)
Harness/pin crimp is loose or disconnected
2. Measure the #2 sensor terminal voltage.
If there is a 0.5 V or more difference between the sensor and the M-MDS
voltages, inspect the wiring harness for open or short circuits.
If the sensor and the M-MDS voltages are the same, inspect for the following
points concerning the sensor connector:
If there are no problems, proceed to next investigation below.
Standard power supply system inspection for variable resistance type 1
Confirm that the #3 terminal is at 5 V.
If the measured voltage on the #3 terminal is 5 V, inspect the following

points on the sensor connector.
om
d .c
If there is no problem, inspect for the following:

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If the #3 terminal measures other than 5 V, inspect for the following:
Ground system inspection for variable resistance type 1
Confirm that terminal sensor #5 is at 0 V.
If it is at 0 V, inspect the sensor.
If necessary, replace the sensor.
If not, inspect for the following:
Female terminal opening is loose causing an open or

short circuit in wiring harness
Variable resistance type 2 (MAF sensor)
Ground system inspection for variable resistance type 2

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If it is at 0 V, inspect the sensor.
If necessary, replace the sensor.
If not at 0 V, inspect for the following:
Open circuit in wiring harness
Input signal system inspection for variable resistance type 2
If there is a difference of 0.5 V or more, inspect for the following points

If the sensor and the M-MDS voltages are the same, inspect the following
Electrical supply system inspection for variable resistance type 2
Confirm that the sensor #3 terminal is B+.
If the measured voltage on the #3 terminal is B+, inspect the following

om
points on the sensor connector.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If there is no problem, inspect for the following:
If the #3 terminal measures other than B+, inspect the following:
Thermistor type (IAT sensor and ECT sensor)
Input signal system inspection for thermistor type
If there is a difference of 0.5 V or more, inspect the following points

Female terminal opening loose
om
If the sensor and the M-MDS voltages are the same, inspect the following
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Ground system inspection for thermistor type
If it is at 0 V, inspect the sensor. If necessary, replace the sensor.
If not, inspect for the following:
Open circuit in wiring harness
Main Relay Operation Inspection
1. Verify that the main relay clicks when the ignition switch is turned to ON position and off.
If there is no operation sound, inspect the following:
Main relay (See RELAY INSPECTION .)
Harness and connector between battery and main relay

terminal E
Harness and connector between PCM terminal 1Q and main

relay terminal A
Intake Manifold Vacuum Inspection
1. Verify that the intake air hoses are installed securely.
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose connecting the intake manifold and the purge solenoid valve
(purge solenoid valve side) and install the vacuum gauge.
3. Warm up the engine.
4. Measure the intake manifold vacuum while idling (no load) using the vacuum gauge. (See
INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM INSPECTION [LF] .)
om
.c
If not within the specification, perform the following inspections:

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Compression pressure (See COMPRESSION INSPECTION [LF] .)
Air intake
Each hose installation part
Throttle body installation part
Fuel injector installation part
PCV valve installation part
Dynamic chamber installation port
Intake manifold installation part
Electronic Throttle Control System Inspection
Engine coolant temperature compensation inspection
2. Access the following PIDs:
ECT
IAT
RPM
3. Verify that the engine is cold, then start the engine.
4. Verify that the engine speed decreases as the engine warms up.
If the engine speed does not decrease or decreases slowly, inspect the
following:
ECT sensor and related wiring harness (See ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
Throttle body and related wiring harness (See THROTTLE BODY

INSPECTION [LF] .)
Load compensation inspection
1. Start the engine and idle it.
3. Verify that P0506, P0507, or P0511 is not displayed.
If P0506, P0507 or P0511 are displayed, perform DTC inspection. (See DTC
TABLE [LF] .)
4. Access the RPM PID.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
Excludes temporary idle speed drop just after the loads are turned on.
5. Verify that the engine speed is within the specification under each load condition. (See
ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF] .)
If load condition is not as specified, inspect the following:
A/C switch and related wiring harness
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR

CONDITIONER].)
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR

CONDITIONER].)
Fan switch and related wiring harness
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR

CONDITIONER].)
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR

CONDITIONER].)
Throttle position (TP) sweep inspection
3. Verify that none of the following DTC are displayed:
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P0638, P2101, P2107, P2108, P2109, P2112,
P2119, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138
If any one DTC is displayed, perform DTC inspection. (See DTC

TABLE [LF] .)
4. Access the TP REL PID.
5. Verify that the PID reading is within the CTP value. (See PCM INSPECTION [LF] .)
If the PID reading is out of range, perform the following:
Remove the air duct from the throttle body.
Verify that the throttle valve opens when the accelerator pedal
is depressed.
If the throttle valve opens, inspect the TP

sensor and related wiring harness.
If the throttle valve does not open, inspect

the throttle valve actuator control motor and
6. Gradually depress the throttle pedal and verify that the PID reading increases accordingly.
om
If the PID reading drops momentarily, inspect the following:

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
TP sensor
7. Fully depress the throttle pedal and verify that the PID reading is within WOT value. (See PCM
INSPECTION [LF] .)
If the PID reading is out of range, perform the followings:
Remove the air duct from throttle body.
Verify that the throttle valve opens when throttle pedal is

depressed.
If the throttle valve opens, inspect the TP

sensor and related wiring harness.
If the throttle valve does not open, inspect

the throttle valve actuator control motor and
Brake override system operation inspection
NOTE:
If the brake override system operates normally after performing the following inspection,
the PCM detects DTC P2299.
2. Verify that the engine speed is below 1,100 rpm while the all of the following conditions are
met.
Neutral (MT)
P, or N position (AT)
Engine speed is above 1,150 rpm while not idling.
Brake pedal is depressed.
If the engine speed is below 1,100 rpm, clear the PCM DTC
using the M-MDS. (System operation isnormal.)
If the engine speed is not below 1,100 rpm, inspect the

following:
APP sensor
(See ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
Neutral switch (MT)
Clutch switch (MT)
(See CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION (CPP) SWITCH INSPECTION [LF] .)
TR switch (AT)
om
(See TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) SWITCH INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL] .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Brake switch No.1
(See BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Brake switch No.2
(See BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION .)
Communication between PCM and TCM (AT)
Variable Intake Air Control Operation Inspection
2. Inspect the rod operation. (See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION
[LF] .)
If the rod operation is not as specified, inspect as follows:
a. Stop the engine.
b. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
c. Verify that DTC P0661 or P0662 is not displayed.
If DTC P0661 or P0662 is shown, perform DTC inspection. (See DTC

P0661 [LF] .) (See DTC P0662 [LF] .)
d. Inspect the variable intake air solenoid valve. (See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR
If the variable intake air solenoid valve is not normal, replace the
variable intake air solenoid valve. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
If the variable intake air solenoid valve is normal, inspect the

following:
Vacuum hose and vacuum chamber for looseness or

damage
Shutter valve actuator (See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR

SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
Shutter valve stuck open or closed
Variable Tumble Control Operation Inspection
2. Access the ECT PID.
3. Verify that the ECT PID is below 60 °C {140 °F}.

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5. Inspect rod operation under the following conditions: Rod operation
Accelerator pedal position Release Depress
Shutter valve actuator Operate Not operate
If the rod operation is not specified, inspect as follows:
a. Verify that DTC No. P2004, P2006, P2009 or P2010 is not displayed.
If DTC No. P2004, P2006, P2009 or P2010 are shown, perform DTC
inspection. (See DTC P2004 [LF] .) (See DTC P2006 [LF] .) (See DTC
P2009 [LF] .) (See DTC P2010 [LF] .)
b. Inspect the variable tumble solenoid valve. (See VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)
If the variable tumble solenoid valve is not normal, replace the

variable tumble solenoid valve. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
If the variable tumble solenoid valve is normal, inspect the

following:
Vacuum hose and vacuum chamber for looseness or

damage
Shutter valve actuator (See VARIABLE TUMBLE

Shutter valve stuck open or closed
Fuel Injector Operation Inspection
If simulation function of M-MDS is used:
1 Start the engine and warm it up until Yes Fuel injector work properly.
normal operating temperature.
Select the INJ_1, INJ_2, INJ_3, and No Go to the next step.

INJ_4 PIDs.
Turn the fuel injector from on to off

using the PIDs for each cylinder.
Does the engine speed drop?
2 Disconnect the fuel injector that the Yes Go to the next step.
engine speed does not drop at Step 1.
om
.c
No Repair or replace for open or

d
Turn the ignition switch to ON position.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
short circuit between fuel injector
Measure the voltage between suspect connector terminal A and main
fuel injector connector terminal A (wiring relay connector terminal C.
Is the voltage B+?
3 Inspect for open or short circuit between Yes Repair or replace for open or
suspect fuel injector terminal B and short circuit.
following PCM terminals:
Fuel injector No.1 No Go to the next step.
PCM
terminal
2BB
Fuel injector No.2
PCM
terminal
2BC
Fuel injector No.3
PCM
terminal
2BD
Fuel injector No.4
PCM
terminal
2AZ
4 Inspect the fuel injector for suspected Yes Replace the PCM.
cylinder.
(See FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [LF] .) [LF] .)
Is the fuel injector normal?

No Replace the fuel injector.
(See FUEL INJECTOR

If simulation function of M-MDS is not used:
1 While cranking the engine, inspect for Yes Fuel injector operation is normal.
fuel injector operation sound at each
cylinder using a soundscope.
om
.c
Is the operation sound heard?

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2 Disconnect the fuel injector that the fuel Yes Go to the next step.
injector operation sound does not heard
at Step 1.
No Repair or replace for open or
Turn the ignition switch to ON position. short circuit between fuel injector
connector terminal A and main
Measure the voltage between suspect relay connector terminal C.
fuel injector connector terminal A (wiring
Is the voltage B+?
3 Inspect for open or short circuit between Yes Repair or replace for open or
suspect fuel injector terminal B and short circuit.
following PCM terminals:
Fuel injector No.1 No Go to the next step.
PCM
terminal
2BB
Fuel injector No.2
PCM
terminal
2BC
Fuel injector No.3
PCM
terminal
2BD
Fuel injector No.4
PCM
terminal
2AZ
4 Inspect the fuel injector for suspected Yes Replace the PCM.
cylinder.
(See FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [LF] .) [LF] .)
Is the fuel injector normal?

No Replace the fuel injector.
(See FUEL INJECTOR

Fuel Cut Control System Inspection

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
This inspection has to perform after the Fuel Injector Operation Inspection.
1. Warm up the engine and idle it.
3. Select the RPM and FUELPW1 PIDs.
4. Monitor the both PIDs while performing the following steps.
a. Depress the accelerator pedal and increase the RPM PID to 4,000 rpm.
b. Quickly release the accelerator pedal (brake pedal is not depressed) and verify
that the FUELPW1 PID is 0 ms, and 2—5 ms when the RPM PID drops below 1,200
rpm.
If not as specified, inspect the following:
ECT sensor and related harness (See ENGINE

COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF] .)
Neutral switch and related harness (See NEUTRAL

CPP and related harness (See CLUTCH PEDAL

POSITION (CPP) SWITCH INSPECTION [LF] .)
2. Measure the fuel injector control signal wave profile using the oscilloscope while performing
the following steps.
a. Depress the accelerator pedal and increase the engine speed to 4,000 rpm.
b. Quickly release the accelerator pedal (brake pedal is not depressed) and verify
that the wave profile constant B+, and appears wave, when the engine speed drops
below 2,200 rpm. (See PCM INSPECTION [LF] .)
ECT sensor and related harness (See ENGINE

COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF] .)
Neutral switch and related harness (See NEUTRAL

CPP and related harness (See CLUTCH PEDAL

POSITION (CPP) SWITCH INSPECTION [LF] .)
om
d .c
TR switch and related wiring harness (AT) (See

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) SWITCH INSPECTION
[SJ6A-EL] .)
Fuel Pump Operation Inspection
1. Remove the fuel-filler cap.
3. Turn the fuel pump relay from off to on using the FP PID and inspect if the operation sound is
heard.
If no operation sounds is heard, proceed to next step.
4. Measure voltage at wiring harness side fuel pump connector terminal B.
Specification
B+ (Ignition switch at on)
If the voltage is as specified, inspect the following:
Fuel pump continuity
Fuel pump ground
Wiring harness between fuel pump relay and PCM terminal 1H
Fuel pump relay (See RELAY INSPECTION .)
Wiring harness connector (Main relay—fuel pump relay—fuel

pump)
Fuel Pump Control System Inspection
1. Crank the engine and verify that fuel pump relay operation sound is heard.
2. If operation sound is not heard, inspect the following:
Fuel pump relay (See RELAY INSPECTION .)
Wiring harness and connectors (Main relay—fuel pump relay—PCM terminal 1H)
Spark Test
1. Disconnect the fuel pump relay.
2. Verify that each ignition coil and connector is connected properly.
3. Inspect the ignition system in the following procedure.
WARNING:
om
.c
High voltage in the ignition system can cause strong electrical shock which can
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
result in serious injury. Avoid direct contact to the vehicle body during the
following spark test.
1 Disconnect the ignition coil from Yes Go to the next step.

spark plugs.
Remove the spark plugs. No Perform no-load racing at 4,000 rpm for 2
min, 2 times to burn off the carbon
(See SPARK PLUG deposits.
Repeat Step 1.
Verify that the
spark plugs do not
have carbon
deposits.
Are the spark plugs normal?
2 Inspect the spark plugs for damage, Yes Go to the next step.
wear, and proper plug gap.
Are the spark plugs normal? No Replace spark plugs, then go to the next
step.

[LF] .)
3 Reconnect the spark plugs to the Yes Ignition system is normal.

ignition coil.
Ground the spark plugs to the No Some cylinders do not

engine. spark:
Is a strong blue spark visible at Go to the next step.

each cylinder while cranking the
engine? All cylinders do not
spark:
Go to Step 5.
4 Inspect the following wiring Yes Inspect and replace the ignition coil.
harnesses for open or short:
(See IGNITION COIL INSPECTION [LF] .)
Ignition coil No.1
terminal C—PCM (See IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
terminal 2BA [LF] .)
Ignition coil No.2

terminal C—PCM No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part,
terminal 2AW then go to Step 1.
Ignition coil No.3

om
terminal C—PCM
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
terminal 2AX
Ignition coil No.4

terminal C—PCM
terminal 2AT
Are the wiring harnesses normal?
5 Turn the ignition switch to ON. Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the voltage at terminal A in

each ignition coils. No Inspect the power supply circuit of ignition
coils.
Is the voltage B+?
6 Verify continuity between each Yes Go to the next step.

ignition coils terminal B and battery
negative terminal.
No Inspect the ground circuit of ignition coils.
7 Does the PCM connector or ignition Yes Repair or replace the connector, then go to
coil connectors have poor Step 1.
connection?
8 Inspect the CKP sensor and Yes Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring
crankshaft pulley. harness and connector of CKP sensor.
Are the CKP sensor and crankshaft

pulley normal? No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part,
then go to Step 1.
EGR Control System Inspection
1. Crank the engine and verify that EGR valve operation (initial operation) sound is heard.
If the operation sound is not heard, connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and
verify that the DTC P0403 is shown. Perform the DTC inspection. (See DTC
P0403 [LF] .)
2. Start the engine run it at idle.
3. Increase the step value of EGR valve from 0 to 52 using the SEGR PID of simulation
function.
4. Operate the EGR valve and inspect if the engine speed becomes unstable or the engine stalls.
If the engine speed will not change, proceed to following.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
a. Stop the engine.
b. Remove the EGR valve. (See EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
c. Connect the EGR valve connector.
d. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
e. Increase the step value of EGR valve from 0 to 52 using the SEGRP PID.
f. Verify that the EGR valve operates according to the SEGRP PID.
If the EGR valve is operated, clean the EGR valve and EGR gas
passage.
If the EGR valve will not operate, replace the EGR valve. (See EGR
VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
5. Start the engine and warm it up completely.
6. Access the following PIDs.
ECT, RPM, SEGRP, APP1, APP2, TP, VSS
7. Idle the vehicle and verify that the SEGRP value is 0.
CAUTION:
While performing this step, always operate the vehicle in a safe and lawful manner.
When the M-MDS is used to observe monitor system status while driving, be sure to have
another technician with you, or record the data in the M-MDS using the PID/DATA
MONITOR AND RECORD capturing function and inspect later.
8. Put the vehicle drive.
9. Depress the accelerator pedal and verify that the SEGRP value is increased.
If the SEGRP value will not increase, inspect the VSS, TP and ECT PIDs. (See
PCM INSPECTION [LF] .)
10. Stop the vehicle and verify that the SEGRP value is returned to 0.
1. Crank the engine and verify that EGR valve operation (initial operation) sound is heard.
If the operation sound is not heard, connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and
verify that the DTC P0403 is shown. Perform DTC inspection. (See DTC P0403
[LF] .)
3. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
4. Access the following PIDs:
ECT, RPM, SEGRP_DSD, APP1, APP2, VSS
5. Idle the vehicle and verify that the SEGRP value is 0.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
6. Put the vehicle in drive.
7. Depress the accelerator pedal and verify that the SEGRP_DSD value is increased.
If the EGR valve increases, inspect the following:
EGR valve (stuck open or close) (See EGR VALVE INSPECTION

[LF] .)
Wiring harness and connectors (Main relay—EGR valve—PCM)
If the SEGRP_DSD value does not increase, inspect the VSS, APP1, APP2, TP
and ECT PIDs. (See PCM INSPECTION [LF] .)
8. Stop the vehicle and verify that the SEGRP value returns to 0.
Purge Control System Inspection
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose between the purge solenoid valve and the charcoal canister.
3. Put the finger to the purge solenoid valve and verify that there is no vacuum applied when
the engine is cold.
If there is a vacuum, inspect the following:
Wiring harness and connectors (Purge solenoid valve—PCM

terminal 2C)
Purge solenoid vale (stuck open) (See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE

INSPECTION [LF] .)
4. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and verify that the DTC P0443 is shown. Perform the DTC
inspection. (See DTC P0443 [LF] .)
5. Select the EVAPCP PID.
6. Increase the duty value of the purge valve to 50% and inspect if the operation sound of the
valve is heard.
If the operation sound is heard, inspect for the loose or damaged vacuum hose.
(Intake manifold—purge solenoid valve—charcoal canister)
If the operation sound is not heard, perform the purge solenoid valve
inspection. (See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)
CAUTION:
When the M-MDS is used to observe monitor system status while driving, be sure to have
om
another technician with you, or record the data in the M-MDS using the PID/DATA
d .c
MONITOR AND RECORD capturing function and inspect later.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
8. Monitor the EVAPCP PID using the M-MDS, and drive the vehicle approx. 2,000 rpm for 30
s or more.
If the EVAPCP PID is 0%, inspect the following:
MAF, APP1, APP2, TP REL and LOAD PIDs
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose between the purge solenoid valve and the charcoal canister.
3. Put the finger to the purge solenoid valve and verify that there is no vacuum applied when
the engine is cold.
If there is a vacuum, inspect the following:
Wiring harness and connectors (Purge solenoid valve—PCM

terminal 2C)
Purge solenoid vale (stuck open) (See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE

INSPECTION [LF] .)
4. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and verify that the DTC P0443 is shown. Perform the DTC
inspection. (See DTC P0443 [LF] .)
5. Access the EVAPCP and ECT PIDs.
6. Verify that the ECT PID is more than 78 °C {173 °F}.
If the ECT PID reading indicates less than 78 °C {173 °F}, perform the ECT
inspection.
7. Set the vehicle on the dynamometer or chassis roller.
WARNING:
When the dynamometer or chassis roller is operating, there is a possibility that

the operator may come into contact with or be caught up in the rotating parts,
leading to serious injuries or death. When performing work while the
dynamometer or chassis roller is operating, be careful not to come into contact
with or caught up in any of the rotating parts.
8. Drive the vehicle approx. 2,000 rpm for 30 s or more.
If there is no vacuum, inspect the following:
Wiring harness and connector (Main relay—purge solenoid

valve—PCM terminal 2C)
Purge solenoid valve (See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION

[LF] .)
MAF, APP1, APP2, TP and LOAD PIDs
If there is vacuum, inspect the following:

om
Vacuum hose (Purge solenoid valve—charcoal canister)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
A/C Cut-off Control System Inspection
2. Turn the A/C switch and the fan switch on.
3. Verify that the A/C compressor magnetic clutch actuates.
If it does not actuate, go to symptom troubleshooting “No.23 A/C does not

work sufficiently“. (See NO.23 A/C DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY [LF] .)
4. Fully open the throttle valve and verify that the A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not
actuate for 2—5 s.
If it actuates, inspect as follows:
A/C relay
Open or short to ground circuit in wiring harness and

connectors (Ignition switch—A/C relay—PCM terminal 1I)
A/C related parts
APP1, APP2 PIDs
Cooling Fan Control System Inspection
2. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Verify that the DTC P0480, P0481 or P0482 is not shown and cooling fan operating while the
KOER self-test.orm the KOER self-test. (See KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [LF] .)
KOER self-test.
If the DTC P0480 is shown, perform the DTC troubleshooting procedure. (See
DTC P0480 [LF] .) (See DTC P0481 [LF] .) (See DTC P0482 [LF] .)
If the cooling fans do not operate while KOER self-test, proceed the followings:
a. Inspect the cooling fan motor and wiring harness between cooling fan motor and
ground.
b. Select the FAN1, FAN2 and FAN3 PIDs.
c. Turn ignition switch off and disconnect the cooling fan motor connector.
d. Verify that each cooling fan relay operating sound is heard, when turn each cooing
fan relay to on from off using simulation function of the FAN1, FAN2 and FAN3 PIDs.
om
If the operation sound is not heard, inspect for suspected cooling

d .c
fan relay is stuck open or close.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If the operation sound is heard, inspect wiring harness and
connector between all cooling fan relays and cooling fan motor.
2. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Perform the KOER self-test. (See KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [LF] .)
KOER self-test.
If the DTC P0480 is shown, perform the DTC troubleshooting procedure. (See
DTC P0480 [LF] .) (See DTC P0481 [LF] .) (See DTC P0482 [LF] .)
If the cooling fans do not operate while KOER self-test, proceed the followings:
a. Inspect the cooling fan motor and wiring harness between cooling fan motor and
ground.
b. Turn the ignition switch to off.
c. Disconnect ECT sensor connector.
d. Verify that the operation sound heard form all cooling fan relays (No.1, No.2 and
No.3), when the ignition switch to ON position.
If the operation sound is not heard, inspect for suspected cooling

fan relay is stuck open or close.
If the operation sound is heard, inspect wiring harness and

connector between all cooling fan relays and cooling fan motor.
e. Turn the ignition switch off and disconnect the ECT sensor connector.
f. Reconnect the ECT sensor and clear the DTC from PCM memory using the M-MDS.
Variable Valve Timing Control System Operation Inspection
3. Start the engine and run it at idle.
4. Select the VT DUTY1 PID.
5. Increase the OCV duty value and verify that the engine idles roughly or stalls.
om
.c
If as specified, inspect the timing belt component (valve timing deviation).

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If not as specified, go to the next step.
6. Remove the OCV with connector is connected.
8. Select the VT DUTY1 PID.
9. Increase the OCV duty value and verify that the spool valve operates in the advance
direction.
If as specified, inspect the following hydraulic passage for clogging and/or

leakage:
Oil pressure switch—OCV
OCV—camshaft
Camshaft internal passage
OCV operation
Harness and connectors for open or short (OCV—PCM terminal

2E)
10. If they are okay, replace the intake camshaft pulley (with a built-in variable valve timing
actuator). (See VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
1. Start the engine and run it at idle.
If idling cannot be continued, go to Step 2.
If idling can be continued, go to Step 7.
2. Remove the OCV and verify that the spool valve is at maximum retard position.
3. Connect the OCV.
5. Verify that the spool valve is at maximum retard position.
If the spool valve is stuck in the advance direction, inspect for the following:
Short circuit in wiring harnesses or connectors between the

OCV and the PCM
6. Inspect the variable valve timing actuator. (See VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR
INSPECTION [LF] .)
7. Disconnect OCV connector.
9. Apply battery voltage to the OCV and verify that the engine idles roughly or stalls.
om
d .c
If the engine idles roughly or stalls, inspect the timing belt component (valve
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
timing deviation).
If the engine does not idle roughly or stalls, go to the next step.
10. Remove the OCV and perform spool valve operation inspection. (See OIL CONTROL VALVE
(OCV) INSPECTION [LF] .)
OCV
Harnesses and connectors between OCV and PCM open or

short
If as specified, inspect the following hydraulic passages for clogging or leakage

or both:
Oil pressure switch—OCV
OCV—camshaft
Camshaft internal passage
11. If they are normal, replace the camshaft pulley (with built-in variable valve timing actuator).
(See VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Inspection
To verify that the problem has been fixed properly after repairs, the run drive cycle or
EVAP system leak inspection must be performed.
EVAP system leak inspection using M-MDS
NOTE:
EVAP system test outline
The EVAP system test, which can substituted for the run drive cycle as an EVAP control
system repair confirmation method, can be done while operating the M-MDS in the KOEO
(Key On Engine Off) condition instead of actually driving the vehicle.
EVAP system test description
The EVAP system test finds gas leaks in the system using the PCM to monitor changes in
the air pump load current of the EVAP system leak detection pump. This test starts after
sending an on-demand test signal from the M-MDS to the PCM. The PCM controls the air
pump and change-over-valve operation and also stores the load current of the air pump as
follows:
The PCM commands turn the air pump on and retrieve the air pump load
current value (LDP_MON PID) as a reference current (LDP_REF PID).
After retrieving a reference current value, the PCM commands the

change-over-valve to open, then captures the air pump load current
value (LDP_MON PID) as idle current (LDP_IDL PID). The EVAP system
will be pressurized from this phase.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
The PCM continues to monitor the air pump load current value (LDP_MON
PID) until the end of the test.
You can confirm whether any evaporative gas leak occurred or not by reading the test
results.
EVAP system malfunction judgment
The PCM calculates the stored air pump load current value and send the results to the M-
MDS as DTCs:
om
DTC No. Condition

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
P0442 Evaporative emission control system leak detected (small leak)
P0446 Change over valve (COV) (EVP system leak detection pump) stuck close
P0455 Evaporative emission control system leak detected (gross leak)
P0456 Evaporative emission system leak detected (very small leak)
P2401 EVAP system leak detection pump motor circuit low
P2402 EVAP system leak detection pump motor circuit high
P2404 EVAP system leak detection pump sense circuit problem
P2405 EVAP system leak detection pump sense circuit low input
P2407 EVAP system leak detection pump sense circuit intermittent
Evaporative system test procedure
1. Select the EVAP system test from the Toolbox on the M-MDS display and follow the
instructions.
2. Verify that all of the following PIDs are within the specifications at the pre-test confirmation
screen.
NOTE:
To successfully perform this procedure, all PIDs must be within the following
specifications before proceeding to the next step.
The PCM will cancel the EVAP system test if the VPWR PID value falls lower
than 11.0 V during the test.
Specification
PID PID Range
BARO 72.2 kPa {543 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or more
FLI 15—85%
IAT 5—45 °C {41—113 °F}
VPWR11.0 V or more
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CAUTION:
4. Drive the vehicle or let the engine idle more than 20 min.
5. Turn ignition switch off, then turn it to the ON position again (Key On Engine Off).
6. Press the tick icon to start the test.
7. Verify that no DTCs present after the completion of the test.
If any test result is indicated with red, diagnose the problem using the following DTC
troubleshooting procedure or component inspection procedure.
If any DTCs are detected, diagnose the problem using the appropriate DTC troubleshooting
procedure. (See DTC TABLE [LF] .)
EVAP system leak inspection using leak tester
1. Perform the following SST (EVAP System Tester 134-01049A) self-test:
NOTE:
If the tester does not work correctly during the self-test, refer to the tester
operators manual for a more detailed self-test procedure.
a. Verify that the control valve on the panel is in the HOLD position then open the
nitrogen bottle valve.
b. Connect the vehicle interface hose (part of the SST) to the SELF-TEST port
located on the control panel. Hand tighten the fitting. (Do not overtighten.)
c. Turn the control valve to the TEST position.
d. The gauge should read 331—381 mm {13—15 in} of water.
If the gauge is not reading in this range, adjust the pressure by

turning the black knob on the low pressure regulator at the nitrogen
om
bottle.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
e. Turn the control valve to the HOLD position.
f. Verify that the gauge holds pressure and that the flow meter reads no flow.
1. If there is no drop in pressure and no flow, the tester passes the

self-test.
2. If the gauge leaks down, refer to the tester operators manual.
2. Connect the SST to the vehicle.
a. Verify that the control valve on the panel is in the HOLD position then open the
nitrogen bottle valve.
b. Remove the fuel-filler cap from the vehicle.
If the fuel-filler cap is not a MAZDA part or equivalent, replace it.
c. Connect the receiver assembly (SST: AKS441130) to the vehicle cap test hose
assembly (part of the SST) and the fuel-filler cap from the vehicle.
d. Connect the cap adaptor (SST: AKS441131) to the vehicle cap test hose assembly
(part of the SST) and to the fuel-filler neck.
e. Connect the vehicle interface hose (part of the SST) to the center fitting of the
vehicle cap test hose assembly (part of the SST).
5. Request the PCM on-board device control (Mode 08) using the M-MDS to close the change-
over valve (COV) in the EVAP system leak detection pump.
NOTE:
The COV is closed for 10 min unless the following any actions are done:
The ignition switch is turned off position.
6. Make sure the control valve on the 134-01049A is in the HOLD position and that the valve on
the cylinder of nitrogen gas is open.
om
d .c
7. Turn the control valve to the open position and let the system fill. You should note a drop in
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
the gauge pressure along with the flow meter being pegged at maximum flow for several
minutes depending on how full or empty the fuel tank is, and how long it takes to completely fill
and pressurize the evaporative emissions system hoses.
8. If the gauge and the flow meter do not settle to a measurable level after 2—3 min, then
refer to the Mazda Workshop Manual to verify that the cut or vent valve is properly closed.
9. Verify the pressure gauge and flow meter reading to determine if there is an evaporative
emissions leak:
NO EVAPORATIVE LEAK:
The flow meter registers “zero flow” and the pressure gauge returns to the pre-
set pressure of 356 mm {14 in} of water (H2O).
EVAPORATIVE LEAK:
The pressure does not return to the preset level of 356 mm {14 in} of water
(H2O) when measuring the flow. See “SETTING LEAK STANDARD FOR
TESTING” (.020 to .040 inch H2O) of the Evaporative Emissions Tester
operators manual (134-01067).
NOTE:
1. Turn the control valve to the HOLD position then disconnect the SST.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.19 EXHAUST SMOKE [LF]
19 EXHAUST SMOKE
DESCRIPTION Blue, black, or white smoke from exhaust system.
Blue smoke (Burning oil):
Engine internal oil leakage
White smoke (Water in combustion):
Cooling system malfunction (coolant loss)
Engine internal coolant leakage
Black smoke (Rich fuel mixture):
Intake-air system is collapsed or restricted
Fuel return line is restricted
Excessive fuel pressure
Improper fuel injection timing and/or amount
POSSIBLE Ignition system malfunction

CAUSE
WARNING:
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CAUTION:

1 What color is smoke coming from the Blue Burning oil is indicated.
exhaust system?
White Water in combustion is indicated.
Go to Step 3.
Black Rich fuel mixture is indicated.
Go to Step 4.
(See POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (See POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV)

(PCV) VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .) VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

No Inspect for the following:
Damaged valve guide, stems or

valve seals
Blocked oil drain passage in

cylinder head
Piston ring is not seated, seized or

worn
Damaged cylinder bore
If other driveability symptoms are present, return

to diagnostic index to service any additional
symptoms.
3 Does the cooling system hold pressure? Yes Inspect for the following:
Cylinder head gasket leakage
Intake manifold gasket leakage

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Cracked or porous engine block
If other driveability symptoms are present, return

to diagnostic index to service any additional
symptoms.

Collapsed or restricted
intake-air system Repeat Step 4.
Restricted fuel return

line
Retrieve any DTCs.
6 Install the fuel pressure gauge between Yes Go to the next step.
the fuel pipe and the fuel distributor.
Measure the fuel line pressure during Inspect the fuel line for clogging.
idle.
If there is no malfunction, replace
Is the fuel line pressure correct during the fuel pump unit.
idle?
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
[LF] .)
High:
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

7 Perform the Spark Test. Yes Inspect the CMP sensor.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR

OPERATION INSPECTION [LF] .) INSPECTION [LF] .)

cylinder? No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according
to spark test result.
om
8 Inspect the CMP sensor. Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning part according to
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
inspection result.
INSPECTION [LF] .)
9 Is the engine compression correct? Yes Inspect the fuel injector.
(See COMPRESSION INSPECTION [LF] .) (See FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [LF] .)

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.25 A/C IS NOT CUT OFF UNDER WIDE OPEN THROTTLE CONDITIONS [LF]
25 A/C IS NOT CUT OFF UNDER WIDE OPEN THROTTLE CONDITIONS
The A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not disengage under wide
DESCRIPTION
open throttle.
POSSIBLE
APP sensor malfunction
CAUSE
1 Does the A/C compressor disengage Yes Go to the next step.

when the A/C switch is turned off?
No Go to the symptom troubleshooting "No.24 A/C is
always on or A/C compressor runs continuously".
(See NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C COMPRESSOR

RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF] .)
Retrieve any DTCs.
Are there any DTCs displayed? No Inspect the APP sensor.
(See ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR

INSPECTION [LF] .)

symptoms.

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.12 LACK/LOSS OF POWER-ACCELERATION/CRUISE [LF]
12 LACK/LOSS OF POWER—ACCELERATION/CRUISE
The performance is poor under load (such as power down when climbing
DESCRIPTION
hills).
Electronic throttle control system operates with brake override system
Improper A/C system operation
Erratic signal or no signal from CMP sensor
Intake air temperature too hot
Improper variable intake air control operation
Purge control solenoid malfunction
Improper EGR valve operation
Brake dragging
Vacuum leakage
Poor fuel quality
Engine overheating
Improper valve timing due to jumping out of timing belt

om
d .c
Improper variable valve timing control operation

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
POSSIBLE Intermittent open or short in fuel pump related circuit
CAUSE
Erratic signal from APP sensor
Erratic signal from TP sensor
Intermittent open or short circuit in MAF sensor, APP sensor, TP sensor,

IAT sensor and VSS
AT malfunction (AT)
WARNING:
CAUTION:

Retrieve any PCM DTC using the M-MDS. Yes Go to the P2299 troubleshooting
procedure. (Drive-by-wire system
(See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF] .) operates with smart acceleratormode.)
1 Is the DTC P2299 presented?
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Verify the following: Yes Go to the next step.
Vacuum connection
(such as air cleaner element, fresh Repeat Step 2.
air duct)

system
2 No restriction of intake-air system

intake manifold; such as EGR
valve
Fuel quality (such as proper

Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.
off).
3
Retrieve any DTCs.
Is the engine overheating? Yes Go to the symptom troubleshooting

"No.17 Cooling system concerns-
Overheating".
4 (See NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-

OVERHEATING [LF] .)

operate the vehicle in a safe and No APP1, APP2 PIDs are
lawful manner. not normal:
When the M-MDS is used to Inspect if output signal

observe monitor system status APP sensor changes
while driving, be sure to have smoothly.
record the data in the M-MDS RPM PID is not
using the PID/DATA MONITOR normal:
AND RECORD capturing function Inspect the CKP sensor
om
and inspect later.

.c
and related wiring

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
harness for vibration or
Access the following PCM PIDs:
intermittent open/short
PCM: circuit or both.
APP1 (See CRANKSHAFT

POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
APP2 INSPECTION [LF] .)
RPM MAF PID is not

normal:
MAF
Inspect for intermittent
TP open circuit of MAF
sensor and related
IAT
wiring harness.
VSS
(See MASS AIR FLOW
Drive the vehicle while monitoring the PIDs. (MAF) SENSOR
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Are the PIDs within the specifications?
5 TP PID is not normal:
Inspect if output signal
TP sensor changes
smoothly.
IAT PID is not

normal:
Inspect for air suction in

intake-air system.
If normal, inspect
intermittent short circuit
of IAT sensor and
related wiring
harnesses.
(See INTAKE AIR

TEMPERATURE (IAT)
SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF] .)
VSS PID is not

normal:
Inspect the ABS/DSC

PIDs LF_WPSD,
LR_WSPD, RF_WPSD
and RR_WSPD using the
M-MDS.
(See VEHICLE SPEED

SENSOR (VSS)
Visually inspect the CKP sensor and teeth of Yes Go to the next step.
crankshaft pulley.
om
6
d .c

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Are the CKP sensor and teeth of crankshaft pulley
Inspect the spark plug condition. Yes Spark plug is wet or

grayish white? Inspect the fuel injector
for fuel leakage.
Inspect the spark plug

and high-tension lead.

7
white:

for clogging.

cylinders.
Perform the Electronic Throttle Control System Yes Go to the next step.
Inspection.
INSPECTION [LF] .)

properly?
Visually inspect deformed exhaust system part. Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
9 Is there any deformed exhaust system part?
Install the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine No Zero or low:

off).
Turn to on the fuel pump using the M-MDS relay and fuel pump
Is the fuel line pressure correct when the fuel pump Inspect the fuel line for
is turned to on? clogging.
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .) If there is no

10
fuel pump unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

om
[LF] .)
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
High:

unit.
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

[LF] .)
Perform the Variable Intake air Control Operation Yes Go to the next step.
Inspection.
11 (See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
Does the VIS function properly?

stalling with the A/C on concern. If No If the A/C is always on, go to the
other symptoms exist, go to the symptom troubleshooting "No.24 A/C is
next step. always on or A/C compressor runs
continuously".
Connect the pressure gauge to the A/C low and
(See NO.24 A/C IS ALWAYS ON OR A/C
12 high side pressure lines.
COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF] .)
Turn the A/C on and measure low side and high
side pressures. For other symptoms, inspect the
following:
Are the pressures within the specifications?
Refrigerant charging
(See REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK.) amount

operate the vehicle in a safe and No Inspect the A/C cut–off system
lawful manner. components.
13
Perform the A/C Cut-off Control System Inspection.

INSPECTION [LF] .)
Does the A/C cut-off function properly?
Disconnect the vacuum hose between the purge Yes Inspect if purge solenoid valve is stuck
solenoid valve and the intake manifold from purge open mechanically.
solenoid valve side.
14 Plug opening end of vacuum hose.
Drive the vehicle. OPERATION INSPECTION [LF] .)
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Visually inspect the CMP sensor and projections of Yes Go to the next step.
camshaft pulley.
15
Are the CMP sensor and projections of camshaft No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
pulley normal? according to the inspection results.
Perform EGR control system inspection. Yes Go to the next step.

16 No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Is EGR system normal?
Perform the Variable Valve Timing Control System Yes Go to the next step.
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Does the variable valve timing control system

function properly?
Is the engine compression correct? Yes Go to the next step.

18
Inspect the PCV valve. Yes Replace the PCV valve.

[LF] .)

19 Valve timing
Internal transaxle
components (AT)
Clutch (MT)
Brake system for

dragging
Verify test results.

symptoms.

om
20
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.13 KNOCKING/PINGING-ACCELERATION/CRUISE [LF]
13 KNOCKING/PINGING - ACCELERATION/CRUISE
Sound is produced when the air/fuel mixture is ignited by something other

DESCRIPTION
than the spark plug (such as hot spot in combustion chamber).
Engine overheating due to cooling system malfunction
KS malfunction
Erratic signal from CMP sensor
Inadequate engine compression
WARNING:
POSSIBLE procedures. Read the following warnings before servicing the fuel system:
CAUSE
CAUTION:

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Verify the ECT PID is less than 116°C

{241°F} during driving. No Inspect the cooling system for cause of
overheating.
Is the ECT PID less than the specification?
2 Access the IAT and MAF PIDs. Yes Go to the next step.
Monitor the each PID.

No IAT PID is not normal:
Are the PIDs normal?
Inspect the IAT sensor.
(See INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
(IAT) SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF] .)
MAF PID is not normal:
Inspect the MAF sensor.
(See MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)

(engine off).

5 Install the fuel pressure gauge between fuel Yes Inspect the ignition timing.
Measure the fuel line pressure during idle. Inspect the fuel pump relay and
fuel pump circuit.
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION clogging.
[LF] .)
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

om
d .c
High:
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT

6 Inspect the KS. Yes Inspect the valve timing.
(See KNOCK SENSOR (KS) INSPECTION [LF] .) (See VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR
INSPECTION [LF] .)
Is the KS normal?
No Replace the KS.


symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NO.28 FUEL FILLING SHUT OFF CONCERNS [LF]
28 FUEL FILLING SHUT OFF CONCERNS
DESCRIPTION The fuel does not shut off properly.
Clogged EVAP pipes
Nonreturn valve malfunction
Fuel shut-off valve malfunction
Fuel nozzle malfunction
Fuel nozzle is not inserted correctly
PCM DTC is stored.
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before servicing the
fuel system:
POSSIBLE Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing

CAUSE serious injury and damage. Always keep sparks and
flames away from fuel.
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite
and cause serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can
also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always
complete “BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION” and “AFTER
SERVICE PRECAUTION” described in this manual.
CAUTION:

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(Engine off).
Retrieve any DTCs.
2 Remove the fuel-filler pipe. Yes Inspect for the following:
Make sure the nonreturn valve is installed Improper use of fuel nozzle.
properly.
Fuel is not inserted correctly.
Inspect the nonreturn valve operation.
Inspect fuel shut-off valve.
Is the nonreturn valve normal?
No Nonreturn valve is installed
improperly:
Reinstall the nonreturn valve to

proper position.
Nonreturn valve does not

operate properly:
Replace the nonreturn valve.

symptoms.


< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ENGINE LOCATION INDEX [LF]
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 Drive belt
om
(See DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [LF] .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER INSPECTION [LF] .)
2 Tappet
(See VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION [LF] .)
(See VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT [LF] .)
3 Engine
(See ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF] .)
4 Timing Chain
(See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
5 Cylinder head gasket
(See CYLINDER HEAD GASKET REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
6 Front oil seal
(See FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
7 Rear oil seal
(See REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
8 OCV
(See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) INSPECTION [LF] .)
9 Variable valve timing actuator
(See VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
10Plug hole plate
(See PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
COMPRESSION INSPECTION [LF]
WARNING:
Hot engines and oil can cause severe burns. Be careful not to burn yourself during
removal/installation of each component.
1. Verify that the battery is fully charged.
Recharge it if necessary. (See BATTERY INSPECTION [LF] .)
2. Warm up the engine to the normal operating temperature.
3. Perform “Fuel Line Safety Procedures”. Leave the fuel pump relay removed. (See BEFORE
SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF] .)
WARNING:
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily ignite, causing serious injury and
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious
injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent
this, always complete the “Fuel Line Safety Procedure”. (See BEFORE SERVICE
PRECAUTION [LF] .)
4. Remove the fuel pump relay.
5. Remove the front suspension tower bar (joint). (See FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER BAR
6. Remove the ignition coils. (See IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
7. Remove the spark plugs. (See SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
8. Connect a compression gauge into the spark plug hole.
om
d .c
9. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and crank the engine.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
10. Note the maximum gauge reading.
11. Inspect each cylinder as above.
If the measured value is less than the limited value, or there is a cylinder
whose compression value varies from that of other cylinders by 196.1 kPa
{2.0 kgf/cm2, 28.5 psi} or more, add a small amount of engine oil through
the spark plug hole. Then measure the compression pressure and perform the
respective operations for the following cases.
If the compression increases, the piston, the piston rings, or

cylinder wall may be worn and overhaul is required.
If the compression stays low, a valve may be stuck or

improperly seated and overhaul is required.
If the compression in adjacent cylinders stays low, the cylinder

head gasket may be damaged or the cylinder head distorted
and overhaul is required.
Compression
Standard: 1,720 kPa {17.5391 kgf/cm 2, 249.465 psi} [300 rpm]
Minimum: 1,204 kPa {12.277 kgf/cm 2, 174.58 psi} [300 rpm]
Maximum difference between cylinders: 196.1 kPa {2.0 kgf/cm 2, 28.5 psi}
12. Disconnect the compression gauge.
13. Install the spark plugs. (See SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
14. Install the ignition coils. (See IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
15. Install the front suspension tower bar (joint). (See FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER BAR
16. Install the fuel pump relay.
17. Complete the “AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION”. (See AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
Fuel is very flammable liquid. If fuel spills or leaks from the pressurized fuel system, it will cause serious injury or death and facility
breakage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the “Fuel Line Safety Procedure”, while referring to
the “BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION”.
NOTE:
Remove the engine, transmission, and crossmember component as a single unit from under the vehicle.
1. Perform “Fuel Line Safety Procedures”. Leave the fuel pump relay removed. (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF] .)
2. Drain the engine coolant. (See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
a. The front wheel and tires (See GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION) .)
b. The plug hole plate (See PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
c. The battery cover, battery, battery box, battery tray and battery duct (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
d. The air cleaner (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
e. The throttle body (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
f. The PCM, PCM duct and air cleaner insulator (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
g. The coolant reserve tank (See COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
h. The console (See CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the P/S oil pump hoses and drain the P/S fluid reservoir. (See POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the splash shield A, splash shield B and front under cover. (See FRONT UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the under cover. (See TRANSVERSE MEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the generator duct. (See GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
8. Drain the transmission oil (MT) or ATF (AT). (See TRANSMISSION OIL REPLACEMENT [M15M-D] .) (See TRANSMISSION OIL
REPLACEMENT [P66M-D] .) (See AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [SJ6A-EL] .)
9. Disconnect the brake vacuum hose. (See POWER BRAKE UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10. Disconnect the quick release connector from the dynamic chamber. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM)
11. Disconnect the quick release connector from the fuel distributor. (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF] .) (See QUICK RELEASE
CONNECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
12. Remove the drive belt. (See DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
13. Remove the A/C compressor with the pipes connected and secure the A/C compressor using wire or rope so that it is out of the way.
14. Disconnect the water hose and heater hose.
15. Secure the caliper (front) using wire or rope so that it is out of the way.
16. Disconnect the wiring harness.
17. Disconnect front ABS wheel-speed sensor connector. (See FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
18. Remove the radiator. (See RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
19. Perform the following procedure.
AT
Disconnect the manual shaft lever component. (See AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SJ6A-EL] .)
MT
Remove the clutch release cylinder with the pipes connected and secure the clutch release cylinder using wire or rope so
om
that it is out of the way. (See CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Remove the shift lever knob. (See TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [M15M-D] .)
20. Remove the engine, transmission, and crossmember component using an engine lifter in the order indicated in the table.
WARNING:
Remove the engine, transmission and crossmember carefully, holding it steady. If the transmission falls it could be
damaged or cause injury.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
1Member bracket (MT)
2Tunnel member
3Transverse member
4Middle pipe
(See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
5Power plant frame
6Propeller shaft
(See PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7Bolt (Intermediate Shaft)
(See STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8Engine, transmission, crossmember component
(See Engine, Transmission, Crossmember Component Removal Note.)
21. Remove the engine and transmission from the crossmember component lifter in the order indicated in the table by suspending them
with a crane.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Engine mount rubber
2Engine mount bracket
3Engine, transmission
4Oil pipe, oil hose
23. Start the engine and inspect and adjust the following:
Pulley and belt for runout, tension, and contact
Leakage of engine oil, engine coolant, ATF, MT oil, and fuel

om
Ignition timing, idle speed, and idle mixture (CO and HC) (See ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF] .)
d .c
oa
FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT

nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Front wheel alignment (See .)
Engine-driven accessories operation
24. Perform the on-road test and verify that there is no vibration or noise.
Engine, Transmission, Crossmember Component Removal Note
1. Secure the engine, transmission, and crossmember component using an engine lifter.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF]
1. Remove the transmission from the engine. (See TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [M15M-D] .)(See
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [P66M-D] .) (See AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[SJ6A-EL] .)
a. The clutch unit (MT) (See CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. The ignition coil (See IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
c. The CMP sensor (See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
d. The power steering oil pump (See POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. The fuel distributor and fuel injector (See FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
f. The intake-air system (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
g. The exhaust system (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
h. The CKP sensor (See CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
3. Remove the drive belt auto tensioner.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF]
Engine Tune-up Preparation
1. Verify the following:
AT: Selector lever is in P or N position.
MT: Shift lever is in neutral position.
2. Verify that no DTCs are available.
3. Warm up the engine (ECT is approx. 80 °C {176 °F} or more) as follows.
a. Start the engine.
b. Racing at the engine speed 2,500—3,000 rpm for 3 min.
4. Turn off the electrical loads.
5. Wait until the cooling fans stop.
7. Verify that the idling speed (M-MDS: RPM PID) is within the specification using the M-MDS
function.
Standard
AT: 700—800 rpm
MT: 670—770 rpm

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Ignition Timing Inspection
NOTE:
Ignition timing is not adjustable.
Ignition timing verification requires M-MDS.
1. Verify that the ignition timing (M-MDS: SPARKADV PID) is within the specification using M-
MDS.
Ignition timing
Approx. BTDC 8 °
2. Verify that ignition timing advances when the engine speed increases gradually.
If there is malfunction, refer to “ENGINE SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING”. (See

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [LF] .)
Idle Speed Inspection
NOTE:
Idle speed is not adjustable.
Idle speed verification requires M-MDS.
1. Verify that the idle speed (M-MDS: RPM PID) is within the specification using M-MDS.

Idle speed
No load: 670—770 rpm (MT), 700—800 rpm (AT)
Electrical loads (38—48 A): 700—800 rpm
Electrical loads (more than 48 A): 800—900 rpm
P/S ON: 700—800 rpm (MT), 750—850 rpm (AT)
A/C ON: 825—925 rpm (MT), 775—875 rpm (AT)
Idle Mixture Inspection
1. Verify that the idle speed and ignition timing are within the specification. (See Idle Speed
Inspection.) (See Ignition Timing Inspection.)
2. Insert an exhaust gas analyzer to the tailpipe.
3. Verify that the CO and HC concentrations are within the regulation.

om
.c
Idle mixture
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
HC concentration: Within the regulation
CO concentration: Within the regulation
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET REPLACEMENT [LF]
WARNING:
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the “Fuel Line Safety
Procedure”. (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF] .)
1. Perform “Fuel Line Safety Procedures“. Leave the fuel pump relay removed. (See BEFORE SERVICE
PRECAUTION [LF] .)
2. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
4. Remove the front suspension tower bar (joint, right side, left side). (See FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER
BAR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the air cleaner. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
6. Remove the dynamic chamber. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
7. Remove the ignition coil. (See IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
9. Remove the CKP sensor. (See CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
10. Remove the P/S oil pump with the oil hose still connected and position the P/S oil pump so that it is
out of the way. (See POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11. Remove the timing chain. (See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
12. Remove the wiper arm and blade. (See WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13. Remove the cowl grille. (See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
14. Remove the side cowl grille. (See SIDE COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
15. Remove the service hole cover. (See EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
16. Disconnect the generator, but do not remove it from the vehicle. Fix the generator using a rope to
prevent it from falling. (See GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
17. Remove the exhaust manifold. (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
20. Inspect the compression. (See COMPRESSION INSPECTION [LF] .)
21. Start the engine and:
Inspect for the engine coolant leakage.

om
d .c
oa
Verify the ignition timing, idle speed and idle mixture. (See ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF] .)
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
1OCV
2Camshaft cap
3Camshaft
(See Camshaft Removal Note.)
(See Camshaft Installation Note.)
4Cylinder head
(See Cylinder Head Removal Note.)
(See Cylinder Head Installation Note.)
5Cylinder head gasket
(See Cylinder Head Gasket Installation Note.)
Camshaft Removal Note
NOTE:
The cylinder head and the camshaft caps are numbered to make sure they are reassembled in their
original position. Do not mix the caps.
1. Loosen the camshaft cap bolts in several passes in the order shown.
Cylinder Head Removal Note
1. Loosen the cylinder head bolts in two or three steps in the order shown.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Cylinder Head Gasket Installation Note
1. Apply silicone sealant to the areas shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Install the cylinder head gasket and cylinder head before the applied silicone sealant
starts to harden.
Thickness
4—7 mm {0.16—0.27 in}
2. Install the cylinder block with a new cylinder head gasket.
3. Apply silicone sealant to the areas shown in the figure.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Thickness
4—7 mm {0.16—0.27 in}
4. Install the cylinder head referring to the Cylinder Head Installation Note.
Cylinder Head Installation Note
1. Measure the length of each cylinder head bolt.
Replace any that exceed the maximum length.
Cylinder Head Bolt Length L
145.2—145.8 mm {5.72—5.74 in}
Cylinder Head Bolt Maximum
146.5 mm {5.77 in}
2. Tighten the cylinder head bolts in the order shown with the following 5 steps using the SST (49 D032
om
.c
316).
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
a. Tighten to 5.0 N·m {51.0 kgf·cm, 44.3 in·lbf}
b. Tighten 13—17 N·m {1.4—1.7 kgf·m, 10.0—12.5 ft·lbf}
c. Tighten 44—46N·m {4.5—4.6 kgf·m, 32.5—33.9 ft·lbf}
d. Tighten 88°—92°
e. Tighten 88°—92°
Camshaft Installation Note
1. Apply the gear oil (SAE No. 90 or equivalent) to each journal of the cylinder head as shown in the
figure.
2. Set the cam position of No.1 cylinder at the top dead center (TDC) and install the camshaft.
om
3. Apply the gear oil (SAE No. 90 or equivalent) to each journal of the camshaft as shown in the figure.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4. Temporarily tighten the camshaft bearing caps evenly in two or three steps.
5. Tighten the camshaft cap bolts in the order shown with the following two steps.
a. Tighten to 5.0—9.0 N·m {51.0—91.7 kgf·cm, 44.3—79.6 in·lbf}
b. Tighten to 14.0—17.0 N·m {1.5—1.7 kgf·m, 10.4—12.5 ft·lbf}
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [LF]
5. Remove the front suspension tower bar. (joint) (See FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER BAR
6. Remove the ignition coil. (See IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
7. Remove the oil control valve (OCV) connector.
8. Remove the cylinder head cover. (See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Crankshaft pulley lock bolt
(See Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Removal Note)
(See Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Installation Note)
2Crankshaft pulley
3Front oil seal
(See Front Oil Seal Removal Note)
(See Front Oil Seal Installation Note)
Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Removal Note
1. Remove the cylinder block lower blind plug.
2. Install the SST.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3. Turn the crankshaft clockwise until the crankshaft is in the No.1 cylinder TDC position (until the balance
weight contacts the SST).
4. Hold the crankshaft pulley using the SSTs.
5. Remove the crankshaft pulley lock bolt.
Front Oil Seal Removal Note
1. Cut the oil seal lip using a razor knife.
2. Remove the oil seal using a screwdriver wrapped with a rag.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Front Oil Seal Installation Note
1. Apply clean engine oil to a new oil seal.
2. Push the front oil seal in the engine front cover by hand.
3. Tap the oil seal in evenly using the SST and a hammer.
Front oil seal press-in amount
0—1.0 mm {0—0.039 in}
Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Installation Note
1. Install the SST on the camshaft as shown.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2. Verify that cylinder No.1 is at TDC of the compression stroke. (Crankshaft balance weight contacts SST.)
3. To position the crankshaft pulley, temporarily tighten it and, using a suitable bolt (M6 X 1.0 length 25
mm—35 mm {0.99 in—1.37 in}), fix the crankshaft pulley to the engine front cover.
4. Install the SSTs to the crankshaft pulley, lock the crankshaft against rotation.
5. Tighten the crankshaft pulley lock bolt in the order shown using the following two steps.
a. Tighten to 96—104 N·m {9.8—10.6 kgf·m, 70.9—76.7 ft·lbf}
b. Tighten 87°—93°
6. Remove the M6 x 1.0 bolt.

om
d .c
7. Remove the SST from the camshaft.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
8. Remove the SST from the cylinder block lower blind plug.
9. Remove the SST from the crankshaft pulley.
10. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two turns until the TDC position.
If not aligned, loosen the crankshaft pulley lock bolt and repeat from Step 1.
11. Install the cylinder block lower blind plug.
Tightening torque:
18—22 N·m {1.9—2.2 kgf·m, 13.3—16.2 ft·lbf}
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [LF]
1. Remove the flywheel (MT) or remove the drive plate (AT). (See CLUTCH UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SJ6A-EL] .)
1Bolt
2Rear oil seal
(See Rear Oil Seal Installation Note)
Rear Oil Seal Installation Note
1. Apply silicone sealant to the mating faces as shown.
CAUTION:
Install the rear oil seal before the applied silicone sealant starts to harden.
Thickness:
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4.0—6.0 mm {0.16—0.23 in}
2. Apply clean engine oil to the new oil seal lip.
3. Install the SST to the non-woven fabric side of the rear oil seal.
4. From the back side of the rear oil seal, verify that there is no damage or separation in the lip
area of the rear oil seal.
5. Install the rear oil seal to the engine as shown in the figure.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
6. Tighten the rear oil seal bolts in the order as shown.
Tightening torque:
8.0—11.5 N·m {81.6—117.2 kgf·m, 70.9—101.7 in·lbf}
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep sparks and flames
away from fuel.
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injures or death and damage. Fuel can also
irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the “Fuel Line Safety Procedure”. (See BEFORE SERVICE
PRECAUTION [LF] .)
3. Disconnect the ventilation hose. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
4. Loosen the water pump pulley bolt and remove the drive belt. (See DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
5. Remove the front suspension tower bar (joint). (See FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER BAR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the CMP sensor. (See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
7. Disconnect the oil control valve (OCV) connector.
11. Remove the P/S oil pump with the oil hose still connected and position the P/S oil pump so that it is out of the way. (See
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
12. Move the cooler pipe No.3 and heater pipe slightly out of the way.
15. Start the engine and:
Verify the ignition timing, idle speed and idle mixture. (See ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF] .)
16. Perform a road test.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 Dipstick
2 Cylinder head cover
(See Cylinder Head Cover Installation Note)
3 Crankshaft pulley lock bolt
(See Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Removal Note)
(See Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Installation Note)
4 Crankshaft pulley
om
5 Water pump pulley

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
6 Drive belt idler pulley
7 Engine front cover
(See Engine Front Cover Installation Note)
8 Front oil seal
(See Front Oil Seal Removal Note)
(See Front Oil Seal Installation Note)
9 Chain tensioner
(See Chain Tensioner Removal Note)
10Tensioner arm
11Chain guide
12Timing chain
(See Timing Chain Installation Note)
13Oil pump chain tensioner
14Oil pump sprocket
(See Oil Pump Sprocket Removal Note)
(See Oil Pump Sprocket Installation Note)
15Oil pump chain
16Crankshaft sprocket
Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Removal Note
2. Install the SST.
3. Turn the crankshaft clockwise until the crankshaft is in the No.1 cylinder TDC position (until the balance weight contacts the
SST).
om
.c
4. Hold the crankshaft pulley by using the SSTs.

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5. Remove the crankshaft pulley lock bolt.
Front Oil Seal Removal Note
1. Remove the oil seal using a screwdriver as shown.
Chain Tensioner Removal Note
1. Using a thin screwdriver, hold the chain tensioner ratchet lock mechanism away from the ratchet stem.
2. Slowly compress the tensioner piston.
3. Hold the tensioner piston using a 1.5 mm {0.059 in} wire or paper clip.
Oil Pump Sprocket Removal Note
1. Temporarily install the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft pulley lock bolt to the crankshaft, and lock the oil pump against
rotation as shown in figure.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2. Remove the oil pump sprocket, and then remove the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft pulley lock bolt.
Oil Pump Sprocket Installation Note
2. Install the oil pump sprocket, and then remove the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft pulley lock bolt.
Tightening torque
20—30 N·m {2.1—3.0 kgf·m, 14.8—22.1 ft·lbf}
Timing Chain Installation Note
1. Install the SST to the camshaft as shown.
2. Install the timing chain.

om
3. Remove the retaining wire or paper clip from the chain tensioner to apply tension to the timing chain.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Engine Front Cover Installation Note
NOTE:
Install the front oil seal before performing the following procedure.
1. Apply silicone sealant to the engine front cover as shown.
CAUTION:
Install the engine front cover before the applied silicone sealant starts to harden.
Completely remove any oil, dirt, sealant, or other foreign matter adhering to the engine front cover and
engine front cover installation surface. If any oil, dirt, sealant, or other foreign matter is not removed from
the space between the engine front cover and engine front cover installation surface, it may cause a sealing
malfunction.
Thickness
A: 2.2—3.2 mm {0.087—0.12 in}
B: 1.5—2.5 mm {0.06—0.098 in}
C: 2.2—4.3 mm {0.087—0.16 in}
D: 3.3—4.3 mm {0.13—0.16 in}
2. Install the engine front cover bolts in the order as shown.
Bolt No. Tightening torque
1—18 8.0—11.5 N·m {81.6—117.2 kgf·cm, 70.9—101.7 in·lbf}
19—22 40—55 N·m {4.1—5.6 kgf·m, 29.7—40.5 ft·lbf}

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Front Oil Seal Installation Note
1. Apply clean engine oil to a new oil seal.
2. Push the front oil seal in the engine front cover by hand.
3. Compress the oil seal using the SST and a hammer.
Front oil seal press-in amount
0—1.0 mm {0—0.039 in}
Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Installation Note
1. Install the SST to the camshaft as shown.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2. Verify that cylinder No.1 is at TDC of the compression stroke. (Crankshaft balance weight contacts SST.)
3. To position the crankshaft pulley, temporarily tighten it and, using a suitable bolt (M6 X 1.0 length 25 mm—35 mm
{0.99 in—1.37 in}), fix the crankshaft pulley to the engine front cover.
4. Install the SSTs to the crankshaft pulley, lock the crankshaft against rotation.
5. Tighten the crankshaft pulley lock bolt using the following two steps.
a. Tighten to 96—104 N·m {9.8—10.6 kgf·m, 70.9—76.7 ft·lbf}
b. Tighten 87°—93°
6. Remove the M6 x 1.0 bolt.
8. Remove the SST from the cylinder block lower blind plug.
9. Remove the SST from the crankshaft pulley.
10. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two turns until the TDC position.
If not aligned, loosen the crankshaft pulley lock bolt and repeat from Step 1.
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Tightening torque:
18—22 N·m {1.9—2.2 kgf·m, 13.3—16.2 ft·lbf}
Cylinder Head Cover Installation Note
1. Apply silicone sealant to the mating surfaces as shown.
CAUTION:
Install the cylinder head cover before the applied silicone sealant starts to harden.
Thickness:
4.0—6.0 mm {0.16—0.23 in}
2. Install the cylinder head cover with a new gasket.
3. Tighten the bolts in the order shown.
Tightening torque:
8.0—9.5 N·m {82—96 kgf·cm, 71—84 in·lbf}
om
d .c
< Previous Next >

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF]
CAUTION:
Variable valve timing actuator can not be disassembled it is a precision unit.
1. Remove the battery cover. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
3. Remove the plug hole plate. (See PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
4. Disconnect the ventilation hose. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM)
6. Remove the CMP sensor. (See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
8. Disconnect the P/S pressure switch connector.
11. Confirm that notch of the rotor and bump of the cover at the variable valve timing actuator
are aligned and fitted.
If the notch and the bump are not aligned, turn the crankshaft clockwise two
rotations. Verify that the bump and the notch are aligned.
If the bump and notch are still not aligned, replace the variable valve timing
actuator.
If, when turning the crankshaft, there is a hitting noise from the variable valve
timing actuator each time the cam passes the fully lifted position, it means that
the actuator is not secured. Replace the actuator. om
.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
12. Install the cylinder head cover. (See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
14. Connect the P/S pressure switch connector.
15. Connect the OCV connector.
16. Install the CMP sensor. (See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
18. Connect the ventilation hose. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM)
19. Install the plug hole plate. (See PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
20. Connect the negative battery cable. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
21. Install the battery cover.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
[LF] .)
6. Remove the OCV connector.
7. Remove the ventilation hose. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM)
9. Remove the OCV.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) INSPECTION [LF]
Coil Resistance Inspection
3. Disconnect the OCV connector.
4. Measure the resistance between terminals A and B using an ohmmeter.
If not as specified, replace the OCV. (See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
Oil control valve resistance
6.9—7.9 ohms [20°C {68°F}]
Spool Valve Operation Inspection
1. Remove the battery cover. (SeeBATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
3. Remove the OCV.
4. Verify that the spool valve in the OCV is in the maximum valve timing retard position as
indicated in the figure.
If not as specified, replace the OCV. (See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5. Verify that the battery is fully charged.
If not as specified, recharge the battery. (See BATTERY INSPECTION [LF] .)
6. Apply battery positive voltage between the OCV terminals and verify that the spool valve
operates and moves to the maximum valve timing advance position.
If not as specified, replace the OCV.
NOTE:
When applying battery positive voltage between the OCV terminals, the
connection can be either of the following:
Positive battery cable to terminal A, negative battery cable to

terminal B
Positive battery cable to terminal B, negative battery cable to

terminal A
7. Stop applying battery positive voltage and verify that the spool valve returns to the maximum
valve timing retard position.
If not as specified, replace the OCV.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [LF]
NOTE:
Drive belt deflection/tension inspection is not necessary because of the use of the auto
tensioner.
NOTE:
Use a mirror to see the position of the drive belt auto tensioner indicator mark.
2. Verify that the drive belt auto tensioner indicator mark does not exceed the limit.
If it exceeds the limit, replace the drive belt. (See DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT
[LF] .)
AT
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
MT
M
yM
an
ua
lD
ow
nl
oa
d.c
om
3. Install the battery and battery tray. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER INSPECTION [LF]
NOTE:
3. Verify that the drive belt auto tensioner moves smoothly in the operational direction.
Replace the drive belt auto tensioner if necessary.
4. Turn the drive belt auto tensioner pulley by hand and verify that it rotates smoothly.
Replace the drive belt auto tensioner if necessary.

om
d .c
5. Install the drive belt. (See DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT [LF] .)

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT [LF]
4. Disconnect the ventilation hose. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
5. Remove the front suspension tower bar (joint). ( FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER BAR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
12. Remove the engine front cover lower blind plug.
13. Remove the engine front cover upper blind plug.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
16. Install the SST as shown.
17. Turn the crankshaft clockwise until the crankshaft is in the No.1 cylinder TDC position.
18. Loosen the timing chain using the following procedure.
a. Insert a suitable bolt (M6 X 1.0, length 25—35 mm {0.99—1.3 in}) into the engine front cover
upper blind plug and tighten it until it contacts the chain tensioner arm, and then rotate it back one
turn. (Set the bolt slightly away from the chain tensioner arm so that it does not contact it.)
b. Using the cast hexagon on the exhaust camshaft, apply force counterclockwise to facilitate
unlocking the chain tensioner ratchet.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
c. Using a Hex bit socket (2.5 mm {0.098 in}) or T15 Torx bit socket, unlock the chain tensioner
ratchet so that it can be lifted up.
d. Using the cast hexagon on the exhaust camshaft, apply force in the direction of the engine rotation
to increase tension on the chain.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
The chain tensioner rack is compressed using the chain tension generated by
applying force to the exhaust camshaft in the direction of the engine rotation.
e. Screw in the bolt set in Step 1 approx. 5 mm {0.2 in} and secure the tensioner arm with the rack
compressed.
NOTE:
The ratchet has not been unlocked if the bolt cannot be pressed in approx. 5 mm
{0.2 in}.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If the tensioner arm cannot be secured, return the bolt to its original position and
repeat the procedure from Step 3.
19. Hold the exhaust camshaft using a suitable wrench on the cast hexagon as shown.
20. Remove the exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt, exhaust camshaft sprocket, and washer as a single unit.
CAUTION:
Perform the work carefully so that the washer does not drop out.
21. Remove the OCV. (See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
22. Loosen the camshaft cap bolts in several passes in the order shown.
om
.c
NOTE:
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
The camshaft caps are to be kept ordered for correct reassembly in their original positions. Do
not mix the caps.
23. Remove the camshafts.
24. Remove the tappet.
25. Select proper adjustment tappet.
New adjustment shim
= Removed shim thickness + Measured valve clearance - Standard valve clearance (IN: 0.25
mm {0.0098 in}, EX: 0.30 mm {0.0118 in})
Valve clearance [Engine cold]
IN: 0.22—0.28 mm {0.0087—0.0110 in}
EX: 0.27—0.33 mm {0.0107—0.0129 in}
26. Apply the gear oil (SAE No. 90 or equivalent) to each journal of the cylinder head as shown in the figure.
27. With No.1 cylinder cam aligned at TDC of the compression stroke, install the variable valve timing actuator
and the camshaft on the intake air side as a single unit.
om
.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
29. Tighten the camshaft cap bolt with the following two steps.
Tightening torque
(1) Tighten to 5.0—9.0 N·m {51.0—91.7 kgf·cm, 44.3—79.6 in·lbf}
(2) Tighten to 14.0—17.0 N·m {1.5—1.7 kgf·m, 10.4—12.5 ft·lbf}
30. Install the OCV. (See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
31. Install the timing chain, exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt, exhaust camshaft sprocket, and a new washer as a
single unit.
CAUTION:
Install a washer to the fourth or fifth thread of the exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt being careful
not to drop the washer.
Do not tighten the camshaft sprocket bolt at this stage. Verify the valve timing before performing
the bolt tightening.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
32. Install the SST to the camshaft as shown in the figure.
33. Remove the installation bolt for the engine front cover upper blind plug (M6 X 1.0 length 25—35mm {0.99
—1.3 in}), and apply tension to the timing chain.
36. Tighten the exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt.
Tightening torque
69—75 N·m {7.1—7.6 kgf·m, 50.9—55.3 ft·lbf}
38. Remove the SST from the block lower blind plug.
39. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two turns and inspect the valve timing.
om
d .c
oa
If not aligned, loosen the camshaft sprocket bolt and repeat the procedure from Step 32.
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
40. Install the under cover. (See TRANSVERSE MEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
41. Apply silicone sealant to the engine front cover upper blind plug.
CAUTION:
Install the engine front cover upper blind plug before the applied silicone sealant starts to
harden.
42. Install the engine front cover upper blind plug.
Tightening torque
8.0—11.5 N·m {82—117 kgf·cm, 71—101 ft·lbf}
Tightening torque:
18—22 N·m {1.9—2.2 kgf·m, 13.3—16.2 ft·lbf}
44. Install the new engine front cover lower blind plug.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Tightening torque:
10—14 N·m {102—142 kgf·cm, 89—123 in·lbf}
46. Measure the valve clearance.
a. Turn the crankshaft clockwise so that the No.1 piston is at TDC of the compression stroke.
b. Measure the valve clearance at A in the figure.
If the valve clearance is out of the specification, adjust it. (See VALVE CLEARANCE
ADJUSTMENT [LF] .)
NOTE:
Make sure to note down the measured values for choosing the
suitable replacement tappets.
IN: 0.22—0.28 mm {0.0087—0.0110 in}
EX: 0.27—0.33 mm {0.0107—0.0129 in}
c. Turn the crankshaft 360° clockwise so that the No.4 piston is at TDC of the compression stroke.
d. Measure the valve clearance at B in the figure.
If the valve clearance is out of the specification, adjust it. (See VALVE CLEARANCE
ADJUSTMENT [LF] .)
NOTE:
Make sure to note down the measured values for choosing the
om
suitable replacement tappets.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
IN: 0.22—0.28 mm {0.0087—0.0110 in}
EX: 0.27—0.33 mm {0.0107—0.0129 in}
50. Install the CMP sensor. (See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
51. Install the front suspension tower bar (joint). (See FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER BAR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
52. Connect the ventilation hose. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
53. Install the air cleaner. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
55. Install the battery and battery tray. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION [LF]
4. Disconnect the ventilation hose. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM)
[LF] .)
11. Measure the valve clearance.
a. Turn the crankshaft clockwise so that the No.1 piston is at TDC of the compression
stroke.
b. Measure the valve clearance at A in the figure.
If the valve clearance is out of the specification, adjust it. (See

VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT [LF] .)
NOTE:
Make sure to note down the measured values for

choosing the suitable replacement tappets.
IN: 0.22—0.28 mm {0.0087—0.0110 in}
EX: 0.27—0.33 mm {0.0107—0.0129 in}

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
c. Turn the crankshaft 360° clockwise so that the No.4 piston is at TDC of the
compression stroke.
d. Measure the valve clearance at B in the figure.
If the valve clearance is out of the specification, adjust it. (See

VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT [LF] .)
NOTE:
Make sure to note down the measured values for

choosing the suitable replacement tappets.
IN: 0.22—0.28 mm {0.0087—0.0110 in}
EX: 0.27—0.33 mm {0.0107—0.0129 in}
14. Connect the P/S pressure switch connector.
16. Install the CMP sensor. (See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
18. Connect the ventilation hose. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM)

om
< Previous Next >

d .c
Back to Top
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
CAUTION:
Variable valve timing actuator can not be disassembled because it is a precision unit.
NOTE:
Intake camshaft sprocket is integrated with the variable valve timing actuator and cannot be disassembled.
4. Disconnect the ventilation hose. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
5. Remove the front suspension tower bar (joint). ( FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER BAR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
12. Remove the engine front cover lower blind plug.
13. Remove the engine front cover upper blind plug.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
16. Install the SST as shown.
18. Loosen the timing chain using the following procedure.
a. Insert a suitable bolt (M6 X 1.0, length 25—35 mm {0.99—1.3 in}) into the engine front cover
upper blind plug and tighten it until it contacts the chain tensioner arm, and then rotate it back one
turn. (Set the bolt slightly away from the chain tensioner arm so that it does not contact it.)
b. Using the cast hexagon on the exhaust camshaft, apply force counterclockwise to facilitate
om
unlocking the chain tensioner ratchet.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
c. Using a Hex bit socket (2.5 mm {0.098 in}) or T15 Torx bit socket, unlock the chain tensioner
ratchet so that it can be lifted up.
d. Using the cast hexagon on the exhaust camshaft, apply force in the direction of the engine rotation
to increase tension on the chain.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
The chain tensioner rack is compressed using the chain tension generated by
applying force to the exhaust camshaft in the direction of the engine rotation.
e. Screw in the bolt set in Step 1 approx. 5 mm {0.2 in} and secure the tensioner arm with the rack
compressed.
NOTE:
The ratchet has not been unlocked if the bolt cannot be pressed in approx. 5 mm
{0.2 in}.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If the tensioner arm cannot be secured, return the bolt to its original position and
repeat the procedure from Step 3.
20. Remove the exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt, exhaust camshaft sprocket, and washer as a single unit.
CAUTION:
Perform the work carefully so that the washer does not drop out.
21. Remove the OCV. (See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
22. Loosen the camshaft cap bolts in two or three steps in the order shown in the figure and remove the
om
camshaft cap.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
The camshaft caps are to be kept ordered for correct reassembly in their original positions. Do
not mix the caps.
23. Remove the variable valve timing actuator and the camshaft on the intake air side as a single unit.
24. Remove the variable valve timing actuator.
a. Mark the camshaft and variable valve timing actuator as shown in the figure to make sure they are
installed in their original position.
b. Secure the camshaft in a vise.
c. Loosen the variable valve timing actuator tightening bolt.
25. Install a new washer.
26. Install the variable valve timing actuator.
a. Secure the camshaft in a vise.
b. Align the marks of the camshaft and variable valve timing actuator.
CAUTION:
om
.c
When the variable valve timing actuator is replaced with a new one, mark it in the
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
same location as the old one.
c. Tighten the variable valve timing actuator tightening bolt.
Tightening torque
69—75 N·m {7.1—7.6 kgf·m, 50.9—55.3 ft·lbf}
NOTE:
If the alignment marks on the variable valve timing actuator are not available, refer
to the “TIMING CHAIN ASSEMBLY“ in the engine workshop manual and perform the
sprocket position alignment again.
27. Apply the gear oil (SAE No. 90 or equivalent) to each journal of the cylinder head as shown in the figure.
28. With No.1 cylinder cam aligned at TDC of the compression stroke, install the variable valve timing actuator
and the camshaft on the intake air side as a single unit.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
30. Tighten the camshaft cap bolt with the following two steps.
Tightening torque
(1) Tighten to 5.0—9.0 N·m {51.0—91.7 kgf·cm, 44.3—79.6 in·lbf}
(2) Tighten to 14.0—17.0 N·m {1.5—1.7 kgf·m, 10.4—12.5 ft·lbf}
31. Install the OCV. (See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
32. Install the timing chain, exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt, exhaust camshaft sprocket, and a new washer as a
single unit.
CAUTION:
Install a washer to the fourth or fifth thread of the exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt being careful
not to drop the washer.
Do not tighten the camshaft sprocket bolt at this stage. Verify the valve timing before performing
the bolt tightening.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
33. Install the SST to the camshaft as shown in the figure.
34. Remove the installation bolt for the engine front cover upper blind plug (M6 X 1.0 length 25—35mm {0.99
—1.3 in}), and apply tension to the timing chain.
37. Tighten the exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt.
Tightening torque
69—75 N·m {7.1—7.6 kgf·m, 50.9—55.3 ft·lbf}
39. Remove the SST from the block lower blind plug.
40. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two turns and inspect the valve timing.
om
d .c
oa
If not aligned, loosen the camshaft sprocket bolt and repeat the procedure from Step 33.
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
41. Install the under cover. (See TRANSVERSE MEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
42. Apply silicone sealant to the engine front cover upper blind plug.
CAUTION:
Install the engine front cover upper blind plug before the applied silicone sealant starts to
harden.
43. Install the engine front cover upper blind plug.
Tightening torque
8.0—11.5 N·m {82—117 kgf·cm, 71—101 ft·lbf}
Tightening torque:
18—22 N·m {1.9—2.2 kgf·m, 13.3—16.2 ft·lbf}
45. Install the new engine front cover lower blind plug.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Tightening torque:
10—14 N·m {102—142 kgf·cm, 89—123 in·lbf}
50. Install the CMP sensor. (See CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
51. Install the front suspension tower bar (joint). (See FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER BAR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
52. Connect the ventilation hose. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
53. Install the air cleaner. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
55. Install the battery and battery tray. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT [LF]
2. Rotate the drive belt auto tensioner in the direction shown in the figure and remove the drive
belt.
3. Install a new drive belt.
NOTE:
4. Verify that the drive belt auto tensioner indicator mark does not exceed the limit. (See DRIVE
BELT INSPECTION [LF] .)
If it exceeds the limit, replace the drive belt.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
1. Remove the plug hole plate.
NOTE:
Lift off and remove the plug hole plate from the installation areas (rubber and
clips) as shown in the figure.
2. Install the plug hole plate.
a. To position the plug hole plate, grasp rubber 1 and 2, as shown in the figure, with
your hands and press them in.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
b. Grasp clips 3 with your hands and press them in.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
LUBRICATION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]
1Dipstick
(See ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [LF] .)
(See ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
2Oil cooler
(See OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
3Oil pressure switch

om
(See OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4Oil filter
(See OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
5Oil pan
(See OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
6Oil strainer
(See OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
7Oil pump component
(See OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
Hot engines and engine oil can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until it and the engine
oil have cooled.
A vehicle that is lifted but not securely supported on safety stands is dangerous. It can slip or fall,
causing death or serious injury. Never work around or under a lifted vehicle if it is not securely
supported on safety stands.
Continuous exposure to USED engine oil has caused skin cancer in laboratory mice. Protect your skin
by washing with soap and water immediately after working with engine oil.
3. Drain the engine oil. (See ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
4. Loosen the water pump pulley bolts before removing the drive belt.
6. Remove the front suspension tower bar (joint, right side, and left side). (See FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER
9. Remove the P/S oil pump with the hose and pipe still connected. Position the P/S oil pump out of the way.
(See POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10. Remove the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. (See CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
11. Remove the engine front cover. (See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
12. Remove the transverse member. (See TRANSVERSE MEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13. Remove the member bracket. (MT) (See TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [M15M-D] .) (See
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [P66M-D] .)
16. Refill with the specified type and amount of the engine oil. (See ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
17. Start the engine and confirm that there is no oil leakage.
If there is oil leakage, repair or replace the applicable part.
18. Inspect the oil level. (See ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [LF] .)
19. Inspect for the ignition timing and idle speed. (See ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF] .)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Oil pan
(See Oil Pan Removal Note.)
(See Oil Pan Installation Note.)
Oil Pan Removal Note
NOTE:
Lift up the engine approx. 25 mm {0.98 in} to assure clearance for the oil pan removal, then
remove the oil pan.
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm. (See WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the cowl grille. (See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the side cowl grille. (See SIDE COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the engine compartment service hole cover. (See EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
om
5. Remove the front tires. (See GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION) .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
6. Support the engine using the SST.
7. Remove the engine mount rubber installation nuts.
8. Lift up the engine approx. 25 mm {0.98 in} using the SST.
9. Remove the oil pan installation bolts.
10. Remove the oil pan using a separator tool.
om
11. Remove the oil pan.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Oil Pan Installation Note
CAUTION:
Apply the silicon sealant in a single, unbroken line.
Install the oil pan before the applied sealant starts to harden.
Using bolts with the old seal adhering could cause cracks in the cylinder block.
1. Completely clean and remove any oil, dirt, sealant or other foreign material that may be adhering to the
cylinder block and oil pan.
2. When reusing the oil pan installation bolts, clean any old sealant from the bolts.
3. Apply silicone sealant to the oil pan along the inside of the bolt holes as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Install the oil pan before the applied silicone sealant starts to harden.
Thickness
1. 2.2—3.2 mm {0.087—0.126 in}
4. Install the oil pan to the cylinder block.
5. Use a square ruler to align the oil pan and the cylinder block junction side on the engine front cover side.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
6. Tighten the bolts in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
1. 17—23 N·m {1.8—2.3 kgf·m, 12.6—16.9 ft·lbf}
7. Tighten the oil pan-transmission installation bolts.
Tightening torque
1. 37—52 N·m {3.8—5.3 kgf·m, 28—38 ft·lbf}
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF]
WARNING:
Hot engines and engine oil can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until it
and the engine oil have cooled.
A vehicle that is lifted but not securely supported on safety stands is dangerous. It can slip
or fall, causing death or serious injury. Never work around or under a lifted vehicle if it is
not securely supported on safety stands.
Continuous exposure to USED engine oil has caused skin cancer in laboratory mice. Protect
your skin by washing with soap and water immediately after working with engine oil.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the oil pressure switch.
NOTE:
This inspection can be performed using a combination of SSTs 49 0187 280A (oil
pressure gauge) and 49 E019 001 (adapter), or using the following combination of the
SSTs.
49 D019 908 (gauge), 49 D019 909 (hose), 49 D019 910 (adapter),

49 D019 911 (adapter), and 49 D019 914 (adapter)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4. Install the SSTs to the oil pressure switch installation hole using the following procedure.
Using SSTs 49 0187 280A and 49 E019 001
Install SST 49 E019 001 to the oil pressure switch installation hole.
Install SST 49 0187 280A to the SST 49 E019 001.
Using SSTs 49 D019 908, 49 D019 909, 49 D019 910, 49 D019 911 and
49 D019 914
Assemble SSTs 49 D019 910 and 49 D019 914 outside of the engine
compartment beforehand.
Assemble SSTs 49 D019 908, 49 D019 909 and 49 D019 911 outside of the
engine compartment beforehand.
Install SST 49 D019 914 to the oil pressure switch installation hole.
Install SST 49 D019 911 to the SST 49 D019 910.
7. Run the engine at the specified speed, and note the gauge readings.
If not within the specification, inspect for the cause and repair or replace if
necessary.
NOTE:
The oil pressure can vary with oil viscosity and temperature.
Oil pressure (reference value) [oil temperature: 100 °C {212 °F}]
337—591 kPa {3.44—6.03 kgf/cm 2, 49.0—85.8 psi} [3,000 rpm]
8. Stop the engine and wait until it is cools.
9. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
10. Remove the SSTs.
CAUTION:
Be sure that there is no sealant between 1.0—2.0 mm {0.04—0.07 in} from the end of
the oil pressure switch to prevent a possible operation malfunction.
11. Apply silicone sealant to the oil pressure switch threads as shown in the figure.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
CAUTION:
Install the oil pressure switch before the applied sealant starts to harden.
12. Install the oil pressure switch.
Tightening torque
12—18 N·m {1.3—1.8 kgf·m, 9—13 ft·lbf}
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [LF]
WARNING:
Hot engines and engine oil can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until it and
the engine oil have cooled.
A vehicle that is lifted but not securely supported on safety stands is dangerous. It can slip or
fall, causing death or serious injury. Never work around or under a lifted vehicle if it is not
securely supported on safety stands.
CAUTION:
If engine oil is spilled on the exhaust system, wipe it off completely. If you fail to wipe the
spilled engine oil, it will produce fumes because of the heat.
1. Position the vehicle on level ground.
2. Remove the oil filler cap.
3. Remove the oil pan drain plug.
4. Drain the engine oil into a container.
5. Install the oil pan drain plug with a new washer.
Oil pan drain plug tightening torque
30—41 N·m {3.1—4.1 kgf·m, 23—30 ft·lbf}
NOTE:
The amount of residual oil in the engine can vary according to factors such as the
replacement method and oil temperature. Verify the oil level after engine oil
replacement.
6. Refill with the following type and amount of the engine oil.
NOTE:
The maintenance intervals on scheduled maintenance table (See SCHEDULED

MAINTENANCE ) can only be supported with the use of the following oils.
Engine oil specification
Item U.S.A. and CANADA Except U.S.A. and CANADA

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Engine
oil
grade
API SM or ILSAC
Engine
5W–20 (If SAE 5W-20 engine oil is not available
oil 0W–20
in your market, use SAE 5W-30 engine oil.)
viscosity
Engine oil capacity (approx. quantity) [Without oil cooler]
Oil replacement: 4.05 L {4.28 US qt, 3.56 Imp qt}
Oil and oil filter replacement: 4.45 L {4.70 US qt, 3.92 Imp qt}
Total (dry engine): 4.75 L {5.02 US qt, 4.18 Imp qt}
Engine oil capacity (approx. quantity) [With oil cooler]
Oil replacement: 4.05 L {4.28 US qt, 3.56 Imp qt}
Oil and oil filter replacement: 4.55 L {4.81 US qt, 4.00 Imp qt}
Total (dry engine): 4.85 L {5.12 US qt, 4.27 Imp qt}
7. Install the oil filler cap.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [LF]
1. Position the vehicle on level ground.
3. Stop the engine and allow at least 5 min before continuing.
4. Remove the dipstick, wipe it cleanly, and reinstall it fully.
5. Remove the dipstick and verify that the oil level is between the F and L marks on the dipstick.
If the oil level is below the L mark, add engine oil.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
Hot engines and engine oil can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until it and the engine oil have cooled.
A vehicle that is lifted but not securely supported on safety stands is dangerous. It can slip or fall, causing death or serious
injury. Never work around or under a lifted vehicle if it is not securely supported on safety stands.
Continuous exposure to USED engine oil has caused skin cancer in laboratory mice. Protect your skin by washing with soap
and water immediately after working with engine oil.
3. Drain the engine oil. (See ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
6. Remove the front suspension tower bar (joint, right side, and left side). (See FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER BAR
9. Remove the P/S oil pump with the hose and pipe still connected. Position the P/S oil pump out of the way. (See POWER
STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10. Remove the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. (See CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
11. Remove the engine front cover. (See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
12. Remove the transverse member. (See TRANSVERSE MEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13. Remove the member bracket. (MT) (See TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [M15M-D] .) (See TRANSMISSION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [P66M-D] .)
14. Remove the oil pan. (See OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
17. Refill with the specified type and amount of the engine oil. (See ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
20. Inspect for the ignition timing and idle speed. (See ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF] .)
21. Inspect the oil pressure. (See OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF] .)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Oil strainer
2Oil pump chain tensioner
3Oil pump chain
4Oil pump sprocket
(See Oil Pump Sprocket Removal/Installation Note.)
5Oil pump
(See Oil Pump Installation Note.)
Oil Pump Sprocket Removal/Installation Note
om
d .c
oa
2. Remove/install the oil pump sprocket, and then remove the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft pulley lock bolt.
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Tightening torque
20—30 N·m {2.1—3.0 kgf·m, 14.8—22.1 ft·lbf}
Oil Pump Installation Note
1. Tighten the oil pump bolts in two steps in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
1. Step 1: 8—12 N·m {82—122 kgf·cm, 71—105 in·lbf}
2. Step 2: 17—23 N·m {1.8—2.3 kgf·m, 12.6—16.9 ft·lbf}
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT [LF]
WARNING:
CAUTION:
If engine oil is spilled on the exhaust system, wipe it off completely. If you fail to wipe the
spilled engine oil, it will produce fumes because of the heat.
1. Remove the oil filter using a commercially available, cup-type oil filter wrench (76 mm {3.0
in} diameter, 15 sided).
2. Use a clean rag to wipe off the mounting surface.
3. Apply clean engine oil to the O-ring of a new oil filter.
4. Tighten the oil filter according to the instructions on the package or side of the oil filter.
NOTE:
Tightening torque (reference value)
15—20 N·m {1.6—2.0 kgf·m, 12—14 ft·lbf}

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
5. Remove the side cover. (LH)
6. Remove the oil filter. (See OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
8. Use a clean rag to wipe off the mounting surface on the oil filter adapter and the oil cooler.
9. Install in the reverse order of the removal.
10. Refill the engine coolant. (See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
13. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [LF] .)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Water hose
2Oil pressure switch connector
3Oil cooler and oil filter adapter component
4Oil cooler
(See Oil Cooler Removal Note.)
Oil Cooler Removal Note
1. Secure the oil cooler and oil filter adapter component in a vise.
2. Loosen the oil cooler fitting bolt.
3. Remove the oil cooler.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
COOLING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]
1Cooling system cap
(See COOLING SYSTEM CAP INSPECTION [LF] .)
2Coolant reserve tank
(See ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [LF] .)
(See COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
3Radiator
(See ENGINE COOLANT PROTECTION INSPECTION [LF] .)
(See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
(See ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [LF] .)
(See RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

om
.c
4Thermostat
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See THERMOSTAT INSPECTION [LF] .)
5Water pump
(See WATER PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
6Cooling fan motor
(See COOLING FAN MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See COOLING FAN MOTOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [LF]
WARNING:
Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain plug while the engine is
running, or when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding engine coolant and steam may
shoot out and cause serious injury. It may also damage the engine and cooling system.
Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool. Even then, be very careful when removing the
cap. Wrap a thick cloth around it and slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first stop. Step
back while the pressure escapes.
When you are sure all the pressure is gone, press down on the cap using the cloth, turn it,
and remove it.
Depending on the vehicle, the cooling fan may operate suddenly even when the ignition
switch is turned off. Therefore, keep hands and tools away from the cooling fan even if the
cooling fan is not operating to prevent injury to personnel or damage to the cooling fan.
Always disconnect the negative battery cable when servicing the cooling fan or parts near
the cooling fan.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [LF]
WARNING:
and remove it.
NOTE:
If the “FL22” mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap, use Mazda Genuine FL22
type engine coolant.
FL22 type engine coolant is shipped as a diluted solution. Use the solution as is when
replacing coolant.
1. Verify that the engine coolant level in the coolant reserve tank is between the L and F marks.
If the engine coolant level is below the L mark, add engine coolant.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ENGINE COOLANT PROTECTION INSPECTION [LF]
1. Measure the engine coolant temperature and specific gravity using a thermometer and a
hydrometer.
CAUTION:
1. Use engine coolant at a concentration that meets the environmental conditions

in which the vehicle is driven, otherwise engine damage could occur.
2. The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol-

based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing.
3. Do not use coolants containing Alcohol, Methanol, Borate or Silicate. These

coolants could damage the cooling system.
4. Use only soft (demineralized) water in the coolant mixture. Water that contains
minerals will cut down on the coolant’s effectiveness.
5. Engine coolant damages paint. If engine coolant does get on a painted surface,
rinse it off quickly.
NOTE:
If the “FL22” mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap, use Mazda
Genuine FL22 type engine coolant.
FL22 type engine coolant is shipped as a diluted solution. Use the solution as is
when replacing coolant.
2. Determine the engine coolant protection level by referring to the graph shown.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If the engine coolant protection level is not correct, add water or engine
coolant.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [LF]
WARNING:
and remove it.
1. Inspect the engine coolant level. (See ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [LF] .)
2. Remove the cooling system cap.
3. Install the SST and a radiator cap tester to the coolant reserve tank filler port.
4. Apply pressure using the radiator cap tester.
CAUTION:
Applying more than 122.6 kPa {1.25 kgf/cm 2, 17.8 psi} can damage the hoses,
fittings, and other components, and cause leakage.
Engine coolant leakage inspection pressure
122.6 kPa {1.25 kgf/cm 2, 17.8 psi} [1 min]
5. When pressurizing the cooling system, verify that the pressure is maintained.
If the gauge needle drops, it may indicate water leakage. Repair or replace the
applicable part.
om
< Previous Next >

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF]
WARNING:
and remove it.
CAUTION:
1. Use engine coolant at a concentration that meets the environmental conditions in which
the vehicle is driven, otherwise engine damage could occur.
2. The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol-based

coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing.
3. Do not use coolants containing Alcohol, Methanol, Borate or Silicate. These coolants could
damage the cooling system.
4. Use only soft (demineralized) water in the coolant mixture. Water that contains minerals
will cut down on the coolant’s effectiveness.
5. Engine coolant damages paint. If engine coolant does get on a painted surface, rinse it off
quickly.
NOTE:
If the “FL22” mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap, use Mazda Genuine FL22
type engine coolant.
FL22 type engine coolant is shipped as a diluted solution. Use the solution as is when
replacing coolant.
Engine coolant capacity [U.S.A. and Canada] (approx. quantity)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Manual transmission [M15M-D]: 7.3 L {7.7 US qt, 6.4 Imp qt}
Manual transmission [P66M-D]: 7.6 L {8.0 US qt, 6.7 Imp qt}
Automatic transmission [SJ6A-EL]: 7.2 L {7.6 US qt, 6.3 Imp qt}
Engine coolant capacity [Except U.S.A. and Canada] (approx. quantity)
Manual transmission [P66M-D]: 7.6 L {8.0 US qt, 6.7 Imp qt}
Automatic transmission [SJ6A-EL]: 7.5 L {7.9 US qt, 6.6 Imp qt}
1. Remove the cooling system cap.
2. Remove the radiator drain plug and drain the engine coolant into a container.
3. Flush the cooling system with water until all traces of color are gone.
4. Let the system drain completely.
5. Tighten the radiator drain plug.
Tightening torque
0.8—1.5 N·m {8—15 kgf·cm, 7—13 in·lbf}
6. Referring to the following chart, select the correct volume percentage of the water and engine
coolant. Antifreeze solution mixture percentage (Except FL22 type engine coolant)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Volume percentage (%)
Engine coolant protection Gravity at 20 °C {68 °F}
Water Coolant
Above -16 °C {3 °F} 65 35 1.057
Above -26 °C {-15 °F} 55 45 1.072
Above -40 °C {-40 °F} 45 55 1.086
7. Refill the engine coolant into the coolant reserve tank up to the F mark on the tank.
8. Install the cooling system cap.
CAUTION:
If the water temperature gauge rises too high, stop the engine and decrease
the engine coolant temperature to prevent overheating. Then, verify the
malfunctioning part and repair or replace it.
If the engine coolant level in the coolant reserve tank is below the L mark
during engine coolant air bleeding operation, stop the engine, and after the
engine coolant temperature decreases, add engine coolant. Then, resume the
engine coolant air bleeding operation.
9. Start the engine and warm up the engine by idling.
NOTE:
If the accelerator pedal is depressed continuously for a specified time, the engine speed
may decrease to the idle speed. This is due to the fuel cut control operation, which
prevents overheating, and it does not indicate a malfunction.
10. After the engine warms up, perform the following steps. At this time, be careful of the
coolant temperature to prevent overheating.
a. Run the engine at approx.2,500 rpm for 5 min.
b. Run the engine at approx. 3,000 rpm for 5 s, then idle.
c. Repeat step (2) 4—5 times.
11. Stop the engine, and inspect the engine coolant level after the engine coolant temperature
decreases. If it is low, repeat steps 7—10.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
WATER PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
and remove it.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Water pump pulley
2Water pump
O-ring
3
(See O-ring Installation Note.)
O-ring Installation Note
1. Apply engine coolant to a new O-ring.
2. Install the O-ring.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
and remove it.
1. Drain the engine coolant until the coolant reserve tank becomes empty. (See ENGINE
COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Hose
2Coolant reserve tank
3Hose
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
and remove it.
4. Remove the throttle body. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Water hose
2Lower radiator hose
3Thermostat component
4Gasket
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
THERMOSTAT INSPECTION [LF]
1. Remove the thermostat. (See THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
2. Visually check that the thermostat valve is closed.
3. Place the thermostat in water.
WARNING:
During inspection, the thermostat and water are extremely hot and can cause
severe burns. Do not touch the thermostat and water.
4. Heat the water and check the following.
The valve should not open under normal temperature.
Opening temperature and valve lift
If there is a malfunction, replace the thermostat. (See

THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Thermostat initial-opening temperature
80—84 °C {176—183 °F}
Thermostat full-open temperature
97 °C {207 °F}
Thermostat full-open lift
More than 8.0 mm {0.31 in}
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain plug while the engine is running, or when the engine
and radiator are hot. Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot out and cause serious injury. It may also damage
the engine and cooling system.
Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool. Even then, be very careful when removing the cap. Wrap a thick cloth
around it and slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first stop. Step back while the pressure escapes.
When you are sure all the pressure is gone, press down on the cap using the cloth, turn it, and remove it.
1. Remove the front under cover. (See FRONT UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the battery, battery tray, and battery duct. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
5. Remove the PCM and air cleaner insulator. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
6. Remove the coolant reserve tank. (See COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
7. Disconnect the ATF oil cooler hose from the radiator. (AT)
12. Inspect the ATF level. (AT) (See AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [SJ6A-EL] .)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 Cooling fan motor connector
2 PCM duct
3 Radiator lower hose
4 Radiator upper hose
5 Coolant reserve tank hose
6 P/S cooling pipe
(See P/S Cooling Pipe Removal Note.)
7 Condenser
om
(See Condenser Removal Note.)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
8 Upper mount rubber bracket
9 Lower mount rubber bracket
10Radiator and cooling fan component
11Cooling fan component
12Radiator
P/S Cooling Pipe Removal Note
1. Remove the P/S cooling pipe with the hoses still connected.
Condenser Removal Note
1. Remove the condenser with the cooler pipes still connected.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
COOLING SYSTEM CAP INSPECTION [LF]
WARNING:
and remove it.
1. Clean the cooling system cap and the sealed part.
2. Inspect the cooling system cap for cracks or everted seal.
If there is any malfunction, replace the cooling system cap.
3. Attach the cooling system cap to the SST and a radiator cap tester.
4. Hold the cooling system cap downward and apply pressure gradually. Verify that the pressure
is held stable for 10 s.
If the pressure is not held stable, replace the cooling system cap.
Cooling system cap valve opening pressure
93.2—122.6 kPa {0.95—1.25 kgf/cm 2, 13.5—17.8 psi}
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
COOLING FAN MOTOR INSPECTION [LF]
Part Inspection
1. Verify that the battery is fully charged. (See BATTERY INSPECTION [LF] .)
2. Install a tester and battery to the cooling fan motor connector (4 terminals) as shown in the
figure.
Connection terminal
Cooling fan motor rotation speed
Positive Negative
High A and C B and D
Middle C B and D
Low C B
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3. Verify that the cooling fan motor operates smoothly at the standard current.
If there is any malfunction, replace the applicable part.
Cooling fan motor standard current [12 V]
High: 9.0—12.0 A
Middle: 6.4—9.4 A
Low: 4.8—7.8 A
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
COOLING FAN MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
and remove it.
1. Remove the front under cover. (See FRONT UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the battery, battery tray, and battery duct. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
5. Remove the PCM and air cleaner insulator. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
6. Remove the coolant reserve tank. (See COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
7. Disconnect the ATF oil cooler hose from the radiator. (AT)
8. Remove the radiator and cooling fan component. (See RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
13. Inspect the ATF level. (AT) (See AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [SJ6A-
EL] .)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Cooling fan
2Cooling fan motor
3Radiator cowling
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM VACUUM HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM [LF]
Except 6MT
6MT
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM DIAGRAM [LF]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION [LF]
1. Remove the air cleaner element. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
2. Inspect the following items:
If there is any abnormality, clean or replace the air cleaner element. (See
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Has the replacement interval come?
Is the air cleaner element soiled, damaged, or bent?
Are the air cleaner case and the air cleaner element correctly
sealed?
Is the correct air cleaner element installed?
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] )
1Connector
2Accelerator pedal
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM INSPECTION [LF]
1. Verify that the intake air hoses are installed securely.
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose connecting the intake manifold and the purge solenoid valve
(purge solenoid valve side) and install the vacuum gauge.
4. Measure the intake manifold vacuum while idling (no load) using the vacuum gauge.
If not within the specification, perform the following inspections.
Compression pressure (See COMPRESSION INSPECTION [LF] .)
Air intake
Each hose installation part
Throttle body installation part
Fuel injector installation part
PCV valve installation part
Dynamic chamber installation port
Intake manifold installation part
Standard
–72.2 kPa {–542 mmHg, –21.3 inHg} or more
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]
Except 6MT
1 Intake-air system

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2 Intake manifold
(See INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM INSPECTION [LF] .)
3 Variable tumble solenoid valve (AT)
(See VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)
4 Variable intake air solenoid valve
(See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)
5 Dynamic chamber
6 Variable tumble shutter valve actuator (AT)
(See VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
7 Accelerator pedal
(See ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
8 Variable intake air shutter valve actuator
(See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
9 Throttle body
(See THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION [LF] .)
10Air cleaner
(See AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION [LF] .)
11Fresh-air duct
6MT
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 Intake-air system
2 Intake manifold
(See INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM INSPECTION [LF] .)
3 Variable intake air solenoid valve
(See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)
4 Dynamic chamber
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5 Accelerator pedal
(See ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
6 Variable intake air shutter valve actuator
(See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF] .)
7 Resonance chamber No. 2
8 Throttle body
(See THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION [LF] .)
9 Air cleaner
(See AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION [LF] .)
10Fresh-air duct
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
A hot engine and intake-air system can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool before
removing the intake-air system.
Fuel line spills and leakage from the pressurized fuel system are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious
injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the “Fuel Line
Safety Procedure”, while referring to the “BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTIONS”.
5. Add the engine coolant to the cooling system filler neck and the coolant reserve tank to replace that during servicing.
6. Inspect the engine coolant level. (See ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [LF] .)
Step 1 (Except 6MT)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Air cleaner cover
(See Air Cleaner Cover Removal Note.)
2Air cleaner element
3Air cleaner case
4Quick release connector
(See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
5Air hose
6Fresh-air duct
(See Fresh-air Duct Removal Note.)
Step 1 (6MT)
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1 Air cleaner cover
(See Air Cleaner Cover Removal Note.)
2 Air cleaner element
3 Air cleaner case
4 Quick release connector

om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5 Air hose
6 Fresh-air duct
(See Fresh-air Duct Removal Note.)
7 Air intake hose
8 Resonance chamber No. 2
9 Resonance duct No. 1
10Resonance duct No. 2
11Hose clamp
Step 2
1Throttle body
(See Throttle Body Removal Note.)
(See Throttle Body Installation Note.)

om
d .c
3Dynamic chamber
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
(See Dynamic Chamber Removal Note.)
4Intake manifold
(See Intake Manifold Removal Note.)
Air Cleaner Cover Removal Note
1. Remove the MAF/IAT sensor. (See MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR
2. Remove the air cleaner cover.
Fresh-air Duct Removal Note
1. Remove the front bumper. (See FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the fresh-air duct.
Throttle Body Removal Note
WARNING:
Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool. Even then, be very careful when removing the cap. Wrap a thick cloth
around it and slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first stop. Step back while the pressure escapes.
When you are sure all the pressure is gone, press down on the cap using the cloth, turn it, and remove it.
CAUTION:
Do not plug the water hose with a sharp-edged object. Otherwise, the hose could be damaged.
1. Wrap a clean cloth around the cooling system cap and release the pressure by loosening the cap slowly.
2. Remove the water hose from the throttle body and plug the water hose quickly.
Dynamic Chamber Removal Note
1. Remove the plug hole plate. (See PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] )
2. Follow “BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION” before performing any work operations to prevent fuel from spilling from the
fuel system. (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF] .)
a. Remove the front suspension tower bar (joint), (right side) and (left side). (See FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER
b. Remove the wiper arm and blade. (See WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Remove the cowl grille. (See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Remove the side cowl grille. (See SIDE COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Move the cooler pipe No.3 and heater pipe slightly out of the way.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
f. Remove the service hole cover.
4. Disconnect the heater hose and move the heater pipe slightly out of the way.
5. Disconnect the heater hose and move the heater hose slightly out of the way.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
6. Remove the harness bracket.
8. Disconnect the variable intake air solenoid valve connector, variable tumble solenoid valve connector (AT), EGR valve
connector, CMP sensor connector and PSP switch connector.
9. Disconnect the ignition coil connector and fuel injector connector and move the harness slightly out of the way.
10. Disconnect the quick release connector from the fuel distributor. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
11. Remove the fuel distributor. (See FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
12. Disconnect the water hose from the EGR valve.
13. Disconnect two water hoses from the thermostat.
14. Remove the heater hose and heater pipe from the dynamic chamber.
15. Remove the variable intake air solenoid valve. (See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
16. Remove the variable tumble solenoid valve (AT). (See VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
17. Remove the dynamic chamber installation bolts.
18. Remove the EGR pipe.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
19. Disconnect the connector from the A/C compressor.
20. Disconnect the KS connector.
21. Move the vacuum hose between the purge solenoid valve and the charcoal canister slightly out of the way.
22. Move the clutch release cylinder slightly out of the way. (MT) (See CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER
23. Disconnect the evaporative hose with the dynamic chamber raised.
24. Remove the dynamic chamber.
25. Remove the variable intake air shutter valve actuator. (See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR
26. Remove the MAP sensor. (See MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Intake Manifold Removal Note
1. Remove the intake manifold.
2. Remove the variable tumble shutter valve actuator (AT). (See VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR
Throttle Body Installation Note
1. Temporarily tighten the throttle body to the dynamic chamber.
2. Tighten the bolts in the order as shown in the figure.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Throttle body tightening torque
8.0—11.5 N·m {82—110 kgf·cm, 71—100 in·lbf}
3. Remove the plug from the engine coolant hose and install the water hose to the throttle body quickly.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION [LF]
Resistance Inspection
3. Disconnect the throttle body connector.
4. Measure the resistance between throttle actuator terminals A and B.
Specification
Ambient temperature (°C {°F})Resistance (ohm)
Approx. 20 {68} 0.3—100
If not as specified, replace the throttle body. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM

If as specified, carry out the “Circuit Open/Short Inspection”. (See Circuit

Open/Short Inspection.)
Circuit Open/Short Inspection
1. Disconnect the PCM connector. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2. Inspect the following wiring harnesses for open or short (continuity check).
Open circuit
If there is no continuity, the circuit is open. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
Throttle valve actuator terminal A and PCM terminal 2B
Throttle valve actuator terminal B and PCM terminal 2A
Short circuit
If there is continuity, the circuit is shorted. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
Throttle valve actuator terminal A and power supply
Throttle valve actuator terminal A and ground
Throttle valve actuator terminal B and power supply
Throttle valve actuator terminal B and ground

om
< Previous Next >

d .c
Back to Top
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
Airflow Inspection
3. Remove the variable intake air solenoid valve. (See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE
4. Inspect airflow between the ports under the following conditions.
If not as specified, replace the variable intake air solenoid valve. (See VARIABLE
INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

2. Inspect the following wiring harness for open or short (continuity check).
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Open circuit
Variable intake air solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2J
Variable intake air solenoid valve terminal A and main relay
Short circuit
Variable intake air solenoid valve terminal B and power supply
Variable intake air solenoid valve terminal B and body ground
Variable intake air solenoid valve terminal A and body ground
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
AT
Airflow Inspection
3. Remove the variable tumble solenoid valve. (See VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE
If not as specified, replace the variable tumble solenoid valve. (See VARIABLE
TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)


om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2. Inspect the following wiring harness for open or short (continuity check).
Open circuit
Variable tumble solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2I
Variable tumble solenoid valve terminal A and main relay
Short circuit
Variable tumble solenoid valve terminal B and power supply
Variable tumble solenoid valve terminal B and body ground
Variable tumble solenoid valve terminal A and body ground
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF]
AT
a. Front suspension tower bar (joint), (right side) and (left side) (See FRONT
SUSPENSION TOWER BAR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Wiper arm and blade (See WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Cowl grille (See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Side cowl grille (See SIDE COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Service hole cover
3. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the variable tumble solenoid valve.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4. Connect a vacuum pump to the vacuum hose.
NOTE:
Verify that the variable tumble shutter valve actuator rod moves using a mirror.
5. Apply vacuum and verify that the rod moves.
Vacuum
Rod movement
kPa {mmHg, inHg}
Below —2.7 {—21, —0.9} No operate
Above —33.4 {—251, —9.89}Fully pulled
If the rod dose not move, replace the variable tumble shutter valve actuator.
(See VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF]
a. Front suspension tower bar (joint), (right side) and (left side) (See FRONT
b. Wiper arm and blade (See WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Cowl grille (See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
d. Side cowl grille (See SIDE COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Service hole cover
3. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the variable intake air solenoid valve.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4. Connect a vacuum pump to the vacuum hose.
NOTE:
Verify that the variable intake air shutter valve actuator rod moves using a
mirror.
5. Apply vacuum and verify that the rod moves.
Vacuum
Rod movement
kPa {mmHg, inHg}
Below –2.7 {–21, –0.9} Not operate
Above –33.4 {–251, –9.89} Fully pulled
If the rod does not move, replace the variable intake air shutter valve actuator.
(See VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
A hot engine and intake-air system can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait
until they are cool before removing the intake-air system.
Fuel line spills and leakage from the pressurized fuel system are dangerous. Fuel can ignite
and cause serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To
prevent this, always complete the “Fuel Line Safety Procedure”, while referring to the
“BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTIONS”.
4. Disconnect the quick release connector. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM)
6. Remove the service hole cover.
a. Remove the front suspension tower bar (joint), (right side) and (left side). (See
FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER BAR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Remove the wiper arm and blade. (See WIPER ARM AND BLADE
e. Remove the service hole cover.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
9. Follow “BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION” before performing any work operations to prevent
fuel from spilling from the fuel system. (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF] .)
10. Disconnect the quick release connector from the fuel distributor. (See QUICK RELEASE
12. Move the clutch release cylinder slightly out of the way. (MT) (See CLUTCH RELEASE
CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Vacuum hose
2Variable intake air shutter valve actuator
Variable Intake Air Shutter Valve Actuator Removal Note
1. Disengage the variable intake air shutter valve actuator rod from the dynamic chamber on
the opposite side using a suitable screwdriver or equivalent tool as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not remove the lever, otherwise the variable intake air shutter valve
opening angle will deviate. To prevent removal of the lever when removing the
variable intake shutter valve actuator, press the lever firmly to the dynamic
chamber side by hand.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Variable Intake Air Shutter Valve Actuator Installation Note
1. Press the variable intake air shutter valve actuator rod into the dynamic chamber on the
opposite side until a click is heard, and install it.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
AT
WARNING:
A hot engine and intake-air system can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait
until they are cool before removing the intake-air system.
“BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTIONS”.
4. Disconnect the quick release connector. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM)
6. Remove the service hole cover.
a. Remove the front suspension tower bar (joint), (right side) and (left side). (See
FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER BAR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
e. Remove the service hole cover.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
10. Disconnect the quick release connector from the fuel distributor. (See QUICK RELEASE
13. Remove the intake manifold. (See INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Vacuum hose
Variable tumble shutter valve actuator
2 (See Variable Tumble Shutter Valve Actuator Removal Note.)
(See Variable Tumble Shutter Valve Actuator Installation Note.)
Variable Tumble Shutter Valve Actuator Removal Note
1. Disengage the variable tumble shutter valve actuator rod from the intake manifold using a
suitable screwdriver or equivalent tool as shown in the figure.
Variable Tumble Shutter Valve Actuator Installation Note
1. Press the variable tumble shutter valve actuator into the variable tumble shutter valve
om
actuator rod and the intake manifold on the opposite side until a click is heard, and install it.
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
4. Move the variable tumble solenoid valve (AT), slightly out of the way. (See VARIABLE TUMBLE
SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
1Connector
2Vacuum hose
3Variable intake air solenoid valve

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
AT
1Connector
2Vacuum hose
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3Variable tumble solenoid valve
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FUEL SYSTEM FLOW DIAGRAM [LF]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FUEL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]
Engine Compartment Side
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Fuel injector
(See FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
3Fuel pump relay
4Check connector
Fuel Tank Side
1Fuel tank
(See FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
2Fuel pump unit
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF] .)
(See FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION [LF] .)
4Nonreturn valve
om
(See NONRETURN VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
WARNING:
and cause serious injury or death and damage. To prevent this, complete the following
inspection with the engine stopped.
4. Disconnect the quick release connector (in the engine compartment). (See QUICK RELEASE
5. Turn the lever of the SST parallel to the hose as shown in the figure.
6. Insert the SST quick release connector into the fuel pipe until a click is heard.
7. Verify that the quick release connector is firmly connected by pulling it by hand.
8. Start the fuel pump using the following procedure:

om
Using M-MDS
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1. Connect the negative battery cable. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
3. Start the fuel pump using the “FP” simulation function. (See ON-BOARD
Without using M-MDS
1. Short the check connector terminal F/P to ground using a jumper wire.
om
d .c
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position to operate the fuel pump.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
9. Operate the fuel pump for 10 s.
10. Measure the fuel line pressure.
If not within the specification, inspect the following:
If it less than the specification:
Fuel pump unit
Fuel line for clogging or leakage
If it exceeds the specification:
Fuel line clogging
Fuel pressure (Reference)
375—450 kPa {3.83—4.58 kgf/cm 2, 54.4—65.2 psi}
11. Stop the fuel pump using the following procedure:
Using M-MDS
1. Stop the fuel pump using the “FP” simulation function. (See ON-BOARD
Without using M-MDS
1. Turn the ignition switch to off to stop the fuel pump.
12. Measure the fuel hold pressure after 5 min.
Fuel line leakage
Fuel hold pressure (Reference)
200 kPa {2.04 kgf/cm 2, 29.0 psi} or more
14. Disconnect the SST.
15. Connect the quick release connector to the fuel distributor. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
Fuel is very flammable liquid. If fuel spills or leaks from the pressurized fuel system, it will
cause serious injury or death and facility breakage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To
“BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION”.
5. Disconnect the fuel injector connector and move the harness slightly out of the way.
1Quick release connector (Type A)
2Fuel distributor
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3Injector clip
4Fuel injector
Fuel Injector Removal Note
CAUTION:
Use of a deformed injector clip will cause the fuel injector to be connected incorrectly and
could result in fuel leakage. It will also cause the injector to rotate. Therefore, always
replace the clip when the injector is removed.
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver between the injector cup and clip finger.
NOTE:
When pushing the clip finger outward, deform the finger until it is removed
completely from the cup notch.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2. Push the clip finger outward using a flathead screwdriver.
3. Remove the injector with the clip.
4. Remove the clip from the fuel injector using the following procedure:
NOTE:
The clip will not be reused.
a. Hold the clip using pliers.
b. Pull the clip parallel to the injector groove and remove it from the injector.
Fuel Injector Installation Note
1. Apply a small amount of clean oil to the injector groove and the O-ring.
2. Temporarily attach a new clip to the injector groove.
NOTE:
When the clip is attached correctly, the central area of the injector and the clip
finger positions are aligned.
3. Hold the injector firmly and push the clip into the injector until the clip stops sliding.
4. Verify that the injector connector position is correct.
5. Press the injector into the injector cup. Continue pressing until the clip contacts the lower
surface of the injector cup.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
6. Verify that the injector and clip are correctly installed with the clip locked onto the injector
cup notch.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [LF]
3. Disconnect the fuel injector connector.
4. Inspect the resistance between fuel injector terminals A and B using a tester.
Fuel injector resistance
11.4—12.6 ohms [20 °C {68 °F}]
If within the specification, perform the “Circuit Open/Short Inspection”.

(SeeCircuit Open/Short Inspection.)
If not within the specification, replace the fuel injector. (See FUEL INJECTOR
2. Inspect the following wiring harnesses for open or short circuit (continuity check).
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Open circuit
If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit. Repair or replace the wiring

harness.
Fuel injector No.1 terminal B and PCM terminal 2BB
Fuel injector No.2 terminal B and PCM terminal 2BC
Fuel injector No.3 terminal B and PCM terminal 2BD
Fuel injector No.4 terminal B and PCM terminal 2AZ
Fuel injector No.1 terminal A and main relay
Short circuit
If there is continuity, there is a short circuit. Repair or replace the wiring

harness.
Fuel injector No.1 terminal B and body ground

om
d .c
Fuel injector No.1 terminal B and power supply

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Fuel injector No.1 terminal A and body ground
Leakage Inspection
WARNING:
4. Remove the fuel injector and fuel distributor as a single unit. (See FUEL INJECTOR
5. Fix the fuel injector to the fuel distributor with a wire or the equivalent.
6. Connect the fuel hose.

om
Using M-MDS
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Connect the negative battery cable. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
Start the fuel pump using the “FP” simulation function. (See ON-BOARD
Without using M-MDS
Short the check connector terminal F/P to ground using a jumper wire.
om
d .c
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position to operate the fuel pump.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
NOTE:
Prepare a container to collect the gasoline.
8. Tilt the fuel injector at an angle of 24° to inspect for leakage.
If not within the specification, replace the fuel injector. (SeeFUEL INJECTOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .
Fuel injector leakage amount
Less than 1 drop/2 min
9. Stop the fuel pump using the following procedure:
Using M-MDS
Stop the fuel pump using the “FP” simulation function. (See ON-BOARD
Not using M-MDS
Turn the ignition switch to off to stop the fuel pump.
11. Remove the wire or equivalent securing the fuel injector.
12. Install the fuel injector and fuel distributor as a single unit. (See FUEL INJECTOR
Injection Volume Inspection
WARNING:
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
4. Remove the fuel injector. (See FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .).
5. Connect the fuel injector to the fuel injector tester.
Using M-MDS
Connect the negative battery cable. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[LF] .)
Start the fuel pump using the “FP” simulation function.
Without using M-MDS
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
7. Measure the injection volume of each fuel injector.
1. If not within the specification, replace the fuel injector. (See FUEL INJECTOR
Fuel injection volume
204—216 ml {204—216 cc, 12.5—13.1 cu in}/min
8. Turn the ignition switch to off to stop the fuel pump.
9. Install the fuel injector. (See FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Atomization Inspection
1. Inspect the atomization status.
If not normal, replace the fuel injector. (See FUEL INJECTOR

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
prevent this, always complete the “Fuel Line Safety Procedure”, while referring to “BEFORE
SERVICE PRECAUTION”.
prevent this, before performing the fuel pump unit removal/installation, always complete
the “Fuel Leak Inspection After Fuel Pump Unit Installation”.
4. Perform the following procedure to remove the service hole cover.
a. To remove the back trim, remove the following parts:
i. Console (See CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
ii. Quarter trim (See QUARTER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
iii. Scuff plate ( SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
iv. Tire house trim (See TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
v. Aeroboard (See AEROBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
vi. Front seat back bar garnish (See SEAT BACK BAR GARNISH
b. Remove the back trim. (See BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Remove the service hole cover. om

.c
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5. Disconnect the quick release connector from the fuel pump unit. (See QUICK RELEASE
6. Disconnect the fuel pump unit connector.
1Plate
2Packing
3Fuel pump unit
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF]
WARNING:
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or
death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, do not damage
the sealing surface of the fuel pump unit when removing or installing.
1E-ring
om
2Fuel filter body

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3Fuel pressure regulator
4Fuel pump
5Fuel filter (low-pressure)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION [LF]
WARNING:
prevent this, always complete the “Fuel Line Safety Procedure”, while referring to “BEFORE
SERVICE PRECAUTION”.
prevent this, before performing the fuel pump unit removal/installation, always complete
the “Fuel Leak Inspection After Fuel Pump Unit Installation”.
A person charged with static electricity could cause a fire or explosion, resulting in death
or serious injury. Before draining fuel, make sure to discharge static electricity by touching
the vehicle body.
Fuel Pump Operation Inspection
2. Remove the fuel-filler cap.
Using M-MDS
Start the fuel pump using the “FP” simulation function. (See ON-BOARD
om

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Without using M-MDS
4. Verify that operation sound is heard from the fuel pump.
If the operation sound cannot be verified, measure the voltage at fuel pump
unit wiring harness-side connector terminal B.
If as specified, inspect the following:

om
Fuel pump unit continuity

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Fuel pump unit relay
Wiring harnesses and connectors between

main relay and fuel pump relay
Wiring harnesses and connectors between fuel

pump relay and PCM
Wiring harnesses and connectors between

battery and fuel pump relay
Wiring harnesses and connectors between fuel

pump relay and fuel pump unit
Standard
B+ (Ignition switch at ON)
Continuity Inspection
3. Disconnect the fuel pump unit connector. (See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
4. Inspect for continuity between fuel pump unit terminals B and D.
If there is continuity, perform the “Circuit Open/Short Inspection”. (See Circuit

If there is no continuity, replace the fuel pump. (See FUEL PUMP UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF] .)
1. Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an open or short circuit (continuity check).
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Open circuit
If there is no continuity, the circuit is open. Repair or replace the harness.
Fuel pump unit terminal D and body ground
Fuel Static Pressure Inspection
NOTE:
The fuel static pressure inspection cannot be performed because the pressure regulator is
integrated with the fuel pump unit.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
breakage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the “Fuel Line Safety Procedure”, while referring to
breakage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, before performing the fuel pump unit removal/installation, always
complete the “Fuel Leak Inspection After Fuel Pump Unit Installation”.
A person charged with static electricity could cause a fire or explosion, resulting in death or serious injury. Before draining fuel,
make sure to discharge static electricity by touching the vehicle body.
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
2. Follow “BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION” before performing any work operations to prevent fuel from spilling from the fuel system.
5. Remove the following parts.
a. Middle pipe (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
b. Propeller shaft (See PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Power plant frame (See TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [M15M-D] .) (See TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[P66M-D] .) (See AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [SJ6A-EL] .)
d. Rear drive shaft (See REAR DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
e. Rear differential (See REAR DIFFERENTIAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
f. Rear crossmember component (See REAR CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Perform the following procedure to remove the service hole cover.
a. To remove the back trim, remove the following parts:
i. Console (See CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
ii. Quarter trim (See QUARTER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
iii. Scuff plate (See SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
iv. Tire house trim (See TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
v. Aeroboard (See AEROBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
vi. Front seat bar garnish (See SEAT BACK BAR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
b. Remove the back trim. (See BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
c. Remove the service hole cover.
om
d .c
oa
7. Disconnect the quick release connector using the SST from the fuel pump unit. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
8. Remove the fuel pump unit. (See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
9. Siphon the fuel from the fuel tank.
1Protector

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2Joint hose
3Breather hose
4Fuel-filler pipe
5Fuel-filler cap
7Fuel tank
8Insulator
Protector Removal Note
1. Remove the trunk side trim. (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Fuel Tank Removal Note
1. Move the dust cover slightly out of the way.
2. Move the charcoal canister slightly out of the way. (See CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Insulator Removal Note
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the fuel tank when removing the rivet. If the fuel tank is damaged, it may cause fuel leakage.
NOTE:
The insulator is installed using rivets.
When reinstalling the rivet, install the same rivet or M5 bolt and nut.
1. Push out the mandrel using a hammer and punch (2—2.8 mm {0.08—0.11 in} diameter).
om
.c
2. Remove the flange using a drill (5 mm {0.20 in} drill bit).

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Breather Hose Installation Note
1. Install the breather hose and clamp as shown in the figure.
Joint Hose Installation Note
1. Install the joint hose and clamp as shown in the figure.
2. Install the clamp between the spool and stopper without overlapping the stopper.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF]
WARNING:
prevent this, always complete the “Fuel Leakage Inspection”.
Fuel Leakage Inspection
WARNING:
prevent this, complete the following inspection with the engine stopped.
Using M-MDS
2. Start the fuel pump using the “FP” simulation function. (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[LF] .)
3. Verify that there is no fuel leakage from the pressurized parts.
Standard
There shall be no leakage after 5 min.
4. In the case of fuel leakage, replace the following components and then do the recheck by the
om
fuel leakage checking procedure.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If there is leakage, replace the fuel hoses and clips.
If there is damage on the seal on the fuel pipe side, replace the fuel pipe.
Without using M-MDS
3. Short the check connector terminal F/P to ground using a jumper wire.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position to operate the fuel pump.
6. Verify that there is no fuel leakage from the pressurized parts.
Standard
There shall be no leakage after 5 min.
7. In the case of fuel leakage, replace the following components and then do the recheck by the
fuel leakage checking procedure.
If there is leakage, replace the fuel hoses and clips.

om
d .c
If there is damage on the seal on the fuel pipe side, replace the fuel pipe.
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF]
WARNING:
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage.
Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
prevent this, always complete the “Fuel Line Safety Procedure”.
A person charged with static electricity could cause a fire or explosion, resulting in death
or serious injury. Before performing work on the fuel system, discharge static electricity by
touching the vehicle body.
CAUTION:
If there is foreign material on the connecting area of the quick release connector, it might
damage the connector or fuel pipe. To prevent this, disconnect the connector and clean
the connecting area before connecting.
Fuel Line Safety Procedure
1. Remove the fuel-filler cap to release the pressure inside the fuel tank.
2. Remove the fuel pump relay.
4. After the engine stalls, crank the engine several times.

om
.c
6. Install the fuel pump relay.

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FUEL TANK INSPECTION [LF]
NOTE:
The two rollover valves built into the fuel tank and check valves (two-way) built into the
rollover valves are inspected in this inspection.
4. Remove the fuel tank with the fuel pump unit. (See FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
5. Perform the following procedure to verify the fuel tank airtightness.
a. Plug the fuel pump unit pipe, port B and port C.
b. Apply a pressure of 3 kPa {23 mmHg, 0.9 inHg} to port A and wait for a while.
c. Verify that there is no air leakage from the fuel tank.
If there is airflow, replace the fuel tank. (See FUEL TANK

6. Plug the fuel pump unit pipe and port B.
7. Level the fuel tank.
8. Apply a pressure of 3 kPa {23 mmHg, 0.9 inHg} to port C and wait for a while.
9. With the pressure still applied, verify that there is airflow from port A and the pressure is 0—
3 kPa {0—22 mmHg, 0— 0.8 inHg}.
om
d .c
If there is no airflow, replace the fuel tank. (See FUEL TANK

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
10. Apply a pressure of –0.5 kPa {–3.8 mmHg, –0.1 inHg} to port C and wait for a while.
11. With the pressure still applied, verify that there is airflow from port A and the pressure is
–0.5— 0 kPa {–3.8— 0 mmHg, –0.2— 0 inHg}.
If there is no airflow, replace the fuel tank. (See FUEL TANK

If there is airflow, place the fuel tank upside down.
12. Apply a pressure of 3 kPa {23 mmHg, 0.9 inHg} to port C and wait for a while.
13. With the pressure still applied, verify that there is no airflow from port A.
If there is airflow, replace the fuel tank. (See FUEL TANK

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
NONRETURN VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
WARNING:
4. Remove the fuel pump unit. (See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
5. Siphon the fuel from the fuel tank.
NOTE:
Nonreturn valve is integrated in the fuel tank.
The nonreturn valve is normally closed by the spring force.
6. Verify that the nonreturn valve is closed.
If the nonreturn valve is stuck open and dose not open even when pulled up by
a finger, replace the fuel tank. (See FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
Fuel is very flammable liquid. If fuel spills or leaks from the pressurized fuel system, it will cause
serious injury or death and facility breakage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent
this, always complete the “Fuel Line Safety Procedure”, while referring to the “BEFORE SERVICE
PRECAUTION”.
Quick Release Connector Type
CAUTION:
There are two types of quick release connectors. Verify the type and location, and install/remove
properly.
Type A Removal
1. Follow “BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION” before performing any work operations to prevent fuel
from spilling from the fuel system. (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF] .)
om
.c
CAUTION:
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
The quick release connector may be damaged if the release tab is bent excessively.
Do not expand the release tab over the stopper.
NOTE:
The fuel hose can be removed by pushing it to the pipe side to release the lock.
2. Rotate the release tab on the quick release connector to the stopper position.
3. Pull out the fuel hose straight from the fuel pipe and disconnect it.
4. Cover the disconnected quick release connector and fuel pipe with vinyl sheeting or a similar
material to prevent it from becoming scratched or dirty.
Type B Removal
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the pipe when unlocking the retainer.
NOTE:
When removing the quick connector, either SST49 E042 001 or 49 N013 103A (Part of 49
N013 1A0D) can be used.
When using SST 49 N013 103A (Part of 49 N013 1A0D)
1. Follow “BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION” and remove dirt from the connecting surfaces before
performing any work operations. (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF] .)
2. Insert the SST into the quick release connector.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3. Pull out the fuel hose straight from the fuel pipe and disconnect it.
material to prevent it from scratches or dirt.
When using SST 49 E042 001
NOTE:
If the quick release connector is removed, replace the retainer with a new one.
1. Follow “BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION” and remove dirt from the connecting surfaces before
performing any work operations. (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF] .)
2. Set the SST parallel to the quick release connector.
NOTE:
The quick release connector can be removed by pushing the center of the retainer
tabs.
The retainer is attached to the pipe even after the connector is disconnected.
3. Hold the center of the retainer tabs with the SST ends and press the retainer.
4. Pull the connector side and disconnect the quick release connector.
5. Raise a retainer tab using the SST and remove the retainer.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
material to prevent it from scratches or dirt.
Type A Installation
NOTE:
If the quick release connector O-ring is damaged or has slipped, replace the fuel hose.
A checker tab is integrated with the quick release connector for new fuel hoses and evaporative
hoses. Remove the checker tab from the quick release connector after the connector is
completely engaged with the fuel pipe.
1. Inspect the fuel hose and fuel pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
If there is any malfunction, replace it with a new one.
2. Apply a small amount of clean engine oil to the sealing surface of the fuel pipe.
3. Reconnect the fuel hose straight to the fuel pipe until a click is heard.
om
d .c
oa
NOTE:
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
If the quick release connector does not move at all, disconnect it, verify that the O-
ring is not damaged or has not slipped, and then reconnect the quick release
connector.
4. Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few times by hand, and then verify that it can
move 2.0—3.0 mm {0.08—0.12 in} and is connected securely.
Type B Installation
CAUTION:
Always replace the retainer with a new one when using SST 49 E042 001, otherwise, fuel
leakage could result.
NOTE:
If the quick release connector O-ring is damaged or has slipped, replace the piping component.
A checker tab is integrated with the quick release connector for new fuel hoses and evaporative
hoses. Remove the checker tab from the quick release connector after the connector is
completely engaged with the fuel pipe.
1. Inspect the fuel hose and fuel pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
2. Apply a small amount of clean engine oil to the sealing surface of the fuel pipe.
3. Install a new retainer to the quick release connector.

om
4. Reconnect the hose straight to the pipe until a click is heard.

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
5. Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few times by hand, and then verify that it is
connected securely.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION [LF]
1. Start the engine and inspect each exhaust system component for exhaust gas leakage.
If there is leakage, repair or replace the appropriate component.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
WARNING:
A hot engine and exhaust system can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool before servicing the
exhaust system.
4. Remove the exhaust system insulator. (See Exhaust System Insulator Removal/installation Note.)
1 Main silencer
2 Member bracket (MT)

om
.c
(See TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [M15M-D] .)

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3 Tunnel member
4 Middle pipe
(See Middle pipe Installation Note.)
5 Seal ring
(See Seal Ring Removal Note.)
(See Seal Ring Installation Note.)
6 Exhaust manifold insulator (upper)
7 Exhaust manifold insulator (lower)
8 Exhaust manifold bracket
9 Exhaust manifold
10HO2S
11A/F sensor
(See AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
Exhaust System Insulator Removal/installation Note
1. Remove the exhaust system insulator in the order shown in the figure.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Insulator (rear)
(See Insulator (Rear) Removal Note.)
2Insulator (middle)
3Insulator (front)
Insulator (Rear) Removal Note
NOTE:
The insulator (rear) are installed using rivets.
1. Push out the mandrel using a hammer and punch (2—2.8 mm {0.08—0.11 in} diameter). om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2. Remove the flange using a drill (5 mm {0.20 in} drill bit).
Seal Ring Removal Note
1. Remove the seal ring using a flathead screwdriver being careful not to damage the pipe.
Exhaust Manifold Insulator (Upper) Removal Note
4. Remove the suspension tower bar (joint) and (right side). (See FRONT SUSPENSION TOWER BAR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the generator. (See GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
6. Remove the insulator.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Exhaust Manifold Removal Note
1. Disconnect the A/F sensor connector and HO2S connector.
2. Move the water pipe and heater hose slightly out of the way.
3. Disconnect the ventilation hose from the cylinder head. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
Seal Ring Installation Note
CAUTION:
If installation is performed without using the SST, the seal ring will be damaged and deformed, resulting in an incorrect installation.
Always use the SST to install the seal ring.
1. Temporarily install the seal ring to the pipe so that the seal ring is even with the flange.
2. Install the SST to the seal ring so that the SST is even with the flange.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3. Press in the seal ring by tapping the SST using a plastic hammer until the seal ring contacts the flange.
Middle pipe Installation Note
1. Spray carbon remover (TB6601 or equivalent) on the flared section of the middle pipe.
2. Remove the carbon adhering to the flared section shown in the figure using a nylon brush or sandpaper (No. 400 or equivalent).
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
Airflow Inspection
3. Remove the intake manifold and the fuel distributor component as a single unit. (See INTAKE-
AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
4. Remove the PCV valve and the oil separator as a single unit. (See POSITIVE CRANKCASE
5. Verify that there is no airflow when pressure is applied to port A.
If there is airflow, replace the PCV valve. (See POSITIVE CRANKCASE

6. Verify that there is airflow when vacuum is applied to port A.
If there is no airflow, replace the PCV valve. (See POSITIVE CRANKCASE

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CHARCOAL CANISTER INSPECTION [LF]
1. Remove the charcoal canister. (See CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
2. Plug the EVAP leak detection pump side and purge solenoid valve side of the charcoal
canister.
3. Inspect for air leakage when blowing air by mouth from the fuel tank side.
If air leaks, replace the charcoal canister. (See CHARCOAL CANISTER

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
AIR FILTER INSPECTION [LF]
1. Remove the air filter. (See AIR FILTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
2. Blow from port A and verify that there is airflow from port B.
If not as specified, replace the air filter. (See AIR FILTER

3. Blow from port B and verify that there is airflow from port A.
If not as specified, replace the air filter. (See AIR FILTER

< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[LF]
3. Disconnect the EVAP system leak detection pump connector.
4. Disconnect the evaporative hose from the EVAP system leak detection pump.
5. Cover the evaporative hose with vinyl sheets or the like to prevent them from being
scratched or contaminated with foreign material.
6. Remove the EVAP system leak detection pump with the bracket.
7. Remove the bracket from the EVAP system leak detection pump.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Evaporative Hose Installation Note
1. Fit the evaporative hose onto the respective fittings, and install clamps as shown.
a. Insert the evaporative hose securely to the nipple.
b. Inspect the evaporative hose for damage and deformation.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP INSPECTION [LF]
Airflow Inspection
3. Remove the EVAP system leak detection pump. (See EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM
LEAK DETECTION PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
4. Blow air into port A and verify that there is airflow from port B.
If not as specified, replace the EVAP system leak detection pump. (See
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP
5. Blow air into port B and verify that there is airflow from port A.
If not as specified, replace the EVAP system leak detection pump. (See
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP
If as specified, perform the following “Resistance Inspection”. (See Resistance

Inspection.)
1. Inspect resistance of the EVAP system leak detection pump.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
TerminalsResistance (ohm)
A—B 20—50
A—C 26.6—32.4
A—D MAX. 118
If not as specified, replace the EVAP system leak detection pump. (See EVAPORATIVE
EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
If as specified, carry out the “Circuit Open/Short Inspection”. (See Circuit Open/Short
Inspection.)
2. Inspect the following wiring harness for open or short circuit (continuity check).
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Open circuit

harness.
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal C and PCM terminal

1V
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal D and PCM terminal

1U
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal A and main relay
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal B and body ground
Short circuit

harness.
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal C and body ground
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal D and body ground
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal C and power supply
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal D and power supply

om
d .c
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal A and body ground

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
EVAP system leak detection pump terminal B and power supply
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
Airflow inspection
3. Remove the purge solenoid valve. (See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF] .)
Measured condition Continuity between A—B
When voltage is not applied between terminals A and B No airflow
When voltage is applied between terminals A and B Airflow detected
If not as specified, replace the purge solenoid valve. (See PURGE SOLENOID
VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
4. Drain the engine coolant from the radiator. (See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF] .)
a. Remove the suspension tower bar (joint), (right side) and (left side). (See FRONT
e. Move the cooler pipe No.3 and heater pipe slightly out of the way.
f. Remove the service hole cover.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
7. Disconnect the heater hose and move the heater hose slightly out of the way.
om
d .c
8. Disconnect the EGR valve connector.

oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
9. Set the SST to the EGR valve installation bolt.
10. Remove both EGR valve installation bolts.
11. Remove the EGR valve with the engine coolant hose.
12. Disconnect the engine coolant hose from the EGR valve.
13. Replace the EGR valve gasket.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
EGR VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
2. Disconnect the battery cover. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
4. Disconnect the EGR valve connector. (See EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
5. Measure the resistance between the EGR valve terminals.
EGR valve resistance
Terminal Resistance (ohm)
C—E
C—A
12—16
D—B
D—F
If within the specification, perform out the “Circuit Open/Short Inspection”.

(See Circuit Open/Short Inspection.)
om
If not within the specification, replace the EGR valve. (See EGR VALVE
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2. Inspect the following wiring harnesses for open or short circuit (continuity check).
Open circuit

harness.
EGR valve terminal A and PCM terminal 2G
EGR valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2L
EGR valve terminal E and PCM terminal 2K
EGR valve terminal F and PCM terminal 2H
EGR valve terminal C and main relay
EGR valve terminal D and main relay
Short circuit
om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
harness.
EGR valve terminal A and body ground
EGR valve terminal A and power supply
EGR valve terminal B and body ground
EGR valve terminal B and power supply
EGR valve terminal C and body ground
EGR valve terminal D and body ground
EGR valve terminal E and body ground
EGR valve terminal E and power supply
EGR valve terminal F and body ground
EGR valve terminal F and power supply
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
WARM-UP THREE-WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER (WU-TWC) INSPECTION [LF]
NOTE:
Make sure that no HO2S DTCs have been detected. If detected, this inspection is not
applicable for WU-TWC inspection.
1. Connect the M-MDS and monitor PIDs as following.
Monitor the WU-TWC using O2S11 PID for upstream HO2S and O2S12 PID for
downstream HO2S.
2. Monitor the appropriate PIDs.
3. Drive the vehicle for 10 min at 65—96 km/h {40—60 mph} to allow the front catalytic
converter to reach operating temperature.
4. Stop the vehicle and leave it in a safe place.
5. Idle the engine.
6. Record PIDs for 1 min.
7. Select the appropriate PIDs and read the graph.
8. Count the number of times (inversions) that the upstream HO2S graph line actually crosses
the 0.5 V line.
9. Count the number of times (inversions) that the downstream HO2S graph line actually
crosses the 0.5 V line.
NOTE:
Do not count the number of peaks. Refer to the graph.
10. Using the following equation, calculate the value of ratio.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Equation
RATIO = Upstream HO2S inversion ÷ downstream HO2S inversion
If the ratio is 1.5 or more or there is no downstream HO2S inversion, the WU-
TWC is functioning properly.
If the ratio is less than 1.5, the WU-TWC is not functioning properly. Replace
the WU-TWC.
Upstream HO2S graph line example
Downstream HO2S graph line example 1
Equation
RATIO = 30 inversions (upstream HO2S inversions) ÷ 5 inversions

(downstream HO2S inversions) = 6.0 (good WU–TWC)

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Equation
RATIO = 30 inversions (upstream HO2S inversions) ÷ 27 inversions

(downstream HO2S inversions) = 1.1 (bad WU-TWC)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FUEL-FILLER CAP INSPECTION [LF]
Leakage Inspection
1. Perform the following SST (Evaporative Emission System Tester 134-01049A) self–test:
NOTE:
If the tester does not work correctly during self–test, refer to the tester
operators manual for more detailed procedures.
a. Verify the gas cylinder valve is closed and the control valve located on the tester
is in the TEST position. All tester display should be off at this time.
b. Connect the long hose (part of SST) to the tester.
c. Connect the manifold assembly (part of SST) to the long hose as shown.
d. Open the gas cylinder valve and verify the gas cylinder regulator left gauge reads
10 to 12 psi (preset at factory).
If not, refer to the tester operators manual to contact tester

manufacturer.
e. Press the ON/OFF switch to turn on the SST and make sure the left display reads
0.0.
f. Turn the control valve on the tester to the FILL position.
g. Verify the left display reading is within 13.9 to 14.0 in of water.
If not, adjust the pressure using the regulator knob located on the
right side of the tester.
om
.c
h. Turn the control valve to TEST position and press the START switch.
d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
i. After the 2-min countdown (left display) is completed, the right display shows the
total pressure loss for that period. A 0.5 in of water loss is acceptable on the self–
test.
If the loss is more than 0.5 in of water, do one or more self–test.

If the failed test repeats, check for leak using the ultrasonic leak
detector (part of SST).
2. Press the RESET switch to set the left display reading to 0.0.
3. Connect the fuel cap receiver assembly (part of SST) to the manifold assembly and fuel–filler
cap from the vehicle.
If the fuel–filler cap is not a genuine part, replace it.
4. Turn the control valve to the FILL position.
5. Wait (maximum 20 s) until the left display reads 13.9 to 14 in of water.
If the reading is slightly below, adjust it using the regulator knob.
If the reading is far below, the fuel–filler cap has leak. Replace it.
6. Turn the control valve to the TEST position and press the START switch.
7. After the 2–min countdown (left display) is completed, check the test result (the
failed/passed light on the tester).
If the green light turns on, the fuel–filler cap is OK.
If the red light turns on, the fuel–filler cap has leakage. Replace it.
8. Close the gas cylinder valve.
9. Turn the control valve to the FILL position.
10. Press the ON/OFF switch to turn off the tester.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
1Quick connector
2Evaporative hose
om
(See CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
3Charcoal canister bracket
4Charcoal canister
Evaporative Hose Installation Note
1. Fit the evaporative hose onto the respective fittings, and install clamps as shown.
a. Insert the evaporative hose securely to the nipple.
b. Inspect the evaporative hose for damage and deformation.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
Except 6MT
6MT
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1Connector
2Vacuum hose
3Vacuum hose
4Purge solenoid valve
5Bracket
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM [LF]
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
EMISSION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]
Engine Compartment Side
Except 6MT
6MT
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2PCV valve
(See POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)
3EGR valve
(See EGR VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)
4Purge solenoid valve

om
(See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)

d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Exhaust System Side
1WU-TWC
(See WARM-UP THREE-WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER (WU-TWC) INSPECTION [LF] .)
2TWC
Fuel Tank Side

om
.c

d
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2Fuel-filler cap
(See FUEL-FILLER CAP INSPECTION [LF] .)
3Air filter
(See AIR FILTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See AIR FILTER INSPECTION [LF] .)
4Charcoal canister
(See CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See CHARCOAL CANISTER INSPECTION [LF] .)
5EVAP system leak detection pump
(See EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP INSPECTION [LF] .)
6Evaporative chamber
(See EVAPORATIVE CHAMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See EVAPORATIVE CHAMBER INSPECTION [LF] .)
7Rollover valve
(See ROLLOVER VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)
8Fuel shut-off valve
(See FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] .)
(See FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE INSPECTION [LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
NOTE:
The rollover valve cannot be removed and inspected as it is built into the fuel tank.
1. Perform the fuel tank inspection. (See FUEL TANK INSPECTION [LF] .)
If malfunction, replace the fuel tank. (See FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
ROLLOVER VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
NOTE:
The rollover valve cannot be removed as it is built into the fuel tank.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
EVAPORATIVE CHAMBER INSPECTION [LF]
1. Remove the evaporative chamber. (See EVAPORATIVE CHAMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[LF] .)
2. Blow from port A and verify that there is airflow from port B.
If not as specified, replace the evaporative chamber. (See EVAPORATIVE

CHAMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF] )
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
Quick Release Connector Type
CAUTION:
There are three types of quick release connectors. Verify the type and location, and install/remove properly.
Type A Removal
CAUTION:
The quick release connector may be damaged if the release tab is bent excessively. Do not expand the release tab over
the stopper.
NOTE:
The evaporative hose can be removed by pushing it to the evaporative pipe side to release the lock.
1. Rotate the release tab on the quick release connector to the stopper position.
NOTE:
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2. Pull out the evaporative hose straight from the evaporative pipe and disconnect it.
3. Cover the disconnected quick release connector and evaporative pipe with vinyl sheeting or a similar material to prevent it
from scratches or dirt.
Type B Removal
1. Squeeze the release tab until the locks are released.
NOTE:
The retainer has two internal locking tabs which retain the evaporative pipe. Be sure that the squeezing place
on the retainer is squeezed until it can be released from the evaporative pipe.
2. Pull the quick release connector straight outward.
NOTE:
from becoming scratched or dirty.
Type C Removal
om
CAUTION:
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
Be careful not to damage the pipe when unlocking the retainer.
NOTE:
When removing the quick release connector, either SST 49 E042 001 or 49 N013 103A (Part of 49 N013 1A0D) can be
used.
When using SST 49 E042 001
NOTE:
If the quick release connector is removed, replace the retainer with a new one.
1. Set the SST parallel to the quick release connector.
NOTE:
The quick release connector can be removed by pushing the center of the retainer tabs.
2. Hold the center of the retainer tabs with the SST ends and press the retainer.
3. Pull the connector side and disconnect the quick release connector.
4. Raise a retainer tab using the SST and remove the retainer.
When using SST 49 N013 103A (Part of 49 N013 1A0D)
1. Insert the SST into the quick release connector.

om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
2. Pull out the evaporative hose straight from the evaporative pipe and disconnect it.
Type A Installation
NOTE:
If the quick release connector O-ring is damaged or has slipped, replace the evaporative hose.
A checker tab is integrated with the quick release connector for new evaporative hoses. Remove the checker tab from the
quick release connector after the connector is completely engaged with the evaporative pipe.
1. Inspect the evaporative hose and evaporative pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
2. Apply a small amount of clean engine oil to the sealing surface of the evaporative pipe.
3. Reconnect the evaporative hose straight to the evaporative pipe until a click is heard.
NOTE:
If the quick release connector does not move at all, disconnect it, verify that the O-ring is not damaged or has
not slipped, and then reconnect the quick release connector.
4. Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few times by hand, and then verify that it can move 2.0—3.0 mm {0.08
—0.12 in} and is connected securely.
Type B Installation
NOTE:
om
d .c
oa
If the quick release connector O-ring is damaged or has slipped, replace the evaporative hose.
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
When replacing with a new evaporative hose, disengage the release tabs from the join port.
A checker tab is integrated with the quick release connector for new evaporative hoses. Remove the checker tab from the
quick release connector after the connector is completely engaged with the evaporative pipe.
1. When newly replacing the quick release connector, remove the release tab using the following procedure.
a. Widen the retainer lock using a flathead screwdriver, then pull out the release tab from the evaporative pipe and
remove it.
2. Inspect the quick release connector and evaporative pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
4. Reconnect the quick release connector straight to the evaporative pipe until a click is heard.
NOTE:
If the quick release connector does not move at all, disconnect it, verify that the O-ring is not damaged or has
not slipped, and then reconnect the quick release connector.
5. Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few times by hand, and then verify that it is connected securely.
Type C Installation
CAUTION:
Always replace the retainer with a new one when using SST 49 E042 001, otherwise, evaporative leakage could result.
NOTE:
If the quick release connector O-ring is damaged or has slipped, replace the piping component.
A checker tab is integrated with the quick release connector for new evaporative hoses and evaporative hoses. Remove the
checker tab from the quick release connector after the connector is completely engaged with the evaporative pipe.
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
1. Inspect the evaporative hose and evaporative pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
3. Install a new retainer to the quick release connector.
4. Reconnect the hose straight to the pipe until a click is heard.
5. Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few times by hand, and then verify that it is connected securely.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
AIR FILTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
1. Disconnect the evaporative hose from the air filter.
2. Cover the evaporative hose with vinyl sheets or the like to prevent them from being
scratched or contaminated with foreign material.
3. Remove the air filter.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]
NOTE:
The fuel shut-off valve cannot be removed as it is built into the fuel tank.
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa
nl
ow
lD
ua
an
yM
M
< Previous Next >
FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE INSPECTION [LF]
NOTE:
The fuel shut-off valve cannot be removed and inspected as it is built into the fuel tank.
1. Perform the fuel tank inspection. (See FUEL TANK INSPECTION [LF] .)
If malfunction, replace the fuel tank. (See FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

[LF] .)
< Previous Next >

Back to Top
om
d .c
oa

2011 MX5 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2011 MX5 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2011 Mazda MX-5/Miata Service Manual

2011 MX-5 Service Highlights

2011 - MX-5 Wiring Diagram and Workshop Manual

General Wiring Information

2006-present MX-5 Bodyshop Manual

Engine/Transmission Rebuild Manuals

Get more high quality service manuals @ http://mymanualdownload.com

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) CODE

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [LF]

DTC P0125 [LF]

DTC P0126, P0128 [LF]

DTC P2004 [LF]

DTC P2006 [LF]

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING WIRING DIAGRAM [LF]

NO.19 EXHAUST SMOKE [LF]

ENGINE LOCATION INDEX [LF]

LUBRICATION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

COOLING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]

INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM DIAGRAM [LF]

FUEL SYSTEM FLOW DIAGRAM [LF]

EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION [LF]

EMISSION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF]

PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF]

CHARGING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

IGNITION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

STARTING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

Cruise Control System

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION [LF]

CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF]

ENGINE TECHNICAL DATA [LF]

ENGINE SST [LF]

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) WIRING DIAGRAM

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) WIRING DIAGRAM

GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION)

WHEEL ALIGNMENT PRE-INSPECTION

Wheel And Tires

WHEEL AND TIRE SPECIFICATION

FRONT SUSPENSION LOCATION INDEX

REAR SUSPENSION LOCATION INDEX

SUSPENSION TECHNICAL DATA

GENERAL PROCEDURES (FRONT AND REAR AXLES)

FRONT AXLE LOCATION INDEX

REAR AXLE LOCATION INDEX

REAR DRIVE SHAFT LOCATION INDEX

REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCATION INDEX

PROPELLER SHAFT LOCATION INDEX

DRIVELINE/AXLE TECHNICAL DATA

ABS SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ABS]

DTC C1994 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]

SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ABS]

SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]

GENERAL PROCEDURES (BRAKE)

Conventional Brake System

CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

FRONT BRAKE (DISC) INSPECTION

FRONT BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Parking Brake System

PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

Antilock Brake System

ABS LOCATION INDEX

Dynamic Stability Control